ERA PACIFIC LUTH S\TY U IVER ' \' 8')(
1
9
9
5
-
1
9
9
6
Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog
PACIFIC IJlIHERAN UNIVERSITY Tacoma, 'Washington
For Further Information The university is located at South 121st Street and Park Avenue in suburban Parkland. Office hours a re from 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. Monday through Friday. Most offices a re closed for chapel on Monday, Wednesday, and Friday from 10:30 to 11 :00 a.m. during the school year, and on Fridays during June, July, and August all offices close at 12 noon. The university also observes all legal holidays. The University Center maintains an information desk which is open daily u n t i l 10 p.m. (J I p.m. on Fr iday and Saturday). Visitors are welcome at any time. Special arrangements fo r tours and appointments may be made through the Admissions Office or the University Relations Office.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION ABOUT:
CONTACT THE OFFICE OF:
General interests of the university, church relat ions, and commun i ty relations
The President
Academic policies and programs, faculty appointments, curriculum development, academic advising and assistance, graduate programs, and i n ternational study
The Provost
General i n formation, admission of students, publications for prospective students, freshman student reg is t ration transfer, and advanced placement
Admissions
Transcripts of records, schedules, and registration
The Registrar
Financial assista nce, scholarships, and loans
Financial Aid and Scholarships . . . . . . . . ......... . . . . 535 -7161
,
.
... ....
..
Area code (206) . ....... 535-7101
.
.... ..... ..
. . ...... . . .. . ........... 535-7126
...... . .
.
.
535-7151 1-800-274-6758
...................................
E - m ai l: admissions@PLU.edu .
.... . . .
. .................... . .
... .
. ..
535-7131
.
Financial management and admin istrative services
The Vice President for Finance and Operations . . 535-7121
Fees and payment plans
Student Accounts ...
Campus parking, safet)" and information
Campus Safety and Information . ..... .. .
.. .. ..
. .
.....
.
..
.
. 535-7107
...... .... ..
.
. . . . . . . . . . . .....
535-7441
Residence halls, counsel ing and tes ting, health services, mi nority affairs, international students, and extracurricular activities
The Vice President for Student Life . . . . . .. . . .
Gifts, bequests, grants, and the annual fund
The Vice President for Development and University Rellltions . 535-7177
.. .
.
.
. . . . .. . .
535-7191
..... .
Work-study orportunitics, student employment, and career options
Career Services . .. .. .
Summer sessions
Summer Sessions .
Alumni activities
Alumni and Parent Relations . 535-7415
Worship services and religious life at
Campus Ministry . . . . . .. . . . . 535-7464
the u nivers ity
.
.
.
.
. . ...
....
.. . ....
535-7459
. . . . . . . . . ........
535-7129
....
...
.
.
... . . .
. .
.
.. ..
TABLE OF
C O N TEN T S
Soc iology and Social Work . .. ...... . . . . 137 Statistics .. ... ... ... . .. ... . . ....... . I Women's S tu dies .......................................................................... 14 . ................ .
Table of Contents Academic Calendar .
.. .... ........
.....
. ... .. .
...........
............. ..
.
.............
.
... ................................................... .....
....
Financial Aid . . . ... .. . .. J 1 Tuition and Fees . . . . . .. . . . . . J6 Student Life .................................................................................... 19 Academic Procedures .. .. .... .. . .. 22 .... .. ............................................ .
.
... ....... .........
.... .... . ..... ......... ................. . .............. . .. .. . ....
.........
................
...
.................. . . .......
. . . . ........
.....
........
................. . .... ............... ............ .
.
.............
. ....
.......... ....... . .
......
.. . .. ...................
....................
.......... .... .
.
.. .
. ....... . ..... . .......
. . . .. ... .
........... . . .........
. ...... ............... ....
.. ..........
Business . .. . .. .. 38 ChemisLry .. .. . .. . ....... .... .... .. 44 Chinese Studies .............................................................................. 47 Classics ........................................................................................... 48 College of Arts and Sciences ......................................................... 48 Communication and Theatre . ... .. . . 49 Computer Science . .... . . .... ... . .. . 53 .ooperative Education internships ............................................. 56 Earth Sciences (Geology) .. .. . . 57 Economics ...................................................................................... 59 Education ........................................................................................ 61 Engineeri.og ........ .. .. ... ...... .... . . .. 75 English . . . . ... ... .. . ... 78 English as a Second language ... . . ......... . .. . 82 Environmental Studies .................................................................. 83 Global Studies . . .. ....... . . 84 . . . ..... ..... ...... . . ... . 86 History Honors Program ............................................................................ 89 Humanities . .. .. . .. . ..... . .. 89 ..... . .... . .. .. . . .. 90 Individualized M jor .. .. . . Integrated Studies .... .... .. ...... . .. . . . 90 International Programs . .. . . 92 La n g uage s ................. . . .................. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . ....... ............................. 95 Legal Studies . ... . . . .. 99 Marriage and Family Therapy ...... . . .. .. .... 99 Mathematics .. . . ..... . .......... 100 Medical Technology .. . . . . .. ... .. 103 Music .. .. . ..... . 104 ....................
...... ..............
.....
..... . ... .............
....
..
. . ..................
........
.
.....................................
. .....
........... .
.... ..
.......
. .... ............... ..
...
...
..................
............
.................... ...
......
.. .
.
................... . ........
................... ..
.....
......
............. .............
Board of Regents . . ... ..... . ..... .. . .. . 157 Admini ·tralive Offices . .. . 157 Faculty ...... . ... . . . . . 159 Guidelines . . . . . . ........ .... ..... . . . . 165 Campus Map ................................................................................ 1 68 ....... ................ ....... .....
...........
.... ...
..
. ..........
.
..
......
.... ...
.................. ...............................
.................................. ... ...... ............ ..
. .. ............ . . . . .......... ...... ......... ...
... ... ... .
......... ......
...........
. .
.
.....
..............
. ...................... .
. . . ............. .. ..
.................... .
............... ...
...........
...................
.. .
........ . . . ...............
.. . ......
....
.................
......... .
....
. .. . . . ....
... ........... ..... ..................
.. ............................
. . . ........................ ....
. ........
.
.
.
...........
..............
......
.................................. ..................
Natural Sciences ........................................................................... 110
Tursing . . . .. . ..... .. .. . .... 110 Philosophy . ..... .... ..... ... .. . . . 117 Physical Education . . . .... ... . .. . .... . 119 P hy sic s ..... ...... . . . . .. . . . .. . . .. .. 1 24 Political 'ci ence . . .. . . ..... .. 126 Pre- Professional Programs . .. . . .. .. 128 Psycbology ................................................................................... 130 Publishing and Printing Arts . . .. .. . . 132 Religion . . .. . . . . ... 133 Scandinavian Area Studies . .. 135 Social Sciences .............................................................................. 136 ............... . . .
... ................ .
.............. .
....
. . ...... ......
... ... ............ . . . . .... ......
..
................
.....................
.
.......... .
. ............... . .
. .. ..................
... . ..
.........
.
. .. ............... ..
.............. ...............
... .
. ...
.......................
..................
...........
.. .............. ... . ...................... . .
........... .
....... ............. .. .........
...........
...... ......... ... . .................
..
... . ....................... ...................
. . ................. ..................................................
..........
...
..............
.......... ......................
. ...........
................. .... . ................
..................... ..
.....
.................
........................... .. ................
...... .................... ............ ..
.
..................
.... .............
....... ..............
............
.... . .. .....
...................... .. .........
.
.. ....
.
... . . ...
. .... ..............
............ .................................................................................. . . . .
....... . . ..
. . . ..... .........
.... . ... ..................... ............................. . .
........... ..
Academic Structure ... . . . . ... ......... .. ... . . 28 Majors and Minors .. . .. . .. .. 29 AnLhropology . . . ...... . ...... . . . ... . ... .. . 30 Art 32 The Arts . ... ......... .. . .. .. .. ... 35 Hi llogy . . . ... . . . . . .. . . . ... . 35
....
..........
... .. ..................
Admission .................................................................................... 143 PoLicies and St a nd ar ds ................................................................. 144 Tuition and Fees ........................................................................... 146 Financial Aid ... . . . .... . . . . .. ..... 146 Business . . . . . . ..... .. . 147 Computer Science .. . ........ . 147 Education ..................................................................................... 149 Nursi. ng ........................................................................................ 152 Physical Education . . .. . . . .. 154 Social Sciences . .. . . . . ... .. ... 155 ...
Degree and Course Offerings
.. . ......... .
....
Graduate Studies
Admission ......................................................................................... 9
..... .......
. .
.. ..... 5
Mission Statement ........................................................................... 6 Gen<::ral Information . .. . . ... 6
. .
..
.. .. . .............
The University
.
...
.
....
............ ... ................
...................... ...... ........ ............
..
...............
............................... ...............
.........
The information contained herein rcAeets an aCClIrate picture of Pacific Lutheran University at the time of publication. However. the university
reserves the right to make calendar. curriculum, and
necessary ch;Jnge.• in procedures, poLicies, CO:-.t�.
t!og :ue course descriptions and summaries of degree program, ill the College of Arts and the Schools of the Arts, Busine's, Education, Nursing. and
Listed in this CJt...
requirements for l11ajors, minors. and ot her Jnd Science,
Physical Ed u ca tio n. Detailed degree re quirements. oflen including supple· mentary sample programs, arc available in the offices of the individllol
SdlOOls anJ departments. Advising by university personnel with published statements is not bi nd i ng.
inconsistenl
A C ADE M I C
Academic Calendar 1995-96 SUMMER SESSION 1995 'Ierm I, .............. """"""""""",,.. M on d a y, M a y 2 2- F rid a y, June 1 6 Term II . ....... ..... .......... ..... .. . Monday, June 1 9 -Fri day July 14 Wo rksh o p Week ...., ,... """,,. M on da y , July 1 7 -F riday, J u ly 21 rm III ......""" ,, . Monday, July 24-Friday, August 18 encem e n t ,,, ,, ..,",.....,,... 1 0 :3 0 a m. , Sa tu rd ay, August 1 9 .
. ..
....
....
.
. ..
....
.
............ .......
..
..
..
.
FALL SEMESTER 1995 Orientation and Regi str ation
.
September 2, to M ond a y, S eptember 4 Cla�se. Begin ... ""." . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8:00a.m., Tu e s d ay, S e pt e mbe r 5 Opening Convocation """",,,,, 10:30 a.m. , Tu es d ay, Se ptember 5 lasses resume at 1:45p.m. Mid-semester Break ... " . " ..... .... .. ".. . ... .. " " ,, .. Friday, October 20 Thanksgiving Recess Be gin s 1:35p.m., Wedn esda y , ovember 22 Thanksgiving Recess Ends ..."".. 8 : 00 a m . , Mon d a y, November 27 Clnsses En d ..................." ......"... ".. ".6:00 p.m., Friday, December 8 Mid-year Com menceme nt """" 10:30a.m., Saturday, December 9 Fin al Exam i na tion s .. ... . .. ...... . " .. ..""",, Mon da y, December II, to F r ida y, December 15 S emest er Ends (after l as t exam) ... " . .,," "" Frid a y, D ece mbe r 1 5 .
.......... ..
...
Sa tu rd a y,
..
.
.
....
.
.
.
.
.
.
..
.. .
JANUARY TERM 1996 lasses Beg i n
.... """".... " ..,,"",,.......................... Tuesday, January 2 Martin Luther K ing, J r., B i rthd ay H ol id a y " " Monday, January 1 5 Cia se End """"""""""".................................. " Friday, January 26 SPRING SEMESTER 1996
Registration ".. .. .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. " .." .""" ,," " "",, . Tu esda y, Ja nuar y 30 Classe. Begin ".......................... " 8:00a.m., Wednesday, J an uar y 3 1 Presidents' Day H ol ida y " . . . .. M o n d ay, February 1 9 Spring Break Begins .... " . " .. ."". " .. 6 :00 p.m., Frid a y, M a rch 1 5 Spring Break Ends ................ " 8 :00 a m., Mo nday, March 25 Easler Recess Begins ......."......................." 8:00a.111., Friday, April 5 'aster Recess Ends "" ........ " .....".....".". 3:40p.m., Monday, A pril 8 'Iasses End . ... " . . ......... " . . . ." 6: 00 p m. , Fri da y , May 1 0 Examinations " .. " .......... Monday, May 13, to F rid ay, M ay 17 emester E nds ( after last exam) . .. .. .... . .... .. Frid ay, May 17 Commencement ..................................... 2 :30 p . m., Sunday, May 1 9 Worship Service begins at 9:30a.lIl. .
..
........
. .
...
. . . .. .. .
.
.........
.
...........
... ....
.
..
.........
..
.
.
.
.
.
.. .
.......
..
C A L E NDA R S
Academic Calendar 1996-97 SUMMER SESSION 1996 Term I .......................................... Tues d a y , M a y 28- Fr id a y ,
June Mon d a y , June 24-F rid a y Ju l y Workshop Wee k .... . M on da y , July 22- Fr i d a y , July Term III . . . ......... Monday, July 29- F rida y , Au gust Commencement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .......... [0: 30a.m., Sa tu rd a y , August
Term I I
.
..
.
....... ............ ....
..............
..........
... .........
.. . . ............
.......
FALL SEMESTER 1996 Ori en ta t io n a n d Regist rat i on
.....................
21 19 26 23 24
F riday, S e p te mb e r 6, to
Su n d a y , Se p tembe r 8 Begin ..... . .... . ... . ... . .. . 8 : 00 a m , Mo nd a y, S ept e mber 9 O p enin g Convocation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 :30 a.m., M on d a y, S ept ember 9 Classes resume at 1 :45p.1'I1. M i d - se mest er B reak ... .. .. . . . . .. .. ......... F r i day, October 25 Thanksgiving Recess Begins. 1 :35p.m., We dnesday, November 27 Thanksgiving Recess En ds ......... 1 2: 30 p m. , M ond a y, December 2 Classes End .. ... ... ............ . .......... 6:00 p.m., F r iday, December 13 M id - yea r Commencement . 1 0 :30 a.m., Sat urday , December 14 Final Examinations ................................ Monday , December 1 6 , to Fr i d a y, December 20 Semester Ends (after last exam) . . . .. Friday, December 20 C la ss es
.. .
. .
.
.
. ..
.
.. ........... .. . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.... .
.. . .... .........
JANUARY TERM 1997 Classes B egin . . . . . Martin Luther King, Jr., B irthday Holiday Classes End
........................... ... .... .. .... ......... ....
M onday, January 6
Mon da y,
..........................................................
F ri d a y ,
Ja nuar y 20 Janu ar y 3 1
SPRING SEMESTER 1997 Registration ...................................................... Tuesday, Febr u a r y 4 Classes Beg i n . . ............................ 8:00 a.m., Wedn es da y , February 5 Presiden ts' Day H ol.i d a y . . . . ....... . . . . . . Monday, Feb ruary 1 7 pring Break/ Easter Recess B egins . 6 : 00p m , Friday , March 21 Spr i ng Break/Easter Recess Ends . 3 :40 p. m , Monday, March 3 1 Classes End .............................................. 6:00p.m., Frid a y, May 1 6 Final Examinations . Mon day, Jvlay 19, to Frid a y, May 2 3 Semester Ends (after last exam) ... . . . ..... . ....... Frida y, May 23 Commencement ..................................... 2:30 p.m., Su n d a y, Ma y 25 Worship Service begins at 9:30a.m. .. .......... . .
. ...
.. ..
.............. .
............
.
.
.
GE N E R A L
I NF O R M A T I O N
> I-
ACCREDITATION
>
Z ::J LU ::c I-
The University
Pacific Lutheran Uni ver sity is ful l y accredited by the Nort hw est
Association of S ch ools Jnd Colleges as a four-year institution of higher education.
In addition the fol lowing programs hold specialized accredi tations and approvals :
Mission Statement Long committed t o pro viding an education distin guish ed for
quality, in the c ontext of a h erita ge that i. Lutheran an d an environment that is ecumenically Christia n, PLU cont inues to embrac
i t p ri mary mission: the develop ment of knowledgeable
persons equipped w ith an underst an ding of the human c ondi
tion. a critical awareness of hu ma ne and spiritua l values, and a capac ity for clear and effective self-expression. For all who choose to se e k a PLU degr e e , the University offers opportunity to pursue a va rie ty of p ro g ra ms 0 acad emic worth and excellence.ll standards of performance demand a fi ne ly t rai n ed facul t y as well as ni ghly skilled administrative and upport staff. In its institutional emphasis on s cholarship, the University views the liberal arts as pro vi di ng the necessary and essential fOllndat'ion for the technical t raining and cdu ation in the pro fe sions which modern so ciety re q ui res . The n iver sity aims to c u l ti vate the i n t ell e ct, not for its own sake m eTely, but as a tool of conscience and an instrument for service. he d iversi t y and variet)' of cultur al programs alld per som1[ services o ffere d by the Uni ve rsi t y are intt-nded to facilitate this p osi t i ve d ve l up men t of the student as a whole person in order that our students might function as members of soci e t y. In ot h e r words, PLU affirms that real iz atio n of one's highes t po ten tial as wel l as ful fillm ent of Ii fe's purpose arises in the joy of s 'rvi e tu l1thers. Th aid its students in sh a, ring this understand ing, the Uni v er it)' 'eeks to be a community in which the.re i a contin uing and fruitful i nter a ct i on between what is best in education and what is noblest in Ch ristia n edifica tion. This deliberate and simultaneous attentiun to the re ligi ous dimension of the total human exp eri e n e and to the standards of sc hol a r ly obj e c tiv i t y, cou pl ed wi t h cle ar re co gn iti on of the integ rative i mp ul se in each, is the essence of PLU.
General Information H ISTORY Pacific Lutheran Un.iversity was fo un de d in 1890 by men and wom en of the Lut h e ran Church in the Northwest. Their purpose was to establish an imtitution in which t h eir people could be
educated. Educat i on was
J
venerated part of th e Scandinavian
and German traditi on s from which these p io neers cam e .
The institution opene d as Pacific Lutheran A ca demy. Growing in PLA became a junior college in 192!. Ten years later, it was organ ize d into a three- ye ar normal school which bec am e a col lege of education in 1939. After 1941, it expanded as Pacific Lutheran Co llege until it was reo rganize d as a uni ver sit y in 1960, reflecting the g rowth of both i ts p rofessional schools and liberal arts core. statu re,
Busilless - American Assembly of Collegiate Schoo ls of
Business
Chemistry - A m eri ca n Che m ical Soc ie t y Compllter Scient;.' (B.S,) - Computing Sc iences Accreditation Board, Inc.
Education - National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education
Marriage and Family Therapy -
Commission on Accreditation
for Marriage and Family Therapy Education of the American Ass ociat i on for M a rr iage and [amily T ht'rapy
Music - ational ssociation of Schoob of Music Nursing- Nationall.eague for. ursing Social Work - Council on Social Work Education Any current or prospe c t iv e student may, upon request directed to the
pr ' i de nt 's o ffi ce , re vi e w a copy of the d ocu m e nts p
taining t
r
the univ er sity 's various accreditations and approvals.
GROUNDS L c ate d in ' ll burb an Parkland, PLU has a p ic tures qu e 126-01(re camp u s, truly rep re se nt ative of the natural gra ndeu r of the Paclfl
Nor thwest.
ENROLLMENT 2,868 full-time studcnts; 566 part -time students FACULTY 233 full-lime fa culty ; 81 par t - Lime f ac ul ty STUDENT/FACULTY RATIO
15.5: I
ACADEMIC PROGRAM P aci fic Lut her an Uni ver sit y uses a 4-1-4 calendar which consists of two f ourte en-week semesters bridg ed by a four-week Jan u ary te rm . Course credit is co m p u ted by hours. The majority of cou rse s are offered for 4 h ou rs. Each undergraduate d eg ree cJndidate is expected to complete 128 hours with an overall gr ade p oint average of 2.00. Depar t ment s or schools may set hig h er grade point requireme nts . Degree requireme nt s are specifically stated in this catal og . E�ch s t udent shuuld become familiar with these requirem en ts and prepare to meet them. LIBRARY SERVICES The Robert A.L M.ortvedt Libr a ry is the central mu lti-media learn ing resource center se r v ing the entire university commu n ity. Its collectiuns are hOllsed and serv ices prov id ed in a mod e rn functional building which has study spaces for 850 students and shelv ing for 500,000 b oo ks, periodicals, microfilm, and audio- visual materials. The lib ra.r y receives over 2,000 cu r ren t magazines, j ournals, and newspapers. In addition t o its gener al collection of books and other m ater i als , the l ibrary has a sp ecia l collection d ev oted to the Scandinavian I mm ig r ant Experi ence and contains the university and re gi on al Lutheran church a rc hive s. Other resources include the Curriculum Collection of the School of Education, the microfiche collection of col leg e c a tal ogs, ma p s , pamphlet s , nationaI and trade bibliographies, and CD-ROM indexes. T h e l i br ary is op en for service 107 h ou r s during a typical week in a regul a r term. A staff of 28 full a n d part-time librarians and assistants o ffe r expert reference, information, and me di a services. The reference staff p rov i des beginning and advanced librar y instructiun fur all students. In additi on to standa rd reference se rv i ce , the libr ary staff also offers computerized b ibliographic information service. As the result of the library's
GENER A L
I N F O R M ATI O N -i :r:
exte nsive collection
of bibl. i ographic tools, computer access to
ther collections, a n d elect ronic mail service, students and ty have rapid access
to materials which ca n be borrowed
from other libraries. Direct loan service is available to PLU students and faculty at No rth we s t College, St. M a rtin's College, Sea t tle University, Seattle Pacific University, and the University of Puge! So u n d .
COMPUTING AND TELECOMMUNICATIONS Computing and Telecommu nications Services provides campus wide communications and co m p ut-ing needs. The main offices arc located in the sout heast corner of the lower floor of the Mort vedt Library building. The facility hOllst:s a VAX 4700 s u per mini-computer and DEC Alpha 3400 computer. The Alp h a is used primarily [or academic p urposes and p rovides access to the Internet. A large computer lab, located i n the University Center, provides access to t h e Alpha, IBM-pes, a nd Macintosh comput ers. This l ab is open sewn d a, $ a week during each term. Additionally, each residence hall room i s e quip p ed with a spe cial data jack. This allows students with t heir own computers to co n ne c t to tbe campus data network without a modem. T h ro ug h t h e campus network, students have access to the PLU library's on-line public a cc€'ss catalog (as well as others throughout t he world), elect ronic mail, a n d other I n tern e t research tools. Each residence hall room is ,liso e quipp e d with a digital telephone a n d voice mail service.
A variety of software p rograms a n d programming languages available for the 'ystem .
arc'
The u n iversity has adopted
standaxd software including word processing and spread
sh eets
for pes a nd Macintosh computers, and data bases and statistical software f r P
s.
1nformati< n regarding telephone services, computer software !ldard, and policies, and University Center Lab h o ur s may be tained by contacting Computing and Telecommunications Services main office
at 535-7525 o r by visiting t h e o ffice d u ring
no rmal business hours. The inten tional, u nJuthorized e n t r y into a computer system
crime u nder the laws o f the State o f VVashingto n . Compu te r a re used to ma nage a n d control a cess to program and data. In the event of comp uter t respass, unrversit-y o fficials a re authorized access to all data and messages associated with the incident fo r use in its resolution.
is
a
security programs a n d devices
Voice messaging systems fall under t h e 1elecommunications
Act which makes tJmpering with a nother p erson 's voice mail or making prank and o bscene calls illegal. The u n ive rsi t y v igo rously prosecute.;; these violations both criminally a n d via the student condua system.
WRmNG CENTER
Ha.ll, provides a place for tudents to meet with trained student readers to discuss their
The Writing Cen ter, loca ted in Ramstad
academic, creative, and professio nal writing. Student staff
o rganiz e that is comfort able
members help writers generate topics, dev lop foc us, material, a n d cla rify ideas. In an a t mosp h e r e
and removed from the c la ss roo m setting, student readers and w r ite r s talk s e ri o u s ly a bo u t ideas and writing strategies. Most sessions are one- hour meetings, but drop-in students wit h brief
or q ues tio n s are welcome. Th Writi.ng Center is open Monday through Friday from the b e gi n ni ng of period two (MVVF 9: 15; TR 9:55) u ntil 4:30 during the day and S u n d ay t h r o ug h Friday from 7:00 until 9:00 in the
essays
evening.
ACADEMIC ASSISTANCE CENTER A guiding p rinciple o f academic assistan ce activities is facilitat ing studen t lC'Hning. The cen t e r assists stud ents to learn about themselves as learners. During the academic year, the center p ro vid es scholastic suppo r t services to e n hanc e academic per fo rmance through the developmen t of good learning a n d study t e c h niqu e s . Trained and certified peer tutors are available to: • • • •
wo rk with students in divid ually o n cou rse content, co nduct re v i e w ses ions, d e m o n s t rate active lea rning methods, a n d initiate s pe c i al projects i n conjunc tion wit h faculty.
Academic c o nsul t a t i o n
with the director assures re s po nsive a n d
p e rsonal assistance w i t h academic concerns. A ppr oximat ely o n e in
fou r students regularly lIses the service of the Academic
Assis t a n ce Cen te r.
free to registered PLU st udents. The office, th ro ug h Th ursd ay from 9:00 a . m . u n til 9:00 p.m., Priday from 9:00 a.m. u ntil 5:00 p.m., a n d Sun day from 2:00 p . m . u n til 9:00 p.m. All services are
located in Ramstad 112, is open Monday
THE COALITION FOR THE ADVANCEMENT OF ACTIVE LEARNING The Coalition for the Advancement of Ac ti ve Learning (CAAL) is a student, fac ulty, a n d alumni organizatio n dedicated to the promotion of a c t ive learning in all aspects o f academic life at PLlI. Active learning is a p ro ces s i n which learners are inspired to become more directly involved in the educational ex p e rien e. The coalition emphasizes collaborative learning, where students teach each other in a mutu ally supportive at mosphere, t h ere by enhancing their own educational e;qJericnces. The coalition has fo u r main objectives:
l. To p romo t e regular communication a n d the exchange of
materials between individuals involved in currently scattered active learning act ivities, a nd develop a cohesive acadernic cul t u r e. 2. To
assess fr e q ue n t ly and document systema tically all active
lear ning endeavors. 3. To establish regular traini ng activities and other i n frastructure supports that will insure sustained insritution-wide change and coherence. 4. To include s t ud e n t s as full part ners
in the skill-building and learning
institutionaliz,a tion associated with a dynamic community.
Students and faculty interested in the coalition shoul d call 535-4925
or the Academic Assistance Center.
CAMPUS RESOURCES Center for Public Service The Ce n ter for Public Service co n nects the PLU ca m p u s t o the s u r ro u nding communities by p roviding o p port u n ities for students, staff, a n d faculty to serve commu nit), needs as part of their u n iversi ty ex p e rien ce. There are many ways students c a n become involved in service at I'LU. Students can work with children, adults a n d senior citizens a t the family and Child ren's Cen ter, a coalition of social service programs housed together a t East Camp u s a n d c o o r di nated by the Center for Public Se r vic e. Students can also become involved in commu nity work t h roug h service-learning classes. The Center for Public Service can help students find out about th es e courses, available i n man)' d e pa r tme nts, which use service experience as an important p a rt of the lea rning p rocess. Individuals a n d student groups can also u se the Volunteer Center, p a rt o f the Center for Public Service, to browse through lis tings of over 100 service opp ortu nities o n and ncar the PLU campw;. These o p port u nitie s range from one-time "Go-'n-Do" p rojec t s to longer-term involvemen t. To find out more about volunteering a n d service-learning a t PLU, call the C e n t er fo r Public Service at 535-7173.
c z <
-i -<
G E N E R A L
I NF O R M A T I O N
> f-
>
u.J
I f-
KPLU-FM. National PubJk Radio KPL at 88. 5 M i s licensed b y t b e Federal Co m mu nicat i ons Commission to the University Board o f Re ge nts. A member station of Nati ona l Pub l ic Radio, KPLU p rov i des music and news seven d ay s a wee k , 24 hours a d ay, with a p rofe ional staff augmented by q u alified s t ude nt s . PLU is the only independent u niversi t y in the ortbwest o p e rat i ng a full powe r N"PR station. The KPLU m a i n transmitter from West Tiger Mountain covers the Puget Sound area and translators cover tbe m a j o r population centers of western Was h in gton from B el li n gh am t o Va nc o uver.
The Elliott Press The Elliott P ress is PLU's studio-laboratory for th e publishing ar t s . With the Press' la rge collection of letterpress type and equipment, students d es i gn and produce printed texts using the hand-controlled techn i q u es that flourish to d a y in the lively art form known as "fIll e printing." I n addition to its ow n p ub l ishi n g program, the Press houses a g rowing collection of innova6ve book works and is a working museum, where visitors may watch and try their hands at the technolo gy pion ee red by Gutenbe rg. LATE AFTERNOON AND EVENING CLASSES
To provide for the p rofessional growth and cultural enrichment of pe rso ns u nable to take a fu ll-time c olle g e course, the u niver sity conducts late-afternoon and even i n g classes. In addition to a wide va riety of o fferi n gs in the arts and sciences, there are sp eci alized and gr a dua t e courses fo r teachers, administrators, and persons in business a n d in du s try. SUMMER SESSION
An extensive summer school curriculum, of the same q ua li ty as that ()ffcred d u r in g the regular academic year, is ava i la b l e to all qualified persons. In a dd i t ion, summer session typically is a time when the faculty offer innovative, experimental courses which cover a broad range of contemporaTY issues and perspect ives in many fields. The summer session consists o f th re e discrete fou r week terms, and a one-week workshop session, and begins the last week of May. Many courses are t a u gh t i n the evening, two nights per week for ni ne weeks, and Master of Business Ad minis tration courses are taugh t during two six-week terms, two nights per week. esigned for underg r a d uate s and graduate students alike, the program serves teachers and admi nistrators seek ing credentials and special courses, first-year students desiring to ini tiate college study, and others eeking special studies offered by the schools and d epartm en ts . Non -mat riculated students who enroll for the summer session need only submit a letter of academic standing or give other evidence of bei ng prepared fo r col l eg e work. A co m pl ete SU1I1mer Session Catalog, o u tlining the curriculum as well as special institutes, wo rksho p s a nd seminars, is p ri nte d each sprin g and is available by call ing 5 3 5 - 7 129.
SUMMER SCHOLARS
For the last three weeks of July each Sli m m er, P U presents a p cial program, called the Summer Scholars Program, fo r a ca dem ically g ifted hi gh school so phom ores an d jun io rs . Ad mission is competitive, and students earn fo ur credits fo r their successful c o mpl eti o n of an intensive course in either the n a t ur al sciences or writing. For i n formation and applications contact the O ffi ce of S p ecia l Academic P rog ra m s , 535-7 1 29.
MIDDLE COLLEGE ['LU o ffe rs a s p e c ia l s ix-week sLimmer program for high school juniors and seniors and for first-year college studen ts. ailed Middle C ol l eg e , the program i, designed to ease the transi tion from h i gh school to college by sharpening learning skills that are essential to successful com pl e t i on of a co lleg e or university
p rogram. Middle College has both an academi program and a coun se lin g and testin g component. All students are th oro ugill y tested and eva luated in p r ivate sessions with r e gard to th e i r readin g, writing, verbal, and mathematical skills. I n addition, career counseling is provided. T he aim of Middle C ol leg e cou nseling is to assess each student's talents and i n teres t s in order to provide direction and go a ls fo r the co ll ege experience. The academic program offers a chalice to impro e 'pecifi c l ea r n i n g skills essential t o college success. The classes, o ffered a t several levels in several d i scip l i n es , are fo r M idd l e C o ll e ge students only, thereby allowing s m a l l class size and close contact between s tu den t s and fac u l ty. All students take a study skills course, which serves as a core of t he program. In add ition, students may select two o r th ree courses from among those o ffered each year. Each stu d e nt's p rogram i individualized to promote maximum growth.
PROJECT ADVANCE Each s e mes t er PLU offers P roje c t Advance, a special enrichment p rogram fo r h i gh school j uniors and seniors. Design ed t o co m ple m e n t h ig h scho ol s t u dies , P rojec t Advance allows students to earn one hour of u niversity credit and to experience college l i fe and study. The topic of the course is different each semester, and fal l topics are usually chosen to coincide with the high school National Debate Top ic . Project Advance classes meet once a week
for six weeks in the late afternoon. RETENTION OF FIRST-YEAR STUDENTS The retention of students ente ri ng as freshman students has been monitored since 1 972. Those data for the past decade are presented in the following table: Retention of Entering First-Year Students Fall 1 98 2
1 983
1 984
To Sophomore Year
60. 1%
78.5%
65.9%
80.6%
7 1 . 1%
75.7%
65.4%
75.7%
1985
8 1.5%
1987
8 1 .7%
1986
1988
To ]unior Year
77.6%
59.8%
68.8%
67.9%
77.4%
66.0% 7 1. 1 %
79.8%
66.2%
66.0%
8 1 .3%
1993
67.3%
70. 1 %
1 99 1
79.9%
58.8%
64.0%
80.9%
1992
54.6%
58.2 (Vo
65.3%
1989 1 990
To Senior Year
73.4%
62.7%
63.5%
A D M I S S I O N
ission Pacific Lutheran Unjversity welcomes applications from
who h a ve demonst rated capacities fo r s u ccess at the baccalaureate level. Applica nts w h o present academic records and personal qualities which o ur experience i n d i cates will enable them to succeed a t the u n ivers i t y and benefit from the enviro nment will be offered a d m i s s i n . ppl ica n ts for a d m ission a r e evaluated withou t
student
regard to sex, race, creed, color, age, n a tional origin, or d i a b l i n g condition. Selection criteria i n clude grade point
a
rage, class rank, tran cript pattern, test scores,
an
essay,
and recom mendations. .ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS (Freshmen 6 Transfer Students) In eval uating a p p l i c at i ons the dean o f a d m iss ions i n terprets
to t h e q u a l ity of pu rs u ed in high school and at the baccalaureate level. For e x a m p l e, a standard high school p ro g ra m in preparation for co l l ege should include the grade p o i n t averages and class ra n k in rel ation the
urriculum which the appl ica n t has
fol lowing:
English: 4 years M athematics: 3 years ( a l geb ra, 2 yea rs, J n d geo me t ry, I yea r) "- l'oreign Lallgnage: 2 years Social Studies: 2 years Laboratory Sciences: 2 years fine, Visual, or Performing Arts: [ year Electives: 3 years (selected from tiLe a re a s listed above, as well as co u rse s i n co m p u t e r science, speech, and d e b a te . ) •
•
Millimum Entrance Req uire1llents:
1. Two years of college preparatory mathematics (exclusive of computer science) with grades of C or h igher, or an approved cOllrse at the bacca la ureate level, or demonstrated equivalellt projiciel!cy.
2. 7ivo years of one fo reign language in higll school with grades oI e or higher, or one year at the baccala ureate level, or denl On strated eqllivalent proficiency. St�ldents wila have /lot sat isfied one or both of these req uire ments may still be ndm itted but must make up the deficiency as a n additional degree req uirement. Add i t i o n a l s t u dy of b o th mathematics and fo rei g n l a n g u a ge is adv isa b l e for c e rta in areas in the arts and sciences and in some p ro fe ss ion a l programs. Those who follow the above preparatory program will find most curricular o ffe rin gs of the un ive rs i t y open to t he m a n d m a y a lso qua l ify for advanced pla cemen t i n so m e a r e. a s .
Students are admitted to either the fa l l or spring semester. Ace ptance t o the fall term carries permission to attend the previous u mmer sessions. Spring acceptance a pproves e n roll ment i n the J a n u a ry term. T h e fo l lo w i n g application d ea d l i n es a re s u ggested : Fall Semester-May 1; Spring Semester-December 1 5. APPLICATION PROCEDURES (Freshmen (7' 'nallsfer Students) Students p l a n n i n g t o en ter as fre s h m e n may s u b m i t app lication ma t er i a l s an y t ime
after co mp l et io n o f the j u n i o r year of hi g h
schoo\. Ad m is s i o n decisions arc unIts · a re q u st
for Earl y A
ma de be gi n ni ng December 1
tion is received. Candidates are
n o t i fied of t h e i r status as �oon as their c o mp l e t e d a p p l ic a t ion has been re c e ive d a nd evaluated.
S t u d en ts w h o be g an their h igher ed u cat ion a t other regi o n a lly ' ted co l l eges or u n iversities are e n c our age d to ap p l y for ad mis ion with a d vanc e d standing. Over 400 students tra nsfer to the u n iversity each year w i t h an a ver a ge grade p o i n t in ex cess of 3.00 ( B ) . Ca n d. ida te mllst have goo d academic a nd p erso na l stand i n g at the institution l as t a t t e nd e d ful l - t im e . A l t h o u gh i t does not g u a r an t ee a d m ission, a gr de p o i n t average of 2 . 5 0 i n
a l l c ol l e ge work a tte m p te d is usually req u i red fo r admissio n . For ap p l ica n t s with less than s op ho m ore s t a nd i n g (30 sem es te r hours o r 45 quarte r hours ) , s e co ndary school recQrds and standardized test scores will a l s o be considered. Credentials req u i re d a re : 1 . Formal Applica tion: Su b m i t the PLU Appl i c a t io n fo r
m
c z <
m
Admission available from h i g h school counselors or t h e PLU Office of Admissions. 2 . $35.00 ApplicatiolllRecards Fee: A
35 fce must acco m p a ny t h e app l ic a t i on or be m a i l ed sep a ra tely. This non- refundable se rvice fe e do es n o t a pp l y to the s tu dent 's account. Make checks or money orders p ayab l e to PLU O ffi ce of Admis i o n s . 3. Tra l1scripts: Tran sc ri p ts must be submitted from high s chool and all c ol lege cou rse work . Tra n sc ri p t s m ust be sent d irectly from the school to PLU. Accep t ed freshmen must submit a final h i g h school transcript which indicates sa t i sfa cto ry com p l et i on of high school and a t t a in m en t of a d iplo ma . 4. Rccommelldations: wo re co m mendat io n s must be prep a re d by pri.nc i pa l s, counselors, pastors, or other q u a l i fie d per ons. Forms are i ncluded in tbe a ppl ic a t i o n p a c ket . 5. Test Requirement: A l l e nte r in g freshman students m ust submit scores from either the College B oa rd, Scholastic Assessment Tes t (SAT ) , or the A m erican College Tes t Assessment (ACT). Regis t ra t io n procedures and fo rms a re available a t h i g h school co u ns el i ng offices. 6. Personal Essay: Us i ng no more than two p a g es , write an essay on one of these two t o p ics : a. D iscuss a s i g ni fi c an t i n fluence on your p ers o na l Jnd intellectual deve lop m e n t . Th i s m i gh t be an i n te ra c t ion with a n o t h e r person, a pe rs ona l ex p e r ien ce or ach ievement, a n educational e xper ie n ce , o r involvement w i th a n issue o f l o c a l , n a tional, o r g l ob a l concern. b. What do you consider to be your pe rson al/ a ca dem ic/ p ro fes s io n a l go a ls a n d o bj ec t ives? How do you expect your experience at Pacific Lutheran Un ivers i t y to hel p you ach.ieve them?
Early A(tion High s c h ool students who are ranked in the top 25% of their class and who have decided upon PLU a s their first choice may be o ffered a d m i s s i o n a s ea r l y as October [ of their senior year. Early Action app l i c at i on s must be made by November [ 5 of the s en io r year. SAT or ACT scores from t h e p re vi o us May o r J u l y are acceptable. Early Action s t u dents a re gi ve n first consideration in campus housing and finaJlCial a id . Students not a cc epte d u n de r t he Early Action program may still be considered for regular admission.
Early Admiss.ion
Qualified s t ud e n t s in terested in a cc e le rat i ng their formal education may begin work toward a d e gre e after co mp l e t i o n o f the j u n io r year or fi rst semester o f the senior year of high s c hool . Excep tion a l students who w i sh to e n ro l l be� re co m p l et i n g al l req ui red u n i ts in h igh sc h ool must have a letter submi tted by a re co g n ize d school official wh ich app roves e a rly col le ge admission and gives assurance tha t a h i g h sc h oo l d i p l o m a will be issued after completion o f s p e c i fie d co ll e ge work. Only students h i gh ly reco mmended fo r Early Admission will be consi de re d . G e n e ral ly these students rank among the top students in t h ei r cl a s s a nd
p re s e n t h ig h ap t it ude t es t s cores .
APPLICATION PROCEDURES (International Students) International st u de n ts w ho a re qu a l ified aca de m i c al ly, fi n a n cial ly, and i n English proficiency are enco u ra ge d t o j o i n the u n ive rsity c o m m u n ity. C re d e n t ial s re q u i re d are: l . A c o m p leted International Student Application with a non re fun d a b le . S . $35.00 a p pl ic a t i o n fee. 2. OFFICIAL Tra nscripts with Ellglish translation from each: (a) se co nd a ry school, (b) English as a second l an g u a ge program, ( c) college or u n iversity a tten d ed in the United States, home
-! -<
A D M I S S I O N > f-
w
>
:r: f-
cou ntry, or other cou n t ry. Transcripts must be sent d irectly from each i nstitution. Faxed copies are not acceptable. 3. T ivo references from school officials or others i n a position to evaluate t he student's ability to succeed in a baccal a u reate p rogram. Transfer students from a U.S. college or u n iversity must have their i nternational student adviser p rovide a refe rence ( forms p rovided ) . 4. Standa rdized English Proficiency Test results. Either (a) TO EF L Cfest of English as a Foreign Language) . rv1 i n i m u m total score o f 5 5 0 i s required. ( b ) M.ichigan Test Scores for both English Language Or Proficiency a nd Aural Comprehension. Minimum scores of 85 a re requi red on each test. Arrangements to take these test can be made by calling the Intensive English Language i n s t i t u te, located at PLU, (206) 5 3 5 -7325.
5 . A completed Interna t ional Student Declaration of Finances.
6. Persol1(11 Essay on one of two topics l isted on the essay form. EVALUATION OF CREDITS Tra.nsfer of Credits from Other Univer ic ies The Registra r's Office eval u a tes all t ra nsfer records and p rovides advi�ing materials deSigned to assist s t udents to complete u l1 iversit ; requ irements. These materials include a S U lTImary of core requirements completed and the total hours accepted. Individual schools and departments determine which courses satisfy major reqn irements. I . Courses completed with a grade of C- or higher at other accred ited colleges or u niversities normally will be accepted for graduation cred it with "P" grades, and will not be calcLl la ted i n to the PLU grade point average. 2. A student may t ransfer a maximum of 96 semester or 1 44 quarter hours. Of these, the maximum t ransferable from a two-year school is 64 semester or 96 quarter hours. 3. S tudents who complete the d i rect transfer associate degree from an accredited Washi ngton State com m unity college befo re matriculation at PLU will be admitted w ith j u n ior standing and will have sat isfied Core I of the general u n iversity r q u i rements except for Olle cou rse in religion fTom line one or t\ovo. Tra l1sfer st uncnts clltering PLU in the fall of 1 996 wil! also I/eed to completc four hours ill Perspectives 011 Diversity. Transfcr of Crcdits Earned While in High School
The u n ivers i t y awa rds credit to high school students fo r courses completed before h igh school graduat ion. The u niversity may award transfer cred i t to high school students who have com pleted courses i n approved programs, as described below. l . High School Courses: St udents who complete advanced placement or credit toward graduation through the exam ina t i o n program of the College Boa rd may receive credit fo r such co u rses. Inqui ries s h ould be add ressed to the O ffice of Admissions. 2. RUI/ ning 5tMI Program: Accep ted students who have com pleted cou rses under t h e Washington State Running Start Program will be awarded t ransfer cred it. Such courses m ust be described i n the catalog of a n accrcd.ited Vlashington State Com m u n i ty College and m ust be posted on an offi.cial tran script. 3 . Il1tcmat:ional Baccala u reate: A maximum of 30 semester hours may be granted for completion of The D iploma. Students a re advised to con tact the Registrar's Office for specifIC details. 4. Other Programs: Students who have completed college COllrses while i n high school may receive credi t . The courses must be offered on a college campus, be listed i n the official college catalog, and be a part of the regul a r college c u rriculum of a regionally accredited col lege or university. The u n iversity reserves the right to make decisions on an indi vid ual basis. Students are advised to ask the Registra r's O ffice for clarification before registering.
Other Educational Experiences I . Credits earned in u naccred ited schools are not t ransferable. Students who have matriculated at Pacific Lutheran Un iversity may petition a depa.rtrnent or school to waive a part icula r requirement on the basis of p revious unaccredited course work or may petition a department or school to receive credit by exa m i nation. 2. The u niversity allows up to 20 semester hours of USAFIIDante credit and up to 2 0 semester hours for m ilitary credit, p rovid i ng the total of the two does not exceed 30 semester hours. 3. The u nivers i ty docs not gra n t credit for college level GED tests. 4. For i n formation on the College Level Examination Program (CL EP), refer to the sect ion on Cred it by Examinat ion under Academ ic Procedures. FINALIZING AN OFFER OF ADMISSION I . !vIediml Requirement: Before actual enrollment each new student must submit a Healt h History Form complete with an accurate immun ization record. This i n formation must be accepr<lble to the PLU Health Services Office. 2. Adl!al1cc Payment: A $200.00 advance payment is necessary i n order t o c o n fi r m an offer of admission. This payme_nt guarantees a place in the student body, reserves housillg on campus i f requested, holds financial assista nce which may have been awarded, and is req u i red before class registration. I t is credited t o the student's account a n d i s applied toward expen es of the fi rst semester. Fall applicants offered admis sion before Mav I must submit the payment by May I . I f circumstances necessitate cancel lation o f enrollment and the dean of ad missions is not ifie d i n writing before May 1 5 , the $200.00 will be refu nd ed. The refund date for the January term is December 1 5 , and for spring semester, January 1 5 . 3 . New St udel1t Inforlllation Form: Th is form must be completed by ;ill students and ret u rned with the advance payment. The form also includes the applica t i on for housing. ACCELERATED UNDERGRADUATE RE-ENTRY FOR ADULTS (AURA) Q u a l i fied adults, 30 years of age or older, who have not been enrolled in a baccal a u reate degree p rogram within the last five years, may seek advanced placement up to the junior level through the AU RA Program. Those accepted i nto AU RA a rc gran ted one year's provisional adm ission, d u ri u g which time they must complete 12 credits at PLU ( i ncluding Psychology 40 I ) with a cumulative grade point average of 2.5 or higher. reelit awards for prior l earning a re based upon systematic assessment by a faculty panel of the adequacy a n d a p p ropria te ness of knowledge and skills demonst rated in a portfolio p re p a red by the s t udent with stall assista.nce. �red i t award, m a y n o t exceed 48 semester credits less acceptable college t ra nsfer credits. For details of the A U RA Program, con tact the d irector, AURA Progranl, 5 3 5 - 8 7 8 6 . RE-ENTRY STUDENTS Re-Entering the University I . A st udent's adm ission to the u n iversi t y is valid for six yea rs. S t udents who do not attend the u niversity for a period of time th,)t includes either a fall or spring semester must apply to re enter the u niversity as described below. S t udents who wish to return w i t h in the six-year admission period re-enter t h rough t he Registra r's O ffice. Re-en tering students must provide their cu rrent address, degTee informa t ion, and official t ranscrip ts from any college atiended during t h e i r absence. Before registering, re-entering students must resolve p reviolls financial obligations to the u nivers i t y and have a cu rren t health clearance from Un ive rsity Health Services. Students who wish to ret u rn to the un ivers ity after the six year admission p eriod expi res must re-apply for admission . •
•
F I N A N C I A L
A p plic a n t s for re-adl1lissi on are required to s ub m i t a com p l e ted application and official transcri p ts from allY college attended du ring their absence. Ap p l i c a t i o n forms may be obtalned from and submitted t o the Office of Admissions. 2. An academically dismissed student may apply for re i n state mcnt by submittlllg a letter of petition to the director of advising. T h e pet ition is acted 0 1 1 by the Committee on Admiss i o n and Retention of Students. A student whose peti t ion i approved will be readmitted on probation and must participate in the p ro b ati on a ry se m e s t er p l a n . Refe r to the Academic Statu_ sectioll fo r a description of probation. A student whose p e t i t i o n is denied may ap pl y aga i n fo r re-admission after one se mest e r has el, psed un less i n formed otherwise. A dismissed student may petition for re-admission only once p e r sem es t e r. An aGldcmicall y dismis"ed student may be reinstated fter o n e semester if the student presents new evidence of po te n t ial <lcad mie slIe -ess. S t u de n ls who have been dropped fo r academic or d isciplin ary reasons Jnd then re-admitted must i d e n t i fy a faculty member willing to act as a sponsor and a d viser. •
•
A I D
Financial Aid Recognizing that m a ny students who wa nt to a t tend Pacific Lutheran Un i ve rs i ty wo uld be u nable to meet a l l expenses of e n rol l men t from personal o r fa mily sou rces, the un iversi t y attempts to provide fi nancial assistance to all eligibl e students. Any student approved fo r enrollment o r currently e n rolled m a y request fi nancial a i d . App roxim a t jy
70% o f the un iversi ty's students receive help i n the
fo r m of gift assistance ( that is, scholarships, talent awards, o r g r a n t s ) , low i n terest deferred loans, o r employment. In many cases a financial aid award wiJi b e a combination of these fo rms o f assistance. The quantity and compos i tion o f a n award i s based upon demons tra ted financial need, academic achievement, test scores, a n d other personal talents and i n terests. Need
is determ i n ed from analysis of the Free Application fo r Federal Student A i d ( FAFSA) , which is a statement of fi n a n c i a l condition. Analysis of the FA FSA d te rm i nes an expec ted
contribution fo r college expenses fro m the
student and p a re n t ( s) or guardian ( s ) . "Fi nancial Need" is defined as t he d i ffe rence between total st uden t expen ses fo r an academ i c year a n d the expected studen t/fa mily con tribut ion and is a primary factor in determ i n i n g e ligi bi l i ty
fo r m o s t available aid.
F i n a ncial a ssista nce i s ava ilable to a l l qualified stud nts regardless o f their sex, race, creed, colo r, age, national o ri g i n , o r disability.
APPLICATION PROCEDURE: Fresh/mill Studellts and Trallsfers 1 . Complete a Free Appl ication for Federal S tudent Aid ( FAFSA) by January 3 1 . 2 . Sub m i t a p pl i cation materials for admission by February 15 so as to be offered admission no l a te r than March 1 . 3 . S u b m i t a P L U F i n anc ial Aid Application (applies only to transfer students and is available upo n reQu tl. 4 . Submit a Financial Aid Transcript from ail prior institutions attended (transfers 0..Db1.
Continuillg Students 1 . Complete a
Free Application fo r Federal Student Aid ( FAFSA) by M a rch 1 . 2 . Sub m i t a P L U Financial Aid Applica t ion. An application for fi n a n c ia l aid may be completed a t an )' time, b u t fai l u re to meet the p r io r i t y date may res u l t in a d e n ial of aid even tho ugh n ed is demonstrated . The Financial Aid and S cho l a r sh i ps Office will co n side r all applicants for any award for wh i ch t h e y m ig h t be eligible. Aid awards are for olle year and most are renewable, provided re-application is completed all time,
financial need continues, and satisfactory academic progress is maintained. Aid is not automatically renewed each year.
F I N A N C I A L
A I D
>-
w
>
NOTI FICATION OF A WARD DECISIONS I . Award decisions fo r fres h me n and transfer s t udents who meet the February I completion date will be made in March, and actual not ification w ilJ be m a iled the first week i n April.
2 . Financial aid decisions for co n t i n u i n g PLU s t udents are made
f-
r.
for a m in i m u m of twelve credit h o u rs o r more
Adjustments in an award may be I/lade during the
year if an a id recipient has
1I0t
enrolled for a sufficiellt number o{
satisfilClory academic progress ill the course ofstudy he o r she is pllrsu ing ill order to contillue to receive firlancial assistance awarded by the PLU Office of Financial Aid and Scholarships. The following
May. VALl DATING
per semest
credit hours. HVlvcver, each financial aid recipiellt 1I1l1st maintain
during April and May. Notifications are s nt o u t begi n n i ng i n
I
person enrolled
millimllm req u irements arc expected ofeach fi n a n c ia l aid recipien t :
THE AID OFFER
Aid offers must be validated by returning the signed O ffer of Financial Aid. Freshman a nd transfer s t udents lllust also submit t h e $200 advance payment required by the O ffice of Admissions. Thifi should be done
as
soon as possihle,
but must be received by
May 1 . No payment is req u i red from con t i n u i n g s tudents. A l l · t udents must complete a sa t isfa c tory payment arra ngement with the Student Accounts O ffice by August 1 for fal I semester and by January 15 fo r spring semester to hold their award. Applica J1ts who do not re t u rn
their accepta nce of an award by the reply date specified and who do not complete satisfactory
payment arrangements will have their awards cancelled. If an a p p l i c41 n t later decides to rea p p ly, the a pplication will be Aid, w i t h the exception of College Work- S tudy and Was h i ng ton State Need Grants, is credited to the student's acco u n t when all paperwork has been completed. One-half of the award is disb ursed each semester. Parents and students are res ponsible fo r the charges in excess of the award. I n some cases aid is awarded in excess of d i rect u n iversity cha rges to help with living expenses. To expedite a refund students CJn request rema i n i n g fu nds from t h e i r account by contacting the Business Office.
to a n award p a ckage
must be made if a student receives additional awards of aid from sources external to the u n iversity. In every case, however, the O ffice o f Financial A i d and Sch olarships
progress toward a degree, a n u nde rg r ad u a te
student must complete a m i n i m u m of 24 semes-ter hours of credit each acad emic year. A n academic
y ear is de fi ned as the fal l a re req u i red to complete 16 semester hours of credit each academic year. Moreover, federal regulations stipula t e that undergraduate students must have a m i n i m u m c u m u l a t ive grade point average of 2.00 after thei.r second yea r ( fourth semester) to receive con semester a n d t h e s p ring semes ter. Graduate students
tinued federal fu nding. S t udents who fai l to meet t h i s require ment, without some compelling reason, w i ll be ineligihle, not only fo r fed eral
but also fo r state and institutionally funded aid
p rogra ms. For full-time und e rgraduate students receiving financial aid,
re viewed with the group currently being processed.
Under federal regulations, adjustments
To make satisfactory
will attempt to a l low the
student to keep as much o f t h e Jward package as possible. By trea t i ng aid received from external sources i n this wa y, additional awards from the u n iversity's resources can be made to other quali fied students.
RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES
the maximum number of cred it hours that may be attempted is
[ 75 and the maximum time- frame for completing a baccalaure ate degree is five years. Even i f a student changes h i s
or
her major
or academ ic program, only 175 credit h o u rs may be taken q u a l i fying for financial aid, and the maximum time-frame o f fi v e years for receiving a degree is e n fo rced. Some financial a i d pro-grams ( e.g., most u niversity g i ft aid programs and Washington State Need Grants) aUow aid to be awarded a maximum o f fOllr academic years. The maximum n u mber of fu ll-time graduate credit hours that may be attempted is 48, and time- frame
the maximum to comp lete a graduate degree is three years.
Provisions to accommodate non-t radi t ional, part-time stu dents have also been established.
Undergraduate students who
qualify fo r these provisions must complete a m i n i m u m of 1 2 credit hours each academic year and
a c h ieve a degree w i t.h i n a maximum number of
maximum time-frame of ten years ( the
credits al lowable is 350). C raduate s t udents w h o q u a l i fy fo r these provisions must complete a m i n i m u m of 8 credit hours each academic year and achieve a degree w i t h i n a maximum time
rests
frame of seven years ( the maximum nu mber of credits allowable
students are expected r-o a ss ist by co ntributing from their savings and Sllmmer earnings. F inancial assistance from the u n i versity is there fore
s u b m i t ted by t ransfer st udents and determines which credits are
Tbe basic resp n s i b i l i ty for fina ncing a n education a t PLU with st udents and their fa m i J ies. I n addition to expected con t r i b utions from parents or gLlardiJns,
supplementary to the efforts of a student's fam i ly. It is provided fo r
students who demonstrate need.
Add i t io n a l r ights and responsib ilities of financial aid
re c ipi en t s include: 1 . S ig n i n g a n d returning each finan cial aid notice received. 2. Declining at any t i me any portion of an award.
3.
Notifying the O ffice of Financial Aid and Scholarsh ips in case of a change in credit hours attempted; a cha nge in marital st tus; a change i n residence ( o ff-campus or a t home); or receipt o f additional outside scholarships.
4. Providing a copy of thei r parents' income tax return (Form [ 040) and/or a copy of their own individual income tax return i f requested.
ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS/SATISFACTORY PROGRESS The pol icy of the u n iversity is to a l low students to cont i n u e receiving financial as istance as long a s t h e y a r e i n good standing. To do otherwise could cause a severe hardship on students who must dt>vote their efforts to achieving s a t i s fa c to r y
g r ad es . However, no institutional grants w i l l be awarded to students with cumulative grade point averages below 2.00. To be given priority for most types of fin a nc ia l a id, a n applicant must be enrolled as a full-time student. F o r federal financial aid programs,
a
ful l -time student is defined as any
is 56). T h e Registrar's O ffice evaluates the transcri p ts of credits accep table toward
a
degree at Pacific Lutheran University.
otification of t h e n u mber of credits yet to be earned a n d o f t h e time-frame in w h i c h fina ncial aid may be awarded is com m u n i cated to students du ring their fi r s t t e r m o f e n ro l l ment. T h e same procedure applies to a l l co nti nuing students who have never p reviously received fi n a ncial assistance. The following grades do not i ndicate su ccessfu l completion of academic credit applicable toward a deg ree: E gr a des , [ ( I ncom plete), 'vV ( Withdrawa l ) , EW ( Unofficial \"Iithdrawal, recorded by the registrar), F ( Fa il u r e ) . A ny courses i n wh ich such grad e.;; are received are, however, included in the ma)(imllm number of credits that may be attempted ( 1 75) and are considered to be w i t h i n the maximum time-frame a l lowable fo r achieving a degree ( Eve ye a rs ) . A l l cred its filmed by examinlltion, w h i ch are accepted a p p l i ca b l e loward
a
as
degree, will be included i n t h e l i m itation o n
credits wh ich
can b e attempted while eligible for fi nancial a id . Courses that a re repeated are also counted in the l i m itation on
credits which can be attempted. Once a course has been com p l eted successful ly, the credit hours earned are cou n ted toward the m i n i m u m number of hours w h ich can be taken under
financial a i d eligibility. I f a course is s u ccessfully completed more than once, i t is counted only once toward a student's degree requirements and toward t h e m i nimum nu mber of h o u rs which can be taken under financial aid eligi b i l i ty.
F I N A N C I A L
The university's curriculum i ncludes very few non-credit urses or courses whose credit hours are not appl icable to a but if any such courses are taken by financial a id recipients, the hours \vill be i ncluded in the limitation on credi ts which may be attempted and will be considered with the time frame allowable for achieving a degree. I n the event that a student fails to meet the criteria for satisfa c tory p rogress during a particular year, he or she will be placed on academic and financial aid p robation. Fa ilure to regain s ati sfa c t o r y academic status will result in the cancellation of financial aid. Once "unsatisfactory progress" has been determined, students receive o fficial notification. Terminated students may apply for reinsta tement by submitting a letter of petition to the Registrar's O ffice and securing a fa u lty sponsor. The petition and sponsor ship letters are submitted to the Faculty Committee on Admis sion and Retention of Students for action. Students who are placed on financial aid probation may petition for reinstatement of their financial aid i n one of two ways: ( 1 ) They may comple te one semester of full-time enroll mellt us i n g their own financial resources, or ( 2 ) they may submit an appeal to the Facu lty Committee on Admission and Retention of Students docu m e n t in g the u nusual circumstances which have mad it i m p ossi bl e to make a t i sfa c to ry p rogress during the semeSler in q u es t i o n. Summer sessions may also be u s ed a s t e r ms d u r i n g which a student on financial a id probation may regain s ati sfa cto r y academic status; however, students enrolling i n summer sessions for this purpose m u s t use t h e i r o w n financial res o u r es and are i nel igible fo r financial aid.
Types of Aid GIFT ASSISTANCE Re:gent:s' and President's Scholarships are awarded to freshmen in recogn it ion of o u t s t a nding academic achievement dnd service
in high cbool and in an ticipation of continued excellence at PL . tudents who meet th e following basic requirements are invited to apply: a d m i tted by February 4; 3.7 or h igher grade point average; 1 1 00+ SAT or 26+ ACT scores; top 1 0% of high school class; a n d U.S. citizen or obtaining citizenship. The r g e n t s ' s holarship is a ful l tuition award and the president's scholarship is a $5,000 award. Both are rene.wable for three years with ;} 3 . 3 u n i vers ity gr ade point average. Academic Achievement Awards ran g i n g between $2, 1 00 and $4,500 each are a n nually awarded to en tering freshmen i n
recognition of outstaJlding academic achievemen t in h igh school and in anticipation o f s u p er ior p e rfo rman ce at PLU. To be a candidate, a student must have a strong high school grade p o i nt average, usua l l y 3 . 2 5 or higher, and receive an o ffe r of admission by March 1 . Financial need is not a requisite and no other application is requ i red . Renewa.l for a total of six semesters is a u to m a t i c provided a 3.3 grade point average is maintained. Alwnni M erit Awards" of $ I ,500 are g ive n to fu ll-time excep tional students who a re sons and d a u g h te rs of PLU alumni/ae.
To be co n ' idered, s tu d e n t s must be entering fres h man students and h ave a cum ulative high school g ra d e point average of 3 . 5 o r higher. Re ne wal caJldid tes must have a minimum collegiate grade point average of 3.3 to be eligible. financial need is n o t a determinin" factor and co m p l e t i o n of a special a pplic a t io n is recoIllmended. Applicants must also be offered admission b y April I to be considered. Merit Awards' o f $ 1 ,000 ann ually arc granted to sixteen 1 6 ) s tud e n t s who have co m p l eted 45 s e m es te r hours or more a t P LU nd arc not receiving a n y other merit award. N o separate
application is required. Faculty will recommend students to a selection com mittee who will select re c ipien t s on the basis of scholastic ach ievement, special talents, and unusual service to the university.
A I D
Provost's Merit Awards' of $ 2 ,000 are granted to outstanding transfer s tud e n t each year. To be considered, a student Ill u st
have a 3 . 6 g ra de p o i n t average i n at least 45 semester hours of college level courses and receive an offer of admission by March 1. A 3 . 3 gr ad e point a crag e earned at PLU is r quired for renewal. No application is necessary. Phi Theta Kappa Scholarships' are non-need based extended to tra nsfer students with a 3 . 6 + grade point 45+ semester hours o f co l le ge courses. Students must
Jwards average in be admitted by March 1 with proof of PTK membership. The amount of t h e award is $ 2 ,000, and the award is renewable for one year provided a 3 . 3 grade point average is main ta i ned. A separate application is required. Receipt of the award precludes one from rece iv i n g the Provost's Merit Award. Q Clnb Scholarships" a re awarded to
new freshmen and transfer students on the basis of academic achievement and financial n eed . Freshmen must have a 3 . 3 g rade p o in t average and test results re G ec t i ng high scholastic aptitude. Transfer students are requ i red t o have a n e n t e r i n g grade point average of 3.0. Renewal re qu i res good academic standing, a 3.0 grade point average, timely reapplication th ro u gh the FAFSA, and evidence of fi na nci a l need. Need-Based TaJent Awards , li e granted
to full-time students fmancial need who have exceptional ability i n forensics, drama, art, and music. The candida te must make arrangements with the school or department concerned for an audition and/or personal interview. I n som e cases a t a p e or film is satisfactory. A recommendation from a faculty m e mbe r should be on fi le before the application priority date (see application procedure) for a student to be considered for a Ta l e n t Awa rd. Financial need is a requisite for i nitial receipt and renewal. with
are awarded in combi nation with loans and employment to students with financial need w ho do not qualify fo r scholarship assistance. Lnternational Studen t Grants are restricted to those international tudents who bave provided their own resources fo r at lea t one year o f a t tendance. Grants usually amount to less than one-th ird of th e cost o f attendance. University Grants
Alumni Dependent Grants· of $500 are given t o full-time students whose parent(s) attended PLU ( PLC) for two semesters or more. To be e ligi b l e the alumni dep e n de n t must be a full-time student ( 1 2 credi t hours per semester) a n d complete a n applica tion in the Office of Financial Aid and Scholarships. June 1 is t he deadline for req u e st i n g this grant. Re q u es t s received t h e rea fter will be honored only as budge ted fu n ds pe r mi t . Tuition Remission: Employees of the
university and their dependents are el ig ibl e fOf u p to 75% t u ition remission, a university gift resource. If a student receives tuition remission, h e o r she may be awarded additional merit and need-based institutional gi fts u p to the cost of tuition. Rec e i pt of tuition remission may serve to adjust or eliminate o t h e r institutional aid p reviously awarded. •
NOTE: In the event that the full cost of a ttenda n ce is covered by
o utside scholarship assistance, university merit OR lIon-lIeed based grallts. These awards will be extended ill name only and will not carry a monetary vair,e. The same will apply to Tuition Exchange recipients.
NAMED ENDOWED/RESTRICTED SCHOLARSIDPS: The following scholarsh ips have been p rovided by alumni a n d friends of the u niversity to honor and/or memorial ize l oved ones and to assist worthy students. Also listed are sch ola rs h ips made possible by corporations, foundations, and trusts. Eligibility fo r
many of these awa rds requires completion of the reg u lar finan cial aid application, attainment of sophomore sta nding, and declaration of a major. Further information o n e l i g ibi l i t y is available on request. The Ackerley C o m m u n ications Merit Award Aid Association for Lutherans Scholarships A l l e nmore Registered Nursing Scholarship
m
c z < m
Vl
--; -<
F I N A N C I A L
A I D
> fVl cr: UJ
>
A l u m n i Scholarship Fund
A merican Lutheran C h u rc h -North Pacific District Scholarship Florence S p i nn er A nderson Memo r i a l S c h o l ars h i p
W i l l i a m a n d Jea n ie
An derso n S c ho l a rsh ip Ruth Anenson c h o J a rsh ip Ernest M. A n kr i m / Lu th eran Brotherhood E ndowed Schol a rsh ip (Economics)
UJ
J: t-
A n t h ropology Alumni Award M a ry Jane Aram cholarship Fund Hedvig Arthur Me m oria l Award of Excel lence ( Pac i fi c Coc a - Co l a Bo tt l i ng C o . )
Marcus Hansen Endowed Mem o ria l Scho l ar s hip
B r ia n H arsh m a n Me m oria l Sc h o l ars h i p
Marv and Dorothy Harshman S chol a rsh i p ( C h u rch Leadership/Athletics)
Bjug H a rs t ad Endowed Scholarship
E rli ng and Clara Haugo Scho lar s h i p
""alter A. Heath Ch ar i t a b l e Tr u st Norman a n d Verone Heinsen Sc h o l a rs h i p Dougl s Hcrland Mem o ri a l Schol a rsh ip ( Cre w) Hopper Memorial
Edward W. H u b e r Memorial S c holarsh i p [ re n e H u ltgr e n j u rs in g Sc h o la rs h i p 'Iement E. a n d P h y l l i s G. H u n te r S chola rs h i p
Margueri te a n d Wilmer Baer Scholarsh ip Don F. B a yer Me m o ri a l S ch o l ars h i p B.E.R.G. { i nor i ty Sch o l a rsh ip
S.E. Idaho incent ive S c holarsh ip F u n d
Paul M . Bellam}' Music Schol ar s h i p Bi nder M e m o rial S ch o la rs h i p Alfred a n d Alice Bishop/Lutheran Brotherhood Endowed Scholars h i p Rich.ard J. and O l ive l.ewellen B l n n d a u S ch o larsh i p a n d L o a n
Luther & D i l l i e QuaLe B o e Education S c ho l a rs h i p Erwin and A l ice Bold u a n S ch o la rsh i p
Nels
W. H . Hardtke S e min a ry St ude n t Sch o l a rsh i p Fund
Fund
'ICrry I r w i n Sc h o l a rsh i p
Kenneth a n d Ste l l a Jaco b s S c h o l a rs h i p Ly l e a n d I r i s Ja cobson
Endowed Schol,w;h i p
Ole M . Jcn nestad Me m o ria l Sc h o l a rs h i p Judge Bertil E. J o h n so n S cholarsh i p
J o h n son/La rs o n ' c holarsh i p
H,wJn, Brad ner Memorial S ch o lars h i p
Agnes Solem J o h nson/Lutheran Brotherhood Nursing Endowment
Jorunn Bre i l a n d Sch o l a rs h ip F u n d
Pearl N . Joh nson/Lutheran Brotherhood Endowed ursing Scho l a rs h i p T.L. Johnson S r. ! L u t he ra n Brotherhood Endowed Schol a r s h i p
Agnes Brodahl M u s i c Scholarship Belt y Brown ScholJrs h i p D o n a l d A . B r u n ner Mem o ria l Buchanan Fam i l y Endowed Sch o l a rs h i p Erhardt and Virgi n i a Duchfinck E. ndowed Scholarsh i p i n Ed ucation
Theodore O.H. a nd Betsy Ka rl Endowed Schola rsh ip i n F orens i cs
Chester Buhl M e m o r i a l Vocal lvlusic Scholarship
Lind B. Karlsen M u si c Scholar ' h i p
Dr. a n d M rs. W.B . Burns Fund
Cheney Fo u uda ti on Educational Scholarships Ken net h �hristopherson/Walter Pilgrim E n dowed Scholars h i p in
Reh g i o n Roger Claridge/Bethlehem Lutheran Church/Lutheran Brotherhood
Endowed Scholarship
1 967 Scholarship (Desce n d a n ts o f Class)
j urs i n g
S cho la rsh i p
' a r l Dalk ivIemorial Scholarship Fund
/. Wal t er and Clara Davis Sc h o la rs h i p H:uold B. a n d Frances S. D aws o n /L u the ran B ro ther hood En d owed N u rs i ng Scholarship
Deal Fam i l y E n dowe d S ch o la rs h i p i n the Liberal Arts
A. Davis Fund
D oo l i tt le M e mo ria l
S ch o l a rsh i p E. and Ma r th a L. Eckstrom E ndowed S cho lars h i p Capt. W. !...l rry a nd Mrs. Ja nice D. E ich l er S ch ola rs h i p Fund The Reverend and Mrs. E.E. Eidbo E n do wed Sc h o l a rs h ip Carl a nd Ethel Erickson/Lutheran Brotherhood End owe d Sc h ol a rs h i p Leif E ri k so n Schol a rsh i p erry and Linda Eva n s on Endowed Scholarship A n th o ny I. eyr i ng Liberal Arts Sch o lars h i p Earl
Fa
u l t y Memorial
cholarship Fund
Faith Lutheran Church o f Portland Sc h o l a rs h i p F u n d
First I nt e rstate Ba n k Scho l a rs h ip
Pat r i ci a F i s k Sc h o l ar s h i p Georg e and C ar l ott a F l i n k Scholarship Ph y l a i n e V. and Kenneth L. Fo b o n Endowed Sc ho l a rs h i p H e n r y Foss S h o lars h i p (for Norweg i a n students) L.c. Foss Memorial S c hol a rsh i p F uc hs Fo u nd a t io n S c ho l a rshi p Henrietta B u tton Gaetz
ursing Scholarship Fund
Bertha G i lbertson S c h o l arsh i p
John M. G i lb ert so n Fou nd a ti o n Sc h o lars h i p Edna M. Gorder/Lutheran B ro t h e rh ood E ndowed Education Scholarship Cla re.n ce A. a n d Olga Grahn S c hol a rs h i p James M. Gribbon S h ola rs h ip Fern R. Gr i m m / Lut he ra n Brotherhood F n dowed Scho larsh ip Gulsrud F a m i l y , cholarship H aa s fo o u nd a t io n Arnold H agen Ed u ca t ion S c h ol a rs h i p
Fra n k H. a nd Nellie L. Haley Endowed Sc h o la rs h i p Olaf I [alvorsen Sch o l a rs h i p Johanne Mari.' Hansen Endowed Mem o r ial S ch o larsh ip
Melv i n Kleweno Memorial Sch ol a rs h ip K l u t h Endowment fo r High Achievers in Athletics a n d Physical
Irene O. Creso Me ri t i\ward E. John and Lo re n e E. D a h l b er g Jr. Endowed Scholarship
Ida
G. a nd A l i c e L. Ka ys e r Sc holars h i p Fund R. Kelly Endowed Sch oln rsh ip Anne Kensrud Memoria l S c h o la rs h i p Key B a nk of \ as h i n gton Endowed Scho o l of B u s i ness Sc ho l a rs h ip Rev. Karl K i l i a n Memorial F u n d W i l l i a m Kilworth Fo u ndat ion Sc ho la rs h i p Fund Elizabeth
Chevron Merit Awards
D() ro tb y Cone Memorial/Lutheran Brotherhood E n dowed
( P hy s i c s )
erna M. Jorge n s en Pres idents Sch o l a rsh i p
Philip
Burzl a ff Memorial Scholarsh i p
Class of
Te d and Do ret'n Johnson/Lutheran Brotherhood endowed Scholarsh i p
Education Jimmy Knudsen Memo ri a l S ch ola rshi p Gladys M. Knutzen E n d o wed Sch o l ar.�h i p Hilda S. Kramer Mu s ica l Ap p re ci at i o n Scholarship
Dawnell Lamb S c h o la rsh i J Lo u i s and Leona La m p Seh Ia rs h ip
I l a r ry E. and [rene L. Lang Endowed S c h ol a rs h i p George Lanning ;vlcmoriallLuthcran Brotherhood Endowed Scholars h i p D r. Charles Larson/L.utheran Brotherhood E n d owe d S c hola rs h i p Ebba a n d E. Arthur L.arson u rs i ng Sc holars h i p L u dv i g and Cl a r a Larson Sch o l a rs h ip Alfred and Alt hea l.und/Lutheran Brotherhood En do we d S ch ol a r sh i p Orlando and Myrtle Lee/Lu t her an Brotherhood Endowed Scholarsl)ip G uy J. and Louise Lee. m a n cholarship LH / L u t heran Broth�rhood Endowed Sch o l a r s h i p Pau l Liebelt Scholarship ( Mat h ema t i c s) M r. and Mrs. W. H il d i n g Lindberg E ndowed Scholarship Richard
E. a n d A n i ta H i l l esland Londgren/ Lutheran Brotherhood
Endowed Scholarship Gene a n d Marian Lundgaard/Lutheran Brotherhood
Endowed
Sch olarship (Athlet ics) Lutheran Brotherhood Legal Rese rve L i fe I nsura n ce Co. S ch o l a rs h i p Lutheran Brotherhood Scholarship Constance B . I.yon Scholarsh i p James B. M a l y o n Scholars h i p J o e Marchine.k M e m o r i a l Scholarship Fund Mathematics Scho la rsh i p
M i l itary Order of the P urple H e a r t Award
Fred a n d Carolyn M i l ls Memorial Schol arshi p
Lila and J . M . Moe Family S ch o l arshi p
E. Mon ro e Scholars h i p W ise Monsen ' l vle m o r i a l P ia n o Sch o l a rs h i p
Ka t h a r i n e Fores tine
Donald a n d Wanda v i lorken F a m i l y Endowed S c holars hip LiJlian
C. ]lllon is Memoria'! Scholarship
M u r r a y - Da n i el son M a nage m en t Award
G l ad ys Mortvedt Vol u n t a r y Service Award
E. and LeI)ore C. My e rs S ch ol a rs h i p Richard P. Neils Memorial Fund Geo rge a n d Alma Nel so n E n d owe d Sc h o l a rs h i p Fund Harold and Sy lv i a l elson E ndowed Schol a rsh i p Mark
Lars
erland No rwegi a n Sc h ol a rs h i p
F I N A N C I A L
A I D --I I
and H a ze l
' I ton
Wick F a m i ly/Lu theran
Nesv ig International Student S c h o l a rs h i p
M,l rg a ret Nistad
Nan No k l e b er g
Ralph
lemorial S chol a rs h ip
Memorial/Lutheran B ro t he r ho o d Endowed S ch o l a rsh i p
O. and E l l a L. O l s o n Endowed Athletic/Music Sch ol a rsh i p Linda Net on Olson/ Lutheran Brotherhood E nd owe d N u rsi n g
C l i ffo rd
Sch ol a rs h i p
Robert E. Olson Terrence a n d
Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grants (SEOG) are available to students who have exc ep t i o na l financial
Susan Parr Scholarship
Katherine R. Parri 'h Memorial Nursing Scholarship
Gordo n Pearson Memorial
O.M. a n d Em ilie R. Pede rsen E n dowed S cho l a rs h i p Marvin J. a nd Ruby L. Pe n n i ngto n S ch o la rs h i p Pepsi-Cola Company Merit Scholarship
The Uarbara L. Perr - Haley and Ruth C. Pe rry Me m o r i a l S ch o l a rs h i p Mr. and Mr . Lester Peter Sch o l a rs h i p ( O regon students) Theodore M. an d Lillian L. Peterson Endowed Sch ol a r s h i p Blanche Pfl a u m Scholars h i p and
L o u i se P i h l Sch ol a rs h i p '
lub Sc h ol a r s h i p
PLU \ omen s
PLUS Busi ne:;s SdlOla rsh i p
Thl'
Fo u n d a t i o n Sch o la rs h i p
QlIa5im c h ol a rs h i p Edwud Ramsdale P res i de n t s S ch o l a rs h i p
Anders a n d Emma R a mstad Award
M a rgaret L. Rasm ussen Sc hol a rs h i p
E q ui p m e n t , Inc. ( R E I ) Ka t h r y n Reese Memorial Sc h o la r,h i p R�creationul
D r. Wal ter and Joan Red m a n Schwi n d t Sc h o l a r s h i p
E n dow m e n t & L. uci a n Rice Endowed S c ho la rs hi p
Simon a nd Marvel Rein bo l d S ch o l a rs h i p
Ricke L ea d ers h i p Award
WiliiaIll O. R i e ke Endowed Scholarship ( tudents from Cashmere. Leavenworlh, and \Venatchee)
Sterling and Marju r ie Rose Scholarsh i p Frank
Russell
Cornpany EnJowed Sch o l a rshi p
Mark Salz m a n Memorial
i'\'farie ' c h ee l e General JohJl1ne.
Endowed Scholarship
od Aleen SchiHer Endowment FunJ
S :A-FI RST Bank M i n o rit
S ch o l a r s h i p
iYlJrgaret S h i pley E nd owed S ch o la rs h i p in Acco u n t i n g
H . Sch naible E n do we d S ch o l a r s h i p (I orth Pacifi D i s t ric t Luther S k i n ner Fo u n d a t i o n Scholarship ! J r, M a u r i ce a n d P a t r i c i a S ko n e $ Scholarship ( Vocal Mu s i c) Jallles R. S la ter Endowed Sc h o l a rs h i p James Slater B i o logy - ROTC Scholar h ip Fra!lces No r to n S m i t h Enduwed S l o l a rs h i p S m i t h Endowment S c hol a r s h i p F u n d Haldor P. S p o n h c i m S c h o l a rsh i p F u n d Dornthy
Siql l el and Yo u t h Sch o l a r s h i p
League)
Eth�1 S q u ires Sch o l a rsh i ps
W i l l i a m a n d Astrid StallCer Endowed Sch o l ars h i p i n I ' n g i n ccri n g S c i e nce Dora S t an g l a n d t... l e m u ri a l S ch o l a rs h i p
- Reese Sc h ol a rs h i p E n d u wm e n t S c h o la rsh i p [mma Storaasl i i\warJ ["thn M. "- o d Doris G. St ucke Endowed Scholarship in N u rsi ng Stuhlmiller Me m o r ial Scholarsh i p Tacoma R a i n i e rs C o m m u n i t y F u n d Sc hularsh i p Harve), & Helen Tengesdal EnJowed ch o la r ' h i p Steele
Gcnevie e S telberg Endowed
Edvin and Ida Tingebtad Memorial Evdyn Torvt'nJ M e llloria l
ch ol arsh i l'
E d u ca t io n S ch o l a rs h i p
Tykr Me m o r i a l Nursing Scholarship K"rI
Washington State Need Grants are available to el igible residents
of the State of Wa s h i n g ton who attend PLU. These grants are intended for students with high need. On the basis of guidelines established by the H i gher Education Coordinating Board, students with s p e c ified need as com p uted from the FAFSA. di s ciplin es and are not based on need. Scholarships from the Army vary. As of fall 1 99 1 new advanced d e s ign e e scholarship recip i e nts also receive additional sch o l arshi p aid from Pacific L utheran University. ROTC s ch ol a rs h i p recipien ts applying for the institutional match must also file the Fre e Application for F e deral Students Aid ( FAFSA). Call P LU's ROTC O ffice for further i n formation, (206) 535-S740.
S cho l a rs h i p
Puget So u n d Bank Scho la rs h i p
L)'le
need. Grants range from $ 1 00 to $4,000 per year. The SEOG m ust be matched with a least an equivalent a m o u n t o f other kinds of aid (grant, loan, or employment). Eligibility is deter m ined by federal g uideli n es.
Army ROTC Scholarships are available for s tudents i n all
Nora J. Po n d er Scholarship Fun d
Portland Mea Alu m n i
GOVERNMENTAL GRANTS The Federal PeU Grant Program is a Federal progra m d es igned
m c z < m
to provide the " foundation" for a fin a n cia l aid package. It is i ntended for students with high fi nancial need.
M e m o r ial
Roger Paetel Memorial Scholarsh i p
Presser
a n d Celestene Yoder Memorial S ch ola rsh ip
S h i rley Z u r fl u h / Lutheran Brotherhood Endowed Scholarship (Business)
lIpcn Nu rsi,ng Sch o l ar s h i p
O r v i l le
E. [lill
B ro th e rh oo d E ndowed Scholarsh i p
Randall Yo aku m E n do we d S c h ol a r sh i p
, a nd Mrs. Gus H. N i e m a n Mem o rial S ch o l a rs h i p
1\·lemorial Scho l ars h i p lIeland Memorial Sc hol <lrs h i p
fer
Valle Memorial Sch o l a rsh i p
I-I . Vingerud En dowed Scholarship F un d cholarsh i p Fund I n " H . Wake Memorial Scholar h i p Was h i ngton S t a t e A u t o m o b i l e Dea l e rs i\ssoc i a t i o n Doc Jnd LucilJe Weathers Endowed S cho l a r h i p Westan Wash ington Fa i r As,ociation Sc h o l a rs h i p
Arthur
\\'addl linderlie
Sc ho la rsh ip
STUDENT EMPLOYMENT There are employment opportunities on campus and in the commun ity that can help students meet college expenses. Priority for placement is give n to those students who have demonstrated fi nancial need and have been awarded a work study eligibility. Over 900 st udents work on campus each year. The u n i ver s i ty 's alll1ual student payroll exceeds $ [ ,SOO,OOO. The average on -campus job app rox i mate eleven hours per week, and produ c e s a round $ 1 ,528 d uring an a ca d em i c year. All student p l a ce m e n ts Cor on - c a m p u s and o ff-campus j o b s are h a n d led by the Career Services Office. Ac t u a l hiring of students is done at the beginning o f the school year and at other times as vac a n ci es occur. The Federal College Work-Study Program offers p ri ma r il y on -c a m p u s e m ployment . To participate , s t udents must be cligibl for work-study. The Wa s hingt o n S tate Work-Study Program o ffers o n l y o ff campus work opportunities with pro fi t - m a king and non- profit e mp loye rs . Positi n - must be related to students' academic i n ter ests. To p a r ticip a t e, students must be el ig i b le for work - study. LOANS Many students invest in their future by borrowing educational funds. Low interest, deferred loans make it possible to pay some of the cost of education at a later time. Loans are often incl u ded with g ift assistance and work to for m a fin a ncial aid package . Fed.eral Perkins Loan (formerly National Direct Student Loan-NDSL) - Eligibil ity is d et er m i n e d by the PLU O ffice o f
F inancial Aid and Scholarships from the FAFSA and is based o n need. �I'!ost l o a ns range betwee n ' [ ,000 and $ 1 ,500 an n u ally, a n d cannot exceed $6,000 fo r the first two years of school, nor a n aggregate o f $ 1 5,000 for an undergraduate degree. N o i nterest accrues a n d no payments o n pri n cipal are n e c e s sa r y until si months after a recip ient ceases to be a h a l f- t i m e student enro lled in a n e l i g ib l e i n s t i t u t i o n . S i mple interest is S'llo d ur ing the repay m e n t period. Up to 10 0 O;(, canceLlation is available fo r t e a c hin g the d i s a b l ed or in cert a i n low income a rea s . Repayment may be d e fe rred because uf fur ther full-t ime t udy or s er ice in the armed forces, VISTA, or the Peace Corp s . Exit i nterviews a re
--I -<
TU I T I O N
A N D
F E E S
> f--V\ a::
req u i re d by t h e Business O ffice upon leavi n g PLU or tra.nscripts, grades, and d i p l om a are wi t h h e ld .
w
Nursing Student Loan (NSL) - A l i m i ted federal lo a n p rogram
>
spec iflcally for students with need who a re accepted fo r enrol J
:r: f---
ment or are e n ro l l e d i n the School o f N u rsi ng ( u s u a lly not before the sopho-more year). The NSL has provisions similar to the Pe rkins Loan. Up to $4,000 is av a i l a b le, d e p ende. n t on federal fu ndi ng. Loans average $2,500. Re p ay m e n t b e gi n s one year after gr a d u ati o n Partial or ful l cance l l a t ion is possible u nd er c e r ta i n co n d it i o ns . .
FEDERAL FAMILY EDUCATION LOANS Federal loans a re obtained th ro u gh a bank, cre d i t union, o r savings a n d loan association o n a n a pp l i cat ion that i s certified by the fnce of Financial aid and S c h o l a rs h i ps Loan funds a re e n t t o t h e univer i t y by the lenders. S t u d e n t borrowers lllust a t tend a n entrance co u n se l i n g se,'sion before rece iving th e first disburs ment at PLU. .
Federal Stafford Student Loan - This program provides two
types of loans: subsidized Stafford Loans and unsubsid ized Staf ord Loans. Subsid ized loans are b as ed on fi nancial e l ig ib i l it y, and the Fe d e ra l government pays the i n t e re s t while the s t u d e n t is in ch o o ! Unsubsidized loans are not b a se d o n fm ancial eLigi bility, a n d the st ude n t i s resp o nsib le for the in terest while i n schoo!. The s t udent may receive a com b i n a t ion of both loans, u p t o t h e a n nual maximum: .
Undergraduate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $2,625-$5,500
Graduate
..... .................................
8 5 00 ,
NOTE: [udepeudeUl lluderfmd u ate studeuts may be eligible for 54,000-5,000 additional ullsubsidiud Stafford Loans. lnde.peude1lt trodua/I!stlld,,"/S llIay be eligible for lip to 510,000 additiorral urrsubsidized tafford Loa lls.
The aggregate maximum is :523 ,000 fo r u ndergraduates, $ 6 5, 5 0 0 for g r adu ates . Re p ay m e n t of pri n c i p a l is deferred until t h e student ceases to be enrolled at least h a l f- t i me. The in te r e s t rate is variable (based on t he 9 1 - d ay Treasury B i l l p l u s 3 . 1 %) with a c ap of 8 . 2 5%. Federal Plus Loan - T h i s l o a n is for pare n t s o f a d e p e n de n t s t u dent. T h e l o a n h a s a va r ia b l e inter st r a t e (ba e d o n the 52 week Tr easu r y B i l l , p lu s 3 . 1 % ) with a cap o f 9% Re p ay me nt b e gin s s i xty (60) days a fte r t he fin a l disbursement. Either parent may borrow t h i s loan for a student. Maximum eligibility is l i mited to the s t u d e n t 's cost of attendance less financial aid received. .
Alternative Loan Programs - Many repu t a ble p ri v a t e l e n d i n g
organiz. a t io n s p rovide fam i l ies with a means to finance a stu dent's education. Most private programs offer low interest, no collateral loans that aTe b a se d on i n d ividual need, c red i t c apa c i t y, and school costs. M a n y allow deferment of principal u nt i l after t h e student ceases ful l - time enrollment. The Office o f Fina ncial Aid a n d Scholarships h as available a , mple li s t of p r ivate l e n de rs .
VETERANS AFFAIRS AND VOCATIONAL REHABILITATION Pari lC L u t he r a n Un i ve rsi ty's academic programs of s tud y a re a pp r o ve d by the 'vVashi ngton S ta te Higher Ed ucation oor d i n a t ing B o ard 's State Appr o vi ng A ge n cy ( HECB/SAA) for t' n rollmcnt of persons eligible to receive e d u c a t i ona l benefits u n d e r Title 38 and Title 10 USc. Veterans, wid ws, and children of deceased veterans who wish to i n q u i re abou t their e l i g ib i l i ty fo r benefits s ho ul d co n t a c t t h e Re gi ona l O ffice of the Vet r a n s Admi nistration, Federal B u i l d i ng , 1 - Second Avenue, Seattle, Was hington 9 8 1 74. Persons w i t h i n the S t a t e of Was h i n g t o n m a y t e le p h o n e 1 -800-827 - 1 000. Students shou ld gai n admission to the un iversity and see the u n i vers i t y's Veterans Affairs Coo rd i n a t o r b e fo re m aki n g a p plicat io n for benefits. Students are requ i red to regi ter at t h e u n i ers i t y's Veterans Affairs ffice before each term to i n su r e continuous receipt of benefits.
Tuition and Fees UNDERGRADUATE RATES
January Term
Fnll!Spring Semestus Credit Hr.
Credit H r .
1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $43 3 .00 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $866.00 3 . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 1 ,299.00 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 1 ,732.00 5 ......... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $2, 1 65.00 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S2,598.00 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 ,03 1 .00 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... 3 ,464.00 <) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53,897.00 10 . . . .......... . . . . . .. . . . . $ 4 , 3 3 0 00 1 1 . .. .. .. . 4,763.00 1 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . · 5 , 1 9 6 00 1 3 ........................ $ 5 , 6 2 9 . 00 1 4 .. .. . $6 , 0 6 2 00 1 5 ........................ 6, 49 5. 00 16. $ 6 , 9 2 8 00 .
.
......
...
. . . . . . ......................... 5433.00 ..... . . ....... . $866.00 3 ........ . . . ............... $ 1 ,299.00 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 1 ,732.00
.
2
......
.
......
.........
.
.......................
.
NOTE:
.
per credit.
..
5 .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 ...... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . 7 . . . . .. . ... . . . . . . 8 ................... . . . . . . . . . 9 ....................... . . . . . 1 0 ...................... .... .
........
.
.
HOllrs takell for }anllilry Teml ill excess of 4 credit hOLirs are cllargcd (It a rate of 2 1 6.00
.
...
.
NOTE:
.
.
.............
.
...
either fall or spril1g il1 charged at a rate of S216.00 per credit.
.
.
. ..
.....
.
.
.
.. _
.
excess of 16
HOl l rs taken
.
$ 1 ,948.00 $2, 1 64.00 $2,380.00 $2,596.00 52,8 1 2.00 $3,028.00
credit hOllrs
are
1 7 ........................ $7, 1 44.00 1 8 . . ...................... $7,360.00 1 9 ........................ $7,576.00 20 . . . . . . .. ................ $7,792.00 etc. GRADUATE RATES
Fall! Spring Semesters Credit Hr.
Credit Hr.
I . . . . . . . .. . . $433 .00 2 .. ... . . . . . $ 8 6 6 00 3 . . $ 1 ,299.00 4 ..... . . . . . .. $ 1 ,732.00 5 . . . . . $ 2 , 165.00 6 .......................... $2,598.00 7 . . ........................ $ 3 , 0 3 1 .00 8 . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . ........ $3 ,464.00 9 . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $3 ,897.00 10 . ... . . . $4,330.00 1 1 .......... . .. . . . . . . . . . . . $4,763.00 1 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $5, 1 96.00 1 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $5,629.00 1 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $6,062.00 15 . . . . 6,495.00 1 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6,928 .00 1 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . '7,3 6 1 .00 1 8 . ... . $7,794.00 19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . $8,227.00 20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $8,660.00 21 . . . . . . . . . . . . $9,093.00 ..
.
.
_
.
........
....
..
.
.
...
.
.
.......
.
._....
..................
.......
.
.
.............
..........
.
..
.
.
...
..
...
..
...
.
.
.
.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .
.
.
..
.....
.
..
.....
..
.
...........
.
..
.
.
.
.
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $9,526.00 . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . $9,959.00 .... .. ....... . 1 0,392.00 .. .. ..... . $ 1 0,825.00 .... ... . $ 1 1 ,258.00 ..... . ... . . . $ 1 1 ,69 1 .00 . . . . . . . . . . . ............. $ 1 2 , 1 24.00 ........................ $ 1 2,557.00 ........................ $ 1 2,990.00 . . . . . . . .............. . . . $ 1 3,423.00 ... . . . . . . . . . $ 1 3 ,856.00 .
....
.
.
..
.
.
.
..
..
....
..
..
...
..
.
..
.
.
.
.
...
....
.......
...
.......
.
.
.
.....
.....
.
.
.
January Term I 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $4 33 .0 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $866.00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 1 ,299.00 . . . . .. $ 1 ,732.00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $2 , 1 6 5 00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $2,598.00 . ..... .. . $3,03 1 .00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 3 ,464.00 .
.
.
.
....
..
.
.....
...
.
..
......
.....
.
. .
..
.
....
.
.
.......
.
.
....... .
.
NOTE: Off Campus Program sit/riellls pay a program fee (n o r PLU It/ition) specific to the illdividual program sites. Contact the Cellter for Internntional Prograllls for complete details.
T U I T I O N
A N D
F E E S -I I
BY EXAMINATION
w ho t e s t out of J class ( Cred i t by Exam inatio n ) will be 25 p e rc e n t of regul a r tuition for that class ($ 1 08.25 per credit hour). REGISTERING AFTER ADDI DROP Students who register a ft r the last day of Add/Drop will be asses 'ed an administrative handling fee o f $ 50 for each course added or dropped. COURSE FEES Some co u rses require additional fees; they will be added to the tuition total. The class schedule available from the R gistTar's Office p rol'ides i n formation a b o u t a ny fee that may a ffect an individual sched ule. Music and education students should note: The Privllte Mllsic Lessoll Fce i s $ I 25 for one credit or $200 fo r two or more credits per med i u m. one-time Educo t io n Placemen t Fee of $40 is charged i n the la t se mes t e r of the B . A . E . program. MISCELLANEOUS FEES Health Services will charge a stud n t's account, or a · tudent may pay directly, for immu nizations, lab work, and p re s cr i p t i ons that are required. Unpaid Filles s u ch as parkin" v iol a t io ns a n d overd u e l i b r a ry books will appear on the monthly statement. Students are encouraged to pay t hese fines a, incurred to avoid late fee� and h a n d l i ng c ha rges A one-time Graduatioll Fce of $30 is charged to baccalaureate and master's degree cand idates. A fee of � is charge.d to re pl a ce lost, damaged, or stolcn 5twLel l t TO's. This must be �'aid at Registrar's Office. The fcc for official trallscripts is " 5 fo r each transcript. .
INFORMATION O p tio n a l student health an d accidcnt i nsurance is available through a n i nde p e nden t carrier. A brochure is available from t h e Student L i fe O ffice. Parking permits are free and req u i red for all student veh icles. They can b e o b t a i ned in the Camp u s Safety Office. Failure to rroister may re ult in a fine. ROOM AND MEALS Students who are under 2 I and a re taking 1 2 or more c redi t hours must live and eat meals on campus. There a r e excep t i o ns : 1. I f one lives at home with a parent, legal guardian, or spouse 2. [f one turns 2 1 before October 15 ( fall semester) or March 1 5 pring semester) 3. If one has attained senior status (90 credit hours ) before the beginning o f the semester Appeals may be addressed to the Residential Life O ffice. Room
Double Room $ I , I 50.00/semester Single/Single Room . . . . . . . . $ I AOO.OO/semester SinglelDouble Room . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 1 ,600.00/semester Senior S i n gle/ Do u b l e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ I AOO.OO/semester . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . ............ .
•
•
•
.........
..
A l im i t ed
nu mber of si ngle rooms are ava ilable. Special h ou s ing requests may be addressed to the Residen tial Life O ffice at 206/535-7200.
Limited housing is available d u r i n g winter and spring breaks at a cost of $9 per day. A l i mited n umber of two-and t h ree-bedroo m fa mily housing u n its a rc ava ilable. Rent ranges from $ 1 60 to $400 per month. A $ 1 00 damage d epos i t is req u i red with the a p p l ication and a $ 100 cleaning deposit is req u i red upon occupancy.
Meal Plans Residential (on-c.ampus) students may s el ec t from the fi rst three meal plans listed below: Plan # 1 : 20 meals/week .......... 1 ,040.00/semester Plan #2: IS meals/week .......... $ I ,OOO.OO/semester Plan #3: 10 meals/week . . . . . . . .. . . . . $85 5 .00/semester
•
,ommu ter s tu d e n ts may choose from the plans above or select one below. Commuter students m ust contact Food Service each semester to begin their meal plan of choice. Plan #4: 5 m e a l s /w eek ............... $4 I S.OO/semester Plan #S: 5 lu nches/week . . . .. . . . . $ 3 5 5 . 0 0/ se me s t e.r
•
Jallilary Term Ollly Meals: I f one l ives on-campus during the January Term o n l y , meals will cost as foUows:
.
.
Plan # 1 : 20 meals/week . . . . . . . . . . . . . $264.00 Plan #2: 1 5 meals/week . . . . . . . $250.00 Plan #3: 10 meals/week .. . . . . . . . . . . . $2 1 3.00 .
.
...
.
Plans #4 and #5 a re only available to c o m m u ter studen ts:
Plan #4: 5 meals/week . . ... . . . . . . $ 1 03 00 Plan #5: 5 l u nch es /week ............. 590.00 .
..
.
.
ADVANCE PAYMENT New sl/./dellts need to make a $200 advance payment to confirm t.neir offer of admission. The payment is refundable until May 1 5 for fa l l , December 1 5 for the january term, and January 1 5 for spring. Re q uest s fo r a refund m u s t be made in writin g to the Ad m i ssions Off'icc. R e t u rn illg swdents wa n ti n g to reserve a
room for the fo l l o w i ng year mu t make a $200 advance payment. The payment will be credite d to the following year" acc o u n t upon occupancy. The advance payment is I 00% refundable by making a w r i tte n request to the Residential Life O ffice by july I . A 50% r e fu n d will be gra nt ed i f the wr i t ten request is received after July I, but by August I. No refund will be granted a fter August 1 . FINANCIAL AID S c h o lar s hips , grants, talent awards, and loans a ward e d by PLU', Office of Financial Aid and Scholarships, and outside aid ( from fraternal orga n i zat ion s , h i g h schools, c h u rch e s , etc . ) sent directly t o PLU a re credited to the studen t's account. Awards over 1 00 will be equally divided between fall and J a n u a r y term/ spring semesters. Awards under $ 1 00 will be a pp l ie d to one s e mest(:f only. Outside aid will not be a p p l ied to the account until the funds are received by PLU. NOTE: Because financitll {lid is equally divided betweerl ftlll and }Ilnlwry term/spring semesters, the cost ;s generally higher for the }anutlry term/spring semester if one registers for a /tlnuary term COllrse
(HId eats on campus.
Perkins and Nursing Swciel1t Loan recipients are requ i red to s i gn
for their loans in the S t u d e nt ACCOUJ1ts and Loan D ep a r t m e n t a t t h e be gi n nin g of each semester. Federa l Fa/nily Educa t ional Loall Programs (FFELP) ( these are
tudents who only a ttend the January term will be charged '255.00 for room (see /lcxt call/III 11 for meals).
t ions, will b e applied after the p roper endorsement by the student or parent. Funds not endorsed within 45 days of receipt will be re t u r ned to the lending institution as defined by feder al regulations. A 4 percent p ro c ess i ng fee is subtracted from the loan by the lending institution.
.
c z < m
•
Continuing students (students who live on campus for fa ll, /Ull u a ry term, and s p r ing) ;]re not c.harged for ro o m d uring th january term.
A housing d posit ( to be paid only by continuing students) of $200.00 will be credited to one's student account on th e S ep t e m ber bil l i n g for fall, and t he F eb ru a ry billing for spring - urIle�s fo rfeited by t h e Residential Life O ffic e
m
Fede r a l Sta fford, Unsubsidized Fe d era l Stafford and Federal Parent Plus), obtained t h rough banks and other lending institu
State o{Alaska Loans must be endorsed in the Financial Aid Office b e fore the funds can be depOSited in t he student's account.
-I -<
T U I T I O N
A N D
F EE S
>-
>
w :r: I-
Recipients of the following funds m u st go to the Financial Aid O fflce to pick up th e ir check. The check is made payable to the student. Those funds are: \A/ashington State Need Grant, Wash i ngt o n Scholars, ursing �on d i t i o na l, Paul Douglas S c h olarsh i p , Ed ucational Opportunity Grant, a n d Future Teachers. Students who secure part-ti me employment as part of their financial aid ( work study) receive mont.hly paychecks based on work performed. Paychecks may be picked up at the cashier's window a t the Bus i ne ss O ffice on payday and may be ap p l i ed t o un p a id student aC(QwH balances. It is the student's respo nsibility to inform the Office o f Financial A i d and Scholarships of a n y changes in financial status. Additional funds or benefits from any source ( such as free or partial room and meals) received or p romised, before or after a student is awarded aid from PLU, must be reported. Actual class registration that p ro d uce s a lower tuition rate than a n t i c i p ated may redu ce a financial aid award. By law, t he Office of Financial Aid and Scholarships is requi red to make adjustments to prevent over awards. Refund and Repayment Policy According to Federal Disclosure Requirement Detailed i n formation on the refund and/or repay ment calcula tions may be obtained through t h e Office of Fina ncial Aid and
Scholarships. See below for guidelines. TITLE TV Reful1d - If any po rtion of an acco u n t was paid with TI TLE-IV Federal F i n a n c ial A i d , a refund will be prorated t·o each of the fi nancial aid p rograms i n the following order: Federal fam i l y Edu cational Loan Programs ( FFELP), ( Federal Stafford, Ullsubsidized federal Stafford ) , Federal Perkins Loan, Federal PeLl Grant, Fede.ral SEOG, other TITLE IV funds, non-federal aid ( i nstitutional aid, slate aid, and other ) . TITLE IV Repaymf 71t - Repayment o f funds received from TITLE IV F inancial Aid programs may be necessary in instances where fu nds we re received from an account a fter all c harg es were satisfied. A federal formula will be used to determine the appro p r iate payment. Funds t h a t need t o b e repaid will be returned t o their source in t h e following order: S.EOG, federal Perki n s , Pell, other TITLE TV, non-federal TITLE IV fu nds ( i n s tit u t i onal aid, state aid, and other).
PAYMENT OPTIONS/ FINANCING Students must pay at the t i me of registration or be enrolled in an approved
payment plan at the time of registration.
Option 1 - T h o s e who p a y early may qualify for Lutebucks,
set- up fee o f $50.00 and will have paym e nt s due for the following months: • Fall: September, October, November, December • ) -Term/Spring: Jan uary, February, March, Ap ril
refundable
Payments for this plan are dlle the 15th ofeach mew/h.
Students wishing t o finance Summer only will be required to pay a non- refu l/dable set-up fee of $ 25.00 and will have payments due for the following months: • J u n e, Ju ly, August
Slimmer o n lv:
Payments for this plan are due the 15th of each month .
HOW TO MAKE PAYMENTS
Mail payments with statement remittance stub to PLU, Box or deliver payments to the PLU Business Office in the Ad m i n isLration Build ing, Room 1 1 0. Checks should be made payable to Pacific Lutheran Un iver s i ty. The student's name and account nu mber (social security number) should be i n cluded with all payments. A $ 1 5 fce is charged o n all returned checks. V ISA and MasterCard are accepted. An automatic monthly payment may be arran ged with the Student A cco u n t s Office. An a utomatic payment form w i l l be mailed out a t the student's request; this will eliminate c a l l i n g each month to cha rgt' payments. No fee is charged for this service. Please DO NOT mail cash. A per iod i c a l l y adjusted disco unt rate will be charged aga i n s t Canadian currency. 2 1 1 67, Sea ttle, WA 9 8 1 1 1 - 3 1 67 ,
Interest and Late Fees
- For those not on a payment p la n , a 1 . 5% mon t h l y defa u l t i nterest i s charged on balances 30 days past due. Paymen t Plans - Payments received after the 20th of the month wil l b e assessed a $25 per month late fee.
Paymen t Optiol1 1
Missed Payments
Failure to make minimum mo n t h ly payments as agreed will removal from a payment plan and the account will be p la c ed on financial hold. Student accounts 60 days delinquent may be turned over to a n outside collection agency. A 40% ch<lrge wilJ be added to such an account to cover collection co st. result i n
Financial Hold
I f a student account is past due, it will be p la ced on "financial hold." Basic university privi leges will be denied until the account is settled, including the ability to register, receive copies of a transc r i p t or diploma, or cash checks.
coupons redeemable at the PLU Bookstore. To receive Lute bucks, paym ent i s due in full by July 29 fo r faU semester and December 22 for the J an u ary term/spring. Otherwise, payment for O p t io n I is due in full by August IS for fal l and January 1 5 for Ja nuary term/spring.
Academic Hold The Registrar, Student Life Office, or ResidentiaI Life Office can
Option 2 - Payment Plans 10 lv!onth Plan: On t h is plan there are lower monthly payments. The defin ition of a 10 month pLan is enrollment for one of the
A
following term arrangements: • Summer, Fall, J- Term, Spring • Summer, Fall, Spring • hll, J-Term, Spring • Fall, Spring A 11 0 1 l - refundable set-up fee o f $50.00 i s required to start this plan. Payments for this plan begin July 15 and mLlst be paid in full by April 1 5.
Ri gh ts and Responsibilities Upon registration, t h e student and his or her parents or legal
S Month Plan: The definition of an 8 mon t h p la n is enrollment for one of t.he fo ll o w i ng term arra ngements: • Fall, J-Term, Spring • Fall, Spring A n o n - refundable set-up fee o f $75.00 i s required to start this p l an. Payments for this plal1 begin September 1 5 and m List be paid
il1 fu ll by April 15.
Students wishing to finance Fal l only o r J -Te rm/ S p r i n g o n ly will b e req u i red to pay a lIo n-
Fall 01111' or [- Term/ 'pring onlx.;.
place an account on "academic hold." Registration for classes is precluded until any pending matter with those offices i s settled. Medical Hold
"medical hold" prevents a student from registering because Health Services h as not received the Medical H istory Form or because the student does not have the necessary immunizations.
guardian, as the case may be, agree to accept their respo nsibility and legal obligation to pay all tuition costs, room and meal fee s, and other special fees incurred or to be incurred for the student's education. The un iversity, i n turn, agrees to make available to the student certai n educa tional p rograms and the use of certain facilities as applicable and a s described i n this catalog. A failure to pay aU u niversity b i l ls shall release the u n i ver si t y of any obligation to continue to provide the a p p l icable educational ben efits and services, to include stateme nts o f honorable dis missal, grade reports, t ranscr i pt of records, diplomas, or p reregi strations. The student shall abo be denied admittance to classes and t he use of university facilities.
S T U D E N T
Refunds
o f the un ivers i t y from diverse religious, racial, and cultural
a student o ffic i a l l y d rops a s i n g l e class o r c o m p l etely w ith
fro m t h e semester during th �pring
se m�ste r, a
backgrounds. All o f the services and facilities provided are
first two we eks of fal l o r
fu l l t u it i o n refu n d w il l be g i ven.
he Adv a n ce
Payment is not refu n d e 1. No r e fu n ds a re available a fter t he In t h e eve n t of a w i th d ra w al from the J a n ua ry t er m du r i n g the tl r s t wee . a fu l l t u i t i o n refu n d will be given. No refund is ava i l able a fter t h e first week.
Refund. [o r c o m pl e t e withdrawals are available a c co rd i n g to t h e fol l ow i ng sc h e d u l e : TUITION REFUND
ROOM REFUND
BOARD REFUND
Before first day of class
100%
100% less
100%
d ay of c1as
outli ned below.
CAMPUS MINISTRY Pa c ifi C Lu t h era n U n ivers i t y by its very n at u re is a p l a ce fo r the in te ra c t io n between st u d ies and tbe Chr istian fa i t h . Opportuni ties for the mutual celebration of that fa ith on campus a re r ich Chapel wors hi p i s held M o n d ay, Wed n e s d ay, and Friday m o rni n gs during each semester fo r al l wh o wi h to pa rt i ci p a te .
80%
Pro-rated
75%
70%
P ro -rate d
4 we ks
50%
60%
Pro-rated
5 weeks
25%
50%
Pro-rated
6 weeks
25%
0
Pro-rated
tions on campus, a n d there are n ume ro u s student - i n i tiated B i b l e
7 ,,,eeks
25%
0
Pro-rated
st u d y a n d fe l l o wsh i p groups. The Ca mp us M i n is t r y C ou n c i l , a n
8 we
25%
0
Pro-rated
0
0
Pro-rated
e le cte d s tu d en t an d fa c u lty co m m i t tee, coordinates these activi t i es in a s p i r i t of openness and m ut ual r spect.
to 2 weeks
w�
9+ weeks
Res idence h a l l and meal refunds will ad h e r e to the t e r m s of the Res idential Life contract. A p ro - r;lted meal refund w i l l be mad e fo r necessary wi t h drawal from t h e u n i vers i t y. Meal p l a n refu n d s may be c o n s i d ered
for meab m i s s ed d u e to wor k i ng b u t w i l l not be ma d e fo r a l lY Student req uests fo r a t u i t i o n refu n d r el a te d to a w i t hd rawal
llledical re aso ns are co n s id e re d Oil a n i n d i v id ua l basis by the
vice p n: , i d e n t fo r s tudent l i fe . Such req uests re q u i re documenta t i o n from a p h ys i c i a n o r the d i rector o f H ea l t h S e r v ice s . Refund of ove rpayments or exce s s n na l1cial a i d fu n ds c a n n o t
b e g i n to be p r ces sed u n. t i l a fter t lle l a s t day o f the a d d /dro p p e rio d .
RefL1I1ds may be requested by fi l l i n g O Llt a R efu nd ·Req uest Fo r m , which is ava i l a b l e in the S t u d en t A cco u n t s O ffi c e , L1pon a student's w r i tten request. At least two weeks must be
al lowed fo r processing.
Before t h e b e g i n n i n g o f each se mester, st ude n t s a n t ici p a t i n g a
refund may
see
St u d e n t Accounts for i nfo r m a t io n about book
e.>.
Notice of withdra wal
111 list
be made ill wr i t i ng t o the Registrar
ofPLU, and received before the deadlilles g ivell a b o ve. Oral requests IVil/ llot be considered. Cha rges will remain on t h e student's account IIlltil such n o tice is
received.
Student Life The quality of l i fe cultivated a n d fostered w i t h i n the un ivers ity i an essential component of the academic commun ity. The environment produced i s conducive to a life of vigorou a n d creative scholarship. It also recognizes that libera l edu ation is for the total person and that a complementary relationship exis
bet\.veen students'
inteH ctual development and the satisfaction o f their other . uaL need . I n teract ion with perso ns of d i ffering life , application of classroom knowledge to personal goals and a�pira t i ons, and co -cu rricular experiences are a l l available and total co mponents of education
at PLU. ln
The Univer 'ity C o n g rega ti o n meets in regular wors h i p a n J celebrates the Lord's Supper e a c h S u n d ay. Pastoral services of t h e u n i versity pastors a re available to all students who des i re t h e m .
Several denom inations a n d religious gr o up s have o rga n iza
RESPONSIBILITIES OF COMM UNITY LIFE Within a n y com m u n i t y certain reg ul a t i o n s are n ec e ssa ry. Pa ci fi c L u t h e ra n U n ivers i t y ado p t s ) n l y those s ta n d a rds bel ieved to be rea so na b ly necessary a n d ad m its students w i th t h e e 'pe ta t i o n t h a t th e y w i n co mp l y w i t h t h o se standards. A l l mem bers of the u n i ve rs i t y co m m u n i ty are ex p e c t ed to respect t h e rights a n d
u n ivers i t y trips, such as music tours or a t h le t ic e ve n ts .
ad va n
a pects o f the u n iv rs ity. Individ ual att ntion is given to studen ts' concerns, including a variety of specific services
100%
3
or
services provided reflect changing student needs, and the
and diverse.
deposit Firsl
intended to complement the academic program. The oppo rt un i ties for student participation include virtually all
seco nd wee k for d ropp i ng i n d iv i d u a l classes.
DATE OF WITHDRAWAL
L I F E
a
time when there is a need fo r mea n i ngful com munit y, the campus facil ita tes gen uine relationships among members
i n t e g r i t y of others. Conduct wh ich i s d e t r i m e n t a l t o stude n ts , fac u l ! )', ta fE, or t h e u n ive r s i t y, or which violates local, state, or fed e r a l laws, may be ground ' for sa nc t i o n s or fo r d i m issal. The u n i ve rs it y pro h i b i t s the po s s es sio n o r co n s u m pt ion o f alcoholic beverages on campus and l i m i ts the h o u rs when s t ud e n ts may have v i s i t o r s o f the llPpO i t e sex i n t h e i r residence hall rooms . The
Sitident Handbook contains the Code of Conduct fo r all
students. NEW STUDENT ORIENTATION New s t u d e n t o r ien t a t io n endeavors to assist students and t heir fa m il ies with t h e t r a n s i ti o n to PL . The t h ree - day fall program i n t roduces stud n ts to ma n y di mensions of PLU l i fe. Fall orientation includes meeting with a faculty ad vis er, working in small groups w i th other new students, b e com i n g acq u a i n ted w i t h campus services, and h av i n g some relaxed time with other students before clas es b egi n . Ne w st u d en t s a re e nco u r age d to a t tend a on e - day academic o r ientation and course registration e ven t held in June. Special activities are also p l a n n e d which respo n d to co n c ern s of fa m i l ies of new students. While January a nd sp r i ng orientations are more condensed, they a l so provide new s t udents w i t h a n in trod u c t io n to a ca dem i c life and co c u r ricular a c t iv i ties . Orientation p rograms a re co o rd i n a t ed t h ro u g h t h e University Center Office, ( 206) 535- 7450.
ACCESSlBnITY The u n i ver ity co m p l ies w i t h Section 504 of t h e Re h a b i l itation Act and p r ov i d es reasonable accom modations to s t u d en t s w i t h h a n d icap s and/or disab i l i ties. Coord i n a t io n of se r v i c e s is h a n d led by t h e Co u n se l i ng and Te.st i ng Services. T h e S t u d e n t Needs Advocacy Pa n e l p ro v id es a n ave n u e fo r student con ce r n s . RESIDENTIAL LIFE Re iden tial l i v in g is a n i n teg ral part o f t h e educatio nal process at P LU. The u n ivers i t y r eq u i res that all s i ngl e , ful l - time ( 1 2 or more se m e s t e r hours) s t u d e n t s room and b o a rd on campus u n less the student is l i v i n g a t home with pare n t ( s ) , l e g a l g uard i an ( s ) , spouse a n d/or c h i l d , i s 2 1 years o f age or older on or b e fo re October 1 5 for t h e academic year a n d March 1 5 fo r spring
S T U D E N T
l i F E
> f-
semest r, or has senior status (90 semester hours). A U excep t i o ns to t h i s policy m u ·t be requested fro m the Residential Life O ffice rega rding room a nd the Food Service regard ing meals. > z
I f-
N a residential campus, Pacific Lutheran Un iversity o ffers stu dents a valuable experience in co mm u n i ty livin g. The u n iversity recognize the i mport nce of non-classroom activit ies in providing a n educat i o n . The aim of residential l i v i n g is to help students grow personally, socially, c u lturally, and spiritua L ly. Campus residence halls a re small. They are organized i n to com m u n i t ies in which each individ ual co u n ts as a person. New knowledge sbared with friends in the residence halls takes 01) a very personal meaning. Men and women of many backgro u n ds and cultures live on campus; th erefore, students in residence have a u n i q u e opportunity to broaden their c u l t u ra l horizons. The u niversity cares abou t the quality o f L i fe on campus. The attractive and com fortable residence h a L ls enrich the quality of l i fe and enhance the [earning process. The u n iversity offers students high - q u a lity housing oppo r t u n i t ies induding student
projects, residence hall gro u p activities, one d ay or several, the Vo l u n te er Center can help you hel p ! Drop by o r p h o n e ( x8 3 l 8) and discover how easy it is to make a big d i fference in l i fe !
WOMEN'S CENTER The Wo men's Center provides services, referrals, a n d s u p port to a l l students, facul ty, and staff or the university. The climate of the center is such that all persons are valued and empowered to p u rsue their individual and collect ive goals. The Center offers pen-sup port groups, educational resou rces, and programs which celebrate the talents and creative express ions of women. The Women's Center also i s the main sponsor of Women's History Mon th act ivities held every March . The Women's Center is located at 754 S. 1 20th.
leadership experience, fo rmal and i n formal programs, and peer associations. The student govern i ng bodies are strong a nd 'lCtively partic ipate in campus l i fe . A election o f modern, attract ive h a lls, each with i ts own traditions and u n ique advantages, offe rs students the opportu n ity to establish a co mfortable living p a ttern. All halls include i n formal lounges, study rooms, recreation areas, and common ki tchen and laundry facilities. Ilost of the h a l l s a re co-educational. A[ though they are housed in separate wings, men and women in co-cd halls share lounge and recreation facili t ies and common residence govern ment, and participate jointly i n all hall activities. One aLl women's hall is av�ilab[e for those women who desire this type of l iving experience. An all single-room hall has been establ ished for those 2 1 years of age or older, or those who have attained senior or graduate status. This independent l iving en vironment i s designed to meet the needs o f the older student. Fu_rthcr i n formation regarding residence h a l ls can be obtained from the Res identia[ Life O ffice. I n addition to hOllsing fo r single students, the u n iversity maintains a l i m i ted n u mber of units on campus fo r family student housing. Two and three-bedroom un its are available. Application fo r these apartments can be made through the Res iden t i a l Life O ffice.
STUDENT ACTIVITIES Studeut activities are regarded as essen t i a l factors in higher
ADULT STUDENT PROGRAMS The studen t - r u n Adu[t Student O rganization seeks to iden t i fy the special needs o f students over the age o f 2 5 and create the support networks that will help adul t · t udents succeed. The University Center and Mu[ti-Ethnic Resource Center provide a d m i n istrat ive support and services to assist adult students with orientation and guidance. The Commuter Lo unge, on the [ower level of the University Center, serves as a c a m p us head quarters fo r many adult students.
MULTI-ETHNIC RESOURCE CENTER
education. Some a re related to courses o f inst ruc:tion wch as drama, music, and p hysical education; others arc connected more closely to recrea tional and social l i fe. Involvement in student activi ties provides practical experience and a t the same tim e develops a n u n derstanding of self i n rclation to others. Co curricu l a r programs i nclude student government (Associated S t udents a nd Residence Hall Counc i l ) , sports activit ies (varsi ty, i n t ra m u ral, a nd club sports ) , stude.nt media ( newspaprr,
The Mu[ti -Ethnic Resou rce Center ( M RC) serves students, fa cul ty, and staff of color. Fo r students, special activities, peer
yearbook, art istic magazine, radio, a nd television ) , st udent clubs
available to supp ort special p roj ects and research focusing on national race-related issues. The Mu[ti-Ethnic Resou rce Center is
and organizations, and C0m mun ity service p rograms offe red through the Vo[unteer Center. With over 1 0 0 student activit ies in which to become involved, there is sure to be at [east one which will enrich a p e rso n's college experience.
VOLUNTEER CENTER PLU's Vo lu nteer Center, r u n by students m , d housed in the Cen ter fo r Public Service, seeks to give students o p p o r t u n ities to put to work their dreams fo r a better wo rld. The Volunteer Cenler has listings fo r over 1 0 0 orga n i za t ions who need vol u n leers. Students c a n stop b y and browse through t h e placement l ists, or make ;111 a p p o i n tment with one o f the Volun teer Center coordinator$ who help match students with organizations. Class
mentoring and advising, leader hip opport u n i ty, a nd other su pporr services are available. MRC offers a p lace fo r students to gather fo r socializing and seeking information and assistance. For fac u l t y and s t a ff, the MRC is a location for teach ing and [ea rning material on the subject of racial a nd e t h n .ic diversi ty. Clerical assistance, small t ravel gra n ts, and other services are ,t lso
located o n the lower level of the University Center.
CENTER FOR INTERNATIONAL PROGRAMS The Center fo r I n ternationa[ Programs/Inte r n a t io n a l Student Services p rovides assistance to i nternational students i n adjust ing to the u n iversity and i n meeting both education (career) and personal needs. Services include a i rport p ick-up, orientation, registration, a n d on-campus l i a ison with other u n iversity o ffic s .
Assi,tance w i t h immigra t i o n and government regulations as wel l as i m m igrat ion procedures regarding temporary t ravel, work app[.ica t ions, and extensions of stay is available.
S T U D E N T
L I F E --i I
y st udents com m u te to the PLU campus. In addition to the univer,ity se rvices and program s ava i lable to all students, the Un iversity enter s u pports com m u ter students with a lounge ar�a, and message/emergency locator service. Programs designed to add res� the special needs of com m u ters are sponsored through student activities and commuter groups like the Adu l t Student ()rga ni�arion. Students desiring more i n formation s hould contact the University Center Office. ENVIRONS
The u n iversity's geographical setting a ffords students a wide variety of both recreational a nd cultur a l entertainment options. Rccreationally, the grandeur of the Pacific Northwest encourages part icipation in hiking, campi ng, climbing, skiing, boating, and swinllning. The most conspicuous n a t ural m o n u ment i n the area is M t . Rainier. I n addition to Rain i er, t h e distinctive rcalms of t h e Cascade and Olym p ic m o u n t a i n ranges and forests of Douglas Fir complete one of the most natu rally t ra nquil enviro n ments i n the United States. S tuden ts c a n also enjoy the aesthetic offeri n gs of nearby Seattle and Tacoma. These city centers host a variety of perform ing and recording arts and p rovide dozens of galleries and museums as well as u nique s hopping a nd d i ni n g experiences. STUDENT SERVICES Hea11.b Services are staffed with one nurse pract itioner and one
ph y s i c i an's assistant. A physician is available for consu l t a t ion and referral. Services available include outpatient health care, alcohol/drug referral, laboratory rests, contraception/pregnancy counseling, a n d health education. All students lllay use the Services. ess and Accident Insurance is ava ilable to all students on a voluntary basis. The Health Service stro ngly u rges all students to have medical i n s u ra nce. The Group Accident and Sickness Plan offers coverage 2 4 hours a day, 12 mon ths a year, anywhere i n the world. This plan is available throughout the year. A brochure outlining the p rogram is available from the S tudent L i fe Office and from Health Services.
The lmmun:iz.a tion Policy sta tes that aJI students are required to
provide a u n iversity health h istory form with accurate i m m u n i zation records of measles, mumps, rubella, and tetanus-diptheria to Student Health services. Students born before January 1, 1 9 57, must proivde documentation for tetanus-d iptheria ( Td ) booster within the last ten years. This i n formation must be on file before a ludent is permitted to register. Beginn ing Sep tember 1 , 1 995, all i n t ernatio nal stu dell ts, faculty, alld scholars will be req u i red to haw a tllberClllosis skill test (p urified proteill derivat ive-ppd). This test can be done at the Health Services after a rr i val at the un iversity. The cost is $8. 00.
tudents with questions and concerns abo u t the i m m u n iza tion poli cy should contact Health Services at (206) 5 3 5 -7 3 3 7 . Counseling an d Testing Services assist students in coping with
develo p mental issues. Trained and experienced psychologists and counselors o ffer i n d ividual assessments, and a consulting [)s),chiatrist is available for evaluations a nd possible medications. A variety of personality/ i n terest i nventories and psychological tests are avail able to assist s tudents with career planning, educational adj ustment, and personal problems. Coordination of services for stude nts with d isabilities is also available. Food Service, owned and o perated by Pacific Lutheran Univer. y. is available to all students, faculty, staff, and their guests.
tutients living on campus are required to take their meals in the cafeteria. Di n n er options a re also ava llablc in the p izza restau-
rant and coffee shops. "Grab and Go" i tems are ava.ihble d u r i n g peak lu nch h o u rs. N o deductions are m a d e for students eating fewer meals than previously contracted for u n less a conflict
exists due to work. I n case of confl ict, a student must contact the Food Service Office i n the Un iversity Cen ter to obtain a p p roval for a deduction. Resident ial students are offered 3 meal options: Any 20, 1 5 , or 10 meals per week. Students living off-campus a re encou raged to select one of the meal plans offered. S tudents may s ig n u p for a plan a t the Food Service O ffice. Students with special d ietary requirements, specifically approved in writing by a phys ician, can in most cases be accom modated by con tacting the Food Service Registered D ie t itians. This service is provided at no extra cost. The Food Service operat.es two coffee shops. One is located o n lower campus i n Col u m b ia Center, a nd the other is located in the Universi t y Center. Only the coffee shop i n Columbia Center is open during the vaca tion periods. Visitors may eat in a ny of the facilities . Schedulin g Services for meeting rooms a r e m a Lntained i n the
University "enter. All u n iversi t y activit ies must be scheduled through this office. Scheduling student activities is a j o i n t responsibility of t h e requesting group, sched u l i n g coord inator, and d i rector of the University Center. PLU B ookstore is owned and operated by Pacific Lutheran University for the benefit of students, faculty, and staff. The bookstore se.lls textbooks and supplies that are requ i red or sug gested by fac u lty members for their courses. Com p u ter hardware and software are available at educational pricing. General read i ng material, s u p p l ies, gift i tems, greet ing cards, and i m p r inted clothing are also sold. Special book orders are welcome. Center for Careers and Employment's goal is to p rovide a
progra m of career development a n d l i fe pla n n i ng. Students are assisted in i n tegrating their personal values and aptit udes with career choices through i n d ividual cou nseli ng, workshops, residence hall presentations, and a computerized career guidance program. The office staff assist students and first-year alu m n i i n developing job-search techn iques b y p rovi d i ng i n s tructional videos, company l i terature, a n extensive career l ibrary of opportu n ities i n specific majors, industry d i rectories, and employment forecasts. Additionally, the office coordinates a sched ule of recruiters from industry, business, government, and graduate schools. The center coordi nates and p romotes all part-time and fulI time employment opport u n i t ies for students. This consists of financial assistance p rograms such as work study, campus and comm u n i t y opportu n i t ies, cooperative education, updated listings of local jobs, and n a t ion-wide i n ternsh ips and summer employm e n t opportuni ties. Specially selected forums through out the year also bring students and employers together, i n order to help students to find work that is both fi nancially and personally reward i ng. GRI EVANCE PROCEDURES
Policies and procedures at the u niversity are i n tended to maintain a n orderly educational enviro n ment conducive to student learni n g and development. I n order to fulfill i.nstitu tional responsibility and at the same follow p rocedures that are fair, consistent, and p rotective of each person's rights, a p p ropri ate grievance procedu res have been estabLished. If a student has reason to believe that a n academic or adm i nistrative action is u nj ust, capricious, or d iscriminatory, these procedures are available for the student to seek redress. The u niversity has a team of grievance officers to faci litate the grievance p rocess. The grievance officers are Cristina del Rosario ( U niversi ty Cen ter M u l ti -Ethnic Resource Center) a n d Richard Seeger (Academic Advising O ffice ) . E i t h e r of the griev a nce ofi1cers may be contacted to receive assistance. If an officer can n o t be reached, messages may be left by calling 535-7 1 86. Copies o f grievance procedures are available for review at the office of each gr ievance officer.
m
c z < m
--i -<
A C A D E M I C
P R O C E D U R E S
> fVl
>
:r f-
Academic Procedures Advising The u n iversity expects t h a t all s tu de nts , at one t i m e or a nother, w i l l need assistance in p l a n n ing academic programs consistent w i th t heir n ee d s nd go a b. Both to hel p students make their initial a djus t m e nt to t h e ac a d e m i c load a t PLU and t o p ro v i de oc asional c o u ns el t h ro ug ho u t their acade mic careers, t h e u ni ver s i t y h a s established a network o f fa ulty ad\riser. a n d an Academic Adv i s i ng O ffice.
Faculty Advisers - A l l students e n rol led in d e g ree prograJJ1s have fa u l ty a d v i s e rs w h o , e ow rail res po ns i b i l i t y i s to glLide aca dem ic progress, In their work wi t h i n d ividual students, adv isers have the assistance o f personnel in a n umber of stu d en t services offices: the Ac ademic Advi ing O ffi ce, the Academic Ass i s t a nce e n ter, the Career e rvices Oftice, o uns e l i n g a nd Tes t i ng Services, the Multi-Ethni Resource Center, the Ca mpus M in istry, the in ternational student adviser, and residence hall directors and re s id e n t assistants. General Advisers: At t h e time of ent ry, each student is as s ig ned a general adviser, usually by match i n g st nden t a n d a d v i s e r i n ter ests. S t u de nts who wish to e xp l ore the general c ur r iculum before d e c i d i ng on a n interest area are assigned to ex pl o rato ry ad vi se rs. D u r i n g the fi rs t semester, an advising file for each s t u dent i s sent t o t h e advis e r, and an official record of academic p rogress i s i s sued t o t h e S I udent.
Major Advisers: Upon fo r mal declaration of a major, st ll dents are assigned m ajo r advisers to repl a ce t h ei r genera l advisers. Major
advi sers g u i de students' progress toward th ei r chosen degree
goal�. S t udents may c h a nge advisers as a p p ro priate or necessary, using a s i m ple adviser c h a n g e fo rm. S t ud e n ts a nd a d v is e rs a re x p e c t e d to meet regularly, t h o ug h the act ual n u mber of meetings w i l l vary according to i n dividual needs, M i n imal ly, t h ree meet i n g s a re requ i red during the freshman yea r and one each year thereafter, though aU st uden t s are encou raged to meet with their ad v ise rs , I S o ft en as seems necessary or useful.
Registration 'he R e gi st rar 's ffice p ro v id es many services fo r s t ude nts and allimni. The o ffice serves as a focal point for a l l m a t te rs co ncern i ng en ro l l i n g i n courses, con fi rm i ng s c h dules, reviewing t ra ns fe r credits, and issui ng tra nscripts.
EARLY REGISTRATION FOR RETURNING STUDENTS tudents who p l a n to re t u r n are en co u rag ed to pre-register. Ret u rn i n g tudent, will re ceive regi strat io n time appoin tme n ts t o pre - reg i s te r for fal l and s p ri n g semesters and the h l l1Uary term. Registration da te s and ti mes are de t erm i ned by the number of hours, inc l ud ing transfer h o u rs, co m p l e te d b y the studen t. Students may r eg i st er fo r each new s e m es t er or session on or a fter the d es i g n a t ed date and t i me. EARLY REGISTRATION PROGRAM FOR ENTERING STUD ENTS Early registration for entering students occurs during June o r j a n u a ry, d epen d in g on whether stude n ts begi n i n the fa l l or spring semester. Early re g i st ra t io n i s co ndu cte d by the Ad m i s sions Office. Re g is t ra t ion ma terials are sent to a l l a c cep t ed en t e r i ng students well in a d va nce of their arrival on campus fo r t h e ir fi rs t s em e ster. M os t students have the opportun ity to work personally w i th an adviser as they p l an their sch edu les. A l i m i ted number o f s t u de n t s may reg i s t er by mail, a nd their course selections a re veri fied by a counselor. •
•
REGISTRATION PROCEDURES Students may register either in pe r s o n at the c u stomer se.rvice windows at the R g i st ra r 's Office o r use the com p ut er i ze d tele registrJtion system a cc es s i b l e from any tone-generating tele p h o ne . I n a d di t i o n t o reg i ste ri n g, tde-registration also offers students t h e a b i li t y to add or d rop a c la ss , wi th draw from a class, or check their s ch ed u l e s . The pho n e num ber fo r tde-regist rat i o n is (206) 53 I -40 I I. S t ud en t s a r e n o t o ffici a l l y enrolled u n t i l t h e i r re g i s t ra ti o n has been cleared by the Student Acco unts Office. S t u den t s a re res po n s ible for select i ng their courses. Counselors and fa clIlty advi sers are ava i l a b le to assist with planning and to make suggest ions, S t u d e n ts should be t h o ro u gh ly acqua i n t ed with all re gi s tra t ion materi al s, i nc l ud i ng the current c a t alog a nd sp e c i a l i n fo r m a t i o n s e n t by the Admissions Office. Stud e n t s are also e n co u rage d to study ca re fu .LI), the requi.rements of all academic progr a ms in which t h ey may eventuall), declare a major. •
•
•
Adding or Dropping A ColUse: s t udent may add or d rop a course at any time d u ri ng t h e fi rst two weeks of clas� d u ring a full-length se m es t er. See the Jarluary term ol1d sUlllmer catalogs for tlte odd/drop periods «Jr those sessiolls. D ur i ng the add/drop pe r iod , courses may be d ropped and tu i t i o n wil l be refu nded in fu l l . In most cases, adding Jnd d ropp in g can b e a cc om p l ished usin g tcle-regis t r a t i o n ,
WITHDRAWAL FROM A COURSE I f , student docs not wish t o continue a cou rs e after the add/ drop period, the student mllst with draw from the co u rse . Students w h o desire t o w i th d raw a r e e nco uraged t o d o s o officia l l y, Tuition is not refunded . Official Withdrawal; To o Efici al l ), withdraw, the student needs to ob tai n a withd rawal fo rm from the Regist rar's ffice, fill i n t h e fo rm, have t h e i ns t ru c tor s ign t h e form, a n d submit the co m p l e t ed form to the Registrar's Office. Withd rawal fo rms must be su b mi t t ed before the final exam ination week. See t ile JaII lIary
terrn Ilnd SlImmer catalogs for the last dates to withdraw during those sessions, A "W" grade will a p p ea r on t h e s t ude nt 's g ra de report a n d t r a nscript.
Unofficial Withdrawal: A s tud e n t who stops a t t e n d i ng a CO Ll I'Se b u t does not wi th d raw will receive an un o ffi c ia l withdrawal. The grade o f " U W" will appear on the s t u d e n t 's g rade re po rt a nd tra ns c r i pt . If it can be determi ned that a s t u dent never attended a course, t h e re gi s tr a t i.on wil l be cancelled without n o tation on the transcript. WITHDRAWAL FROM THE UNIVERSITY tudents are en ti t le d to withdraw h o no r a bl y from the u n ivers ity if their re o rd is sa ti s fa c tory a n d all fi nancial obligations a.re satisfied. Pa rtial t u i t ion refunds are available.. Refer to the
" Tuition and Fees" sect ion of this catalog for !llOre information. Medical Withdrawal; S t ud en t s lll ay also completely withdraw from a term for m e d i c a l reasons, The student m ust provide written e v i den ce fro m a p hy sic ian to the vice pres ident and dean fo r student l i fe . he gra d e o f " W M " wi l l appear o n t h e s t udent's grade report and trans c rip t . STUDENT COURSE LOADS The normal course load fo r undergraduate students d u r i ng fal l a n d sp r i ng semesters i s 1 3 t o 1 7 hours p e r semester, includ ing physical education. The m i n i m u m fnl l - t i m e course load is twelve h o u rs , The m inimum full - t i me l o a d for graduate stud ents is ei g h t hours, A no rm a l course load during the J a n ua r y term is fo u r hours \' ith a maximum of five hours. I n order fo r a student to ta.ke a fu l l course load, the studen t must be fo r ma l l y admitted to the u n iversity. See the Ad mission section of t h i s c ata l og for application proced ures. •
A C A DEM I C
P R O CED U RES -l I
' . ludents who wish to register fo r 1 8 or more hours in a are requi red to have at least a 3 .00 grade point average or consent of the provost. Students engaged in co nsiderab le outside work may be restricted to a reduced academic load. •
CREDIT RESTRICTIONS An undergraduate student may repeat any course. The cumula tive grad point a erage is co m p u ted lIsing the h ighest of the grades earnt:d. Credit toward graduation is al lowed only once. Credit is not a l lowed ior 11 mathematics or a fo reign language co urs e listed as a p rerequisite i f taken a fter a higher-level course. For example, a student who has com p lete d Span ish 20 I ca nno t later receive credit fo r Spanish 102. THE GRADING SYSTEM Students a re graded according to the following designati o n s: Grade
Points per Hour
Credit Awarded
A+ A
4.00 4.00 3 .67 3.33 3 .00 2.67 2.33 2.00 1 .67 1 .3 3 1 .00 0.67 0 . 00
Yes
B+ B B+ c:
DiD DE
Yes
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Ye s Yes Ye No
The g ra des listed below are not used in calculating grade poi n t rages. N o g ra d e points are earned u n der these designations. Description
IP
AU W WM
Pass Fail Imcomplete In Pro g ress Audit Withdrawal Medical Withdrawal
Credit Awarded
Ye 0
No
No No No No
Pass ( P ) and Fail ( F ) grades a re awarded to tudents who select the pas /fail opt ion or who are enrolled in exclusive pass/fail courses. These gra d es do not affect a studen t's grade point nvera g e.
Incomplete ( I ) grades indicate that students did not c om pl e t e their work because of circumstances beyond their control. To receive cred it, an i ncomplete must be collverted to a passing grade within the first s i x weeks of the following semester. I n comp le t e grades that are not converted by removal are c ha nged to the grade i n dic a t e d by the iflSLructor when the incomp let was submitted. An i n co mp l e te is not a permanent grade. A n i n comp l e te does not en tit le a student t o at t e n d class again without re-registering. Medical Witbdrawal ( WM) is entered when a course is not completed due to medical C<luse. A medical withdrawal does not ark t a s tudent's grade poi nt average. In-Progress ( l P ) s i g n i fi es progress in a course which normally runs more than one semester to completion. I n Progress carries no credit u n t i l replaced by a permanent grade.
The Registrar's Office reserves sev ral s p e c ial grade designations r exceptiona l circu mstances. These special Registrar's Office lations are described below: Gra<le
G lJW
Description
Credit Awarded
Grade Submitted Unofficial Withd rawal
No
No
No Grade ( N G ) is a temporary grade entered by the Registra r's Office when no grade has been submitted by the estab lished dead line. Unofficial Withdrawal ( UW ) is a grade e n tered by the Registrar's Office fo r a student who does n o t officially wit hdraw from a course. The Pass/Fail Option: The pass/fail o p ti on permits students to e x p l o re subject a reas outside their k n own abilit.ies by e x p e r ie n c i n g courses without competing directly with students who are specializing in those areas of s tudy. Grades of A+ through C- are regarded as "pass"; grades o f D+ t h rough E are regarded as "fail." Pass/fail grades do not affec t the grade point average. The pass/fail option is limited to 8 credit hours ( regardless of repeats, pass or fail). Only one course m a y be taken pass/faiJ i n fulfillment of general u n iv e rs i ty or corc requirements or of th e l a n g u a g e - rela ted requirement of the Col l eg e of Arts and Sciences, i n c l u d i n g degrees in the School of Physical Education. The pass/fa i l option may not be a pplied to a course taken for fulfillment of a major or minor program. A n exception to this is allowed fo r o n e cou rse in th e major or minor field if it was taken befo re t h e maj o r or minor was declared. S t u dents must fi le th eir intention to exercise the pass/fa i l option w ith t h e Registrar's Office no later t h a n the mid-point of the course. [ n a full-length semester, this is last day of the eighth week. The pass/fail option is limited to undergraduate students only. •
•
•
•
•
Exclusive Pass/Fail Courses: Some courses only award passlfail grades. The goals of these cou rses a r e typically concerned with appreciation, value comm itment, or creative ach ievement. Studellts will be informed i f a course is exclusively pass/fail before they register fo r the course. Exclusive passlfail cou rses do not meet major or u n iversity requirements without faculty approval. [ f a student takes a n exclusive pass/fail course, Lhe student's i ndividual pass/fa i l o ption is not affected. CLASS ATTENDANCE The u niv e rs i ty assumes that all registered students have freely accepted personal responsibility for regular class attendance. Course grades reflect th e quality of students' academic perfor mance as a whole, which normally includes regular participa tion in the t ota l class experience and is evalu ated accordingly. Absences may lead to a reduction of a student's final grade. I n the event of u n avoidable absence, students a r e expected to inform the inst ructor. Assignment of make-up work, if any, is at the discretion of the instructor. ACADEMIC HONESTY Both the val u e and the success of any academic activity, as well as of the en t i re academic enterprise, have depended fo r centu ries on the fundamental principle of absol u te honesty. The university expects all its faculty and students to honor this principle scrupulously. Si nce academic dishonesty is a serious breach of the u n i ver sally re c og n i ze d code of academic ethics, it is every faculty member's obligation to impose appropriate sanctions for any demonstrable i nstance of such m isconduct on the part of a student. ACADEMIC STATUS Most stude n ts make normal academic p rogress; however, some may from time to time be notified that they must improve their grades. The following terms are used at PLU to describe such circumstances. Advisers make re gu l a r contact with academically marginal students, and monitor their progress. Midterm Advisory Letters: Warning grade letters are sent to students doing "C-" or lower work at mid-semester. Advisers are sen t copies of the letters and wUI contact advisees who rece ive them. No transcript notation is made of this action.
m
c z <
m ;;0 V\ -l -<
A C A D E M I C
P R O C E D U R E S
> I-
Academic Warning: S t u d e.n ts who e I 5t se me s te r
grade p o i nt
avera ge i bel ow 2.0, b u t whose cum u l a t ive gra de p o i nt average is
LU
>
2.0, are sent notices of academic w a rn in g . No t ra ns cri p t notation is made.
studen ts seeking
a re p l ac e d on academic p ro b atio n with average falls below 2.0 o r if they receive two c o n se c u t i ve semester grade p oi n t averages below 2.0. Such students m u s t m e e t w i t h t h e d i rector o f a d v i s in g i n the first 1 0 days of t h ei r proba tion a_ry s e m e s t e r to d raw up an ag rel'mcnt s p ec i fyi n g a c t i o n s t h e y w i l l take to i m p ro ve t h e i r academic p e r fo r m a n ce . In the case of first-semester fre h m a n students with no p re v i o us c o llege cred i ts, the p rob a tion no t a t i o n will be re m oved from the transcript if the subse quent semester's c u m u l a t i ve g rade poi n t average is ab ove 2.0.
s t u d e n t s in advance o f the i r j u n io r )'ear ma)' a p p l y for a course o f
P rob a t ion a r y s tudents whose p rob a t io n ary seme st er grade po i n t average is a bo ve 2.0, b u t w hose cu m u l a t i ve g ra d e poi n t avera ge remains b e l ow 2.0, may be g ra n t e d an additional semester o[ p ro b at i o n at t h e d is c ret io n o f
Certificates are ma ile d i n e a rl y May t o high s chool s fo r pre s e n t a
Probation: S t u d e n ts
:r: I-
PLU o ffers its u n i ve rs i t y Honors P ro g ra m to a c a de mi c c h a l l en ge i n classes with equ a l l y capable p ee r . . I n co m ing new stude nts a nd co n t i n u i n g
Honors Program!
a bove
tra n sc ri p t n o t a t io n i f theLr cumulative g rade po i n t
LU
HONORS
Continued Probation:
t h e Committee o n Ad mission and
Re te n tion
o f St u d e nts.
S t udents o n co n t in ued p r ob a t ion must pa rticipate i n the proba t i o n a r y semester p l an described above u nder Pro b a t i o n . Academic Dismissal: A
proba t i o n a ry s t u d e n t w h o fa i ls t o earn a
cumula tive g r ad e p o i n t average of 2.0 at the end of a p ro ba ti o n ar)' semester is d i sm i sse d .
T h e en rol lment of a st ude n t who fai ls to earn a 2.0 cumulative g rade p o i n t average a fter reinstate
Second Academic Dismissa1:
a sp ec i a l
s tu d)1 t h a t i n c l udes a m in i m u m of twe n ty credits o f honor - Jevel courses. Most o f t h se cour s es ful fi l l other genera l u n iver,ity o r
m ajor/ m i no r req ui re m e n t s . The e mph a sis i n PL 's Ho n o rs Program i s not o n l y on academic competence a n d challenge, but also on such p e rs o n al qualities as commitment, c ar i n g, c re a t i vi t)" and en ga ge me n t in co m m m u n i ty. See the Honors Progra m sec t io n o r t h is ca t al og for fur t her d et a i l s. Honor at Entrance: Th ese h o n ors are conferred at O p e n i n g Convocation on t h
most h i g h l y qual i fie d en tering fre s h m e n .
tion to r ecipie n ts . The gra n t i n g of Ho n ors at E n t rance recogn izes o u t st a nd i ng h igh school achievement and p e r for man c e a t the u ni ve r si t y l e ve l .
a n t i c ipa t e s
s uperio r
T he se awa rd s h a ve n o
m o n e t a ry va l ue. Graduation Honors: Deg rees with ho n ors of cum laude, magna wm laude, , n d summa cum laude are gra n te d . A s t u d e n t
must
earn an average o f 3.40 fo r clim iallde, 3 . 70 fo r magna cum /aude, and 3 . 9 0 fo r Slimma cum Illude. Physical education a ctiv i t i es are
not i ncluded i n the d ete r mi n i n g o f honors. Honor Societies: El ec t i o n to the Arete Society is a spec ia l
PROBATIONARY ADVISERS
re co gn it i o n of a s t u den t's c o m m i t m e n t to the l iberal a r t s toge t h er with a re co rd of h ig h a c h i eve m e n t in relevant cou rse work. h i s a c ad em i c h o n o rs society was or g a n iz e d i n 1 969 by P h i Beta Kappa members of the fac u l ty. T h e soci e ty's fu n d a m e n t a l p u rpose is to
P ro b a t i on a q , a dvi se rs a re ass ign e d b y the d i rector of advising
e nco u r age and rec gn ize exce l le n t scho l a rs h i p i n th e libera l arts.
w i th the consent o f both s t u de n t a n d adviser. They work wit h
Elections fo r membership i n t h e soc i et y a re
men t is terminated.
s e m e s t e r, h e l p in g t h e m to ident i fy the p ro b l em wh ich co n t r i b u t e to t h e i r p o o r s h larship. They arc en co urag e d to refer s t ud e n ts to o t h a offices ( Academic Assis t a n ce en ter, CounseEng a nd Te st i ng , etc.) fo r he lp i n m ak i ng n e cessa r y adj ust me n ts. Frequ e n t meetings with s t ud e n ts a re a n es ·entia.! part of the proba tionary adviser's role. s t u d e n ts in a p ro b a t i o n a ry
E U G 1 B I LITY FOR STUDENT ACTIVITIES
Any re g ula r ly enrolled, full-time tuden! ( twelve hours) is eligi ble for participation in u n ive rs i t)' activities. L i m i t a t io ns o n a student's act ivities based upon academic performance lI1a), be set by individual chool ', d e p a r tm e n ts , or organ izations. A student on academ i c p ro b a ti o n is not eligible for certification i n i n ter
col l eg i a te competi t i o ns
CLASSIFICATIONS OF STUDENTS
Fresh men: s t u den ts who h a ve met e !H rance req u i remellts. 'opho/llores; · tu d cn ts who have satisfactorily c o m p l e ted 30
hou r '. !/llliors; stu de n ts who have fu lfilled lo w e r
division requirements
a n d h ave sat is factori ly co m p l et ed 60 hours. Seniors: students who have a t isfa c to r i l ),
co m p leted 90 hours. Gmduatc t /ldellts: stu de n t - \ ho h a ve met entrance req u i re ments and have bee n a c c e p t ed i n t"O t he Division of raduate S t ud ies . NOli-Degree Ulldergraduates: u ndergraduate s tudents w h o a re ! t en d i ng pa r t - t im e [or a maxim u m o f 8 se m est e r hour, b u t
a re no t offi c i a lly ad m i t t e d
to a
de gre e p rogram.
j O il-Degree GraJuCll e S t u dellts: g r ad u J t e s t u d e n t s who a re a tten d i ng p a r t-t i me b u t a re not o fficial l), a d m i t t ed to a d eg ree progTa m .
a j u n io r are more stringent. Students m u s t have : •
• •
•
a tt a i n ed a h igh grade p o i n t average ( for seniors, n o r mall y above 3 .70; for j u n io rs , n o r mally above 3 .90); c o m p l e ted 1 1 0 c red it hours i n liberal studi e s; d e m o n s t rate d t he e q u i va le n t of two yea rs of c o l lege work in forei g n lan g u a ge ; co m ple t ed one year of co l l ege ma t h e m a tics ( i n c l ud in g statistics or co m p ut e r scie nce) o r fo u r years of c o l l ege prepa r<ltor)' m a t h e mat ics i n h i g h school a n d o n e col l ege m a t he m a t i c s course; a n d
•
co m p l et e d
a
m i n i m u m o f th ree semesters i n r e s i d e n c e a t the
u n i vers i t y.
and ma), b e advise d to c u rt a i l p a r t i
c i p a t i o n in o t h e r ex t ra - c urricular a c t i v i t ies.
co nd u c t ed by tht'
faculty fel lows of t h e so ci et" )' e a ch s p r i n g . Both j u niors a n d s e n i o a re el i gib l e fo r ele ct i o n, a l th o ugh the q u a l i fications for e l ec t i o n ali
The un ivers i t y has ch a p ters of a n u mber of n a tional honor societies on campus, i n c l u d i n g th e fo ll owing :
Omega ( D ra ma )
•
A l p h a Ps i
•
B eta
•
Mu Phi E psil on ( Music)
•
Pi Kappa Delta
• •
amma S ig m a (Busi ness)
(Forensics)
Omi r n Delta Ep s i l o n ( E co n o m i cs ) S i g m a T h e t a Ta u ( Nu rs in g ) l i m i t ed n u mber of Unci rg ra d uat e a re a p p o inte d a n nu a l l y. These appo i n t m e nts are g i ve n to
Undergraduate FeUows: Fellows
o u t s t a n d i n g senior , t udent
w i t h a v iew to
encouraging re
ipi
e n t s to consider col l ege tea c h ing as a career. A n u n dergrad u a te
fellow is gi v en a v a r i et y of oppor t u n i t ies to sample the p rofes s i o n a l l i fe and
work o f a fac u l t y m e mber i n h .i s or hl'r major
discipli ne. A tu i t i on c redit acco m p a n i es the a p p o i n t me n t . CREDIT BY EXAMINATION (CHALLENGE)
t uden ts are pamitted, withi n l i mits, to obtain c re d i t b exami n at i o n i n lieu o f reg u la r e n rollment and class a t tendan e. No
more than 30 se m est e r h o u rs mal' be c o u n ted toward "radua t i o n , whe t h e r from t h e College L.:vel Exa m i n a t i o n P rog ra m or cl n y o t her c:. xam i n a ti on . • ce p t i o n s to th i s rule Co r eert in g roups o f stude n t s o r programs m a y be made, su bj ect
t o rec
m m e n da t i o n
A C A D E M I C
by the E d u ca t i on a l Policies Committee and a p proval by the u l t y. red it by exam inat ion is open to fo r ma l l y a dm i t t ed , re ' u iar t a t u s s t ud e n t s on l y and does not count toward the residency req u i re me n t fo r graduation. To recci e credit by exa m i n a t io n , students m u s t c o m p let e a C red i t By Exam in a t i o n Registration torm available in t h e Re gi s t rar 's ffice, obtain t he ' i gnalur e of t h e respective d ep art ment chair or clean, and arra nge fo r t he examination with the approp riate instructor. The com pl ete d form m u st be r e tur ned to the Reg i s t ra r 's Office b efore the examination is taken. Gracles for credit by exa m i na t io n w i l l be ubmitted b y the instr uctor a l o n g with a l l t h e r g ra d es at the e n d of the term. C LEP general examinat ions are g i ven elective c re d i t only. The various schools, d i v i s i o ns , a n d d e p a r tm e n t s d e te rmi ne th e spec i fic CLEP s u bje c t examination which may fulfill re q u i re m e n t s for majors, programs, or ge ne ra l u n i ver s i t y re qui re m e n t s in their resp ec l i ve academic areas. These exa m i n a t i ons are ubject to recommen dation s by the Educational Policies Co m m i t te e a nd a pprova l by lhe facu l ty. The m i n i m u m pas ' ing level for CLEP exa min a t io n s taken at Pac i fi c Lutheran U n i ver s i ty is the fi ft ie t h percen ile. CLEP credits g rant ed by other u n i versi t ie s , co l l eg es , and com m un ity col l e ges , w h ich are ea rned befo re entrance, are honored by Pa cific Lutheran U n ive rs i t y. The application o f those cred its towa rd majors, p ro g ra ms , and general u n ive rs i t y r�quirement is con i tent with school, divisional, and depart me n t po li cies and standard . T h e 11l1 i vers i t y does not gra n t credit fo r co lleg e level GED
P R O C E D U R E S
GRADUATION Students ex pe c t i n g to fulfill d e g ree requirements WITI-I I Ti l E ACADEMIC YE R ( i n cl ud i n g Au gu s t ) arc r equ i re d to file an a p pl ic a ti o n fo r graduation with the Office o f the Reg is l ra r ac c o rd i n g to the fo ll o wi ng: DEGREE COMPLETlON
BACHELOR'S DEADLINE
MASTER'S DEADLINE
December 1 5 , 1 995 January 26, 1 996 May 1 7, 1 996 August 23, J 996
September
October 1 3, 1 9 95 October 1 3 , 1 995
2 2 , 1 99 5 Sep t e m be r 22, 1 995 De ce m be r l, 1 9 95 May 3, 1 996
There are fou r degree-completion d a te s
Feb r u a !')' 15, 1 996 June 2 1 , 1 996
( th i rd slimmer session,
end o f fal l se m e rer, January, and s pri n g s mester). Degrees a re
D ecem b e r, and rlay commence St'udcnts with Jan uary degree dates are expected to take pa r t in the December commencement. The a c t ua l date o f graduation w i l l b e record ed on t h e permanent reco rd s. Students who p l a n to t ra n sfe r hack t-o Pacific Lu th e ra n U n i ve rsi ty for a d e g r ee ( m a t h , phys i c s, e n g i neer in g p rog ra ms ) must apply for gra d ua t ion before or d u ri ng the fi rst semester of their j u n io r year so that dellciencies may be m e t before t h ey le av e ca m p us . fo rma l l y conferred at August, men t s .
tests.
NON-CREDIT INFORMAL STUDY 10 enco urage l iberal lca rn i n g of all kind�, over and b e yo n d rol l ment in courses leading t owa rd fo rmal degrees, the i V ' rs it y offers a variety of oppo r t u n i t ies lor i n furl11aJ s t udy: Guest of University Status: Tea c h e rs and o fficials of o t h e r in t i t u t ions, v i s it i n g scholars and a rti s t s , a n d o t h e r professional pe r ons who w ish to lise un ivers i t y fa c i l i t i es fo r i n d ep e n d e n t study may apply to t h e provost fo r ca rd s d es i g na t i n g them as uests of the Un i v rsit),. Such persons, in their u s e of facilit ies, wi l l defer to the needs of st udents and fa cu l t y m e mb e rs . Auditing Courses: "10 a ud i t a course is t o enroll, with the permission o f the inst ruc t o r, on a no n - c red i t basis. An a u d i t o r is encouraged t p 3 r t i c i p a te fu l ly in c l ass activities but is not held acco un table fo r e x a m i nations or other written work and does no t receive a gra de. If t h e i n s t r u c t I' <1p p ro ves , t h e co u rse may be cll lered upon the t r a ns c r ip t as "AudiL" With the appn val o f the i JlsLructor or the d ep a r t m e n t , the stud n t may gain credi t for a n audited c o u rse by p as s i n g an ex m i na t i on set by the in s t r uc to r or the department. Audit fees are the same a s c re cl i t fees. Visi.ting CJIlS e s : Members o f the ac a de m i c co m m u n i ! ), are
encouraged to vi it classes which i nte res t Lhem. No fce i s charge fo r the p r i v i l ege. Because re g u larly enro lled students must be given Ilrst consideration, persons d esi r i n g to v i sit classes are req u i red tn ask penni� io n of the instructor. Visitors are guests o the classes and lI1ust co nduct th em se lve s accordingl),.
COllEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES REQUIREMENTS I n addition to me e t ing the entrance requiremen t i n foreign l a ng ua ge (two years of h i g h seh 01 lan guage, one yea r of c ol lege l a n gua ge , or d em o n s t ra t e d equivalent proficiency ) , ca ndida tes in t he Co l l e ge of Arts and S c ie n ce s (all B.A., B.S., B.A. Rec., B.A. P.E., and B.S.P.E. deg rees ) must meet o p t i o n l , I I , or I I I below : 1. Co m pl e ti o n o f o n e fo re i g n la n gu a ge t h ro u g h tJle � co n d year of college leve l . Th is requirement ma)' also be satisfied by co m ple t io n of fo ur years f high . c ho o l study in one fo re i g n l a ng u a ge or b)' sa t i s fa c t o r y sco res on a proficiency examina tion ad mi n i s tere d b y the P LU Department o f LangLl ages .
m c z < m
-i -<
A C A DEM I C
P R O C E D U R E S
> f-
LU >
LU
I f-
I I . Completion through the first year of coUege level o f a foreign la ng u age other than that used to satisfy the foreign language entrance requirement. This option may also be met by satisfactory scores on a proficiency examination adminis tered by the PLU Department of Languages. I I I . Four semester hours in h istory, l i terature, or language (at the 201 level, or at any level i n a l anguage other than that used to satisfy the foreign language entrance requirement) in addition to courses a p pl i ed to the general lllliversity require ments, and fou r semester hours i n logic, mathematics (courses numbered 100 or above ) , computer science, or statistics in addition to co u. rs s applied to the general u n iversity requ i reme n ts. High school l a n g u a ges used to satisfy any of the above op t i on s m ust have been c om p le te d with grades of C or higher. Courses used to sa t i s fy either category of OpUon L I I of the CoUege of Arts and Sciences requirement may not be used to s a t is fy general u niversity requirements. Any college-level foreign language course n u m bered 201 or above used to satisfy Option I and any completion of ollege-level language through 1 02 used to satisfy Option II may also be used to satisfy the Perspectives on Diversity requirement in Cross-Cultural Perspectives. Candidates for the B.A. in Engl ish, for the B.A. in Ed ucalion with concentration in English, for the B.A. in Global Studies, for the B.B.A. in International Business, and for election to the Arete Society must meet Option I above. WRITING THROUGHOUT THE CURRICULUM Pa c i fic Lutheran University is a co m m u n iry of scholars, a commu nity of re a de rs and writers. R e adi ng informs the intellect and liberates the imagination. Writing pervades our academic l ives as teacher and students, both as a way of com m unicating what w e le a rn and as a means of shaping t hough t and ideas. O ur e mph as is on l iteracy begins wit.h courses d e s ig n e d to fulfi l l the u n iversity w r i t i n g requ i re m e n t , courses i n which students learn to use various kinds of academic and personal writing, to read different kinds of texts m ore e ffec t i v e ly, and to organ ize the pow rs o f clear thought and expression. The u niversity's commitment to excel lent writing is reflected in th Writing Center, where tra.ined s tu dent consultants from a variety of disciplines help students of varying abilities by reading and responding to papers still in draft . A l l faculty members share the responsibility for i mproving the literacy of their students. Faculty i n every department and school make writing an essential part of their courses and show st udents how to ask questions appropriate to the kinds of read i ng done i n their fields. Students write both formal papers a n d reports and i n formal notes a n d essays in order to master the content and method� o f the various disciplines. They are encou raged to prepare important papers in multiple d rafts. Because errors are a distraction and a symptom of careless ness in all disciplines, students in all co u rs es are ex p ec te d to observe the conventions of formal English in their fi n i sh ed work. But l iteracy is more than co rre ct ness . At Pacific Lutheran Un iversity reading and w r i t i n g are part of the process of l iberal education.
General University Requirements The u n iversity is committed, in principle as well as historically, to providing a strong liberal arts base for all its baccalaureate degree p rograms. Accordi ngly, in ad d i t io n to fu lfilling certa i n m i n i m u m requirements, aLl u ndergraduate students must satisfactorily complete a core cu rriculum. SPECIFIC CORE REQUIREMENTS - ALL BACCALAUREATE DEGREES I . The Freshman Year Program The Examined Life: Into Uncertainty and Beyond The freshman year core provides a supportively challen g i n g context in which t o begin t h e quest for, and adventure of, a larger v i s ion for l i fe. University education is about more than skills, though these should be developed th rough active, guided u e. University educat ion is about liberating students for cri t ical and committed living. Particularly at PL , the p urpose of education is to combine well-developed critical capacities with compassion and vision for service. An education a t PLU develops persons capable of sustained, reasoned, a nd creative conversa tion and com mitment i n a m ulticultural, ideologically plural world. In addition to orientation and ad vi ing programs, the freshman year is composed of three courses. One of the two seminars mllst be taken in the student's fi.rst semester. Fresh man year core requirements must be completed d u ring the student's freshman year. 1 A. IlIquiry Seminar: Wri ting for Discovery (4 hours) These sem i na rs focus on w r i t i ng, thinking, speaking, and reading. They involve writi.ng as a way o f thinking, of learn i ng, and of discovering and ordering ideas. 'HlLlght by faculty in any department or school, these seminars are organ ized arou nd topics that engage studen ts and faculty i n dialogue and provide t h e opportunity to examine issues from a variety of perspectives. NOTE: Credits earned by Advanced Piacel/lPnI-linglish do not satisfy this reqllireme/lt, thollgh Ihey may be IIsed for elective credit. Stl/dellls with
officially tnmscripL�i college writi/lg COllrses, i/lcllldil1g those i/l l?lIlmillg Start p rogram, are /lonelheless eligible 10 enroll in the writi/lg semi/lar for credit, or they lIIay eI,oose to lise their p revious credits 10 satisfy tile wriling selllil/ar requirellle/lt. I B. Inquiry Seminar: Critical Conversation (2 hours) These seminars i nvolve learning how to participate i n t he exchange of ideas through the experience of articulating questions, lis te n i n g for m e a n i n g and nuance in what others write and say, s eei n g ideas and positions i n context, arguing, moving to consensus, and living with conflict. Like the I A writing seminars, these seminars are taught b y facu lty from various departments and s c ho ols . All are nu mbered 1 1 71 1 9 in their respective departments. When taught i n January, lhese seminars are 4 hours. 1 C. Freshman JarlLlary Term (4 hours) A course that fult-llls one of the other core requirements ( l ines 1-4 and 6 ) , designed both for freshman students and to take advan tage o f the format of the January term. Wash i ngto n State's
2. One of Two Alternative Cores: Core 1 or Core II Core I: The Distribu tive Core (32 hours) a. Arts/Literature (8 hours, 4 from each line) l. Art, Music, or Theatre 2. Literature ( English or Languages) b. Philosophy (4 hours) c. Religious S t udies (8 hours, 4 from each of 2 lines) L Biblical Studies 2. Christian Thought, H istory, and Experience 3. I ntegrative and Comparative Re l igious Studies d. Social Sciences (8 ho urs, 4 from each l i n e ) I . Anthropology, H istory, and Political Science 2. Economics, Psychology, Sociology, and Social Work e. Natural Sciences, Computer Science, Mathematics (4 hours)
A C A D E M I C
P R O C E D U R E S -\
. o re
IT: The I n t eg m ted Studies Progmm
(28 h o u rs)
lNT , I l l , 1 1 2 Thc fdea of Progress (8 h o u rs) b . Four 200-level I S P courses ( 1 6 h o u r s ) . Normal ly taken in
J.
c
the second and t h i rd years. Ilay iuelude approved program o f study a b road. Stl1dt'nt� select fo u r courSes subject to approval o f the I S P Commi ttee. I 'fG 35 1 : The Concl uding Semi n a r (4 hours)
3 . Matbematiqti Re aso nin g ( 4 h o u rs )
A course i n mathematics or applications o f mat hemat ics, with emphasis on n u merical Jnd logical reasoning a n d on using appropriate melhods to formul at e .md solve problems. This requirement melY a lso be sat isfied by t he completion ( w i t h a t least a B average) of the equivalent of 4 years of college p repareltory mathema tics ( t h rough ma thematical a.nalysis or calculus o r equivalen t ) . 4 . Science and the Scien t ific Method ( 4 hours) A science course t h a t teaches the methods of sciencc, illus t rates i ts applications and l i m i ta t i o ns, and includes a l a bo ra tory component. At least ne of the courses taken to meet line 4 or 2 (Core I, e ) m ust be a course in wh ich the subject is natl! ral sciences, i.e., physical or biological science.
(4 hours) II st udents must complete a n a p p roved, 4-cre d i t - h o u r w riting course. Fresh men satisfy this requirement through the Inquiry Seminar: \Vri ting for D iscovery.
S . Writing Requireme.nt
6. Per pectives On Diversity ( 6 - 8 hours) A c o u rse in each of the following two l ines, The only 2-hour courses that can satisfy either of the fol lowi.ng l int's completely Me the fresh m a n Critical Conversation seminars ( 1 il). a. A lte rn a t i ve Perspectives (2-4 h o u rs): A course which creates an awareness a n d understanding of diversi t y in the United States, d i rectly address i ng issues such as ethnicity, gender, disa b i l i t y, racism, or poverty. b. Crass- Cultllral Perspect ives (2-4 h o u rs ) : A co u rse t.hat en hances o·oss -cu. ltural understandi ngs t h rough examinat ion o f other c u l t ures, This requi rement may be satisfied in one o f t h ree ways: ( i) a course focusing on t h e cult'ure of l1on-Euro -American societies; ( ii) a 2 0 1 or higher-level co urse in a l a ngu a ge used to satisfy the a d m ission require ment, or 8 credits in a la n gu a ge not prev iously stud.ied; or ( i i i ) participation in a n a ppro ved semester-long study abroad program, NOTE; 2-4 IlOurs of Perspectives 0 1 1 Diversity courses may be used to fUlfill (Wotl,er core reqllirement. The remaining 4 h o u rs must be a course
tllat rloes
n o t simultaneously fulfill any oilIer core require
melJt. T/,ese 4 h o u rs may, however, satisfy a reqllirement
major, All junior
in
the
aud senior transfer students shall take one perspectives (4 h o u rs) that does not simultaneously fu lfill
on diversity course
a,lOtl,er core req ll;rement. All other transfer students must meet the full perspectives on diversity requ irement.
7. Physical Education (4 hours) Four d i fferen t PE activity courses, including P E 1 00, One hour of credit m a y b earned through approved sports part icip a tion, All activit ies a re graded on the basis of A, Pa.ss, or Fail. 8 , Senior Seminar/Project (2-4 h o u rs as designated by the academic unit o f the student's m aj or) A substa n t ial p roject, p aper, practicum, or i n ternship that u l m inates and advances the progra m of an academic major. The end product must be presented to an open aud ience a n d critically evaluated by facu l t y in t h e student's fi e l d , With a p p roval of the student's major department, i nterd iscipl in a ry capstone courses such as t h e I ntegrated Studies Concluding Seminar, the G lobal Studies Seminar, or the Honors P rogr a m Challenge Seminar may fulfill t his requ i rement. Understandings RegnrdingAll Reqllirements,
(1) Consuit particular
departmental secti o n s of tile w talog for deta iled specification of C(JUTSI!S that CO UlII for these requiremeIJI.s,
w/rich
(2)
may COUllt for the req tlirl!meu' when apprOl'ed bolll (Iud by lite comm i t tee o l'erseeiug tile core req/lirt'menls.
tJlIlse II nits
For those lines of the core
reler to aUldem;c disciplilJes or lI/ljtS, selected courses o utside
units
by
tile
IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE The freshman w r i ting seminar req u i rement applies to a l l fresh m a n st udents who enter begin. ning fal l 1 994. The freshman Janua ry term reqll irement a pp l ies to a.ll fresh man students who enter begin ning fa l l [ 994. The fresh m a n critical conversat ions req u i rement a p p l ies to a l l freshman students w h o enter beginning fa l l 1 99 5 , T h e Natural Sciences, Computer Science, a n d lvlath ( 4 h o u rs ) , lVlathcmatical Reasoning ( 4 hours ) , a n d Science a n d t h e Scien t i tic Met hod ( 4 hour s ) requ irements apply to all freshmen who enter beginning fal l [ 995, and shall be implemented fo r all transfer students who enter beginning Lill 1 996. The perspectives on d ivers i t y req u i rement ap p l ies to a l l freshman studcnts who enter beg i n n ing fall [ 994, to a l l j u n i o r and s e n i o r transfer st udents who en ter beginning fal l 1 996, J n d to all other t ransfer s tudents begi n n l l1g fal l 1 995. The Senior Scmi n a.r/Project req u i remen t applies to a l l freshman students who enter beginning fal l [ 994, t o a l l j u n ior and senior t ransfer s tudents who enter beginning fa l l 1 996, a n d to a l l other t ransfe r studcnts w h o c n t e r beg i n ning bll 1 99 5 . GENERAL REQUl'REMENTS A N D LIMITATIONS - ALL BACCALAUREATE DEGREES: ( A n cred i t h o u rs referred to i n l istings of req ui rements a rc semester hours.) 1. To tal Hou rs a mi Cumulative CPA: A minimum of 1 28 semester hours must be completed w i t h a grade pOint average of 2 . 0 ( 2 . 5 0 in the Schools of Busi ness a n d Education ) , 2 , Upper Division Cou rses: A m i n i m u m o f 4 0 semester h o u rs must be completed from courses numbered 300 or above, Courses from two-year insti t u t ions a rc not considered upper division regardless of subject matte r parallels. At least 20 of the minimum 40 semester hour s o f upper division work must be taken at PLU. 3. Fi n n l Yea r in Residence: The final 3 2 seme�ter hours of a st udent's p rogram must be c m pletecl in residence at PLU. No t ra n s fer credit may be a p plied d ur i ng a student's final 32 hours in a degree program. ( S pecial p rograms such as 3 - 1 , 3 - 2 and semester and January term exchange study a re excluded from t h is l i m itation. ) 4. Academic MaJor: A major must be completed as detailed by each school Or dep a r tm e nt. At least 8 semester h o u rs must be taken in residence. 5 . Grades fo r Maj o r Courses: All courses counted toward a major or m inor must b e co m p l et ed w ith grades o f C- or higher and with a c u m u la t ive grade point average of 2.0 or higher i n those courses, Departments, d ivisions, or schools may set h igher grade requirements. 6, 44 Hour Lim i t: Not more than 44 hours earned in one department may be app l i e d to the B,A., B ,S . , HAP.E" B.A,Rec., or B . s . P.£. degrees. 7. Music Ensem bles: Non-music majors may count toward gra d u a t ion requirements not more t h a n S semester h o u rs in music ensembles, 8 . Corresp ondence/Extellsion Cou rses: A maximum o f 24 h o u rs in accredited co rres p ondence o r e.'(tension studies may b e credited toward degree requ i rements, contingent on approva.1 by the registrar. 9, Co m m un i ty College Cou rses: A maximum of 64 hours will be accepted by transfer from an accredi ted commun ity co l l e g e . A l l commun i t y col lege courses are t ransferred as lower d ivision credit. 10, Physical EduCiltion Cou rses: No more than eight I -h o u r p hysica l educa t ion a ct ivity courses may be coun ted toward graduation. 1 1 . Foreign Lal1guage Req l l i remerzt: A l l candidates for B" " B.S" B.A.P. E., B . A . Rec. , or B.S.P. E. degrees must complete one of three opt ions i nvo l ving a foreign la llgu d gc or spcci.fied alternative. See under Co llege of A rts and Scien ces.
:r: m
c z <
-\ -<
D E G R E E
&
C O U R S E
O F F E R I N G S
o
:J o u
o
Degree & Course Offerings Academic Structure College of Arts and Sciences
Divisioll ofHUI//aflities English
L ang u ages
Philo opby Re l i g i o n
Dil'isioll ofNa l l lral B i o l og y
Sciences
Chemistry Co m p u te r Science
Earth Scienc, ( Geology) E n g i n ee r i ng Mathema tics Physics
School of the Arts Art Commu nication and Theatre Music
School of Business School of EduOition School of Nursing School of Physical Education
LJivisioll of Social Sciences
Degrees Offered Bachelor's Degrees
Master's Degrees
B ac h el o r of Art"
I'vlasrcr of Arts in C o m p u t er
A n t h ropology
Bachelor o f Science
Economics
Bachelor of Arts in Ed u c a t i o n
History
Bachelor of Arts i n
Marriage a n d F a m i l y T he r a p y Po l i t i ca l
S c i en c e
and Social
P h ys i ca l
Bachelor of Arts in Recreation Bachelor o f Busi ness
Psychology Sociology
E d uc a t io n
Applications
Work
Admin istration
B ac h e l or
of Fine
Master of Arts
Master of A rts
with I n i t i a l Cert i fj( ďż˝ a t i o n Arts i n Social
M a s t e r of
Sciences Master
Arts
of P h ys i cal Education of Science in Computer Science Master of Science in Nursing
Master
Bachelor o f Music E d u ca t io n
Maste r
Bachelor of Science i n Nursing
Bachelor o f S c i e nc e
in
Physical Education
of Busi ness
A d m i n is t r a t i o n
Bachelor o f Mu"ic Bachelor of iVl usical A r ts
i n E d llc a tďż˝ i n n in Educ a t i n n
M A J O R S
&
M I N O R S o m
Minors A n t h ropology
of Arts (B.A.) Computer Science
E n rtil
Sciences
No rweg-ian Philosophy
Iliology Chernist r)' Chinese S t u d ies
English
Pol itical Science
French
Psych ology
Classics
German
Religion
Commu n i c a t ion
History
Sca n d i navian Area
Physics
Economics
Honors
Critical Com/'/'Iun icatiol/
Studies
i'rilltlliroa dcast JOll/'llalis/II I'"bli Relatiolls
S t u d ies
Legal S t u d ies
Social Work
l\·l athematics
Sociology
Music
Spanish
English
Biology Business Chem istr),
Writillg
Com ml.lIl i c a t ion
French
Recreatiol1
Computer Science
GernlJ.11
Earth Sciences
Global Studies
Political Science
Greek
Ps),chology
Education
Histor),
Public A ffairs
I n fo rmation Science
Religion
Lat i n
Socio.logy
Chemistry
Mathematics
C o m p u tt'r E n nineering
Physics
Com p ut er Science
Psychology
(3-2)
Special Education
Electrical Engi neering
o
Mathematics
S t a t istics
Norwegian
Theatre
Philosophy
Women's S t udies
m
Z Q
COURSE NUMBERINGS
Bachelor of Arts in Education (B.A.E.)
1 00-200 Lower
Division Courses:
Open to fresh m en and
sophomores u nless otherwise restricted.
COllceutrations in: Art
French
Physics
German
Political Science
Biology
H istory
Psychology
Chem i s tr y
(,ence
Journalism
ocial Studies
300-499
Upper Division Cuurses: Generally open tu j u n iors
and
seniurs unless otherwise specified.'" Also open to graduate students, Jnd may be cons idered part of a g rad uate program provided they are not specific requirements in preparation fo r
Drama
Latin
.
Earth Sciences
Mathematics
Sociology
Economics
Music
Spanish
English
500-599
NOflvegian
Specia l Education
only. If, during the bst semester o f the sen ior year, a candidate
English/Language Art�
Physical Education
Speech
fo r a bacc a l a u reate degree finds it possible to complete all degree
'.. I:'IU£ .. ..
I1lrations
semester hours d u ring the semester.
semester must be signed by the appropriate department chair or schuol dean and presented tu the de,m of graduate stud ies at the
Bachelor of Business Administration (B. B.A.)
time o f such regi stration. This registration docs not a p p l y toward
Call ell /rations in: Financial Resources Management
Marketing Resource Management
Professional Acco u n t ing
Entrt'preneurship and
ew
Venture Management
International Busincss
Opera t i o ns and Information Technology
OacheJor of Fine Arts (B.F.A.) Theatre)
Bachelor of Music (8.M.) Piano Performance Vo
aI Performance
and/or advisory committee. * NOTE: Lower division students may enroll ;" upp er division courses if prerequisites have been met.
COURSE OFFERINGS upper d ivision cou rses i s pract iced i n some departments, thereby assuri ng
Instrumental Performance Theo r)' and Composition C h u rch Music
Choral I n s t rumental ( Band E m p hasis)
K- 1 2 Instrumental ( O rchestra Emphasis) Bachelor of Musical Arts (B.M.A.) Music
which the registration is regarded as insufficient, and to
EXPLANATION OF SYMBOLS Most courses have the value of 4 semester semester hour credit given. Other symbols are explained as fo llows:
I I, II
N u rsing
I II
Bu(:he.lor or Science in Physi aI Education ( B.S.P.E.)
S
Health and F it n ess Management Pre- therapy
Complementary Major Global S t u d ies
hours. Parenthetical
n u m bers i m mediately after the course descriptions i n dicate the
Bachelor of Science in Nursing (B.S.N.)
Science
broader curric u l u m . The u n iversity reserves the right
withd raw COllrses.
II
trtll ; ol1s fP1:
a
to modifY specitic courSe requirements, to discontinue classes in
Bachelor of Music Education (B.M.E.) K- 1 2 K- 1 2
a higher degree u n l ess it is later app roved by the student's adviser
Most listed courses are offered every year. A system of alternating
Art
Organ Performance
16 A memorandum stating that
all baccalaureate requirements are b e i n g met d u r i n g the c u rrent
He-dlth and Fitnes5 Mana gem e n t
Human Resource IVl anagcmcnt
16 semester hours
permissi ble. However, the total registration fo r undergraduate
Progr a m m i ng
( Broadcasting,
Normally open to graduate students
requirements and elective graduate credit shall not exceed
in:
C o m m u n i cation
Graduate Courses:
of undergraduate credit, registrJtion fo r graduate cred it is
Bachelor of Arts in Recreation (B.A.Rec.) COlIC
gra d u a te study.
requirements with a registra t i o n of fewer than
of Arts in Physical Education (B.A.P.B.)
Ad m i n istration
m
Spa n i sh
Legal Studies
Earth Sciences (Geology Special ty)
Anthropology
n o c
Physics
Economics
Bachelor of Science ( B.S.) Engineering Science
Exercise Science
Hea lth
Studies
Biology
Dallce
Enviro n m e n tal Studies
Cross Discip li/1ary
m m
Coaching
Prilltillg Arts
Reading Electrical Engineering
Aq ua t ics
Chi nese Studies
Tileatrr
Applied Physics
Physical E d u ca t ion
Litemture Publishing and
Art
aly als G
Cuurse offered first semester COLirse offered second semester Course offered first and second semester ill sequence Course offered either semester Course offered in the slimmer COLirse offered in alternate years Course offe red in alternate summers Course may be used in graduate programs
A N T H R O P O L O G Y
indu. trial i s t s . Fulfills cross-cul tura l l i n e i n the Perspectives on
Anthropology L.U
D iwrsity re qu i re m e n t . ( 4 )
A n lhropology as a disc i p l i n e t r ies to bring all of the
hu man focus. Though a n t b r pology 10 k a t " 'tones and bone .;, it Iso ... xami nes the p ol i t i cs , medicine�, fami l ies, a r t s, a n d reliai ns o f peoples �mcl cultu re in variou� places and t i mes. Thi s makes the
world's people into o L.U VI 0::: => o u
do s
study o f a n thropology a complex task, for i t involves aspe ts o f many disc i p l i n es, art
and
from geology
and biology to
psychology,
Regardless
of the
w 0:::
w o
p e pie s and c u l t u res-studying them as they rea l ly a re
instead of how people t h i n k th y are o r should be. It is thro ugh this deta iled st u dy of a U p e o p le that we ga i n the ful l picture o f what i t rcal l y means to be h u man . nthropology is composed of fo u r fields. Cultural o r socia l anthrop l ogy s t u d ie s l i v i n g h u man c u lt ur s i n order to c rea t e a c ross - cu lt ura l unders tanding o f human behav i o r. Archa .ol ogy h a s th physical rema i n s
104 Exploring Anthropology: Language and Symbols I n t roduction to a n t hropological li nguisLics and s y m b o l i s m . A n overview o f the nature of h u man languages, i n cl u d i n g the origin
specific area t h a t is studied, t h e
essence of a n t h ropology is the observa tion of d i fferent w
•
103 Exploring Anthropology: Archaeology and Prehistory Introdllction to tll id as and p ra c t i c e of archaeolog)', lIsed to exa m i n e the 'weep of h u m n prehistory fro m the earliesr s to n e to o b to t h e d e velo p m e n t of agriclllture a nd metallurgy and to e n ri h o u r understanding of ext i n c t societies. Local archaeologi cal s i t es will be e xa m i n e d . ( 4 )
'ame goal, b u t uses data from t h e
o f the p a s t c u l t ures
t o reach it. Li nguis tic
d iscover what it past and behaviors i n the pres
anthropology stud ies human language to can tell about the human
ent. Physical anthropology studies the e mergence and sub seq uent b iological adap ta ti ons o f hu m a ni ty as a species.
FACULTY: Brusco, Chair; GlI l d i n , HlIelsbeck, Klein, Masson , assisted b y G a rga no-Ray and Stoner.
BACHEWR OF ARTS MAJOR: 36 semester hours, including 1 02, 1 03, 1 0 1 o r 1 04, 480, 490, fou r hours chosen fro m 330 to 345 ( p eo p l e s courses), fou r h o u rs c h o se n from 3 5 0 t o 465 ( topical courses ) , a nd eight add i t io n a l h o urs i n J n th ro p o l o gy, at least to u r o f which must be above 3 2 l . MINOR: 2 0 semester hours, i n cl udi ng 1 0 2 , 1 0 1 o r 1 03 o r 1 04 , fo u r hours fro m courses n u m b e red 330 to 345, fo u r hours from courses n u mbered 350 to 490, a n d fou r ad d i t i o n a l hou rs i n a n t h ropology.
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: In recognition of o u t s t an d i n g work, the designa t ion with Departmental Honors may b e granted
by vo t e of the a n t h r o p o log y faculty bas�d on the student's performance in the fo l l ow i ng areas:
L n t h ropology co u rse work: 3 . 5 m i ni m um g . p . a . 2 . Demonstra t ion of a c t i e interest i n a n t h ropological p rojec ts and activit ies out side o f class work.
3 . Completion o f a s e n io r thesis. A p a p er describing in d e p e n de n t research m ust be conducted u nder the s u p e rv i si o n of departmental fa c u l t y. A proposal m u st be a p p roved by the fa u l t y b y the t h i rd week of class o f t h e fal l semester for May and summer graduates, and the t h i rd week of class o f
the sp r i ng semester fo r December gradu a te s .
Course Offerings 101 Exploring Anthropology: Monkeys, Ape , & Humans I n trodu tion to b iological a n t h ropology w i t h a s p ec ia l focus o n
h u ma n evo lu t i o n , t h e fossil evidence fo r h u m a n de ve lo p m e n t , the ro l e o f c u l t ure in h uman evo l ution, and a co mpa r i so n w i t h th e d evelopm en t and social l i fe of t h e non - h u m a n p r i m ates . ( 4 )
102 Exploring Anthropology: Culture and Society I n tro d uc t i o n t social-cultural anthropology and cuirura l l iIl g u istics, concen t rat i n g on t h e expl o r a t i o n of the i n fi n ite va r i et y of h u m a n endeavor in all aspects of cul ture a n d a l l t y pes of societies; from tool · m a kin g to l a n g u ag e , religion, p o l i t ics, law, warta re, fa m il y, k i n s h i p and a r t ; from h u nters a nd g a th e re rs to
o f lan guage; sound systems, structure and mea n ing; l,ulguage
a cq u i s i ti o n; the so c i a l con text of sp e ak i n g ; language c ha n g e ; nonverbal commllnication; a n d se_ d i ffe re n c es in la n g u a g e lise. Exp loration of t h ' w ider issu of sy m b ol ic co m m u n ication: how symbols order the world and how t ra nsactions in me a n i n g ca n be see n as for ms of social action, ( 4 )
192 Practicing Anthropology: Makah Cullure Post and Present The Makah N a t i o n is l o c a te d on the Northwest portion 01' t h e O l y m p ic Peninsula in Washington State. Th e Tribe has an act ive c u l t u re research p rogram a n d a rch a e olo g i cal , h istorical and a n t h ro p olog i c al research also have shed light on the Makah way of l i fe over the last 3,000 ),ears. This class will s t u d), Makah cul t u re and con t ribute to a Makah Culture a nd Research Center projec t . Part of the m o n t h - long class w i l l I e spent in cah Sa)' o n th e Makah Reservation. Students will re eive instruction i n Makah cu l t u re from t he Makah, will contribllte to t h e p roject, and will see what life i n Neah Bay is l i ke. [ n addition to s t ud yi ng Makah c u l t u re, the class will examine t h e methods o f a n t hropo logical resea rch as wel l as t h e eth ics and resp o n s i b i l i t i es of such res ea rch . A fee i n a d d i t i o n to tuit ion will be ch a r ge d to cover tht cost of t h e t r i p . I n s t ru c tor p e rmi s s io n req uired. Fulfi l l s fres hman January Term req u i re m en t a n d the alternative l i n e in the Pers p e c t i ve s o n D i ve r s i t y req u i rement. ( 4 ) 2 10 Global Perspectives: The World i n Change A s u r ve y of global issues a ffect i n g the h u m a n condit ion in a rapidly changing and i n c reasingly in terdependent world: moderniza t ion and de velo p me n t ; economic change and i n ter n a t ional t rade; d i m i n i s h i n g resources; war and revo l u t i o n ; peace and j u s t i ce; and cult ural d i e rs i t y. These i s s ue s are exa m i n ed in a m u l t i d is c i p l i nary l i g h t using c as e studies d rawn fro m non Western and Western nations. E m p h a s i s o n the d eve lo p m e n t o f a global p e rs p ect ive w h i c h recognizes h u m a n commonali ties as well as d i ver si t y in p e rc e p t i o n s , v a lue s , a n d p r i o ri t ies . Fulfills cross· c u l t u ra l line i n the Pe rs p ec t i ves o n D i v ersi t y requirement. (Cross-referenced wi t h H I ST 2 1 0 a nd POLS 2 1 0 ) (4) 220 Peoples of the World An e xp l ora t i o n of the wo rld 's cultures through a n thropological films, novels, and e ye w i t n ess acco u n ts. Case studies chosen from Africa, Nat ive America, Asia, the Pacific, and furo-America pro
vide an insider's view o f ways o f life d i ffe re n t from our own, ( 2 )
225 Past Cultures o f Washington State Native Americans have l ived in Washington S tate for a t least the last 1 2,000 years. This co u rs e explores the c u l t u res o f the people in coastal a n d i n terior Was h i ngton begin ning with the first northwesterners. A.n exa m i n a t i o n o f the ways that c u l tures c h a n ge t h ro u gh time u n t i l the emergence of the d i s t i nc tive cuI· tures observed by th earliest Eur op e an visitors to t h e a r e a . (2) 230 Peoples of the Northwest Coast A survey of the ways of l i fe o f the native peoples of coastal Wash i n g ton , British Columbia, and S o u t h e a s t r n Al a s ka from EUropea n contact to contemporary t i m es. Of special interest a re the t ra d i t i o na l methods of fis h i ng, arts, p o t l a t c hes , status systems, and wealth and their i m pact on the m od ern l ife o f the regio n . ( 2 )
A N T H R O P O L O G Y
330 Cultures and Peoples of Native North America coln p a ra t i ve study of Native No r t h American cultures from their arriva l on the co ntinent t h rou g h today. S t ress on tr a d i t i o na l societies, their history u nder colonization and their emergence as vital con temporary societies . EX.a m i nation of U.S. and Canadian laws, policies, a n d c o n flicts , i n c l u d i n g land and fi s h i n g claims, issutl. or sovereignty, and re ligi o us r i gh ts. Fulfills cross-cultural line in the Perspectives on Div r i t y re q u irement . (4) 332 Prehistory of North America An arc ha eo l og i cal reconstruction of economic, social, political, and religiolls life in North America from the time the first settlers entered the continent d u ring the lee Ages to the Mound Builders of later times a nd u l t i m a tel y to the first contact with E u ro p ea n settlers. (4) 334 The Anthropology of Contemporary America An i n vest iga ti on of Am e r ic a n social patterns and problems desig n e d to g i ve i nsights from a cross-cultural p e r: pec ti v e ; exploration of A m er i c a n solutions to common h u m a n p ro b le m s ; education, reli g i on , p ol i t i c s , family and concepts of j u s t i ce; a determination of what is u n i q u e about the "A m e r ic a n Way." Fulfills aJternat ive li lle i ll the Pe rsp ec t i ves on Di v e rs i ty req u i re ment. ( 4 ) 336 Peoples o f Latin America
of Ame r i ca n s have never been north of the equa to r. Who are the e "o t he r " Americans? This survey co u rs e fam iliar izes the student with a broad range o f Lat i n A mer i c an p e o p l es Jnd p ro b le ms . What remains of the great I n c a empi re? \Vhat is l i fe l i ke in the mJzon ian r a i n forests and in the h igh Andes? Ca e stu di es and films as a basis for di s c uss i o n of themes r a n g i n g from visions of the supernatura l to problems of economic lop m e n t . Fulfills cross-cuitura l l i n e i n th e Perspectives on . rsity requ irement. ( 4 ) M i l l ions
338 Jewish Culture An e xp l o ra t i o n of Ameri c a n Jewish culture through i t s roots i n the Iife wa ys of Eastern European Ashkenazic Jews a n d its transformation in the United States. Jewish ethnicity and id ntity are related to q u est i o n s of assimilation, J ew i sh - G ent i le relations, and c u ltura l p ers ist e n c e . Emp h as i s on Jew is h history, religion, l iterature, music, and humor as reflect ions of basic J ewish cultural tllcmes. FuLfills alternat ive line i n the Per spe c t i ves on DiVt'rsity r e q u iremen t . (4) 343 East Asian Cultnres A s urvey o f the cult u res and p eo p les of Eastern Asia, co n ce n t ra t ing on h ina but with comparative reference to Ja p an , Korea, and Vietnam. -:ultural similarities as well a s d i fferences between t l ese n a t i o n s a re s t ress e d . To p i cs include religi o n , art, politics, h ist o ry, ki nsb i p, and economics. Fulfills cross-cultural l ine in the Perspectives on Diversity requirement. (4) 345 Contemporary China An i m mers io n into the culture and society of the Pe opl e's Rep u b l i c of h i n a-geare d t o ex p o sin g the s t u de n t to the ways of life or o n e - q ua r t er of h u man i ty ; con te m p o ra ry po l i t ics , kinship, folk rel igion, h u m a n relations; problems and pros p e c ts o f deve l opm en t an d r a p i d social change; relations with Hong Kong, Taiwa n , and other soc i e t i e s . FulfiUs cross-cultural line in t h e Perspect iv e s o n D ive rsi ty re q u i re me n t . ( 4 ) 350 Women and Men i n World Cultures An o ve r v i ew of the variation of sex roles and behaviors through out t h e world; evolution of sex roles; t h eories of matriarchy, a t riarchy, mother goddesses, i nnate inequalities; i m p act of ;uropean patterns in the world; marriage patterns from poly gyny to polyandry; eg a l i tarian i sm to fe m i n i s m . Fulfills cross cultural line in t h e Perspectives on D i vers i t y re q u ire me n t . (4)
354 Geography and World Cultures: People, Places and Prospects Explorations of bow societies in No rt h America and around the world have adapted to their varied human and p h ys i c a l environ ments. Cases drawn from widely d iffe re n ce environments - from the desert to te m pe r a t e woodlands to the arctic t o urban n ei g h borhoods. Global p a tt e r ns o f variation in life styles and social o p p o r tun i t i es will be stressed and used for projections of future world patterns. Knowledge of l oc a tio n s a n d m a p rea d i n g will be emphas i ze d . Prerequisite: 1 0 2 or co nse nt of inst ru c t o r. (4) 357 Primatology A survey of the d i ve rs e order or mammals, the primate, whidl i ncludes h umans. Focus o n a w i d e range of non-human primates and t h ei r ev o l u ti o n a r y trends, social b e ha v io r, s o c i al org an i za tion, ecology, and anatomy. The i m po rtant light that t h e y can shine on human phys i c a l and social characteristics is investigated as we l l as t h e i r p l ace in a n i n cre a s i n gl y hostile environment. Extensive o bs e rv a t i o n o f p r i mate behavior at the zoo is an i n te gr a l part of the course. (2) 360 Ethnic Groups An exa m inat i o n of the nature of ethnic groups in America and abroad; the va r y i ng bases of ethnicity ( cu lture , religion, t r i be , "race," etc.); p ro b lems o f g rou p i d e n t i ty and b o u n d a ry m ai nt e nan ce ; e t h n ic symb o l s ; e t h nic p o li t ics ; e th n ic nei gh bo r hoods ; and ethnic humor. Fulfills alternat ive l i n e i n t h e Pers pec t i ve s on D i ve rsi t y requirement. ( 4 ) 3 6 1 Managing Cultural Diversity PLU, Ta coma, Wash i n g ton State, the USA, the world - all are multi-cultural environments and so n o mar te l' where we go, l ive, or work, we will be deaLi n g w ith peo p l es and cultures d i ffere nt from o ur ow n. This class aims at p ro v i d i ng p r act i cal guidelines on how to approach p e o pl e of other cultures with sensitivity and empathy and with an eye toward m utually rev,;arding interaction. Learn how to avoid negative attitudes toward cultural d i versit y and d eve lo p a pos i t ive curiosity a b o u t th e g l ob al d i ve rsi ty re prese n te d in our wo rkp l aces, schools, and ne i gh bo r h o od s. Exercises both i n and out of c l a ss sensi t i ze students to cultural d i vers i t y and to the u n iq u e perspectives o f those other than ourselves. ( 2 ) 365 Artifacts, Ecofaets, and Archaeology Laboratory i nterpretation of archaeological ma t er i als. Tech niques used i n i n te rp re ti n g past h u man ecology, te ch n ol ogy, and economy. Analytical p ro cedu res for bone, stone, ceramic, and metal artifacts; analysis of debris from food processing activit ies. The class will work on the a n alys i s of materials from archaeo logical si te . (4) 370 The First Civilizations Th e or i g i n s of a g r i c ult u re , w r i t in g , c ities, and the state in many pa rts of the wo rl d , comparing and c ont ra s t i n g the great civilizations of a ntiquity, i n cl u d i n g Me sop o t a m i a, Egypt, India, A si a , Mesoamerica, and Sou t h America. (4) 375 Law, Politics, and Revolution A study of p o l iti c s and law th ro ug h the pol itical s tr u c tu res and process es of traditional and contemporary societies; concepts o f le a d er s h i p, factionalism and fe u d s , power, authority, revoi lltion, and other reactions to col o n i za ti on ; law and conflict resolution; conflicts of national and local-level legal systems. Examples from around the world: Burma, Pakistan, the Pacific, Africa, Latin America, and Native America. Fulfills cross-cultural l i ne i n the Pers p e c t ive s o n D i vers i t y re q u i re m e n t. (4)
o m
m m
(') o c ;;0 V\ m o -n -n m
z CI
A R T
380 Sidmess, Madness, and Health A cross-cult ural c u l tural
n ination of systems o f cu ri ng pract ices a nd
e,
views of physical and mental i l lness and h e a l t h ;
p reven tion a n d healing: t he r o l e of re l i gio us views; nature and skills of curers; definitions of d isease; va riation i n diseases
o
between c la sses a n d ethnic groups; impact o f modern medi cal an d psychological practit ioners. Fulfills cross-cultural l ine i n the Perspectives on D i ve rs i ty requirement.
� o u
(4)
385 Marriage, Family, and Kinship The idea of f:1 i11ily has a wide range of meanings and expressions cross-culturally, but everywhere it serves as a fu ndamental orga n iz i n g pri nci ple and rat iona l e fo r the allocation o f va lu ed resources, includ i n g power and status w i t h i n d om es t ic groups, and perso na l and social identities. Special attention to the
UJ ""
ex
pression of i n di idual str a tegies and in terests in various domes
Art In this time of rapidly changing concepts and an almost da ily emergence of new media, em phasis mLlst be placed on a variety of experiences and creat ive flex.i bility for the artist and the designer. Students with professional con cerns must be prepared to meet the modern world with both tech nical skills and the capacity fo r i nnovation . The department's p rogram therefore st resses ind ividualized devel opment i n the use of mind and hand. A highly p rofessional faculty, well-equipped stud ios, and a compre hensive curriculum o ffer diverse opportuni ties for study in the visual a rts.
tic co n t ex ts . Other topics in clude: the ways Il1 whIch religion,
myth, magic and fol k lore serve to art iculate and control do me s t i c l i fe; how changing systems of production a ffect marriage a n d
o
domestic forms; how class a n d gender systems in tertwine w i t h kinship, domestic forms, and the mean i n g of " fa m i l y."
(4)
392 Gods, Magic, and Morals A n t h ro pology of re l i g i o n ; hu manity's concepts of and relation ships to the supernatural; e xa m i na tion o f personal and group fu nctio ns that rel i g i o n s ful fi l l ; exploration of rituals, beliefs, a n d system o f morality in re l i g i o ns both "primiti\'e" and h istorical;
origins of rel igion; science " ve rs u s" religion; the n a t u re o f real ity.
( Cros s - re ferenced with RELI 3 9 2 ) Ful fi l l s cross-cultural L i n e i n the
P e rs p e ct i ves o n
D iversity req u i rement.
(4)
%5 Archaeology: The Field Expe.rience A field cla ss i nvohring t h e excava tion of a h is toric or prehistoric archaeological s i te , with e m p hasis on b a s i c excavation skills and record kee pi ng , field mapp ing, dra fti ng , and p h o t og raphy. The labora tory o ve rs artifact processi n g a n d prel i m i n ary analysis. Prerequ isite: 1 0 1 , 1 02, or 1 03, or co n s en t of ins t ru cto r. ( 1-8) 480 Anthropological Inquiry An h is t o ri c a n d t h e matic study of the theoretical foundations of so iocultural a n thropology; research methods; how theory a nd methods are used to establish a n t h ropological knowledge. Requ i red of
m ajors
in t h e i r j u n io r or seni o r year. aly
(4)
490 Seminar in Anthropology Examine a n t h ropological met hods and apply a n t h ropological theory to an investigat ion o f a sel ected topic in contem � orary anthropology. Re q u ired of maj o rs in their j u n ior or sentor year. Prerequisite fo r other . tudents: departmental approval. aly 491
(4)
Independent Study: Undergraduate Readings
Read ing in specific
a re a s
or issues of a n t h ropology u nder
supervision o f a fac ul ty member. Prerequisite: departmental consent.
( 1 -4)
492 Independent Study: Undergraduate fieldwork Study of spc ific areas O f i s u es in a n t h ropology t hro u gh field m e th o ds of an al ysis and research s up po rt ed by approp ri a te reading under supe rvis io n of a fac ulty member. Prerequisite: 490 and departmental c o ns e n t . ( 1-4) 501 Graduate Workshops
Graduate workshops in speci a l fields or a r eas fo r varying periods
o f time.
( ] -4)
590 Graduate Seminar elected topics
as
i ns tru c tor. ( 1 -4)
a n nounced. Pre requi s ite : consent of the
59 1 Directed Study ( 1 -4 ) 595 Graduate Readings Independent study card required.
598 Reseanh Project (4) 599 Thesis (4)
(4)
Students may choose a mong a generalized program leading to a Bachelor o f Arts degree; a more specialized program for the Bachelor of Fine Arts, in which each candidate develops some area of com petence; or a degree program in art education fo r teaching on several levels. Recent graduates are employed in a variety of fields. Several have become established as painters, print makers, or sculptors; some are successful studio potters; others have oDone i n to com mercial photography or film a nima. . tion-even the production of feature films, The teleVISion i ndustry employs still others. A number are wo rking in the design field as graphic designers, illustrators, package designers, or art d i rectors in firms around the country, in New York, Chicago, Los Angeles, a nd Seattle. Alu m n i have been involved in museum work and serve on the faculties of various educa tio nal i nstitutions, including elementary, secondary, comm u n i ty college, and university levels. Some students go d i rectly from the u n iversity into their field of in terest. Others find i t desirable and appropriate to a ttend a graduate school. Many alumni have been accepted i nto prestigious gradua te progra ms, both in this country and abroad. The various fields o f art a re com petitive and demanding i n terms o f com m i t ment and effort. Nonetheless, there is always a place fo r those who are extremely skillful or h ighly imaginative or, i deaLly, both. The department's progra m stresses both, attempting to help each student reach that idea l . Instructional resources, when coupled with dedicated and energetic students, have resulted in an unusually high percentage of graduates being able to satisfy their vo cational objectives. FACULTY:
Hallam, Chair; Cox, Geller, Gold, Keyes, TO lTlsic.
T he d e p a r t m e n t has soug h t to min i m i ze prerequisiLc ;, enabl ing students to elect cou r',es rela ting tll their i n terests a,: carly as
A R T o m
ble, but majors are u rged to follow course sequences closely. recommended that students interested in majoring i n art are their majo r ea rly to insure proper advising. Transfe r students' status s h a l l be determ i ned at their t i m e of entrance. The department reserves the right to retain, exhibit, and reproduce student work submitted fo r credit i n any of its courses or programs, i n cluding the senior exhibition. A us-' or materials fee is required i n certa i n courses. M i nimum of 34 semester hours, includ i n g 1 60, 250, 230 or 350, 365, 370, 499, aDd the art history sequence ( 1 80, 1 8 1 , 3 80); 1 1 6 or courses i n teaching methods may not be applied to the major. A maximum of 40 hours may be applied toward the degree. Candidates are registered in the College o f A r ts and ciences and must satisfy general un iversity requirements, including a core curriculum ( Core I or Core I I ) , and t h e option requirement. BACHELOR OF ARTS MAJOR:
M inimum of 60 semester hums, includ ing 1 60; 226; either 230 or 250; the art h istory �equeJlCe ( l 80, 1 8 1 , 3 8 0 ) ; 8 additional hours in 2-dimensional media, 8 add i tional hours in 3 - dimensional media, and 4 hours in ilrt h istory or theory ( 390, or as approved by the department faculty); requi rements and clect-ives in area of emphasis; and 499 ( senior exh·ibit i o n ) . 1 1 6 or courses i n teaching methods may not be included. andidates are registered in the School of the Arts and must satisfy general university requirements, including a core curriculum ( Core I or Core I I ) .
BACHELOR OF ARTS I N EDUCATION: See School of Educatiol/. MlNOR IN STUDIO ART: 20 semester hours, including 3 80, 4 hours i n 2 - dimensional media, 4 hours in 3-dimensional media, and 8 holUs of studio art electives drawn from upper division courses. Courses i n teaching methods ( 3 4 1 , 440) may not be ap plied to the minor.
MINOR I N ART HISTORY: 24 semester hours, i ncluding 1 8 0 a n d 1 8 1 , 1 2 h ours in a r t h istorl'/theory electives, a n d 4 hours i n studio electives. Non-concentration courses ( 1 1 6 ) , practical design courses ( 1 96, 296, 396, 398, 49 1 , 496 ) , and courses in teaching methods ( 34 1 , 440) may not be applied to the minor. PUBLISHING AND PRINTING ARTS MINOR: The Publishing and Printing Arts m inor is cross- referenced with the Department of English. See the description of that minor under English.
BACHELOR OF FINE ARTS MAJOR:
STUDIO 160 Drawing 1 96 Design I: Fundamentals 226 Black and Whlle Photography
I
250 Sculpture I 260 Intermediate Drawing 296 Design
II: Concepts
n.F.A. i n 2-Dimensional Media
326 Color Pholography
A reas of emphasis: a m i n i mum of three cour es required i n
330 Ceramics I I
t)I1e
area.
34 1 Elementary Art Education
Drawing/Paint ing: 1 6 0 Drawing
350 Sculpture 1 1
260 I n termediate Drawing 360 Li fe Draw ing ( R )
365 Painting [ 465 Painting II ( R )
360 Life Drawing 365 Painting I 370 Printmaking I 396 Design: Grapb.i�
Prill/I//okillg:
370 Printmaking j 470 Printma king II ( R )
I
398 Drawing: IIJustJ'alion 426 Electronic Imaging
Fillll Arls:
430 Ceramics
226 Black and White Pho tography 326 Color Photography 426 Elec tro n ic Imaging III< lepencie. 1 I t Study (may be applied 10 a llY area): 490 Special Projects ( R) 4\12 S t u d io Projects ( R) ( R ) - may be repeated for creel it
465 Painting
499 Senior Exhibition
B.F.A. in 3 -Dimensional Media
mSTORY AND THEORY
Areas of emphasis:
1 16 Design in the Contemporary World
a
mi ni mum of th ree course� required i n
III II
470 Printmaking I I 490 Special Projects/Independent Study 49 1 Design: Wo"'cshop 492 Studio Proje<:ts/I ndependent Study 496 Design;
Graphics [I
one area.
1 80 History of Western Art
Cera m ics; 2 3 0 Ceramics I
l S I HistoJ'Y of WesteJ'n Art I I 380 Modern Art 440 Seminar in Art Educatiou
Swlpture: 250 Sculpture I 350 Sculpture II (R)
497 Research in Art History-Theory 1 16 Design in the Contemporary World
Independen t St udy (moy be applied to a n y Men ) :
4':10 Sp ed ;! l Projects ( R) 4.92 Studio Projects ( R) ( R ) - mal' be re p eated for credit Required bnsic sequence:
3 9 6 Desigll: Graphics I
A course deal i ng w ith the basic techniq ues and media of d rawing. ( 4 ) 1 80 History o f Western Art
I
A survey tracing the development of Western art and architec
f/cctil)e cou rses:
398 Drawing: I llustration ( R) 496 Design: Graphics I I ( R ) - mal' be repeated for credi t
An elGl rn i nation of con temporary de ign with a focus on trends i n advertising, fashion, automotive, product and interior design. Includes a section on color theory and perception and the basic elements of design. Requires no artistic/design background. ( 4 ) 1 60 Drawing
B.F.A. in Design
196 Design I: Fundamentals 296 e ign U: Concepts
I
390 Studies in Art HistoJ'y
330 Ceramics I I 4 3 0 era m ics m ( R )
49 1 Design: Workshop
m
n o c m
o m
z Cl
Course Offerings
230 Cerami�
m
ture from prehisto ry to the end of the t-,'l iddle Ages. ( 4 ) 1 8 1 History o f Western Art I I A su rvey o f V/estern a r t a n d archi tecture fro m t h e Renaissance to the 20th centu ry. ( 4 )
A R T V1
196 Design I: Fundamentals
396, 496 Design: Graphics I, I I
i ntroduct i o n to d e sig n th ro ugh the s tudy of bas i c techniques, color theory, and composition. (4)
Design a nd e..xecution o f printed materials; em phasis o n technical p rocedure and p robl e m s i n ma s s com m u n ication. 49 explores advanced techniques with m u l tip le color, typograpby, and o t he r co mplex p roblems. 396 must be taken before 496. Prerequisite: 160 and 296 or consent of instructor. (4,4)
n
226 Black and White Photography
o V1 a::
::::J o u
studio luss in p h o t o graphy as an art form. Pri m ary concentra t ion in basic camera and darkroom tech n iques. Students produce a p o rt fo lio of prints with a n e mphasis on creative xpressi o n and experimentation. (4) 230 Ceramics 1
Ceramic materials and techn i ques including hand-bui.It and wheel -thrown methods, clay a nd g la z e formation. Includes a su rvey o f ceram ic art. (4) 250, 350 Scnlpture I, II
o
Concentration on a part i cular med ium of scul pt ille incl ud i ng metals, wood, or synthetics; s pe cia l sect i ons em ph a s i z i n g work from the human form as well as opport u nity for mol d maki n g and casting. 250 must be take n before 350; 350 may b e t a ken twice. (4,4)
398 Drawing: OIustration
Advan ce d p roj e ct s i n drawing/ill ustration. Exposure to new con cepts a.nd techniques adaptable to fi ne art and commercial appli c.ations. Prerequisites: 1 60 and 1 96. May be r peated once. (4) 426 Electronic Imaging
An introduction to computer-assisted photography in which st u dents learn ap p licat ions , d eve l op aesthe t ic s t ra t e gie s, and engage the ethical issues of t h is new technology. E m p hasis on creative ex pl o rat ion and problem solving within the Macintosh environ ment. Prerequisites: 226 and 326 o r consen t o f i n st ruct o r. ( 4 ) 430 Ceramics I I I
( See 330)
260 Intermediate Drawing
440 Seminar in A r t Education
Dra w i ng taken beyond the basics of 160. Expansion of media forms, and solutions to compositional problems. Po ssi b ilit y of
A st udy of instruction i.n the secondary school including approp riate media and curriculum deve lopme n t . a/y ( 2)
p u r s ui ng special individual i nterests, with perm ission. Pre re qui site: 1 60 or consen t of instructor. (4)
465 Painting II
296 Design 0: Concepts
An in v e s t i gat i on of the process of creat. ive problem solv i n g in a
methodical and o rganized manner. I ncludes projects i n a va r i e ty o f de-ign area . Prerequisite.: 1 96 or consent of instructor. (4) 326 Color Photography
Ex p l o ra ti o n of the issues of both painters and photographers. Students learn to make color prints and process color negati ves . Includes a h i s tor i cal survey of color p hotograph), as well a s per' p ec t i ves of o nte.mporary arti s t s . (4) 330, 430 Cel'8mics n, III
Techniqu e s i n ceramic construction and experiments in glaze formation. 330 must be taken before 430; 430 m a y be taken twice. Prerequisite: 230. ( 4 ,4 ) 3 3 1 The Art o f the Book I ee English
33 1 . ( 4 )
34 1 Elementary Art Education
1\ s tudy of creative g row t h and development; a rt as studio projects; history and thera p y i n the class roo m. (2) 350 Scnlpture II
(Sec 250) 360 Ufe Drawing
An exp loration of human form in d raw i n g med i a . May be
repeated for credit. Prerequisite: 1 60 or consent of instructor. ( 2 )
365, 465 Painting I , n M aia and techniques of pain ting in oil or acryl ics. 365 must be
ta ken befo re 46. ; 465 may be taken twice. P re requ isit e: 1 60. (4,4) 370, 470 Printmaking I, II
Iethods and media of fine a r t pr i n tma ki ng; both hand and photo processes i n vol v i n g lithographics, i n taglio and screen prin t i ng. 370 must be taken befo re 470; 470 may be taken twice. Prerequisite: 1 60 or consent of i nstructor. (4,4)
380 Modern Art Tbe development of art from 1 900 to the present, with a brief look at Eu ropean a n d American a n tecedents as they a p pl y to
con temporary d irections. ( 4 ) 390 Studies i n Art History
A selected area of inquiry, such as a h istory of A merican art, Asian art, the work of Picasso, or similar topics. May be re p e ated for cred it. ( 4 )
( S ee 3 6 5 ) 470 Printmaking n (See 370) 490 Special Projects/Independent Study
E xp lorati o n of the p o s sib i l it i e s of selected studio areas, including techn iqu es . Emp hasis o n deve lop me n t o f indi vidual styl es , media a p p roaches, and probl e m solutions. May h e repeat ed for credit. Prerequisites: junior s tatus, minimum of tw cour ' at 200 level or above i n affected med i u m with minimum 2 . 5 CPA, consent of i nstructor and department chair. ( 2 or 4 ) ex per i mental
4 9 1 Design: Workshop
A tutorial co u r 'e wh i ch may deal with a.ny of several aspects of the des ig n field with particular emphasis on practical expe r ience and building a portfolio. ( 2 ) 492 Studio Projects/Independent Study
A t u torial p rogram for students of ex ce p t ional talent. In-depth i nd ividu al investigation of a particular medium o r set of techni cal p roblems. O n ly one p roje c t per semester may be undertaken. May be repea ted for cred it. Pre re q uis i t es : declared major in art, senior status, consent of instructor, written proposal, program approva l by department faculty. Students meeting the above requirements but with lcs. than a 3.0 C PA i n the major may be required to p resent additional evidence of eligibility. ( 1 -4) 496 Design: Graphics I l ( See 396) 497 Research in Art ffistory-Theory
A t utorial course for majo r students with research into a particular aspect of art history or theory. May be re peated fo r cred it . Prerequ isites: senior status, consent of instructor, and program a pproval by depa r t m en t faculty. ( 1 -4) 499 Senior Exhibition
Requ i red of aU art majors. Students work closel), with their advisers i n all p hases of the preparation of the e x h i b i t ion . Must be taken in the studen t's fina'! semester. Pr e requi s i t e s : declared major in art ( B . F.A. or B.A. ) , senior status, reasonable expecta tion of completion of all department and u niversity require ments for graduation. ( 2 )
T H E
A R T S
B I O L O G Y o rn
chool of the Arts
Biology
rn
The School o f the Arts o f Pac ific Lutheran University is a
The Departm e n t of Biology is dedicated to the teaching
community of artists dedicated:
process, not merely to delivery o f facts. Facts for m the
to provide energies and fac i l i ties for t Jle focllsed refine ment of creat ive activi ty; to operate in the vanguard of a rtistic understanding and
foundation o f science, b u t t o be a science student requires m o re than accumulating facts. The b iology fac u l ty stresses gathering i n formation, p rocess ing new i n formation i n the
to assume a n additive rather than i m i ta tive position
context o f that already available, retrieving appropriate
relat ive to that un derst a ndi ng;
i n formation, and i n terpret,ing observat i ons.
to pursue study o f both the h istorical and theoretical
aspects of our creat ive legacy; to recognize change in artistic criteria without devaluat
To learn science is m o re than to learn about science: i t is t o learn how to ask qaestions, how t o develop strategies
recognize and evaluate an swers which emerge. The
and academic profession alism;
department is therefore dedicated to enco u raging students to learn science i n the only way that i t can be e ffectively
place but, by virtue of i ts substance, n o t aloof from nor
made a part of their t hi nking: to independe ntly question i t ,
incom patible with practical concerns;
probe it, t r y i t o u t , experiment with i t , experience it.
t
a n imate and " h u ma nize" the academ ic climate of
Members of the department fa culty are tra ined across
Pacific Lu theran University via the creat ive presence by
the total spectrum of modern biology, fro m population
sponsoring
biology t h rough molecular b iology, and have professional
a
rich and varied progr a m o f events in the arts;
and to p rovide the students o f Pa c i fic Lutheran Univer
teaching a n d research expertise with a full range of
sity an opportunity to experience first hand the un ique
orga n isms: viruses, bacteria, fungi, plants, and anim als.
"chemistry" o f the creat ive process.
The diversity o f courses i n the curriculum provides broad
FACULTY: Sp icer, Dean; fa c u l t y members of the D e pa r t me n t s of Art, Communication a nd T h e a t re , and Music.
the School of the Arts include the B.F.A. ( Bachelor of Fine Arts) i n art and communication and r ; the 13. 1 . ( Bachelor of Music) , the B.M.A. ( Bachelor of usical Arts ) ; the B.M.E. ( Bachelor of Music Educatio n ) . Students lIlay also earn t h e B . A . ( Bachelor o f A rts ) , b u t t h i s d e g re e is awarded through the C o l l e ge of Arts and Sciences. Candidate � r a l l degrees must meet ge ne r a l un iversity req u i re ments aDd the specific requirements of the Departments of Art, Co m m u n ication and Theat re, or Music. Por details a b o u t the B . A . E . (Bachelor of Arts ill Education) i n art, communication and theatre, or musi.c, see the School of DEGREES OFFERED by
Education.
cou rse o fferings, degree requirements, and programs i n School of the Arts, see Art, Commullication and Theatre,
For t he
and Music.
coverage o f contemporary biology and allows flexible planning. Each biology m aj o r completes a three-course sequence in the princ iples o f biology. Planning with a faculty adviser, the st udent chooses LIpper division biology courses to meet ind ividual needs and career objectives. Extensive fac ilities are available, includi ng: herbarium, invertebrate and vertebrate museums, greenhollse, research m icroscopy room, growth cha mbers, conta i n m ent fac i l i ties fo r recomb i n a n t DNA research, darkroom, walk in cold room for low-temperature experiments, electronic instrument room, various research laboratorie , a
field
s tation located in Manchester S tate Park, Jnd a boat equ ipped for studies o f Puget Sound. Students are invited to use th
se facilities for independent study and are
encouraged to participate i n ongoing fac u l ty resea rc h . Career avenues for biology majors J r e nu merous. Faculty members are committed to helping s t udents investigate career opport u n i ties and p u rsue careers which
Course Offe ring
most clearly ma lch their in terests and abili t ies. The
341 lntegt'ating Arts in the Classroom Methods J mi p roced ures fo r i n tegrating t h e arts ( music, visu a l ,
departmen t m a i n ta i n s a com prehensive career i n fo rmation
d a n c e ) in t h e classroom and across the curriculum. Orfered � r s tud nts p reparing fo r elementary classroom teac h i ng. Meets state cer t ifi ca ti o n rc q u i r� m c n t s i n both music J nd a r t . f l ( 2 )
b i ological sciences.
d rama,
n o c
rn
o
Wllich m ight be employed to obtain answers, and how to
ing the traditional concepts o f d i scipline, craftsmansh i p, to foster activity free fro m the caprice o f the m a rket
rn
file,
a
well as a fil
devoted to grad u a te training i n the
Alexander, Chair; Carlson, Crayton, Dolan, Gee, Hansen, Lerum, Li ndbo, Main, D.T. Martin, ifatthias, McGinnis.
FACULTY:
BACHELOR OF ARTS or BACHELOR OF SCIENCE MAJOR:
The maj o r in b iology is designed to be flexible in m e e t i n g the needs and special i nterests of students. Several option fo r major programs a re availab l e . In each p lan the st u d e n L must take the p r i nc i p l es of b io logy sequence ( 1 6 1 , 1 6 1 A , 1 62, 3 2 3 ) . Comple t i o n o f t hil; seq uence (or a n eq u ival.nt general biology sequence at a n o t her institution) is re q u i re d before upper division biology courses can b e take n . It is xpected that Lh es e com e will have been completed with a g rade of - or h igher. ourses n ot designed for bi o l o gy majors ( I l l , 1 1 2, 2 0 1 , 205, 206) cannot be us e d to sa t u fy major requ i rements u nless those co urs e are taken before completion of Biology 1 6 1 ; under n o circumstances can more than 8 h ou rs from courses d s ign e d fo r n o n - maj or s be counted toward completion of major requirements. Independent study (49 1 , 492, 495) and coop e r a t i v e education may be llsed fo r no more than six of the upp e r d iv is i on b i ology hours required
rn
z C1
B I O L O G Y V1
o
fo r the B.S. degree, and for no more than fo ur of the u p per divi ' ion biology hours required for the B.A. degree. At least 1 2 hours i n biology must be earned i n res id�ncc a t PLU. Each student must consu l t with a biology adviser to discuss selection of electives appropriate for educatio na.! and career goals. Basic re q u i rements under each plan for the major are l isted below.
Plan I-Bachelor of Arts: 32 semester hours in biology, includ V1 a::
o u
UJ UJ
o
i n g 1 6 1 , 1 6 1 A, 1 62, and 323, plus 1 9 additional hours. Required supporting courses: Chemistry l OS o r hem istry l i S and Math 140. Reco mmended supporting courses: Physics 125 (with laboratory 1 35 ) a n d Physics 1 26 (with laboratory 1 36 ) .
Plan ll-Bachelor o f Arts-Comprebensive: 36 semester hours i n biology, including 1 6 1 , 1 6 1 , 1 62, and 323, plus 23 additional h o u rs. Required supporting courses: Chemistry 1 1 5, Chem istry 1 1 6, and Math 1 40 . Recomme n ded supporting cou rses: Chemis try 3 3 1 (with laboratory 3 3 3 ) ; Physics 1 2 5 ( with laboratory ( 3 5 ) a n d Physics 1 26 (with laboratory ( 3 6 ) .
Plan III-Bachelor of Arts-Cbemistry Empbasis: 2 8 semester
hours i n b iology, including 1 6 1 , 1 6 1 A, 1 62 , and 323, plus I S addi tional hours. Required supporting courses: Chemistry 1 1 5, Chemistry 1 1 6 , Chemistry 33 1 ( w i t h laboratory 3 3 3 ) , Chemistry 332 (with laboratory 334), and either Chemistry 321 or Chemis t ry 403; tv!ath 1 40 . Recommended supporting courses: Phy ics 125 (with laboratory 1 35 ) and Physics 1 26 ( w i th laboratory 1 36 ) .
Plan IV-Bachelor o f Science: 40 semester hours in biology, i ncluding 1 6 1 , 1 6 1 A, 1 62, and 32 , plus 27 add.itional hours. Required supporting courses: hcmistry 1 1 5, Chemistry 1 1 6, and Chemistry 33 1 (with laboratory 3 3 3 ) ; Math l S I ; Physics 1 25 (with laboratory 1 3 5) and Physics 1 26 (with laboratory 1 36 ) , or Physics 1 53 ( with laboratory ( 63 ) and Physics 1 54 (with laboratory 164). Plan V-Bachelor of Science-Research Empbasis: 40 semester hours i n biology, in cluding 1 6 1 , 1 6 1 A, 1 62, 323, and 495, plus 25 additional hours. Required supporting courses: Chemistry 1 1 5, Chemistry 1 1 6 , Chemistry 33 1 (with laboratory 333), and Chemi try 332 (with laboratory 334); Math 1 5 1 ; Physics 1 25 (with laboratory ( 3 5 ) and Physics 1 26 (with laboratory 1 36), or Physics 1 53 (with labora tory 1 63) and Physics 1 54 (with laboratory 1 6 4 ) . BACHELOR OF ARTS IN EDUCATION: Studen ts in terested in this degree develop their biology program through the B iology Department in conjunction with the School of Education. Such students should have a b iology adviser. See the School of Education section of the catalog for recommended biology courses and other p er t i ne n t i n forma t ion. MINOR: At least 20 semester hours selected from any biology courses. A grade of C or h igher must be earned in each course. Prerequisites must be met un less written perm ission is gra n ted i n advance by the i n structor. Applicability of non- PLU biology credits will be determined by the depa rtment chair. At least eight credit hours i n biology must be earned in residence a t PLU. Consult the department chair for assignment of a minor adviser.
Course Offerings I I I Biology and tbe Modern World An introduction to biology, designed p rimarily for non-biology majors. Fu n d a menta'! concepts chosen from all areas of modern biology including the em'iro nment, population, human anatomy and physiology, genetics, evolution dnd b iological cont rols. Lectures, laboratories, and d iscussion. I II ( 4 )
l I Z Humanistic Botany
An introd uction to the basic principles of biology with an em phasis on plants and their impact on people. Topics inclu ded a re: basic phnt structure and fu nction; poisonou plan ts; m e d i c i nal plants; food plants; p ropaga t io n of house plants; home care of plants; plant identification. I n cludes laborato ry. (4) 1 1 5 Conservation Biology An introduction to the theory and praci tce of conserva tion and management of biodiversity. Ecological principles and p ract ices of wildli fe management. Discussions i nclude decision processes in the theoretical a n d applied ecology of the spatial patterns of species richness, forest fragmentation, extinct ion forces and processes, maintenance o f genetic diversity and the management, conservation, a n d restoration of nature. Worldwide examples, with special attentio n given to local conserva tion problems, such a s declining Pac i fi c saImon popu.Jations and overha rvesting of northwest temperate rain forest. (4) 161
Principles of Biology I: Cell Biology
.eLlular and molecular levels of biological orga n ization; cell u ltra-st ructure and physiology, Mendelian and molecu1.ar genetics, energy transduction. Includes laboratory. Co-registra t ion in Biology 1 6 1 A required, and co-registration in Chemistry ( 1 04 or l i S) recommended. I (4) 1 62
Principles of Biology D: Organismal Biology
An introduction to a n imal and pla nt tissues, anatomy, and p hysiology, with special emphasis o n flowering plants and vertebrates a s model systems, plus an in troduction to animal and plant development. I ncludes labora tory. Prerequisite: 1 6 1 . I I ( 4 ) 201 Introductory Microbiology The structure, metabolism, growth, and genetics of microorgan isms, especially bacteria and viruses, with emphasis on their rol in human disease. I ncludes consideration of epidemiology and immune responses. Laboratory focllses on cultivation, identifica tion, and con t rol of growth of bacteria. Prerequisite: C H El\'l l O S or co nsent of instructor. I (4) 205, 206
Human Anatomy and Pbysiology
First mester: matter, cells and tissues; nervous, endocrine, skeletal, and muscular s)'stems. Laboratory i n cludes cat dissec t io n and experiments i n muscle physiology and reflexes. Second semester: circulatory, respiratory, digestive, excretory, and reproductive systems; metabolism, temperature regu lation, and stress. Laboratory includes cat dissection, physiology ex,peri ments, a n d study of developing organisms. 205 (I) prerequisite to 206 ( II ) . (4,4)
Principles of Biology m: Ecology, Evolution and Diversity
323
Evolution, ecology, b havior, and a systematic survey of l i fe on earth. Incl udes laboratory. Prerequisite: 1 62 or consent o f department chai r. 1 (4)
324
Natural History of Vertebrates
Classification, n a t ural history, and economic importance of vertebrates with the exception o f birds. Field trips and labora tory. Prerequ isite: 323. 1 ( 4) 326
Animal Bebavior
Description, classification, cause, function, and development of the behavior of animals. Lectures cmphllSize an ethological approach to the study of behavior focu. ing on comparisons among species, as well as physiological, ecological, and ev lu tionary aspects of behavior. La bo ratory is not rigidly scheduled and will consist of a behavioral i nvestigation of the students' choosing. Prerequ isite: 323 or conse n t o f i ns tructor. 11 ( 4 )
B I O L O G Y o m
Ornithology study of birds inclusive of their a na tomy, physiology, vi or, ecology and distribution. Special emphasis on those attributes o f birds that are u n ique among the vertebrates. Labo ratory emphasis on field identifica t ion, taxonomy, and anatomy/ topology. Prerequisite: 323 or consent of i nstructor. II ( 4 ) 328 Microbiology
Tbe structure, physiology, genetics. and metabolism of microor ganisms with emphasis on thelr diversity and ecology. The laboratory includes isolation of o rganisms from n a t ur a l sou rces, usC' of fundamental bacteriological techn iques, and <:mpha ius design , i mp lementation, and evaluation of both descriptive and quant itative projects. Prerequisite: 3 2 3 or consent of i nstructor; o n e semester organic chemistry recom mended. I I (4) 33 1 Genetics Basic concepts i nduding consideration of molecular basis of
gene expression , recombination, genetic variability, and consideration o f cytogenetics and popu lation genetics. Includes I, bora l o r y. Prerequisite: 323 LJ ( 4 ) 340 Plant Diversity and Distribution
A systematic i ntroduction to plant diversi ty. I n teraction between p la nts, the o ri e of vegetational distrib u tion. Emphasis on h igher
plant taxonomy. I n cludes laboratory and field trips. Prerequisite: 3 23 1 I (4) .
346 Cdlular Phys iol o gy
Deals with how cells are functionally organized; enzyme kinetics and regulatory mechan isms, biochemistry of macromolecules, energy metabol ism , membrane tructure and fu nction, ultra structure, cancer cells as model systems. Prerequisites: 323 and o ne seme s t e r of organic chemistry or consent of i nstructor. I I (4) 47 CcUular P hysiology Laboratory
A laboratory experience in techn iques and types of i nstrumenta tion often enco u n tered in biochemical a nd cellular research i ncluding animal cell culture, ce ll fractionat ion, use of rad iotrac (' rs, biochemical assays, membrane p henomena, spectrophotom etry, respirometry. May be elected only by students with a erious i n terest for this type of trai ning; not required with 346. orequisite/prerequisite: 346 o r CHEM 4 0 3 and consent of i n s t ructor. I I ( I ) 359 Plant Anatomy and P hysiology Higher plan t structure and function from germination to senescence, including basic anatomy, seed germination, water relations, respiration, mineral nutrition, photosynthesis, growth regulators, and reproduction. I n cludes laboratory. Prerequisites: 3 2 3 and one semester of organic chemistry. I ( 4 ) 361 Comparative Anatomy o f the Vertebrates
After a h istory of the vertebrate body (the evolutionary story o f the vertebrates i s beller known than any other a nimal group) and :lIl introd u c t ion to emb ryology, the structural and func tioll al anatomy of the vertebrates i.s presented. I ncludes labora tory d issections following a systems approach. Mammals are feat u red plus some observational and c m parat ive study with a human cadaver is included. Knowledge of vertebrate structure is lOf practical value to workers ill many fields of b iology. Prerequisite.: 323. II ( 4 )
403 D evelopmental Biology The develop men t of multicellular orga n isms, emphasizing cellular and molecular bases for develop ment. Major topics include fert iliza tion, early embryonic development, the origin of c.ll d i rfercllces during early development, genet i c control of Cleveiopment, cellular d i fferent iation, morphogenetic processes, and the specification of pattern in developing systems. Labora tory addresses biochemical and molecular aspects of deve lop men t . Prerequisite: 3 2 3 . I ( 4 )
407 Molecular Biology An i ntroduction to molecular b iology, emphasizing the central role of DN i n euka.ryotic cell . Topics include: foundations ( DNA structure as genetic storehouse, central dogma of molecu l a r biology, recombinant DNA technology); functio n ( regulation of gene expression, genome orga n ization and rearrangement); frontiers (cancer, development, evolution, genetic engineerlng - methodology, applications, trends, i m plications) . Laboratory features an introduction to basic recombinant DNA techniques. Prerequisite: 3 23 . 1 (4) 4 1 1 Hist ology Microscopic study of normal ceIL�, tissues, organs, and organ systems of vertebrates. The emphasis is mammalian. Th is study i� b o th structurally and physiologically orien ted. Prerequisite: 3 2 3 . I ( 4 ) 424 Ecology Organ isms in relation to their envi.ronment, including organisma! adaptations, population growth and i n teractions, and ecosystem structure and function. Prerequisite: 323. 1 ( 4 ) 4 2 5 Biological Oceanography The ocean as environment for plant and animal life; an introduc tion to the struc t u re, dynamics, and h istory of marine ecosys tems. Lab, field trips, and term project in addition to lecture. Prerequisite: 3 23 . II ( 4 ) 426 Ecolo gical Methods An examination of methodology used for discerning structure and function of natmal ecosystems. The cOllTse w ill cover an introduction to general statistical tech n iques used i n ecological studies, and methods ranging from description of the physical environ me n t, est.imation of population size, quantifying community structure to measurement of productivity. The methodology discussed will serve as a sampling o f types of methods used in ecological studies and how to use them to tcst hypotheses about ecosystems. Writing of scientific papers and accessing tbe scientifi c literature will b e an underlying focus of the cou rse. Lecture, laboratory, and field work. Prerequ isite: 3 2 3 or consent of instructor. 11 ( 4 ) 44 1 Mammalian Physiology Functions of principal mammalian organ systems, emphasiz.ing control mech a n isms and homeostatic relationships. H u man oriented laboratory includes work in circulation, cardiography, psychophysiology, and other areas. Prere.quisites: 323 and CHEM 3 3 1 . Anatomy and biochemistry recommended. 1 (4) 446 Immunology The s tudy of an a n imal's response to the presence of foreign substances, eithcr from the external environment or self i n d u ced. Consideration of the biology and chemistry of i m m u ne responses: speci.ficity of immune reactions, types and roles o f lymphatic ceils, characteristic� of immunoglob ul ins, antigen receptors, and complement, regulation of the i m m u n e response, hypersensitivity reactions, and i m m u nodeficiency diseases. Includes the theoretical concepts supporting experimental strategies and immu n ochemical applications. Prerequisites: Any two of the following courses in Biology: 3 2 8 , 33 1 , 346, 403, 407, 44 1 . ( 3 ) 447 Applied Immunology Laboratory experiences in commonly used immunobiological and immunochemical techniques i ncluding but not limited to precipitation, agglutination, ELISA, immunoblotting, fluores cence-based procedures and cel lular methods. Also includes discussion of research and clinical applications or immunotechnology. 446 must be taken concurrently or as a prerequisite; not required with 446. ( 1 )
m m
n o c
m
o m
Z Q VI
B U S I N E S S
z a:: w
o
V1
a:: � o u
a::
o
475 Evolution Evolution as a process: sources of va riation; forces overcoming geneti inertia i n populations; speciation. Evolution of genetic systems and of l i fe in rebtion to ecological theory and earth h istory. Lecture a nd di scussion. Term paper and mini-seminar required. Prerequisite: 3 23. I (4) 490 Seminu Sele ted topics in biology based on literature and/or origi nal research. Open to ju nior and senior biology majors. ( 1 ) 49 1 , 492 Independent Study I nvestigations or research in areas of special i n terest not covered by regular courses. Open to qualified j u n ior and senior majors; students should not elect independent study unless they know in advance the specific area they wish to investigate and can d e mo nstrate a serious interest in pursuing that investigation. It is suggested that the student spend one semester searchi n g perti nent literature and writing a proposal ( for one credit hour) and a second semester actually carrying ou t the project ( for one more credit hour) . Prerequisite: written proposal for the project ap p roved by a faculty sponsor and the department chair. I II ( 1 -4 ) 495 Directed Study Original experimental or theoretical research open to upper d ivision students i n tending to graduate with a Bachelor of Science-Research Emphasis. Requires a written proposal approved by a faculty sponsor and the department chair. ( 2 ) 497 Senior Seminal' The goa l of this course is to assist students in the writing and
presentation of a paper concerning a topic within biology which would i ntegrate the various elements in the major program. A proposal for the topic must be pre -cn ted to the department early in the spring term of the ju nio r year. Course activities will include literature search, student-led group discussions o f tbe paper to pics, critical analysis of drafts o f the paper b y the seminar group, and public presentation o f the final paper i n either poster o r oral session. The seminar may b e l i nked t o b u t not replaced b y la boratory independent study or internsh ip e ·p rience. ( 2 )
School of Business The mission of the School of Business is to stim ulate the development and ongoing improve ment of the whole person and communi ties we serve by providing relevant, i n n ovative, and quality business education in the liberal arts spiri t. Through competency-based degree progra ms, stude nts in the School o f Busi ness develop the essential skills to help busin ess meet the demands of an ever- changing environment. S t udents master the fu ndamentals of teamwork, communication, tech nology, problem-solving, leadership, multi-cultural m anagement, and change management to help them become successfu l l eaders i n busi ness organizations and i n the com m u n ity.
FACULTY: McCa nn, Deall; bna, Bancroft, Barndt, Barnowe, Berniker, Finnie, Gi bson, Hegstad, K ibbey, MacDonald, McNabb, C. M iller, Moreland, Myers, Ramaglia, Scruggs, Sepic, Th rasher, Van Wyhe, Yager.
ADMISSION: Tbe professional Bachelor of Business Admin is tration degree program is composed of a n upper division business curriculum witb a s t rong base in liberal arts. To be admitted to the School o f Business, a student must: 1. Be officially admitted to the u niversity, and 2. Have s uccessfully completed 24 semester hours, and 3 . Have a minimum cumu lative grade point average of 2.50, and 4. Have completed and/or be currently enrolled in: MATH 128, CSCI 220, ECON 1 5 1 - 1 52 , STAT 23 1 and BUSA 2 0 1 ; and 5. Declare a major or minor in busi ness. Access to upper division busi ness courses is l i mited to srudents with a cumulative grade point average of 2.50 or above who have met the req uired prerequ isites. AFFILIATIONS: The School of Busi ness of Paci6c Lutheran University is a member of the American Assembly of Collegiate Schools of Business. The B.B.A., M.B.A., and accounting pro grams are nationally accred it d by the Accreditation Council of the AACSB. The School is privileged to have a student chapter of Beta Gamma Sigma, the national business honorary society rec ognized by the AACSB. Pacific Lutheran University is accredited regionally by the Northwest Association of Schools and Colleges.
DEGREE REQUIREMENTS: The Bachelor of Bus iness Adm i n is t ration degree p rogram consists of a minimum o f 1 2 8 semester hours completed with an over-all grade point average of 2 . 50 or above as well as a 2.50 grade poin t average separately in business courses.. C- is the m in imal acceptable grade for business courses. At least one-half of the minimum total degree requirements are taken in fields outside the School of Busin ' S 5 . At l east 40 semester hours arc taken in required and elective busi ness subjects. A minimum of 20 semeSter h u rs i n business m ust be taken in residence at PLU. Busines. degree and concentration requirements are estab li shed at the t i me of major declaration. Students with a declar d major in busi ness who have not attended the un iver, ity for a period of three years or more will be held to the business degree requ irements in effect at the t i me of re -entry to the university.
B U S I N E S S o
26 scm. h rs. 2 4 2 2 2
ProfessioDal Accounti ng
fCJllnriatioll cou rses:
1 28 L inear Models and Ca lculu , a n I n t rod uc t i o n or ( l S I and 230) m p u t e r i ze d In fo r m a ti o n S y s t e m s CS " I 2 2 0 E 1 5 1 - 1 52 M a c ro/M i c ro Economics TAT 23 1 I nt ro ductor y tatistics PHIL 325 Business Ethics ( Prere q uis i te: PHIL 1 0 1 , 1 25, or 225/226) M A 3 3 6 Effective Business Presentations ANTH/H IST/P LS 2 1 0 Global Perspe bves
4
M ATH
_
4 4/4 4 2
Minimum semester hours in foundation co ur se s :
4 4 28
Human Resource Management
Ucqll ireri husirress cou rses: RUSA 20 I The B us i n e ss Enterprise in G l ob al Perspective BUSA 204 The Fo u n d a t i o n s of Business Law B U SA 30 I Managing Careers a n d Se[{� SScs s m e n t
4 2 2 B SA 303 Assessi ng Jnd M a n a g i. ng i .nancial Perfo rJllJ n ce ( 6 ) or BUSA 2 0 2 F i na n ci a l A cc ou n t i ng (4) 6 (or 8 ) and BUS A 02 M a na g er i al Finance ( 4 ) B U A 305 re a t i n g and Leading Effective Organ izations 6 BUSA 306/307 Managing the Value hain !lll 8 BUSA 405 Legal Aspects of financial Transacti ns or BU A 406 Leg, I A-peets of Human Resource Management or B U SA 407 Leg al spect of Marketi ng 2 or BU A 408 I n ternational B u s i ne s s Law 4 BUSA 409 t r ategic M an a gem e nt 6 (or 4) Upper divisi n b u s i n css or econ omics el e ct ive s Minimum semester hours in business courses:
40
CONCENTRATIONS: A student may e le c t to complete one o r con cen t ra t i o ns w i t h i n I h e Bachel o r of Business Ad m i n is ration progr a m . ( C o u rs e taken to fu l fi l l concentration requirements will also meet general B. B.A. requ i rements.) The c ncc n t ra t i on , which is no ted o n the student's t ranscri p t , must be completed w i t h at least a 3 .00 grade p o i n t average. - is the minimal acceptable grade for concentratio n cou r ' s. A m in i m u m o f e i g ht semester hours of the to ta l req u ired for a concen tration must be taken in re s i d e nce at PLU.
Financial Resources Management
405 Legal Aspect. of F i n a n c i al Transactions I3 S 32 1 I ntermediate Ac co u n t i n g I Olle of t.lle followirlg: ECO 33 1 I n tern ational Econom ics (4) N 35 I I n te r m e d ia t e Macro- Eco nomic Anal y s i s (4) E .ON 352 I n t er me d iate Micro-Economic A nal y s i s (4) CO 3 6 1 M o n ey and Banking ( 4 ) 11vc/ve semester hours from the follo willg: nu A 320 Financial I nfor m a t-ion S yst e m s (4) B
SA 3 2 2 Intermediate Acco u n t i ng I I ( 2 ) BUSA 4 2 2 Co nsoli d a tion s a n d E quit y Issues ( 2 ) BU, A 4 2 3 A . counti ng fo r J ot-for- P rofit and Governmental Entities ( 2 ) au A 424 Aud iting (4) BUSA 3 2 3 Cost Accounting a n d Control S)'stcms (4) B USA 327 Tax Acco unting I ( 2 ) B A 4 2 7 Tax Acco u nt i n g I I ( 2 ) BU SA 3 3 5 Fi nancial I n vest me n ts (4) BUSA 430 E n t repre n eu r i al Finance (4) B SA 437 financial A na l ysis a n d Stra tegy (4) B A 438 F i n a n c i a l Research a n d n a l ys i s ( 4 )
2 4 2 2 4
22 sem. hrs.
BUSA 406 Le gal Aspects of H u m a n Resource M anage m en t BUSA 342 M a naging H u m a n Re s o u rc es ECON 3 2 1 Labor Economics
Three of the following (at least 11'10 from BUSA):
2 4 4 12
n u A 343 Managing Reward Syst e m s ( 4 ) B U SA 4 4 2 Lead e rs hip and O rgan iza tion a l Devel o p ment ( 4 )
2 2
B U S A 4 4 5 Quality I mprovement S trategie ( 4 ) B U S A 4 4 9 C u rre n t Issues i n H u m a n Re so u r ce M a n a ge m e n t ( 4 ) B U S A 492 In te rn s h i p ( 4 ) O M A 435 O rga n izat i o na l Communication (4) �OlV!A 437 Advanced I n terperson a l C o m m u n i c a t ion (4) PSYC 46 I Ps yc ho l og y of Work ( 4 ) PSYC 4 50 Ps yc hologic a l Test i n g (4) 1 8-34 sem. MS. BUSA 408 In te r n a tion a l Business Law 2 ECON 33 I I nternational Ec o n o m i c s 4 4 BUSA 352 M a nag i ng in the M u l t i n a t i o n a l Environment One of the fo llow ing: 4 BUSA 353 Co m pa r a t ive M a n a ge m en t ( 4 ) An ap p rove d a rea co urse fro m P O LS , ANTH, or H I ST ( 4 ) One or the following: 4 BUSA 460 I n ternational M a rke ti n g ( 4 ) BU A 355 Global O p e rat i o n s ( 4 ) Internalional Business
4
Marketing Resource Management
22 sem. hrs.
407 Legal A s p e ct s of Ma rke t i n g B SA 468 M a rk e t i n g Man a ge m e n t
B
SA
2 4 4
Ol1e of the following:
ON 3 3 1 I nterna tional Economics ( 4 ) 2 4 4 Econometric ( 4 ) Three of the following (at least two from B USA) : 12 BUSA 363 Consumer Beh av i o r a nd Promotion a l Stra te g y ( 4 ) J3USA 365 Sal e s and Sales M anagement ( 4 ) BUS A 367 Business to Busin s M a r ke t i ng ( 4 ) B U SA 4 6 0 I n ternational Marketing (4) BUSA 467 Marketing R earch ( 4 ) C O M A 2 7 1 Mass Media (4) SOCI 362 A ppli e d De m og raph y (4) E
E
12
ON
Enh"epreneUl"sr up and New Venture Management
BUSA 405 BUSA 3 5 8 BUSA 430 B SA 4 9 2 1\1'0
Legal A sp e c t s
of F i na n ci al Transactions
Entrepreneurship Entrepreneurial
22 sem. lus. 2 4
Finance
I n ternship
of the following (one must be B USA):
3 2 3 Cost A cc o u n t i ng ( 4 ) Financial Rese a rc h a n d Anal ysis ( 4 ) B U S A 365 Sa les a nd Sales Ma na g e ment ( 4 ) BUSA 3 7 1 O p e ra l ion s a n d I n formation Technology ( 4 ) BUSA 442 Leadershi p a n d O rga ni z a t i on a l Development (4) BUSA 467 M arketing Research (4) ECON 3 7 1 Industrial rganization a n d P u b l i c P ol i cy (4) ECON 36 1 M o n ey and B a nk i ng (4) BUSA
BUSA 438
m m
n o c AJ
V1 m o m z Cl
O p t ion I of the College of A r ts a n d Sciences foreign l a n g u a ge re qu i re m e nt or one semester of study a b ro a d 0-16
20 se.m. MS.
J3 S
B S A 40 Le ga l A s p e c ts of Financial Transactions B SA 320 Fi n anci a l I n formation Systems J3 SA 3 2 1 I ntermedi a te Accounting I llUSA 322 I n te rmediat e Accounting II B U S A 422 Conso l idations and Eq u i ty Issues BUS A 423 Acco u n ti n g for Not-for-Profit and Governmental E n t it ie s BUSA 3 23 Cost Ac co u n t i n g and Co n t ro l Systems BUSA 3 2 7 Tax Acco u nting I B SA 427 Tax Acco u n t ing I I BUSA 424 A u di t i n g
m
4 4 8
B U S I N E S S
22 sem. MS. Operations and Information Technology BUSA 40S or 406 Legal Aspect · ( Fi ml n cial Transactions or
2 4
H u man R esou rce Management) 3 7 1 Op erat ion s and I n fo r m at i o n Tech nology BUSA 374 Desig n i n g and Managing Operat ions and I n fo r ma t i on S ys te ms BUSA 479 I mp l em e n t i ng dvanced Systems BUSA 3 2 3 Cost A cc o u n t i n g and ontrol Systems
4 4 4
One of the follo willg:
4
B U SA
o Vl cr:: =:J o u
UJ UJ
BUSA
320 F i n a ncial I n fo r ma t io n Systems (4) BU A 445 Q u a l ity I mprovement S tr a tegies (4) CSCI 367 Data B a se Management ( 4 ) ·(prerequ i s i te: CSC I 1 44 ) MINOR I N BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION: Iobal Pe rsp e c t ive.
and providing methods for fu t u re career management.
302
(2)
Managerial Finance
I n t rodllction to the principal problems, theories and p roced u r es of fi nancial management; valuation, financial plan ning, fi n a n cial
a cq ui si t i o n , cost o f cap ital, structure theory and
financing s t r at e gies ( induding ca p i ta l
dividend policy), management o f working capital acco u n ts, and financial d i m ensions
m i n i m u m of 20
20 1
-
The
All cou rs es must be
completed with a grade
of C- or h igher. A cumulat ive grade average of 2.50 fo r all co u rses i n the minor is req u i re d . At least 12 semes ter hours must be u pper divisiun, a n d a t lcast 8 s mest e r hnurs must be completed i n residence. point
o
program t o s ho wc a s e s t u dent co mpe te nc ie s
sta tement analysi s , capital asset
se mes t e r hours in b u s i n es:; courses, i n c l u d ing BUSA
Busi ness EnterpriEe in
for a p or t fo l i o of work from the business d eg ree at g ra d u a t ion . New career de ve lopment p a radi gm s Jnd critic [ co m pe tenc ies needed for the 2 1 st century are introd uced. Em phasis i s on bridging the gap between education and business, easing organizational entry,
includes plans
ACCOUNTING CERTIFICATE PROGRAM: The a ccou n t i n g certificate program is available for s t u dent s
who hold a baccalau c o mp lete the ed ucational re q u i re m ents to sit for the C.P.A. exa mination. Co n ta c t the School l)f Busin e s s for further l n for mation . reate degree (any field) a. n d wish to
of international tr ade .
P re req u i s i te : CSCI 2 20 . (4) 303
Assessing and Managing Financial Performance
S tu dy of the origins and uses of financial i n fo r mation. Logic, content, and fo rmat of pri ncipal fi nancial statements; nature of market values and their re la t io n s hi p to values d e r i ved from accou n t i n g p rocesses; pr i nc i pl e s a n d p ro cedur es pertaining to business i n ve s t ment a c t ivit y and fi nancing stra tegies, viewed from the standpoint of financial decision-making, i nves ting , and accounting t heo r y and pr actice . Prere q u i si t es : sophomore s ta nd i ng ; eSCI 220. (6) 305
Creating and Leading Effective Orgllllizat ions
Basic fina nci a l and lega l decision making. I nc l u de an in troduc
i n t h e con text of changing i n ternal and expectations. Explores how tasks, p ro ce ss e , individuals, g r o u ps , and s t ru c ture relate to one ano ther , nd to e ffe c t iv e organ izationa l performance. Topics i n c l llde i n d ividual and group behavior, motivation and reward systems, work design, co m m unic ation and performa nce management, d ec isio n m ak i ng, l e a dership , managing h u m a n resources, culture , managing d i ve rs i ty, a n d organizational climate. E m p hasi s is on develop ing knowledge and s k i l ls
tion to
essential fo r managing continuous change at the individual,
MASTER OF BUSINESS ADM INISTRATION: See Graduate Sill dies.
Course Offerings 1 05
Personal Financial Planning and Consumer Law el e me n t ary concepts in finance, economics, law, and
consumer p sycholog y. To p i cs include career plann ing, budget i ng, the
usc and m i s us e of cred it, major p u rchnse d eci s i on s,
taxes, insu rance, and i n vestments. (4) 20J
The Business Enterprise in Global Perspective
h istorical and social s),stems per Jeetive on the evolu ti on and change o f business en t er p r is e s inc ' the I n dustrial Revo l u ti o n . To p ics include work force d iv e rsit y, env ironme nt al management, globalization of work, the i m pact o f Dew technolo gie s , and the ex pan si on of the regu latory environment. Concepts and frameworks needed to understand the co mp lex relationships between business, governments, and the larger s oc iet y are Inte g ra t e d
i n troduced .
202
(4)
Financial Accounting
St ud y of organizations external demands and
tea m , and orga nizational leve l s .
306
Man.aging the Value Chain I
I n t e g r a te s mark ti ng , o p erat i on s , management, man agement acco u n t in g, and M J
between m a rketi_ng and produ c t ion i n manufacturing, service,
n ot - fo r- p ro fi t e n t erp r i ses are e x a m i n ed . Co ntempora r y issues in manufacturing such as just-in- time p r od u c t i on a n d to ta l q u ali t y management are included. Product costing, activ i ty b'lsed cos t i ng, and act ivi t y based managem n t tools are devel oped and u sed . P r erequ is i tes : So ph om o re standi ng; M ATH 1 2 8 ( o r M AT H l S I & 230), ECON 1 5 1 / 1 52; co m p u t er spreadsheet compet ency. Co - req u i s ites : STAT 2 3 1 , BUSA 303. ( 4 ) Continuation o f
Managing the Value Chain I I B SA 306, Managing the Va l u e Chain I . Prerequisites: S o p homo re s ta n di ng; M ATH 1 28 (or 1ATH 1 5 1 and 230), ECON I S I / l 52; computer s p rea dshee t ompetency, STAT 2 3 1 ; BUSA 303, 306. ( 4 )
2 04 The Foundations of Bnsiness Law Des igned to pr vide for all b u si n ess school students a sh ared fo undation in the legal e nv i ro n ment of busine , th e course covers sources of Am eri ca n law, the s truc t u re of the U.S. court system, a l te rn a t ive s to l i tigation, and Con t i t u t i o n a l g u arantees ap pl icab l e i n a business context. Also, introduction to basic legal p r i rl c i p l e s of contracts, torts, intellectual proper ty, agency, a n d
320
busi ness organizations. (2)
CSCI 220, I3USA 303
competency-ba ed assessment, learning contracts, and learning teams, s t u d en ts collect feedback on their knowledge levels and abilities i n cri tical perform a n ce areas. Each studen t i n t er prets this information, integrates i l into a se t of lea r n i n g goals, a n d forms a 5-yea r i n d ividualized learning pl an wh i ch
from the perspective bu s in es s e n t i ty. The
and
307
Managing Careers and Self-Assessment
a
human, orga n izational, and i n fonnation technology L i nkages
Pr paration and analysis of fi nancial reports. (4)
sing
concepts and methods
of the en t i re value cre a tion p rocess w i t h i n
Introduction to a cco u n t i ng concepts and p ri nc i p les . Va luation t.heories i n the U.S. compared to those i n other na t i o n s .
301
(6)
FinandaJ Information Systems
Study of the flow of in for m a t ion throu gh a n ente r p r i se , the sources and nature of documents, and the controls necessary to insure the accuracy a nd
32 1
r
(or
e li a b ili ty of information. Prerequisites: B USA 202). (4)
Intermediate Accounting I
C o ncent r a ted stll d y of the co ncept u a l framework of acco u n t i ng, valuation theories, asset a n d i ncome measurement, a n d fi nancial statement disclosures i n
the U.S. a n d abroad. P rere q u i s i tes:
CSCI 220; BUSA 303 (or BUSA 202). ( 2 )
B U S I N E S S o m
Intermediate Accounting I I t i o n I t u dy o f ,'nl ua t i o n th e o ry. Adva nced i sues i n aS$et income measurem nt and fi na ncial statement d is c l o s ur e. Includes evaluation o f
.S. p os i t i o n s relative t o t h ose o f other natio ns a n d in terna t ional a ge n c i e . . P re requ i s ite s : CSCI 220; llUSA 303 (or 2 0 2 ) , 32 1 . ( 2 ) 323 Cost Accounting and Control Systems A critical e x a mi n a ti on of systems fo r p ro d uct co s t i n g a n d m a n a ge r i a l control. Case a n a l Y$es deal w i t h the a b i l i t y o f a variety of t r a d i t i o n a l and n o n- t ra d i ti on a l product a nd service
(osting sy terns to ach ieve basic o bje c tives of inventory valua t io n , p lan n i n g a n d op e r a t i o n al co n t rol . E m p h as i s o n deve l op i n g th� sk i l ls to c r i t. iq u e cost systems a n d to under. t a nd th e re l a t io n s h i p between cost systems and production/service o p e r a t io ns, orga n izational s t ra tegy, a n d p e rfo r m a n c e evaluation a nd control system s . Prerequisi tes: MATI-[ 1 28 (or M ATI-! 1 5 1 and 230); CS r 220; STAT 23 1 ; ECON 1 5 1 1 1 52; BUSA 303, 306, 307. ( 4 ) 327 Tax Accounting I Study of income tax concepts, regu lat io n s a nd t ax
p lan n ing (2)
principles. Emphasis o n individual income taxation.
335 Financial Investments In-depth exploration of fundamen tal p r i n c i ples govern i n g t h e valuation of p arti c u l a r
securities, and
knowledgeable construc
tion, management, and eva l u a t i o n of portfo l i os . Risk, return,
bond and
st ock val u a t i o n , i n terest ratc determ i n ation a n d capital
market e ffi c ien c y are
a mong the
topics accorded particular
emp ha si s . P re re q u i s i t e s : ECON 1 5 1 / 1 52, CSCI 220, BUSA 303 (or BUS 3 ( 2 ) . ( 4 )
Global sourcing a n d the dynam ics of the m a n u facturing
ai led c veragc o f p e rso n n e l /h u m a n res o u rce p ro c e d ures in U . . a n d o th e r countries. Exa m ination of s ta n da rd human
p l a n n i ng , recruitment/ pl a ce mcn t , t ra i ni n g and career dClrelo p rnent, perfo r m a nce a p p ra i s al , compensation and benefits, a n d afc t y/ we l l n ess. Review o f c h a ng in g s t ra t eg ies for fu l l use of e m p loyees in l i g h t of on goi n g l eg a l and global devdopments. Prerequisite: BUSA 305. (4) h u m a n resource
decru i t m e n t , se lection a n d
3 4 3 Managing Reward Systems Detai led exa m i n a t i o n of reward system d e ve l o p m en t a nd p ra ct i c e s , i n cl u d i n g jo b a n a lysis a nd evaluation, design of pay structures, performancc measurement, the use of
i n d ividual,
group a n d org a niz a ti o n -w ide incentives, and t h e design a n d
administra t ion of employee benefits. Review of legal
require
ments a n d o f i n novations which i n t e grate reward systems w i t h other h um a n resou rce practices. Prerequ isites: CS C I 220, E C N
m
recent t ransportation, technology, a n d com m u nications
m
develo-pments. Issue i n te c h nolo g y transfer a n d the control of
p rop r iet a ry k nowl edge . Overseas investment incentives, train ing, and cross c u l t u ra l issues. Enviro n mental a n d other h ost a n d
n
h o m e government poLicy i m p l i c a tio ns a r e e x p l o red.
o
s i tes:
P rere q u i
C
ECON 1 5 1 1 1 52; ECON 33 1 ; B SA 352. ( 4 )
358 Entrepreneurship I n tensive st udy of issues a n d ch a l l en g e s a ss o c i a t e d w i t h s ta rt - u p, g ro w th , and maturation of a new e n ter p r i s e . Issues covered i n cl u d e to p i cs such as characterist ics of SlIccessful ent repreneurs, se c uri ng capital, man a gi n g rapid growth, l e ad e rs h i p succession, and re a l i z i n g value t h r o u g h the sale o r m e rg e r of the b u s i n ess. I ncludes e x p l or a ti o n of types o f mall b usi n esses such as fa mily owned a n d clo s el y held co m p a n i e s . ( 4 ) 363 Consumer Behavior and Promotional Strategy C o nce p t s of consumer behavior to help exp l a i n how b u ye r s gain a wa ren es s, establish p u rch a s i n g criteria, s e l ect i vely screen i n formation and decide. Top ics i n p rom o t i o n include target a ud i e n ce d e fi n i t i on , m es sa ge de s i g n , media selection w i t h i n a bu d get and evalu a t io n/control of t h e promotional mix. ( 4 ) 365 Sales and Sales Management Fundamentals of selli ng-prospecting, active l i s te n i ng , benefit presentation, objc live h a n d l ing, c l os i n g and te rr i to ry manage ment. Issues surrounding management of sales personnel, i ncluding sale bu d gets, fo recasting, territory desig n , employ t e c h n i ques .
(4)
367 Business t o Business Marketing The b usiness marketer a nd b us i n e s s p u rchaser relationship is explored. Th.is re l a t io n s hip is multi-stage and often protracted. Stu d e n ts en coura ge d to ga i n i n -fi eld k n ow le d ge of how l o c a l b u sin es ses a p p l y course concepts in m arket i ng to in dustrial a c co u nt s , resel lers, and go v e rn m e n ta l a ge n c i es . P rereq u i s i t e s: MATH 1 28 ( o r MATI-! 1 5 1 and 230); CSCI 220; E ON 1 5 1 1 1 52 ; STAT 23 1 ; B U SA 303, 306, 3 0 7 . ( 4 ) 3 7 1 Operations and Information Technology: Concepts and Applications The study of o pe r a t i o n a l business decisions and the i n formation systems and m od e l s r eq u i re d t o support s uc h decision s. The ex a mi n a t i on of decision support systems, co m p u t e r i z ed p l a n n i n g and control systems and t ra ns ac t i o n systems as Lbey
p rod u c t ive o rga n iz at io n ' . T h e i m p l i ca tion s for and i n format io n systems design. Prerequisites: MATI-! 1 28 ( o r M ATII 1 5 1 and 230); C CI 220 or 144; EC N 1 5 1 1 l 5 2; STAT 23 1 ; BUSA 303, 306, 307. ( 4 ) function
in
operations m a na ge me n t
1 5 1 / 1 52, BUSA 305. (4) 352 Managing in the Multinational Environment An i n teg r ated study of global business fu nct i o n ' a pplying the theoretical base o f i n ternational economics to real case situa
374 Designing and Managing Operations and
t ions. T h e role o f i nter n a t ion a l
I nformation Systems
busi ness in e co n o mic develop ment and t h e b a l anc i n g of m ul ti pl e co m p lex a n d dynamic forces in the global environment. Th e s i gn ifican ce of e mergi n g m a rket and Ill , n u fa c t u r i ng opportullities as the international p o l i t i ca l context contin ues t o chan e. B u i ld ing gl o ba l competitive advan tage for ;11l s i ze s of m u l t i n a ti o n a l compani s and small busi nesses. Prerequisites: ECO 1 5 1 1 1 52, E ON 3 3 1 . ( 4 ) 353 Comparative Management W i t h the new u pp o r t u n i t ie s
and
logistical p rocesses i n the i nternational arena have resulted from
ment of re p re se n ta t ive s , t ra i ning, motivation, a n d evaluation
342 Managing HnmaD Resources
u rc" fu n c t i o n s :
355 G lobal Operations
i n herent in wor l d l
ide
operations,
the c h a l l e n ges o f managing s t r a t egy, orga nizatio n , and
man reSo urces in a s ig n ifi ca n t l y exp a n d ed, com p le x , a n d ic e nviro n me n t. Cross c u lt u r a l manageme nt, commun ica tion methods, u n d workforce d i ve r s it y issues are c;<ami ned at all levels. t a n a gi n g host g o vern m en t policies a n d p ol i t ic a l risk. Prerequ is i tcs : E O N 1 5 1 1 1 5 2; £ ON 3 3 1 ; BU A 3 52. ( 4 )
Advanced service delivery systems, m a n u facturing
systems, and
i n formation systems as i m p acted by h igh capital i ntensity, t imc based competition, and the competitive effects o f the global economy. S tu d y o f operations and i n formation technology as a
co mpe t i t ive strategy, a n d measurement a n d p erforma n ce of cost5 in o p e rat i o ns . ase stud ies used to c riti q ue operations a n d i n for m ati on 51' tems i n t e r ms of t h ei r support of busi ness objectives. Case s tu d ies a n d real systems through cia's project · provide the basis for e x pl o r a t i o n of the i mpact of i n fo rm a t i o n technology o n business processes. Projects involve the skills of systems d e ve l op ment, with a focus o n te a mwo rk , ch a nge managemen t , Jnd sys tems u s a b i l i ty in the con t e x t of service and manufacturing oper ations. P re re q u isit es : MATI-! 1 28 (or MATH 1 5 1 and 2 3 0 ) ; C S C I 2 20 or 1 44; ECON 1 5 1 1 1 52; STAT 23 1 ; BUSA 303, 306, 307, 3 7 1 (or con c u r re n t ) . (4)
::0
o
::0 Z Q
B U S I N E S S V1
\.'J Z
u.J LL LL
o
V1
�
405
Legal Aspects of Financial Transactions
Analysis of statutes, regulati ons, a nd common law doctrines appl icable to the fi nancial management of the corporation, bank-customer relations, and debtor-creditor relations. Exami nation o f the l a w pertaining to commercial paper, failed con tracts, investment secu rities, and secured transactions, as set forth i n the U n i form Commercial Code. Topics include federal and state secu ri ties law; bankruptcy; i n s u rance and letters of credit; a nd changes i n corporate structure such as mergers and acquisitions. Prerequ isite: B SA 204. ( 2 )
o
406 Legal Aspects o f Human ResoUl'ce Management
u
Analysis of statutes, regulations, and common law doctri nes applicable to human resou rces management. Examination of legal issues en countered i n the employment rel a tions hi p. To pics i n clude fed eral labor law, collective bargaining, workplace safety, workers' compensation, retirement and income securi ty, discrimination statutes such as Title V I I of the Civil Rights Act o f 1 964, xual h a rassment, the Americans with Disabili ties Act of 1 990, a nd em ploycc privacy rights ( rega rding drug testing, l ie detector tests, and monitoring performance). Prerequisite : B U S A 204. ( 2 )
u.J ill
\.'J L.LJ o
407 Legal Aspects of Marketing A n a lysis of statutes, regu l ations, a n d common law doctri nes
applicable to market"ing p ractices. Exa minatio n of legal issues encoun tered by marketers i n d e a l i n g with consumers, co mpeti tors, and otber ma rketplace participants. Topics include regulation of competition and protection o f creative endeavor, r gulation of advertisin g a n d deceptive or u n fair practices, and basic sales law concepts as set forth i n the U n i form Commercial Code. Prerequisite: BUSA 204. ( 2 )
40 8 International Business Law An ove.rview of the legal a ·p ects of activities involved in cond ucting a world b usiness. To pics include selecting a l e gal fo rm of b u siness o rg a n i za t io n ; the i n ternational sa l contra t; exporting and i m porting of goods and related activities such as shipping and lnsurance; direct investment; use of natura l resources; the l icensing of processes, patents or trademarks; ex"porting personal services s uch as marketing, fi nanc ial, tech nological, transportation or manag .rial expertise; and resolv ing international disputes. Prerequisit : 13U 204. (2)
424
Auditing
Comprehensive study of auditing concepts a n d p rocedures; analysis of risk through the study and evaluation of i n ternal con trols, and through the study and eva luation of account balances; reporting of risk; review of the development and meaning of professional responsibility and ethics; review o f operational auditing. Prerequisites: CSCI 220; BUSA 303 (or nUSA 202), 320, 3 2 1 , 3 2 2 . (4) 427
Tax Accounting II
Concentrated study o f income t a x concepts, regu lations, and tax planning principle� . Emphasi s on business taxation. Prereq u i s i tes: e S C ! 220; 13U S A 3 0 3 ( o r BUSA 202), 327. ( 2 ) 430
Entrepreneurial Finance
Fin ancial strat egies u n ique to the creation a nd/or expansion of small, closely-held busi nesses. Topics include the determination of c a pital requirements and mix, searching for capi t a l from sources such as venture capitalists, fi nancing rapid growth, rm d acquiring companies. Prerequisites: CSC! 220; BUSA 303 (or BUSA 302). (4) 437
Financial Analysis and Strategy
438
Financial Research and Analysis
Intermed i a te treatment of m a na ge ri a l fi nance topics, including risk, global markets, capital i nvestment, fi nancial planning, and financing strategies. E m pbasis on developmfl1t of dccision making capability t h rough exercises that build research a n d teamwork skills. Prert'quisites: E C O N 1 5 1 / 1 52, CSCI 220, B SA 303 ( or nUSA 3 0 2 ) . ( 4 )
Sem inar course d i rected at current issues and developments. I n co nsll.lt at ion with t h e instructor, advanced undergraduate students select appropriate, contemporary topics fo r research, discussion, and p r�sentation. Prerequisites: ECON 1 5 1 1 1 5 2 ; CSCI 220; B U S A 3 0 3 (or B U S A 3 0 2 ) , a n d at lea t o n e upper division B USA p refix elective fro m the list of F i nancial Resources Management conce ntration courses. (4) 442 Leadership and Organizational Development Experiential course de sign ed to explore the pri nciples of orga n i zational development. Preparation o f students t o be leaders i n effective, systematic plan ned change programs. Em p hasis o n new organizatio nal fo rms. cultura l change, and the in tervention pro ess. Prerequ isite: BUSA 305. (4)
Strategic Management Study of orga nizational a d m i n istration from the perspective o f
445
stTategic dec ision makers. Formulat ion and implementation of strategic and poLicies to integrate a l l management and busin ess fun ctio ns in support of o rga n i za tio n a l o bj e c t ives. I m plica t io ns o f resource availabili ty, tech n o logy, and the economy; personal val u es, ethics, and social responsibility; public pol icy; i n terna t ional re lations; and co m petitive conditions i n select ing co u rses of a c tion. Includes comprehensive ase analysis. Pre requi s ite s : M ATH 1 28 (or MA1H ] 5 1 and 230); SCI 220; ECON 1 5 1 / 1 5 2; STAT 23 1 ; BUSA 303, 305, 306, 307. (4)
Ex.a m i n a t io n of historical develop me nts in quality process i mprovements in American b usi nesses. Emphasis on rece n t applications of To tal Quality Management and Co ntinuous Quality I m p rovem e n t necessitate a customer focus a n d use of process improvement tech n iq ues. Extensive appl icalion of the quality tools, including statist ical p rocess con t rol, that support co ntinuous improvement i n ma n u fa ct u ring and service settings . Prerequisite: BUSA 3 0 5 . ( 4 ) 449
422 Consolidations and Equity Issues
Sem i n a r course focused on current issues and developments in
409
�on cnt rated study of equiry measurement i nclud i ng t h e ace unting aspects of partnerships, corporations, and consolida tions. Also includes accounting for m u ltinational corporations. Prerequisites: M ATH 1 2 8 (or M ATH 1 5 1 and 230); CSC! 220; BUSA 303 (or BUSA 202) , 320, 3 2 1 , 322. ( 2 )
423 Accounting for Not-for-Profit and Governmental Entities Study of fu nd acco u n t i ng , i n cluding its con cep t u a l basis, its institurlonal stand a rd setting framework and cu rrent principles and practices. Prerequisites: CSC] 220; BUSA 303 (or 202 ) . ( 2 )
Quality Improvement Strategies
Current Issues in Human Resource Management
managing h u m a n resources. Topic a reas may include H RM's growing role i n developing organizational stra tegy, i nte rnational human resource ma nagement, managing the d iverse work force, new paradigms in career development, managi ng the downside o f downsi7.ing, stress management i n the 90s, and training stra t eg ies fo r prepa ring workers fo r the 2 ] st cent u ry. Advanced business students, in consultation with the i nstructor, will select appropriate topics for research and discussion. Prerequisite: BUSA 3 0 5 . (4) 460
International Marketing
I n troduction to ma rket ing problems and opportunities in an internatio nal context. Top i cs include c h a n ges in m a rk e ti ng p rograms when business is conducted across i n ternational borders and the economic and cultural fo rces that req u i .re these changes. Prerequisite: j u n ior stand ing. (4)
B U S I N E S S o
467 Marketing Research ue a n d u s e s of marke t i n g resea rch in the business ci ' i o n - m ak i ng process. E m phasis on research des i g n , v a rious survey m ethods, research i n st rume n t s , and sampling plans as they relate to marke t i n g co n s u me r p roduct i n domestic a n d i n t e rn a tional environments. Prereq u is i tes:
STAT 2 3 1 , C
1 220.
associated w i t h i n ternational ope rations, as wel l as home country d iveroity; and change, through con t i nuous d i agnosis, t ra n s i t i o n planning, and action i mp l emen t a t i o n a n d eval u a t i o n .
(4) 506 Managing t h e Value Creation Process I I ntegra t i o n of marke t i n g, resea rch a n d developmen t , e n g i neer
(4)
i n g and design, operat ions management, management acco u n t
468 Marketing M anagement
i ng, a n d M I S concepts a n d met h ods from t h e perspective o f t h e
n
i ntegra ted appl ication of marke t i n g mi.'\( concepts i n a
compet i r ivc busi n ess s im o la t ion. Student teams apply marke t i n g
strategies to t e s t t h eir gro up's skills, develop a b u s i n e ss plan, a n d construct a n an nual rep o r t . Prerequisites: MATH 1 2 8 ( o r MATH 1 5 1 a n d 230); SCI 220; ECON 1 5 1 / 1 5 2 ; STAT 23 1 ; BUSA 303, 306, 307, a n d one upper d iv is io n m a rket i n g course. (4) 479 Implementing Advanced Systems Impl men t a ti o n of advanced ma nufac t u r i n g , i n forma t i o n a n d service deJivery systems. Exami n a tion of project m a nagement
Ie h niques, orga n i zatio n .. 1 and tech n ical hallenges (I n d appro priate designs for i m p k'm('nt i ng orga n izations. Prereq u i s i tes:
v I l ATH 1 28 (or MAf"H l S I a n d 2 3 0 ) ; CSCI 220 o r 144; E C ON 1 5 I 1 J 5 2 ; ST T 23 1 ; B USA 303, 306, 307; I3USA 3 7 1 . (4) 489 Study Abroad F LU-s po n ored academic or experien tial study in other (olUl t rics. Prerequ isite: junior s t a n d i ng. ( 1 - 3 2 ) 4 90 Special Seminar em i na r o n specifically selected topics in business.
49 J Directed Study Illd ividual ized slullies in consultat ion w i t h an instructor. Pre re q u isi t e s : j u n i o r standing a n d i nstructor approval. ( 1 -4) Internship
icat ioll of bus iness kn owledge in field setting. Credi t granted determined b y hours spent i n working environment a n d dep th of project associated w i t h t h e course o f stu dy. 503 Understanding and Managing Financial ResOluces Illtegra ted study of financial dec i s i o n - m a k i n g variables ( b o t h b(lok a nd market ) , t he rela tionsh i ps among them, a nd relevant decision theories/models. Primary perspective i s that of the financial manager, ra ther than the acco u n tan t o r the external investor. ( 4 ) 504 Legal and Ethical .Environment o f Business Backgro und for u n derstan d i ng and a c t i n g upon t h e legal and ethical issu es decision makers i n the bus iness world face today. The fi rst p a r t o f the course provides an overview of t h e main elemen ts of t h e American l e ga l system. especially as t h e y relate to the b u s i nes� world . '£I p ics i n clude judicial process dnd its relationsh i p to the operation of busi ness, aven ues of d isp ute resolu.tion, Lhe interaction of business with government regula tory agencies, and Const i t u t io n al guarantees appl icable in a busi ness con text. The second part of t h e cour e sets fo r t h the basic I.cgal principles in areas o f subs t a n t ive law o f special i n terest to b usi.ncs", s uc h as contract law, tort a nd product liability, i n te.llect ual properly and com puter l aw, ag<:n cy, and business o rgan i z a t i o n s . S t u d e n t s as potential managers and em plo yees relate i s sues to rea l-life s i t u a t i ons and develop a concept ual basis for u n dersta nding t h e c o m ple x re l a t i o ns h i ps betwee n business, governlne n t, J n d global socie ty. (4)
505 Managing Effective OrganJzalious Ex� i n � how leaders ma nage fo ur sets of fa ctors to ach ieve rga n i zationaJ e Cfecti eness: t. h e o rganization's i n ternal environ lent, by developing co m p etencies in setting direction, commu n i c a t i ng. motivating, resolving cont1icts, cla rify i ng goals and work roles, and d e velopi n g teams; the Qrgan iza t io n's e nv i ro n ment 1 co n text, t h rough an a l yz i n g organ izati n design con t i n gencies a n d creating a p p ropriate responses; culturaI d i fferences
entire value crea t i o n process w i t h i n a business. Advanced models .. nd a n al y t ical mcthods are i n t roduced to demonstrate how to i n tegrate multiple fu nctions from a va l ue- crea t io n perspective. Prerequis i tes: E ON 500, ECON 5 0 1 , BUSA 5 0 3 . (4)
507 Managing t h e Value Creation Process n C o n t i n ua t io n of BUSA 506, M a n a g i n g the V a lue Crea t i o n Process. Prerequi i tes: E C O N 5 0 0 , S O l ; BUSA 503, 506. (4) 509 Business Strategy in a GLobal Context An i n tegrated s t udy 0 b u s i n ess strategy formula t i o n a n d impleme n t a t i o n u n d e r con d i t ions o f con t inuing economic, tech nological, and comp e t i tive change. Emphasizes the d i fferences, s i m ila r i t ies, opport u n i t ies, a.nd t h reats across t h e global business enviro n m e n t . Explores i ndust ry, comp e t i tive, and company a n alysis and i mp o rt a n t co nsiderations in developi n g a n d sust a i n i n g a comp e t i t ive advantage. I ncludes advanced readings, s e m i n a r discussions, co m p rehens ive case studies, and a field con sul t i n g project. Prerequisites: BUSA 503, 504, 505, 506, 507. (4)
530 Financing New Ventures Project oriented class covering market research, pro forma cash flow p roject ions, financial fe as i b il i t y s i mulation w i t h h a n d s on project fi nancing applica t io n s. Development of a specific business plan which can be taken to a fi n a n cial i n s t i tut i o n . Prerequisites: ECON SOO; B U S A 5 0 3 . ( 2 ) 535 Finandal lnvestments Emphasis on concepts, p r i n c ip les, and issues rela t i n g to i n d ividual s ec u r i t ies : risk, return, and val u a t i o n of bonds, p referred stock, co m mo n s tock, options, wa rran ts, convert ibles, and futures; determina tion and t e rm s t ructure of m a rket interest rates; m arket t ransactions st ructure, capital ma rket cfTiciellcy. Prerequisites: ECON 500; BUSA 503. (4) 537 Decision Models and Strategies for Financial Managers In-dep th exa m i n a t i o n of risk-retllrn rela t i o n s h ips in the cons t ru c t i o n/revisio n o f real asset p o r t folios and a s soc i a t e d fi n a n i n g strategies. Focus is long-term. P r i m a r y perspective is t h a t of t h e financial manager, rather t h a n the acco u n t a n t or t h e external i llve t o r . Prerequisite: ECON 500; BUSA 5 0 3 . (4)
542 Management o f Cluinge Detailed exami na t i o n of techn i q ues fo r diagnosing opport u n i t ies req u i r i n g cha nge. Plan n i n g , imple m e n t i n g , i n t erven i n g, a n d evaluating changes. Emphasis o n t h e p roblem assess m e n t skilIs o f i nternal c h a n g e a g e n t s . Prerequisite: BUSA 505. ( 2 )
543 Designing Reward Systems E xplora tio n of reward system p hilosophies and trategies i n clud i n g consideration o f i nttTnul co nsistency, exlernal competi tiveness, a n d alternat ives to t r a d it i o n al reward systems. Under s t a n d i n g of compensatioll p ractices. The role o f motiva t i o n i n developing co mpensation ' yslems. Prereq u is i te; B U S A 5 0 5 . (2)
545 Continuous b nprovement Strategies A s t udy of co n t i n uous i mprovemen t st rategies fo r organ iza t io ns.
Focus o n m a naging for q u a l ity, i n cluding orga n i z a t ional an alysis, process development, and selection of i m p rovement tools.
St rategies fo r solic i t i ng e mploye e involvemen t. P re r eq u i site: B SA 5 0 5. ( 2 )
n o c
o
z Cl
C H E M I S T R Y V1
W LL o V1 a: :J o U
w cr: UJ o
549 Contemporary Human Resource Management eminar addressing curre n t issues in human resource ma nage ment. Topics may i nclude sta ffing, healt h care costs, t ra i n i ng, team-building, employee involvement, workplace violence, uhstance abuse, ADA com pliance, harassment, and workplace di ersity. Consideration of su ccessflll strategies of p rogTessive companies. Prerequisite: BUSA 505. (2) 553 Thansnational Management Exa m i nation o f ways i n which traditional approaches to globalization-m ultinational adaptation, worldwide technology transfer, and global stand'Hdization-may be synthesized into transnational stratet,'Y and practice. Emphasis on analyzing foreign environments and political risk, developing and manag ing global strategic allian ces, integrating and con tr !ling dcross borders, leveraging leading-edge practices, negotiating across c lLltun:s, and de eloping global compcten ies for fu nctional, country, and top-l evel ll1anagers. Impl ications for small as wel l a s fo r la rge organizations. Prerequisite: BUSA 505. ( 2 )
New Venture Management Examines the cntre.pr neurial skills and conditions needed for eff< Clive new bu i ness start-ups. :pecifie issues such as the appropriate selection and charocteri�tics of new venture leaders and staff, capitaliza tion and financing, market entry, and ma na ge m e nt of transition challenges encoun tered across the ent ire life cycle of the venture are con s idered using case s tudies and presentations. ( 2 ) 558
560 Global Marketing Management Des ign i ng and managing marketing activi ties a c ro � s national bounda ries. Topics include strategic marketing plans, product mouwca t ion or creation for foreign markets, i n teracting with political players and how culture, geography and economics a ffect marketing plann ing. Prerequisite: BUSA 506, 507. (2) 566 Developing New Products/Services Study of the process required for developing a new prod uct or service. Some areas addressed include the external environment (economic conditions, competition, and intend d market) and i n ternal variables such as re s o urces a nd company mission. Small student teams ' i l l create a n e w p roduct/service co n ce p t and establish a ti meline for its development. Prerequisite: B S 506, 507. ( 2 )
proj ect manager roles, leading the project team, dealing with u ncertainty and u n familiarity, p rojec t management structures, management i n formation needs and uses, and planning and control techniques. Prerequisite: BUSA 505. (2) 590 Seminar Selected advanced topics. ( 2 -4) 59 1 I ndependent Study Individualized reading and studies. Minimum sup ervision after initial planning of studen t 's wo rk. ( 1 -4 )
Chemistry The h istory of civilization is inseparable from the h is t o r y
of chemist r y. Everything t h a t occurs i n natu re-from mental processe� and behav i or, to the fu rniture we l i ve a ro u n d, to t h e tooLs
we
use fo r work or play, to the prob
lems of po llu ti on-is chem ically based. Chemistry seeks to
matter, as well as it co m po s i t i on and energy co n te n t cha nge. Use o f this knowledge i n fluences o u r l i e s i n many p ro fou nd ways. Whether i n terested in the chemical profess ion i ts el f, und erstand the fu ndamental nature of
how
i ncl u d ing biochemist ry, polymer chemistry, rad i at ion chemi try, and o th er speci a l i t ies, o r in chem-istry i n conju nction with o t h e r fields s u c h as busine
, the s o i
sciences, and the h u ma n i t i es, students will h ave su itable programs available to meet their i n terests at PL
. Diversity
i n career planning is a key concept i n the hem - ist ry departmen t . Programs are available which are broa dly
appl icable to the health, biological, phy ical, envi ronmen tal behavioral, and fu n d a m ental chemical sciences. The ch e m i st ry depart ment's courses, curriculum,
facuity, and fa ilities are approved by t11e American Chemical S oc i e ty . The staff of s e ven persons wit h doctor ates has composite expertise i n v i rt u a l ly every field o f p u re
and applied chemistry. The fac u l t y a re very active in basic and a pp lied research, a nd most are a lso sign i ficantly i nvolved in the com muni t y, applying their expertise to
567 AsseSSing M arketing Opportunities Learnjng to i dentify and analyze marketing oppo r t u n i t ies. Understanding ma rke t segmentation, p ro d u c t p o s i t i o n ing and pricing t hrough research analysis. Topics include research design, su rvey meth ods, and statistical analysis. Emphasis is placed on being able to iden tify problems, select appropriate resear h tools, interpret results and convey the results to end -users of the research. Prer quisite: B USA 506. (4)
spectrometers; X - ray crysta l lograph i c cameras; gas a n d
574
l i quid chroma togra phs; gas chro m a tograph-mass
Advanced Service and Manufacturing Delivery Systems The course deals with the man agerial and operational challenges of a dvanced service and manufacturing systems characterized by tight integration, short time c ycl es and considerable vHiet)' and scope. I n pa rticular, computerized , dvanced manufacturing s)'stem, J IT, synchronous manufacturing, and c usto me r in tegrated service sys-tems will be discussed. Such systems will be reviewed as compet i t ive strategies along with the a ttenda n t organizational implications. Prereq uisite: l:3 U S A 506, 507. (2) 577 Project Management Study of the un iqu e co nditions, challenges, requirements, and techniques as ociated with designing and managing major non repetit ive undertakings. Topics include the appl icabil i ty o f project mal1agement, t h e relationship of the project l i fe cycle to the nature of activities and composition of the p roject team,
enh ance the quality of l i fe of the ci tizens. The depa rtment uses nu merous scientific instruments
in the laboratories. Such major research and teach i n g
MHz Fourier t ran form nuclear i reso nance, Fourier transform i n frared, ultra violet, visible, emis ion, and electron spi.n resonance equipment include: 3 0 0 m a g ne t
spectrometer; precision refractometer; di polometer; short path distil lation a p paratu s; scin-tillation coun ter; zone refiner; fluo rometer, and C - H - N an alyzer. Facu l t y research projects involv i n g st udent participation are i n progress in many i m portant fields of chem istry.
prop rties, I ser spect roscopy, toxicology o f tribulytin, synthesis of
some o f the areas a re: polymer structure and
heterocyclic compounds, chem i cal cleavage of lignin, en i ron mental mon i tori ng, structural and magnetic s t u d i es o f i n o rganic complexes, organic kinet ics, photochemical rea ctions, characterizatio n of fungal enzymes, the role o f nut rition i n health, and the b i ochemistry of d rug actions.
FACUlTY: wank, Chair; Fryble, G iddings, Huest is, Nes�e t, Tonn, \Naldow.
C H E M I S T R Y o m
es
in chemistry are the Bachelor of A r ts and the Bachelor fo r students wishing to s t ructure their undergraduate
'on around a ful l chemistry major. The B.A. program is the m i n i m u m p reparation suitable for further p rofessional studies and i s often combi ned with extensive study o r a second major i n a n all ied field. The B.S. program involves additional chemistry courses and serves both students going d i rectly i nto employ ment on grad uation and those goi n g to graduate programs. It is o ffered with emphasis in chemistry, biochemistry, or chemical physics. The first option is an A merican Chemical Society certified p rogram. The latter two options are o ffe red in cooperation w i t h the b iology and physics departments fo r stu dents wishing to work at the i n terfaces between chemistry and biology or physics. Students co ntemplating a major in chemistry are invited to discus. their i n terests and plans with members of the chemistry faculty at the earriest possible time. Opportu.n i ties for honors work i n chemistry are described below. Students deciding to major in chemistry should officially declare their i n tent as soon as possible and not later than after having completed Chem istry 3 3 1 and a fter consultation with a
Chemistry 3 2 1
Chemistry 4 1 0
Core Course r s)
Core Co urse r s )
Electives
Electives
Senior Chemistry 460
Chem istry 435
Electives
Electives
I . Refer to the D ivision o f Natural Sciences secti o n of this catalog fo r other begi n n i n g c u r riculum options.
2 . The department stresses the i m portance o f taking physics d u r i n g either the freshman or the sophomore year. This permits a better u nderstanding of chemis try and enables a student to complete degree requirements w i t h no schedul i n g d i fficulties i n t h e j u nior a n d s e n i o r years. Students i n terested
fo reign language requirement u nder O p t ion I, o r who des i re to attain or ma intain a language p roficiency, should take a language course as part of their op tional selections.
faculty adviser in the chemistry department. Transfer students
to Bachelor o f Science graduates by vote of the faculty of the
adviser no later than the beg i n n i n g of their j u nior year.
chemistry department, based on the studen t's performance in
The chem istry department considers computer usage to be an increasingly i mportant tool i n profess ional and personal activitic . F u rther, laboratory work in the department p laces considerable emphasis on com puter use. Therefore, the depart ment strongly reco m mends that a student p l a n n i n g to major in mistry take at least one two-credit h o ur course i n compu ter nce.
BACHELO R OF SCIENCE MAJOR ( t h ree alternat ives) : [ . General - leads t o American Chemical Society certifica tion; Chemistry 1 1 5, 1 1 6, 3 2 1 , 33 1 , 332, 333, 334, 3 4 1 , 342, 343, 344, 405 o r 450 or 456, 4 1 0, 435, 460; Physics 1 53, 1 54, 1 63, 1 64 ; Math l S I , 1 52. F o r American Chemical Society certifica t i o n , 450 and either 405, 440, or 456 are requ i red. 2. Biochemistry emphasis: Chemistry 1 1 5 , 1 1 6, 3 2 1 , 3 3 1 , 3 3 2 , 333, 334, 34 1 , 343, 403, 405, 4 1 0, 435, 460; B iology 1 6 1 , 1 62, 323; fo u r h o u rs selected from Biology 3 26, 328, 3 3 1 , 346, 359, 385, 407, 44 1 or Chemistry 342; Physics 1 53, 1 54, 1 63, 1 64; M a l h 1 5 1 , 1 52. 3 . hClllical-plzysics emphasis: Chemistry 1 1 5, 1 ] 6, 3 3 1 , 332, 333, 334, 34 1 , 342, 343, 344, 460; Physics I S 3 , 1 54 , 1 63 , 1 64 , 3 3 1 , 3 3 2, 336, 3 56; Math 1 5 1 , 1 52, 2 5 3 . Generalized Chemistry Curriculum for the B.S. Degree FALL
SPRING
I . Course work: The grade p o i n t average i n chemistry courses must be a t least 3.50. 2 . Writtel1 work: From the time a student declares a maj o r i n chemistry, copies of o u tstand i n g work ( e.g., laborato ry, seminar, and research reports) will be kept for later s u m mary eval uation.
3 . Oml com m u l1icntiol1: Students must evidence ability to
hemistry 1 1 5
lSI
Physics 1 53 , or B iology 1 6 1
Che m istry 1 1 6 Math 1 52 Physics 1 54 or Bio logy 1 6 2 ( 2 )
fo r b ioche mistry emphasis ( 2 ) O p t i o n a l fo urth course ( 3 )
PE 1 00 or activity Sopholllore Che m istry 33 1 , 3 3 3 Physics 1 5 3 o r Biology 1 6 1 ( 2 ) Two a d d i tional courses C h e m i s t ry 3 4 1 , 343
assisting in laboratory preparation, teaching, or advising; any other chem istry-related employment, o n campus or elsewhere; and participation in ca mpus and professional chemistry related orga n i za t ions. The departmental honors designation will appear on a graduat ing chemistry major's transcript.
BACHELOR OF ARTS I N EDUCATION: Students i nterested i n this degree develop t h e i r chem istry program through t h e department i n conj unction with t h e School o f Education. See
School of Education section. CHEMICAL ENGINEERING: Students i nterested i n p u rsuing stud ies in chemical engineering should see the course outline in the Engil1eering section o f this catalog. The department chalr should be consulted fo r assignment o f a program adviser.
Course Offerings app lications to h u m a n activi ties and the natura l env i ro n mcnt.
(or 336 )
Physics 1 54 or Biology 1 62 ( 2 ) Two additional cou rses Chemistry 342, 344
ations include the extent and quality o f extracurricular work done in background rcad ing, independent study, and research;
Basic pri nciples of chemical structure and react ions, with
Core course
Junior
4. Il1dependelll chemistry-related activities: Positive consider
104 Environmental Chemistry
PE 1 00 or activity
Chemistry 332, 334
participation i n class d iscLlss ion, seminars, help session leadership, and teaching ass istantship work.
MINOR: 22 semester h o u rs, i n c l u d i ng 1 1 5, 1 ] 6, 32 1 , 3 3 1 , 3 3 2 , 333, and 3 3 4 or 3 36, completed w i th grades o f C or higher.
Firs t - Yea r ( 1 ) Math
these areas:
commun icate effectively as indicated b y the s u m of their
BACHELOR OF ARTS MAJOR: Chemistry 1 1 5, 1 1 6, 3 2 1 , 33 1 , 332, 333, 334, 3 4 1 , 342, 343, 460. Req u i red s u pporting courses: Physics 1 5 3, 1 54, 1 63 , 1 64 ; Math 1 5 1 , 1 52.
o c ;;0 m
o m
3. Students desiring to ful fill the College of Arts and Sciences
desiring to major i n chemistry should consult a departmental
should be met by Option J, preferably in German.
(")
i n the Bachelor of Science with biochemistry emphasis should plan to take biology i n the alternate year.
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: In recog nition o f outstanding work the designation with Departmental HOl1ors may be granted
The op tion requirement o f the College o f A r ts and Sciences
m
No p rerequisite; students without h ig h school c hemistry are encou raged to take 1 04 before taking 1 05 or 1 1 5 . Also s u i t a b l e for environ mental s t u d i e s , general science teachers, B.A. i n earth sciences, a n d general u n iversity core requirements or College of A r ts and Sciences Option I II. Students m ust meet the u n iversity entrance requirements in mathematics before enro l l i ng i n the course. J ( 4 )
z Cl
C H E M I S T R Y
\.9 Z
1 05 Chemistry of life
molec ula r structure d es ig n ed to acqua i n t s tude n ts w i t h instr u
Orga n i c and biochemistr ' p e r t i n en t to c h e mical processes i n th e
mentation, data han d ling, correlations with theory, a n d data
human organism; s u it '1 bl
rel i ab i l i t y. Co mp u te r u.sage is en o u r ag ed . Corequisite o r prerequisite: 34 1 , 342. 343 o r consent o f i n s t ructor req u i red fo r 344. 1 I I ( I , I )
for lib 'ral art students, n u rsing students, a n d prosp ective teachers. Students who have not c mpleted h ig h school chemi ·try re
o L.U
::J o u
w w
UJ o
n t l y shoul l take 1 04 before
tak i n g 105. I I (4)
403 Biochemis.try
1 1 5. 1 16 General Chemistry F i rs t semester top ic s incl ude th structure of matter, ato m ic and mol ecular t heol'Y, stales o f m a tter a n d lua nt i ta tive rel a t i o nsh ips. Second s em este r t o p i cs i ncl ude kinet ics, c hemical e q u i l i b r i u m , t he r m o c h e m istry, study o f t h e elements gro u pe d acco rdL n o to the periodic table, r a d i o - c he m ist r y, and i n o rganic quaJitativ an3lysi . Designed p r i m a r i l y for student. who \ ,nt to m aj o r in chemis t ry, b i o l ogy, e n g i ne -ring, geol o g y, or phy ics. Students i n terested i n hea lth sciences sho uld refer to the Preprofessional P rog ra m s se ct i o n a t h i s cat a l og . H i gh s c h oo l c h t m i.!, t ry r quired. Students wit h no h iah s h 01 c h em is t ry o r weak math e ma ti ca l back round sh ou ld take 1 04 before t h i s co u rse . : Math 1 40. Prer q u is itc: 1 1 5 for 1 1 6; I for 1 1 5, L I 1 1 6 . (4,4)
orcqui. it for
2 1 0 Nutrition, Drugs. and the Individual An i n lrodu l i o n to basi me t abo l i c i n te ractions, general ndocr inol ogy, m i nd and b o d y i n t e ractions, a n d roles o f d rugs i n m o d i fy i n g b i o l o gica l a n d behavioral fu nctions. topi
utritjon
include food p re pa rat i o n . "the bala nced meal p h i loso p hy,"
n u t r i t ional myths, t h e effect o f s tr - 5 s . em'ironmental a n d so ielal i n n u c nces on d i e t . Pr 'requi it · : one year o f h i g h school chemist ry or equivalent sugges ted. Meets ge n eral un i vers i ty core r eg u i r ments. 1 (4 )
3 2 1 Analytical Chemj try hemical met h o ds of q u a nt it a t i ve an a l ysis, including volu metric, gravimetric, and selected in t rllme n tal methods. Prerequi s i tes:
1 1 6 and M ATH 1 40. 1 (4) An i n t e rp re t a t i o n of p r o p e r t ies and reactions of
,
1 i p h a t i c and
a ro m a t ic c o m p o u n ds o n the basis o f c u r re n t chem ical lheo ry. or<'qu isi tes:
3 3 3 , 3. 4. I I T ( 4, 4 )
333, 334 Or-ganic Chemistry LaboTatory Reactions anel conve n t i o nal a n d m o d e rn techn iques of s y n t hesis,
. 'para t i o n ,
405 Biochemistry A stu dy of chemi al reactions a n d - t ructures i n living cells. Topi - indude n2yme kinet ics and m ech a n is m s of cat alys i ,
metabolism, and b io hem ical g n e t i cs . Con cep ts introduced i n P hys i ca l C he m is t ry a nd Biochemi try will he a p p l i d i n t h i s course. Laborato r), de s i g ne d to s ti mul a te creativity a n d problem so lvi ng a b i l it ies t h ro ug h t h e use of modern b iochem ical
techni ques. D signed fo r s t u d e n L � i n terest d in gr a d u a te sch o o l or research . P re re q u isites : 3 3 2, 334, 34 l and/or 342 or p erm i s
sion, 403. J I ( 3 ) 4 1 0 Introduction t o Research
A c() urs!;! des i!,'ll ·d t o
i nt rod u ce th
stude n t t o laborator)'
r search te h n i quc$, us of the c he m ica l l i t e rature, i n cl uding
co m pu t e r i ze d l ite r atu re s earc h i n g , research propo'al �lI1d report w ri t i n g . Empha s is on t h ,tudent dcvdo p i ng a nd making
p rogres ' on an i n d epe n de n t c h em i cal res ea rc h p ro b l e m chosen in consultation with a m e m be r of the che mist ry [a c u l t ),. Student will attend . emi nars as part of the co u r e re q u i re m e nt . IJ ( 2 )
435 Instrumental Analysis heory and p ra c t ice of i n s t ru mental meth o d s along viL h basic electronics. S pec. i a l cmpha-, i s placed on elect ron i cs , spectropho
33 1 , 332 Organi.c Chemistry
P re re q u i s i te: 1 1 6.
A l l overv iew, i n c l u di n g biochoemical st r u ct u re , mecha ni sms o f m , ge n e t ics , a n d the b i ochemistry o f the ce l l . M, jo rs a re encou raged t o take both 403 a nd 405 fo r a m o re co m p l ete u n de rstand i ng o f biochemist ry. Also fo r B.A. maj ors <lnd non -maj ors i nte rest ed i n bi hem istry as a supporting field o f kll w led ge . Prerequisi tes: 3 32, 3 34. 1 (4) react ions, metaboli
a n d analysis o f o rg anic o mp o u n ds. ?vl icro sca l c
te h n i q u e s . Must accom pany 3 3 1 , 3 32 . I 11 ( I , J )
336 Organic Special Projects Laboratory I n dividual p r oj cts e m p ha s i z i ng current professional-level methods of synthesis and property determinatioll
f o rga n i c
t ome t r i c , radiocJ1em i c a l , and m a s s s pect ro metr i c m e t hods. Prerequ i . i tes: 32 1 , 4 I a nd/ o r 342, 343. II ( 4 ) 440 Advanced Organic Chemistry t u d " n b w i. I l dev el o p a re p ert o rrc of s y nt h et i c m et h o d o l o gy and a general u n derstanding o f a variety o f o rga n i c reaction mech a n i sms. Top i s may in lude, for exa m ple , s y n t heti c o r ga n ic st ra teg i e and design, the n a lys i s of cl a ss i c aud recent total syntheses fr 111 tlle literat ure, and advanced a p pl i c a ti o ns of instrumentation i n o rga n ic ch e m i s try. Pre r equ isi te : 3 3 2 . a/y
1 994-95 II ( 2 ) 450 Inorganic Chemistry
co mp ound s . This course is an alternat ive to 334 and t y pic a l l y
Techn i q u es of st r uctu ra l deter miIlation ( l R, U V, V1S,
reqLLires somewhat more time commitment.
ray, E P R ) , b o nd i n g p r i n c i p l e s , n on- metal compounds, cOOl'd i n a
tudentJ who wish
to prepare for careers i n chemis try or re la ted a reas should a p p ly for departmental a p p roval of their admission to this course. I I
34 1 Physical Chemistry A stud y of the relat io n s h i p b e tween the energy con tent o f systems, work, a n d t h e physi c a l a n d chemical propert ies o f matt e r. Top ics i nclude class ical a n d s t a r i s t ical lhermodyna m ics, thermochem i s t ry, sol u t i o n p roperties. a nd phase equilibria. Pre re q u is i te: CHEM 1 1 5, M ATH 1 5 2 , PHYS 1 54. 1 (4) 342 Physical Chemistry A stu dy of the p h ysic a l p rop e rt ie s of atoms, molecules and ions, and their correlation with s t r ucture. Top i cs include classical and modern quantum mechanics, bonding theo ry, atomic a n d molecular s t ructure, spectroscopy, a nd chemical kinetics. Prerequisites: CH E NI
l I S. M ATH J 52, P H YS 1 54. II ( 4 )
343, 344 Physical Chemistry Laboratory Expe r i m en ts in thermodynamic , s o l u t i o n behav i o r, a n d
MR. X
t i o n chem i s t r y, organometal l ics, donor/acceptor concep ts,
reaction pa t h w ays a n d b iochemical a p p l i c a t i o ns are covered.
Laboratory indudes synthesis and a n i n -depth ex p lo r a t i o n o f the physical pr pertie of n o n - metal. coord i n a t i o n and organome t a l l i c c o m p o u nds. P rere qu isi te s :
33 1 , 332, 34 1 ; Corequisite 342.
a/y I I ( 3 )
456 Polymers and Biopolymers A co urse presenting the fundamentals of p o l y m e r syn t h e s is , sol ut i on th e r m od ynami c p ro p ert i e s , molecular characterizat io n , molecular weight distribution, a nd solution k i n tics. Free rad i cal . condensation, ion ic, and biopolymer s)'stems
,LTe
covered. \v i t h illustrated ap p l ic a t i o ns taken from the medical. engi nee r i ng, and chemical fields. The o n e-cre d i t laboratory
exa m i ni n g polymer synthesis through ex p er i m e n ts is opti onal. Prerequ isite: 34 1 ; Coreqllisi te, 342. a/y II ( 3 )
C H I N E S E
Seminar ntation by students of knowledge gained by personal library laboratory research, supplemented with seminars by practic ing cientists. Pa rticipation of all senior chemistry majors is re quired and aU other chemistry-oriented students are en couraged to participate. Seminar p rogram IVtll be held during the entire year but credit will be awarded in the spring semester. I II ( 2 )
Electives: ( I 2 sem ester hours)
Anthropology 345 - Contemporary Chinese Culture Business 340 - International Business' Chinese 3 5 1 - Composition and Conversation Chinese 37 1 - Chinese Literature i n Tra nslation History 338 - Modern China History 339 - Revolutionary China History 496 - Semindr: The Third World (NY on China)** Music ] 05 J - The Arts of C h i na Religion 1 32 - Religions of East Asia Religion 390 - Studies in the History of Religion: Ph ilosophical - Religious Traditions of China (A/Y )" Integrated Studies 3 5 ] - Integrated Studies Seminar*
49 1 Independent Study l .ibrary and/or laboratory study of topics not included i n regularly o ffered courses. Proposed project must b e approved b y department c h a i r and supervisory responsibility accepted b y an instructor. May be taken more than once. I II ( 1 ,2, or 4) 497 Research Experimental or theoretical investigation open to upper division students with consent o f department chair. May be taken more than once. Generally consists of an expanded study of the research project developed in 490. I IT ( 1 , 2 or 4) 597. 598 Graduate Research Open to master's degree candidates only. Prerequisite: consent of department chair. I II ( 2-4)
Chinese J 0 1 - Elementary Chinese Chinese 102 - Elementary Chinese (or one equivalent year of university level Chinese, upon approval of the program director)
Electives: (12 semester hours from at least two additional departments)
Anthropology 345 - Contemporary Chinese Culture Chinese 37 j - Chinese Literature in Tra nslation History 338 - Modern China History 339 - Revolutionary China Music 105 J - The Arts of China Religion 3 90 - Studies i n the History of Religion: Philosophical - Religious Trad itions of China (A/Y)"
The Chinese Studie program is an i n terdisciplinary program which is designed to provide students i n terested in China a broad fo undation in Chinese l a nguage, culture, oso hical world view and the eco nomic structure of ina. The program req u i res that major a n d m i n o r students complete coursework in at l east t h ree different disc iplines :
hinese language, histo ry, and a nthropol ogy,
with optional work i n the arts, religion, business, a nd , fo r app lica ble students, i n tegra ted studies. tudents who participate i n the university's China exchange programs ( currently a t the Sichuan Union University and Zhongshan U n iversity) may request that credits earned through these programs be coun ted toward the major or m in or. With the approval of the program d i rector, selected January-term, summer, and experimental courses may be i n cluded i n t h e major or m inor.
FACULTY: A committee of faculty administers this program: uldin, Chair; Barnowe, Clausen, Giddings, Hua, Lee, Youtz. BACHELOR OF ARTS MAJOR: 36 semester hours (24 required, 1 2 elective); students must take at least one Chinese history cour�e. Required 'ou rses: (24 semester hours)
Anthropology 343 - East Asian Cultures Chinese J O ] - Elementary Chjnese hinese J 0 2 - Elementary Chinese ,hinese 201 - I ntermediate Chinese hi nese 202 - Intermediate Chin e Senior seminar, project, or intern.ship - selected in consulta tion with the Chinese Srudies program director. (Possible choices for a senior seminar include H istory 496 and, for ., tudents i n the integrated Studies Program, Integrated St udies 3 5 1 .)
o m
m m
n o c ;;0 m o
MINOR: 20 semester hours (8 required, 1 2 elective) Required Courses: (8 semester hours in Chinese language)
Chinese Studies
and h istory, and a n opport u n ity to focus on the religious-
S T U D I E S
•
Business 3 4 0 a n d Integrated 5wdies 351 may count for program credits only when the individual student's cou rse project is focused on China and is approved by the program director.
., History 496 and Religion 390 may be counted toward program req uirements when these courses focus specifically upon China.
m
z Cl
C O L L E G E
C L A S S I C S
O F
A R T S
&
S C I E N C E S
VI
CJ Z
Classics The Classics P rog ra m is a cooperative effort among the o f Languages, H istory, Philosophy, Rel igion, and Art. Its goa l is to u n i te the "heart of the l iberal arts" with the mind, th ro ug h h istory and philosophy, and the so ul, through reli g i on , a nd to embellish this trinity of themes with the v isual experience of art. This i n terdepartmental major requi.res the completion of 40 semester hours, in c l udi ng a t least one year of one of the dassical l a nguages and two of the other (Greek and Lat i n ) . The rema i ning courses are selected from the l i�t below i n consultation with the program coordinator. Departments
o VI
� o u
CLASSICS COMMITTEE: Snee, Coordil1ator; J an s e n , Oakman, Pilgrim.
o
Latin 1 0 1 -202 - El e m e n ta r y Latin 20 1 -202 - In termediate Greek 1 0 1 - 1 0 2 - Elem en t ar y Greek 2 0 1 -202 - I n termediate Art 1 1 0 - In troductio n to Art Art 1 80 - H istory of Western Art I A r t 386 - I magery and Symbolism Classics 2 3 1 - M a ste rp i ces of European L i te ra t u re Classics 250 - Classical I\ythology 'lassies 3 2 l - Greek CiviLization Classi cs 322 - Roman Civilization a t ural Sciences 20 I - History of Science Th rou gh the
Scientific Revolution
Ph il o sop h y 331 - Ancient Phi losophy Religion 2 1 1 - Re l igion and Literature of the Old Testament Re l i g io n 2 1 2 - Religion and Literat u re of the New Testament ReLigion 2 2 1 - Ancient Church History Re l ig ion 3 3 0 - Old Testament Studies Religion 3 3 1 - ew Testament S t u di es I ndependent Study Cou rses Selected January-term Courses
Students are expected to become familiar with the rea d i ng l ist for that part of the program (art, literature, h istory, philosophy, or rel ig ion ) in which their interest lies. The program is designed to b e flexible. In consultation with the Classics Committee, a student may el ect a course or courses not on the c l ass i c s course l ist. All core classics cours s a re taught o u t of the D e partm ent of La n g ua ges.
College of Arts and Sciences Division of Hu manities
English Languages P h ilosophy
Religion Division of Na tural Sciences
Biology Chemistry Computer cience Earth Sciences ( Geology) _
Engineerin g
Mathematics Physics
Di visiotl of Social Sciences
Anthropology Economics H isto r y
Fam ily Therapy Political S ience ivlarriage and
Psychology
Sociology and Social Work DEGREES OFFERED: Ba ch e l or of Arts, B ach el or of Science MAJOR REQUIREMENT: A major is a sequence of courses in one area, u s u a l l y in one department. A major should be selected by the end of t h e sophomore year. The choice must be approved by the department chair ( o r in case of sp ec ia l academic pro gTa ms, the p rogra m coord inator). Major requirements are specified in t his catalog. The quality of work mu st be 2.00 o r better. D grades may b e co u n t e d toward graduation but n o t toward a major. RECOGNIZED MAJORS: Anthropology Applied Physics Ar t B i olo gy Chemistry
Chi nese Studies Classics Communication Compu ter Engineering Computer S c ien ce Earth S c i ence s Economics Electrical Engineering Engineering Sc i e n c e (3-2) English French Germa n
History I ndividual ized Study Leg al S tud i e s
Ma thematics Music
Norwegian P hi l os o p h y
Physics Political Science Psychology Rel igion Sca ndinavian Area Studies Socia.! Work
Sociology Spanish Theatre
Not more than 44 semester hou rs earned in one department may be applied toward the bachelor's degree in the Col lege.
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES REQUIREMENTS: I n add ition to meeti ng the entrance re q u ir em en t i n foreign language ( two years of h igh school la nguage, oue year of co l le ge l a n g u ag e , or demonstrated equivalent p roficiency), cand idates in the College of A r t s and S ci en ces ( a l l B.A., B.S., B.A.Rec., B.A.P.E. and B.5. P.E. degrees) must me et option I , II, or J I I below: I . Completion o f one foreign language through the second year of coll ege level. This r e q uir em e nt may al 0 be satisfied by comple t i o n of four years of high school s t udy in one fo reign language or by satisfactory scores o n a proficiency exa mina tion administered by the PLU Depa rtment of Languages. I I . C o mpl e tion through the first year of college l evel of a foreign language other than that u s e d to satisfy the foreign language entra n ce req uirement. T h is option may also be met by satisfactory scores on a proficiency examination adminis tered by the PL Department of L a n gu ag es. T I l . Four semester hours i n history, literature, or l ang uage (at the 201 l eve l , or a t any l eve l i n a language other th n that Llsed to satisfy the fore i g n l an g uag e entrance requ irement) in addition to courses a ppl i e d to the general llniversity require men ts, and Four semester hours in logic, mathematics (courses num bered 1 00 or above), computer science, or statistics in addition to courses appl ied to the general llniversity requirements. High sch o o l languages used to satisfy any of the above op tions must have be e n completed with grades of C o r hi gh er. Courses used to satisfy e i ther line of O p t i o n I I I of the College
C O M M U N I C A T I O N
&
T H E A T R E o
Arts a n d Sciences requirement may not be used to sa tisfy
CORE REQUIREMENT: Only t h e following courses from
neraJ u niversity re qu i re m ent s . Any college-level foreign
Co m m unication and Theatre may be used to meet the general
nguage course num bered 2 0 1 o r above used to s a tisfy Op tion I
and any
om pl etion of collegel- level la nguage through 1 0 2 used
to satisfy Opti n IT may also be used to satisfy the Perspectives on Diversity requirement in Cross-Cu.1tural Perspectives. andidate for t h e B.A. i n En g l i s h , fo r the B.A. in Education w i t h concentration in English, for the B.A. in Global Stud ies, for the B. B . A . in I n ternational Business, and fo r election to the Arete Society m u s t meet O p t ion 1 above.
u n ivers i t }, core requirement i n the arts: 1 5 l , 1 60 , 1 6 2 , 1 63 , 24 1 , 358, 3 5 9 , 363, 364, 458.
COMM UNICATION CORE SEQUENCE: Broadcast, journal ism, i nterpersonal comm u nication, and pu b l i c relations majors must take an i n i tial core of cou rses as follows: 1 23, 2 7 1 , 2 8 3 .
NOTE: 1 2 3 and 2 7 1 m u s t be ta ke n i n the sequence listed. Th e y cannot be taken concurrently.
11 o c
DECLARATION OF MAJOR: S tudents who want to declare a com m u n ication major w i th an e m phasis in broadcasting, i n terpersonal commun ication, journalism, or p u blic relations:
Communication and Theatre The fa culty of the Deparqnent of Comm u n ication a n d
I . Will, at
average o f at least 2 . 5 . 2. Wil l have successfully completed the Corrunun ication Core ( 1 2 3 , 2 7 1 , a nd 283 ) with
T he l re i s com m itted t o a p h ilosoph ical perspect ive o n comIDllnication a s t h e pro ess b y which shared u.nder
standi ngs are created between audiences t h rough the use of symbols. Implicit with i n t h is u n derstan d i n g is agree ment upon the assu mption that people i n teract with one
another for the purpose of ach iev i ng outcomes, and t ha t
a
grade point average o f 2.5 or
h igher. Tra ns fer students will be given the opportu n i ty to pass
z
a pre-test on material taught in 1 23 , 2 7 1 , and 2 8 3 .
C'I
BACHELOR OF ARTS MAJORS: Maxim u m of 44 semester hours i n any o f the areas o f concen tration:
I. Crit ical Com m u n ication Studies - required courses: l 23, 27 1 , 283, 3 2 8 , 3 30, 3 3 3 , 433 p l u s 1 2- 1 6 add i t ionai hours from 300
this i n teraction i s acco mplis h ed t h rough a variety o f
and 400 level com m u n i cation courses selected after consulta
media.
tion with adviser. Requ i red supporting areas: 4 hours in
Teaching must balance the need to prepare students
economics, 4 hours i n statistics or research methods, a n d 1 2
with specific skills as communicators with the need to
add i t ional hours i n econom ics, political science, psychology,
locate the learn ing of those skills in the broader context of Lhe liberal arts tradition. We strive to produce st udents
or sociology. 2.
commun ication courses selected after consulta t ion w i t h
of c m m u n ication study. We also endeavor to insure
adviser. Required support i ng areas: 4 h o u r s e a c h i n e co n o m
o u r studen ts have an appreciation of all aspects of the
ics, history, and political science plus 8 add i t i o n a l h o u rs i n one
co m m u n ication spectrum as well as a broader u n derstand
of those areas. Students m ust earn a grade of B in 283 o r have
of the process by which shared mea n i ngs are created.
Within the
the i n structor's permission in order to advance in the
epartment of Commun ication a n d
Theatre, five distinct, yet i n terrelated areas of h u man com m u n ication may be explored: broadcasting, critical
sequence. 3. Public
com mun ication stud ies, journalism, p ub l i c relations, and
from 300 and 400 level com mun ication courses selected a fter
consultation with adviser. Required supporting a reas: 4 hours i n economics, 4 h o u rs i n statistics or research methods, and 1 2
a n d lest their ideas, develop their i n d iv idual abilities, a n d
additional hours i n economics, political science, psychology,
gai n competence i n variou s t rategies for i m p rovin g kills that a pply t o nearly every aspect o f their private and
or sociol ogy. 4. Thea tre - Acting/Directing
and
theatre are excellent. A pe rson's career may ultimately
m u n ication and theatre courses in consnltation w i t h adviser. 5.
6 hours from commu nication Jnd theatre c o u rs e s i n con sulta
anticipated, of cou rse, but i n a rapidly changing world, adaptatjon a n d
suc
ess. As the work environment in the
decades becomes increasingly oriented toward communications, i t w i l l be c r i t i cally important fo r studen ts to have the abi l i ty to com mun icate clearly and
com ing
effect ively, b l t h orally a nd i n w rit i ng. Those who major or minor i n one of t h e communication arts will be fa r ahead of thei r cont mporaries who neglect to prepare fo r t he world of lomorrow.
FACULTY: lnch, Chair; Bartanen, Becvar, H a rne y, Lisosky, >,I rker, R owe, Spicer.
Theatre - Design/Technical Emphasis - req uired co u rses: 1 5 I , 1 60 , 2 2 5 , 2 5 0 o r 4 5 4 , 3 5 2 , 3 56, 363, 364, 425, 4 5 2 or 4 5 3 , plus
turn Ollt to be qu ite d i ffere n t from what was originally certain fu. ndamental skill a n d resou rces are necessary fo r
Emphasis - required co urses: 1 5 1 , 6 hours from c om
1 60, 2 2 5 , 2 5 0 , 3 5 2 , 357, 363, 364, 425, p l u s
publ i c l ives. Career prospects for studen ts trained in commun ication
Relations - required courses: 1 2 3, 2 7 1 , 283, 385, 4 3 5 , 378
o r 384 o r a n approved writing course, plus 20 additional hours
the.alr . Students maj o r i n g i n a ny of these areas a r ticulate
effectiv comm u n i cation. They acquire knowledge and
Print/Broadcast Jou rna l ism - req uired courses: 1 2 3 , 2 7 1 , 283, 384, 480, p lus 24 addi tional hours frOIll 300 and 400 level
who have mas tered the competencies deman ded i n their
ing
o
the t i me of declaration, have a cumul at-ive grade point
tion with adviser.
All c a n d i d a t e s fo r the B . A . degree must satisfactorily complete a formal in ternship of I to 8 s e m es te r hours under the supervision of a faculty member. Students may register for Communication or T he a t re 225
or
425 o r may regist r for Cooperative Edu ca t i o n
3 76 or 4 76 . In the latter case, regular Co o p era ti ve Education
guidelines must be followed. I n ternships do not cou nt as part of the 40-hour miLximum in any o f the areas of concentration. I n addition to requirements l isted above, candidates for the B.A. degree must me t t h e option re q u ire m en t s i n the Col lege of Arts and Sciences.
BACHELOR OF FINE ARTS MAJOR: . t least 54 semester hours in a ny o f the two areas o f co n ce n t ra t i on : 1.
Broadcasting - requ i red courses: 1 23 , 2 7 1 , 283, 373, 3 74, 378, and 3 8 1 , plus 26 hours selected in co nsultation w i t h adviser.
2.
Theatre - Acting/Directing limphasis - required cou.rses: 1 23, 1 5 1 , 24 1 , 250, 3 5 2 , 3 5 7, 3 6 3 , 364, 454, plus 1 8 hours selected
in co nsultation with adviser.
C O M M U N I C A T I O N
&
T H E A T R E
Vl
3 . Theatre - Design/Tech/lical Emphasis - required courses: l S I , 225, 250 o r 454, 352, 356, 363, 364, 425, 452 or 453, plus 1 8 LJ.J
h o u rs selected i n consu l t a t io n with adviser.
o LJ.J Vl
::::J o u
I
to 8 semester hours under the supervi
sion o f a fa culty member. St udents may register fo r Commu nica
of speeches to learn basic skills such as topic selection, research, organization, audie nce analysis, and delivery. Prerequisite:
(4)
Education guidelines mu · t be followed.
321 The Book in Society See Engl ish 322. ( 4 )
225 or 425 or may register for Cooperat ive Ed ucation 376 or 476. In the latter case, regular Cooperative
BACHEWR OF ARTS IN EDUCATION: See School of Educa tion.
322 Publishing Procedures See English 322 ( 4 )
M INORS:
324 Nonverbal Communication
20 semester hours, including 1 23 , 283, 330, 333 or 433, 328 or 436. 2. Pliblic Rela tions: 20 semester hours, incl uding 1 2 3 , 27 1 , 283, 385, plus 4 hours from 400 level com mun ication courses o
techniques o f public speaking. Students complete several types
tion o r Theatre
I.
'.u
writing assignment5 to appreciate the mechanics of writing and the role o f audie nces. Speaking seminar i n t roduces the basic
A l l candidates for the B.f.A. degree must sat isfactorily complete a formal internship o f
cation-related careers. Students complete a nu mber of diverse
ritical Com m u n ication Studies:
selected in consultation with adviser.
3. Theatre: 20 semester hours, including 1 5 1 , 160, 24 1 , 250, plus 4 hours from co m m u nication and theatre cou rse selected in consultation with adviser.
1 23.
Focus on the nonverbal aspects of co m m u nication within the fra mework of in terpersonal i n teraction. Prerequ isite: consent of insnuctor.
1 23 or
(2)
326 Group Communication Su rvey and analysis of small group commun ication the.ory and research. II
(4)
328 Argumentation The study of reaso n - g iving in social decision-maki ng. Analysis
'l . The Dunce lvIiI/or is cross-re ferenced with Ihe School of Physical Education. See the descri p tion of that minor under Physical Hducatioll.
5. The Publishing Ilnd Pri nti ng Arts llitinor is cross-referenced
of the genres, forms, and techniques of arguers. Pa rticular emphasis is given to studying academic, legal, and public policy debates.
I (4)
with the Depa r t m e n t of English. See the description of that
330 Public Speaking
m i n o r under English.
Focus on a variety of speaking situations and presentational methods. Topics vary according to the skill l evel of course participants. Potential topics includ e a udience analysis, technical
Course Offerings: Communication
reporting, using visual aids, and persuasion. Open to both
1 2 3 Communication and Theatre: A Way of Seeing,
majors and non- majors. I II
A Way of Sharing I n t roduces the study of communication and theatre. An over view of the nature of human commun ication; theatre as a distinct communication fo rm; the systematic analysis of co m mu n ication b y scholars. Use of a critical perspective rather t h a n
(4)
333 Foundations o f Communication Theory An in troduction to the theoretical concepts and research tools o f interpersonal and mass co m m u n ication research. Prerequisites:
1 2 3, 27 1 , or consent of inst ruct or. I II ( 4 ) 334 Gender and Communication
a historical o n e . Students lea rn how t o u s c c r i t i cal tools t o examine com m u n ication in various fo rms, including i n terper
Attempts to analyze and understand the relationship between
sonal con texts, theatre, television, film, and p r i n t . I n t roduction
gender and co mmu nication behav.ior. Comparison and contrast
of the research and rea soning tools necessary fo r people seeking
o f male and female co m m unicat ion style , s i m i l a r ities and
a career in a co mmu nication field.
d i ffe rences i n language usage, i n terpersonal dialogues, group
(4)
discussions and listen ing in personal and professional arenas.
225, 425 Communication Practicum One semester hour credit may be earned each semester, but only
4 semester hours may be used to meet un iversity requirements. Students put classroom theory to practical appl ication by c o m m u n ication. An instructor in the area of interest must approve the project and agree to provide guidance. I I I .
resolution, dom inance and i n terruption.
(4)
Designed to acqua.int students with the i n fluence of cultural backgrounds, perceptua.I systems, social organization, language, and nonverbal messages in i n tercultural communication.
234 Introduction t o Research i n Communication The study of methods of gathering, i n terpreting, and evaluating data in the study o f human com muni cation. Both quantitative
(2)
I n terc u l t ural experiences outside the classroom are arranged and will be required. I n te.nded for those whose work or l i festyle is likeIy to in tensely involve them with someone from another culture.
27 1 Media Literacy
(2)
336 Communicating i n BusIness and the Professions
Introduces the critical study of media and their effects by discussing three elements of media literacy: understanding the technical nature o f m edia and providing rudimentary knowledge o f their opera tion; understanding the media as an industry and how the profit motive affects production, presentation and consu mption o f media; and understanding the effects of mediated messages on i n d ividual and collective behavior.
such as assertiveness and aggression, power and conflict
335 Intercultural Communication Workshop
i n d ividually com pleting a project rel a t i n g to an aspect of
and qualita tive research methods.
Analysis of the impact o f gender-based communication issues
(4)
283 Communication as Process: Speaking and Writing
Business com m u n i cators must present their ideas clearly and persuasively; conduct effec tive information gathering and i n formation giving interviews; and understand the sign ificance o f com m u n ication in the orga n izational context. Focus on the nature o f co m m u nication processes in orga nizational settings and opportu n i t y to develop specific com m u n ication skills. Through read ings, di scussion, observation, experience, and eva.Iuation, students wiIl be i n t roduced to publ i c speaking tech
I n troduces writing and speaking as distinct yet i n terrelated parts
niques used in informative and persuasive contexts, interviewing
of the co m m u n ication process. Class divided into two groups;
strategies, and the role of l istening.
each group will spend half the semester in the writing seminar and the o t her haif in the speaking seminar. Writing seminar i n t roduces copy formats and style rules fo r writing in com m u n i -
(4)
C O M M U N I C A T I O N
&
T H E A T R E
437 Advanced interpersonal Communication ernents of a u d i o p ro d u c t i o ll , a nal si.s of program design, ng, a nd p ro d u t ion t o o l s and t e c h ni q u e s . i.e t u re a n d la b o r a to ry. Pre re q u i s i t e: 283 or cons nt of i n t ru c t o r. ( 4 )
374 Video Production Anal)'sis and ap p l i c a t i o n of program des i g n , writi n g and p rod uct i o n tools and tech n iques . Lec t u re a n d laborato ry. Prer quisite: 283 or c n se n t f inSLructor. (4) 378 Broadca t Journalism Techn iques of broadcas t jou rnali.s-m. Appltca t io n s of new. g a lhe r i n g , wr i t i n g , and re p o rt i n g in a broadca t c o n tex t . News a n d �'ature ass i g n men t s u s i n g b ro a d ca l> t e q u ip me n t i n t h e field 3nd t u d io. Prerequ isite: 3 74. ( 4) 380 Newspaper Editing, LaYO"Dt, and Design Sele i o n and ed it i n g of news copy and headline writing. Selection, sizing, and croppina of photos. Functions of layout. Jlrul i pl e s o f new"'pap r design and their pra c r i c al a p -p l i c a t io n s . Prerequisite: 283. (4) 38 1 Media Law a n d Principles Tht' th eo ry and application of l a w i n ne\ s g a t h er i ng, p u b l is hing , and broadcasti ng. ( 4 ) 384 Advanced News Reporting Reporling of p o l i ti cs a n d po l i ce , courts a n d other governm n tal l u nctions, i nvest i gat ive re p o rt i n g Jnd '""ri t i n g . B l e nd o f field t r ips and wr i t i n g eX t' rc is es . P rereq u i s i t e: 283. ( 2 )
Tbe study of the theorics, concepts, and applications of commu
n ication a t the dya d i level. How p e op le i n teract at this level a nd how t h e q ua l itie f tho e i n t e r a c t i o n ' i nfluence their co mmuni cat i o n com p e ten ce a n d s u c cess . Pre req u i s i t e : 3 3 3 o r consent o f i nstructor. ( 4 )
438 Advanced Public Relations Through case studies, ,tudents ex a m i n e cur rent issues i n pu b l i c rela tio ns research .ind p rac t ice . E m phasis on r sea rch model , issues m n age me i l t , influence of orga nizational c u l t u re on the p u b l i c rei t io n ' funclion, and public rel ation s management. PrerequiSite: 3 8 5 or cons e l l t of i n s t r u c t o r. (4) 439 Intercultural Communication Analysis of contemporary t h eo r y and res arch on t h e elTe ts of a va rie t y of c u l t u ral variables on commu nication among people. The influence of c u l tural background , p e. rce p t i on , social orga n i zation, l a n g u a ge, a nd nonverbal aspects o f meso ages i n i ntercul t-ural settings. I n tercultural e.'I( periences outside the class room req u i re d . P re r quis i te: 333. (4) 440 Conflict and CommlJDication Understa n d i n g of the rol e played by co m m u n i ca t i on in the creation, ma .n a g eme n t , and n: s o l u tion of human confl ict. Use o f tile t h e o r ies of ro mine n t w n l li e t a n d peace �cholars and sig n i ficant case s t u d i e s t o d ev el op a me t h o d f or better under t a n di n g the n a t u re and reso l u t i o n of confli t. (4)
p
385 Introduction 1 0 Public Relations Introd uction to the t h eory, research, and p rac t i c al aspects of public rela t i o n '. Problem-<;olving toward c re a t i n g shared under stand ings between p ro fi t and n o n - profit organizat ions and their . can t i t u e n c ie . trong empha is on writing. P rerequ i s i t e: . p le t i o n of co m m u n i alion core ( 1 2 3 , 27 t , 283) and a grade of B- or h igh e r in 283 or consent or i n s t r u c t o r. I II (4)
450 Workshop in Effect ive Public Speaking Audience analy 'is, topi e l ec t i o n , organization of ideas for variolls audienc 5, type. (If s p eec h es , U. of "isual a i d s , a n d delivery. Designed for b o t h novices a n d those w h o have had som ex p e r i e n e a peak rs. wee k - l o n g series of lectures, discussions, rea d i n g , 'ercises, and p racti -a1 a p p l icatio n s to he lp p a r t i c ipant become more comfortable and effecti v e as speakers, ( 2 )
388 Editorial Writing Research and wr i ti n g o f editorials and co m m e n t a r ies for n ewspapers an d broadcast. Function of the editorial a n d d i lOrial pages in t11 news media. Prerequisite: 283. (2)
475 Advanced Media Production P ro d uc i n g , sc r i pt i n g , dire t i ng, p e r fo r m i n g and ev al u ati n g so p h i st i c at e d J u d io a n d video p r o gra m m i ng. Prerequisite: 374. (4)
390 Ethics in Communication St arti ng fro m bas ic prin ciples of moral p h i lo s op hy, students ex:plo ethical issues i n vo l v i n g t. hose e ngaged in comIl1LLI1ica t i o n s professions, s u c h as j o u rn a l ism, p ubl ic re la t i o n s, b ro ad ca s t i n g and advertising, both from the s t a n d p o i n t of the i n d i v i d u al and [rom that of the p ro fe ss i o n . .las ' d i cussion centers on case l udies as st u d e n ts learn to reco gnize eth ica l d il e m m as J n d c re a te s t rat eg i es for de a l i n g with them. II (4)
433 Rhetorical Theory Survey of t he rh torical dimension of co m m u n ication. I nvestiga ti()n of d o m ina n t theor' -ts and critical methods from a rhetorical p e rS' p ec t ive . Pa r t ic u l a r e m p h a s i s on how messages can be under tood and e a l u a t d using a r h e to ri c a l framework. ( 4 ) 435 Organizational Communication Commun ication 5)'stems and studies w i t h i n fo rm a l org a n i za tion.. Focus on theory a n d research of i n formational a n d d i rective co mmu n i c a t i o n as r e la t e d t cha n n e l s , st.ructures, statlls, i n vol v e m e n t s , m o ra l e , a n d l e a de rs h ip . Pre re qu i s i t e: 333 o r co n se n t of i n s t ru c t o r. (4) 436 Persuasion
A nalysb a n d evaluation of the d i mensions of persuasion i n 'ommunication mphasizing c o n t e m p o r ary theoretical models nd r earch. I nves t i ga t i on of how research and models may be ap p l ied i n conlemporary se t t in g s . Pre re q u is i te : 3 3 3 or consent of i n structor. ( 4 )
48 0 In-Depth and lnvestigative Reporting G ro up r e p o r ti ng in depth on a s i ngl i u e . St udents se l e c t the suhje t, o rganiz , the staff, resea rch and i n terviel , p rov i d . illu I rations, edit copy, and lay oUI' t h e c omp l 'ted work. Sub m i ss i o n of the students work to The Mast for p os s i b l e p u b l ic a tio n . Prerequisites: 3 80, 384. (4) 485 Intradisciplinary Perspectives in Communication
A 'eminar to acquai n t s e n i or level co mmlln ication majors
w ith
the relationship of commun ication theor " mass co m m u nica
tioo, and t h e a t re a s part� of the d isci p l i n e o f h u man commll n i cation. L i m i ted to 1 6 s tu d e n ts w h o h a ve com p le t ed the b u l k o f t h ei r major r e qu i re me n t ,; . D isc uss io n o f research a n d phi l o soph ical i ss u es co mmon to the t h re are'lS. St u de n t s co m p l e t e a research p a pe r co ve ri n g S0111e a p p l ic a t i o n of the i ntradisc ip l inary n at u re o f com mu nication. (4) 49 1 , 492, 493 Special Studies in Communication investigations or re sea r c h in area of s p e ci al interest not co vered by regular cour es; open to qualified j un io r or senior students. A s t ude n t should not begin reg is tra t io n [or independen t study u n ti l the specific a rea fo r investigation has been a p p ro ve d b y a de p art m e llt al spo n s o r. ( 1 -4) 596-598 Research in Communication For g ra d u al e tudents onl);. ( J - 4 )
m
z Cl
C O M M U N I C A T I O N V1 <..9 Z w
o w
V1 CC ::::J o u
w w
w
Q
&
T H E A T R E
Course Offerings: Theatre 1 5 1 Stage Technology Basic theory and procedure of all backstage elements in the theatre, costumes, scenery, props, l ights, makeup, and manage ment. I (4) 160 Introduction t o Theatre Study of both p ractical a nd theoretical aspects of theatre. Exposure to thea tre and its numerous offshoots (e.g., fil m , television, rock concerts) through audience participation a n d personal contact. Development of heightened awareness a nd appreciation of what makes for good theatre. (4) 1 62 History of American Film Concentrates on the development and growth of the motion picture in the United States from 1 895 to the present. Emphasis on the film director, whose implementation of film techn i que and theory serves as the formative artistic force i n the c inema. Societal influences such as economic factors, public attitudes and mores, and political positions reflected i n the United States throughout the past 75 years, which provide the film media with shape and thematic focus, will provide parallel points of reference. (4) 163 History of the Foreign Film Concentrates on the development and growth of i n ternational film. Societal influences such as economic factors, p ublic attitudes and mores, and political positions reflected in the world throughout the past 75 years. (4) 225, 425 Theatre Practicum One semester hour credit may be earned each semester, b u t only 4 semester hours may be used to meet un iversity requirements. Students put classroom theory to practical application by individually completing a project relating to an aspect of theatre. An instructor i n the area of i nterest must approve the project and agree to provide guidance. I I I 241 Oral Interpretation of Literature The art of communicating the essence of a piece of l iterature to an a udience; i n terpreting i t experientially, logically, and emotionally. I ndividual and group performance. I II ( 4 ) 250 Fundamentals o f Acting An examination of the work of actors and actresses, their natural and learned skills; exercises in memory, imagination, and observation; improvisations and scenes from modern plays. (4) 35 1 Stage Makeup Specialized work in planning and applica tion of techniques from straight makeup through agi ng, t h ree dimensional, and special effects. ( 4 ) 352 Stage Management All of the facets of managing a theatrical production: planning, scheduling, rehearsal process, documentation, and interpersonal relationsh ips. (4) 356 Stage Lighting Stage l ighting from the develop ment of electricity and l ighting instruments to the complete design of lighting a show. I I (4) 357 Intermediate Acting, The Actor At Work Study of the actor on today's stage. Work on the analysis ilnd performance of the modern realistic play. Practical experience i n the a r t of the actor through performance o f scenes from plays o f t h e modern theatre, emphasis on the importa nce o f play analysis by the actor, and exa mi. nation of current acting theory. Prereq uisite: 250. (4)
358 Advanced Acting Study of the work of an actor; character analysis and embodi ment, using scenes from plays; incl udes styles o f acting as defined by h istorical period. Prerequis i te: 357. II (4) 359 Acting for the Non-Actor Study of the actor's craft and the implementation of theory. Specifically designed for those who have nou rished a curiosity to explore the art of acting b u t have been intimidated by a lack of knowledge or prior experience. I n troduction of acting theory to those who have never participated in any tbeatrical endeavor. Emphasis on i nd ividual awareness and i nterest. Not open to theatre majors or m inors. (4) 363 History o f the Theatre: Aeschylus Through Turgeniev Theatre as it evolved from its primitive origin through represen tat ive societies; Ancient Greece, Rome, Renaissance, Modern European, and American. Emphasis on rel igious, ph ilosophica.l, and pol i t ical thought as reflected i n the drama of each period. I (4) 364 History o f the Theatre: Ibsen Through t o the Present (See description for 363.) II (4) 452 Scenic Design Development of artistic and technical abilities in the field of scenic design incorporating many periods and styles as well as p reparation of models, rendering, and draftings. (4) 453 Costume Design Development of artistic and technical abilities in the field of costume design i n corporating h istory, patterns, and render ings. (4) 454 Play Direction The role of the director, historically and critically; an i ntensive study that is both practical and theoretical i n its approach to the art of the play director. Study of many different directi n g ph ilo sophies. Each student i s required to direct scenes from plays representative of a l l periods of theatre history. A final project, consisting of a contemporary scene, will culminate the course. Prerequisites: 1 5 1 , 250, and junior status. I I ( 4 ) 458 Creative Dramatics Designed to acquaint the student with materials, techniques, and theories of creative dramatics. Students pa rticipate i n creat ive dramatics. Intended for elementary and j u n ior high school teachers or prospective teachers, theatre majors, religious leaders, youth and camp counselors, day care workers, social and psychological workers, and community theatre leaders i nterested in working with children. S (4) 49 1, 492, 493 Special Studies in Theatre I nvestigations or research i n area of special i n terest not covered by regular cou rses; open to qualified ju nior or senior students. A student should not begin regist ration for independent study u n ti l the spec i fic area for investigation has been approved by a departmental sponsor. ( 1 -4 ) 596-598 Research in Theatre For graduate students on ly. ( I -4)
C O M P U T E R
S C I E N C E o m
COMPUTER SCIENCE MAJOR: Students m aj o ri n g i n com
mputer Science
puter sc i e n ce m a y ch oos e
Computer science deals with the t h e o ry, desi gn , and
applic at io n o f com putiJ1g 5y tems and the st udy of the storing and man ipulation o f d a ta and i n formation. The core s t ud y of computer science broadly divi des i nto six
general a reas : so ft w'are des ig n p rogr a mm i n g la n gua g e concep ts, algoritbm , dat a struct ures, computer elements and arch itecture, and th e o retical foundations. The pro gra m a t Pac ific LutheraJ1 n ivers i t y provides a b roa d base core of fu n da men tal material in each of t hes e areas. The p rogram stresses n a l ys i s a n d design exp er i e n c es w i t h s u bsta n ti a l l a b ora to r y work, i n cl u d i n g s oftwa re d e ve lo p
ment. I n additiOD, students are exp o s ed to a variety of p rogra m m i ng l a ll gua ges a n d systems. Students can choose fro m a
number
o f u pper level cou rses which insure
a
depth
of k nowledge in t h e core material as well as an under
s ta n d i n g of c urrent develop ments
111
The B ach e lor of Science d e gree
in
to earn either a Ba helor o f A rt s degree a Bach e lor o f Sc ie n ce d eg ree . The Bachelor of Arts program i s the m i n i m u m p rep a ra tio n s u it a b le fo r fu rth e r p ro fes s ion a l st u d y and is often combined with exte n s ive s t u dy or a second maj o r in an a l l ied field. The Bachelor of S c i e n ce is a s t ro ng. scientific d e g re e which contains add itional courses i n com p u ter science, m a t h em a ti cs , and science a nd serves both students go ing d i rec t ly i n to emp loymen t on gra d u a t io n a nd t h o s e go i ng i n to g r adua t e progra ms. B ot h d egre es a re base d on th e same core courses: Co m p u t e r Science 1 44, 270, 3 8 0 , 486, E n g i ne e ri ng 346, Mathematics 1 5 1 , 1 5 2 , 2 4 5 , 230 (or 3 3 1 ) . Students sho uld b egi n C o m p u te r Science 1 44 - 270 and M a th e m a t i cs 1 5 1 - 1 52 as early i n their p rogr a m as poss i b l e . or
fl Id. co m l u ter science has the
been accred i ted by the C o m p u ter Science Accred itation
com p u ter scien e in c l u d i n g 1 4 4 , 2 7 0 , 380, 486, Eng i n ee r i n g 346, a second computer l a n g u a ge ( 2 40, 242, 243 or 343 a re sug ge s t ed ) . The rema i n i n g h ou r s are from c o m p u t e r science co u rses numbered above 329 (exc l u d i n g 4 4 9 ) . Engi nee r i n g 446, 480 a n d 48 1 co u n t as computer science COllrses. Up t o 4 hou rs may b s u b s t i t u ted from M a t h 34 1 , 3 4 5 , and 346. Re qu i red s upp o r tin g : Math 1 5 1 , 1 52 , 2 3 0 or 3 3 1 , 2 4 5 .
Board, I nc.
h o urs i n COI11science p lu s .:>0 hours of s u p p o r t i ng courses i n m a t h e ma t ics and sc ien ce. The 40 se m es t er hours of co m p u te r s i e n ce must include 1 44 , 270, 3 4 3 , 3 7 5 , 380, 486, E ng i n e e ri n g 3 4 , an d 1 4 a ddi t i o n a l c redits o f a p p roved elective courses, one o f wh i ch must be from 367, 420, 4 3 6, 444. Elec t ive co u rs es s u b m i t te d fo r a p p rov al a re to be s e lect e d fro m the computer science courses numbered above 3 2 9 (exce p t 449 a n d 5 0 1 -5 0 9 ) , En g i n ee ri ng 446, 480, 48 1 , o r h o u rs from Math 356 n o t coun ted toward the 3 0 hours o f req uired su p po r t i n g co u rse•. The 30 hours of s u ppo rt ing courses in m a t h em a t i cs a n d 5Lience must include: I. M a t h I S J , 1 5 2 , 2 4 5 , 2 3 0 (or 3 3 1 ) , 345 (o r 34 1 ) . 2. A m i n i m u m of 1 2 h ou rs of a p p roved science courses which i n c l u des a year's sequence of a laboratory science (Physics 1 5 3 - 1 54 with 1 63 - 1 64, Ch em is t r y 1 1 5 - 1 1 6 . Bio l ogy 1 6 1 - 1 6 2 , Earth Sciences 1 3 1 - 1 3 2, 1 3 1 - 3 25, 1 3 1 - 3 3 5 ) and two ad d i t i onal approved science courses. 3 . The re m a i n i n g h o u rs , i f any, may be chosen from any m a t h course n u mbered . bove 3 2 9 ( except 446) or any ap p rove d
DACHEWR 011 SCIENCE MAJOR: 40 semester
Rosenfeld , ' p i l l m a n . level cl as ses d for students w ith va ri o lls n e e d s :
BEGINNING CLASSES: There a re se ve ra l b eg in n i n g in co m p u te r
s
i ence de'i<Jn
Computer Science 1 15: Solv it with the Compurer! Especially for s tu d e n ts with lit tle or no b a ckg ro u nd in o m pu ter sc ience who w i s h a n i n t ro d u ct i o n t o the u s e of the computer fo r p roblem solving. No t r e co m me n de d for s t u d e n t s w i th trong ma t h ema tics backgrounds. This c o u r s e also a l isfies the Ma thema tical Re. s o n i n g req u i re m e n t. Compllter Scit'/lce 220: Computerized 1rlformatioll Systems s p ec i a l l y app ro p r i a te for b u s i n ess majors a n d other students wishing an i n t ro d u ct io n to t h e computer and a p pl i ca t i o ns of software packa g es . omputer Sciel/ce 1 44: Illtroductiofl to Computer Science (Pascal) For students m aj o r i n g in computer s ci e n ce , e n g i n eer i n g , math matics, most sc i e nce m aj o rs , and the m an ag m Ilt info rm.a tion systems ( MIS) concentration i n b usiness as well as o t hers w i sh i n g , s t rong e x p e ri e n ce in co m p u ter p ro g r a m m i n g .
Comp1lter Science 270: Data Stmctures This is the second cour 'e i n the maj o r. With d epa r t me nt a l a p p ro v a l , st udents with a strong Pascal p ro gra m m i ng background m ay receive advanced placement into this course . COMPUTER EQUIPM ENT: All s t u d ents have unlimited access to th e u niversity Co m p u t e r
enter's u se r- room fac i l i t ies. These
include 52 IBM PCs, 25 Macintoshes,
and 20 te r m i n als all o f
wh ic h are networked t o a VAX4700 and an /\...,, 1' 3400S. S tu de n t s als have access to t h e s e time-shared co m p u t e r s from their residence haU rooms v i a the c a m p u s Liber op t i c network. The De p a r t men t of Compuler 'cjence also m a i n t a L n s i ts own l<lbo rato ry, w h i c h con t a i n
eXT workstations. Macintosh a nd IBM PC s. A l l m3 c h i n e s are on the ethcrnet and are acce s si b l e th ro u g h the campus network co m p u ters,
N w o rkstat ion.,
and
s
hav acce
to INTERNET.
OM PUTER CAREERS: Graduates with computer sc ien ce
egrees have a w ide range of career o p p or t u n i t i es o p e n to t h e m , i ncl u d i ng software development, systems a n a l ys i s , Ilardware devciopment, database managemellt, c o m p uter p ro d u c t sup p o r t, ed ucation, a n d a p p l icatio ns p ro g ram m i n g.
m
n o c
m
o
m
BACHELOR OF ARTS MAJOR: At l ea s t 26 semester h o urs of
Co m m ission of the Computing Sciences Accredita t i o n
FACULTY: Hau er, Chair; B e r m a n , Blaha, Brink, Edi on,
m
p u ter
science course. 4. A p p roved sciences courses are: any
B i o logy except 1 1 1 , 1 1 2; a ny ' hcmist TY exce p t 1 04, 1 05 , 2 1 0; a ny Earth Sciences e.,'{cept 2 2 2 ; any Physics exce p t 2 0 5 ;
Engineering
234, 3 3 3 , 334,
3 4 5 , 434. The Bachelor of Science d eg ree in Computer Science h as
been accredited by the C o m p u te r Science Accred itation Co m m is s i o n of the Co mp u t i n g Sciences Accreditation Board, Inc.
MINOR IN COMPUTER SCIENCE: Co mp u ter Science 1 44, 270, 380,
and Engineering 34 p l us a second co m p u ter l a n gu a ge .
Req u i red support i ng: M.ath 1 5 1 or 1 2 8 .
MINOR IN INFORMATION SCIENCE: C o m p u t e r Science 1 44, 2 7 0 , 3 67,
Business
302, 3 2 0 , 3 74, 4 7 9 .
or 303, 37 1 , p l u s 4 ho urs from Busine s Strongly recommended: C o mp u t e r Science
202
242 o r 2 4 3 .
SECONDARY TEACH ING MINOR: S e e d e s ri p t io n under
School of Education. ELEMENTARY TEACHING MAJOR: See d es c ri p t i on LLnder
School of EdL/catiol/. STATE ENDORSEMENT REQumEMENTS:
See description
u nd e r School of Education. MASTER OF ARTS IN COMPUTER APPLICATIONS: See
Gmduate Studies.
z G)
C O M P U T E R
S C I E N C E
MASTER OF SCmNCE IN COMPUTER SCmNCE:
See Cmdutlte St udies.
Course Offerings o
u
w cr:
o
A g rade of or h igher is strongly recommended in a l l p rere q u i si t e cours e s . 1 1 0 BASIC I n l rodu tion to in teract ive co mp uting, branching, loopi ng , subsc ripts, fu nctio ns, i n pu t / outp u t , s u b routi n e s a nd si m p l e fi l e t ech n i ques in the context of the BASI C language and syst 'm de elopment. Not normally taken by com p u ter s ci e nce majors. P r e re q u i sit e : h igh chool algebra. ( 2 )
1 1 5 Solve I t With the Computer Teaches how u s e of the computer can be combined with ma themat ical re as on in g to solve p ro b l em s . Students will be i n t ro d u ced t o a preadsheet package and other computer tools used in the problem solving process. To pics from elementary statistics, financial transactions, and other a rea s where math ematics and data are used in e ve r y day l i fe. Prerequisite: fulfillment of the entrance re q u i re m en t in mathematics. (4) 144 Introduction to Computer Science An in t rod u ction to compu ter science including algori thm de sign, structured p rog ra mm ing , numerical/non- nu merical appli cations and use of data files. Ethical and social i mpacb of computing \ ill be d i s c uss ed. The Pascal progra m ming language wi.lJ be used. Reqllired for computer science maj o rs and m inors. Pr e re q ui site : 4 years of high school mathematics or Math 1 40 or e q u i v alent. I Il (4) 199 Directed Reading Super 'sed tudy of t o p ic s selected to m e e t the individual's n e e d s or i ntere st s , p r imarily for students awarded advanced placement in computer science. Admission only by depar tment invitation. ( 1 -2 ) 2 1 0 Introduction t o Computerized lnformatioD Systems I nt rod u ction t compu ter ineluding operating systems, word p ro e 5s i n g , spreadsheets, and database ma nage me n t . Examp les o n rEM PC's. tudents cannot take both 2 1 0 and 220 for cred i t . Pre requ isite: MATH 1 28 o r 1 40 or equivalent. ( 2 ) 220 Computerized lnfol'Dlation Systems I ntroduction to computers and their use including manageme n t information syst ms dey l op m e nt, telecommun ications, o p e r a tin g s 'stems, s p readsheets, g r ap bks, and database manage m nt. E xa mp le s o n I BM PC's. Studen will demonstrate usc of a word processor. ( dditional class sessions on word proc e ss ing a r e available, i f ne ed ed . ) Students cannot take both 220 and 2 1 0 f( r cred it. Prerequ is ite: MATH 1 28 o r 140 or eq u iv al e n t. I I I (4)
240 FORTRAN Pro grammin g An accelerated i nt I' du ct i on to t h e FORTRAN programm i ng lan guage. Study of t h e rules of sta te m e nt formation. Top ics i nclude input/output, computation, branching, looping, data types , and subprograms. Numeric and non-numeric pro b le ms will be solved. Some p re v i o u s e.x per ienc e with p ro g r a m m i n g is recom mend ed . Prerequisite: NlATH 1 2 8 or 140 o r e q u iv al e nt. a/y ( 2) 242 COBOL PTognmming
Presentation and application of the COBOL p ro gr amm ing languagt: to busine s problems. Prerequ isite: 1 44, 1 1 0, 220, or consent of inst ructor. aly II (2) 243 C Progr�g A wo rk h o p in the C prog!' mming la ng u age fo r e x p e r i e n ce d
programmer of other h igh-l vel l a n g uag s. Pre req u i si t e : 270 or kno\ ledge of a h i g h level p rogram ming langu a ge . 243 and 343 cannot both be taken for cred it. II ( I )
equivalent
270 Data Structures Contin uation of Pascal program m i ng t echni q u es and a , rudy of data s truct u r e s including linked l i s t s , tr es , queues, stacks and graphs. Applications of these fo rms to sorting, searching, and data storage will be made. P re req u i s ite : a grade of C - or hig h e r in 1 44. I II (4) 3 2 2 Microcomputers in t h e Classroom
Introduction to the us of microcompute r in educational I ) The computer as a teacher tool us ing word processing, s p r ead s he e t, and (Trading programs, 2) Computer a sisted instruction, 3 ) Software e val u a tion, 4) Integrating software i n t o t he cur r ic u l um , 5) C o pyrigh t laws and public domain oftware, and 6) Software currently used in education se ttings . Pre or co-requisite: .DUC 253 or 262. Does not cou n t toward d e gr ees i n computer ience. ( 2 ) s e t t i ng s . Topics:
330 Introduction t o Artificial Intelligence An i n t roduction to concepts of a rtificial i n telligence, including exp e r t systems, natural lang u age processing, i ma ge u nderstand i ng , and pro b lem solv i ng tech niques. Consideration given to the eth i c a l and social dilem mas pused by A I . T h e A I p rogr a m m i n g lan g uage LISP will be taught and used in several p roj e ts. Prereq uisite: 270, Math 245. a/y 1 996-97 I (4) 343 Programming language Concepts
A study and compa ri'on of feat ures found in differen t com p uter languages. I mperat i ve ( including C), object-oriented, fu n c t io nal, and declarative l a nguage s will be studied. P ro g ra m s will be written i n s ev era l o f the l a ng u a ge s . P re req u isite: 270. " (4) 348 Modeling and Simulation
An applications stru tured p rogra m m ing course solving various problems. Statis t ics, data structures, mathematical m od e l i ng , simulation, documentation, and team p r o gramming techn i q ue s will be applied. Prerequisites: MATH 245, CSCI 270 and eithe r MATH 345 or MATH 34 1 . a/y (4)
367 Data BB.Se Management An i ntroduction l tht' funda mental concepts nec<:ssary for the de ign , use, aud implementation o f d a ta b a s e systems. The entity relationship and relational models are s t u d ied i n detail. Indi vidual, organiz.ation, and s o ci et a l concerns related to accuracy and pr i vac y of data will be d i s c ussed . The course incl udes a major s ma l l - g ro u p project. Pr e re qui si te : 270. " (4) 375 Design a n d Analysis o f Algorithms Basic data st ructu r es reviewed a nd applied to t h e analysis of pro b l e m s associated with s ea rc hing , sorting, stri ngs, and minimal paths. S t u dy of the complexity and storage re q u i re m 'nts of the algorithms. Use of [ o p- d ow n and structu red p ro g ra m m i n g. P re req uis i t e : 270, MATH 245. I (4) 380 Assembly Langu age and Computer Organization C o m p ute r assembly language applied to v a r i o u s problems. Topics in clude data for ms, instruction formats, addre -sing, link ing, macro defin ition, and computer arch itecture. Prerequisite: 270. · t rongly rec mmended: ENGR 346. (4) 385 Computer Architecture An introduction to the structure and o p er at in g of l a r ge co m p ute r systems. Top ics i n clude data representaLion, mem or y structure, I/O p r oce ss ing , m u l t i - p rocessing s y st ems such as pa r a l l e l , p i peli n e , and stack machines. Example s of the architec ture of several brge systems are analyzed including TI ASC, eray and Intel Hypercube. Pre r e q u is i te : 3 80, MATH 245. ( 2 ) 386 Computer Networks An in troduction to cOIilpute r networks and compu ter commu nication. Topic� include system top Jlogy, message and p acket swi t c h i n g, bus structures and data-link transmission. P rereq u i site: E G R 346. a/y 1 995-96 (4)
C O M P U T E R
I Problem Solving and Pro gra mming Seminar is cou rse i s designed to i mprove advanced problem solving
o m 490 Seminar in Computer Science Selected t op ic from the l,ist below or t opic of c u r rent i n terest i n
and progra m m i n g skills, including advanced data structures. A
th e discipl ine. ( 1 -4)
goal of the course i pa r t icipa ti on in the regi o nal A M program
3.
m ing c om pet i t i on . Pass/Fai l only. Students may take this course more
graph i
s.
270
n i qu e s fo r the reliable design of compu ting systems.
p r ogram m ing a ss i gn m e nts plus a proj e c t . Prerequisi tes :
program access to comp uter system. "Topics i n c l u d e data encr y p t ion, code b rea ki ng t ec h n ique s , access con t rols a n d
te c h nique s used i n t h e design of parallel programs i n cl ud i ng
An engineering approach to the development of large software opies include software re quire me nts definition,
a n d a p p l ica t ion of tec h n iques for
issues surr u n d i n g software engi neering. This co u rse includes a major s m a l l -g roup p roject. Pr e requi s i t e: 270, M TH 245. a/y
e. Parallel Processing Topologies: A s u rvey of several of t h e standard s u perco mputer architectu res i ncluding shuffle exchange, buttert1y, n-cube, and Moebi u s . Prereq u is i te s: 2 70, MATH
436 Pattern Re cognition of the co mp uter to recognize patterns in data. Topic s ,
the course explores their general structure, their mathematical fou n da t ions, their i m p lementations a nd a p p lications.
a n d pattern p rocessi ng . The course will
d iscuss issues ass ociated with m aking decisions from data analyzed by machines and the societal and privacy impl ications
Prerequisite: 270. g . Robotics: An in troduction to th e des ign , operation, and appl ication of robots, cover i ng issues i n robot cinemat ics a n d
and ethical concerns i nvolved in those ki nds o f decis io ns . The MATI I
a
major small-group project. Pre req u isi tes : 270,
245. a/y I I (4)
Expert Systems Th develo p men t of AI systems which operate at the level of a human ""pert. Students w i l l el.. '}J l o re the tTucture of expert sys tern · and use an expert system devel opm e n t tool such as OPS 5 . Prerequisit ; 30 o r co ns e n t of i n s t r uctor. a/y 1£ ( 4 )
444 Operating Systems An i n t ro d u c t ion to compute r operation i ncl ud i n g batch pro ce ss i n g , y terns, i ntera c ti n g systems, multi-programm ing
245.
f. Gel1etic Algoritll ll1s: A survey of the field of genetic algorithm,
in l u d e art i ficial intell igence, cluster a na l ysis a lgo rith m s,
irlcludes
o bjects and objec t
Prerequ i s ite : 270.
1996-97 II ( 4 )
co u r 'e
u s i ng
or i en t ed l a ngu a ge s fo r solv i ng p rogra m m i n g p ro bl e ms.
software test ing. C ons ide r a tion g iven to societal and ethical
learning a l gori t hm
robot vision. P re requ i s i te s :
2 70
and ENGR 346.
h. Neural Net works: A course in the theory and ope rat io n of neural computing systems covering the neural structures i n t h e b r a i n , mod e l s of n e u r a l sy 'terns, i m plem en t a t i o n o f associative memories using artifi c i a l neurons a n d t h e d e sign of nemon-based lea rn i n g systems. P rere q u i s ite: 270. I.
Problem Solving Seminar: Developing the nece s s a ry sk i l ls to use om puters for solving complex problems. Ide ntifying class
'
o f p robl ems; learning h ow to d issect problems into
smaU, easily manageable u n its; and then p u tting together these u n its to form a complex ·oI Lltion. Problems modeled a fte r
systems, storage management t ech n iq u es and resou rce control.
those appearing in the ACM prog ra m m ing c o m pe t i t ion . Focus
In addition, the cou rse includes a n analysis of the deadlock
on h u ilding a l a rge vocab ul a ry of d a ta s t r u ct u re s and on com
problem and basic file systems. Issues of sec u ri ty, privacy, and
b i n i n g d a t a s t r u c t u res and a lgorithms to fo rm a complete
property rights as they relate to ope ra t i ng system fu nctions w i l l he discussed, T h e course includes a m a j o r s m a l l - g ro u p proj ect .
P rereq u i s ite : 380, MATH 245. I ( 4 )
p rogra m . Pre re qu i si t e: 270 or equ ivalent.
) . Graphical User Jllln/nce Development: Tech n iques for w ri t ing programs using graph ical user i n te rfaces fo r M icrosoft
449 Computer Science i n the Secondary School M t h od s and materials in secondary school computer
Windows. I ncludes object oriented interface packa ges and a ience
teachi ng. LOGO, PI LOT, etc., may be cons idered. Does not cou n t toward a major i n c() m p u ter science. Prerequ i s i te: 1 44. a / y 1 94-95 I I (2)
study of i n heritance a n d polymorph ism of objects. Students use ava i l ab le visual compiler tools and complete a proj e ct
commensu rate w i th their a b i l i t ies and backgrou nd. Prerequisites: 270 a nd an i n t roduction to objects .
49 1 , 492 Independent Study
455 Compilers An i n t rod uct i o n to the o rganization, s pec i fi cation , a n d analys is or p rogra m m ing lan gu age s . "Topics including canning, p a rs ing ,
Prerequisite: consent of department chair. ( 1 -4)
495 Computer Science Research
obj ect code, run-time machine struct ure and opti mization.
The s tude n t becomes involved i n an ongoing research project i n
P re requ isi te : 380, M AT H 245. a/y 1 996-97 ( 2 )
computer science u n der the supervision of a fac u l ty member. Prerequisite: consent of i ns t ruct o r. ( 1 -4)
475 Theory of Computing Study of the t h eor y of com putat ion. Tu rn i n g machines, fo rmal
503 Workshops in Educational Technology
l a n gu a ge
Wo rkshops desi g n e d to exp.wd teachers' knowledge about the
,
recursive t heory, compl ex i t y, NP-completeness, a n d
t h e h a l tin g problem may be co nsidered. Prerequisites: 270,
a p p l ication of new co m p uter a n d related technology in educa t ional set t ings Does n o t count toward degrees in computer
MATH 245 . a/y (4)
science. ( 1 -4)
'186 Senior Semin ar Written and oral p resent a t i o n of a topic of in t e re s t by the stud e nt
520 Advanced Digital Design
under the s u pe rv i s i o n o f a fac u l ty member. Discussion of the
Continuation of topics fro m E n gi ne er i ng 346. Tht' d e s ign of
skil l s needed for good t e c h n i c al com m u nication. Study of the
d igital control systems, a sync h ro no us circuits; digital si gnal p ro
ocial impl i Jtions o f comp u t i ng . P rer e quisi t es : Senior co mputer s ci e nce major or consent of department chair. II
o
M ATH 245. d . Object- Oriented Desigll and Progra m m ing: Theor " methods,
struct ured p rogramm ing , so ft w a re d es ign , specificatio ns, and
use
o c ;:0
i m p lementation on several machi nes. Prereq u i s it e s : 270,
420 Software Engineering
The
n
i n ference connoLs. P r ere qu is i te: 2 70, M ATH 245. c. Pa rallel Programming: A n i n t roduction to the theory a n d
a n d M ATH 250 or 33 1 . a/y 1 996-97 ( 4 )
packages.
ENGR 346.
b. Co mpllter Security: The study of the p ro tec t ion o f d a ta a n d
Both two-and thr e - d i m 'nsional rep resentations will
be covered i.ncluding geo metric t ransformatio n · , windowi n g, hi den su r ra e , and rend e ri n g te c h n iqu e s. Course work i nclu de s s vera l
Fa ult Tolera n t Co mputing: A n in t rod uc t i on t o the methods o f
Prereq u i s i te:
A study of the techn iques and theor ' us e d to g e ne ra te computer
;:0 m
fa ult detection a n d location i n d ig i ta l systems a n d t o tech
than oncc. Prereq u isite: 270 o r consent o f i n s t r u c tor. I ( 1 )
4 1 2 Computer Graphics
S C I E N C E
(2)
cessors; d ig i tal filters; timing co ns idera ti ons ; uSt' of co mputer aided design tools. P re req u i s i te: FNGR 346, MATH 1 5 2 . (4)
;:0 z C1
C O O P E R A T I V E
E D U C A T I O N
538 Expert Systems Requ i res students to generate a.n expert system, in addition t o c over i n g topics of 438. P re re qu i s i t e : 330 or co n sent of instructor. aly 4 )
o w VI =:J o u
o
544 Advanced Operating Systems Continuation of t o p i cs i n 444 l e a d i n g to the development of an o p e rating system. E m p h a s i s on the i n te r ac t i o n between the hard ware structure a n d the op er a t i n g system; operating data struc tures; a nd o p er a t i n g system security. Prerequ isite: 444. II ( 2 ) 570 Mathematic of Computer Science The te c h n i q ues of p roo f c o m m o n l y em ployed in co mputer science ( constructive, i nd u ction, and recurrence rela t i o n s ) , sch e d u l i n g p roh l em s , . cts, relations, posets, grammars, com put a bi [ jt y, s e l e ct ed to p i c s from al gor i t h m ic g r ap h th e o r y, pr ob a bi ljstic and approximation a lgo r i t h m s, groups and finite fields (applications t o cod ing t h eo r y and cr y p t o gr a p hy) , and NP Co m p le t e ness . Prere q u isite: 375. I I ( 4 )
580 Microprocessor Development Systems D eve l o p me n t of s o ftware on 8 and 1 6 b i t microprocessors; microprocessor a p p l ica t i o n s ; i n terfacing; microprocessor o rga n i zation; i n te r rup t structu res. P rereq uis i t es : 380, EN G R 346. ( 2 ) 586 Graduate Design Seminar Written and o r al p resentation of a topic of in te re s t to the student under the supervision o f a faculty member. D i sc u ssio n of methods a n d te chniques a p pr o pr i a te to t h e d i sc i p l i n e and s tud)' of t he social i m p l i c a t i o n s of comp u t i ng. S t udents may n o t receive cfcuit for t h i s course i f they receive c red i t for 593, Thesis. Prerequisite: Full g r a d ua t e s t a n d i ng and the c o mp l e t i o n of at least o ne g ra d u a t e l e ve l c o u rs e . 590 Graduate Seminar Selected t o p i c of current interest. Possible topics include Modeling a n d Simulation, Co mp uter A rch i te c t u r e , C o m p u te r Ne t wo r k s, Co mp u te r G r a p h i cs, S o ftwa re E n gi n ee r i ng , Pattern Recognition, om piler Implementation, Theory of Computing, Fault Tolera nt Co m p u t i ng , , o m p u te r S t'Cur i ty, Parallel Pro gramming, Object-Oriented D es ig n a nd P ro g r a m m i n g , Parallel P ro ce ss i ng To p o l og i es , Geneti A l go r i t h m s, Ro h o t ic s, eural Networks, P r ob le m Solv i ng Sem inar, Graphical User Interface Development. A resea rch p roj ec t is re qu i r e d . Prerequisite: Graduate s ta n d i n g . ( 1 -4 ) 59 1 Independent Reading and Research I n d iv i d ual rea d ing and rese. reh on sel ec t to p i c. I n tended for advanced g r a d u a t e tudents. M i n i m u m su pe r v is i o n after i n i ti a l planning of st ude nt's pr oj e c t . Prereq u is i te: co n s e n t of d e p a r t ment.
( 1 -6 )
593 Thesis
Research study
to meet t hes is op t i o n
M.S. degree. ( I -6)
re q u i re m e n t fo r M . A . or
Cooperative Education Internships Cooperative education assumes that experi n t ial learning can be an appropriate component of any quality educa tional program. Though it shares this assu mption with other experiential learning strategies such as fieldwork placements and practica, i t d i ffers in several respecls. Cooperative educat.ion in troduces students to an educa tional work experience early in their academic careers and weaves opport u n ities for work and learning throughout their undergraduate programs, rather than concentrating on practical course work at the end. As the name suggests, cooperative education represents a systematic cooperation between the university and a variety of emp loyers in the communi ty. Although the program's career-related advantages are obvious, its main benefits are educatio naL Stud n ts gain an appreciation of the relationship between theory and appIicat iol1, and may learn, both early and first-hand, about new developments i n a particular field. Cooperative ed ucat ion provides timely and extended oppo rtunit ies for developing com munication skills orally and i n writing. A cooperative ed ucatjon program can enable students to become aware of opportunities to contribute creatively to the changing d imensions of work i n present-day society. The university and employers benefit as wei\. The u n jversity develops stronger and more creative connec tions with its community. Employers derive a mor efficient device fOJ training and recruiting. More i mpor tan tly, the partnership provides a u nique opportunity for employers to particip, te in an important educat ional service to the co mmunity. FACULTY: Martinson, Chair,
Coopemtive Educatioll COLlllcil;
P h e l ps , General Manager
TWO MODELS: The
Coop e ra t iv e Educa t i o n Program accom
modates both p ar t - t i m e a nd ful l -t ime wo r k modes. Part-time
work wh ich a l lo ws stud nts the o pp or t u n i t y to take on-ca m pus courses concurrently is labeled t h e " Pa r a l lel Mod l." A fu l l - time work exp e r i e nce fits under the "Al te r na t i ng Model." In m o s t cases, students w i l l follow onc o r the o th er, but some depar t ments or schools m a y d e ve lop sequences that co m b i ne both p a r a l le l a n d a l ter n a t i n g work modes. Ful l -t i m e su mmer work, for example, wo u l d be cbssified as a n alternating co o p er a t i v education experience, and many summer jobs pr o v i d e fo r l ea rn i ng that re l a t es to s t ud e n t s' aca demic objectives.
TH E PROCESS FOR STUDENTS: In order t o b e e l igible for a d m i s s i o ll into the Coopera tive Ed u ca t io n Program a s t u d e n t must have co mp l e t ed 30 se me s t e r hours and be in good standing.
Students who w i s h t o p a r ti cip a te apply t o e i t h e r the Co - o p Office in R a m s tad H a l l or to a Co- o p fa c u l ty coordinato r or sponsor s er vi n g this fu nc t i o n in specified dep a r t m e n t s , d ivi sio ns, or sc h o o ls. Both written a p pli ca t io n and pe rs o na l i n t er view a re re q u i r ed in o rder to determine el i g i b i l ity, terms for p l a c e men t , �reas o f interest, ac a d e m i c re qu ire me n t s , and k i n ds of p o s i ti o n s ava i lable.
St udents are res ponsible for their l e a r ni n g a c t ivit ies d u ring t h ei r c o o pe r a t ive e d u ca t io n po s i t io n. Each student must seek o u t and a r r a n ge for academic s up e r vi s i n from a fa c u l ty coor-
E A R T H
S C I E N C E S o
' nator or sponsor. Fac u lt y a re resp o n s i b l e for i n s u r i n g t h a t t h e experience p ro v i d e s a p p ro p r ia t e le a rn i n g o p p o rt u n itie s fo r to e s t a b l i s h the learning a g r ee m e n t , a n d fo r d e term i n i n g a
grade. Learning is fa c i .l i t a ted
t h ro u g h : ( I ) use of a " L e a rn i n g Ag re eme n t " ; ( 2 ) co mpleting an acade m i p rojec t ; ( 3 ) p e r i od i c con t a c t w i t h t h e fa c u l t y sponsor; ( 4 ) a t t e n da n c e at o n e work s h o p d u ring the work e xp e r i e n c e ; and ( 5 ) an o n -site s u p e r v i s o r who accep ts the responsibility to fu nction in a resou rce ro l e. The learning agreement, developed hy e a ch s t uden t w i t h the a s s ist a nce of a faculty s p o n s or, l i st s l e a rnin g o bj ec t ives with m ea s urab l e indicators of l e a rn in g , and also incorpo rates s u p pleme n t a r y resou rces such as rea d i ng materials and partici pat i o n i n work-related training sessions. The lea rn i n g agreement is signed by the st udent, the fac u l t y sponsor, the p rogram d i rec tor, and the work s u pe r v is o r, each o f whom re ce i ve s a cop y. C ontac t betwe en the fac u lt), sponsor and t h e student must be s u fficient to allow t h e sponsor to serve as a resource and provide acade mic supervision. Ty p i ca l l y, this can be a cc o m p lis h e d d u r i n g o n e o r 1 wo i te. visits. S tudents in a " pa r a l l el " coopera t ive educa tion program m ay arrange to meet with the s p onsor o n camp us . Those i nvolved i n "a l t e rn a t i ng " p rograms some d i s tance from campus may maintain contact th rough p er io d i c p h o n e co n fer ences, when s i te visits are impractica l . E m p l ),ers
are
respons i b l e t o :
(1)
p ro vid e op p ort u n i ties fo r
m
Earth Sciences (Geology) Earth Sciences explore t h e components of the physical tions of t he earth, and beyond to the planets and the stars . A program of stud ies in these fields acquaints s tudents wi l11 their physical world and provides perspective o n
h u m a n development i n t i m e and space.
nvironmentaI
dence on earth's physi aJ resources.
fa c i l i t a t e s tud e n ts' i n t eg ra t ion i n to
productive.
a re re q u i r e d to regi s t e r for at l e a s t one cre d i t h o u r a cc ep t i ng a o-op p o s itio n . T h rough o u t a n u n d e rgra d u ate . . c a reer a student may receive a m a x�i m u m o f 1 6 s e m es hours o f credit in co o p e r a t i ve ed uc a t i o n .
S t ud e n ts
ter
Course Offerings 376 Work Experience I
i\ > upervised educational e x p e r i e nce in a work se tt i n g . Requ i re s the co mplet ion of a Co o p e rat i ve Ed u cat i o n L e a rn i ng Ag re e m e n t in c o n s u l t a t i o n with a fa c u lt y sponsor. ( 1 - 8 ) 476 Work Experience n
A supervised edu ca t i o n a l e x per i e n ce in a work s e tti n g providjng fo r advanced le ve l o f respo n s i b i l ity. Req u i res t he co m p l e t i o n o f a Cooperat ive Education Le a rn i n g Agreement i n co n s u l ta t i o n with
a faculty sponsor. ( I -8)
477 International Work Experience
A s u p e r v i sed educa tional ex pe rience i n a fo re ig n se t ti n g . Requi res co m p l et i o n of the I nte rn ati o n a l Coope ra t ive Education Agreem e n t , co m p letion o f a clea ra n ce checkl ist, and an approved p l a n of re p o rt i n g in consultation with a faculty s p o n sor. ( I - 1 2) 576 Work Experience n l
A
supervised ed u c a t ion a l experience a t the gra d u a t e level.
c o mple t i o n of a 'ooperative E d u ca t i o n A g r e e m e n t i n con s u l t a t i on w i t h a fac ulty s p o ns o r and the student's g r adu a t e program adviser. ( I -4) R e q u i re s
m o
the needs of a variety of students seeking to broaden their Uberal arts education, a n d also provides more special ized
m
knowledge in s u p port of several fields, p a r ticularly fo r m i n o r or maj o r studies lead i n g to c a reers in resources and
Z
environmental management o r scientific research.
Q
Si t u ated be tween the Olympic Mountains and the Cascade Range, t h e depa r t ment is ideally located to exa mine geologic a n d marine environments. Field trips are thus a routine p a rt of many courses. Graduates i n earth sciences hold positions in the
educat io n . The demand for quali fied gradua tes i n pollu
(3)
c
In providing such a perspec tive, the department ful fills
the context ual asp ects oUh e wo r k wo r l d ( s u c h a s rel a t io ns h i p s their work setting so that their e m pl oy m e n t p roves valuable and
o
problems also are appro a ched t h rough the earth sciences, which i m p a r t a realistic a p prec ia tion of society's depen
National Park Service, the U.S. Geological Su rvey, oil and
w i t h co-workers); a n d
m
u n iverse from human ity's existing habitat to the founda
students to acb jeve
their l ea rn i n g obj ec t ives within t h e l i m i t s o f their wo r k s e tt i n g s; (2) help students de ve l o p s k i l l s re l a t ed t o
m
mining gro u ps, and geotechn i cal engi neering, as well as tion management and geotechnical applications continues. Mo. t fields require post-graduate degrees, a n d to t his end,
a
n u mber of PLU gradua tes have p u rsued master's
and doctoral programs a t major u n iversities. FACUlTY: Foley, Chair; Be n h am , Lowes, Whitman; a s s i s t ed by
Huestis. The department's p rog r a ms remain flexible, a l l o wi n g fa i r l y e a s y sc h eduL in g of courses. The depa.rt m e n t strongly reco m me n d s
that all ·tudents co m p l et e Math 140 or high e r before e n ro lli. n g in
300 l e vel and
h igher courses i n earth sciences. Students should
also notice that u p p e r d iv i s ion courses a re o ffe red o n a two-yea r
cyc le . Early decl a r a t i o n of m aj o rs or m i no rs in earth sciences w i l l facil i ta t e d evel o p m e nt o f i n dividual progra ms a nd avoid
sched u l i ng conflicts.
40 sem e s ter 1 3 1 , 1 3 2 , 3 2 3 , 3 24, 32 5 , 326, 327, 329, from 328, 330, 334, 3 4 1 o r 350; at least
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (GEOWGY) MAJOR: h ours; co u r s e s include:
335, a n d 425, p i l l S two 2 hours i n seminar. ecess a r y s up p o r t i n g co u rses i ncl u de : Chemistry 1 1 5, I 1 6 ; P hys i c . 1 25, 1 26 ( 1 3 5 and 1 36 labs) ( o r P h ys i cs 1 53, 1 54 and labs); Ma t h e m a ti cs 1 5 I , 1 52 o r Co m p u t e r Science 220. B iology 3 2 3 and a d d i t i on al co u rses a re re c o m mended when paleo nt o l og y is a m aj o r in te res t. BACHELOR OF ARTS MAJOR: 32 semester h o u rs; courses
i nc l u de : 1 3 1 p lu s a t l e a s t two lower d i v i s io n from 1 3 2, 1 3 3, 202,
324, 325, 326, 327, 329, and t w o courses 323, 3 28 , 3 34, 335, 34 1 , 350; 2 cred i t s fr0111 s e m i n a r. Recom mended: on<.: course from e i t h e r 330 or 425. Req u i red s up por t L ng cou rses include: Chemistry 1 04, 1 05, or 1 1 5, 1 1 6. 222;
t w o courses from
from
O p ti o n s reflect a student's in terests a nd a r e d is c u ss ed \v i t h a n a d v i ser. BACHELOR OF ARTS IN EDUCATI ON: See School of Education. M INOR:
20 se mes t e r h o u rs o f courses
in earth s c i ences ,
exc lu d i n g Jan ua ry term courses, completed
with grade of C o r
h i g h e r. Re qui re d : I 3 I a n d at least th ree u pper d iv i s i o n cou rs e s .
E A R T H
S C I E N C E S
Course Offe rings w
131 Physical Geology An i n t ro d uc t o r y
c ur�e dea li n g with the human geologic hab itat, i t has d e v e l ope d through time; m a t e ria ls o f ea r t h ( an d l u n a r ) cr u s t s , t h e i r d e r i vJ t i on t h ro u g h maj o r e ar t h p r oc (?' C?S and fo r mat i o n of s u rfa c e feat ures - with e m p h as is on their s ign i ft c a n ce to cult ural d e v el o p m e n t and civiJ iz.a tion; la b o ra to r y stu Iy of ro ks, m i n e ra l s , and geo l og ic m a p p i n g ; field trips are arranged . I II ( 4 ) both a t p re s e n t a.nd as
o
V> cc :::> o
1 32 Historical Geology
u
A
sequel to 1 3 1 wh i c h concent rates on earth h i s to r y, p a r t i cu l arl y . fi rmation o f the o r t h A me ri ca n c o n ti ne n t : s e d i m e n ta ry rock , fo s s i ls , and st r a t ig ra ph ic record are re l a ted to tectonic u ph aval and gro w th; fi e ld tr i p s a re a r ra n ge d . II ( 4 ) th
LU
1 33 Environmental Geology LU o
S t udy of the ge ol o g i c environment a n d its relations h i p to h u m ans, w i th emphasis on geolog i c features and processes that crcate hazards when e nc ro a ch ed upun by h u m a n activity, in clu d i ng e ar thquake s , vo l c a n i c e rupt i on s , landsl ides and avala n che s , and solutions to p roble m s created by these h a z a rd s . [[ [ 994-95 ( 4 ) 2 0 2 General Oceanograpby
cea nography and i t s re la t i o nsh i p to other fields; physical, of the sea; field t r i ps . I, II ( 4 )
chemical, b i o log i c a l , c l i m a t i c , a n d geological aspects
205 lntToductoTY Meteorology A fu Ll, b a l a n ed, and u p - to-date c o vera ge of the basic p r i n c iples of 1.neteorolo gy. E x a m i n at i o n of the i mp a c t s of severe w e a t h e r o n h u m a n s a n d the e nv i ro n m e n t . No prcre4uisites. J (4) 222 ConseTvalion of Natural ResoUTces Pr i n c i p les and p rob le ms of p ublic and private s t ewa rd sh i p of our resources w i t h sp ec i al reference to the Pacific o r t h we s t , I II (4) 323 M ineTaJogy
C rys t a llogra p h y a n d mi neralogy, boLh ore a n d rock - fo r m i n g
minerals. Prereq uisite : 13 1 or co n sen t of instru ctor. (4) 324 Igneous Penology Appl i e d and th e u re t i ca l s t u d y of the geneSis, n a t u re , a nd distributi n of igneous ro c ks , a t m i c ro s c o p i c to g lo b a l s c al es , E m p ha s i s on rocks and p roce ses of Wa sh i n gton volcanoes and inlr usions, with many exa mpl s from elsewhere, Pr e r e q u is i te s : 1 3 1 , 326, or conse n t of i ns t ru c t o r. aiI' l l ( 2 ) 325 Structural Geology
The form and sp a t i a l re l a t i o n sb i ps o f various ro c k masses and an i n t roduction to rock d e for m a t i o n ; consideration of basic
p roc es s es to understand m o un t a i n b u i l d i n g and co n tinen tal fo r m a t io n ; la b or il t o ry e mp h a s i z es p ract i c a l tec h n i q ue s which e n abl e studenb to an a ly ze re g io n al s t ru c t ur al pa tte rn s . P re req u is i te : [ 3 1 or consent of instructor. a/y 1 1 994-95 ( 3 ) 326 Optkal Minenlogy Theory and p r a c t ice of m i n eral studies u s i n g the petrogra p h i c m i c r osco pe, i n cl u d i n g i m m e rs i o n o il t e c h n iq u es , p ro d u c t i o n of thin ,e c t i o n s , and d e t e rm i na t ion o f mi n e r a l s by me a n s of their o p tical properties. This p r o vide s an i n t ro d uc t ion to the broader subj ed 0f p e t ro g ra ph y. Pr e re qu i s i t e : 1 3 [ o r consent of instructor. al y I ( 2 ) 3 2 7 Stratigraphy and Sedimentation
Fo r m a t i o n a l pr i n ci p les of u rfacc-Jccumulated ro c k s , and their i n corp o r a tion i n the str a t i g r a p h ic re co rd . T hi s s u bjec t i s basic to tield m a p p i n g a n d s t ructural in te r p re t a t i o n . all' I ( 3 ) 328 Paleontology A sys te m J tic study of the fossil re c o rd, co m b i n i n g p r i nc ip l es of
evolutionary de ve l o pm e n t , p a l e o h a b i ta t s Jnd preserva tion, w i t h p ra c t i ca l experience o f s p ec i me n identification. T h e s e studies fu ndamental to the u n de rs ta n d i n g of st ra t i g r a p h y and the g e o l o g i c t i me scale. aly I 1 994-95 ( 3 ) 329 MetamoTphic Petrology
Considera t i o n of the m i n er al og ica l and textu ral changes that
u n d e rg o du r in g o r o gen i c e p i so d es , i n c l ud i n g p h y sic a l d e d u ced fro m experimental stud ies. T h e s e i n c l u d e b o t h " re gio n al " a n d "con tact" m e t am o rp h i s m , me ta m orp hic facies, rock fabr i cs , the role of fluids, a n d metasomatism. Prerequisites: [ 3 1 , 326, o r consent o f instructor. aly n ( 2 )
rocks
chem ical p a ra meters of the environment as
330 Survey and Mapping Principles
te c h ni q u e s a n d i n s t r u men tation of basic su r ve y i n g a n d carto gr a p hy. I n cl ud es l evel i n g a n d transit t r avers e s, b a s el i ne m e<1 s u re m e n t s , a n d t r i a n g u l a t i on ; a l s o , a p pl i c a t ion s of a e r i a l photos a nd t hei r i n tc r pre t a ti o n fo r geo l o g i c m a pp i n g . Techniques fo r co m p i l i n g ge olog i c data and co n s tru c t i on of geologic maps are among t h e e en t ia l s k i l l s co ve red . a ll' II ( 2 ) I n t roduction to
334 Groundwater
T h e ori g i n of groundwater, flow in a qu i fers , g ro u n d wa t e r resource evaluation and development, weUs, water q u a l i ty, i ncluding p o l lu tion , and geo t h e rma l res o u rces. E m p h a s i s on p ro b l e m s w i t h g ro u ndw a t e r i n t h e Puget Sou n d area, w it h a d d it i o n a I exa m p les from d iverse geologic environmcnts. Pre re q u i s i te : [ 3 1 or consent o f i ns t ructor. all' II 1 994- 9 5 . ( 3 ) 335 Geophysics
Stu dy o f the phys i ca l nature of the e a r t h , the
properties a n d the em p l oyi n g te c h n i q u es from s e is m o lo gy, heat flow, g ra v i t y, m a g n e t i s m , a n d electrical conductivity. Emphasis on u n d e rst a n d i n g the earth's fo r m a t i o n , st r u c t u re, a n d p la t e tectonics prucesses as well as geophysical exp l o ra t i o n t e c h n i q u e s. Laboratories incl ude data coll ection in t h e fi eld, p ro ce.ssi n g i n te rp re t a t i o n , and mod e li n g with e m ph a s i s on ap p l i c a tio ns o f com put r t o g e o ph ys i ca l probl ems. Prerequisites: 1 3 1 , o ne semester of ca.lculus, physics ( h i gh school level or above), or co n se n t of i n s [ Tu c to r. all' 1 1 1994-95. ( 3 ) processes,
341 Energy Ilnd Mineral Resources for the Fut ure
surVt:y of the world's energy and m i neral re source s co m p r i s in g the raw m a te r i a l s of indust rialized societies, Studies include g e o lo gi cal occurrence, global distribution, and qUiln t i t ies of s uch reserve.s; also, their fun d a m e n t a l te c h n o l o g ie s a n d ec o n o m i cs , as wel l as the p o l i t i cal framework in which t hey a re d eve l o p ed . aly 1 ( 3 ) A
350 Madne Geology
Study of t h e 70% of th e earth beneath the oc ea n s , fo c u s i n g o n t he extensive discoveries of t h e past few de c a d e s . Emp b a s is on marine sediments, sedimentary pro .esses, plate te c t o n ic p rocesses, and the h i s torical geology of the oceans. Laboratory u s e of s ed i m e n t ol o g i ca l and geophy i c a l t ec h ni q u e s to i n ves t i g a t e selected re gi on s of the ocea ns, Prerequisite: 1 3 [ , 202, or con se n t of i n st r u c t o r. all' II ( 3 ) 425 Geologic Field Mapping
Co m bi ni n g a survey of reg i u n al field geology w i t h a ser i es of local m a pp in g p roj ec ts , this course introduces field techn iques o f ge o l o g i c map-making. Included are t r a ve r s i n g and data a ss em bl y, map construction, section measurements, structural analysis, and c h ro n o l o g i c a l s yn t h es i s . G r ap h i cs te ch n i q ue s a r e a ls o covered. Prereq u i s i tes: p rev i ou s ge o lo gy courses and consent o f i nstructo r. S ( 5 ) 490 Seminar (
1 -2)
E C O N O M I C S o , 492 Independent Study ( 1 -4 )
of books and journa l articles dea l i n g wit h v a r i o u s aspects of large-seal m o ve m e n t s of t h e earth's c ru s t . II ( 1 -2)
ECONOMICS HONORARY SOCIETY: The d e p art m e n t o ffe rs m e mb e rsh i p in Omicron Delta E p si lon , the I n t ern a tional Economics Honorary S o c iety, to q ual i fi e d majors. For specific criteria, see any de p a rt mental fa c u l ty membe r.
494 Seminar in Geochemistry Reviews of l i t ratme on the chemical aspects of sediments, Ilwgm a tism , m e t a mo rp h is m , l i t hification, and/or hydrothermal syst ms. I 0 -2)
BACHELOR OF ARTS IN EDUCATION: S ee School of Education.
496 Seminar in Economic Mineral Deposits Selected rea d ings on the nature, o r igi n , occurrence o f, and expl or ati o n for conc e nt ra t i o n s of m e ta l l i c and i ndus t ria! minerals in crustal rocks. Class discussions will be hel d twice weekly. 1 ( 1 -2)
130 Global and Eoviroomental Economic Principles What is the "correct" a mo u n t of pollution? vVhat is the v a l u e o f a n a n c i e n t ce d a r tree? W h a t does p o p m u s i c have i n co m mo n with U.S. auto p ro d uc t i o n? M i c ro - e co no m i c p r i n c i pl es are used to analyze these and other environmental and g l o b a l issues. A na l ys i s o f public p ol icy a n d p r i at e be h av ior ; a pp ro p r i a t e p ri c i n g , resource valuation, taxes and s u b s i d i e s , t r ade p o l i c i e s , su s t a i na b le deve l o p m e n t , a n d income gr owt h and distribution. S t u d e n t s cannot take b o t h 1 30 and 1 52 fo r credit. ( 4 )
497 Research ( 1 -4 )
Economics "Wallt is
a growing giant whom the coat ofHave was never
Ill rge e1lough to cover. " - RALPH WALDO EMERSON ·co n
mic$ is the study of how peop l e establish social
a r ra n gements for producing and d istTibuting goods and
service to 'ustain and enhance h um a n l i fe. Its main objective is to determine a wise use of l i m ited economic people receive the maximum possible benefit at the lowe t cost.
rcsourc s so that
' con o m ic s disc ipline embraces
Tll
a
body of tech-
and cone plual tools that are u eful fo r u n der d i n g and analyzing our co mplex eco nomic sys tem . aven ues for graduates a r e n u merous, since t h e i r u ndersta nding of t h e economy and t h e i r problem-solving qu
an a
s
thinking abilities a r appl icable to a wide range of
tivi ties i n busi ness and/or government.
FACUlTY: Nugent, Chair; Brue, R. J e ns e n , N . Pe t e rs o n , Reiman, Vinje, Travis, We n t wo rt h . BACHELOR OF ARTS MAJOR: (A) M i n i m u m of 40 semester ho u rs , i n clud i n g J 5 1 , 1 52, 35 1 , 352, 486, 12 h o urs of e l e c t i ve s in economics, 4 hour: s e le c ted from Statistic 23 1 or Ma thematics 34 ! , and 4 h o u rs elected from Economics 244, 343 ( i f n o t used as eco n om i c s electives), B u s i n ess 202, M a t h e m a t i c s 348, or lip t o 4 b o u rs in computer science. (B) A grade point average of 2.50 in all classe i n c l ud e d i n tbe 40 sem e s t e r hours toward the o 1 . jor. With dep art m e n t a l a p p rova l , Economics 1 30 may be substituted fo r 'conomics 1 5 2 fo r purposes o f major and m i n or r
qu irements.
For , tudents p l a n n ing graduate work in eco nom ics or busines , ad d i t io na l math p re para ti o n will be n ecessary. For specific courses, con s ul t yo u r maj o r a d v i se r.
HONORS MAJOR: Ou ts tanding students may choose to p urs ue graduating i n eco nomics with honors. I n a dd i t io n to me t i n o all other major requ i re m e n ts , i n order to be gr ant e d de p a r t m e n tal honors a student must: (A) have an overal l u n iversity g r a de 3.5 or better; ( B ) take fou r h o u rs b eyo nd the tandard ma jo r in 495, Honors Thesis ( S t ud e n t s apply fo r , dmi.ssion to thil. o u rse in t he second semester of their j u n i o r ar. The d p a r t m e n t grants admission to 495, Hono rs Thesis, sed on the student's p r i o r work in e c o n om i c.> a n d the q u a l it y f the ge neral research p roposa l . ) ; (C p resen t t h e r esu l t s o f t h e work comp leted i n 495, Honor ' Thesis, at a meeting of Omicron I etta Epsi l o n ( the economics honorary).
p i n t ave ra ge of
MINOR; 24 semester h o u rs, i n c l u d i n g l S I , 1 52, 3 5 ! or 352, and 12 a dd i t i o nal h o u rs of e l ectives, 4 of which may be in statistics.
m
m m
n o
Course Offe rings
c
l S I Principles o f Macroeconomics This course introduces s t u d e n ts to the ec o n omy as a whole a n d m aj o r issues s u c h as i nflation, un e m p lo y m e n t , e c o nom ic gr o w t h , and international trade. These a nd ot h er i s s ues are a n a lyz ed b y studying the ho u se h o l d, busi.n 5 S , go ve r n m e n t, and i n t e rna ti onal sectoe Many alternative e xpl a na t io n s fo r the e c o no m y 's performance w i l l be examined. (4)
)52 Principles of Microecanomics The cour�e i ntr o d u ce s sh.ldents to the study of e co n o m i c decision making by firms a n d indivicluals. Economic tools and c o nc ep t s such as markets, s u p p l y and d em a n d , and effic i en c y are applied to co n t e m por a ry issues including wage a n d p r ic e deter m i n a t i o n , i ncome d istribution, a n d g lob a l p ro du c t i o n .
e n v i ro nm e nt a l p ro t e ctio n ,
(4)
244 E<:oDometrics Introduction t o the methods and tools of econometrics as the basis fo r ap p lie d research in economi '. Specification, e s timat ion a n d testi ng in the classical l inear re g re s s i o n model. Extensions of the model and a pp l i c a tions t o th e a n a lys i s o f economic data. Prereq u is i te: STAT 2 3 1 or equi v a len t. (4) 32 1 Labor Economics An a ly s is of labor markets and labor market is ues; wage det r m i na t ion; i nvestment in human ca p it a l , u n io n ism and collect ive barga i n ing; law and p u bl i c pol icy; discrimination; l ab or mobility; ea r nin gs in eq ua l ity, u n e mploym e n t , and wages a n d i n fl a ti o n . Pre req ui s i te s: 1 30 or 1 52, or co n sen t of instructor. (4) 330 EnvUoomeotal and Natural Resource Economics The fi rs t h a l f of the course examines the t h eo r y of externalities, co n g e tion and the co m mon-p ropert y b as i � fo r environmental degradat ion, and the v al u at i o n of en fironmen tal amenities. ase studies i n cl u d e a i r a n d wat e r p oll u t i o n, "green" trade pol i c y, wilderness preservat. ion, and outdoor recreation. Considera t i o n given to environmenta.l p rob le m s
i n d e ve l o pi n g n a t ions. The second pa r t o f t h e course develops a n a l y t ica l models for the use of re n ew ab l e and ex h a u s t i b le re o ur ces over time. Case studies include the fi s h e ry, fo re s t r y, land, minerals, and energy. Emp hasizes the Pacific N o r t hwe st w h e re p ossi b l e . Prerequ isite: 1 30 or 1 52, or co n se n t o f instructor. (4) 33 1 International Economics Re g io n a l and i n t ern a t i o n a l specialization, compara t ive c os ts , i n te rn a t i o na l pa y m e nts a n d ex c h a n g e r a t es ; n a t io nal p o l i ci e s which promote or restrict trade. P re req u is i t es : 1 3 0 or 1 5 2 , or consent of inst ructor. (4)
;:0 V'l m o
m z C1
V'l
E C O N O M I C S
El:onomil: Development: Comparative Third World Strategies Analysis of the theoretical framework for development with applications to alternat ive eco nomic development strategies used in the newly emerging de elopi n g cou n t ries. Emphasis on comparison between coun tries, assessments of the relat ive i m portance of culturaI values, h istorical experience, a n d govern menta l policies in the development process. Prereq uisites: 130 or 1 5 1 , or consent of instructor. (4) 34 1
o
V"\ a::
::::> o u
o
343 O perations Researdl Quan titative methods for decision problems. Emphasis on l i near programming and other determin istic models. Prerequisite: STAT 2 3 1 or equivalent. (2) 345 Mathematical Topics in Economics An in troduction to basi appl icat ions of mathema tical tools used in economic analysis. Topics include simple l i near models of supply and demand, single a nd multivariable maxim ization models, a n d l inear difference a n d differential equation models o f economic growth. Prerequisites: [ 3 0 or 1 5 1 o r 1 52 , or consent o f i nstructor. (4) 351 Intermediate Macro Economic Analysis ational income det rmination i n clllding policy i m plications within the institutional framework of the U.S. econo my. Prerequisites: 1 30 or [ 5 1 , and MATH 1 28 or 1 40 or I S ! . (4) 352 Intermediate Miao Economic Analysis Theory of consumer behavior; product and factor prices u n der conditions of monopoly, competition, and i n termediate markets; welfare economics. Prerequisites: [30 or 1 52, or consent of instructor and MATH 1 2 8 , 1 40 , or 1 5 I . (4) 361 Money and Banking The nature and role of money; monetary theory; tools and implementation of monetary policy; regulation of i n termedi r ies; banking activity in fi.nancial m a rkets; i n terna t ional conse quences of and constraints on monetary policy. Prereq uisites: 1 5 1 or consent of instructor.( 4) 362 Public Finance Public taxation a n d expenditure at all governmental levels; the incidence of taxes, the public debt and the provision of public goods such as n a tional defense, education, p u re air, and water. Prerequisites: 130 or [ 5 2, or consent of instructor. (4)
Industrial Organization and Public Policy An analysis f the structure, conduct, and performance of American i ndustry and public policies that foster and alter i n dustrial structure Jnd behavior. Topics i nclude the economics of firm size, motivations of the firm, concentration, mergers, paten ts, antitrust, public utilit y regulation, public enterprise, and su bsidization. PrerequiSites: 1 30 or 1 52 , or consent of instructor. (4) 37 1
381 Comparative Economic Systems An analysis and comparison of contemporary economic systems. The course includes e.xamination of the cap i ta l ist, mixed Jnd centrally plan ned models, including a n historical perspective. The economic systems of selected cou ntries will also be studied. Prerequisites: 15 I or 1 52 , or consent of instructor. Fulfills cross cultural l i ne in the Perspectives on Diversity requirement. (4) 399 Internship A research and writing project in connection with a student's approved off-campus activity. The primary goal is to gain insight into applications of the ideas and methodologies of economics. Prerequisites: sophomore standing p l us one cou rse i n economics, and consen t of the department. ( 1-4)
486 Evolution of Economic Thought Economic thought fro m ancient to modern times; emphasis 0 the period from Adam Smith to J.M. Keynes; the classical economists, t he socialists, the margi nalists, the neoclassical economists, and the Keynesians. Prerequisite: 3 5 1 or 352 (may be taken concurrently). ( 4 ) 490 Seminar Seminar in eco nomic problems and policies with emphasis on encouraging the student to integrate problem-solving method ology with tools of economic analysis. Topic(s) selected by class participants and instructor. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. ( 1 -4 ) 49 1 . 492. 493 Independent S�dy Prerequisite: consent of the departm e n t and completion of either 35 1 or 352. ( 1 -4) 495 Honors Thesis I n dependent research supervised by one or more faculty members. Research proposal and topic developed by the student in the j u nior year. Ap plication to e n roll is made i n the second semester of the j u n ior year. Prerequisite: economics major and consent of the department. (4) 500 AppU.ed StatistieaJ Analysis An i n tensive introduction to statistical methods for graduate students who have not previously taken introductory sta tistics. Emphasis on the application of inferential statistics to concrete situati o n s . Topics include measures of location and variation, probability, estimation, hypothesis te ts, and regression. ( 4 ) 50 1 Analytical Method.s for Decision-Making The concepts of probability, sampling, statistical decision theory, l i near programming, and other determ i n istic models applied to managerial problems. Prerequisite: 500. (4) 520 Economic Policy Analysis An i ntensive i ntroduction to the concept of macroeconomics and microeconomics with an emp hasis o n polic), formation within a global framework. (4) 53 1 International Economics and Finance Past, present, and fut ure trade patterns of cou ntries within the global economy o n a theoretical and case study basis; trade policy issues focllsing o n tariffs, quotas, and free trade associa tions; economic relationsh ips between balance of payments, i n ternational value of a currency, and a country's domestic economic performance relating to inflation, unemployment, and the distribution of income. (4) 590 Graduate Seminar Selected topics as announced. Prerequisite: conse n t of instructor. ( 1 -4) 591 Directed Study ( 1 -4) 595 Gradnate Readings I ndependent s tudy card required. (4) 598 Research Project (4) 599 Thesis ( 4 )
E D U C A T I O N o b. Washington P re - Colleg e Tes t ( W PCT) or ( TETEP) Verbal 48 o r above; Total 1 03 o r above** c. American College Tes t Assessment (ACT) Verbal 20 or ab o ve ; Co m posi te 23 or abo ve * "
of Education The School of Education offers programs of study lead i n g
to certification for elementary, secondary, and special education teachers, administTators, read ing specialists, and
* All e lem en ta ry applican ts between the ages of 2 1 and 25 and all
school l ibrarians. The c u rriculum is designed to provide graduates with a blending of the Liberal arts and a variety of practical exposures to guided field experiences begin ning early in the educational sequence. The faculty is co mm itted t o the development of educational personnel sensitive to the varied individual needs of learners.
MISSION STATEMENT: The School ofEdl/ca tion is a comm unity offaculty, administra to rs, staff,
and stude n ts whose mission
is to
edl/catc responsible decision makers-teachers and administrators
-
who
are informed by current research a n d who are thoughtful
about the moral, eth ical, social, and p ol it ical implications of their work. The refo re, we model a nd practice
the qua lities, skills, and sensibilities necessary for professional lea de rship and service in schools. Within the con text of a liberal arts edl/cation, we believe that educators understand, ;eflect on, and respond to diverse and complex value systems in school and so ci e ty. In service to the u n iversity (lnd regional K- 1 2 educational communities, we engage ill sch olarly activities about reflective teaching and learning practices that contribute to educational excellel1ce at local, sta te, (lnd n a ti on al levels. FACULTY: Brickell, Dean; Reisberg, Associate Dean; Baugh m a n , Churney, Ford, Gerlach, G l a sgow, Lamoreaux, Leitz, Lewis, M cGraw, M inetti, Mosher, M ul de r, G. Nel s on , F. O l s o n , Owens, ickab a u gh , Wen t wo rt h, G. W i l l i a m s, Ye rian, Yetter. School of Education is accredited by the National Council Education (NCATE) , the Northwest As s oci a t i on of Schools a nd Colleg es, and the Washington State Iloard of Educati(lO for the preparation of elementary and secondary t each e rs, p ri n c i p als , program admin istrators, and sp e c ial education teachers, with the Master o f Arts i n Education the h igh est degree approved. The accreditation gives PLU graduates reciprocity with many otJ1er states. Programs for the preparation o f school administrators and school l ibrarians are available. The School o ffers coursework toward the conversion, renewal, or reinstatement of tea c h i n g certificates. F o r preparation of sch o ol n u rses, see School of N ms i ng section of this ca t a l og. The School of Education o ffe r , g rad u a te degrees in Classroom eac h i ng, ' d u ca t i o n al Administration, Educational Ps ycholo gy, L i tera cy E d u c a t i o n , Special Educat ion, a n d the maste r's degree with I n i t i a l Te c hi n g Cert i ficat i o n . I nformation regarding these progr, ms is ava i Jable from the d i r ecto r of g r a dua t e p rograms in L he School of Education ( 535-7272). he
fo r Accred i ta t ion o f Teach e r
ELlGmWTY REQUIREMENTS FOR P ROFESSIONAL STUDIES (Undergraduate or Certification Only): Students seeking to re gi s te r for Education 302 o r for Educat ional Ps)'chology 26 I 1Education 262 must apply to the School of Education, i n order to r ceive a registration number. Official t r an s cripts o f a ll college/university work, w r itin g s a m p les, a n d official documentation o f college a d miss io n te t s co re s must be subm itted to the S c h o o l o f Education by t he fi rst Friday in October o r March b e fore being a d m i t ted to the School of Education and all o w e d to enroll i n education cou rs es t he U o wi n g term. '<.flJu irements illclude:
I.
E v i de n c e of verbal and qua n t i ta t ive a bil i t y as illustrated by one of t h e foll ow i n g t est s co re s : * a. Schola st i c A p t itude Test ( SAT) Verbal 425 or above; Total 9 1 0 or above" �
U
secondary applican ts over the age of2 1 , who have not taken SAT, ACT, WPCT o r TETEP must submit a TETEP score. Tes t score requirements are set by the State of Washington a n d a re subject to change.
2. Sophomore standing (30 or more semester hours) 3 . Cumulative grade point average ( GPA) of 2.50 4 . Psychology 1 0 1 : grade of C o r h igher 5. E n gli s h 1 0 1 : grade of C o r h i gh er
o c ;;0
o -n
Ap p l i c a tio n forms and proced u re s for admission to p rofe s sional studies in education are available from the School of Education. Students who do not meet all the re q u i re m e n ts may exerci s e the a p p e al p rocess for admission to Education 302 o r Educational Ps ych o logy 26 I 1Education 262. Ad mission app e a l process forms are available from an adviser in the School of Education. All students admitted to Education 302 o r Educational Psychology 26 I 1Education 262 a r e a d m itte d provisionally to a program of pro fe ssi o nal studies, s u bj e ct to con d i tions a n d p roce du res iden t i fied i n the El eme nta ry/ Seco nd ary I nitial Level Certification Handbooks, available in the School of E d uca t ion . Con t i n u a t i o n i n t h e program of p rofess i o n al stud ies i s subject to con t i nuous assess m e n t of student d evelo p ment a n d p e r for man ce. BAE and/or CERTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS: St u d e n ts become cand idates fo r certification when they have s u cces s fully co mp le t e d the fol l owi n g : I . All cou rse work with a cumulative grade point average of 2.50 or above. 2 . P rofessional Education Sequence fo r elementary o r secondary teaching. 3 . An approved teach ing majores) o r concentration(s) ( se e requi re m ent s as listed u nder Academic Prepara t i o n ) . 4 . All courses i n education a n d in major a n d m i no r fields with gra d e s of C or higher (for s eco nd a ry e d u ca t i on , B - or h ig h er re qui re d in education c o u rses ) . 5. A c h iev e m ent of proficiency in w r it i n g a nd m a t h skills. 6. A n t h ropology 2 1 0 / H isto ry 2 1 0 or An t h rop o lo g y 1 02 for second a r y teaching and Anthropology 1 02 for el em e n t a ry teach .i o g . 7. Coursework or courses on t he issues of abuse, a s ap p ro ve d by the School of Education (SPED 480). 8 . A student t e a c h i n g ex p e ri e nce . S tu d en t s m u s t co m plete al l n ece ss a ry p ro c e d u r e s b y the last friday i n O c to b e r for fal l student teaching or t h e last Friday i n November for spring student teach ing. 9. A valid first aid card. TEACHER CERTIFICATION Initial Teadung Certificate: S t udents who successful ly co m pl e te a program of pr06 ssional studies i n the School of Ed uc a t i o n, and who meet all related a cad em ic re q u ire me n t s fo r a degree or a cert i ficate, will be recommended by the School of Education fo r a Wash i n gt o n i ni t i al tea c h i n g ce r t i ficate. Add i t i o n a [ s tat e re q u i re m e n ts fo r the certificate i nclude a Wa s h i ngton State Patrol check, a n FBI finge r p r i n t check, and a passing score on state en t ry-to- p ract ice te sts . I n formation rega rd i n g ,l [ 1 state re q u i re ments and p rocedures for certifica tion is available in t h e School of Education. State req u ire men ts are subject to i,l/ mediate
c7/l.lnge.
Students should stay in close con tact with their School of Education advisers fo r upda tes in prog rn m or applicatioll
n
requirements.
Initial Teaching Certificate Renewal: Under state regulations i n e ffect at the publication o f this catalog, the Initial Certificate i s
-n
z Cl VI
E D U C A T I O N V1
LU
o V1
=> o u
w
val i d fo r four years, and may be renewed for an additional t h ree years by meeting the following requiJ"emen ts: I . In order to be eligible to renew or have an initial certificate reissued, an i n d ividual must have completed all coursework requirements for conti n u i n g cer t ification or have completed 10 semester ( 1 5 quarter) hours of study si nce the issuance of the MOST RECENT initial certificate in the role for which renewal or reissuance is being sought ( WAC 1 80-79-06 5 ) ( 1 ) ( a ) . T h e ind ividual must also meet t h e recency requirement described below. In some cases the same cred its may apply to both the renewallreissuance requirement and the recency requirement. 2 . In o rder to be eligible to obtain, renew, o r have an i nitial certificate reiss ued, the individual must have completed 10 semester ( 1 5 qua rter ) hour within the seven years preceding appli cation for the i n it ial certificate. The recency requirement does not apply to individuals who are seeking the continuing certificate. ( WAC 1 80-79-065 ) ( 3 ) 3 . An i n dividual must complete the renewal application fo rm and send it to the School of Educar-ion, with the $ 1 5 renewal fee (check made payable to Pacific Lutheran University). 4. An ind ividual must have a copy of his or her I n itial Certificate on file in the School of Education. Converti.ng to the Continuing Certificate: At the t i me of
publ ication of this catalog, state requirements include: 1. 30 semester hours o f upper d ivision o r graduate level post baccala u rea te stud y. 2 . 180 days of full-time teaching, of which 3 0 days must be with the same employer. 3 . Two endorsements. 4. Coursework in issues of abuse. Although the master's degree is no longer requi red, any School or Ed ucation MAE degree can be used to meet the academ ic re qll iremenb for the continuing certificate. Other means by which the School of Education can help persons meet continuing c rti fication requirements will be considered a s they become known. ELEMENTARY PREPARATION General requirements: In addition to the general u n iversity and core requi rements i n all curricula, certain specific requirements in 7cneral education m ust be met. 1 . Ant hropology 1 02, Exploring Anthropology; Culture and Society ( recommended) or Anthropology 2 1 0/History 2 10 , lobal Perspectives, or the equivalent m u s t be taken. 2. Biology I I I or another l i fe science course must be taken. 3. atural Sciences 1 06 or another physical science course must be taken. 4. Mathematics 223 or equivalent must be taken. A year course in one laboratory science may be substituted by those who have adequate background from h igh school i n the other science area. Professional Education: Elementary Program
Iudi idual � i t h Special Needs ( 2 ) H u m a n Lea rning: Growth a n d Development ( 3 ) Field Obser vation ( l ) Media a n d 'Iechnology i n K-8 Classrooms ( 2) Practicum 1 ( 1 ) Top ics i n Elementary Ed ucation: Classroom Issues and Instructional Strategies ( 3 ) EDUC 40 1 Practicum I I ( 1 ) ED C 406 Mathematics i n K-8 Education ( 3 ) EDUC 408 Literacy i n K - 8 Education ( 3 ) EDU 4 1 0 Science/Health i n the Elementary School ( 3 ) ED 4 1 2 Social Studies in the Elemen tary School ( 3 ) BD UC 4 3 0 Student Teaching i n K-8 Education (9) (or EDUC 434 for dual student teaching) EDUC 4 3 5 Topics in Elementary Education: Classroom Prac tice in the Context of Educational l'o u ndations ( 3 )
SPED 200 EDUC 302 E D U 303 EDUC 357 EDUC 358 EDUC 400
SPED 499 ART 3 4 1
Teaching for Ind ividual D i fferences-Elementary ( 2 ) (required o n ly for lion special educa tion lIIajors a n d rllinor Elementary Art Education ( 2 )
and
MUS I 3 4 1
Music in the Elementary School ( 1 -4)
or
SOTA 34 1 PHED 3 2 2
I ntegrating Arts in the Classroom ( 2 ) Physical Educat ion i n Elementary Schools ( 2 )
ELEMENTARY SEQUENCE ( Regular and certificafon only):
Courses must be taken in this sequence: Term I: EDUC 302 Human Learning: Growth a n d Develop ment ( 3 ) EDUC 3 0 3 Field Observation ( 1 ) SPED 2 0 0 Special Needs Learners ( 2 ) The following courses m ust b e taken after Terl/! I: PE in Elementary School ( 1 -2 ) ART 3 4 1 Elementary Art Education ( 2 ) M US l 3 4 1 Music for Classroom Teachers ( 1-2) SPED 480 C h ild Abuse ( 1 ) (reqll irel1lellt by Stale a/ Washington) PHED 322
Term II: EDUC 357 ED C 358 EDUC 406 EDUC 408 Term lIT: EDUC 400 EDUC 40 1 EDU 4 1 0 EDUC 4 1 2 SPED 499 Term I V: EDUC 430
EDUC 435
Media/Technology i n the Classroom ( 2 ) Practic u m I ( 1 ) Elementary Math Methods ( 3 ) Elementary Literacy Methods ( 3 ) Top ics: Issues/Strategies ( 3 ) Practicum I I ( 1 ) Elementary Science Methods ( 3 ) Elementary Social Stud ies Methods ( 3 ) Teaching for I nd ividual D i fferences - Elem. ( 2 ) (req llired only for non-special educa l ion II/ajvrs alld lIlillor> Student Teaching ( 9 ) ( EDUC 434 for dual student teaching) Top ics in Elementary Education: Foundations ( 3 )
SECONDARY PREPARATION General requirements: In addition to the general un iversity
requirements in aU curricula, certa i n specific requirements for general education must be met. I . Anthropology/ History 2 1 0 , Global Perspectives ( recom mended) or Anthropology 1 02 , Culture and Society, must be taken. 2 . Computer Science 322, M icrocomputers in the Classroom, must be taken ( Physic.al Education and Music Education degree majors excepted) . 3 . M i n i m u m grade requirements i nclude a cumulative grade point average of 2.50 for the fullowing: a . E n t rance to p ro fessional sequence. b. E n rollment i n any course i n p ro fessional education. c. Graduation and/or cer t i fication. 4 . Grades o f C or h igher i n the following: a . All courses i n majors and minors. b. English 1 0 1 , Psychology 1 0 1 , An thropology/History 2 1 0 or Anthropology 1 02. c . Computer Science 322. Professional Education: Secondary Program (minimum of 30 semester hours):
EPSY 2 6 1 EDUC 262
EDUC 263
Human Relations Development ( 3 ) ( Prerequisite: Admission to the sequence) Foundations of Education ( 3 ) ( Prerequisites: Admission to the sequence and concurrent enroll ment i n EPSY 2 6 1 ) School Observation ( l ) ( P rerequisites: Admission to the sequence a nd con c urrent enrollnent in EDUC 262)
E D U C A T I O N <::] m
Psy c ho logy fo r Teaching ( 3 ) ( Prereq uisite:
361
ED
EPSY 26 1 ) Te a c h i ng for Ind ividual D i fferences - Seco n d ar y ( 4 ) ( P re req u isit e s : E D U C 26 2/2 6 3 , EPSY 26 1 ) ( Not re qu i red for special education m aj ors or m i nors) 4 4 X S u bj ec t Area Methods (3) ( Prereq u isites: EDU
ED
461
362
262/263, EPSY 26 1 , 3 6 1 , SPED 362)
G en era l Te ac h i n g Me thods - . eco n d a ry ( 3 ) ( P re re q u i s i tes : EPSY 26 1 , E D C 262, co n c u rr e n t enrol lment in E D O
ED
C 462
Teacher Assis t i n g -
462)
Secondary ( I ) ( P re requi si t es :
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION MINOR: Students p reparing for e le men ta r y c la ss roo m t ea ch i n g should choose one of the fo l lo wi n g o p t i o ns: Cross-Disciplinary Studies ( 1 2 hours required) Select 12 hours (rom: C h i l d re n's Li t e r a t u re C o m p ut ers in Education Sp ee ch C h ild Develo p men t Special Education Geography Special Education ( 1 8 hours required) (see l i s t i n g under Special E d u c a t i o n K- 1 2) EDUC 408
E D U C 46 I )
ED
C 468
Student Tea c h i n g - S econ da ry
EDUC
(9) ( P rereq u i s i t es :
.
..
.
EDGC 5 1 3
rDUC 338
IDUC 5 2 8
E[ U
468 . . . . . . . . . . """." " " . . . . . " . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , , . . . . . . . . , , . . . . . . . . . . . 9 hours
S t r a t eg i e s for Whole Li t e r acy Instruction (K- 1 2) ( 2 ) (2)" Adolescent Literature in t h e S e co n d a r y C h i l d ren's LiterJture i n K - 8 C u r r i c u l u m
" May substitute ENGL 364 01' equivalellt 4-hour children's litera ture coLirst? for EDUC 528 alld the childrel1's literature electives.
Mathematics 1 2 hours in m a themat ics req u i red (possibly including computer . SCIence), selected in consultation with School of Ed u c at i on
GmciuaLe Studellts (with B.A.lB.S. degrees) EPSY 26 1 , EDUC 262, 2 6 3 . . . . . . " " " . . " . . . . " . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ",, ..... " 7 hours E P Y 36 1 , ED C 46 1 , 462, SPED 362 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I I hours E DUC 44X, 468 . ... . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . " " " " " .. "" ....... ...... " ... ,,",, . . . 1 2 hours
a d vi ser.
SPECIAL EDUCATION (K-12): The 32 sem e s t e r hour te a ch i n g major and 1 8 semester hour m inor m u s t be taken in co nj u n c tio n with an academic t e a ch i n g major. tudents co m p le t i ng t h is major along wi th tht! required professional education s eq u e nce fo r elemen t a r y o r se c o n d a ry teachers will be recommended fo r an en d o rseme n t in spec i a l ed u ca t io n S t u de n ts n o t m aj o rin g in educatIOn may be excused from the re q u i re m e n t s of ta k i ng
ACADEMI C PREPARATION: A m aj or from those l is t e d m ust b omplcted. mple t i o n of a t e a c h ing m Jjor/ m i n or in a nd aC3df:'mic area is s t Tongl y recom mended. ( S t u dents do major in e duc a t i o n ) . Teach i n g majors a rc offered in the
� ! l owi n g a reas: a n th ropology, art, b i ol o gy, c h e m isr r y, d rama, J e r m a n , h i s t o ry, }ouro, ItSlll , l a n g u a ge arts, m a t hematics, music, Norwe g ian, physical eduGl t ion, p h ys ics, p o li t i ca l sc ie n ce , p s ych o lo gy, sciel lce, so ial ·tudies, soc i o l o gy, pan i s h , and sp e ec h . M i nors o n l y are avallable in C h i n e se , co m p u ter science, hea l t h , and Latin. The m aj o rs and m i nor in the ele m e n t a r y and sec o n d a r y ed ucation programs have been revised because of cha n ges in t h e Wa h i ngton Adm i n istrat ive C o de . Except in t h e areas of E n gl i s h l l an g; 1.l30e ar t s , c i e nce, and soc i a l stud ies, the e l em en ta r y m aj or full dis a re a s of s t udy required by t h e State fo r endorsemen t . See an ed u ca t i o n adviser fo r cu r re n t in fo r m at i o n .
.
earth sciences, econom ics, Engl ish, fre nc h,
Education 302 o r Educa t ional Psychology 26 l 1 Educa tion 2 6 2 .
Major (32 hours minimum) Required Courses (/IlinimLim of21 hours): SPED 200 Individuals w i th S p ec ia l I eeds ( 2 ) or equivalrllt SPED 2 9 2 Assessment in S p e c i a l E d u c a t i o n (2) SPED 390 Te a c h in g Life a n d Vo c at i on al Skills ( 2 ) SPED 3 9 1 S P E D 393 SPED 394 SPED 396
PREPARATION FOR SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL TEACHING: tudents preparing fo r senior high t e a ch i n g m u st c o mp l e te a ppro xi ma tel y 3 2-69 s e m es t e r hours in the aca dem i c area in w h ich they plan to teach. A m in o r in a second te ac h ing area is
SPED 40 1
Practicul11 i n Life Skills
(I)
Te a c h i n g Students with Behavior P rob l e ms
P ra c t i c u m i n B e ha vio r Problems
(I)
S P E D 402
(2)
Inst ructional Man a gem en t ( 2 )
Academic I n s t r u c t i o n al S t ra tegi e s for
Lea rn e rs with
P ra ct l c u m in Instructional S t r a te gi es
(1)
Special Needs ( 3 )
o m mu o i c a t io n and CollJboration ( 3 ) 'urriculum, Instruction, a nd Technology (4) SPED 407 SPED 480 Child Abuse ( I ) One of the following courses: Me d i cal ly Fr a gi le ( 2 ) SPED 296 S P ED 408 Transitions from S c h oo l to C o m m un it y ( 2 ) Me th o d s o f Teach i ng Yo u n g Children ( 2 ) S P E D 492 S P E D 404
reco m me n d e d . Students may also find it ad va n t a ge o u to Lheir c a reer goals to I) d evelo p skills i n one or mo re coaching areas i n re s p o ns e t o T i t l e IX l e g i sl a t io n , 2 ) develop co m p e ten c i es in s pecial education i n respon s e
to fede ra l sp e c ial education and 3 ) d e vel o p p rofici enc y in one or more l a n gu age s, p ar1 ic ul a rl y p a n ish nd Asian l a n guages. In all cases, s tud e n ts Il1U 1 d i s cu ss t h eir p ro g ra m w i t h an adviser from t h e School of leg isl at i o n ,
PillS Student Teaching:
Educatio n .
SPED 4 3 8
PREPARATIO N F O R K- 1 2 TEACHING: Students p re pa r i n g fo r . K- 1 2 teachmg In art, mUSIC, fo re i gn l an gu a ge , or p h ysi c a l
education must have s t ude n t teaching exp er ien ce and course work in m e t hod o l ogy on both t h e el e me nt a r y a n d seco n d a rv vels. Detailed i n formation regardi n g K - 1 2 ce r t i G ca ti o n is ' vail abJe in the School of Education office. A S ch oo l of Educa t io n adviser is req u ired in addition to an adviser i n art, music, or phys i cal ed uca t i o n
o " "
La ngu age/Literacy Develop m e n t : Assess m e n t an d
Elect ive ( 1 -2)
EPSY 36 1 , SPED 3 6 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . " " . 7 hours
46 1 , 462, 4 4 X """"" ........................ . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 hours
Str a t eg ie s for Langu,lge/Literacy D e ve l o p m e n t i n
Curriculum ( 2 ) *
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 hours
ED
o c
m
inst ruction ( 4 )
EI)UC 529 .....
n
m
Language Arts in the E l e m e n t a ry School ( 3 )
Classrooms ( 2 )
EP Y 26 1 , 36 1 , EDUC 262, 2 6 3 , 46 1 , 462, SP ED 362 . senior s tan d i n g, cumulative PA of 2.50 or h igh r; a valid first a i d card must be on file before s t ude n t t ea c h i n g pl a ce me n t can be fi nalized) Recommended Seq1Jences: Ulldcrgrnduate Studellts E PSY 2b l , E D UC 2 6 2 , 263 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
511
m
V>
Reading Endorsement ( 1 6)
EPSY 26 1 , EDUC 262, concurrent enrollment i n
m
SPED 4 3 9 SPED 440
{
.
{
Student Tea ch i ng -
Ele m enta r y ( 5 ) Student leaching - S eco n d a r y ( 5 ) Student Tea h i n g . em i nar ( I )
Minor ( 18 hours minimum) I n cl i vidu 1 with Special Ne eds ( 2 ) or equivalent SPED 200 SPED 292 Assessment i n Sp e c ia l Education (2) SPED 390 Teaching Life and Voca tional Skills ( 2) SPED 3 9 1
Pr a c t i cu m i n Life
or S P ED 393
Te a c h i n g S t udents w i t h Bebavior Problems ( 2 )
SPED 394
S k i l ls
(I)
Practicum i n Behavior Problems ( I )
z
E D U C A T I O N
z
o
cr:
=> o u
SP E D 396 SPED 40 1
In structional Management ( 2 ) Academic Instructional S t rategies for Learners with Special Need s (3) SPED 402 Practicum i n Instructional S t rategies ( I ) SPED 407 Curricu lum, I nst ruction, and Technology ( 4 ) Child Abuse ( I ) S P E D 480 Please note: Special Education 200 is a prereq uisite to ALL special education col./rsework. Educatioll 302 or Edllcational Psychology 2611Education 262 is a prerequisite for A LI. 300 or 400-lel'el Special Education courses. Students /lot majoring ill education lI1ay be excused from this requirement. EARLY CHILDHOOD - SPECIAL ED UCATION
See Graduate Studies. LIBRARY LEARNING RESOURCE SPECIALIST: Preparation
o
of Sc.hool Librarians ( 1 6 semester hours) Students i n terested in p reparing fo r the responsibility of administering a school library may meet suggested standards t h rough the following progra m: Pre req u isite: EDUC 253 or EPSY 26 1 / DUC 262, o r teacher certification. Required: EDUC 506 Fou ndations of School Library Media Center Management ( 2 ) EDUC 5 0 7 Principles o f I n formation Organization, Retrieval, and Service ( 2 ) DUC 5 0 8 Principles o f Bibliographic Analysis a n d Control ( 2 ) Foundations o f Collection Development (2) . DU ' 509 EDUC 537 Media and Technology for School Library Media Specialists ( 2 ) EDUC 538 Strategies for Whole Literacy Instruction ( K- 1 2) ( 2 ) E DUC 5 5 5 Curricu lum Development ( 2 ) Electives - o n e of the following: E D U 528 hildren's Litera t u re i n K -8 Curriculum (2) EDUC 529 Adolescent Literature in the Secondary Curric u l u m (2) EDUC 456 Storytelling ( 2 ) PRINCIPAL'S AND PROGRAM ADMINISTRATOR'S CERTIFI CATE: Preparation programs leadi n g to certification at
the i nitial and continuing levels fo r school and district-wide program administrators a re available through the School of Education. Specific requirements for the cer tificates are iden t i fied in handbooks available upon request. Master's degrees IJ1 educational administration are described in the GradLwte SI11dies section of this catalog. CRRT1FICATION REQUIREMENTS FOR SCHOOL NURSES:
Educational Staff Associate certification for school n u rses is individually designed through lhe School of ursing. For i n formation rega rding school n u rse certifica t ion, contact the School of Nursing ( 535-8872 ) . Teaching Major/Minor Requirements ANTHROPOWGY
State endorsement req uirements: ( I ) Cultural A nthropology, ( I I ) Physical Anthropology, ( I I I ) Archaeology. Secondary teaching major: 32 semester hours required. Anth ! O I ( I I ) ; 1 0 2 ( I) ; 354 ( I I ) ; 480 ( I ) ; 4 hours from Anth 220, 225 ( 1 ) , 230, 330, 336, 345, 343; 4 hours from Anth 2 1 0, 350, 360, 375, 380, 392, 490 ( I ) ; 8 hours from: Anth 1 03 , 332, 365, 370, 465, ( 3 3 1 + 370) (II, I l l ) . Secondary teaching minor: 2 0 semester hours required. nth 1 0 1 ( I I ); 1 02 ( I ) ; 8 hours from Anth 2 1 0 , 220, 225, 230, 330, 3 36, 343, 345, 354, 490 ( I ) ; 4 hours from Anth 1 03, 332, 365, 370, 465, ( 3 3 1 + 370) (II, 1 I I ) . iilemcnlary teach ing major: 2 4 sem ster hours required. Anth 1 0 1 ( II); 1 0 2 ( I ) ; 354 ( I I ) ; 8 hours from A nth 2 1 0, 220,
3 3 0 , 3 3 6 , 343, 354, ( 343/225 + 490) ( I ) ; 4 hours from Anth 1 03 , 3 3 2 , 365, 370 , 465 (33 1 + 370) ( I I , I I I ) ART
State endorsemellt req uiremCllls: ( I ) Art history, ( ' ; ) Aesthetics or p h i losophy of drt, ( I I I ) D rawing, ( I V ) Pai n t i ng, ( V ) Sculpture, ( V I ) I nstructional methods in art. K-1 2 teaching major: 34 semester hours required. Art 1 60 ( I IT); 1 96 ( I I ) ; 226 ( V ) ; 230 ( V ) ; 250 ( I V ) ; 365 ( I I ) ; 3 4 1 ( V : ) ; 4 hours from: A r t 290, 326, 370; 4 hours from Art 1 80, 1 8 1 , 3 8 0 ( I ) . Art millor: 26 semester hours req u ired. Art 1 60 ( I I I ) ; 1 96 ( I I ) ; 250 ( V ) ; 365 ( IV ) ; 34 1 ( I I ) ; 4 hours from Art 230, 3 26, 370 ( V ) ; 4 hours from Art 1 80, 1 8 1 , 380 ( I ) . BIOWGY
State endorsement requirenLerIts: ( I ) Genetics, ( I I ) Ecology or evolution theory, ( I I I ) Botany, i ncluding laboratory experi足 ence, ( I V) Zoology, including laboratory experience, ( V ) I.aboratory management and safety, ( VI ) Science technology and society or bioethics. Secondary teach i/lg major: 41 semester hours required . Biology 1 6 1 , 1 6 'i A ( I ) ; 1 6 2 ( I , III, I V ) ; 323 ( I I , IV, V I ) ; 340 or 359 ( I I I ) ; 2 0 1 or 328 ( I ) ; 424 o r 475 ( I I ) ; 324 or 3 26 or 3 6 1 ( ; V ) ; 3 2 3 o r 33 1 o r 407 ( I , V I ) ; 4 hours o f electives from Biology 205 or above. Required supporting: Chemis try 1 05 or 1 1 5. Secolldary tcae/ling minor: 25 semester hours required. Biology 1 6 1 ( I ) ; 1 6 2 ( I , I l l, I V ) ; 323 ( I I , IV, V I ) ; 8 hours of electives from Biology 20 I or above. Required supporting: Chemistry 105 or 1 1 5. Elementary teaching major: 25 semester hours required. Same as secondary teaching m i nor. CHEM ISTRY
State endorsement reqllirements: ( I ) Organic chemistry, including laboratory experience, ( l J ) Inorganic chemistry, i n cluding laboratory experience, ( I l l ) Analytic chemist ry, including laboratory experience, ( IV ) Physical chemistry, (V) Labora足 tory management and safety. Secondary teaching major: 54 senlester hours requ i red. Chemistry l i S ( n ); 1 1 6 ( I I ) ; 3 2 1 ( I I I) ; 332 ( I ) ; 333 ( I ) ; 334 ( I ) ; 3 4 1 ( I V ) ; 342 ( 1 V ) ; 343 ( IV ) ; 344 ( I V ) ; 403 ( I ) . Required supporti ng: Math 1 5 1 ; 1 5 2; Physics 1 5 3 ; 1 54; 1 63; 1 64. Secondary teaching millor: 26 semester hours req u i red. Chemistry 1 1 5 ( I I ) ; 1 1 6 ( 1 1 ) ; 2 10; 331 ( I I I ) ; 3 3 2 ( I ) ; 333 ( I ) ; 3 3 4 ( IV ) ; 4 hours from Chemistry 3 2 1 o r 403. clem e ntary teaching major: 2 4 semester hours required. Chemistry 1 04 ( I ) ; 1 05 ( I ) ; 1 1 5 ( I I ) ; 1 1 6 ( I I ) ; 2 1 0; 4 hours of electives form Earth Sciences. CHINESE
State endorsement recluirements: ( I ) Writi ng/composition in the designated fo reign language, ( I I ) Conversation in the designated foreign language, ( I l l ) Reading in the designated foreign language, ( r Y ) Hi story and culture of the designated fo reign language. Se con da ry teaching minor: 24 semester hours required. Chinese 1 0 1 ; 1 0 2; 20 1 ; 202; 3 5 1 ; 37 1 . Elonelltary teaching major: 2 4 semester hou rs required. Same as secondary teaching minor. COMPUTER SCIENCE
State endorsemellt requirements: ( I ) Computers and society, ( I I ) Computer software, ( I I I ) Data structures, ( I V ) Assembly language, ( V ) Structured p rogramming in BASIC or logo, ( V I ) Structured programming in one of the h igh level languages: LISP, C, Pascal, PROLOG, FORTRAN, PL I , Smalltalk, COBOL, Modula 2, FORTH, RPG. Secondary teaching mil1or: 24 semester hours required. Computer Science 1 44 (V & V I ) ; 270 ( I I I ) ; 322 (I & I I ) ; 380
E D U C A T I O N o
( IV ) ; 449 ( I & I I ) . Requ i red supporting: Math 1 28 or 1 5 1 . 4 h urs from .SCI 1 1 0, 2 1 0 ( V ) , 220 ( I I ) or 486. elltary teachin� major: 26 semester hou rs. Same as second ary teaching minor, p i llS 2 hours from Special Education 494. DRAMA Strite elldorsemen t requirem ellts: ( I ) Acting skills, ( I I ) Theatre
production, ( I I I ) Theatre history or h istory o f drama, ( I V ) reative d rama, ( V ) Theatre d i recting. Seco ndary teaching major: 32 emt'ster hours required. Theatre 1 5 1 ( I I ) ; 1 60 ; 24 1 (I & IV); 250 ( I & IV); 352 ( I I & V ) ; I V ) ; 3 6 3 or 3 6 4 ( IV ) ; 4 5 4 ( I I I ) . 357 (I Seco ndary teachillg millor: 2 0 semester hours required. Theatre 1 5 1 ( I I ) ; 250 (I & IV); 4 hours from Theatre 160, 363, 364 e I lf); 8 hours fro m Theatre 35 1 ( I I ) , 352 ( I I & V), 454 ( I I I ) , 458 (II & I V ) . Elemen t a ry teaching maj or: 24 semester hours required. heatre 1 5 1 ( I1 ) ; 1 60 ( I I I ) ; 250 (I & IV); 8 hours from Theatre 3 5 1 ( 1 1 ) , 352 ( I I & V), 454 ( I ll ) , 458 ( I I & I V ) ; 4 hou rs of electives. EARTH SCIENCES
re<) uircments: ( I ) Physical geology, ( II ) Historical geology, ( I I I ) Environmental geology, ( I V ) Oceanography, ( V ) Astronomy, ( V I ) Meteorology SecOIldary leaching mlljor: 45-46 semester hours required. Earth Sciences 1 3 1 ( I ) ; 1 3 2 ( I I ) ; 1 33 or 222 ( I l l ) ; 202 ( IV); Natural Sciences 206 ( V ) ; Meteorology (VI); 1 2 - 1 3 hours from Earth Sciences 323, 324, 325, 326, 327, 328, 330, 3 34, 34 1 , 3 5 0 . Chemistry 1 04 or l l 5. Physics 1 25, 1 35 . 4 hours from Math 1 40 or higher or one course from Computer Science l I S, 1 44 or 220. ry teaching m in o r: 20 semester hours required. arth Sciences 1 3 1 ( 1 ) ; 1 32 ( I I ) ; 1 33 ( I I I ) ; 202 ( IV ) ; 222 ( I I I ) ; Natural Sciences 206 ( V ) ; Meteorology. Elementary tea ch ing major: 24 semester hours required. Same as seco ndary teaching minor with 4 additional hours of earth s iences electives at the 300 level or higher. Select from 250, 3 2 3 , 324, 325, 326, 327, 328, 329, 335.
State endorse ment
ECONOMICS
Sfate elldorsernent requirements: ( I ) Macroeconomics, ( I I )
M i roecono mics, ( Il l ) History and/or development o f e onomic thought. Secollda ry teaching major: 3 2 semester hours required. Economics 1 30 ( I I ) or 1 5 1 - 1 52 ( I ) ; 3 5 1 ( I ) ; 352 ( I I ) ; 486 ( I I I ) ; 8 hours from Economics 343, Statistics 23 1 , Math 34 1 , Bu siness 202, o r a n elective i n computer science; 8 hours of clecti e s in economics, 4 h o u rs of which m, y b e statistics a n d/or i n cluding Economics 399, 490, 492, 493 fo r variable credit. Secolldary teachillg millor: 2 0 semester hours required. Econ mics 1 30 ( I I ) ; 3 5 1 ( I ) ; 352 ( I I ) ; 48 6 ( Ill); 4 hours of electives in economics which may include statistics. Elemelltary teaching I / l aj o r: 24 semester ho urs required. Same JS secondary teaching minor with 4 additional hours of e1e tives in economics or statist ics. ENGUSH
Stille endorseme n t req uirements: ( I ) American li terature, ( I I )
English literature, ( I I I ) Comparative literatu re, ( IV) Linguis tics or st ructure of language, ( ) Wri t ing/composition. Forei n La nguage requirement: All English majors must complete at least two years of a foreign language a t the u niversity level. 'eeondary teaching major: 36-44 semester hours required beyond ' ngl ish 1 0 1 . English 2 4 1 ( I ) ; 2 5 1 ( I I ) ; 252 ( I I ) ; 30 1 ; 328 ( V ) ; 403 ( IV); 4 hours from English 2 1 6, 2 3 3 , 3 4 3 ( I l l ) ; Education 529; ( 1 2 hours fro m periods and surveys ) ; 4 hours from Senior Seminar.
20 semester hours required beyond English 1 0 1 . English 24 1 ( I ) , 25 1 ( I I ) , 328 ( V) , 403 ( IV ) ; 4 hours from English 2 1 6, 233, 343 or Education 529. Elem entary teaching major: 24 semester hours req u i red beyond English 10 I . English 24 1 , 25 1 , 328, 403; 4 h o urs from English 364, 365, or Education 528 or 529; 4 hours from Communi cation 1 23, 330, 450, Theatre 24 1 , o r 4 58 .
m
Secondary t e achi ng minor:
ENGLISH/ENGLISH LANGUAGE ARTS
State ell(iorsemcnt requirements: ( I ) American literature, ( I I ) English literature, ( I I I ) Comparative literature, ( IV ) linguis tics or structure of language, (V) Writi ng/composition . ( V I ) Drama, ( V I I ) Speech, ( V I I I ) Journalism. Secondary teaching maj o r: 44 semester hours required. English 24 1 ( I ) ; 25 1 or 252 ( II ) ; 327 or 328 ( V ) ; 403 ( I V ) ; 4 hours from English 2 1 6, 2 1 7, 2 1 8, 23 1 ) 365 ( I I I ) ; 8 hours i n Speech and Communications 1 23 , 3 28, 330, 436, 4 5 0 ; Theatre 24 1 ( VI I ) ; 8 hours drama from Theatre 1 5 1 , 250, 352, 458 ( V I ) ; 8 hours in journalism from Communication 283, 380, 38 1 , 388, ( V l I I ) . ElernClltary teaching maj o r: 2 4 semester hours required. Engl ish 2 4 1 ( I ) ; 2 5 1 o r 252 ( I I ) ; 327 or 328 ( V ); 4 hou rs from English 403; Languages 200 ( IV ) ; 4 hours from English 364, 365 ( I I I ) ; 4 hours from Communication 1 23 ( VI I ) , 330 ( V I I ) , 4 5 0 ( V I I ) , Theatre 24 1 ( V I ) , 4 5 8 ( V I ) . FRENCH
( I ) Writing/composition in the designated foreign la nguage, ( I I ) Conversation in the designated fo reign language, ( I I I ) Reading i n t he designated foreign lan guage, ( IV) History and culture of the designated fo reign language. Secolldary leacizing majo r: 32 semester hours required beyond French 1 0 1 - 1 0 2. French 20 1 ( I I , I I I , I V ) ; 202 ( II, I I I , I V ) ; 3 2 1 ( IV); 3 5 1 ( I & I I ) ; 3 5 2 ( I & I I ) ; 42 1 ( II I ) ; 422 ( I I I ); 43 1 o r 432 (III). Second a ry te ac izi ng //lillor: 2 0 semester hours beyond 1 0 1 - 1 0 2 . French 20 1 ( I I , I l l , I V ) ; 2 0 2 ( I I, I I I , I V ) ; 3 2 1 ( IV ) ; 3 5 1 ( I & II); 352 ( I & II). Elell1en tary teaching major: 2 4 semester hours beyond 1 0 I - I 02. Same as secondary minor plus 4 hours from upper division electives.
State elldorselllent re1l llirements:
GERMAN
( I ) Writing/composition in the designated foreign language, ( I I ) Conversation in the designated foreign language, ( II I ) Reading in the designated foreign language, ( I V ) History and culture of the designated fo reign language. Secondary teachng /'flaj07': 32 semester hours requi.red beyond 1 0 1 - 102. German 20 1 ( I & I I ) ; 202 ( I & I I ) ; 3 2 1 ( I V ) ; 35 1 ( I & I I ) ; 3 5 2 ( I & [ I ) ; 42 1 ( I I I ) ; 422 ( I I I ) . Seco l l da ry teach ing //li no r: 2 0 semester hours required beyond German 10 I - I 02. German 20 I ( I , I I ) ; 202 (I & I I ) ; 3 2 1 or 322 ( IV ) ; 351 ( I & II); 352 (I & I I ) . Elementary teaching major: 2 4 semester hours required beyond German 1 0 1 - 1 02 . Same as secondary minor plus 4 hours from upper division German elective. State endorsement retl uirell1cnts:
HEALTH
( I ) Substance use and abuse, ( I I ) Well ness a n d i l lness, ( I I I ) ut rition, ( I V ) Human physiology, ( 5 ) Safety education. Secondary t ea chi llg lI1ajor: 16 semester hours required. Health 260 ( III); 270 ( I I ) ; 292 ( V ) ; 295 ( I I ); 321 ( I V); 32 3 ( 1 1) ; 3 2 5 ( I I & I I I ) ; 327 ( I ) ; 2 hours o f electives approved by health coordinator. Elemel1l'a ry teaching lI1ajor: 24 semester hours required. Same as secondary teaching m i nor, and LO hours of electives in health education. State wdorsetnent requirements:
m m
(") o c ;;0 VI m o
m
Z Q
E D U C A T I O N
H ISTORY
( I ) Wash ington State or Pacific . orthwest h i , tory and government, ( I I ) United States h istory, ( I I I ) World, Western, or Pacific Rim history o r civilizations. Secolldary tea c h i ng major: 3 2 semester hours required. 8 hours form H istory 25 1 , 252, 253 ( I I ) ; [ 0 7 or [ 08 ( I I I ) ; 460 or 46 1 ( I ); Senior Semi nar; 4 hours of electives from non Western history ( 205, 336, 3 3 8 , 340, 380) ( I I I ) ; and 8 hours of upper division electives in h istory. Secondary tea ch ing minor: 20 semester hours required. 4 hours from H istory 25 1 , 2 5 2 , 2 5 3 ( I I ); 1 07 or 108 ( I I I ) ; 460 or 46 I 0); 4 hours of elective, from non-Western history ( 205, 336, 338, 340, 380) ( II I ) ; and 4 hours of upper division electives in h istory. Ele m e nt a ry teaching lIlajor: 24 semester hours required. Same as secondary teach i n g minor. Ant hropology 3 54.
Stale endorsement req uirements:
o u.J V1 cc: � o u
u.J u.J
JOURNALISM
Stale endorsement requirements: ( I ) News and fea ture writing, o
( I I ) Copy editing, ( I I I ) News production, ( IV) Copy makeup and design, ( V ) gal rights and liabil ities of the press. Seco ndlllY leaching major: 3 2 semester hours required. Communication 1 23 ; 27 1 ; 283; 5 3 3 ; 380 ( I I , I I I , I V ) ; 3 8 1 ( V ) ; 384 ( I ) ; 388 ( I ) ; 4 hours of electives. Secol/dary teach i ng m il/or: 20 semester hours required. Communication 1 23 ; 27 1 ; 283; 380 ( I I , I I I , I V ) ; 3 8 1 ( V ) . Elementary teaching lIlajor: 2 4 semester hours required. Same a s secondary teaching m inor plu s 384 ( I ) ; 3 8 8 ( I ) . LATIN
( I ) \A/riting/co m position in the designated fo reign language, ( I I ) Conversation in the de ignated foreign la nguage, ( Il l ) Reading in the designated foreign language, ( IV ) History and culture of the designated foreign language. S econ da ry teachillg mi n or: 24 semester hours required. Latin 1 0 1 ( I I I ) ; 1 0 2 ( I I I ); 2 0 1 ( I, I I ) ; 202 ( I , I I ) . Classics 250 o r 3 2 2 (IV); 4 h o u rs from upper division Lat i n elective.s. Elelllerlta ry teaching /Ilajor: 24 semester hours required. Latin 1 0 1 ( I I I ) ; 1 0 2 ( I I I ) ; 20 1 ( I , I I ) ; 202 ( I , I I ) ; Classics 250 ( I V ) ; 322 ( I V ) .
State eluiorsc lll enl re q uirements:
MATHEMATICS
State e ndorsement req uirements: ( I) Eucl idean geom e t ry, ( l l)
No n- Euclidea n geomet ry, (III) Differential calculus, ( i V ) Integral calculus, ( V ) Discrete mathematics ( a combination o f a L least two o f t h e follow i ng : p roba b i l i ty, stat istics, combina torics , business ap-plications, logic, set theory, functions). Seco/ldary teaching 7Ilajor: 4 I s e m e ster hours requ i red. Math 1 5 1 ( I I I & I V ) ; 1 52 ( I I I & I V ) ; 203; 245 (V); 32 1 ( I & II ) ; 3 3 1 ( V ) ; 4 hours from Math 34 1 or 433; 4 hours of elec tives from upper d ivision Mathema tics or Computer Science (excluding Math 446 and Computer Science 3 2 2 ) . Required supporting: Computer Science 1 44; Physics 1 53 ; 1 6 3 . Seco l1dary teach i ng minor: 2 2-24 semester hours req u i red . Math I S I ( I I I & I V ) ; 1 52 ( I I I & I V ) ; 3 2 1 (I & I I ) ; Computer Science 144; 2-4 hours from Math 230 or 3 5 1 ( V ) ; 4 hours Math 245, 34 1 , 433. MVS1C
( I ) Score reading, ( I I ) Music t heory, ( II I ) Music history and /or culture, ( l V) ,onducting, ( V) I nstructional m u i c , ( V I ) Instruct ional methods in general music. K- 1 2 Teach ing Major (music sp ec i a l is t): See the requirements for the degree Bachelor of Music Education ( B.M.E.) as listed under Music in this catalog: B . M . E. - K- 1 2 Choral B.M.E. - K - 1 2 I nstrumental ( Band Emphasis) B.I\II .E. - K - 1 2 Instru mental (Orchestra Emphasis) State endorsement requirements:
Ele m en ta ry teach i ng major: 24 semester hours req u i red. See music mi nor requirements listed under Music in this catalog, plus Music 34 1 . NORWEGIAN
endorsement requirements: ( I ) Writing/composition in the designated foreign language, ( I I ) Conversat ion in the designated fo reign language, ( II I ) Read ing in the designated fo reign language, ( I V) History and culture of the designated foreign la nguage. Secondary teachil1g major: 32 semester hours required. Norwegian 1 0 1 ( 1 , II, 1 \ I ) ; 1 02 ( I , I I , J I l l ; 201 ( I I ) ; 202 ( I I ) ; 3 5 1 ( I & I I ) ; 3 5 2 ( I & I I ) ; 4 hours from upper d ivision elect ives in Scandinavian cultur e and 4 hours from upper division elective in Scandi navian literature ( I V ) . Secondary teaching m inor: 24 semester hours required. Norwegian 1 0 1 ( I, I I , I I I ) ; 1 02 ( I , II, I I I ) ; 20 1 ( I I ) ; 202 ( I I ) ; 35 1 ( l or I I ) ; 4 hours from u pper division electives i n Scandinavian culture ( IV ) . Elementary teachillg major: 24 semester hours required. S a m e as secondary teaching m i n or.
State
PH YSICAl EDUCATION endorse ment requirements: ( I ) Care and prevention of student injury, i nclud ing first a id, ( I I ) Kinesiology, ( I I I ) Exercise physiology, ( IV ) School physical educat ion, sports, or athletic l aw, (V) Sociology and/or psychology of sports, ( V I ) I nstructional methods in physical education for the hand icapped, ( V I I ) I nstructional methods in physical education. K- 12 teaching major: 53 semester hours required. Biology 205; 206; Healt h Edllcation 2 8 1 ( I ) ; Physical Educa tion 277 ( V ) ; 283 ( V I I ) ; 285 ( V I I ) ; 286 ( V I I ) ; 287 ( V I I ) ; 288 ( V I I ) ; 322 ( V I I ) ; 326 ( V I ) ; 328 ( IV ) ; 345 ( IV ) ; 478 ( I I , J I I ) ; 480 (III); 484 (VII); 486 (II). K- 12 teaching minor: 2 3 semester hours required. H e a l c h Edllcation 2 8 1 ( I ) ; Physical Educat ion 283 ( V I I ) ; 2 8 8 ( V I I ) ; 322 ( V I I ) ; 328 ( l ) ; 334; 345; 6 hours from Physical Education 285, 286, 2 8 7 ( VI I ) . ElcnleJllllry acadelllic major: 2 5 semester hours reqllired. Health Education 28 1 ( I ) ; Physical Education 283 ( V I I ) ; 288 ( V I I ) ; 322 ( V I I ) ; 328 ( I V ) ; 334 ( I I ) ; 345 ( I I ) ; 8 hours from Physical Education 285, 286, 287 ( V I I ) .
Sta le
PHYSICS
State endorse ment requiremen ts: (I) Mecha n ics, including laboratory experience , ( I I ) Elect ricity and magne tism ,
including laboratory experience, ( I I I ) Light and sound, including laboratory experience, ( IV ) Thermodynamics, modern physics, or astronomy. Secolldary teaching major: 42 semester hours required. Physics 1 5 3 ( I, I I , I I I ) ; 1 54 ( I , II, I I I ) ; 1 6 3 ( I ); 1 1 4 ( I I , I I I ) ; 223 ( 1\1) ; 33 1 ( I I ) ; 333 ( I V ) ; 336 ( I ) ; 354; Math l S I ; 1 52 ; 2 5 3 . Seco/lda ry teelchillg lIIil1or: 25-26 semester hours req u i red. 10 hours from Physics 1 25 ( I ) ; 126 ( I I , 1 I I ) ; 1 3 5 ( I ) ; 1 3 6 or 1 53 ( I I , I I I ) ; 1 54 (I, II, I l l ) ; 163, 1 64 ( I I ) ; Chemistry 3 4 1 ; Physics 3 54; Natural Sciences 206 ( I V ) . Required supporting: 1 5 1 , 1 5 2. Elementnry teaching major: 25-26 semester hours requ ired. Same as secondary teach i ng m inor.
E D U C A T I O N o m
Elelllelltary teach illg lIlajur: 24 semester hours requ i red. cndo(seme71t req llirerncltls: ( I ) American government, ( I I ) Internationa l relations o r studies, ( I I I ) Comparative govern. ment or polit ical systems, ( I V ) Political theo ry. Po l i t i a l Science 1 0 1 , l S I ( I ) ; 4 hours fro m Political Science
I,
23 1 , 33 1 , 3 3 8 ; 4 hours fro m Po lit ical Science 2 1 0, 38
(JII); 4
384,
hours from Political Science 325, 326
( [V ) ; 8 hours from Political Science 345, 354, 3 57, 36 1 , 363, 364, 368, 37 1 , 3 7 2 , 3 73 ; 4 hours of elect ives in political
Pol itical Science 1 0 1 , l S I ( I ) ; 4 hours from 345, 354, 357, 36 1 , 363, 364, 368, 37 1 , 372, 3 7 3 ; 4 hours from Political Science 23 1 , 33 1 , 3 3 8 ( I I ) ; 4 hours from Political Science 2 1 0 , 3 8 1 , 384, 3 8 5 , 3 8 6 , 3 8 7 ( I I I ) ; 4 hours fro m Po l i t ical Science 325, ).
Hemell tary leaching major: 24 semester hours required. Same as secondary teaching m i no r. PSYCHOLOGY
(I)
Human behavior,
I nterpersonal psychology. Psychology 10 I ( I ) , 242, Statistics 2 3 1 ; 4 hours from Psychol ( I I I ) ; 4 hours from 22 1 , 3 2 5 , 354, 454, 456, 46 1 , 462, 47 1 ( I V ) ; 8 h o u rs of electives in psychology. Psychology 1 0 1 ( I ) , 242, Statistics 23 1 ; 4 h o u rs from 342, 348
( ! I ) ; 4 h o u rs from 352 or 444 ( I I I ) ; 4 hours from 3 2 5 , 462, 471 (IV). nentary tcaching major: 2 4 semester hours requ ired.
(III),
a n d 8 hours o f elect ives determined i l l consultation with
elementary education advi er ( sugges tions include Psychol 42, 348, 3 5 0, 440, 450, 453, and specialty courses offered
through the department ) .
(I)
Chemist ry, ( I I ) Physics,
( I I I ) Biology, ( I V ) Earth sciences. Seco/ldary teach.ing major: 63-69 semester hours required. Bioi Jgy 1 6 1 ( I I I ) , 162 ( U I ) , 323 ( I I I ) , Chemistry 1 04 ( I ) , 1 0 5 ( I ) , ' arth Sciences 1 3 3 o r 2 2 2 ( I V ) , Physics 1 2 5 ( I I ) , 1 26 ( I I ) , 1 36 o r 1 53
(U),
1 5 4 ( I I ) , 1 63 ( I I ) , 1 64
(IIl;
8 hours
fro m Earth Sciences 1 3 1 ( I V ) , 1 3 2 ( I V ) ; 4 hours fro m 300 or higher. A mi nor is req u i red i n one of the fol l o w i ng: biology, chemist ry, earth sciences, or physics. Elementary teaching major: 24 semester hours required, includ hour in l i fe science, 8 hours in physical science, and 8
h urs of electives.
Sociology 1 0 1 ( 1 ) , 396 ( I V ) , 397 ( IV ) ; 4 hours from Sociology Elemellta ry teachil7g major: 24 semester hours req u i red. Same as secondary teaching mi nor with 4 a d d i t i onal hours o f
State endorsement req uirements: designated fo reign language,
( I ) Wri t i ng/co mposit ion in the ( I I ) Conversa t i o n in the
fo reIgn langu age, ( I V ) History and c u l t ure of the dcsin " nated
fo reign language.
Secondary teaching major: 32 semester hOllrs requi red beyond Spanish 1 0 1 - 1 02 . Span ish 20 1 ( I I I & I V ) , 202 ( I I I &
IV), 321
4 2 2 , 43 1 , 4 3 2 . Secondary teaching minor: 2 0 semest�r hours required beyond 1 0 1 - 1 0 2 . Spanish 20 1 ( I I I & I V ) , 202
( I I [ & IV), 3 2 1 or 322
Elementary ten citillg lIlajor: 2 4 semester hours requ.ired beyond SpaI1lsh 1 0 1 - 1 0 2. Spanish 20 1
(III
& I V ) , 202 ( 1 l I & I V ) , 3 2 1
( I V ) , 3 2 2 ( IV ) , 3 5 1 ( I & I I ) , 3 5 2 ( I & I I ) . SPECIAL EDUCATION
ogy. sociology, or psychology, ( I I I ) Geograp hy, science, (V) History
States, C. )
-
( IV)
Pol i t ical
A. ) Wa shi ngton State, B . ) United
V"orld, Wes tern
or
Pacific Rim, ( V I ) America.n
government. Secol1dary tea ching major: 44 semester hours required. Anthropology 3 54 ( I I I ) , Economics 1 30 ( I ) , History 1 07 or ) , 25 1 or 2 5 2 or 253
(V-B), 460 ( V- A ) , Political
cience l S I ( V I ) , Sociology 1 0 1 ( I I ) ; 4 hours in non -Western h istory ( V-C); 4 hours of upper division p o l i tical science ( I V ) ; 8 hours o f upper d ivision electives chosen from two o f the fol lowing d iscip l i nes: anthropology, economics, psychol ogy, or sociology.
Student assessment a n d evaluation, ( I V ) Procedural and substantive legal issues
i.n special education, (V) Instruct ional
methods i n special educat ion.
K- 1 2 teaching major: 32 semester hours required. SpeciaJ Education 200
0,
II, IV), 292 ( I I I ) , 390 ( V ) , 3 9 1 ( V ) ,
3 9 3 ( I V, V ) , 3 9 4 ( V ) , 396 ( V ) , 40 1
(III,
(V), 4 0 2
( V ) , 404 ( I I ) , 407
IV, V ) , 480 ( I V ) , one of the fol l owing: 296, 408, 492, 438
o r 439, 440.
K- 1 2 teaching minor: 18 semester hours requ ired. Special Education 200 ( I , II, IV), 292 ( I I I ) , 390/ 3 9 1 or 393/ 394 ( V ) , 396 ( V ) , 40 I ( V ) , 402 ( V) , 407
State endorsement req u i rements:
late endorsement requirements: ( I ) Economics, ( I I ) Anthropol
o c ;0
rn
o m
3 30, 3 5 1 , 380, 3 9 1 ; 4 hours from Sociology 240, 330, 3tl6, 440.
SPEECH
SOCIAL STUDIES
( V-
Seco lldary teaching m i n o r: 2 0 hours required.
tive del ivery system and strategies for special education, ( I I I )
State endorsement requiremen ts:
108
3 5 1 , 380, 39 1 , 434( I I ) .
State endorsement requiremellts: ( I ) Exceptionality, ( I I ) Alterna
SCIENCE
8
240, 3 26, 334, 336, 386, 440, 473 ( I l l ) ; 8 hours fro m 324, 330,
( I V ) , 3 5 1 ( I & II), 3 5 2 (I & I I ) .
Psychology 1 0 1 ( I ) , Statistics 23 1 , Psychology 3 5 2 , 444
n
Vl
( I V ) , 397 ( IV ) ; 8 hours from
( IV ) , 3 2 2 ( I V ) , 3 5 1 ( I & I I ) , 3 5 2 ( I & I I ) ; 8 hours from 4 2 1 ,
ecumlary teaching //linor: 24 semester hours required.
ing
260 ( 1 ) , 396
designated fo reign language, ( I I I ) Read ing in the designated
ogy 342, 3 4 3 , 348, 349 ( I I ) ; 4 hours fro m 3 5 2 , 442, 444, 446
(fl),
(I),
SPANISH
(II)
( I ll ) Developmental psychology, ( I V )
Secolldary teaching major: 32 semester hours required.
135
sociology.
elect ives in sociology.
Stale elldorscm ent req u i rements:
ogy
institutions, ( I I I ) Social process, ( I V ) Theory and history of
Sociology 1 0 1
Secondary teaching lIIinor: 24 semester hou rs required.
Learning t heories,
SOCIOWGY State endorsement req uirements: (I) Group behavior, ( I I ) Social
Seconda ry teach i ng major: 32 semester hours required.
science.
326 (I
m
( V- C ) ; 8 hours of electives from a n t hropology, economics, poli tical science, psychology, or sociology ( I , II, I V ) .
Secondary teach ing major: 32 semester hours required.
385, 3tl6, 387
Anthropology 3 54 ( I I I ) , H istory 2 5 1 or 2 5 2 or 253 ( V- B ) , 4 6 0 (V- A ) ; 4 hours from H istory 1 0 7 o r 1 08 or non -Western
(III)
(I)
( I I I , IV, V ) , 480 (IV).
Public speaking, ( I I ) Debate
Group process ( IV) I n terpersonal com m u n ication.
Secondary teaching major: 34 semester hours requ ired. Communic ation 1 23
(IV), 283
3 3 3 ( I V ) , 435 ( I I I ) , 436 ( I I ) .
( I ) , 3 26
( II I ) , 328 ( I I ) , 330 ( I ) ,
Seco ndary tenching millor: 1 8 semester hours required. Co m m u nication 1 2 3 ( IV ) , 326 ( I I I ) , 3 2 8 ( I I ) , 3 3 0 ( 1 ) , 3 3 3 ( IV ) . Elementn ry teaching major: 24 semester hours required. Same as secondary teaching m i nor with 6 a d d i t ional hours of elect ives.
z C>
E D U C A T I O N
Course Offerings 0:::
o L.LJ VI 0:::
=> o u
a:.
o
262 Foundations of Education
I ntroduction to tcaching; historical, philosophical, social, poli tical, ethical and legal foundations. Federal and state legisla tion for special populations. Prerequisites: ENGL 1 0 1 , PSYC 1 0 1 , test scores, sophomore standing, cumulative G PA of 2.50. ( 3 ) 263 School Observation
Graded observation in schools. Concurrent with 262. ( J ) 302 Human Learning: Growth and Development
Overview of theories of human development emphasizing the individual cognit ive, linguist ic, socio-cultural, emotional, and physical development of childre n and adolescents i n and out of school. Course experiences provide opportunities to connect developmental theory with current practice and to consider age appropriate and pedagogically sound approaches to foster learner's continued growth. Initial course in Elementary Education certification program; permission required. (Concur rent with 303.) ( 3 ) 303 Field Observation
Observation of the developmental nature of growth in learners in various settings including K-8 schools. Emphasis on the development of the skills of observation and i n formal assess ment. ( Concurrent with 302.) ( J ) 341 Philosophy of Vocational Education
Objectives of high school business education programs, the business curriculum, layout and facilities pla n n ing, the evalua tion of business teachers and competence for business occupa tions. Examination of i n formation resources a nd current thought in business education, cooperative education, and d ist ributive education. (2) 342 Methods of Teaching JYping Application of research findings and psychological principles to the teaching of typing. Prerequisite: advanced typing. ( 2 ) 343 Methods o f Teaching Bookkeeping
Appl ication of research findings and psychological principles to the teaching of bookkeeping. Prerequisite: BUSA 2 8 1 . ( J ) 344 Methods of Teaching General Business Subjects
Application of research findings and psychological principles to the teach ing of general business, consumer economics, economics, business law, business mathematics, and business commun ications subjects. Prerequisites: E .O 1 5 1 - 1 52 and BUSA 2 8 1 . ( I ) 345 Methods of Teaching Secretarial Subjects Application of research findi ngs and psychological p r inciples to the teaching of shorthand, office practice, simulation, word processing, and related subjects. Prerequisites: advanced typing and advanced shorthand. ( 2 ) 357 Media ond Techn ology i n K-8 Classrooms
onsideration of the role of media in today's society and its potential i n the learning process as a way of facilitating learner mpowerment. Oppor tllnities to practice the operation, applicat ion, and integration of a variety of current technologies in lassrooms will be provided. Prerequisites: EDUC 302, 303. (Concurrent with 358, 406, 408 . ) ( 2 ) 358 Practicum I Extended experience and participation in an assigned public school c1as room. Prerequisites: EDUC 302, 303. (Concurrent with 357, 406, 408 . ) ( 1 )
400 Topics i n Elementary Education: Classroom Issues and Instructional Strategies
Consideration of current theory i nto practice as pertinent to effective teach ing and learni ng, i nclud i ng classroom manage ment, organ izatio n of classroom environments, and meeti ng the needs of diverse learners. Synthesis and application of co ntent from previous and current methods courses i nclud i ng lesson planning, role of reflect ive practice, pedagogical phiJosophy and belief systems, and evolv ing defin itions of teaching and learning. Emphasis on self-evaluation, analysis, and critique of the development of personal teach i n g strengths. Prerequisites: 302, 303, 357, 358, 406, 408. ( Concurrent with 40 1 , 410, 4 1 2 . ) ( 3 ) 4 0 1 Practicum I I
Extended experience a n d participation in an assigned public school classroom focusing on appl ication of conten t methods courses. Includes collection of video lessons. Prerequisites: 302, 303, 357, 3 5 8 , 406, 408. (Concurrent with 400, 4 1 0, 4 1 2 . ) ( 1 ) 406 Mathematics in K-8 Education
Exploration of mathematical principles and practices consistent with NCTM curriculum standards. Emphasis on demonstrating the usefulness of math i n a variety of real-world settings and across cu rriculum areas. Practice i.n methodology, plann ing, and assessment as developmentally appropriate fo r learners. Prerequisites: 302, 303. ( Concurrent with 3 5 7, 358, 408.) ( 3 ) 408 Literacy i n K-8 Education
Pa rticipation in the development of appropriate curricuJar strategies and instructional methods for supporting the diversity of learners' languagelliteracy growth. Daily and long range lesson pla n n i n g and evaluation techniques will be practiced as they relate to literacy education. Prerequ isites: 302, 303. ( Concurrent with 357, 358, 406.) (3) 4 1 0 Science/Health i n K-8 Education
Strategies for teaching science by using inquiry methods and problem-solving techniques will be employed to explore i nteractive urricula from an environmental point of view. Issues of nutrition and health will also be addressed. Daily and long range lesson planning and evaluation techniques will be practiced as they relate to science/health education. Prerequi sites: 302, 303, 357, 358, 406, 408. ( Concurrent with 400, 40 1 , 3 12 . ) ( 3 ) 4 1 2 Social Studies i n K-8 Education
Focus on drawing connections between the content of social studies curricula and the lived experiences o f hllman lives. ,ourse content includes inves tigation of issues related to democratic values and beliefs, active citizenry, multiculturalism, global perspectives, and the environment. Daily and long range lesson plann ing and evaluation techniques will be practiced as they relate to social studies educat ion. Prerequisites: 302, 303, 3 5 7 , 3 5 8 , 406, 408. (Concurrent with 400, 401 , 4 1 0.) ( 3 ) 4 3 0 Student Teaching i n K-8 Education
Teaching in classrooms of local public schools under the direct supervision of Sch ool of Education faculty and classroom teachers. Prerequisites: 302, 30 3 , 357, 358, 406, 408. ( Concurrent with 4 3 5 . ) (9) 434 Student Teaching - Elementary (Dual)
Designed for persons who do dual student teaching. Ten weeks of teaching in class room ' of local public schools under the direct supervision of School of Education faculty and classroom teachers. Prerequisite : E DUC 253 or 3 2 1 ; 3 2 2 , 323, or 324; and 325, 326, 408, 4 1 0 and 4 1 2, art, music, and physical education methods. 2 . 50 GPA. Concurrent enrollment in 435. (8)
E 0 U C A T I O N o m 435 Topics in Elementary Education Classroom: Practice in
467 Evaluation
Context of Educational Foundations -based experiences will be explored in the context of the historical, socio-cultural, political, legal, financial, ethical, and philoso p hical fou ndationo of education. Student teaching experiences will be shared and analyzed to encou rage the u nder standing of broader educa t ional issues. Prerequisites: 302, 3 0 3 , 3 7, 3 5 8 , 406, 408. ( Concurrent with 4 0 . ) ( 3 )
Evaluation of school experiences; problems in connection with development, organization, and a d m inistration of tests (stan dardized and teacher-made) . Required of fi fth-year students. Prncquisites: student teaching or teaching experience; 262, 253, EPSY 361. May be taken concurrently with student teaching. G (2)
436 Alternate Level Student Teaching - Elem.entary
Tea c hing in public schools under the d i rection of classroom and u niversity teachers. Prerequ isites: 2 6 2, 263, 46 1 , 462; EPSY 26 1 , 36 1. ; SPED 362; senior standing; cumulative GPA o f 2 . 50 or h igher. (9)
A course del igned to give some knowledge, understanding, and study of children, subj ct matter fields, and materials in the tudent's alternate teaching level plus student teaching on that level. Students w h o have co m p l e t ed secondary p r eferred level student teaching should enroll i n t h i s course. (6) 437 Alternate Level Student Teaching - Secondary
A co u rse designed to give some knowledge, understanding, and st u dy of children, subject matter fields, and materials i n the student's alternate teac.hing Ie el plus student teach ing on that level. Students who have completed elementary preferred level student teaching should enroll in this course. Independent study card required. (6) 44X Subject Area Methods
468 Student Teaching - Secondary
Issues and skills important in confcrencing and parent-teacher relationships. Emphasis on effective communication skills. Special education majors and teachers exami ne relevant placement processes and parent needs. ( 2 ) 485 loe Gifted Child
A study of the gifted ch ild, characteristics and problems, and school procedures designed to further development. G (2) 496 Laboratory Workshop
440 Art in the Secondary School ( 3 ) 4 4 4 English i n the Secondary School ( 3 )
497 Special Project
445 Foreign Languages in t h e Secondary School ( 3 )
Individual study and research on education problems or additional laboratory experience in p ublic school classrooms. Prerequ isite: consent of the dean. ( 1 -4)
446 Mathematics in tbe Secondary School ( 3 )
Science i n t h e Secondary Scbool ( 3 ) 448 Social Studies in the Secondary S hool ( 3 ) 449 Computer Science in tbe Secondary School ( 2 ) 456 Storytelling
combi nation of discovery and practicum in the art of story tel l i ng. Investigates the values and background of storytelli ng, the various types of and forms of stories, techn iques of choosing and of telling stories. Some off-campus practice. Demonstrations and j oint storytell i n g by and with instructor. ( 2 ) 457 The Arts, Media, and Te<:b.nology
Students use a va riety of technique" equ ipmen t , and materials to e x p lore ways of seeing and expressing how they see and experi encE' their envi ron ment. Exploration of ways to incorporate these techniqut·s into the classroom. Computers, video cameras, book production, models, animation, cartoons, photography, and posters, along with the standard fare of tape recorders, sl ide shows, movies, film strips, and overheads are manipul a ted as media to express a view of the world creat ively. ( 2 ) 461 Gene1'al Teaching Methods - Secondary
Skills and un d e rs t anding rdated to decision-making, instruc tional techniques, evaluation and t esti n g , classroom manage ment, and d i s ciplin e . P re req u i si tes: 262, 263; co n c u r re n t with 462. ( 3 ) 462 Teacher Assisting - Secondary Guided instructional assistance and tutoring in schools;
concurrent with 4 6 1 . ( 1 ) 466 Student Teach.ing - Secondary (Dual)
De'ig'ned for persons who do d ual student teaching. Ten weeks o teaching in the public schools under the d i rection and super vision of classroom and university teachers. P rereq u i s i t es : 262, 46 1 , and EPSY 3 6 1 . 2.50 GPA. May be taken co ncurrentl), with 467. ( 8 )
(') o C ::0 VI
m o
473 Parent-Teacher Relationships
Practical course using elementary-age children in a classroom situation working out specific problems; p rov is io n will be made for some active participation of the u n i versity studen ts. Prereq uisites: conference with the instructor or the dean of the School of Ed ucation.
I nstructional strategies, long and short range planning, curricu lum and other considerations ' pecifi c to the disciplines. Prerequisites: 262, 263, EPSY 26 1 , 3 6 1 , SPED 362
::0 m m
501 Workshops
Graduate workshops in special fields for varying lengths of time. ( 1 -4 ) 503 On-Campus Workshops i n Education
Un-campus graduate workshops in education for v a f)' i n g lengths of time; enroll ment s u bj ec t to adviser's approval . 505 Issues i n Literacy Education
Initial course required for all students in the master's program in l i teracy education. Overview of h istorical and current theory, p ractice, definitions, and research in language and l i terac), acquisition and development in and out of schools. Discussion of possibi l i t ies for p rogram involvement, p rojects, goa ls, and collaborotion. :{equired of any track option selected. ( 2 ) 506 Foundations o f School Library Media Center
Management Functions of the school library media center with particular emphasis on the roles and responsibilities of t h e school library media specialist w i t h i n instructional and ad ministrative a renas. The taxonom ies o f school library media center management i n cl u di n g the p la n ning , delivery, and evaluation of programs. ( 2 ) 507 Principles o f Information Organization, Retrieval, and Service Exploration of a broad range of data and i n formation in p rimary and secondary sources, including document, bibliography, ful l text, statistical, visual, and recorded formats. Access points a n d strategies for effective information retrieval in p r i n t , media, and electronic resources. Information interviewing techniques, instructional strategies for Jibrary media center i n formation resources, and local, regional, and nat ional i n formation networks. ( 2 )
m z C\
E D U C A T I O N
w
o u.J
o u
u.J u.J
o
508 Priociples of Bibliographic Analysis and Control The organization a n d s tr u ctu re of a broad range o f information formats with an emphasis on the a n a l ysi s of standard biblio g ra ph ic components prescribed by national bibliographic databa,ses. Tech n iques to comtruct b ibliographic records Ll sin g national standards, i nclu d i ng M ARC ( M achine Readable Cataloging), AACR2 ( A nglO-American a ta lo gi n g Rules, Second Edition), and the Dewey Decimal Classification Syst em . The selection, generation of data, and maintenance of electronic b i b liographic database system s . ( 2 )
526 Special Topics in Children's literature S tud en t s e xplore the various themes of social issues found i n children's literature through discussion groups a n d t h e construc t ion of text sets and thematic u nits used in e l e me ntar y and m iddle school classrooms. ( 2 )
509 FOQDdations o f CoUection Development The p h ilosophical bases and parameters of collection develop ment in th e school l ibrary media center. Tech n ique s for com mu nity analysis, coll e c t io n evaluation, and collection maintenance. Bibliographic resou rces for selection of materials with spec i al e m pha s i s o n the criteria for evaluation of print, media, and electronic formats. The acquisition process for instructional m ater i al s in the K- 1 2 system. A major emphasis is the a n a lysis of a school library media center's support of school/district c u r ricul a r goals and objectives. ( 2 )
528 Children's Literature in K-8 Curriculum Investigation of genres of contemporary children's literature and development of a pe rs o n a l repertoire for classroom use. Current issues a n d trends in children's literature and p ro fe ssio n a l resou rces available for teachers and lib rary media pecialists to evaluate and select appropriate literature. Possibilit ie fo r t h e in tegration of l i terature as curricular text to enhance/extend K - 8 curricu lum. Strat eg i e s incl ude the u s e of Literature circles, writing, and fiction and non-fiction in the content a rea!>. Tech niques fo r introducing children's l iterature into the class room a n d l ib rary med ia center. ( 2 )
5 1 0 The Acquisition and Development of Language and Literacy In es t i gatio n of how yo ung children acquire their first lang u age and what they know as a result of t h is learning. Emp ha s i s on the rei t i on s h i ps among meaning, fu nction, and fo rm in language acquisition as well as the relationships between cogn i t i on and langu a ge and their parallels to l iteracy acqui s i t i o n . T h e basis for promoting a school environment that max.imizes language learn ing/teaching p o t e nt i al . ( 2 ) 5 1 1 Strategies for Language/Literacy Development in Classrooms The developmental nat ure of l ite racy learning with emphasis on the ital rok of language and the i n terrelatedness a n d i nterde pendence of l is t e n i ng, s pe a ki ng, readi n g , and writing as la nguage processes. Em phas is Oll developing s t rategies fo r putting a n u ndersta n d i n g of language acquisition and d velopment i n to effective classroom p rac tices that will promote continual, successful t a h ing and learning. Focus on s tages of literacy development in re ad i ng and writing through the e lementary g rades . Prerequisite: 5 10 . ( 2 ) 5 1 3 Language/Literacy Development: Assessment and Instruction Understanding of a wide variety of strategies and tools fo r assessing and facilitating students' development i n reading, wr i t i n g . l isten i n g, and speaking. Emphasis on a broad ra ng e o f pos ibilities in assessment, evaluation, diagnosis, a n d in truc tional implementation. To p i cs include an overview of testing resources and t heir app ropriate u s e , the u s e o f portfolios, tedUl iques fo r observations/anecdotal records, experiences with miscue a nalysi s , and the teaching and learning of appropriate intervent ion stral egies to promote the development o f readers and wri ters at all levels. The major cour e p roj e ct i neludes asse ·sing a reader, developing a profile o f a p p ropriate reading stra tegies, and designing and i mp lemen t i ng a n instructional p l a n to help the reader develop e ffective, efficient rea d i ng strategies. Prerequisite: 5 1 0; highly recommended to be taken at the end of the track sequence. (4) 5 1 5 Professional Seminar; Continuing Level, Teachers sharing of selected topics related to the m i n imum ge ne ri c standards needs of t h e i nd ividual participan t s . Requ ired for the continuing level c rtification o f teachers. (2)
The p re p a ra t i o n and
5 1 6 Teacher Supervision Identification and develo p ment of supervisory skills fo r te ac h e rs who work with other adults in the classroom. Supervision o f student tcachns, con s ult a n ts a n d reso u r ce specialists, parent volun teers, classified aides, and peer and cross-age t utors. ( I )
527 Multicultural Children's Literature Exploration of m u lti-cultural issues in the context of child ren's literature. Re ading o f a variety o f texts across genres, a n d incorporating a v a riet y of st r a te g i es for use of multi-cul tural texts i n teach i n g and learning. (2)
529 Adolescent literature i o the SeC()l1dary Curriculum Genre in adolescent l iterature Gnd exploration of s t rat e gie s fo r i n t egr a tio n of yo ung adult materials across the m iddle and secondary school curriculum. Cunent issues and trends in adolescent literature and profess ional resources available for teachers and l i b r a ry media specialists to evaluate and select approp riate literature. Techni ques fo r introducing adolescent literat ure into the lassroom and library media center. ( 2 ) 530 Cbildren's Writing Current theory and pr ac tice in the teaching and learn ing o f writing i n elementary classrooms. I mp lementation s t rateg i es, including the i mporta nc e of models and demonstration, the pl a ce o f talk a nd dialogue in the teach i n g/lea rn i n 6 process, the u ·c of conferencing and response, appropriate developmental spelling expe c t a t i o n s , the role o f chil d r e n 's l i terature, and writing across the curric u l u m . Part icular e m ph a s i. , on a process approach and t he s e tt i ng up of a Writing Worksh p based on cllrrent resear h. (2) 537 Media and Technology for School library Media SpeciaUsts The management of media and technology services in the school library media center, the function and operat ion of media equi p ment and materials used i n school library media c 'nters, and the trends and lSSllCS involved in media and technol ogy. Special emphasis on emergin g technologies used in K- 1 2 instructional programs (CD-RO M , interact ive video, distance lea rn ing, computer te chnologi e s ) . (2) 538 Strategies for Whole literacy Instruction (K- 1 2 ) lise o f language as a tool fo r l e a rn i ng acros t h e cu rr i cu lu m , and the roles of language in all kinds of teac hing and learning i n K- 1 2 classrooms. Strategies for read ing/writing i n content areas, thematic teach i ng, topic st udy, and i n tegrating cu rriculum. The concept of i n formation lit era cy and models of instruction with emphasis on Wash ington State I n for m a t i on kills _"urricullll11 Models. ( 2 )
The
544 Research and Program Evaluation Knowledge of evaluation techniques, including ponfohos, and o f research design; ability to i nterp re t ed ucational research; to identify, locate, nd a cq u i re typical research and related litera ture; to u se the re sult s o f research or eVJluation to pro p o se p rogram c ha n ge s and write grants. ( 2 )
ED U C A T I O N o
545 Method and Techniques of Research i n a r in research met ho d s a n d t e c h n i q u e s in e d uca t i on with erupba is on d e.s i gn i ng a re s ea rch p ro j ec t i n the student's area of i n terest. Required fOl' M . A . Prerequ i s i tes: Ad mission to the gradu:ne p rogr a m ; 544; mi nimu m of 24 se m es ter hours o f coun;cwork lea d i n g t o Lhe M . A . ; c ons u l ta t i o n w i t h s t u d e n t 's adv i � er. ( 2 ) 550 Educational Administrative Theory Int roduc tion t the role dnd fu n c t i o n of the principalship with emphas i ' on team b uil d i n g and i n t e r per so n a l p ro fe sional relationships a n d ethical decisio n - m a k i ng. P rerequisite: Admission to the g rad u a t e program or p erm i s s i on of gradua te ad iser. (3) 551 Educational Law Stu dy o f co nt mp rary federal, state, an d
local sta t u te ,
regu l a t i ons, and case law and their a p p l i cat i o n to p ubl ic and
p r i va te
hoots (K- I 2). p rogram; 544. ( 2 )
Prereq u i s i tes: A l m i ss ion to the g r a du a te
552 School Finance Lo cal, state, and federal c o n t r i b u to rs
to school fina nce, its
p h i l osop h y and develo p m e n t ; t h e d e ve l up men t and a d m i n i s t ra tion of a school b u d get . Prerequisites: dm i ss i o n to the graduate progra.m; 544. ( 2 ) '
553 SchoollCommunity Relations Knowledg and s k i l l de v elo p m e n t fo r co m m u n i ca t i o n patterns in 111 school selting a n d w i th associated agencies, i n cl u d ing med i c a l , legal, and soci.al service , as we l l as with s tude n ts, parents, anel staff. P re re q u isi t e : Ad m i ssion to the grad llJ t e program. ( 2 ) Seminar i n EduutioDal Ad m in istration
and :;haring of '<,I cteel p resentati olls re l a ted to needs of i n d i v i d u al p a rt i c i pan t ', Req u i r ed for c on t i nu i n g cerli fie-ation o f p r i l lcipals a n d program a d m i n is t rators. Reg ist r a t i o n must take p l a ce in the fal l semester and pa r t i c i pa t i on wil l be co n t i n u o u s f r the academic year. ( 2 ) e
p re p a r a t i o n
555 Cu.rriculum Developmen t TyPes of c u r ri c ulum o rganiza t io ns. p ro g ra m s and te ch niques o f curri u l u m development. Prereq u i s ites: Ad m is s i o n s to the g ra d uate progralll, 544. ( 2 ) 556 Secondary and Middle School Cu.rriculum A variet y of facets of s eco n da r y and m i ddle school p rograms:
d i s c i p l i n e , evaluatiun, classroom ma n a ge the basic e d u ca t io n bill, leg isl a t ive changes, and special eduC<ltion. D e ve l op m en t or s e co nd ary and m id d l e schools from their begi n n i ng s to th e present. 'ritical issues i n the e d u c a t i o n fi na nce, c u r r i c u l u m , ment,
scene toda)'.
(3)
563 I ntegrating Seminar St u de n t s wo rk co o p e r a t i ve ly and i n div id u al ly t o i n teg ra t e educa
tion coursework, field exp er ien c e , a nd individual pe rs p e c ti ve th rou g h ou t the MA/Cert prog ra m . F o c u s on current issues i n c l u d i n g child ab u s e, m ulticultural and d iv rse populatilln , l a w, teacher collaboration. May be rep ea t ed fo r cred i t . P re requ isi t e : Admission tu the MA/Cert program.
indud ing tech n iques i n
c l i nica l su pe rvi s i o n, teacher evaluation, d i scipl i nary act i on and
d ism issal. Prerequ isites: Ad mission to the g r a du J t e program, 544, 550, 553. (2) 559 Personnel Management Knowledge and skill d e vel u p m e n t in wo rking w i t h p ers o n nel issues, i n c l u d i ng lcg a l pri n c i p l es in h i ri n g , fi ri n g , i n -service and staff development, s u p port services, and co n t ra ct negnt iation. P re req u i s ites : Admission to the g ra d u a t e program, 544, 550, 553. (2) 560 Pr acti um
Gu ided in s tr u tional assistance and tu t o ri n g in schools. Desig ned fo r :-'� ICert Program. (2)
( I - 4)
p h ys ic a l move m e n t , a n d d ramatic arts. I nvulve m c n t i n d i rect arti tic and physical education exp e ri e n ce s p ro vi d es the fo undation fo r u n derstanding the te ach e r 's role i n enhancillg c h i l dren's t hin ki ng a n d co ncept explorati on i n the classroom. ( 2 ) 565 The Art and Practice o f Teaching T h rou g h appl i ca t i o n p r oj ec t s , micro -teaching
experiences, and
rea d i n g representing d i ffe re n t perspectives, p a r t i c i p a n t s w i l l
p rac t i c e and as e. s a va r iety of options for desi g n i n g, i m ple me n t ing , a nd assess i n g lessons and u n i ts t h at i n te gr a t e m a t h , ematics, science, so ci a l science, la ng u a ge a r t s , and physical educatio n in K-8 classrooms. D evelop me n t of asses s m en t pro ced u re s for use wi th i n t egrated instructional u n its . Part i c i p a n t s wi l l expl o re ways to establish, manage, and l e a d a classroom enviro n ment that will op timize l e a rn ing and be co n s i s ten t with t h e i r i n d iv i dua l pe rso n a l i t y, t e ac h i n g s tyle , a n d p h i l o so ph y. (6) 568 Intern sh ip in Teaching I n te r n s h ip in c la s s room set ti n gs . FOUl"teen weeks of t eJch i n g
u nder the d i rect s u pe rv i s i o n of co opera t i n g teachers and u nive rs i t ), supervisors. Designed for s t ud en t s in the MA/Ct'rt p r o g ra m . ( 6 ) 585 Comparative Education
C om pa ri s o n and investigation of m a te r i a l s and c u l t u ral systems of e d u ca t i o n t h ro u ghou t t h e wor l d . Emp ha s is on a pp l yi ng knowledge fo r greater u n dersta n d i n g o f t h e diverse p o p u l a t i o n s in the K - 1 2 educational system. ( 3 ) 586 Sociology o f Education Viewing the ducational system a s a co m p l e x a n d c h a n g in g
value orientations from d iverse
h u m a n p op ulati o n s a nd t h ei r i m pa c t on K- 1 2 edu ca t i o n and
(3)
587 History of Educat ion
A study of great men and women whose lives and writings have s h a pe d and continue to s h ape the character of A mer i c an education. E mp ha s is on t ra c i n g the i n terdisciplinary and d i ve r s e a ntecedents of A m er i ca n education. ( 3 ) 589 Philo.sophy of Ed ucation P h ilosop h i c a l and t heo re t i ca l fo u ndations of A m e r i c an educa tion as w e l l as the s o c i a l p h i l os o p hy o f g row i n g d iverse p o p ula tions i n t h e K- 1 2 schools. ( 3 ) 590 Graduate Seminar A wurkshop for all Nlastcr of Arts ca n d i d a te s
in the School o f
Education which p rovides a fo rum fo r exchange of research ideas and p ro b l e m s ; c a nd i d a t es sh o u l d regis t er fo r this seminar for ass i st a n ce i n fulfi l l ing req u i remelJ ts, [
t u i t i o n assessed .
m
n o c
o
"T1 m
An exploration of methods to facilitate c rea ti v i t y and m e a n i n g makin g in the c l a ss roo m t h ro ugh visual, lTlusical, n on - ve r b a ll
social i n s t i t u t ion. Emphasis on
m
"T1
564 The Arts, Mind, a n d Body
educa t ional issues.
558 Instructional Supervision
D i ffe re n t i ate d m o de ls o f s u p e r v is i on ,
562 Schools and Society
I n d ividual a n d c o op e rat ive st udy of t h e socio-cultu ral and cultural, p o l i t i ca l , legal, h i st o r ica l , and philosophical fo u n d a tiom of c u r re n t practices of sch oo l i n g in America. Emphasis on the cU.rrent status of schools and the evaluation of their p as t , p res e n t , a nd fut u re . P re re qu i s i t e : Ad m ission to the MA/Cert P ro g ra m o r conse n t o f i nstructor. ( 3 )
0
c re di t
i give n,
nor i s
Z GI l/l
E D U C A T I O N
595 l nternshjp in Educational Administration 2 semes t e r hours in each of two se m es t ers . Internship in educational administration jointly planned and s u p er v i se d by the School o f Education and p ubli c and/or p rivate chool adm inistrators in fu l l c o m p l ia nce with state requ i re m en ts . Prereq u isites: Admission to the graduate program or to the c redent ialing program; c o mpl et i on of e d u ca ti o n a l a d m i n istration concentration; consultation with adviser. ( 2 , 2 ) St ude nt s w i l l register fo r
o UJ V\
o u
1.U I..U
o
596 Graduate Seminar Students register fo r 1 ' e me s te r h o u r in each of two semesters. Profession;]l seminars a re schedu led and presented by candi d a t es , their u ni ve r s i t y p ro fes so rs , and pr o fess i on a l coll e ag ue s in the schools in partnership. Pre re q u i si tes: Co mp l et ion of coursewor k i n ed u c a t i on a l administra t ion concentrati o n . (2)
536 Affective Classroom Technjques Exploration of va rious te ch n i q ues de ig n e d to fa cili tate u nder st andi n g of self and others; methods fo r working wi t h students. Prerequisite: student teach ing or g ra du at e status. La bo ra t o ry experience as arra nged. G ( 2 )
550 Beginning Practicurn Learn and practice the basic co u n s e l i n g skills in a structured and closely s u p e rv is ed enviro n m e n t . Lea rn t h ro u g h role -p l ays, ohser va tion, co u n se l i ng clients and fe ed bac k via peers , instructor, clients, transcriptions, audio and v i d eo tape.s. l ients used in t h is pr ac t ic u m w i l l be rel a tivel), h igh fu n c ti on i ng and will usually be seen in an observation room. ( 3 )
597 independent Study Proj ects of varying l en g th related to educat i o n a l issues or concerns of the i ndividual par t i ci pan t and ap p ro ve d by an a pp ro p r i a te fa c u l t y member and the dean. ( 1 -4)
555 Practicurn In addition to those skills learned in Beginn i n g Prac ti cum, learn and pra c tic e various coun sel i n g a p p roaches, skills and tech n i que s with individuals from diverse p op ul a t io n s in com m u n i ty or various school setti ngs. In a d d i tio n to u n i ve rsi t ), fa c u l ty, there will be on -site su pe rv i s i o n b)' cou nselors. Prerequisites: EPSY 550 an d 56 1 . ( 3 )
598 Studies in Education paper or p roje c t on an educational issue selected joi ntly by the student and the graduate ad v is e r. Prerequisites: A hnis ·ion to the gradu< te p ro gra m; 544, 545; m i n i m u m of 26 hOllis of coursework leading to the M.A.; c on s ultati on with the s t udent's adviser. ( 2 )
560 Communication in Schools The study of the theories and con cep t s of t h ose helpin g skills needed to facilitate p ro bl e m - s o l vin g and p e rs o n a l and academic gr ow th with appl ications to the cl a ss ro o m and to i n terac tions with p ro fess io n al co lleagu es . Prerequisite: Ad m iss i o n to M ICert program. (3)
A research
599 Thesis The thesis p rob l em w i ll be chosen fro m the candidate's major field of concentration and m us t be approved by t h e candida te's graduate com mittee. Candidates are expected to defen d their thesis i n a final oral exa m in a t i o n co nducted by their co m m i tt ee. (3-4)
Educational Psychology
26 1 Human Relations Development Study and lab o r a t ory experiences in the deve l opm en t o f h u m a n re la t ions skills, e spe cia l ly those skills needed to faci l i ta te problem-solving Jnd personal, social, and moral d ev el opm en t, i ncluding both hea l i n g and growth. Prerequisites: E N C L 1 0 1 , PSYC 1 0 1 , test scores, s o p hom o r e sta ndi ng, cumulative CPA o f 2.50. ( 3 ) 36 1 Psychology for Teaching P ri nc ip l es a n d research in h u m a n d eve lopme n t a n d l ea rnin g , es p ec i a lly related to t ea chi n g and to the p s yc holo g ica l growth, relation, h i ps , and adjust ment of in d i vid u al s . Prerequisites: EDU 262, 263; EPSY 26 1 . (3) 368 Educational Psychology P ri n c i p le s and research ill h u ma n learni n g and their i mpl i ca t io ns for curriculu m and i n stru ct io n . Prerequisites: E D UC 2 5 1 , 253. (4) 50 ] Workshops Gra d uate workshop in special fields for varyi n g l e ngt h s of time. ( 1 - 4)
5 1 2 Group Process and the Individual A hllman i n teraction l ab o ra to r y to facil itate the explora t i o n o f t h e e l f concept t h ro ug h t h e mechanisms o f interperson;]l i n t e racti on s a n d feedback. E m p has i s placed on the acquisition of skill in sel f-explora tion, role id en t i fi c a t ion , a n d climate- making. G (2) 535 Foundations o f Guidance The focus is on deve lo p i ng a.n understan d i n g of the services a n d p rocesses available to assist i ndividuals in making plans a n d decisions according to t h e i r own l i fe p at t e rn . G (4)
561 Basic Relationships i n Counseling theory, proc 55, t ec h niqu es, a n d characteri tics of the cOLUlseling re l at i o n s hip . A basic COllfse for 1'v1.A. s t u den t s in the Cou n s el i ng and Guidance p rogram. (4)
A s t u d y of the
563 PracticuDl in Group Process and Leadership which expl ore s i n terperso na l oper at i o n s in groups and facilitates the development of self insight; emphasis on leadersh ip and de vel op men t of s k i l l i n diagnosing individual, group, and organizational beh av i o r patterns a n d i n fl uences. Students w i l l co- fac il i ta te a laboratory group. P rer equ i s i te : EPSY 5 1 2. (2)
A h u man interaction l aho r at o r y
565 Advanced Human Development A co mpa ra t i ve study of human d velopment at various l evels th ro ug h observa tional assessmen ts using non-standardized i nst r um e n ts : e . g . ) so c io m et ri c scales, a u tob iographies, in ter v i ews , in t e ra ct ion a n a l )' 'is, and o th e r a p p ro pr i a te mea ' urem en t s . A p r acti um (a m in i m u m of one hour each week) is required in a school o r appropriate agency. Prerequisite: F i fth year or graduate status. (4) 566 Advanced Cognjtion, Development, and Learning The study of p ri ncip l e s and c u rren t t h o u g h t and research i n cognition, development, a n d learning. Appl i ca ti on t o the organization, plann ing, and d e l i ve ry of i n stru ct i on . Prerequisite: Admi$�illn to the MAICert program or consent of i ns tru ct o r. (3) 569 CareeT Gnidance A s t u d y of careers, theories o f choice, and g u id a n ce tech niques.
(4 )
570 fieldwork in COlmseling and Guidance A c u l m i n a ti ng p racticum of fie l d experie nce in schools o r agen cie s using theory, skills, a n d techn iques pre v i ousl y learned. A va r ie ty of work exper i e n ces with both i ndividuals and groups. S t u den ts i n co r po ra te consultation experience fo ll owi ng the Adlerian model. (4) 575 Mental Health Basic mental health p r in ciple s as related to interpersonal re l atio n sh i ps . Focus on self-u ndersta nd ing. La b o rato r y experi ences a s a rra nged. ( 4 )
E D U C A T I O N o m
39 1 Practkum in Life Skills nan concepts provide the basis fo r observa t i o n , morivat�o n , , a n d l i fe s r yle asscssment. Skills fo r assisting people i n deve lo p i n g responsib i l ity fo r their ow n behavior. Laboratory expericnce as arranged. ( 4 )
Experience with children J n d yo uth who have needs in l i fe and vocat i o n a l skills. Ivlust compl ete 45 clock hours i n an educational setting Jnd take concurrently w i th SPED 390.
(I)
393 Teaching Stu.dents with Behavior Disorders
583 Current Issues i n Exceptionality
Exa m i nation of knowledge a n d skills related to the instruction
The characteristics of exce ptional students and the educator's
a n d management of learn ers with behavior disorders. ( 2 )
role in dealing with a variery of problems they may have. Lea rn i ng d is a b i J i t ies, emotional p roblems, physical problems, and the gifted st1.Ident.
J
( 2-4)
394 Practicum for Behavior Problems Experience w i t h chil d re n a n d yo uth who have behavior prob lems. Must co m plete 45 clock hours in a n educational setting a n d take concurrently w i t h SPED 393.
597 Independent Study Project of va rying length related to educational issues or concems of the i n d ividual p a r t i c i pa n t and a p p roved by a n appropriate fac u l ty member a n d t h e d e a n . ( 1 -4)
(J)
395 Introduction to Language Development and Disorders
j o i n tly by the st uden t a n d the gra d u ate adviser. I t w i l l be reviewed by the student's graduJte com m i ttee. ( 2 )
l a nguage acquisition. ( 2 )
396 Instructional Management Exa m in ation of specific i nstruments a n d techn iques that promote positive classroom environments within i n clusionary
5 99 Tbesis The t h esis problem will be chosen from the cci n d ida te's major field of concentration a n d must be a p p roved by the ca ndidate's graduate com mittee. Candidates a re expected to defend their thesis i n a final oral exa m i nation cond ucted b y their com m i ttee.
(3-4)
special education settings. Prerequisites: S PED 292, 390, 393. ( 2 )
399 Practicum in Special Education Experience with ch i ldren a.nd yo uth who have special needs.
1 h o u r cred it given after successfu l co m p letion of 45 clock h o u rs a n d specific course competencies. Prerequ is i te : SPED 2 90 o r consent o f i n structor. ( 1 -2 )
401 Instructional Strategies for Learners with Special Needs Special Education
Exa m i nation of knowledge a n d skills needed for acad e m ic
195 Individuals with Disabilities
remediation of studel l ts w ith l e a r n i n g and other m ild d is a b i l i t ies.
An i n troductory course focllsing u p o n persons with d i sab i l i ties. ph asis on p [so ns wit h disabi.! i t ies in fam ilies, schools, the u n ity, and the work place. Both social issues and lega.! and rights wil l be addressed. I n tended for students outside the
(4)
In troduct i o n to the needs and characterist ics of i n d i viduals with spcc ia.! needs. Federal and state legislation, c u rrent issue" a n d ser vice delivery systems w i l l be i n cluded. Prerequ isite fo r all S P D a n d Elementary Certification coursework. ( 2 ) Observatio n in special education p rograms, schools, a n d
majors and m i n o rs (I)
i n special education
o[lly. O t hers b y reco mmendation.
292 Assessment in Special Education Exa m i nation of k nowledge and skills used in fo r m a l a n d informal a ssess ment tests a n d procedures. I n cludes the role of assessment i n e lig i b i l iry a nd p rogram p l a n n i ng. ( 2 )
Experience with children a n d youth who have m i l d d isab i l i t ies. Must complete 4 5 clock h o u rs in a n educational setting and take
educational needs of i nd iv iduals who are physically chaIJenged and/or medically fr a gi le . A n overview of the most common medical problems a n d necessary modifications of curriculum and i n s t ructi o n a l techn iques. ( 2 ) NOTE: PREREQUISITE F O R 300/400 L V EL SPECIAL
IIDU .ATION: EDUC 302 or EPSY 2 6 1 /£0
C 262
or
consent o f
i nst ruc tor. Students not maj o r i n g i n education may he excused
from this require ment.
62 Team ing for I ndividual Diffe.reous
-
(I)
403 Parent/Professional Partnership in Special Education Methods for commu nicating effect ively with parents of special needs childre n . ( 2 )
404 Communication and Collaboration tion a n d sllpervision with p a rents, profess ionals, and para educators. ( 3 )
407 Curriculum, Instruction, and Technology Ex<t m i nation of knowledge and skil ls needed fo r teaching academic, social, a n d adap t.ive skills to learners with special needs. I ncludes writing IEP's, data based i nstruction, task a n : dys is, a n d computer ass i s ted i nstruction. Prerequ isite: E D U C
400 a n d S P E D 292, 390, 3 9 ! or 393, 394 a n d 40 1 . (4)
296 Educating the P hysically ChaUenged and Medically Fragile The course focuse:; on meeting the psychological, social, and
Seooodary
rriculum mod ification and teaching a n d ma nagement ethods for wo rkin g effecti ve ly w i t h exceptional learn ers in regular c1assr06 ms.
402 Praeticum i n Instructional Strategies
Focus on knowledge a n d skills necessary fo r e ffective collabora
201 Observation i n Special Education Programs com m u n i ty sett ings. Fo r
Prerequ.isite: SPED 2 9 2 . ( 3 )
co n c u rrently with SPED 40 1 .
2 00 Individuals with Special Needs
(4)
390 Teaching Life and Vocational Skills E a m i na t ion or knowledge and ski.!b related to the development o f independent living a lld voc a t i o na l skills. ( 2 )
n o c ;0 m o
I n trod uct ion to l a nguage d isorders, assessment, and i n terven tion. Focus on theories of language development and normal
598 Studies i n Edu(;ation A resea rch paper or project on an educational iss ue selected
School o f Education.
;0 m m
408 Transitions from Sc:hool t o Community Exa m i n a t i o n of knowledge and skills related to career voca tional tralls i t ion a n d l i fe adj us t me n t . ( 2 )
438 Student Teaching i n Elementary School Teac h i ng in s pecial educa tion p rograms u nder the d i rection a n d su pervision o f school and u n iversity personnel;
8 weeks.
Prerequisite: instructor consent. ( 5 )
439 Student Teaching i n Secondary School Teaching i n special education progra ms u n der the d i rection a n d su pervision o f school and u n iversity personnel;
8
weeks.
Prerequ isite: i n structor consent. ( 5 )
440 Siudent Teaching Seminar
A seminar which meets concurrently witl1 student teaching a n d e n h a n c s skills and knowledge required for studen t teaching. ( ! ) 475 Supervisiog Para-Professionals and Volunteers Em p h a s is
on
the effective m a n agement of para-pro fess ionah a n d
vol u n teers i n the classroom. ( I )
m z Cl
E D U C A T I O N V1
o UJ V1
c.:: => o u
4B0 Issues in Child Abuse and NegJect Scope and p ro b l e m s of child abuse, negl e c t , and fa mily v io le n ce, i n clu d i n g beh a v i o rs exh i b ited b y a b u sed a nd ne g l e ct e d children and adolescents. Includes identifIcation and r e p ort i n g proce dure , and the l e g a l and p ro fe ss i o n a l re ponsibilities of the edu cator. Me t h od s fo r te ac hin g pe rs o n a l sa fe ty will be ad d r es sed . ( 1 ) 485 The Gifted Child A st u d y of t h e gifted l ea r n er 's cha racteristics and n e e ds . focus on instructional procedures designed to fu r t he r de vel op me n t . ( 2 ) 490 Early Learning Experiences for Special Needs Children Im p l i ca t i ons of n0n11al and a t y p ica l child de vel o p me n t for the l ea rn i ng process. ( 2 ) 492 Methods or Teaching Early Childhood Special Education E rJy childhood met hods, materials, curriculum, and te chn i qu es fo r teac h in g c h i l d r en w i th sp eci al need s. P r e r eq uis i te: SPED 490 or consent of instructor. ( 2 )
UJ
o
494 Computer Application i n Spe ial Education An in t ro d uc t i o n into the. application of computer te c h no l o g y for learner with s pe c ial needs. Focus on current issues a nd uses of com p u t e r t e c h n ol o g y i n cl udi n g compute r a 'sisted i nstru ction, software evaluation, p u p i l a nd data management, and assistive devices. ( 2 ) 497 Independent Study Proj ec t s of va r yi n g le n gt h related to trends and issues in sp eci a l ducation and a pp roved b y an a pp r opr ia te fa cul t y member a n d the dean. ( 1 -2 )
499 Teaching for Individual Differences - Elementary Designed to give pre-service teachers s k i l l and k no w l e dg e in the areas of assess ment, i n s t r u c tio n , and management of lear n e rs with special needs. Prerequisite: 200. ( 2 )
524 Educational Procedures for Students with Developmental Disabilities
De s i g n e d for stude nts i n th e Master of A r t s in Ed u c a t io n : Class room Tea ch i n g - Certifica tion. An examination of t ile emo tional, so c ia l , p h ysi ca l , and mental characteristics of i n dividu a ls with deve lo pm e n ta l d isabilities. Incl udes , ssessment and i nstruc tion from medical, psychological, social, a n d e d u c a t io n al v iew p o i n ts . Prere qu is i te : Admission to t he MA/Cert p rogram. ( 3 )
5 2 5 Procedures for Students with Behavior Disorders De s i gn e d fo r students in the M a s t er of A r t s in Educa t i on: C la ss room Tea ch in g - Certification. An examination of i nst ru c t i o n al and manage m e n t p r o ced u r es for l e ar n ers with hehavior d i s or de rs. Includes s t u d y o f academic and be h a vi o r a l character ist ics of these students. P re r equ i s it e : Admission to the MAICert p rog r a m. ( 3 ) 526 Advanced Practicum in Special Education D e signed fo r s t u dents i n the Ma st er of Arts in Education: Classroo m'Teaching - Ce r t ifi c a t io n. Ex p eri e nc e w i th c hi.ld re n an d yo u th w i th s p eci a l n ee d s . Cr ed i t gi ve n after successful co m p l e t i o n of 90 clock hours and s p e ci fi c course compe tenc ies . Prerequisite: SPED 520/52 [ o r e q u i va le n t . ( 2 ) 530 Current Issues in Assessment Current issues in the use of as ess rnent i n formation for making ed uca t i o n a l decis ions about students. Prerequisite: SPED 398 or consent of i n s t r uc t or. (2) 53 1 Severe and Profound Disabilities Introduction to the p hys ic a l , social, and educa tion needs of in dividuals with severe and p r o fo u n d d i sa b i l i t i es . ( 2 ) 532 Education and Training o f Individual s with Severe and Profound Disabilities
I n -d e p t h s tu dy of educational p res cr i p t i o n and p ro gram m i ng r
50 1 Off-Campus Workshops i n Special Education O ff- ca m pus g ra du ate works ho ps in sp ec ia l edu(ation for varying leng t hs of t i me. ( 1 -4)
this p o p U l a t i o n . ( 2 )
503 On-Campu Wol'kshops in Special Education On-campus graduate wo rk -hops in spec i a l education for va rying l e n g th s of t i m e. ( 1 -4)
533 Current Issues i n Developmental Disabilities urrent issues related to the education of i n d i vi d u a ls with developmental disabilities. Pr e req u is ite : SPED 390 or consent of
5 13 Language/literacy Development: Assessment and
instructor. ( 2 )
Instruction
534 Current Issues i n Behavior Disorders urrent issues related to the education of ind ividuals with behavior d is o rde rs . P rer e q u i sit e : SPED 393 o r consent of
See Education 5 1 3 .
520 Teaching SpeciaJ Needs Students i n Elementary Programs
Introduction and overview of s e r v i c e s for s p eci a l needs students i n ele m e n ta r y p ro g ra m s . Inc l u de s proc e d u r a l and substan tive legal i ss ues in sp e c i a l educa tion, program m o d i fi c a t i o n , and
classroom management. ( 2 )
52 1 Teaching Special Needs Students i n Secondary Programs I n t rod u c t io n and overview of services for s pe ci a l need, ·tudents in secondary programs. I n cl ud es pr oc edu r a l a n d s u b sta n t i ve l e g a l issues in s p e c ia l education, program modification, a n d c l assr oo m management. (2) 522 The Role of Health Professionals i n Special Education This course introduces h ea l t h p ro fe s s i o n a ls in the school to l e a rn e rs \. ith special needs. Topics include roles of paren ts as well as medical concerns, early interve n t i o n , t ea m in g, substance abuse, and suicide prevention. ( 3 ) 523 Educational Procedures for Students with Learning Disabilities
Des i gned for st u d e n t s in the Ma st er of Arts of Education: Class room Te ach i ng - Certification. An introd uction i n t o t ea ch in g p r oc e d ure s for students with l ea rn i n g disabilities. Includes concepts in characteristics, a ss ess me n t , and i nstructional p ra c ti ces . Prerequisite: Admission to the MA/Cert program. ( 3 )
learners who a re severely and profoundly disabled. E m p ha si s on t e a c h i n g s t rate gie s a n d c u r r i c u l u m mo di fi ca t i on as they apply to
instructor. ( 2 )
535 Current Issues i n Learning Disabilities Current i s s ues re lat d to the e d u ca t i o n of individuals w i t h l e a r n i n g d i s a b i l i t ies . Prereq u i si te . SPED 290 or consent o f i n structor. ( 2 )
537 Current Issues in Language Disorders Curre n t issues and app r o ac he s in a ss ess i n g a n d remediating children with language disorders. Prere q u i s i t e : SPED 395 or consent o f instructor. ( 2 ) 538 Current Issues i n Early Childhood Special Education Current i s su es related to yo u n g ch ild re n w it h sp e ci a l needs. P rereq u i s i t e : SPED 490 or co n se n t of i n st r uc tor. ( 2 ) 539 Administ ratio n of Early Ch i ldhood/Special Education Programs I n - d e p t h study of the administration of e ar l y ch ildhood pro
gr a m s with e m p hasis on remediation t e chniqu es Jnd transdisci p l i nar y approaches. Prerequisite: SPED 53tl. ( 2 )
540 Early Interven tion Programs Cu rre n t p ra c t i c e s in medical, t he ra p e u ti c , a n d e d u c a t i o n a l i n t er ve n t i o n t ech n i qu e s used in the rehabilitation of s p e c ia l needs children from bi rth to age six. ( 2 )
E N G i N E E R I N G o
m
Assessment of Infants and Preschoolers of a p p rop ri a t e tools a n d procedure. in di agn o sin g and luating yo ung children's ne cis, lea d i ng to relevan t educa tional programming. Prerequisites: SPED 492, 540. ( 2 ) 568 InteTnship i n Special Education I n tern h i p in 'pccin l ed u c a t io n se t t i ngs . Fourteen weeks o f tea h i n g u n der t he d i rection a n d supervision o f co ope ra ti n g tea hers and u niversity u pe rvi s o rs . Designed for s tu de n t. s i n t he M A/eert program.
(6)
599 Thesis The thesis problem will be chosen from the candidat e's major field o f concentration and must be ap p rove d by the c a n d i d ate " graduate comm ittee. Candidates are e x p e c t e d to defend t hei r thesis in
a
analysis. I n clu d e s behavior modification and its ethical applica
tion, self-control t e ch n i q u es , cogn i t i ve b e h a vi o r mo d i fica t ion , o ga nilation and research de si g n . (2)
(3-4)
n o c Vl
Engi nee ri ng , a p r ac ti c a l art and profess ion, is more than 50 cen turies old. Its heritage boasts a vast spectrum o f Mesopotamia
( 2000 s.c.), the Colosseum of Rome (75
A . D. ) , a nd more recently, the 1 6-megabit random- access
576 Commnnication Skills for Collaboratlve Consultation in Special Education E m p h a s i s on th� i n terpersonal s ki ll s nece sa ry fo r the co n su l t i n g teacher in speci a l e d u ca tio n . The course will ex p lore the
p r act ic e d w ith an approp riate awa reness and concern fo r
var iab l es i nvolved in devel o p i ng cooperation between p ro fes
(2)
588 Administration o f Special Education Programs Investigat i o n of ex i - t i ng special ed Llcat ion a d m i n istrat ive un its, pupil pia
('ment procedures, student staffi n gs, p rogrolll
rei m b u r ement proced ures , ar.d federal fu nding models. ( 3 )
R e earm i n Special Education iew of current research on sel e c t ed topics in sp e cia l educa tion. ( i )
591 Research in Early Childhood/Special Education A combination of orga n i zed coursework a n d i n d e p end e n t s t udy i n eil r l y 'hildhood/special educa t io n . Specialized study in a sele ted topic. Prerequi s ite: SPED 490 or consent of i n s t ru c t o r.
(I) 592 Research in Learn lng Disabilities A c mbination 0 o rg a n i ze d coursework and in d e p e n d e n t study in early learning di a b i l i .t ics . Spe ialized stn dy i n a sel ecte d topic. Prcr qu i si t e : SPED 535 or c o n se n t of inst ructor.
(I)
593 Research in Behavior Disorders A co mbination of o rg a n i zed coursework a n d independent s t u d y in b havior d i orders. Specialized t u dy in a ,elected topic. Prerequ isite: SPED
534
or consent o f i ns t ruc to r.
(I)
594 Research in DeveiopmentaJ Disabilities A combination o f org a n i7:ed coursework a nd i ndependent s t udy i n developmental d isab i l i t ies. S pecia l i zed study i n a selec t ed topic P rerequi s i te : SPED 5 3 3 or permission of i nstructor. ( I ) 595 Special Education: Internship Projects of va rying l e ngt h related to trends and i ssue s i n special educa t io n a n d approv d b . an a p p ropriate fa cu l ty member and
th dean. ( 1 -4 )
the dea n. ( i -4)
imagi nat i on , creativi ty, and inspiration to provide benefit to our daily lives. At the same time, engineering must be i ts potential adverse effects
on
human being and the
env iron ment. The eng i n e er ing code of ethics states the
p urpose o f engineering - "to safeguard l i fe, health, and property and to p romote the p ublic welfa re." The go al of e ngi n e e rin g education at Pacific Lu theran U n i ver s i t y is t o
combine t h e skills o f mathematics, the knowledge o f cience, and t h e t e c h n i ques o f engineering design, along with an
appre iation o f the b roade r areas o f human
interest and concern, to p roduce competent and respon sible engineering. PLU's programs i n engineering provide a s t rong base iII m a t h e m a t ic s , phYSlCS, and engineering. Such a fo unda
tion w i l l enable PLU graduates to adapt readily to future change i n p r mi
e
technology. P L U programs are based on the tbe en gine e ri n g p rofession requires l ife- long
that
learning. I n the development and implemen tation o f technology, engineers a re responsible fo r project conceptualization, d e s i g n , st u d y, testing, construction, a n d maintenance.
Such projects usually involve economics, personnel man agement, and admi nistration. O ften tech nical projects require communication with peers, managers, and govern ment representatives. P LU i l1 niqu ly qualified to educa te engineers fo r such res po n s i bi l i ties beca use it combines tec h n ical courses with the l ibera l a r ts c urric u lu m . The Depart ment of Eng i n e er ing offers fo ur-year Bachelor of
cience (B.S.) degree p rograms in
Electrical
Engineering and Computer Engineering. The department also offers
a
five-year
3-2 or dual-degree program
which
leads to a B.S. in Engineering Science from PLU and an engineering degree fro m a second institution. At the second institution, the enginee r i n g speci a l ty may be Clos e l y associated with these t h ree programs i
1 '
13.S. in
Applied Physics. Th is p rogram offers concentrat io ns i n Mechanical E ngin e e r i ng and Electrical Engineeri ng. S t udents in terested i n a n eng i ne e ri ng degree p rogram
8 Studies in Education resea r h paper or p roj e ct on an ed llcational issue s e kcted j o i n t l y by the student a n d t h e grad ua te adviser. It will be reviewed by t h e s t ud e n t 's graduate co m m ittee.
memory chip ( 1 990 A.D. ) . Engineering uses materials and knowledge from science and mathematics with experience,
chosen from a va r i et y of e n gin e er i n g discipli nes.
597 Independent Study Projects f va ryin g length related to trends and issues in special edu arion and a p p roved by a n appropriate faculty member and
(2)
m
o
achievements, i ncluding t h e pyramids o f ancient
575 I ntroduction t o CoUaborative UJosultation In troduction to the p r i n ipl and p ra ct ic es of a consult ing l aeher model in special education. Focus on i nstructional del ivery a p propri a te for providing d i rect and indirect services to learners with special needs i n m a inst rea m classes. (2)
sional educators.
m
final oral examination co nd u cted b y their com mittee.
Engineering
570 Applied Behavior Analysis for Teachers A s u rve y of the p ri n c i p l es a nd tec h n i q u e s of a ppl ied behavior
m
should co ntact a member of the engi n eer i n g faculty fo r assistance and ad v ic e . FACULTY: G u t m a n n , Chair; H a u e is c n , M a c G i n i t ic, Sabeti, S p i l l m a n , c : p to n .
m
z GI
E N G I N E E R I N G
l.'J Z
UJ
o
u
UJ
o
Electrical Engineering
Electrical engineering is the largest single discipline within engineering education and the engineering profession. It encompasses a n umber of areas of speci fic interest. Electrical engineering at PLU inchld.. study in electrical circu its, devices, and systems. The cu rricul u m involves a substantial co mponent of both classroom and laboratory experience. It seeks to balance the student's knowledge of current engineeri ng practice with an understanding of the underlying science and engineering design p ri nciples, allowing graduates to keep pace with evolving te chnolo gy. B.S. MAJOR IN ELECTRICAL ENGI NEERING: Engineering t 3 1 , 1 3 2, 245, 246, 345, 346, 445 , 446 , 485; Mathematics l S I , 1 52, 253; Physics 1 5 3, 154, 163, 164, 3 3 1 , 354; Co m puter Science 144; hemistry 1 1 5 ; tech nical electives - fou r hours from Engineering 233, 234, 333, 334, 434; one course from Mathemat足 ics 230, 3 3 1 , 356, Phys ics 223, 332; eight additional hours from upper division engineering or app roved physics or computer science courses. A typical electrical engineering program is as follows:
Freshman
Engineeri.ng 1 3 1 , 1 3 2 Physics 1 53 , 1 63 Mathematics 1 5 1 , 1 5 2
Sophomore
Engineering 245, 246 Mathematics 2 5 3 Phys i cs 1 54, 1 64, 354 Comp uter Science 1 44 Technical elective
Junior
Engineering 345, 346 Physics 3 3 1 hem is try l i S Technical electives ( 2 )
Senior
E ngine eri ng
445, 446, 485
Technical elective MINOR IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING: E ng i neering 1 3 1 , 1 3 2, 245, 246, and 345 o r 346; Physics 1 2 5 , 1 26 , 1 35 , 1 3 6 or Physics 1 53, I S4, 1 63, 1 64; P hysi cs 354; Mathematics l S I , 1 52 , 253; Co mpute r Science 1 44 o r 240. Computer Engineering
Computer engineering is a relatively new engin eering specialty that has grown out of rapidly evolving m icro- and m i n i 足 computer techno log)'. T h e curriculum consists of essential and advanced elements from compute r science and electrical engineering , developing both hardware and software expertise. Electives permit concentration in areas such as i ntegrated circuit design , microprocessor applications, computer design, applica足 tion software development and artificial i ntelligence.
Junior
Engi neer i ng 345 Computer Science 380 Mathematics 33 1 Technical elective
Senior
Techn ical electives ( 2 ) Engineering 485
Engineering Science
The degree in engineering science is awarded in the 3-2 Engi足 neering program. The 3-2 or dual-degree program consists of three years of introductory science and engin eeri n g at PLU followed by two years of study at a second school offering a desired e ngineering specialty, resul ting in one degree from each institution. The 3-2 p rog r a m is appropriate for students i nterested in a wide variety of engi neering disciplines including mechan ical, chemical, civ il , aeronautical, and others. P LU has formal 3-2 agreements with Columbia University (Ne\ York City) and Washington University (St. Louis); transfers to other engineering sd100ls can easily be arranged. The five-year, 3-2 program provides the opportunity to i n tegrate an excellent l i beral arts background alon g with study i ll engineering i n a variety of d isciplines. The student has the further advantage of beginning study in the atmosp here of a smaller school where emphasis is on teaching and attention is given to i ndividual students. B.S. MAJOR I N ENGINEERING SCIENCE: The requirements for t h is B.S. degree from PLU are the successful completion of: ( I ) the PLU core curriculum, ( 2 ) the engineering a.nd science courses l isted below, and ( 3 ) an engineering degree at the second school. The general u n iversity requirements that do not apply are: ( I ) co mpletion of a m i n i m u m of 1 28 semester hours on th P LU transcrip t , ( 2 ) completion of a minimum of 40 s e m e ster hours from courses n umbered 300 and above, ( 3 ) at least 20 of the m i n i m u m 40 semester hours of upper division work must be taken at PLU, and ( 4 ) the final 32 semester hours of a student's program must be completed in residence at PLU. Engineering: 1 3 1 , 1 3 2, 334, Mathematics 1 5 1 , 1 52, 253; Physics 1 53, 1 54, 1 63 , 1 64, 354; Computer Science 1 44 or 240; ,hemistry 1 1 5 ( Chemistry 1 1 6 is recommended for students attend ing Columbia); techn ical electives-three courses from Engineering 245, 246, 345, 346 ( electrical specialty) and Engineering 233, 234, 333, 434 ( m echanical specialty) . A ty p ica l eng i neering science program is as follows:
Fresh man
Engineering 1 3 1 , 132 Physics 1 5 3, 1 63 Mathematics 1 5 1 , 1 5 2
Sophomore
Engineering 233, 234 a T Engineering 245, 246 Ma thematics 253 P hysics 1 54, 164, 354 Computer Science 1 44 or 240
Junior
E ng i neeri ng 245 or 233 Engineering 334 Chemistry l i S
,
B.S. MAJOR IN COMPUTER ENGINEERING: Engineering
1 3 1 , 1 32, 245, 246, 345, 346, 485; Mathematics 1 5 1 , 1 52, 253, and eit her 245 or 3 3 1 ; Computer Science 1 44, 270, 380; Physics 1 53, 1 54, 163, 1 64; technical electives - 13 hours from Engineering 445, 44fi, 480, 48 1 , Computer Science 348, 367, 375, 385, 444, 455, Mathematics 356, Physics 33 1 , 332, 354; technical electives must include four hou rs from Physics 3 54, Mathematics 356. A typical comp u ter engineering program is as fol lows:
Fresh man
Sophomore
Engineering 1 3 1 , 1 3 2 Physics 1 53 , 1 63
Mathematics 1 5 1 , 1 5 2 Computer Science 1 44 Engineering 245, 246, 346 Mathematics 253 Comp uter Science 270 Physics 1 54, 1 64, 354
For 3-2 chemical engineering, required courses are Engineering 1 3 1 , 1 32 , 233, 234; Mathematics 1 5 1 , 1 52 , 253; P hys ics 1 53, 154, 1 63 , 1 64, 354; Ch em i s t ry 1 1 5, 1 1 6, 331, 333, 34 1 , 343; Chemistry 332, 334 and 456 are reco mm ended. The following is a typical program:
Freshman
Engineering 1 3 1 , 1 3 2 Physics 1 5 3, 1 54, 163, 1 64 Mathematics 1 5 1 , 1 5 2 Chemistry 1 1 5 , 1 1 6
Sophomore
Engineering 233 Mathemat ics 253 C h e mistry 33 1 , 332, 333, 334
E N G I N E E R I N G o
Physics 354 Engineering 334 Chemistry 34 1 , 343, 456 I n t h is program , Engineering 3 3 3 may be substituted fo r Che m istr y 34 1 . It is also recommended that Chemistry 32 [ be taken if time perm i t s .
434 Transport: Momentum, Energy and Mass Concepts and equations of classical continuum flu i d mechanics: momentum, energy, and mass transport, transport coefficients viscosity, thermal con d uctivity, mass d i ffusivity - i nviscid and laminar flows, boundary l a yer s, experimental and n u me r i ca l modeling of transport p ro c e sses. Prerequisite: 333 o r consent of instructor. I I (4)
Course Offerings
445 Linear Systems and Control Model ing, a n a lysis , computer simulation, and design of con t i nuous and d iscrete�time mechanical, electrical, and electro� mechanical feedback control systems. Lapl ace t ransforms, frequency response, and state�space techn i q ues a r e us e d t o develo p p e r fo rm a n c e parameters, examine stability, and design controllers. Extensive use of examples and case studies to deve l o p robust PI, PD, and PID con t rollers and compensators. Prerequisite: 246. I (4)
/1Ior
1 3 1 Introduction to Engineering I An introduction t o t h e e n g i ne e r i ng p ro fe ssi o n and development of basic skills important to the pro fe ss ion , i ncluding pr o b l em solving, e n g i n ee r ing design, g r aph ic s , use o f computers, computer programming, engineering econom ics, and ethics i n engineeri ng. Seminar series of le c tu re s b y sp e a ke r s fro m i n d ustry, u n iversities, and alumni. Prerequisite: C o m p l et i o n of c o l le g e p r epa r at or y mathematics. 1 ( 3 ) �
446 VLSI Design An introduction to the design of very large scale i ntegrated systems using com p uter�aided d e s i g n methods. Topics include MOS devices, fa b r i c a t i o n p ro cedures, chip architecture, chip t o p o l o gy, and system timing. Prerequisite: 346. I I (2)
1 3 2 Introduction t o Engineering I I An introduction t o t h e engineering pro fe ss io n a n d development of basic skills imp o rt a n t to t h e profession, including problem s olvin g , statistics engineering design and graphics, engineering economics, a n d ethics in engineering. Project�team work is an i n tegral p a r t o f the course. Prerequisite: 1 3 1 . I I ( 2 )
480 Microprocessors Study of m i c ro pr o ce s sors and their use in m i c ro c o m puter systems. Data rep r es e nt a t i o n , program m ing, i n t e r r u p t s, I/O i n t e rfa c ing , data com munications, available software, and p ro g ra m de ve l o p m ent studied i n lecture and lab o rat o r y sessions. Pr e requ is i t e s : 346, 380. I (4)
233 Statics
Engi neering stat ics using vector algeb ra; conditions for equilib� rium, rc ultant force systems, centroid and center of gravity, methods of virtu;)l work, friction, kinematics of particles. Prerequ i s i tes: PHYS 1 53 . I (2) 234 Mechanics of Solids ! 1ec h a n ics of d efor m a b l e solid b o d i es, deformation, stress, co n � equations fo r c l as t i c m a ter i a l s , t h erm o c las t ic i t y, t e n si o n , ure, torsion, st a b i l i t y of equilibrium. Prerequ isite: 233. II (4)
245 Electrical CU:cuits I I n t roduct. i o n to the fu n d a m e n t a l con cepts of D c i r c u i ts i ncluding Oh m's and Ki rchhoff's Laws and the fu n c t i o n of induct ive a n d c apa c i t i ve elements. P r e r equ is i te: PI�IYS [ 54. 1 (4) 246 Electrical Circuits U
'n1cory of el ec t rical circ n i ts in c l u d i ng transient response, AC steady s t a t e-s i ngle a.nd L i uee p h as e , fre q u e n c y a nd time domain analysis, compu ter a n al ys i s o f steady state a n d r ra ns i e n t ('(;!spOIlSe ll�ing S P ICE. La b o ra t o r y work is p<lrt of the c our se. Pre req u i site : 245. 1 I (4) 333 Thermodynamics Con ce p ts ,md equ a t i o n s of c l a s s i c a l , m a c ros c o pic t h erm o dy nam ics: thermodynamic cycles, f1m and n o n f1 ( l w systems, proper� l ies and rnathemati al relat i o n s of p u re substances, mixtures and solutions, phase l ra ns i ti o n , a nd i ntroduction to st a ti s t i c a l
·
�
thermody n a mics.
Prerequisite: PHYS 1 54. I (4)
334 Materials Science T;undamcntals of engineering materials i n clud i ng mechanical, chemical, thermal, a n d e.le c t r ical p ro p e rt i e s associated with me tal s, C'<::rami c s , p o ly mers, composites, and semico nductors. Focus on how usefu l material properties can be engineered thrOllg,h cont rol of m i c rostru c t ure. Prerequisite: PHYS 1 54,
CHEM [ 1 5. 1 1 (4) 345 Analog Electronics An i n t ro d u c t ion to a n a l o g i nteg r ated c i rcuit design t e c h n i ques , i n c lud i n g s i n g l e a nd m u lt i stage a mpl ifiers, freq uen cy resp o n s e nd feedback methods. L a b o r a to ry work is part of this course. rerequ is i te: 246. I (4) 346 Digital Electrorucs A n a lysis of digital design t ec h n i ques , i n clu d ing a re v i e w of combinational l ogi c , flip fl o p s , registers, coun ters, and timing c i rcu i t' s . I I I (4)
481 Computer�Aided Design of Digital Systems An i n t ro d u c t i on to use of CAD systems for digital design. B a si c p r i n c i p l es of combinational and s e quent i al l ogi c design are reviewed. Simulators, computer ha rdw a re d es c r i p t i o n languages, and other com p uter�aided design tools are developed. Prerequ isite: 346. II ( 2 ) 485 Senior Design Project Indiv idual or small�team p roj ec t that takes a d es ign concept fro m the proposal stage to the testing stage. Each student or team w i l l work d i re c t l y with o n e fa c ult), member for the design p roj ec t and will be required to prep a re a techn ical rep o rt an d p ro v i d e a presentation. The g o a l of this design p roj e c t is to expose t h e student to engineering design which involves c re a t ivity, the experience of o p e n�e n d e d p ro b l em s with a l tern a te so l uti o n s , and the use of design m e th o d o l o gy. It is also plan ned that the student will c o n fro nt realistic constrain ts such as e c ono m i c factors, safet " re l i a b i l i ty, ethics, and social imp a c t. C o m p l e t i on of this course sat isfies t he co re requ i remen t for a senior seminar p roj e c t. I I I ( 2�4) 49 1, 492 Independent Study Projects of v a r y ing l e n gth related to a s t udent's maj or. Students may ex p a n d their S e ni o r Design Project b y t a k i n g o n e to fou r h o u r s . The proj e c t must be approved before enrollment b y the faculty adviser and t he department ch a i r. I I I ( [ -4)
m
m m
n o c :;xJ Vl m o
m
z Cl Vl
E N G L I S H
4.
Eng ish o L.LJ if' =, o u
LoW UJ
Marrin, Ra hn,
D.
Seal, Temple-Thurston.
ENGLISH MAJOR (EMPHASIS ON LITERATURE) : The
Engli5h major with a n emphasis on literarure introduces stu dents to the great literary trad itions of Britain, North America, and the English-speaking world. The major in literature places courses organized by historical period at the heart of the student's progra m, aHowing students to read the great works rhat define the periods, a nd to explore the ways i n which cultural con texts i mp inge upon the l iterary imagination. Students who sele t the emphasis on l i terature can expect to learn how sensi tive read ers engage texts through their own spea king and w rit i ng, follow ing their insights into the rich pleasures o f l iterary language and growing more sophisticated in constructing e ffec tive l i terary arguments. They will also be i ntroduced to the ways in which major crirical traditions frame our appro:lChes to literature and define the issues that keep literature meaningful and relevant in our lives. Students cOllsidering English with an emphasis on l i terature as a major, but who are still undecided, m ight begin with a 200level course. Even though no 200-level course is required for majors, students may request that one appropriate 200-level course be substituted for o ne similar Periods and Surveys cou rse at the 300 level. Student. are encou raged to take hakespeare early i n the major. Foreign Language Require. ment: All E nglis h majors must complete at least two years of a foreign language at the university level, or the eC]uivalent (See College of A rts and Sciences Foreign Language Requirements, Option I).
At least 36 and up to 44 hours in English be yond 1 0 1 , at leasL 20 hours of which must be upper division. The following course distributions are required of majors with a n emphasis o n literature: A. Shakespea re (4 hours) 30 j , Shakespeare B. Periods and Su rveys (at least 4 /rours fro m each of the Major Requirements:
following lines): 1.
AND
DIFF RENCE
343, Post-Colonial Literature
nglish offers excellent preparation fo r any fu tu re req u ir i n g i n te g r a tive thi nking, skill i n w r i ti ng, d iscern ment i n reading, a n ap precia t io n of human exper i e n ce a n d aesthetic values, a n d the processes of cri tical a n d creative expression. Bu siness, government, education, and pub l i shing are areas where our gradua tes frequently make their careers. Our pr ogr a m offers empha se s in l i terature and writing, as well as concentrations i n children'� l i terature and publishi ng . The English Department also upports the study abroad programs, and w e offer study tours to such places a s Europe, Australia, and the Caribbea n. FACULTY: Bergman, Chair; M. Benton, P. Benton, Brown ariton, ady, Campbell, Eyler, Jansen, Jone , Marcus, D. M.
o
LI TERAT URE
34 I , Femin.ist Approache to LiLerature
EA RLY
3 5 1 , English Medieval Literature 352, Chaucer 353, English Renaissance Literature 2. M IDDLE 3 6 1 , English Restoration a nd 1 8th Century 362, English Romantic and Victorian Literature 3 7 1 , Studies in American Literature, 1 820- 1 920 3 . LATE 367, "lwentieth- �entury British Literature 372, wentieth -Century American Poetry 373, Twentieth-Century American Fiction a nd Drama
374, American Ethnic Literature C. Seminar (at least 4 h o u rs)
428, Seminar: Critical Theory 4S I , Seminar: Author 452, Seminar: Theme, Genre Senior Seminar Project: The senior sem inar project is a general un iversity requirement i n all programs and majors. Students will customarily satisfy this requirement in English in their seminar course as a culmination of their undergraduate education, i n the senior year. Under cntain circumstances, students may substitute an appropriate 300-level course. D. Writing (at least 4 h o u rs of any writing course at the
200 to
400 levels).
E. Electives
(8 h o u rs)
ENGLISH MAJOR (EMPHASIS ON WRITING): The writing
emp hasis at PUJ is part of a growing awareness in colleges and universities of the importa nce of writing within programs of English, and has been designed fo r a broad spectrum of students, from those wishing to focus o n Serion and poetry, to those inter ted i n more pragmatic types of writing, to those set on exploring theoretical issues i n rhetoric and composition.
Foreign Language Requirement: All English majors must complete at least two years of a foreign language . t the university level, or the equivalent ( See College a/ Arts Cl nd Sciences Foreign
L.ang lwge Requ irements, Op rion I).
Major Requirements: At least 36 hours in English (excluding 1 0 1 ) , d istributed as follows:
A. Writing (a t lea s t 20 hours in writing, w i th at least 12 h o urs upper division)
1 . At least 1 2 hours, from at least two of the following lines: a. I maginative Writing 227, Imaginative Writing I 3 27, Imaginative Writing I I 326, Writi.ng for Children b. Expository Writing 2 2 1 , Research and Writing 222, Writing in a D iscipline 323, Writing in a Professional Setting 3 28, Advanced Composition for Teachers c. Creative Nonfiction 224, Travel Writing 225, Autobiographical Writing 324, Free-lance Writing 325, Personal Essay 2. Senior Project/Seminar (at least 4 hours in the following) 425, 426, Writing on Special Topics 427, Imaginative Writing In 428, Seminar: Critical Theory 3 . Elective (at least 4 hours from l ines 1 or 2 above) B. Litera t u re (12 hours, with a t least 4 hOllrs upper division) S Ludents are encouraged to take l i terature courses which contribute to their goals as writers, and which expand their experience with the history and genres of writing. C. Elective (at least 4 elective hours in English beyond J01) CHILDREN'S LITERATURE: Students completing 333 and 8 hours from 326, 33 4 , 335 or other approved cou rses (all with grades of B or higher) will be recognized fo r special competence
in children's literature. MINOR (EMPHASIS ON LITERATURE): 20 semester hours (excluding 1 0 1 ) , distributed as follows: 4 hours of Shakespeare,
8 hours from "Periods and Surveys" (see literature "Major Requirements"), a nd 8 hours of electives.
E N G L I S H o lYUl,vn. (EMPHASIS ON WRITlNG): 20 semester hours ( ex
i n g 1 0 J ) , w i t h at least 1 2 hour s in upper d iv isi o n, d istributed follow : J 2 h o u rs in w r i t i n g, 4 h o u rs i n l i terature, 4 hours of elective. MJNOR ( EMPHASIS ON PUBLISHING AND PRINTING ARTS): See separate listing under Publishing alld Pril1til1g Arts. PROSPECTIVE TEACHERS: Students preparing to teach English in ;;eco ndary schools should armnge for all adviser ill both English (Il1d Educa tion. Please also see t h e School
o f Ed ucation se ct io n of
this ((I talog.
Secondary Education: S tud e n t s preparing to teach i n jun ior
or senior h igh s hoal may eal'll either a Bachelor of Arts in English with certifica tion from the School of Education, or a B ac helor of Arts i n Education with a teach ing major in En gl is h . T h e E n g l ish major with an e mphasis in Literatu re and the English major with a n emphasis in w r i t i ng may both be p ursued by p ro s p e c t ive teachers. Se ondary education stu dents must fulfill all re q u i rem e n ts for the E n g l ish major: Option 1 of the Fore i g n La ng ua ge Re q uire me n t s (2 years o f a foreign l a n g uage at the university level, or the equivalent); at least 36 and no more than 44 credit hours in English; and a l l t h e specific requirements for t h e m a j o r either in l i terature o r in writing. late certification for teachers also mandates the following requiremen ts, wh ich are a n overl�)' t o th e maj or. Courses taken to sat isfy the major can also be c o u r se s that satisfy the s ta te certification requirements. English l iterature: one course America n l i terature: one course Co mp a r a t i ve litera t u re: one course ( 2 1 4 , 2 1 6, 2 1 7, 2 1 8, 232, 233, 34 1 , 343, an appropriate seminar) Linguistics or structure of l a n gu a g e: o ne c o u rs e (403) Writing/Composition: one co urse (328 is especially recom mended) Prospective teachers may take Education 529, Adolescent Literature in the Secondary Curriculum, as an e1ec t i\re in the English major. Elementary Education: Students preparing to teach in el
ementary s c hoo ls fo l lo w i ng the Language Arts curriculum, must take 24 hours m in i m u m in English, and are advised t o follow the structure of t h e English major in satisfyi ng state certification requiremen ts. Consult your adviser in the School of E d u ca tion .
Course Offerings AlI literaUire co urses fu lfill the general university core requirement il1 litemture.
I. Lower Division Courses
The following cou rses were designed for students who a re not English majors, and for students considering an English major, to sa t i s fy the gene ra l u niversity requ irem ent in l iterat u re. Upper division courses in l i terature offered by the Department of English will sat i s fy the gen e ra l u niversity requirement i n l i ter a ture as well, but the following courses are particularly reCOIll mended. These lower division courses in literature g ive priIll a ry atte n t ion to the act o f reading i n d i fferent contexts and genres. Using imaginatively compelling l i terature from a va riety of cu lt u res and h istorical periods, the course:; guide students i n to und er st an di ng how educated readers engage a text. Reading is ndcrstood a s an active process on the part of the read ers , and courses focus on helping s t u d e n t s d iscover not simply a pa rt i cula r thematic con tent, but more broadly the kinds of questions that so p h is t ic ated readers ask of texts. The courses em p hasi z e for students the ways in which framing the reading
experience by different kinds of questions reveals different texts, and enriches the imaginative ex pe rience of reading, leading more to in s i g h t on the part of the reader than final answers. A. Topics 2 1 3, Top ics in Literature: Themes and Authors B. Genres
2 1 4, 2 1 5, 2 1 6, 2 1 7, 2 1 8,
Poetry Fiction Fiction: Cross-Cultural Emphasis Fiction : Alterna t ive Perspectives E mphasis Drama
C. Traditions 230, Contemporary Literature 23 1 , Masterpieces of E u ro p e an Literature through the Rena issa nee 232, Women's Litera ture 233, Post-Colonial Lit e ra t u re 234, Environmental Literature 24 1 , American Traditions in Literature 25 1 , British Traditions in L itera tu re II. Upper Division Courses Designed p a r ticu la rl y for upper d ivision students, usually b u t not excl usivel ), w i t h t h e major i n m i n d . A . B ritish Litera ture
30 1 , 351, 352, 353, 361, 362, 367,
Shakespeare En glish Medieval Literatu.re Chaucer E ngl ish Renaissance Litera ture Restoration and 1 8th Century Literature E n g l is h Roman tic and Victorian L i t er ature Twentie th-Century British Literature
B . American Litera t u re 3 7 1 , Studies in American Literature 1 820- 1 920 372, Twentieth-Century American Poe try 373, Twe n tieth-Century American Fictioll and Drama 374, American Ethnic Literature . Sp ec ia l Studies
34 1 , 343, 333, 334, 335,
Femi n ist Approaches to Literature Post-Colonial Literature Children's Literature Special Topics in Children's Literature Fan tasy a.nd Fairy Tales 428, Seminar: Critical Th eo ry 45 1 , Seminar: A u t h or 452, Seminar: Theme, Genre 49 1 , 492, Independent Reading a nd Research 597, Graduate Resea rc h I I I. Writing, Language, and Theory
1 0 1 , Inquiry Seminar: Writing for Di s c ov ery' 22 1 , Research a nd Wr i t in g ' 2 22 , Writ i ng in an Academic Discipline' 224, Travel Writing* 225, Autobiographical Writing' 227, Imagina tive Writing I 323, Writing in Professional Settings' 324, Free-Lance Wri ting* 325, Personal Essay" 326, Writing for Child ren 327, 427, I maginJtive Writing 11, I I I 3 2 8 , Advallced Composition for Teachers* 403, The Eng li sh Language 42 1 , Tutorial in Writing 425, 426, Writing on Spec i a l 'lopics 4 2 8 , Seminar: Critical The o ry
*/I/{Iica tcs cou rscs that can fulfill the gene ra l u n ive rs i ty writing req uiremellt.
n o c
rn
o
z C\
E N G L I S H
w
IV. Publishing and Printing Arts 3 1 [ , Book in Society 3 1 2, Publishing Procedures 3 1 3 , Art of the Book I 3 1 4, Art of the Book II
230 Contemporary Literature Em phasis on the divers i ty of new voices in American fiction suc as Ton i Morrison, Les l ie Silko, Nicholson Bakl'f, Joyce Carol Oates, Cormac McCarthy, and Amy Ta n, from the emergence o f post -modernism to the most i mportant current fiction. (4)
1 0 1 Inquiry Seminars: Writing for Discovery See General University Reqlliremellt, The Freshman Yea r Program.
231 Masterpieces of European Literature Representative works of classical, medieval, and early Renais sance L iterature. (Cross-referenced with CLAS 23 1 . ) (4)
o V) cr::
� o u
w o
(4 ) 2 1 3 Topics in Literature: Themes and Authors A variable-content course that focuses on the act of reading and interpreting texts. Among the questions asked: Wha t is litera ture? What does it mean to read? How does a l iterary text relate to au thors and culture? Topics around which a cou rse might be organized include heroes, tbe Beat poets, a n introduction to Shakespeare. ( 4 ) 2 1 4 Poetry A study of poems and conventions of poetry from the classics to modern p rojective verse. In tended to develop the reader\ ability to respond with sensitivity and discrim i nation to a rich variety of poetic forms. (4) 2 1 5 Fiction Examines the development of short fiction, concentrating on th mes and techniques of the genre. Stresses the Euro-American tradition. ( 4 ) 2 1 6 Fiction; Emphasis o n Cross-Cultural Perspectives ( 4 ) 2 1 7 Fiction: Emphasis on Alternative Perspectives (4) 218 Drama An in troduction to the basic elements of drama (plot, character, language) and on the traditional genres ( tragedy, comedy). May stress different cultural traditions. ( 4 ) 221 Research a n d Writing Strategies for writing academic research papers are practiced, i ncluding developing appropriate research topics, locating and using a variety of relevant sources, substantiating generaliza tions, and using paraphrase and citation accurately. ( 2 or 4) 222 Writing in an Academic Discipline Taken jointly with a course in a content discipline. Students ful fill two general university requirements, one in writing and one in the humanities, social sciences, or natural sciences, depending upon which discipline is participating in a given sem . ler. The writing practices of a particular field such as ph ilosophy, h istory, anthropology, or biology are studied in tandem with the subject malter of the field. Team-taught by an instructor in English studies and an i nst ructor in the participating d iscipline. (4) 224 Travel Writing Writing about travel, while traveling or upon return. Students keep travel journals, produce short travel essays, and read se lected travel writers. Emphasis on both interior and exterior journeys. ( 4 ) 225 Autobiographical Writing Reading autobiography and w r iti n g parts of one' own, with a n emphasis on how writing style and personal identity comple ment each other. (4) 227 Imaginative Writing I A beginning workshop in writing poetry and short fiction. I ncludes a study o f techniques and forms to develop crit ical standards and an understanding of the writing process. ( Prereq u isite: 1 0 1 or its equivalent, Advanced Placement, or consent of i n s tructor.) ( 4 )
232 Women's Literature An introduction to fiction, poetry, and other literatures by women writers. Includes an exploration of women's ways of read ing and writing. (4) 233 Post-Colonial Literature Writers from Africa, India, Australia, New Zealand, Canada, and the Caribbean con front the legacy o f colonialism fro m an insider's perspective. Emphasis on fiction. (4) 234 Environmental Literature amines representations of nature in literature, and the ways in which humans define themselves and their relationship with nature through those representations. Focuses on th tradition of nature writing in American literature from Thoreau and Muir to Barry Lopez and Annie DiJiard, and includes i maginative works from other cultures. (4) 241 American Traditions in Literature Selected themes that distinguish American literature from British traditions, from co lonial or early national roots to current branches: for example, confronting the divine, i nventing selfhood, cop ing with racism. (4) 251 British Traditions in Literature Selected themes that define British Literature as one of the great l i teratures of the world, from Anglo-Saxon origins to post modern rebellions: for example, identity, society, and God; love and desire; i ndustry, science, and culture. (4) 301 Shakespeare Study of representative works of the great poet as a central figure in the canon of English literature. Includes histories. comedies, and tragedies, as well as poems and sonnets. Special attention is given to Shakespeare's language, his use of various dramatic genres, and such concerns as character and gender, history and power. (4) 3 1 1 The Book in Society A critical study of the role of books in our history, society, and daily live . Topics include the paperback revolution; gender issues in books and publishi ng; censorship and manipulation, especially i n books for children; small presses and "alternative" publishi ng; technological horizons; and [,ensions between the cultural and commercial dimensions of book publish ing. (4) 3 12 Publishing Procedures A workshop introduct'ion to the world of book publishing, involving students in decisions about what to publish and how to p roduce i t . Editi ng, designing, and p reparing a manuscript for production. Plans for marketing a fi nished product. ( 4 ) 3 1 3 The Art o f t h e Book I The combination studio course and seminar explores the visual properties of language. It introduces the history, principles, and tech n iques o f typography, p rinting, and the book arts through both classroom study and a variety of studio projects. (4) 314 The Art of the Book n Individual p rojects to explore further typography and fine bookmaking. Production o f a small edition o f a n original to;t selected. edited, designed, iUustrated, pri nted, and bound by one o r a team of students. (4)
E N G L I S H
323 Writin.g in Professional Sett i ngs
352 Chaucer
nts working in professional setti ngs a nalyze the rhetorical
nds of their j o b - related writ ing. Using their work- in
A study of Geoffrey Chaucer's major works, especially The
Cn n l c rbury iilies and Troilus al1d Criseyde, a n d of the in tellectual,
progress, students produce or revise documents that meet those
social, a n d p o l i t ical circumstances of their production in fo ur
324 Free-Lane Writing
353 En glish Renaissance Literature
d Illands rffectively. (4) .
A workshop in writing for publication, with primary emphasis
on the feature a rticle. I n tended to help s t u d e n ts produce writ.ing t h a t is i n fom1ative a n d expres ·ive, to enhance their sense of
au d ieTlCe, and to int roduce them to procedures fo r submitting fo r magazine publicatio n. ( 4 )
Studies the Golden Age of English li terature. Selected poets from
Wyatt to Ma rvell, i nclud ing Sid ney, S penser, Shakespeare, Donne, and Jonson; selected playwrights from Kyd to vVelJs ter; selected prose from More to Bacon and Browne. ( 4 )
361 Restoration and Ei gh teenth-Century Literature
325 Pers on ol Essay
Students write essays on topics of their choice, working particu
larly on voice and style. These essays rely less upon fo rmal logical struct ures than upon personal thought and the i n tegra tion of
events and ideas in the writer's l i fe. Readi ngs will p rovide a range o f a p p roaches and contents, and may center on a specific theme.
(4)
Su rveys the lively drama, Ileoclassical poet ry, gothic fiction, a n d
workshop in writing fiction a n d non-fiction for children and
teenagers, with a n i ntroduction to the varieties of contemporary children!s l i terature . Does n o t fulfill general u n iversity require ments. ( 4 )
362 Romantic and Victorian Literature A su rvey of the richly varied writers of nineteenth-century
from ro mantic revo l u t ionaries and dreamers ( Blake,
Wo rdsworth, Keats) to earnest cultural critics a n d myth-makers ( A rnold, Ha rdy, Te nnys o n ) . ( 4 )
367 Twentieth-Century British Literature A survey of England's l iterary landscape from the rise of mod
Some attrntion will be given to procedures fo r s ub m i tting m a n u
( Carter, Ishiguro, Fenton, Lively) . (4)
me nts. Students may enroll i n this course a second time as 427.
(4) tS
are in troduced to phi losophical, social, and pragmatic
is. ues confro n t ing teachers of writing. Responding to compcl$i
tion the ries that address these issues, students obtai.n extensive
practice in expos.itory writing. Required fo r certification by the School o f E d ucatio n . (4)
a
rich Literary tradition, with a nalysis in
depth of such authors as H.C. Anderson, Tolkien, Lewis, Potter, Wilder, and LeG u i n . (4)
Content varies each year. Possible topics i nclude genres, themes,
h istorical periods, and t ra ditions. May b e repeated fo r cre d i t w i t h d i fferent top i c . (4) Fairy tales are told and i n terpreted; interpretive models a n d
theories from several psychological traditions a r e explored. Fantasy is looked a t both as image and as story. (4)
34 1 fe mi nist Approaches to Literature
variety of fe miniSm' in contemporary theory
as fra meworks for reading fe m inist l itera t u re a n d fo r approach i ng t ra d i t iona l literature from fem i n i s t positions. (4)
343 Voice of Diversity: Post-Colonial Us ing the theories of Fall o n ,
Literature and Theory
.Iates, and o t hers, this course
D euse · on the polit icizati n of art that the s truggle against
i mperial ism prec i p i t ated. Presents the works of major modern
writers fro m the post-colonial world (Soyinka, "Va lcott, � o rclimer ) . ( 4 )
( C rane, London, [ ) rci�;er) . (4)
372 Twentieth-Century American Poetry Major voices in American poetry fro lll Frost and Eliot, Williams and Po u n d , t h ro u g h the post-war generation of Roethke and
Dovc. (4)
373 American Ethnic Literatures Attention to the literatures a n d popular traditions of America's N'ltive Americans a n d Chica no/as. (4)
374 Twentieth-Century American Fiction and Drama Maj or a u thors a n d fo rms, both conventional and experimcnta l ,
s urvey of the firs hvo periods of English l iterature: Old En
Beowulf,
and M iddl
English, ranging
from the roma nce Sir Gawa ill alld the Green Knight to the begi n ni ngs of English d rama i n Everyman. ( 4 )
like Bal d w i n , O'Con nor, and Albee. ( 4 )
403 The English Language Stud ies in the structure and h istory of English. I n cludes syn tacti
cal and stylistic a n a lysis, issues of usage, and i n t roductory read ings in semantics, psycholinguistics, sociolingu istics, and thc
philosophy of language. Cons iders the history of English and its
cross-cultural resonances ( F nglish as a n amalgam, as a world language, as a set of dialec t s ) . ( 4 )
421 Tutorial in Writing C u ided work in an i n d iv idual writing project. A plan of study
must be a p p roved before the student may register for the course.
( 1 -4) 425. 426 Wri t i ng on Spedal Topics
In a cross - d isciplin ary se m i n a r, students will read and write
5 1 Studies in Medi eval Literature glish, in cluding t h e epic
Dickinso n ) , realism ( 1\va i n , James, C :hopi n ) , a n d naturalism
from t h e genera tion o f O'Nt' i l l a n d F a u lkner t o post-war writers
335 Fairy Toles and Fant asy
a
The m u tual i n fl u ence of literary traditions a n d American culture
ethnic co m m u n i t ies. I ncludes African a n d Asian Americans,
334 S pe c iol Topics in Children's Literature
I n t ro d u c tion to
371 Studies in American Literature, 1 820-1920
Lowell, to recent poets like I.evertov a n d Snyder, Lorde a n d
333 Children's Literature An introduction to
reactions ( Auden, Ams, La rking) to contemporary i n n ovations
in idealism (Emerson, Thorea u, Melville, Hawthorne, Whitman,
Adv an ced Co mp osit i on for Teachers
m
o
philosophical optimism. Selections from Pope an d Johnson,
ern ism ( Yeats, Woolf, Joycc, Lawrence) through mid - c entury
script fo r publica t io n . Does not ful fi l l ge neral u n iversity require
:;u Vl
A p h ra Behn a n d Mary Astcl!. (4)
327, 427 I m agin a t ive Writing I I , I I I
An advanced workshop i n writing poetry a n d short fiction.
n o c
carll' n o v e l of a p e r i o d m a r ked b y religious con troversy and
England seen ill the context o f a rapidly changing social reality
326 Writing for Children
m
tee nth -cen t u r y England. ( 4 )
about a contemporary issue from m u l t iple perspectives. Repre sentative top ics m ight be env iro n me n t a l justice, l i tera cy, or multiculturalism, and will vary from semester to semester.
Writing in a \vide range of academic and creative genres deter
mined by their particular educational goals, students will s h a pe
their papers to meet the rhetorical demands of publications relevant t o their academic or professional fu ture. (4)
z C\ Vl
E N G L I S H
A S
A
S E C O N D
L A N G U A G E
V1 \.'J
428 Seminar: Crit ical Theory Issues in l i terary tudjes and in r h e to r i ca l theory are discussed in relatio nship t o i n fl uential movements sllch as read er-r esp o nse , cultural st udies, fem i n ism , a n d deconstruction. In some semes t e rs , the fo cu s will be on one representative movement or on a pa rticular theorist whose work has provoked response from a range o f theo reti ca l pe rs pe c ti ves . Recommended for prospective graduJte st udents. (4)
The faculty a t l ELl has extensive training and experi ence in teaching English as a Second Language, and all hold the term inal degree o f M.A. in TESL or its equivalent. Having l ived, travelled, and taught English in many cou n t ries throughout the world, both t h e faculty a n d staff have gained an awareness o f other peoples, their languages, and their cultures.
or:
45 1 SelDinill' : Author
FACULTY: Cothre n ,
=:l
Concentrated study of the work, life, i n fluence, and cri tical reputation of a major a u thor in the Engl ish-speaking world (e.g., Malor)" Whitman, Bronte). The course incl udes care ful attention to the relations of the a u t ho r to cultu ral contexts, the fra ming of crit ical appro;)ches through literary theory, substantial lib rary research, a n d a major writing project. ( 4 )
Course Offe rings
Z
u... u...
o w V1
o u
or: u.J o
452 Seminar: Theme, Genre Conce n t rated st ud y of a major literary theme or genre, as i t might appear i n various periods, au thors, a n d cultures. Might include such gen res a s a satire and tragedy, or such themes as the family or the representation of gays and lesbi a n s in l i terature. The course includes careful atten t io n to pr a cti c a l criticism, t h e framing o f critical approaches through l i te ra ry theory, substan tial l ibra ry research, and a major writing p r oje c t . (4) 49 1 , 492 Independent Reading and Reselll'ch An in tensive course in readi ng. May include a thesis. I n tended for upper d iv is i o n m aj ors. (4) 597 Graduate Research (4)
English as a Second Language The Intensive English La nguage Institute (operated by the American Cultural Exchange) is a n affiliate o f PLU offering i ntensive English classes, which are designed to prepare i nternational students for stud ies i n U.S. coUeges and u n iversities. I ELI also o ffers classes for students who are coming to study with the primary goal of i m p roving their language skills. The i nstitute is authorized to grant 1-20 forms; however, adm ission to the i nstitute does not co nstitute admission to the u niversity, and no transferable credit is given for institute courses. The primary goal of the Intensive English Language Institute ( J EU) at Pacific Lutheran University is to prepare students fo r successful academic careers at American colleges and universitie by providing them with a strong background in English and academic study skills. The skills-based curriculum covers listening, reading, writing, gra m mar, and speaking in a modular format. WRlTI G READING PREPARATION AUDIT/AU DIT REVIEW
LISTEN ING L
TURE
When new students enter the Institute, they are given a series o f skil ls placement tests. On the basis of these tests, students are placed either i n one of the three modules or in Lec ture Pr p or Audit/Audit Review. Students progress through the modules, studying the skills they are weakest in with the option of work in other skill areas. As students master each skiLl area they move on to the next. This Focal Skills program was developed by Dr. Ashley Hast ings, and has proved very su ccessful i n allowing students to work through the various skill areas at their own pace. All students receive 20 hours per week of instruction.
Director; Avery, Biggs, Clifthorne, Gillis, Hodges, M cB r i d e , ). Poulshock
( 1 5 hours per week) ( 1 5 h ou rs) Writing Module ( I S hours) Listening Module
Reading Module
ucture Preparation ( 5 hours ) : A cou rse cove r ing n o te - t a k i n g skills, summarization, identifying main and supporting ideas o f a l ec t ure, and giving o p i n i o ns about t h e lecture. Students comp l e te a "mock" college-level ac a d e m i c course, i n c l u din g reading in a college text, t a k i n g quizzes and exams, and co mplet ing a s p ec i a l project for the course. (This course is a prerequisite for Audit/Audit Review. ) Audit/Audit Review ( 15 h o urs ) : The student
and h is/ her ESL inst ructor will a u d i t a C O L Hs e at PLU, taki ng notes on daily lectures, reading requi re d texts, and taking qllizzes n d exams with other PLU students. D u ring the other three hours, the students go over the lec t u re notes from the co urse, discuss text and supplementary read ing assign ments, e xp l o re d i fficult or different concepts, prepare for exams, refine writing skills, and learn to write a college research paper. Completion of Le ct u re Preparation is p rerequisite to enrolling in this course. Electives (5 hours): Ele c t i ve classes include TO EFl.
p reparation, research skills, Eng l is h t h rough Songs, Business English, Grammar, P ro n u n c ia tion, etc. Call the office for sp cine i n formation.
are design ed to he lp thos who wish to i m p r o ve their English for professional o r pe rso n a l reasons. Under ce r ta in c i rc u l1l st a n ce s , a less intensive schedule or private tutorials may be a rr a n ge d .
Special Studies ( 5-20 hours): A l l levels. Cou rses
ad v a nced level students may request permission to take regular un iversity cl as s es for c re d i t This provides students an opportunity to earn c red i t s toward their degree while co m p l et i n g their advanced courses in English as se co n d la nguage. When students have met I Ll's standards of p rofici en c y determined by exit exa m i nations-in all skill areas of English, they are ready to do u n iversity level work, and the LELI staff assists in plac i n g them i n a suitable academic program. PLU's English l an gu a ge proficiency req u i r e m e n t for admission can be satisfled with a recommendation fro m the I ELI d irector. A stu dent must have a 13 or better in the Audit/Audit Review course to qual ify fo r t h is recommendation. Students who arc not planning to attend a college or university after their language studies a re not required to take t h e 1 5 hour Audit/ Audit Re\tiew course a n d will re cei ve lEU's cer tificate of program complet ion a fter fin ishing the advanced level courses.
Credit Courses: Qual ified
To enhance formal educational ex p er i e nce, the following ac t i v iti es are also available to IELI students: RESOURCE CENTER: S t udents are encouraged to take
a dvan t a g e of the resource center which is eq ui p p ed with audio
and video tapes and equipment, textbooks, reading materials, and computers to help s tudents work on their language skills o u tside of the regular classroom a ssignments. A p ro fe ss iona l
E N V I R O N M E N T A L
S T U D I E S o m
tutor is avallable 1 0 hours per w e e k to guide students with their go a ls. Community m�mbers can also make use of the li Tee center for a monthly fee. CONVERSATION PARTNERS: English language tudents are
n cou r age d to s ign up for a conversation partner with whom t'hey can meet on a regular basis ( o nce or t\Vice a week) fo r coffee, lu nch, or more extensive activi t ies. The American stu den who pa rticipate in the Co n ver s at i o n Partners Program are often students who are preparing for careers i n global studies, la n g uaaes, education, and other fields. orne of these students h ave l ived abroad or are from families who have hosted in terna tional students and all have exp ressed luterest in learnin g more about other people and cultures. Conversation partners are recruited and s reened by the Institute and receive orientation materials from TELl. HOST FAMJLlES: IE L I has a long-established community-based host fJ.lTlily program for students who wish to l ive with a U.S. fam i ly for one or more semesters. The Ame rican families-ali screened by the I n s titute-providE' s t u de nts with room or room and boa rd at reasonable rates. I n addition to the standard be d room fu rniture, the rooms are provided with a desk, chair, and good lighting; fa mily rules are a gr e ed upon in advance and a formal written agreement is d rawn up. The student completes a questionna ire that indicates pre fe re nces such as: children in fa m i ly, u rban or suburban setting, l ikes and dislikes, etc. The host fa mily is also given <I n opportunity to express preferences or exp ec ta ti ons . This i n formation is then used to place students i n t h e h o me m o s t suitable for b o t h part i e s. Weekend and/or holiday v isits with , n mcrican fam i ly an also be arranged. COUNSELING: i ELI assists its students with career ch o ices ,
l ege p lace ment, imm igration matters, m e dica l and den tal and personal concerns. ACfIVlTIES: Sp eci al cultural and socia.! activities are planned
regularly for stud IltS. I n addition, fiel d trips add significantly to the cultural e n richment of the students. IELI students and staff take trips to Mt. Rai n ier, local museums of natural history, art galleries, zoos, children's day care centers, retirement homes, the Ports of Tacoma and Seatlle, and t.he eattle enter. I ELI stu dents can also partici pate in intramural sports activities such as socc>r, volleyball, and basketball . Six ten n is courts, a gol f course, a swimmin<7 p oo l , and several gymnasiums give students add itional opportun ities for recreation.
The Intensive Eliglish La nguage Institute is lOCI/ted o n Park AVeil ue of 121st Street.
just /lorth
Telephone NLimber: (206) 535-7325
FAX Number: (206) 535-8794
Environmental Studies
m m
The Env i ronmental Studies Program at PLU provides s t udents the opportun i ty to l i nk env i ron mental themes
Lo
any area of the curricul u m they select fo r maj o r study. The i n teg rative approach of this m i nor, essential to the devel opment o f a n u ndersta n ding of the global i m pact of human civi lization on the natural enviro n m en t of o u r planet, encou rages students t o blend many perspectives on environmental issues i n to their cou rsework. This program exa m i nes the relationship b e tween
n o c ;;0 VI m
o
h u mans and the environment through a wide variety of perspectives with i n the u n iversity cur ric ulum, in disci plines as varied as art, business, education, nursing, engi n e ering, theatre, as weU as the natural sciences, social sciences, and h u manities. The program is overseen by an i n terd isciplinary fa c u l ty com mittee. Students i n terested in the Env i ron mental Stud ies minor should meet with the chair of the Environ men tal Studies Commi ttee. FACULTY: A committee of faculty admin isters this program:
Stivers, Chair; Bergman, Hansen, Hansvick, Howell, Nugent, Rowe, Spencer, Tonn. M J OR REQUI REMENTS: 24 semester hours, completed with gra d e of C or high er. I . Earth Scien�s/Environmental Studies 222 - Conservation of Natural Resou.rces (4) 2. Chemistry 104 - Environmental Chemistry (4) Students majoring in a natur I s c i e n ce discipline who have taken a higher level hemistry course ( 1 1 5 or above) will be allowed to substitute a nother course in consultation with the Environmental Stud ies Committee. 3. Values and Meaning (4) St uden ts select one course from the following which examines values, perception, and expression as the), relate to environ mental issues:" Art 226 - Black and White Photography Co m m u n ication 480 - I n - Depth Investigative Reporting English 234 - Environmental Literature English 324 - Free-lance Wri tillg Integrated Studies 241 - En ergy, Resources, and Po llution Psychology 464 - Enviro nmental Psychology Religion 365 - Christian Moral Issues ( Environmental Ethics only) Students must notify the instructor of their illtent to complete a minor ill Envirollmental Studies 50 that they call focus their illdependellt work in each course (writitlg, art, terlll paper . . . ) 011 an environmental theme or iss lie. Other courses may be subst illlted or added t o the CIIrricul1lrt/ pending approval of the COY/1mil"tee. 4. Systems and Implementation (4) Students select one course from the following which p ursues the study of institut ions where environmental perspectives and policies are applied: ' Economics 130 - Global and Environ mental Economic Principles Economics 330 - Enviro nmental and Nat u ra l Resource Economics Political S c ien ce 354 - State and Local Government Students must notify the inst rLlctor of their intellt to complete a minor in Environlllental Studies so that they can focus their independent work in each course (writing, art, term paper . . . ) 011 an environmental theme or issue. Other courses lIlay be substitllted or added to the curriCIIlllm pending approval of the committee. •
•
m
z C\ VI
G L O B A L
S T U D I E S
Vl 5 . Environmental Studies 350 - Environmental Methods of
LJ.J
o Vl cr:: :J o u
LJ.J LJ.J
o
Investigation ( 4 ) 6. Environmental Studies 490 - Capstone Project (4)
Course Descriptions 222 Conservation of Natural Resources P r L nc i pl e s an d prob l ems of public and private stewardship of o u r resources w i t h specific reference to th e Pacific No r th we st . (Cross- referenced with Earth Sciences 2 2 2 ) . ( 4 ) 3 5 0 Environmental Methods of Investigation Focus on the m e th odo l o gy of data collection, a n a l ys i s, and appl i c ation for environmen tal studies. Use and i ntegra ti o n of the techn i q u e s and p r i n ci p l e ' o f e n v i ro n m e n ta l b i o l o gy, chem ist ry, and geology as well as application to public issues. Students p ar t ic i p a t e in an on go in g study of a n e a r by watershed which will i nc l ude co llect ing data at regular intervals, reviewing the app r op r i a te l i te ra tu re , m a n a gi n g applied statistics, mapping data distribution, s tudy in g rel a t e d t ox icolo gy, i n co r porat i ng land use p a t te r n s , des i g nin g a n d i m p lem e n t i n g a proje c t safety p l an, par ticipating in hypothesis tes ting. A final presentation o f the results of th e study, i n a seminar and written format, will be required. Prerequisites: Lines 11 1 -4 com p l e ted or consent of instructor. (4) 490 Capstone Project A n i n te rdi sc i pl i nary re,earch project of the student's design which i n cor po r ate s materials and methods fro m earl ier courses and has a focus re fl ecti n g the s pec i fic in terest of the stude n t . Students meet weekly i n a seminar to discuss content, sources, me thod s , and results of their proj ects . A suhstJ n t i al p roj e ct and a p ublic presentation of the r e s u l t s are re q u ire d . The project must be approved in advance by faculty from the Environ mental S tudies Committee. P rereq u i s i te : ENVT 350. (4) 49 1 Independent Study O pp o rt u n it y to fo cus o n sp ec i fic to p ics or issues in e n v ir o n men tal studies under the sup e rv isi o n of a facu1ty memb e r. ( [ -4)
Global Studies The Global Stud ies Program is a response to global trends which increasingly affect our lives. The program fo cuses on the forma tion and emergence of t h e modern world and its growing economic, cultural, political, and ecological i n terdependence. By combining academic learning w i t h language skills a n d practical experience, the Global Studies Program provides students w i th the knowledge, perspec tives, and skills they need to u nderstand and t o fu nction e ffectively in today's wo rld.
FACULTY: A committee of fa cu l ty adm i n isters this p rog r am : Clausen, Cha ir; Benham, Brusco, Kibbey, Nugen t , Predmore, Temple-Thurston. GWBAL STUDIES COMPLEMENTARY MAJOR: The G loba l Studies m aj o r is termed a "c om pl e me n ta ry " m ajor because i t is a second major in a dd it i o n to a regu l a r d i scip l i n ary major. Stu dents ele ct i ng the Global Studies major are re q u i red to declare a trad.itional d i � ci plina ry m ajo r before they d e cl are a Global Studies major. I n addition, the Global Studies m aj o r is multidiscipli na ry, drawing both its c o u rse a n d facul t y from dep a rtme nt s of the Div i s io n s of H umanit i es , Natural Sciences, and Social Sciences and from the School s of the Arts and Business. Students may not apply more than two courses (8 semester hours) from their pri mary major or from courses taken to ful fi l l gen e ra l u n iversity core re q uire m e n t s t o the o m plem e n t a r y major. However, such special cred i ti ng of courses from the p rimar majo r to the complementary m a jo r must be approved by th e Global Studies program d i recto r. MAJOR REQUI REMENTS: As the title of this program i mplies, it ap p ro ac h es the world as a wh ol e in assess ing bot h p ro b l em s a n d s o lut i o n s a rising in t h i s age of t r a n sit i on. The fundamental ch a n ges taki n g place in our contemporary wo rl d are studied systematically i n the Global Studies Program's core co u rs es while its five i s sue area concentrations a l low students to c h o o se one gen e r a l world p rob l e m for s p e ci a l i ze d study. SLudents take a minimum of 32 semester hours balanced evenly be tween core requ i rements a nd an issue a rea concentration. A. Global Studies Core ( 1 6 semester hours )
1 . AntbropologyfHistory/Political Science 2 10, Global Perspective (4 semester hours). This course p r ov i d e s a co n ce pt ua l basis for defi n i ng global issues, explaining h istorica.l t rends giving r is e to these issu . , and ana l y z i n g alternative p e rspe c t ives and related res po ns e s. 2. Anthropology 1 02, Exploring Anthropology: Culture and Society (4 se m est e r hour ). This course assists students i n defining their own pe rcep t ion s a s derived from a s p ec ifi c cultural context Jnd in as ess i n g how their views relate to those of other people in this world. 3. Economics 1 30, Global and Environmental Economic Principles (4 semester hours). What is the " correct " amount of po l l u t i o n? What is t h e value of an ancient cedar tree? What does pop music have i n common with U.S. a u t o production? Ma cr o- a n d m icro - eco n omic pr i n ci p les are used to a nalyze these and other e nvi ro n m en ta l and gl ob a l issues. Analysis of p ublic p ol i cy and private behavior; appropriate pricing, resou rce va.luation, taxes and subsidies, t rade p ol i c i es, sust ainable development, a n d i n come growth and distribution. 4. Global Studies 41 1, Research Semina.r (4 semester h ou rs ). T h i s is the capstone research seminar required for t he major. Field wo r k for tb is l a s t r eq ui re me n t may be done overseas while students are p ar tici pati n g i n a study abroad progra m . Permission and direction must be given by the program chair.
G L O B A L
S T U D I E S o
B. lssue Area
Concentrations ( 1 6 semester h ou rs) o u rs e s must be taken from one of the five concentra tions outlined be lo w. Upon approval of the program director, �tudents may choose to take three courses from one concen tration and one from another. Fo ur
C . La nguage
Students must demonstrate p ro fic ie n cy in a l a n g u age relevan t t o their cou r�ework a n d at a level co n si ste nt with O p t io n 1 of the C o l l eg e of Arts and Science� fo re i g n l a n gua ge requirement. This may be acco m p l ish ed through p rofici e n c y e x am i n ation o r through the equ iva l e n t of 16 s e m es t e r hours of courscwork. D. Experienr ia l Cornpollenl The gen ral goals o f th i program entail both i n tellectual con e p t u a l ization and practical ap p l i c a tion. Students must be
able to link theoretical a n alys i s with ex p e rie n ce in order to acqu i re tbe k no wledge , skills, and p e rsp ec t i ves needed in this in terconnected yet diverse world. Such l e a r n i n g can o nl y come th rou gh involvement; therefore t u dents are encouraged to participate in an experienti a l pro g r a m p refera bl y overseas, but local in ternships are also pos i b l e . Credit equivalent to one course of the student's issue area concentration may be taken under the d i re c t i on of a Gl obal St udies faculty member. ISSUE CONCENTRATI ONS: I . GlobaJ Environment a. Required: rth Sciences 222 - Conservation of Natural Resources b. Electives: Al least two e l e c t i ves must be upper division courses. Independent stud ies are av ai l able upon the a pp rova l of the in tmctor and the G l obal Studies d i recto r. B i ol ogy 424 - Ec logy B i ol ogy 425 - Biological Ocean ogTaphy Chemistry 1 04 - Environmental Chemistry Earth Sciences 341 - Energ)' and M i neral Resources for the Future Economics 3 3 0 - Environmental a n d Natural Resource Economics Inte g rated Studies 241 - E nergy, Resources, and Pollution I n tegra ted S t u di e s 24 2 - Po p u l a ti o n , Hunger, and Poverty
2 . International Trade a. Required:
Business 340 - I n ternational Business Economics 3 3 1 - International Econ omics b. Ele ctives: Business 474 - International Mark e t i n g Business 475 - Marketin g M. n ageme n t Po litical Sc i e n ce 3 3 1 - I n ternational Re l a t i o ns Pol i tical ience 347 - PoLitical Eco nomy 3 . International Relations a.
Required:
Political Science 33 1 - I n ternational Relations b. Electives: A n t h ropo log y 375 - Law, Politic , a n d Revo l u t i o n H i sto r y 2 1 1 - The World Since 1 945 H i s to r y 3 5 6 - A me ri c a n D i p lomat i c History I n t e grated Studies 2 2 1 - The E x p eri ence of War Po l i tical Science 338 - American Forei gn Po li c y Pol i tical Science 347 - Political Economy
4 . Third World Development a. Required:
Integrated St udies 245
-
The D e velo p men t of T h i r d World
Underdevelopment QL
Economics 3 4 1 - Economic De ve l o p m e n t : Co m p a ra t ive Third World Strategies b. Electives: Anthropology 345 - Co n temp o r ary China Anthropology 375 - Law, Politics, and Revolutio n English 2 3 3 - Pos t-Colon ial Li ter a t u re H istory 205 - Islamic Middle East to 1 945 H istory 2 1 1 - The World Since 1 945 H istory 3 3 5 - Latin Am erican H istory: Central Amer i ca and the Caribbean H i s to ry 336 - Southern Africa H i s to ry 338 - Modern Ch i n a H is to ry 3 3 9 - R ev olut i o na r y China I n tegrated Studies 246 - Ca,es i n Third World Development QL
I n tegrated Studies 245 - The Develop ment of Their World Underdevelopment QL
Economics 3 4 1 - Economic D e vel p m e n t : Comparative Th ird World St rateg i es 5 . Cultural Diversity a. Req!lired:
An th rop olo g y 3 6 0 - Ethnic Groups b. Electives: At least two electives must be upper d i v is i o n cou rses. I n de p e n d en t Studies are available upon the a pp rova l of the instructor and the Global Stud ies d irector. Anthropology 336 - Pe op l e s of Latin A merica An hropology 343 - East Asian Cul t u res A n t h ro p ology 345 - C o n t e m p o rary C h i na Anthropology 392 - Gods, Magic, and Morals Econom ics 3 8 1 - Co mp a ra t i v e Eco nomic systems English 233 - Post - C olo nial Li t e r at u re H isto ry 380 - Asian American H i st o ry a n d C u l t u re Languages 27 1 - L iterature and S o ci e t y in Modern Europe Languages 272 - Literature and Social Change in La t i n Amer i c a Music 4 3 2 - Music of the World's Peoples Pol i tical cielKe 3 8 1 - Comparative L eg al Sy, te ms Religion 1 3 1 - The Rel igions of South Asia Religi on 1 3 2 - The Rel i g ions of East Asia Rel igion 1 33 - The Religions of the West Rel igion 364 - Theological Studies Religion 390 - Studies in History o f R el igio n s Spanish 322 - Larin A me ri c an Civil ization and Cu lt u re MINOR REQUIREMENTS: A. Global S l l Idies Core I . Anthropology/History/Political Science 2 1 0 GlobaJ Perspectives (4 semester hours ) . Re q u i re d of all students. 2. Global Studies 4 10, Globa1 Futures: Theories and Methods ( 2 s emes te r hours ) Q[ a fo urth course in the student's concentration (4 semester hours). To be de c i d ed in consul t a t i o n with the program d i rector.
B. COllcentration 1 . Third World Development (3 courses) Anthro pology 345 - Con te m p o r a r y China Economics 3 4 1 - Econ o m ic Development English 233 - Post-Colonial L i t e ratu re History 205 - Islamic M i dd l e East to 1 945 H i , to ry 2 1 1 - The World Since 1 94 5 H i sto r y 3 3 5 - Lat i n America n H i st ory : Central America a n d the Caribbean History 336 - Sou thern Africa History 338 - Modern Ch ina
m
n o c
m
o
z Cl
H I S T O R Y
H istor y 339 - Revolutionary China I nteg r a t ed Studies 245 - The Develo p ment of Third Wo r ld Underdevelopment l nt<!gr3ted Studies 246 - Cases in Third World Development Political S ci e n c e 3 8 6 - African Pol it ical Sy st ems Political Science 387 - The Middle Ea s t pun ish 322 - Latin American Civilizat i o n a n d Culture , pan ish 4 3 2 - Modern S pa ni sh - A me r i can Li te r a ture
z
o V\ 0::: :::J o u
u.J
c
2.
International Relations (3 co urses) a. Req u i red: Political Science 33 1 - I n t e rn at i o na l Re l at i o ns b. Eleclive:
Anth ropology 375 - Law, Politics, and Revolution History 356 - Americ3n Dip l o m a t ic H i sto r y I n t egrat e d Stud ies 22 1 - T he Ex perie n ce of Wa r Po l i t i c s ciener 338 - American Foreign Policy Political Science 347 - Political E con o m y 3. International Trade (3 courses) a. Req ui red: Economics 33 1 - I n ternation :J 1 Economics b. Electives:
B u s i n 5S 340 - I nternational Business B u sin ess 474 - Internil t ional Marketing Po lit i cal Science 33 1 - International Relations 4. Global Environment (3 c o u rses) Biolog y 424 - Ecolog y Biology 425 - Bio l o g i cal Oceanography Ch mi s tr y 1 04 - Environmental C h e mis t ry Earth Sciences 2 2 - Conserva tion of Natu ral Resources Earth S c i e n ce s 34 1 - · nergy and M ineral Resources for the u t u re In tegrated Studies 24 1 - Energy, Resources, and Pollution Integrated S tud i e s 242 - Po p u l ati o n , Hunger, and Pove r t y . 5. Cultural Diversity ( 3 courses) Anthropology 336 - Peoples of La tin America n t h ro p o l ogy 343 - East Asian Cultures Anthropology 345 - Contemporary China Ant h rop ol ogy 360 - Eth n ic Groups Anthropology 392 - Gods, M ag ic , and Morals E anomics 3 8 1 - C o mp a r a t iv e Economic Systems E nglish 233 - P051- olonial Literature H i stor y 380 - Asian A merican H istory and Culture Langua,'e 27 1 - Literature and Society in Modern E u r op e L an g uage 2 7 2 - Literature and S o c i a l Change in Latin America Music 43 2 - Music of the World's Peo p le P litical S ci e n ce 38 1 - Comparative Legal S yst ems Re l igi o n 1 3 1 - Th Religions of S o u th Asia Reli gio n 1 32 - The Religions of East Asia Religion l33 - The R e lig i ons of the West Re l i gion 364 - Theological Studies Rel i g i on 390 - Studies i n H is to r y of Re lig i ons " pu ni s h 322 - Lati n A merican Civilization and Culture
Course Offering 4J 1 Research Semin.ar Required of all students m aj o ring in G lobal Studies. T h is is the capstone seminar. Students write an or ig i n a l research paper a o d d iscuss those papers du ring the semester. Prerequis ite: AI THI H IST/P tS 2 I0 . (4)
History Th rough the study of history at Pacific Lutheran Univers ity students gain an understanding and appreciation of the h istori cal perspective. Opportuni t i es fo r developing analytical and i nterpreta tive skills are provided t h rough research and writing projects, i n ternships, clas presenta tions, and study tours. The practice of the h istorical method leads students off campus to t he i r hometowns, to Europe or C h i n a or the American West, and to community i n st i t u t ions, b o t h private and publ ic. The department emphas izes i n d i v i dual advising in re lation to both self directed studies and regular courses. The university l ib rary holdi ngs incl ude significant collections i n American, E u ro pe a n , and non-Western history. The N is q u ally PlaiDS Room of the library special izes i n Pacific Northwest com munity studies. Career outlets for majors a nd m i n o rs are either d i re t or supportive in business law, teach ing, public service, news med ia, and o ther occupat ions.
FACULTY: D rp, Chair; Bermingham, Browning, Clausen, Kraig, Lee, Martinson, Nordquist.
BACHELOR OF ARTS MAJOR: Minimum of .32 semester hours, including 4 h o u rs·American field, 4 hours· E u rope a n field, and 4 hours-non· Western field. Students are e ;..: ve c ted to work c los e l y with the departmen t's fa c u l t y advisers to insure th most personalized p rograms and instruction po ss i bl e. Majors are u rg e d to meet the foreign lan gu a ge requirement of the C o ll e ge of Arts and Sciences u nder either Op t i on l o r Op ti o n I I . Those majors who are p re p arin g fo r p u bl i c school t e a c hi n g can meet the state h ist ory requirement by en ro lli n g i n H is t or y 460. All senior majors are required to take' four hours of s e m i nar credit. MINOR: 20 semester hours fro111 cour es n u m bered above 300. The m i n o r i n his to r y emp h asizes a "program focus" and a "p rogram plan," which il arra nged by the student in consul tatio n with a d e p ar t m n l al a d vi s e r. BACHELOR OF ARTS IN EDUCATION: See School of EdllWlion.
Course Offerings Course in the Department of H i s to ry are offered in the fol low i n g fields:
AMERICAN FIELD 251 Colonial American History 252 Nineteenth-Century American History 253 Twentieth-Century American H istory 294 Tbe United State Since 1945 352 Tbe American Revolution 355 American Popular Culture 356 American Diplomatic H islory 359 History of Women in the United State 381 The Vietnam War and American Sodety 45 1 AmeriC.ll n Legal History 460 West and Northwest 47 1 H istory of American Thought and Culture 494 Seminar: American History EUROPEAN FIELD 1 07, 108 BiBtory of Western Civilization 32 1 Greek Civilization 322 Roman Civilization 323 The Middle Ages 324 Renaissance 325 Reformation
H I S T O R Y
2 1 1 The World Since 1945
328 Nineteenth -Century Europe
A h i s torical survey on how T h i rd Wo rld n a t i o n s have sought
Europe and the World Wars: 1 9 14-1945
2 334 360 495
i ndependence in the p ost - Wo r ld War
England: Tudors and Stuarts Modern Germany, 1 848- 1945 Holocaust: DestructioD of the European Jews Seminar: European History
I I p e r iod. Em p h asis on I I and the
m m
eve nts i n t h e Western world leading to World War
effe c ts o f t h a t war on the T h i rd Wor l d . Case studies of o u n tries from As ia , Africa, Lat i n America, and the M iddle East as exam
ples of the diversity inheren t in qu e s t s for inuepen dence. ( 4 )
NON-WESTERN F I ELD
1 09 205 210 211 310 335
o m
East Asian Societies
25 1 Colonial American llistory
Islamic Middle East to 1945 GlobaJ Perspectives The World Since 1945
growth o f t h e co lon ies and their relatio n s h i p to the B r i t i s h
A m e rican i n st i tu tions from colonial ti m e s to the 1 7905; t h e impe rial system.
Contemporary Japan Latin American History: CentraJ America and the Caribbean SoutheJ:D Africa Modern China Revolutionary China Modern Japan
336 338 339 340 380 Asian American History and Culture 496 Seminar: The Third World
(4)
252 Nineteenth-Century American History From Jc fft? rs on to Theodore Roosevelt; i n terpretation o f era (rom sodal, pol i t ical, economic, and bio g rap h ica l viewpo i n t s . (4) 253 Twentieth-Century American History Trends and events in domes t ic and fore ig n affairs since 1 900; affluence, urban growth, and social contrasts. ( 4 )
499 Internship 401 Workshops 480 Introduction to H istorical Methods and Research 492 Independent Study 501 Graduate Workshops 590 Graduate Seminar 59 ] Directed Study 595 Graduate Readings 598 Research Project 599 Thesis
recent U . . h istory such
1 07, 1 08 History of Western Civilization Analysis of i n s t i t u t i o n s a n d iueas of selected civilizations. Me so potamia, Egyp t , the H e b re w s , Greece, Rome, the rise
o f C h ris
t i a n i t y, a n d Medieval Europe i n the first semester; Europe fro m the Renaissance to the p re s e n t in the second st'm ster. I
I I (4, 4)
1 09 East Asian Societies A h isto ri c a l overview of the trad i t i o n a l c u l t u res, traditions, a n d l ives of the p eople of C h i n a a n d J a p a n . D iscussion o f t h e l ives o f pea s a n t s , emperors, merchants, a n d warriors i n each society. Attent-ion to t h e great tech nological and artistic developments i n e a c h society. (4)
205 Islamic Middle East to 1945 n i n t roductory survey course on the h i s t ory of the Middle East fro m the t i m e o f M u h a m m ed ill the 7th ce n tu ry through World \>\',j [ I I . The course emphasizes two key o nc u r rc n t c mponents: First, the origins and development o f I sl a m ic c i v i l ization, inc l u d i ng s t u d)' of re l ig i o n , p h i losophy, science, art, government, and society. Secondly, assessment of the c h a n gi ng p o l i t ical l a nd s cap e o f the Isla m i c empires, i n clud i n g Arab,
u r k ish , a n d
the Wo men's Movem e n t , Wa tergate , a n d t h e Iran -Con tra Affai r. The topics p ro vi d e a means to
address
the n a tu re
of t h e study
of
h is to ry a n d o f i ts research methodologies. E n ro l l m e n t restricted to freshmen and sophomores.
(4)
3 1 0 Contemporary Japan Maj o r d o m esl'ic, p o l i tical, eco n o m i c , and socio-cultural d evelop m e n ts since 1 945. Sp e cia l atten tion given to U.S.-Japan
i n teractions. (4)
321 Greek Civilization The p ol i t i ca l, social, and c u l tural h i s to ry of Ancient G ree ce from t h e Bronze Age to the Hellen i s t i c p e riod. Special att e n t i o n to t he l i terature, art, a n d in t e l l ect u a l h is tory of the Gre ks. (Cross referenced with CLA S 3 2 1 ) (4) 322 Roman Civilization The hi ·tory of Rome from the
fou nd ation
of t h e c i t y to A . D. 3 3 7,
the death of Constan tine. Em p ha s i s o n Rome's exp ansion over the Med i terranean a n d on its constitutional h is to ry. Attention to the rise o f C h r is t i a n i t y within a G reco-Ro man context. (Cross refere.n ed with
LAS
322) (4)
323 The Middle Ages Europe from the d i si n t eg ra t io n of the Roman E m p i re to 1 300; rea d ing and research in medieval materials. (4) 324 Renaissance Europe in a n age of transition - 1 3 00 to 1 50 0 .
(4)
325 Reformation Pol i tical a n d religious crises in the s i x te e n t h century: Lu t h eran i s m , Zwi n gl ia n ism, Anglicanism, Anabaptism, Cal vinism, Ro ma n Catholic refo r m ; Weber t h esis, th
beginni ngs of
arts. (4)
Persian u n i . . The c o urse w i l l end w i t h a review o f the estab l i s h
Baroque
m m t o f modern Egy p t , Turkey, a n d
328 Nineteenth-Century Europe The e x p a n s i o n of European civi l i z a t i o n from 1 800 to 1 9 1 4. ( 4 )
I ran. (4)
210 Global Perspectives: The World in Change A su rvey of global issues a ffe ting the human condition in a rapidly changing and i n c re as i ng ly i n te rde p e n d en t world: moderniza t ion and de vel op me n t ; e c o nomic change a nd i n ter n a t i on a l tr a de ; di mi n i s h i n g rcsourc s; war a n d revo l u t io n ; peace and just ice; a nd cultura l divers i t y. These issues a re exam i ned i n a m u l t idiscip l i nary light 1 1 i J1g case . tudies drawn from n o n Western and We s te r n nations. Emp hasis o n the devel o p m e n t of global perspective which recognizes h u m a n com m o n a l i ties as well as d iversity i n perce p t ions, values, and priori ties. (Although cross- referenced w ith A
fH 2 1 0 a n d P O LS 2 1 0, s t u u e nt s may
receive h i s L O ry cred i t only when t h i h i s to ry cl as s . )
(4)
oursc is sc h ed u l e d as a
329 Europe and the World Wars: 19 14- 1945 World War I; revolu tion a n d ret u r n to "norma lcy"; depress i o n and t h e rise o f fascism; Wo rld War
II. (4)
332 England: Tudors and Stuarts Pol i t ic a l , social, eco n o m i c, Ie.ga l, and cult ural dev e lopmen t s . ( 4 )
334 Modern Germany, 1948- 1945 The Revolu tions of 1 848 and u n i fication of Germ a ny; Bismarckian and Wilhemian empires; Weimar Republic and the rise of Na tional S o c i a l is m ; the Third Reich.
(4)
m ;:0 Z
as the Cold War, the C ivi l Rights Move m e n t , the Vietnam War,
All FlELDS
o
Gl
294 The United States Since 1945 This seminar examines s e l ec te d top ic s in
() o c ;:0 V1 m
H I S T O R Y
\.9 Z
UJ
o UJ
::::J
o u
UJ UJ
UJ
o
335 Latin American History: Central Americ;a and the Caribbean Survey of the major aspects of Cen t ral American and aribbean h i st o r y from coloni a l to modern tim . Use of sele t e d case stud ies to illustrate the regio n's h istory. S tud y in inter-American rel a t ions. (4) 336 Southern Afric.a Exam ination of the hi ·tory of pre-colonial African ki n gd oms, Western i mperialism. settler colonialism, and the African st r u ggle fo r i ndependence. Emphasis on the p e r iod s ince 1 8 00. Focus on the countries o f South Africa, Namibia, Angola, Mozambique, Zimbabwe, and on the issues of nationalism, racism, a n d revolution. (4) 338 Modern China
The b eg i nnin g of China's modern h istory, with special emphasis on the genesis of the Chi nese revolution and 'hina's position i n an i n c reas ingly i n tegrated world. Lecture, d iscussion, films, and guest speakers. Limited class size. (4)
339 Revolutionary China While H is t or y 338 is not a prerequisite, the course picks up where it leaves off. Begi n ning in 1 9 1 1 , an exam ination of the course of the Chinese revolu tion, China's l iberation, and the cha n g es since 1 949. Lecture, discussions, films, and guest speakers. Limited class size. (4) 340 Modern Japan Study of how Japan became the modern "miracle" in East Asia. Primary fo cus on tradit ions that enab led Japan to change rapidly, the role of the ch alle nge of the West in that change, the i n d ustrializa t io n of Japan, the reasons fo r war with the U.S. , and the i mpact of the war o n contemporary Japa.n and its social and economic institutions. ( 4 ) 3 5 2 T h e American Revolution The American Revolution as a series of essentially po l i t i c a l events stretching from the Seven Years War in 1 763 through Thomas Jefferson's d e fe a t of John Adams i n the Presidential election of 1 800. The Colonists' i n itial resistance to the reorganization of the Br i t i h Empire after 1 763; the evolution of active resistance into revolution; the d e c i s i o n to declare independence; t he experience of war; the s tr u gg le to es t a b l i s h legitimate and effe ct ive governments; the fra ming a nd ratification of the onstitution; and the Federal ist-Republican battles of the [ 790s. Emphasis on the role of political thought and id eo l ogy in the d vdopmcnt of republican government i n th e Uni ted States. (4) 355 American Popular Culture Study of motion pictures. popular music, radio and television programs, comic s t r i ps and paperback fi ction. I nsights i n to the v a l u ' S Jnd ideas of American culture from watching it at play. Exam ination of pOI L1lar e n t e r t ai nm en t arlS l1d the ways they reflect and i n tluence American attitudes and actions. No pre req uisiles. (4) 356 American Diplomatic History he practice, function, and structure of A merican foreign policy with particular emphasis on the twent ieth centu ry. ( 4 ) 359 History o f Women in t h e United States A focused, thematic exam ination of issues a n d evidence related to women's experiences from the colonial p er i od to the p resent. Provides a broad historical context fo r evaluating the nature, i mpact, and i n fluence of women's contributions to culture a n d society. ( 4 )
360 Bolocau t: Destruction of the European Jews Investigation o f the developme n t of modern anti-semitism, its relationship to fascism, the ri se of Hitler, the structure of the Ge r m an d ictatorship, the evolution of Nazi Jewish p o l ic y, the mechanics of the Final Solution, the nature of the perpetrators, the experience and response of the victi ms, the reaction of the outside world, and t he post-war at t e mpt to d e a l with an unpa ralleled crime through traditional judicial p rocedu res. (4) 380 Asian Amerkan History and Culture An introductory su rvey of Asian A merican history and culture, focusing on Chinese, Japanese, Ko rean, Filipino, Asian Indian, I ndochinese, and Pacific Islander experiences i n the period 1 8401 990s. To pics i n clude: 1 ) the emigrant-immigrant process; 2) i mm ig ran t community culture; 3) the A n t i -Asian movement; 4 ) e thnic politics and political cu l t u re ; 5) ethn ic enterprise and economic development; 6) the challenge of accul turation/ assimilation; and 7) a brief survey of contemporary Asian American issues. (4) 38 1 The Vietnam War and American Sodety Examination of changes in American society that resulted from United Sta tes involvement in the Vietnam war. Discussion of military strategy and guerrilla warfare, as well as diplomatic, political, social, and cultural aspects of the war. O r i g i n s of the conflict, N o r t h and South Vietnamese politics, the experience of A merican soldiers, the nature of the a n ti-war movement and the counter-culture, the ro l e of media coverage of the war, the evolution of U.S. policy decisions, the moral ity and et hics of the war, and the " lessons" o f Vietnam. (4)
399 Internship A research and w riting proj ect in connection w it h a s t u d en t 's approved off-campus work or t ravel activity, or a d imension of it. Pr er e qu i ite: sophomore standing plus one course i n history, and co nsent of the department. ( 1 -6) 401 Workshops \oVorkshops in special fields fo r vary i n g periods of time. ( 1 -4)
45 1 American Legal History Dimensions of American law as is relates to changing historical periods. (4) 460 West and Northwest The American West in the 1 9th and 20th centuries. frontier and regional perspectives. I nterpretive, illustra tive history, a n d opportunities for off-campus research. ( 4 ) 47 1 History o f American Thought and Culture Dimensions of American social and intellectual h istory. (4) 480 IntroductioD to Historical Methods and Research Focus o n his toric a l methodology, research techniques, and the writing o f h istory from a wide range of h istorical primary sources. I n t roduction to d i ffere nt types of historical analysis, i n terpretations, and met hodologies. Lihrary and I nternet co mputer re se ar dl skil ls, critical analysis of historical d o cumen , the re l ati o nshi p between evidence and interpreta tion, and construction of historical narratives from p ri mary sources. (4) 492 Independent Study ( 1 -4 ) 494 Seminar: American History ( 4 )
495 Seminar: European History ( 4 ) 496 Seminar: The Third World This research seminar alternates its focus from East Asia one year to Africa and Caribbean/Latin A merica the next. (4) 502 Graduate Workshops ra d u a te wo rk s hops i n special fields or areas for varying periods of time. ( 1 -4)
H O N O R S
P R O G R A M
H U M A N I T I E S o
Graduate Seminar eeted top ics as a n n o u nced. P rereq u i s i te : consent of the s t ruc to r.
( 1 -4)
Division of Humanities
591 Directed Study ( [ -4)
The Departm ents of English, Languages, P h i losophy, a nd
595 GraduJlle Readings I n Jependcnt Stu d y Card Required. ( 4 )
a central concern about la nguage, l iterature, and wo rld
Religion comprise the Division of Humaniti es. They hare views. As academic majors and m i nors, and i n support o f
598 Research Project ( 4 )
p ro fessio n a l programs a n d p reparation fo r o ther fields,
599 Thesis ( 4 )
s tud ies
i n h u man i t ies are a t
the heart o f a l iberal educa
n o c
tion. They serve generally as a means to realizing excel lence i n one's l i fe, and they expose one to a wide va riety of d i fferent perspectives on c u l ture, meaning, and value. The
Honors Program The Honors Program at Paci fi c Lu theran University is designed to e n r i c h the
educational
experience of
select
a
gro u p o f academically a cc o m p L i s h e d and h ig h ly motivated
u ndergrad uate s tu de n ts . I t
chal lenges . t ude nts to perform
at the h ighest level o f their academic po tential in specially designed honors fo undation classes a n d also i n a challenge �em inar.
h u manely, and creatively in a complex a n d ever changing society. The d ivision is commi tted to superb u n d e rg ra d u a te teach ing.
lass
emp hasize com mun ication skills,
rigorous analysis of texts a n d ideas, crit ical assessment o f arguments , and tho ugh tful reflection. The potential fo r creative service to the co m m u n i t y is n u r t ured in a variety of ways includ ing i n ternshrps
in
Publishing and Print ing
ORGANIZATION:
A r ts ( a minor i n English ) , the ou treach programs o f the
I . Honors Foundation Courses J. Elective Honors C o u rses/Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 h o u rs
with loca.! sch ool districts.
b. Creative E.'<p res o i o n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .......................... 4 hours Co Mode l s o f Thou g h t and T h e i r Eva l u ation . . .... . . . 4 h o u rs ..
..
...
.
.
2. j)reparalion for the Cha llenge Seminar a. Honors Program re t r ea t t o de ter m i n e Chal lenge S e m i n a r topics h. Spec i fic preparatory cOurse� fo r the s e m i n a r ( op t ion a l ) c. Prc L i. m i n a r y read i n g l i s t fo r t h e se m i na r 3. Challcilge Seminar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 hours The Honors Foundation Cou rses
, re
desig n e d and o rg an i z ed to
fJrovide early o p p o rtu n i t i es fo r , t udcnts to i n teract w i t h t h e i r
in t el l ec tua l peers i n es pecia J l y challen gi ng settings. These
cou. rs e.s, approved by the H o n o rs Cou ncil, a re also in t e n ded to help prepare students fo r the Ch a l l en ge S e m i n a r.
The Challeng" S e m i n a r, t a ken when st u d e n t s are s en i o rs or second s e m es te r j u nio rs , will address s o m e s i g n i fi ca n t p ro b l e m of our contem porary and fu t u re world. S e m i n ar p a r t ic i pa n t s w i l l b e exp ected to p rod uce i n d i v id u a l ly a n d col l e c t ive.!y outst a n d i n g rese a rc h w h i ch w i l l be p rese n t ed t o the u nivers i t y c o m m u n i t y.
Scandinavian Cultural Center, and colla borat ive projects Facult y members o f the division part.icipate extensively i n the Chi nese S t udies, Environ mental S tu d ies, Global S t udies, I n t e gr a te d S t udies, Legal Stud ies, and \Vomen's Stu dies p rograms. They provide leadership for the i n ter disci plinary Classic and Scandi navian Area Stud ies maj o rs and fo r the Wri t i ng Cen ter. The division enriches
cam pus
life th rough the Humanities Film Series, pub l ic lectures and colloquia, ,md a n a n n u a l p ubl ication, Prism, that fea tures faculty d ialogue and research.
FACUI:rY: Cooper, Divisional Dean; faculty mem bers o f t he Departments of E n gl ish , La n g ua ge s , Ph i l oso p hy, and Rel igion . As a d ivis ion w i t h i n the Co fl e ge of A r t s and Scie nces, the Di vi s io n of Human i ties offers p rogra ms in e ach con�ti tuent depart m e n t l ead i ng to t h e B . A . d e g re · . Co urse o ffe ri ngs and degree re qu i re m e n ts are list >d under: Eng1ish Languages
ADMISSION CRITERIA:
Ad m iss io n i n to the honors program is by a ppl i catinl1 to the H o no rs C o u n c i l. The c o u nc i l is resp o n s i b l e
Philosophy
for estab lishing the criteria fo r i n i t ial ad m iss io n an d subse q uent cc.)fl t i nu a t io n in the pro g ram. App l icat io n g u i del i nes are ;iv,lilable through t h e Adm issions Office. Ail Regen ts' and Presiden t's Schol:l rs a re inv i t ed to a p p l y. T h e I lonor5 Co uncil w i l l a l s o invite o t h e r i nco m i n g s t u de nts to a p p ly upon the sugges t i o n of the dean of adm issions. A l l co n t i n u ing l'L s t u de n ts w i t h a 3 . 5 g r a Ie po i nt average may apply, as we l l a s " n tering tra nsfer �tudc.nts w i t h a 3 . 5 i n co m i n g g ra de poi n t average. t h e r excep t i o nal s t u d e n t s m a y i n i t iJte t h e i r o w n a p p l icat io n i n t o the p rogra m . I n a l l cases the c ou n cil w i l l m a ke ;i global j u d gme n t abo u t tilt.' s t uden t's Iikel ' success in t he pro gram a n d not l i m i t i t s ad m iss i on deci s io n s strict l y o n the IJ!)sis of grade point , erage or o t her te t score·s. I n order to graduate with u n ivers i t y honors. s t u den t s i n the progra m Illllst co m p l e t e th e i r stud ies w i t h a m i n i m u m c U l l1uhltive grade point ave ra ge
See ,lIso tbe se · t ion s of
3.3.
o
charge of t h e h u ma n i t ies is to think and act perceptively,
Religion
Lhis
atalog on Ch i n ese Stud ies, Classics,
E nv i ro n me n t a l Studies, G l o bal Stud ies, In tegrated Studies, I nternational Education, Legal Studies, P ub l i s hi n g a11d P rin t i n g Arts,
Scandinavian A rea Studies, and \Vomen's Studies.
z CI
I N D I V I D U A L I Z E D
M A J O R
I
I N T E G R A T E D
S T U D I E S
\.J Z
o Vl :;) o u
Individualized Major
Integrated Studies
Supervised by the Faculty Council for Individual ized
I I ) is designed as erna tive mode of sati sfyi n g core curriculum req u i re men ts. Consist i n g of a c o nste l la t ion of i n terdisciplinary
Ma j o rs, this program offers j u n i o r and sen i or students the oppor t u n i ty to de ve lop and c o mple te a personally de signed, i n terdiscipl ina ry, l i beral arts major. The course of t ud y culmin ates in
a
s en i o r thes i s , to be agreed on by the
adviser. S uc cessfu l a ppl ic an ts to this program will uormally h ave a cumulative grad e p o i nt average 0 3. 0 or higher, a l t h o ugh in e "ception a l cases, they may demonstrate their 'o uncil, the student, and his or her
an
a lt
cou rses, the program explores a central theme - the D y n a m ics o f Change - from
a va rie ty o f a ca dem i c per
spectives. The p rogram st ress e s critica.l thinking and writing. And i t encou rage th e grow th of camaraderie as students progress to ge t h e r through its sequence . A b r oc hu re is available from the Admi ss i o ns
potenti a l in other ways to the Faculty Cou n c il fo r I nd i
the program coord inator in the Offic
vidu a l i ze d M aj o rs .
P ro g ra ms .
Admission to the p ro g ra m is g r a nted by the Council on
the basi of a detailed plan of tu dy, p ropose d and written by the s t u den t , and u bm i t te d to the Council any time o
The I nt eg rated Studies Prog ra m ( Core
after the beginning of the seco nd s mester of the stude nt's sophomore yea r. he proposal m u s t ou tli ne a complete plan of study for the time rema in i ng u n tLl the gran t i ng of a degree . Study plans may include any of the traditional ele men ts from
a
s tand a r d B.A. or B.S. degree prog ram.
Once app ro ed by both th e faculty sp ons o r and the Faculty C o u nc i l for Individual ized M aj o rs, t he study pL.ll1 su p pla nts usual degree requirements, and, when co m
pleted, l eads to con ferra l of t he B.A. d eg ree w i th Special H on o rs . STUDY PROPOSALS MUST INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING:
1 . A Statement of Objectives, in which the student describes what the degree is expected to represent and why the individu al ized course of study is more appropriate than a traditional deg ree program. 2 . A Progra m of 5t11dy, in which the - tudent describes h ow the objectives will be atlalned through sequences of courses, reading pr gr, rn s , regular course work, i n dependent study, travel, off-campus involvement, personal cons u l tation with fa cu lt)' members, or other m eans. 3. A Program ofEva lUl1rioll, i n which the student describes the criteria to b e used to nu'asure ach ievement of the objectives Jnd specifies the topic of the -enior thesis. 4. A Statement of Review, in which the student describe how previous course work and l i fe experiences have p repa red h i m o r her fo r t h e individualized study p rogram. 5. Letters of Recomtrlwdation. The study proposal m ust be written in close consultation with the chair of the Fac ulty -;ouncil for Individual ized Majors and with a faeult)' member who agrees to act as p rimar sponsor and adviser to the student throughout t he course of study. he faculty sponsor must comment on the feasibil ity of the p roposal and on the studen t's ability to ca. rry it out. I t is stro ngly recommended that a secondary faculty sponsor be asked to co-sponsor and endorse the proposal. All subsequent changes in the s tudy plan o r the senior thesis must be subm itted in writing to the Facu l ty Council for I ndividualized Majors for approv:ll. Further inf rmation is available from the Provost\ O ffice.
Office o r of S pec ia l Academic
elected from Anthropology, Art, Biology, Chemist ry, Earth Science , Economics, English, H istory, Languages, Mathemat ics, 111sic, Ph ilosop hy, Physics, Pol it ical Science, Psychology, Rel igion, and Sociology. [Il tegra ted Studies oIY/ millee: D. M . tvlartin, Chair; P. Benton, Gold, M . Jensen, Killen, raig, McDade, Wh itman. Integrated St lldies Coordi nator: Carr. FACU1TY:
CORE II COURSE REQUIR.6M ENTS: (7 courses, .28 hours)
1 . INTG 1 1 1 - 1 1 2 : Origins of the Modern World ( 8 hours ) ormally taken i n the first yea r. 2 . Four 200-level ISP cou rses ( 1 6 hours) Normally taken i n the second and third years. May include a p p roved program of study abroad. Students select fou r courses, subject t o the approval o f the Integrated Studies Program Committee. 7-8 of the fo lIowing courses, or similar nelN courses, are o ffered each year: 22 1 - The Experience of Wa r 2 2 2 - Prospects for War a nd Peace 223 - The ' mergence of Mind and Morality 2 24 - The Brain, Consciousness, and Transcendence 226 - The QueSt for Global Justice 2 3 1 - Gender, Se:fuality, and Culture 232 - Topics in Gender 233 - I maging the Self 234 - I maging the World 241 - Energy, Resources, and Pollu t ion 242 - Population, Hunger, and Poverty 245 - The Development of Third World Underdevelopment 246 - �ases in Third World Development 247 - Tbe Cultures of Racism 3. fNTG 35 1 : Co n d u d i n g Seminar (4 hours) Taken a fter o r with t h e ",st lOO-levei course HONORS PROGRAM STUD ENTS : Studen ts in t h e
niversity I-ionors Prugram may lise l n tegrated Studies I I I and 1 1 2 as foundation cou rses b)' supplementing them with the I -hour ISP Honors Colloquia ( 1 1 3 i n the fall, 1 1 4 i n the spring). Honors in l n tegrated Studies may be awarded upon applica tion to students who have a t least a 3.5 average in I n tegrated Studies courses, who p resent a portfolio o f outstand i ng papers from 200-level In tegmted Studies cou rses, who create an exem plary seminar project, and who are recommended by p rogra m faculty. tudent select d for honors are encouraged to make a public oral presentation of their seminar work. The Integrated Studies Committee will cit:terminc who qualifies for honors. POLICIES AND GUIDELINES FOR CORE n: J . To acqu.irc J com mon background, I ntegrated St-udies/Core 11
students usually take the required 1 1 1 - 1 1 2 sequence in their first year, before taking 200- level courses. Exceptions can be
I N T E G R A T E D
S T U D I E S o m
made for students with heavy first-year loads, for tra ns fe r tudent., or for � t u den t s who shift fTom Core I. . S o m e 200-level lntcgrated S tudi e s cou rses a r e offered i n two semester sequ e n ces ; others are designed for single s em es ter. Cou rs s ffered as a fal l - s pr i n g sequence should be taken i n order if po s si b l e . S i n g le-semester co urses and the fal l - s p ri n g sequCI1ces th e m s e l ves can be taken co ncu rre n t ly and in a ny ord r. 3 . To assure ad e q u a te b a la n c e a n d b rea d t h , t he I n t eg ra t ed lud ies Program Commi ttee must a p p rove the particular set of four 200 -1evel c ou rs e s that each s t u d e n t elects. Norm a l ly t he s t udent s u b m i t s the p ro p o se d fo ur-co urse set fo r a p p rov a l wh i le t a k i ng the secon d 2 0 0 - level course. 4. St u d e n ts in the I n t e gr a t e d Studies Progrilfl1 are s t ron g l y e nco u rage d t o s t u dy a b road . W i th p ri o r a p prov al , an a pp ro p ria te combination of course s abroad supplemented w i th an i n tegra t i ve project may take the p l a ce of one or more of the 200-1evel l n t grated Studies co u rses . 5. he Sem inar (35 1 ) is taken as the concluding I n tegra t ed tudies course, e i t h e r after o r conc u r re ntl y with the l a s t 200-level course. 6. Stude n t:; may s w i tc h from Core I I t o Core I a t any t i m e by requesting the I n t e g r a t ed S t u d i e s Pro g r a m coord i n ato r to a p p l y t h e i r I n te g rat e d Studies course credit to Core I req11 i rem e n ts. 7. l l I ntegrated Studies c o u rs es ( e x ce p t the seminar) are op e n to Core I s tu d e n t s as s p ac e is av a i b b le (Core II stu d en t s have p ri or i ty i n e n r o l l m e n t ) . 8. The I ntegrated S tu d i es Program is d i rected by an eig h t - p erso n com mit! e of faculty re p r ese n t i n g the academic areas p a r t ic i pat i n g in th e program. 'he Integrated Studies Program committee e l e c t s a chair and is sup p o r t ed by the d e a n for special a , d e m i c programs as program c oo rd i n a t o r.
Course Offerings ( 1 1 1 - 1 1 2) Origins of the Modero Wodd The se q u e n ce traces t h e roots and de ve l op ment o f a wo r l d c u l t ure and economy ba s e d on i dea s a n d alues i d en t i fi e d with western EUH pc a n d the U n i ted S tates. It surveys the o r i gi n s o f m o d e rn Wes t e r n c u l t u re a n d its i nteraction w i t h o t h e r cultures through Wo r l d War I, emphas iring the l evel o p m e n t s of reli gious, p h i l os phical, and p o l i t i al i d e a s and the emergence of arts a nd sciences.
1 1 1 Authority and Discovery This co u rse considers the nc\ s oc i al and p o l itical ideas, the re new a l of the arts, re l i g i o u s refom), a n d the e m er ge n ce of modern science up to and d u r i n g t h e Renaissance, t h e R fo m l a t io n , the
Scientific Revolution, a n d the Enl ightenment. I t exa m i nes the themes of au t h o r i t y, d i s c ove r y, the i n d iv idual , na ture, new worltb, l i b er ty, the search for t r u t h , and th e powers of rea s on and faith . I (4)
1 1 2 Liberty and Power D velopmenls in l i t e ra t u re , science, p o l i t i cs , a nd indust rializa tion a re exp l o red through the E n l ightenment, the A m e rican and Fre n c h Revolution. , the I nd u str i , I Revol u t ion , Romanticism, Darwinism, Social ism, and l m p er ia l i m. The co u rse con t inues t hemes from I I I a n d onsidas hifting u n derstandings o f t ra n ' ce nd e n ce , seculariza t ion, a n d t ruth, as well as t h e turn to w a rd evolutionary view of nature and history, new ki nds of social a nd tC' c hn o log i cal power, and e m e rg i n g ideas of class, ge n de r, and th n i c i t y. I £ (4)
1 3 Honors CoUoqnium I ( I ) 1 1 4 Hooors CoUoqoium n S m a l l-gro u p d isc ll ss i o n of c u r re n t issues for U n i vers i ty Ho nors Program s t u d e n t s enrolled in the I n t eg r at e d Studies P ro g ra m . Other s t ud en ts welcome as space p e r m i t s . ( I )
2 2 1 The Experience of War E ss e n t i al ba c kg ro u n d is e s t a b l is hed by s t ud y i n g the co m p l e x h i s t o r y of se eral m aj o r wars of o u r t i me ( e.g., Wo rlel Wa r I I , t h e Vie t n a m War, the c o n R i c t in the M i dd le Eas t ) . _m p h a s is is p b c e d on the p e rso na l e x p e r ie n c e of war , s s o ld ier, civil ian, and c i t ize n . The e th i c a l decisions i n dividuals must m a ke i n war - t i m e a r e co nsidered as we l l as t h e so c i e t y's decisions a b o u t w h e n and h ow to g o to w a r. Par t i c u l a r attention is given t o the t h e o r y o f "just and u nj us t" w a r s . I (4) 222 Prospects for War and Peace A t u d y of the i n s t i tut i o n s and situati( ns ( p o l i tic al , economic, religious, psyc ho l ogi ca l, historical) that keep t h e modern world on the b r i n k of war a n d m a k e a s t a b l e, just peace so elusive. Co n si dera t i o n is g ive n to p acifis m and the "just war" tradition, as we ll as to the tec h n o l o gy and p o l i t ics o f nuclear wa r a n d i ts balance of terror. Students co m p l et e an i n depe n d e n t p roje c t o n to p ic s such as the draft, t he ec o n o m i c s o f a m i l i ta r y state, a r m s con trol, the c o m p e t i t i o n s for resources, a n t i-colonialism, and Marxism. I I (4) 223 The Emergence of M i n d and Morality A sur vey of gen et ics and evolution, with emphasis 011 the brain and the emergence o f s oc i a l behavior in a n i m a ls, prepares for a c r i t i c a l study of the claims of s o ci o l o gy th a t h u m a n c u l t u re a n d m o ra l i ty can be e ' p l a i n e d in t e r ms of our biological o r i g i n s. I (4) 224 T h e Brain, Consciousness, a n d Transcendence Study of the b ra i n a t h e center o f pe rc e p t i o n, emotion, co n s c i o us n es , a nd knowledge. I n cl u des a study o f th e brain's functions, an i nvestigation of sp i r i tu a l , m ys t i cal , and other sel f tra n sce n d i ng e x p e r ie nc es , and an ex p lo ra t i on of the re l a t i o n s h i p between mind and brain, materialistic a n d n o n - m ater i a l i s t i c ex p l a n a t i o ns , and the nature of personal com m itment. n (4)
225
Violence i n the United States
multiple cu l t u r e s of t h e n i ted S t a te . It consid ers issues of interpersonal violence ( e . g . , spouse and c h i l d ab use, p o rn o g r a p hy, rape, m u r der) a n d c o l l ec tive violence (e.g., gang ac t i v i ty, media violence, rac ism , terrorism, U.S. m i l it a r y involvement in o t h e r countries). H istorical patterns are discussed a l o n g with various theories (so c iological, p syc h o lo gi c a l, th e o l o g i ca l , p h i l osop h i ca l ) on causes a n d p reve n t io n . The e t h eo r i es o ffe r grou n d s for c r i t iqu j ng the patterns o f v i o le n ce and p u b l ic responses to them. (4)
This course exa m i n es violence w i t h i n a n d among the
226 The Qnest for Global Justice: Systems and Reality This course uses systems ( holistic) models to co m p re he n d the search for j ustice by h u m a n k i n d in t h e past, i n th e present, a n d for t he fut u re. A w i d e r a n g e of interdisciplinary materiab are u sed to s t u d y issues such as th e distribu t ion of wealth a n d resources in the ancient , Tear East and in con temporary Latin A m e rica , as well as i n the U n i t e d States. T h e focus on ystems t h i n k i n g lends coherence and promotes a n a l y ti c a l a n d s yn th e t ic sk i l l s . Part i ci p a n ts develop their own p e rs p ec tive s o n the i s s ues a n d devise m o d e ls fo r action as we l l as for comprehension. I I (4) 23 1 Gender, Sexuality, and Cnltnre In t he course \ e ex a m i n e ourselves a n d our world t h ro ugh the lens of ge n d e r. Usi n g i n terd iscipl i n a ry, multicultural, a n d fe m i n is t perspe tives, w e exa m i n e issues such as socia l ization stereotypes, re l a tio n sh i ps a n d s exu a l i ty, i nt er p e rs o n a l and institutional v i o l e n c e , revo l u t i o n a n d s o c i a l cha n ge . ( 4 )
and
2 3 2 Topics in Gender T h i s course covers c u r re n t top i c s in fe m i n is t stud ies of ge n de r and witi vary eac h ye a r a c co rd i n g to the i n te re sts o f facu l ty a n d s t u d ent s . ( 4 )
m m
n o c
o
z Cl
I N T E R N A T I O N A L
P R O G R A M S
VI
233 Imaging the Self
UJ
o UJ
A series of c. erc i s e . in th visual and l i te rary arts that re veal how the self i discovered RlId constructed in our daily world through m an y kinds of images, including dreams, costumes, songs, child hood memories, houses, church services , dances, television, poverty, sketchi ng, and constructing models. he emphasis is on
doing o r makin g, followed by reflective analysis. I ( 4 ) 234 Imaging the World
::::J o u
l.U
o
An exploration of how h u mans perceive, interpret, and shape their own worlds. Following an introd uction to sy m bols, symbol systems, and the neating o f meaning , the construction of world images in science and the o l og y through myth, model, and paradigm are studied. The model o f symbolic logic is b u i l t to organize langu age and thought. Science is then considered as a pr cess of the a pplicat io n of logic to empirically gathered data. V iews o f a variety of scientists and ph ilosophers on the way science is done and the way scientists come to k now are con sidered. heological models are examined. Finally, some images of the world through the eyes of poets are co mpared to these scientific aDd theolugical represen tations. 1 1 (4) 24 1 Energy, Resources, and Pollution
Energy, n, tural resour -, and p llution a re examined through ientific, social scient ific, and ethical methods. The class will focus on practical and pol itical p roblems of sustaining energy and nat ural resour e p roduction and limiting p o l l u t i o n with a maximum of justice and participative decision-making. (4) s
242 Population, Bunger, and Poverty
The i nte rrela t ions h ip of population, food, and poverty is examined in a sc ienti fi c, economic, and political context as it rel at to g lo bal p roblems. The course deals with the practical and ethical problems of sustaining food production, population growth, and poverty. The course includes case studies of Th ird World coulltries for class analysis and st u d en t projects. (4) 245 T h e Development o f Third Wo rld Underdevelopment
This course t race s the origins and growth of the concept "Th i rd Wo rld" and the models, vie"ws, contexts, and approaches in interpreting this phenomenon. Particular attenti o n is focused on u nde rstand ing social and cultural changes in the Third World in terms of de\relop ment/underdevclopment. Political, economic, literary ROd religious analyses will be u sed i n trying to determine huw the Third World th inks about itself. I (4) 246 Cases in Third World Development
How people in the Third World think and act to bring about social cha nge, and the value they give it is the focus in this course. Builcling upon the theories and methods presented in the fi rst course, issues sllch as education, health, popUlation, resource management, u rbanization, and i n dustrialization will be examined using C<1Se studies. The case studies will be organ ized regionally so that common and distinct features can be evaluated. I I (4) 247 The Cultures of Rads.m Thi� course e.. 'C arnines difference forms of racism and their manifesta tions in two countries with troubled h istories. We w ill study how the societies of the United States of America and the Rep ubli of South Africa experience racism and explore their struggle toward greater equal ity. Readings will be drawn from psychology, sociology, and literature. II ( 4 )
Concillding Seminar 35 1 IntegJ'Oted Studies Seminar
recap itulation and i n tegration of t h e mes from the p re v i olls sequences, with addit i o n a l readings and discussion. Stude nts inve s tig at e an individual topic from an i n t e rdis ciplinary p e rs p e c t ive , make a furmal oral presentation, and complete J. substantial paper. Prerequisite: 1 1 1 - 1 1 2 and two add itional sequences. May b taken concurrently with the last course of the final sequence. I I I ( 4 ) A
International Programs PLU's i n ternational programs encou rage studen ts to expand their understanding of h u ma n i ty ' s global condi tion in a changing and i ncreasingly i n terdepen dent world. Multi-focused i n ternational prognms provide opportuni ties fo r on-campus study of global issues and of the world's regions, cultures, and societies. Global issues i nclude, for example, modemi zation and development; global re sources and trade; and peace, justice, and human r igh t s . Cultu ral foci are A frica, Asia, urope, Latin America, the M idd l e East, and Scandinavia. Study of thes issues and regions is made possible by diverse o ff-campus study oppor t u n i ties and interna t ional student excha nge. To pursue a program in i n terna tional or intercul tural studies, s tuden ts may enroll in courses offered by depart ments such as Languages, PoL itical Science, and History, or choose a mong the s p ec i a l mul ti-d isciplinary programs l isted bel w which offer majors and minors i n i nterna t i o n a l stud ies_ General i n formation about PLU' i n ternat i o n al pro grams is available from the Center fo r I nternational Programs. CHINESE STUDI ES: The Chinese Studies program is an
interdisci plinary program designed to pro ide students in ter ested in China a broad foundation i n language, cnlture, and h istory. For specific i n formation set' the Chinese Studies section of this ca talog. GLOBAL STUDIES: Students interested in diverse cultures and international, global issues may u ndertake a multi-disciplinary major or minor program designed t o reflect their geographic, thematic, or disciplinary interests. Major: The Global Studies major is termed a "com plementary" major because i t is taken as a seco nd major in addit ion to a regular d iscip linary major. For specific info rmation see the Global Studies section of this catalog. Minor: The theoretical orientat ion and requirements parallel those for the major and a re detailed in the Global Studies section of this catalog. SCANDINAVIAN AREA STUDIES: Th
Scandinavian Area Studies major is a fl xible program in which the study of Scandinavia is enhanced through a cross-disciplinary approach. For specific information see the Scalldinavian Area Studies section o f this catalog.
Off-Campus Programs: To encourage students to expand their visions of the world, PLU makes a available various opportun i ties to study and travel i n other countries. Students are encouraged to spend the su mmer, semester, January term, or full academic year abroad. The Center for I nterna tional Programs has information to ass i st students in selecting and preparing for study abroad p rograms. The interdepen dence of all nations of the world and the n e e d to gai n basic kn o wl edge o f p e ople , their cultures, alld their interrelation ships cannot be overemphasized in the late 20 th century. With this focus in mind, PLU supports several categories of programs. SECTION A: PLU-$./lonsored Progmms RECIPROCAL PROGRAMS: FLU currently offers five exchange p rograms. These academic programs provide a l i m ite d number o f exchanges e.ach year. In all cases, the PLU student is integrated i n to the local u n iversity and culture.
I N t E R N A T I O N A L
P R O G R A M S o
a. Norway: PLU students may participate in an exchange pro gram with Agder College i n Kristiansand, Norway. Criteria used fo r selection of p a r t icipa n ts include proficiency in a Scand inavian language, a Strong academic record, motivation, and personal adaptability. PLU s tudents live i n u niversity housing , nd study lorwegian language and l i terature. T h is is a fu ll academic year program. b. Sweden: A student exchange program between PLU and the Universi t y of Linkeping began in the fl11 of 1 98 2 . Criteria used in the selection o f part icipants incl ude proficiency in a Scandinavian l a n guage, a strong academic record, motivation, a n d personal adaptability. P LU .tudents l ive i n dormitories a n d s tudy Scand inavian history, modern Scan d inavian l itera ture, Scand i navi a n pol itical a n d socia.! structure, and Swedish language. This is a fu ll academic year program. c. People's Republic of China-Zhongshan University: P LU tudents may spend a fu ll year or semester in the People's Republic of China through an exchange with Zhongshan Universi ty in Guangzhou (Cantoll). At Zhongshan, stu dents live in u n iversity housing and take i ntensive stud.ies i n Mandarin Chinese a s well a s courses i n Chinese culture. Students should have had at least one year o f Chinese language before applying. d . Tanzanill! In a consortium effort with other colleges and u niversities of the Lutheran Church, PLU offers a five-month excha.nge opportun ity at the Un iversity o f Dar es Salaam in T'l nzania. Following a n orientation in New York, students depart as a group for Dar es Salaam, Tanzania. S tudents study Swa h i l i language and select three or fou r courses from the wide offering of courses a t the Un iversity of Dar es Salaam. e.
Other Options: By special a rrangement, PLU o ffers two ad litiol1<l! exchange programs: ordland Coll ege in Bodo, Norway, and Tunghai Un iversity in Ta ichung, Taiwan, R.O.C. Contact the Center for I nternational Programs for details.
INDEPENDENT LIBERAL ARTS COLLEGES ABROAD: These prognlms are hosted by the Independen t Liberal Arts Colleges Abroa.d ( I LACA), a consortium of Paci fic orthwest schools i ncluding PLU, Gonzaga University, the University of Puget Sound, Whi tman College, the U niversity of Portland, and WiJlamette University. a. England: Student may choose to spend a semester s tudying in England through P LU 's London and Watford programs. ORered in both fall and spring semesters, the London pro gram p rovides students with a study experience in one o f the most ex i ting ci ties of the world. Courses taught both by Northwest professors and by native British professors make extensive use of museums, cultural activit ies, a n d sites of Londo n . Student l ive with British fami lies and commute by subway to classes. Seve ra l excursions take s t udents outside London for a look a t other parts of England. During spring semester a second program site is ava ilable to students in Watford, England. I n a more suburban setting within m i n u tes of London, students in " atford pa rticipate in a program fo rmat parallel to the London program. b. Spain: P LU, along with o ther schools in the I. LACA consor tium, sponsors a one-semester program at the U n iversi t y of Ovied during the spring sem ter each year. Oviedo, capital o f the Principalit), of Asturias in northwestern Spain, is a lively, beautiful city with a twelve- hundred year old h istory. The university, founded in 1 608, is located in the heart of the city. 'his p rovides an excellen t setting for a semester designed for advanced study in Span ish language a n d culture. A m i n i m u m of five semesters of Spanish language study is required for participation . Students live with Spanish fa m i l ies, take special cla seS :'It the u n iversity, and participate i n extracur ricular activities with Spanish students.
SICHUAN UNION UNIVERSITY (SUU): S tudents may spend a semester or year at Sichuan Union U n iversity (SUU) i n Chengdll. At SUU, i n addition to classes in Mandarin and CHinese culture, s t udents may take assorted science courses that are taught i n English. O ften a PLU professor will accompany the gro up and teach o ne o f the courses. Extensive study tours a re included. Fluency i n Mandarin is not required. DENMARK'S INTERNATIONAL STUDIES (DIS) p rovides for semester or year-long study in English in Copenhagen. The instructors are Dan ish, represen t i ng faculty from nearby u niversities and schools. This progra m is Eu rope's largest study centcr for American students, a l lowing a wide variety of course offerings in l i beral arts, i nternational b usi ness, architecture and design, and marine b iology. A rich i m mersion in D a n ish cult'ure is p rovided through living w i th the anes, daily contact with Dan ish faculty, and optional la nguage i n struction. INSTITUTE OF EUROPEAN STUDIES (IES) /INSTITUTE OF AS1AN STUDIES (lAS) o ffers semester, year-long, or summer study at various centers throughout the world. PLU students may choose to s tudy in London, or D urham, England; Dijon, Paris, or Na n tes, France; Ivlilan, I taly; Madrid or Sala manca, Spain; Freiburg or Berlin, Germany; Vienna, Austria; Tokyo or Nagoya, Jap a n ; Singapore; Thailand; Adelaide or Canberra, Aus tralia; I n donesia; China; a n d Russia. Studies include a combination of local un iversi t y courses and classes taught expressly for I ns titute students. Courses are taught i n the language of the country where the center is loca ted, except in S ingapore, Th<liland, I ndonesia, Nagoya, Tokyo, Vienna, a n d the European Common M arket p rogram in Freiburg, where instruction is in English. I n a l l other cases, P LU s tudents need t o be conversant i n the language of the cou ntry. Living a rra ngements vary from full room and board to independent housing. Each center allows for i ntegration i n to the local culture through housing, student activities, field trips, and travel. Scholarships are ava ilable to qualified students a t all TES/IAS centers. UNIVERSITY OF OSLO, OSLO, NORWAY: Applica n ts must have one yea r o f coLlege Norwegian at the program start date. The "Oslo Year" i ncorporates Norwegian language, l iterat u re, and culture and is a n excellent opport u ni t y for the Scandinavian Stud ies student. UNIVERSITY OF LANCASTER, LANCASTER, ENGLAND: Thi. semester or full year program allows students to be integrated i nto a British u n iversity. There are over 500 courses o ffered by the u n iversity. S tudents can easily continue their business, sc ience, humanities, and social science studies a t Lancaster. SERVICE LEARNING PROGRAMS: The Partnership for Service-Learning provides semest-er, full year, or summer p ro grams i n Israel, England, Scotland, Mexico, Ecuador, Jamaica, Fra nce, South Dako ta, and India. Through t ies with several un iversi ties and educational programs, the Partnership will help the student a rrange an experience that combines a cademic p ursuits with study, observa tion, and social service in non traditional settings . SCHOOL F O R FIELD STUDIES: SFS offers environ mental semester programs i n Costa Rica, Kenya, Palau, the Caribbean, Mexico, Australia, and British Columbia. Students take four courses including ecology, resource management, socio economic or applied a nthropology, and a d i rected research project. Prerequisite fo r this program is at l east one coLlege l evel ecology or b iology course. CENTER FOR GLOBAL EDUCATION: Augsburg College's Center for Global Education o ffer, semester programs in Mexico and Central America and Southern Africa. Fall programs i nclude: "Women and Development: Latin American Perspec-
n o c :;rJ en
o
Z Q en
I N T E R N A T I O N A L
\.9 Z
L.I.J LL
o L.I.J V)
a:: ::J o u
w
o
P R O G R A M S
t ives" (Cuernavaca, Mexico), "Susta i nable Development and So ci a l han ge in en tral America: Race, Class a n d Ethnicity" (Guatemala, El Salvador a nd i ca ragua), and " outhem African oei ties in Tra nsition: The View fro m N am ib i a" ( ami b i a ) , Sp ri ng 'emestcr programs i n clude: " I n ternational Development and H u m a n R igh ts in Lat i n merica" ( uemavaca, Mex ico) and "Women and Develo pment: Southern frican Perspectives" ( Na mibia ) , Programs in Latin American require one se me st e r of Spani h lan u u age , INSTITUTE FOR STUDY ABROAD: The Instit ute for Study Abr ad, Butler U n i versi ty offers fu l l y i n t egrated semester a n d [1111 year s t u d y abroad programs i n E n gland, Scotland, Ireland, Australia, and New ZeJland, Students participating in these p rogram s are adm itted to fo reign universities and tal e regular u n i ers i t ), cou rse , Junior s ta n d i n g i s re q u i red a s a p rerequisite [� )r these programs, AMERICAN INSTITUTE FOR FOREIGN STU DY: Ar S offers semesl 1', fu ll year, and sum mer programs for students i n Aust ralia, Austria, Britai n , zech Republic, France, Germa ny, Ital , Japan, Mexico, Russia, and S p a i n , At some study sites students are i n te g r a t e d i n t o a foreign univ rsity a n d arc required to have language profic iency i n the host language, Many program i n n o n - English speaking c o u ntr i es do not require prior l a n gu a g e t raining and instruction i s in Engl is h , Programs are open to st udents with so p homore s t a n d i n g . COLLEGE YEAR IN ATH ENS: Ancient Greek Civilization and Mediterranean S tud i es are the focus of this semester or fu l l year program in Athens. Students c a n take co u rse s in classical lan guages, a rchaeology, art hist ory, l i terature, h isto ry, p h ilosop hy, religion, ecology, and economics, St udy-travel is an added com ponent to t he program with st u de nts movi ng their classroom to the tleld, Junior standing is reco mmende.d for this program, PROGRAMME I N SUSTAINABLE COMMUNITY: This spring semester program is offer d by the Find hom F u n dation in Forres, Scotla n d , and Pacific Lut h eran Univer ity. Students l ive in Findhorn housing and contribute to the daily operation o f the co m m u n ity, The academic con te n t o f the program incl udes three required courses: Art: Introduction to ommunity Studies, Psychology: Psychology of Commun ity, and Pol it ical Science: Human Ecology and one elective course ( e i t her a n i ndependen t rudy with a PLU faculty member or another offering at the Pou n d ation). CARIBBEAN CUITURE AND SOCIIITY: January-term and s p ri ng semester in Tr in idad a nd Tobago p ro v ides students a u n iqu e oppor t u n ity to e xp l ore the islands a n d learn about the varied h eri t ages of this multicu ltura l society, St udents will take two co urses taught by t h e P LU fa culty member Gccompanying the gro u p (Autobiographical Writing a nd ribbean Literature) and two cou rses o ffe red by the U ni v er s i t y o f the Wes t Ind ies ( aribbean Culture and Society and a regular UWI course o f choice) for a t o t a l o f 16 se m e ste r credi ts, SHORT TERM STUDY a, January: PLU also e m pha sizes course s d u ri ng the January term, In terest meetings and a nno u n cemen t s for January-term off-ca mpus programs are annou nced i n l a tc spr i ng fo r the fol l owi ng J a n uary, S t ud en t s will be encou raged to apply fo r these p rograms in May. E n roll men t for Janua ry-term off c am p u s p rograms w i l l be fmalized i n Oc to ber . Students should con tact the instructor of e a c h course or t h e Center fo r International Programs for application i n fo rmat ion, b, Summ er: Many PLU-spo nsored study a b road p rograms have Sllmlll r options. dditiona[ [y, off-cam p us programs fo r summer are a n no unced in the su mmer s ssions catalog,
SECTION R: PLU- Appro ved Stlldv Abroad Progra ms
1 , I n addition to the PLU-sponsored programs , there are co untless other opportunit ies for s t u dy abroad, Many
.S,
colle ges and u n iversit ies have programs throughout the wo rl d ,
and PLU s t ude n ts may stud)' through these programs by special arra ngement , lnfor m a t i on a n d app l icati on fo rm for several progr a m s a rc available in t h e Center or lnternat i o n a l P ro g ram s, Cred its awarded by a n accredited U,S, coUege or u n ivers ity are t r a n s ferable to PLU, However, d i rect aid from PLU cannot be t ra nsferred to other college s. red its trans ferred to PLU fler a study abroad experience ponsored by a U.S, accredited c olle ge or uni ers i t y w i l l be recorded w i t h a letter grade, Cred its fo r st u di es directly in a fo re i g n u n ivers ity will be recorded as p a ss/ fa i l . 2 , P LU students who plan to study d i rectly in a fo reign school (not i n a program sponsored by a col lege in th e U.S, , ) must be sure to file a letter of intent w i t h the Center fo r interna tion a l Programs a.nd with the chair o f their major department before leaving PLU. This letter must i n c lu de what classes will be taken, where and fo r what length of time they will study abroad, and how the int ern a t i on a l experience w i l l relate to their academic prograrn, On th e basis of t h is info rmation, plus a record o f lectures attended a n d exa min ations co m p leted, academic credi t may be given by PLU, Students arc advised to save a.1 1 papers nd other materials re lat i ng to co ursework taken abroad. A l l credit transferred to P LU will be pass/fa i l . PLU reserves the right t o require exa mi nations cove ring the subjects studied.
CREDITS: PLU awards P LU c re d i t fo r aU proO'rams listed i n SE TTON A : PLU-Sponsored Programs, All cour e s taken o n a PLU -sponsored p rogram will he listed on the PL transcript with appropriate depa rtment n u mbers as igned, Grades will also be posted, al t houg h th ey will not be included in the PLU cumulativ e grade point average, PROGRAM COSTS AND FINANCIAL AID FOR PLU-SPONSORED PROGRAMS: Reciprocal Excha l1ge Programs: S e m es ter charges are based on the PLU t u i tion rate for 14 credi plus the cost of on campus housing and a fu ll meal p l a n , Other PLU-Sponsored Progra ms: Students are cha rged a program fee whi ch does not exceed the ba se cost of the program plus an admin istrat ive fee of $700 per semester. Each of th e PLU sponsored programs w i l l , therefore, have a d i fferent p ro gra m fee,
On P L U - spons o red programs, s t udents el igible for fin a ncial a id may transfer their a iel awards (with the exception of some talent awards, work s tudy, and tuition exchange be n e fi t s ) to their student accoun ts. FOREIGN LANGUAGES: I t is recommended that, before embarking, students acquire a solid fou n d a t ion in the language of the co u ntry where they will be studying, S t udents may, with th e assistance of the chair of the Depa rtment o f Languages and the off-campus study adviser, p repare a written request for acad mic credi t i n a recognition of their advanced facility in a forei g n language, FINANCIAL AID: F in a n c i al aid is availab l.: to qualified students who are studying t h ro u g h PLU-'ponsor d programs, Govern m e n t loans can apply toward aftll iated programs and o t h e r s p eci ally arra nged programs,
L A N G U A G E S o
uages Lea rning fo reign l an guages opens windows to the world. M eting a no t her people b ri ngs us to u n d e rs ta n d their culture, their hopes , and the way t hey see u s . 'vVe d i cover how t h i r I a n LIng ' helps b a p e their world -view. A n d a s
become
w
able
to
thin k a n d l ive w i t h i n t h a t language, we
ga i n t he exp e rie nce to look through t h e i r win dow back a t
our own
I n g uages has m a rk o f a n educated perso n , a nd to d ay
c u l tu re. Knowledge o f foreign
u lwClYs been
a
fo reion languages ar
as i m po rt, n t
as e
er.
PROSPECTIVE TEACHERS: ful l range of teaching major and m i nors is offered. The re q uire d p rofess i o n al methods c o u rs e is La n g u ages 445. Student. preparing to teach i n j u n ior or senior high school may earn e ither a llachelor of Arts deg re e i n French. German, r Spanish along with certification from the School o f ' ducation, or a Bachel o r of Arts i n Education degree with a teach ing major in French, Gennan, or Spanish. In Scandinavian S t ud ies, an elementary teaching major and secondary a n d elementary teaching m inors are available. See the School of Education section o f th.is ca talog for the certification req u irements and the Bachelor of Arts i n Education requirements.
c Vl
o
Know ing a fo re ign I a n 1u age can open d oo rs to new
e;'perienc s and cha ll e ngi ng ca reers. A fo re i g n l anguage useful and o ften ne essa ry fo r careers i n education, l aw,
n o
-n -n
is
govern men t s rvice , med icine, a n d j o u rn a lism. Knowi ng a foreign language can p rovide a
profession and can
Shldcnts considering that t here is
.1
a l low a
more
Z
flexibil jty in choosi ng
Q
greater mobil i ty within it.
Vl
cClreer i n education should note
short a ge of fore i gn language teachers i n
'everal areas. as
The depa rt ment enco u rages students to study abro a d i r u ndergrad ua te programs. For i n formation
pa rt of th
on study abr ad, see the International Progra ms secti o n
0
this ea talog.
1ajors are ava ilable i n Chin ese St u d i es , Classi s , French, German, Nor weg ia n , Sca n d i n avian Area S t u d jes , and Span i sh . Minors are offered in Ch i nese, C h i ne s e Stud ies , French , German,
,reel<, La t i n , Norwegian , and
i s h . I n st r uction is also gi ven i n J<lpanese a n d Ameri n Sign Language.
FACULTY: R. B rown, Chair; Hua, M . Jensen, Predmore, Lacabe, Snee, Swenson , Toven, T. Williams, Webster, Xu. COURSES THAT MEET CORE I REQUIREM ENTS: All lan guage course n umbered 20 1 and above, and all first year courses of a foreign la nguage not p rev i ousl y studied, as well as Chinese 3 7 1 and anguage 272 ( bot h t a ug h t in Engli s h ) , meet 6-B of Perspectives on D i versi t y, Cross-Cultural Perspectives; Sign Lan
guage meets 6 - A of Perspectives o n D iversity, Alternative Perpectivcs. A l l l i terature courses offered in English translation or in the original l a n gu age meet the Literature Requ irement, A-2. PLACEMENT IN LANGUAGE CLASSES: There are no depart mental prerequisites fo r the study of foreign languages. Students w i th previous ex pe r i e nce i n a language may quaLif), for place meJ1t into in termediate or advanced courses. To determine the appropriate level, students take the language placement exami nation at the beginning of t h e fal l semester. Potential majors are encoll faged to obtain as much high school preparation as possible. Those q u a l i fy i ng for advanced placement may be allowed to waive certain maj or or m inor requirements. REQUIREMENTS FOR MAJORS AND MINORS: I) All majors must co m p l e t e L a n g u a ges 495 : Senior Project. 2) Maj o rs m us t compl ete at least 1 2 s e m es ter hours tn residence at PLU, fou r o f which must be taken either i n t he sen ior year or u p o n return from a s t u d y abroad pro g ra m . M i nors m ust complete at least e i gh t hours in residence. 3 ) Spec i fi c requirements for the va rious ajors and minor are listed below.
Course Offerings Courses in the Department of Languages a re o ffe red i n the fo llo w i n g general fields in add i tion to elementary, in te rmediate, a nd a d v a n ce d l a n gu a ge :
CULTURAL HISTORY A. In English Classics 250 - Classical Mythology Classics 3 2 1 - Greek Civtlization Classics 322 - Roman Civilization Scan 1 5 0 - I n troduction to Sca .lld i navia Scan 322 - Contemporary Scan d i navia Scan 323 - The Viki ngs Scan 324 - The E migra n ts B. In Respective Language French 32 1 - French Civi.l ization and Culture German 32 1 - German Civilization to 1 750 German 322 - Germ a n Civ i l ization S i nce 1 75 0 Spanish 3 2 1 - Spanish Civilization and Culture S p a n ish 322 - Latin American Civilization a n d Cult ure LITERATURE A. In English La n guages 2 7 [ - Litera t u re and S oc i ety i n Modern Europe La n g uages 272 - Literature and Social Ch ange i n Latin America Chi nese 3 7 1 - Chinese Li te ra t u re in Translation Classics 250 - Classical Mythology Scan 250 - Masterpieces of Scandinavian Literature Scan 42 1 - Ibsen an d Stri ndberg Scan 422 - Twentieth-Century Scandinavian Literature B. In Respective Language French 42 1 , 422 - Masterpieces of French L i t erature French 432, 432 - T,vent ieth-Cen tury J�rench Litera tur e German 42 1 - German Literat u re from th . Enlightenment to Realism German 422 - Twen tieth-Century German Li terature Spanish 42 [, 422 - Masterpieces of Spa n ish Literature Spanish 43 1 , 4 3 2 - Twentieth-Ce n t u ry S pa n ish Li te ratu re
L A N G U A G E S
l'J Z w U LL o w Vl "" � o u
w w
w o
Languages
271 Literature And Society in Modern Europe Reading and discussion of works in ngl ish t ranslation by authors like Flaubert, Ibsen, and Th. Mann, who exemplify Realism a n d Nat u ra l ism in various European literatures. E m pha sis on social themes, i ncluding life in industrial society, the cha nging status of women, and class conflict. No prerequ isite. Satisfies the general u niversity core requ irement in l i terat u re. (4) 272 Literature and Sodal Change in Latin America Rea di ngs in nglish translation of fiction fro m modern Lati n America. Discussions foc us o n social a n d h istorical change and on literary themes and forms. Authors i nclude major figures l ike Ca rlos Fu e ntes , Mario Vargas Liosa, Gabriel Garcia Marquez, and Jorge Luis Borges. No prerequisite. Satisfies the general univerit)' core requirement in l iterature. (4)
445 Methodology of Teaching Foreign Languages Theory and techniques of foreign language teaching; emphasis on developing proficiency in a second language; attention paid to special problems i n the individual languages. ( 3 )
250 Classical Myth ology Study of the major myths of Greece and Rome through the texts of Homer, Hesiod, the Greek tragedians, Appollonius, Vergil, an Ovid; emphasis on the t raditions of mythology, going back to pertinent Mesopotamian and Hittite materials, and forward to infl uences of classica l myths on later literature and arts; attention to modern i n terpretations o f ancient myths. All readings i n English; sati fies the general u niversity core requirement i n l i terature. (4) 321 Greek Civilization The political, social, and cultural hlstor}' of Ancient G reece from the Bronze Age to the Hellenistic period. S pecial a t tention to the literature, art, and i n tellectual history of the Greeks. (Cross referenced with H I ST 32 1 . ) (4) 322 Roman Civilization The history of Rome from the foundati o n of the c i ty to A.D. 337, the deatb of Consta n tine. Emphasis on Rome's xpansion over the Mediterranean and on its constitutional h istory. Attention to the rise of Christian ity within a Greco-Roman context. (Cross referenced with HIST 3 2 2 . ) (4)
491 , 492 Independent Study ( 1 -4 ) 495 Senior Project Students majoring in a foreign language enroll i n Languages 495 concurrently with another upper-level course in the maj or. The instructor of the latter course normally supervises the student's senior p roject: a research paper, i n t e rns hip, or other ap proved project. The student p re sents a summar y of the co m pl e ted assignment at an open departmental forum. I II ( 2 ) 597, 598 Graduate Research ( 1 -4)
Chinese Minor in Chinese: 20 semester hours which may include 1 0 I - I 02. The major and minor i n Chinese Studies are described in their own sect ion of t h is catalog. 10 1, 1 02 Elementary Chinese I ntroduction to Mandari n Chinese. Basic skills in listening, sp aking, reading, and w ritin g. Laboratory pr a ct ice req u ired. 1 11 (4, 4) 20 1 , 202 Intermediate Chinese Develops further the ability to communicate in Mandarin Ch inese, u s i ng culturally authentic material. Laboratory practice required. Prerequisite: 1 02 or equivalent. I II (4, 4) 351 Composition and Conversation Revie"', of gr a mma r with emphasis on id iomatic usage; reading of contempora ry authors as m odels of s tyl e ; conversation on topics of student i n terest. Conducted in Chinese. Prerequis i te: 202 or equivalen t. I (4) 37 1 Chinese Literature in Translation An introduction to the most importan t works and writers of the Chlne 'c l iterary t rad ition, from early t imes to the modern period. Poetry, p rose, dr a m a , and fiction will be i ncluded. Slide and film presentations supplement the required readings. No knowledge of Chinese r quired. ( 4 ) 49 1 , 492 Independent Study ( 1 -4)
Classics The l11Jjor in classics is described i n this catalog under C/cLics. 231 Masterpieces of European Literature Repres nrative works of classical, medieval, and early Renais sance literature. Fulfills general university core requirement in l iterature. ( ross-referenced with ENGL 23 1 .) I (4)
Greek Minor ill Greek: 20 semester hours, which may include 1 0 I - I 02. 1 0 1 , 102 Elementary Greek Basic skills in reading classical, koine, and patristic Greek. I II (4, 4 ) 20 1 , 202 Intermediate Greek Review of ba s i c grammar, reading in selected classical and New Testament authors. I 1 1 all' (4, 4) 49 1 , 492 Independent Study ( 1 -4)
Latin Minor ill Latin: 20 semester hours, which may includ e 10 I - I 02. 1 0 1 , 1 02 Elementary Latin Basic skills in reading Latin; an introduction to Roman l iterature a n d culture. I II (4, 4) 20 1 , 202 Intermediate Latin Review of basic grammar; selected readings from Latin authors. I II all' (4, 4 ) 49 1 , 491 Independent Study ( 1 -4)
French Major ill Frellch: A m i n i m u m of 3 2 semester hours beyond 1 0 1 1 02, i nclud ing 2 0 1 -202, 3 2 1 , 3 5 1 - 3 5 2 and three 400-level courses. Minor il1 French: 20 semester hours, excluding 10 I - I 02 and including 20 1 -202, 3 5 1 , and two additional u pper division courses. 101, 1 02 Elementnry French Essentials of p ronu nciation, i n tonation, and structure; basic ski.lls in l istening, speaking, read ing, and writing. Lab attendance required. I II (4, 4 ) 201, 202 Intermediate French Review of bas.ic gram.mar, de ve lop ment of v o ca b u lary and emphasis on spontaneoLls, oral expression. Readi n g selections which reflect the cultural heritage and society of the Francophone world. Lab att e ndan ce is required. I n (4, 4 ) 32 1 Civilization and Culhu'e Present-day France as re fl ecte d in current literature, periodicals, t elevisi.on and fil ms, writtt:n compositions an d oral reports. Prerequisite: 202. ( 4 )
L A N G U A G E S
o rn
secondary schools. Students should ta k e t h i s cour e i n the juni o r
351, 352 Composition and Conversation gr m mar, styli s tics, co mposi t io n , an d c on ve rsa tio n on topics.
Prereq u i s i te:
202. I I I (4, 4 )
m
491 , 492 I n d ependent Study ( 1 - 4)
m
421 , 422 Masterpieces of Freadl Literature �o ial and ae,thet.ic i m p o rt a n ce of works representative of m ajor per i ods from the m a y i nclude
M i dd le Ages through
the ninete nth c n t u ry ;
b r i s t i n e d e Pizan, Ra be l a is,
M o nta i gne, M a rgue r i te
de Nava rre, Moliere, Corneille, Pascal, Vol t a i re, Rousseau, Hugo, a n d Baudelaire.
P rerequ i s i te :
3 5 2 . I II all' (4, 4 )
aest het ic
i m portance of se lected twen t ie t h cen t u ry
w ri ters from France a nd other fra ncophone c o u n t ries. May incl ude Gide, Camus,
IB., O usman
$a rtre, Beckett, A i mee Cesaire, Miriama
Sem bene, Yves Theriault,
Prerequisite: 352. I II a/y
Japanese
1 0 1 , 102 Elementary Japanese Basic skill
in l istening, speaking, rea d i ng , and w r i t i n g w i t h a
and A n ne Hebert.
l/)
20 1, 202 Intermediate Japanese Develops further t h e ability to commu nicate in Ja p an es e u si ng c u l t u ral ly aut ben L i c mater i a l . Prerequ is ite: 1 0 2 or equ ivalen t .
m
Norwegi an Major
in
Norwegian: A m i n. i m u m of 32 semester h o u rs, includ
ing 1 0 1 - 1 0 2, 20 1 -202, 3 5 1 -3 5 2 , a n d Scandinavian 42 1 o r 4 2 2 . Minor in Norwegiall: 20 se me s t e r hours, which m a y i n c l u de
German Major in Germ an: A m i nimum of 32 semeste r hours beyond
1 0 1 - 1 02, i n cl ud i n g 2 0 1 -202, 32 1 -322, 3 5 1 -352, and two 400-level courses IVfin.or in German: 20 semeste r h o u rs, excluding 1 0 1 - 1 02 a n d i n c l u d i n g 2 0 1 -202, 35 1 , a n d t w o addi tional u p p e r d ivisio n co urses .
1 0 1 - 1 02 .
1 0 1 , 102 Elementary Norwegian I n t roduces the s tud e n t s to the pl e a s ure of s pea kin g, re a d ing , a n d w r i t i n g a foreign l a nguage. These skills a re d e vel o ped through a
conversa t ional a p p r oac h , using songs a n d other cultu ra l materials. I I I (4, 4 )
1 0 1 , 102 E1e.menta ry Germa n Basic ski l 15 of oral a n d written com m u n ication i n class ro o m a n d practice. Use o f materials re fl ec ti n g contemporary
German l iJe. I I I (4, 4)
0 1 , 202 Intermediate German
' o n t i n ueJ p ra cti ce in oral and written colllmun ication in class
room a n d l a bo ra tof)', Use o f materials which rdlect contempo rary l i fe as wel l as the German cultural heritage. I ! [
(4, 4 )
3 2 1 German Civilization to 1 750 From the Middle Ages to the E n l ightenment. A s u rve)' of Ge r m an culture and i ts exp ression in creat ive works of art, music and l i terature, with particular e m p hasis on Martin the Protestant Reformat i o n .
P rereq ui si te:
Lut he r and
202. I aly (4)
201 , 202 Intermediate Norwegian Develo ps a command of the language wh ile fu rther a cqua i n t i ng students with the N o r wegia n cult u r al her i ta ge. Rea d i n g sel. ec t ions i n t roduce No rweg ia n fo lklore and daily l i fe . I II (4, 4 ) 3 5 1 Conversation and Composition I n c rea s es s t udent a bi l i t y fo r self-expressi o n , both o ra l l y and in writing. Co n temporary m a ter i a l s are selected as models of st yl e a n d usage. Prere q u is ite : 202 or equivalent. I ( 4 )
352 Advanced Conversation and Composition Emphasizes the finer points of · t ruct ure, st yle, and good taste. Prerequisite: 3 5 1 o r
equivalent. II ( 4 )
491 , 492 Independent Study ( 1 -4 )
322 German Civilization Since 1750 From the Enl igh tenment to t h e present. This survey covers r pre
n t a tive wo rk s and trends in German pol i t i cs , philosopllY,
l i t e ra t ure , art a n d music, w i t h em p h a s i s on t he Age o f Goethe a n d Beethoven. Prerequisite: 202. I l a/y ( 4 )
35 1 , 352 Composition and Conversation I n tens ive review of gra m m a r wit h emphasis on idiomatic u s age ; lise
o f contemporary a ut ho rs as model
of st yle . Conversation
o n t o pics o f st udent i nterest. Prerequ i s i te: 202 o r eq u iv a len t .
Scandinavian Major ill Scal1dinavian Area Studies: 40 semes ter hours: A c ro ss
discipl i n a ry approach to the study of Scandi navia. See a l s o the
section of t h is c a ta .l og on Scandillavian Area St udies.
150 Introduction to Scandinavia
n over v i ew of the Nordic co u n t r ies, highlighting contribut ions
in art a n d m us i c a n d the cul t u ra l l i fe of Denmilfk, Finland, !eeland, NO f\vay, a n d Sweden. The r oa ds
to p a rl i a men ta ry demo
1 1 1 (4, 4)
cracy and current issues in the five nations are also o utl in ed . ( 2 )
42 1 Ge rm a n Literature From the E nlightenm ent to Realism Representative works of German l i terature from about 1 750 to
250 Masterpieces of Sca ndin avian Literature A su rvey of major a u tho rs and works from the Sca n d i navian
1 8 90, including Sturm and D rang, Classicism and Ro man ticislll. Rea d i n g wil l i n cl ude such a u t h o rs as Goethe, S c h i ll er, B uchner, and Keller. Prerequisite:
352. 1 all' (4)
422 Twen tie th - Centu ry German Literature Representative works fr(
m
Naturalism to t h e p r esen t, including
Expres - i o n ism and Social ist Realism. Read i ngs will cover works from both east and west, and will include such au thors as Brecht, Kafka, Thomas Manu, R i lke, a n d Seg hers. P re re q uis ite : 2 5 2 . a/y (4) · mpb.asis on id io m a t ic German usi n g newspapers a n d other s
cou nt ries, begin ning with L he prose and poetry o f the Vikin g
Andersen, Knut Hamsun, Selma Lagerlof a n d others are discussed. Al l readings in
Age.. The contributions of H a ns C h r istian
English translation. Sar isfi�s the gen e r a l un ive rs i ty co re ment in l itera t u re.
urees for t ex L s. :trangly recommended fo r ,tudents
p l a n n i n g to o b t a i n
a c rede n tial to teach Germa n in pu b li c
re qu i re
(4)
322 Contemporary Scandinavia
!!utrality and o ccup at i on ; the emergellce of the welfare sLate;
social refor ms, pl a n ned economics, and cul tmal policies ;
Scandinavia and
451 Advanced CompOSition and Conversation current
m
o
I II ( 4 , 4 )
(4, 4 )
49 1, 49 1 I nd epe nd ent Study ( 1 -4 )
l ab o rator
n o c
rich cul t u ra l context. I II (4, 4 )
43 1, 432 Twentieth-Century French literature . ocial and
C\
or senior year. Prerequ isite: 3 5 2 . ( 4 )
the European com m u n i t y. I{e a d in gs in the
o r ig i n a l fo r m aj o rs ; c lass conducted i n English. a/y ( 4 )
323 The Vikings The world
0
the
V i k i ngs; territorial expa nsion;
Vikings with the re s t of Europe. In English. ( 2 )
i n tera c t ion of the
z C\
L A N G U A G E S
19 Z
o w VI cc ::J
o u
w w cc w o
324 The Emigrants The mass emigration from Sca n d i n avi:t to North America; rea s o n s for the exodus; life in the new homeland. In Englis.h. (2) 42 1 Ibsen and Strindberg The great writers of n i neteenth cent u ry Scandinavian l itera ture-Henrik Ibsen and August Strindberg-are studi\:d aga inst th backdrop o f their t i m e and the work of other a u t hors who contributed to the breakthrough of modern forms and themes. Empha s i s on d rama. Class conducted in :. ng Iish; re ad i n g s i n t ran sl a t i on fo r non - m aj o r . Satisfies the general u n iversity co re req u L rement in l iteratu re. all' (4) 422 Twentieth-Century Scandinavian literature Recent trends i n candinavian l i tera t u r e arc illu tra ted by lead ing writers l i ke Isak Dinesen, Tarjei Ve sa as. and Pa r Lagerk v i t . E mp h :l si s on prose fiction and poetry. Class conducted i n English; readings in translation for non-majors. Satisfies the genera l u niversity (ore re q u i rem e n t in l i t e rature . a/y ( 4 ) 49 1 , 492 Independent Study ( 1 -4 ) 495 Senior Project A r earch p a p er, internship, or other ap p r o v ed p roject. For S andinavian Area Studies m aj o rs . [ [J ( 2 )
Sign Language
) 0 1 , 1 02 Sign Language An i n t ro du ct io n to t he st ructure of American Sign Language an d to the world of the h ear i n g i m paued. Basic signing sk i l l s a n d sign l anguage vocabulary; fingerspelling; the particular needs a n d p ro bl e ms o f deaf p e o p l e . Material p re sente d through dem onstra t ions, drills, m i me, recital . lectures, a n d d i s c ll s sion s . I I I (4, 4) Spanish
Major ill Spanish: A minimum of 34 semester hours beyond 2 0 1 , i ncluding 202, 3 0 \ , 302. 32 1 , 3 3 1 , a n d t h ree 400-lcvel cou r s e s . In addition, students must complete Languages 495. At least two 400 leve l cou rses-one focusing on Spain and another on L a t i n America-m u s t b e mplcted at PLU. ne 4 0 0 - l e ve l course must be completed in the senior y ar. Majors are s t ron g l y encouraged to p u rsue a t least one semester of study in a Spanish-speaking country on a program appro v ed by the Sp a n i s h faculty. Majors may not normally ful fi l l t h e req u i re ments for t h e major t h rough the election of 300 - l e ve l courses d u ring t h e i r s e n ior year. Minor in Spall ish: 20 se mes t e r hours, i n cl u d i n g 202, 30 1 , 302, a nd two additional upper d ivision courses. ) 0 1 , 102 Elementary Spanish Essentials of pron unciation, i ntonation, and str ucture; basic ski ll s i n l isten i ng, speaking, readin g , and w ri t i ng . Lab attendance req u i red.
I, II (4, 4)
201, 202 Intermediate Spanish A co n t i nua tio n of elementary Spanish; rea d ing selections which r fleet the H is p a n i c c u l t u ral heri tage as well as contemporary mateT ials. Lab a tt en da n c e req u i red. ! , II (4, 4 ) 301 Composition and COlIVersation Advanced grammar, s t yl i s tics , and composition; conversation based on e ve ryd a y s i t u ations, cu rrent events, and pertinent l it era r y elections. P re r eq u i s i te : 202. I ( 4 ) 302 Introduction to Hispanic Literary Studies Acqu a i n t s students with t ec h n i que s of l i terary analysis, as appl ied to examples of narrative , poetry, d rama, and essay i n the Spanish a nd Latin A m er i c a n l iterary traditions. Reading, writ ing, and spe,jking-i ntensive. O n go in g review o f advanced grammar. Prerequisi te: 30 1 . I I (4)
321 Civilization and Culture of Spain D ev elopme n t of Span ish society from early times to the present as reflected in architecture, p a i n t i n g , and literature, w i th i n their socio-historical context. Prerequ i s i te: 301 (or concu rrent enrollme nt ) . 1 ( 4 ) 331 Latin American Civilization and Culture Historic, artistic, l i t e r a r y, sociological, and geographjc elements sh a p i ng the develo p me n t o f the L·l i n American r gion. H i s panic, Indigenous, a n d Afro-Hi 'panic cultures w i l l be stud ied. Prerequisite: 3 0 1 (or conc urren t enrollm e n t ) . ll (4) 40 1 Advanced Spanish GrammaT t u d y o f pani h at the mo�t advanced level with an emphasis on syntac t i m l differences between En g l i s h and S p a n i s h . Contempo rary sources t o d ev el o p students' rea d ing, writing, and o ra l kill . S t rongly reco mmend d for those who p l a n to teach p a n i s h a t t h e se ond ary level. P r ereq ui s i te: 302 (4) 421 Masterpieces of Spanish Literature A concentrated s t u d y of major writers nnc1 movements in S p a n ish l i tera t ur e from its orioins to t 898. Emphasis o n t h e s t u d y of re p resen tative. gen res from the s i x t ee n t h , seventeen t h , a n d n ineteenth ce n t u r ies . r rert:(Iuisite: 302. ( 4 )
422 Twentieth-Century Literature of Spain Drama. novel, essay. ilnd poet ry of Spain from the "Generation of 1 898" t o the presen t . Emphasis given to the socia l and polit ical context of the l i terary works prodll ed before a n d dfter tIle Civil Wa r ( 1 936- 1 939) and u nder the Franco regi m e. Prerequisite: 302. ( 4 ) 423 Special Topiu in Spanish Literature and Culture This course offers an opportlll1ity to pursue an i n- depth st udy of a sp ec i fi c aspect or topic in Spanish litera ture. Possible topics i n cl u de: a significant l it e r ary movement or genre, S pa n ish women w ri ters, or the r e l a t io n s h i p o f fil m to other types o f cult ural p roduction. M a y be repeated for credit with d i ffe rent topic. Prereq u i s i te: 3 0 2 . (4) 43 1 Latln American literature. 1 492-1 888 A study of representative g e n re s from the co lonial period to the end o f the nin ete e_ n t h century. Additional focus on the role of writers and wr it i n gs in the shap i n g of a di st i n c t i e Latin American l i terary t r a d i t i o n . Prerequisite: 302. (4) 432 1Wentieth-Century Latin American Literature D ve l o p m e nt of t he l i te ra t u re of Mexico, Ce n t r a l and South America from the "Modern ista" movement ( 1 888) to the present. Em p h as is on periods a n d genres will va ry. Prerequisite: 302. (4) 433 Special Topics in Latin American Literature and Culture This course o ffe rs an opportunity to pursne an i n-depth study o f a specific aspect o r to p i c in Latin American literature and culture. Possib l e to pics include: a La tin Ame_rican literary movement or period, a gen re, La t in American \vomen w rit e rs , Latino narrat ive, or Lat i n A m e r ica n tll m and litera t u re. May be r e p e a t e d for credit w i t h d i fferent topic. P re re qu i si t e : 302. (4)
L E G A L
S T U D I E S
M A R R I A G E
&
F A M I L Y
T H E R A P Y o
Marriage and Family Therapy Th e Marriage and Fa mily Therapy program is
a
graduate
progra m leading to the M .A. in Social Sciences. 45
seme
-
ter hours are required in the progra m . For fu rther infor mation,
n o c
ee the Graduate Studies section of this catalog.
The M a rriage and Fam ily Therapy program i accred i ted by the Comm ission on Accreditation for M a rriage and Family Therapy Education
of th e Am erica n Association for (AAi\1FT ) .
Marr iage a n d Fam ily Therapy
FACUlTY:
Storm,
hair IIlId Coordinator; Yo rk, and
supervisors: Lewis, M c Dowel l , V i nc e n t .
o
pr ac t ica
Course Offerings
Legal Studies
500 Human Development Ind ividual p ers on ality development, n o rma l and abnormal m a n i festations, over the l i fe s p a n . The course, wh ich is i n te grated w ith s ys tem s content, also su rveys how per s o n al it y relates to s oc i al rel a t ions h i ps, especially w i t h i n t h e family. ( 4 )
Legal Studies is an i n terdisciplinary degree p ro gram
50 1 Graduate Workshops
th nature of law and judicial p rocesses. Consistent with the p u rposes of the American Legal Stu d ies Association, the Legal Stu dies Program at PLU provides alternatjvc approaches to the s t udy of law from the acad e m ic framework of th e social sciences, the h um an i t i es , business, and education. The program fo cusing on
emphasizes the developm nt of a c r i t i ca l u n derstanding of
\e
functions of law, the mutual impacts of law a n d
ociety, and the sources o f law. Students i n Legal S t u d ies p u rsue these goals t h rough courses, d i rected research,
and
internships in offices and agencies involved i n l it iga tion and legal processes.
FACUlTY: Dwyer-Sh ick, MacDonald, Menzel.
Ch air; A t k i ns o n ,
Brue, J o b st , Lee,
BACHELOR OF ARTS MAJOR: 32 semester h ou rs 1 . RC]l/ired collrses ( 1 2 h ours ) I n t rod uct io n to Legal S tud i e s ( POLS 1 7 0 ) f udi i a l Process ( POLS 37 1 ) Leg, I R search ( PO - 74) 2. Gel/eral electives (8 ho u rs ) : Two co u rse s from the- fol lowing: American Legal Hi s to ry (H IST 45 ] ) Comparatjw Legal S yste m s (POL ' 38 1 ) P hi losop h y of Law ( PHI.L 328) S o ci o l ogy of Law ( SOC! 35 I ) 3 . Special electives ( 1 2 hours) : Three courses from the fo llo wi ng (a lso, cou rses in group 2 not t a ke n to fulfill gen fal elective req u i reme n ts may be lIsed to fulfi l l special e l e c t i ve require ments in gr ou p 3 ) : Busi ness L a w (BUSA 435) ,ivi l Liberties ( P OLS 373) ,onst itlltional Law ( POLS 372) I n d u strial Orga n i zation and Public Po l i cy ( ECON 3 7 I ) Lnte r nsb i p i n Legal Stlld i ( POLS 471 ) Law and So c ie t y (B USA
230)
MINOR: 20 s e m es t er hours, including Political Science 1 70 and ) u r additional c o u rses sel cted in consultation with the ogram d irector.
raduate workshops in special fidds
or
areas fo r v ar y i n o periods
of t ime. ( 1 -4)
503 Systems Approach to Mardage and Family Therapy An i n t ro d u c t i o n to the sys te m s theory approach for t re a t m e n t strategy and i n tervention. Exploration of the fa m i ly l i fe cycl e a nd fa m i ly systems oriented asse�sment models. trategies for i n itial i n t e r vie ws , hypothesis for m u l a t ion , de.sigJling a strategy fo r i n tervention, and the process of termination. (4) 504 Family Development f fa mily i n t e ra c t i o n from a developmental viewpoint. T h e course exp l o res how family I l fe cycl e stages are aff ted by divorce, remarriage, et h n ici t y, fe minist issues, and other u n p l a nn ed events. Students pa r t i c i pa t e in a o n e · h o u r l a b in the r a m i l y and Ch ild ren's Cen ter. (4)
The rudy
507 Comparative Marriage and Family Therapy I n tensive c o mp a ra t i ve s t u dy of the theoretical rationale of the pro m i n e n t schools of thought within the field of marriage and fa m i l y thera py.
Studies i n cl u d e the range of s t rate gie s , tech n i q ue s
and research of s t r u c tu ra l , behavioral com m u n i cation, and
analytical approaches to marriage a n d fam ily t h era p y. Prerequisite: 503.
(4)
5 1 0 Human Sexuality and Sex Therapy Basic pr i n ci p les and strategies of trea tmen t [or the six most col11mon sexual dysfunctions. The nature of sexual he a l t h ,
J brief and ph ys io l ogy of the sexual response, and the bio logical and psychological de term i n at e s o f sexual dysfunc tio n . Prerequisite or c o - re quis i t e : 503. (2)
review o f a n a tom y
5 1 1 Psychosocial Pathology: Relationship to Marriage and the Family The assessment of p s yc h os o c ia l p a th o l og y and its rel a t i o nsh i p to fa m il y i n terpersonal struct ures and d yna m i c s . Explo ratio n of the t r e at me n t t e c h n ique s a n d a ss u mp t i on s o f l e ad i n g fa m ily th e ra p i s t s rega rding such p s yc h o so c ia l dysfunction as divorce, fa mily violence, delinquency, psy hosomati symptoms, drug addiction, and d i st ur b e d a d o lescents. P re req u i s i t e : 503. (4 ) 5 1 2 Professional Studies in Marriage and Family Therapy Professio nal eth ics and Wa s h i n g ton State law which affect clinical practice a r e s t u d ie d , i n cl u d i n g family law, le ga l re s po n s i bilitie s, rules of confidentiality and interprofess ional coopera· tion. Further tudy ex plores licensure, cert i fica t i o n , and the role o f professional orga nizations. ( 3 )
Z Q
M A T H E M A T I C S VI
a:: UJ LL o UJ VI a:: � o u
a:: UJ o
5 1 9 Practicnm J ( 2 ) Prerequisite: 503, 507 and 5 1 2 m a y be t a k e n co n c u rr entl y when schedule allows. 5 1 2 may also be taken concurrently with 52 1 , P ractic u m I I , with fac ult y a pp roval . 52 1 Practicnm 11 ( 2 ) 523 Practicwn m ( 2 ) 525 Practicwn IV (4) The fou r semesters o f practica are part of a con t i n uo u s process toward developing spe ci fi c t h e r ap e utic competencies in work with marriages and fam i l ies. The p r a c ti ca p resent a co mpetency based program in which each student is eva lu a t ed regarding: I ) c as e management skills; 2) rel atio ns h i p skills; 3) pe rcep t u a l skills; 4) conceptual skills; 5) st ruc l mi. ng skil ls; and 6) profes s io n a l d e v el o p m e n t skills. Practica requirements include 1 00 hours of s uperv i sio n of 500 c l i en t contact h ou rs . F ac u lty are AAMFT-approved supervisors and use l ive sup er v i s io n and video t apes of student sessions as the pr i m a ry methods of clinical supe rv is i on . 520 Theory 1 ( 2 ) 522 Theory I I ( 2 ) 524 Theory III ( 2 ) T h e th ree semes t e rs o f th eo r y taken i n conj unctio n w i t h 5 1 9, 5 2 1 , and 523 constitute an i n - dep t h st udy of on e a pproach to wa rd ma rr iage and family therapy with an emphasis o n applying theory i n practice. 590 Graduate Seminar
Selected topics as announced. Prerequisite: consent of the i nstructor. ( 1 -4) 591 Dire tor Study ( 1 -4 ) 595 Graduate Readings I ndepen d ent s t u dy c a rd req u i red . (4) 598 Research Project (4) 599 Thesis ( 4)
Mathematics Mathematics is a many-faceted subject that is extremely useful in i ts appl ication, but at the same time is fascinating and beautiful i n t h e abstract. I t is an i n d ispensable tool fo r i nd ustry, science, gove rnment, and the busi ness world, wh i le the elegance o f its logic and beauty o f fo r m have intr igued scholars, ph ilosophers, and a r tists since ea rliest t i mes. The mathematics program at PLU is designed to serve
( 1 ) to provide backgro u nds fo r other ( 2 ) to provide a comprehensive pre-profes
five main objectives: d isciplines,
sional program for those d i rectly e n tering the fields o f leaching a nd
pplied mathematics,
(3) t o p rovide a
nucleus of essen t ial courses which wiH develop the breadth and maturity o f mathematical thought for con t i nued study o f mathematics at the graduate level,
(4) to develop the
mental skills necessary for the creations, analysis, and c ri t i qu e of math ematical topics, and
(5) to provide a view
of mathematics as a part of human istic behavior.
FACULTY: N. . Meyer, Chair; Benkhalti, D ol l i ng e r, B. Dorner, C. Dorner, r. Herzog, 1 Herzog, Klassen, G. Pe te rso n , Wu, Yiu. •
BEG INNING CLASSES: Maj o rs i n mathematics, computer science, engineering, and o ther s cienc es usua l l y take Math 1 5 1 and 1 52 ( calcu l u s ) . Math 1 5 1 is also appropriate for a ny student whose high school ma thematics p re para t i o n is s t rong. Those who have had calculus i n high school may omit lvl a t h 1 5 1 (se e Advanced Placement section) and enroll in Math 1 52 a fter consultation with a mathematics facu l t y member. Those who have less mathematics background may b egin with Math 1 40 before taking M a th l S I . Math I I I and 1 1 2 provide preparation for Ma th 1 40. Business m ajors may satisfy th e mat h ema t ic s requi re m e n t for that degree in a n )' of t h re e ways. Those with strong mathematics background may take Math l S I followed either b), Math 230 or by both Math 152 and 33 1 . Alternativel)" Math 1 28 alone will satisfy the m athematics requirement for b us i n ess. Math I I I s e rve s as p re pa r a ti on for Math 1 28 for those whose h i g h s chool b ackgro u nd is not s t ron g . For students who plan onl), o n e mathematics course, a choice from Math 1 05 , 1 07, 1 28, 1 40, 1 5 1 is adv i sed , depending o n interest a n d p re para t io n . Remedial: Math 9 I ( I n term e di a t e Algebra) is available for those who are not ready for other classes. Math 9 1 does not count toward graduation req u i rem e n t s . PLACEMENT TEST: A pl a c em e n t test and background s u rve y are used to h el p in s u re t ha t s t u den ts beg i n in m a t h e m a ti c s courses which are a pp ro pr ia t e to their preparation and a b i l i t i es .
Enrollment is not permitted in any o f the beginning mathemat ics courses ( Math 9 1 , 99, 1 05, 1 07, I l l , 1 1 2, 1 28, 1 40, 1 5 1 ) u n t i l the placement test and ba ck g ro u n d s urvey a re c o m ple te d . MATHEMATICS AND GENERAL UNIVERSITY REQUIRE MENTS: With t he exce p t i on s of Math 9 1 and Math 99 all mathemat ics cou rses w i l l satisfy the M a t hemat ical Reason ing re qu i re me n t (line 3 of the genera l u n ivers i t y requirements). At least 4 hours are needed. With t he ex c ep tions of Math 9 1 an d Math 99 a l l mathematics courses w 'ill satisfy line 2e of Core I: The D istribut ive Core. At least 4 h ou rs are n e e d e d . A course c a n not s i m u l ta n e o us ly s a t i s f), Line 2e an d line 3. MATlmMATICS AND THE COllEGE OF ARTS AND SCmNCES REQUIREMENT: With th e exc e p t i o ns of Math 9 1 and Math 9 9 all m athe m a t i cs co u rs e s w i ll sa t is fy the l o g i c , mathemati ., comp u ter science or statistics part o f Option III o f t h e C o l le ge of Arts a n d Sciences req u i re ment. A course cannot simu l t a ne ously satisfy O pt i on I I I of the College of Arts a n d Sciences requ i re me n t a nd t h e ge ne ral u n i ve rs it y req ui rem e nts . ADVANCED PLACEMENT: The p ol i cy of the Department o f Mathematics with respect t o A P Calculus Exam results is as follows: AB EXAM: If a s t u d e nt receives a 3 or h igh e r on the AB exam then the s t uden t is given advanced placement into either Math 1 52 or Math 230 with credit ( 4 c red i t s-g ra d e Pass) given for M a th l S I upon completion (grade C or h igher) of Math 1 52 or Math 230. I f a student re c e i ve s a 5 ( t h e maximum) o n the AB exam then the student may be eligible for advanced pl a c e me n t i n t o M a t h 253 upon consu l tation with either t h e Math 253 i nstructor o r the d e p artm e nt chair. I f the s t u den t completes l\·1 ath 253 with a grade of C o r higher then credit ( 8 credits g ra de Pass) is given for Math 1 5 1 and Math 1 52. BC EXAM: I f a s tu d e n t receivC$ a 3 or 4 on the B , exam then the student is treated the same as one who receives a 5 on the AB exam. If a s tud en t receives a 5 on the Be e x a m t hen the student is given advanced p l a ce ment i n to M a t h 253 with c red i t g i ve n for both Math 1 5 1 an d M a th 1 5 2 ( 8 c re d i ts-g r a d e Pass) if Math 253 is completed with a grade of C or h igh er. If a stud ent has taken calculus in h i g h school and did not take an AP exa m , then the s t ud en t ma), enroll in Math 1 5 2 aft e r consultation with a mathematics fac ulty member. In this case no credit i s g i ven for Math 1 5 1 .
M A T H E M A T I C S o m MATHEMATICS MAJOR: The fo un dation of t h e mathema t i cs m for majors is the three semester sequen
e
of alcultls
Matl1 1 5 1 , 1 52 , 2 - 3 ) and l i near algebra ( Ma t h 33 1 ) . These cou rses are usually take n in sequence in the first fo ur semesters.
Students with a cal c u l u s background in h i g h chool m ay receive advanced placement i n to the a ppropriate course in tl1is
sequence. Upper division work i n cludes c o u rses in modern algebra, mathematical analysis, appl i�d ma thema t'ics, mathematical statistic , a n d geo metry. Required upper division courses i n clude Abstract Algebra ( Math 433), Mathematical A n alysis ( Math 4 5 5 ) , Mathematical Statistics ( Ma t h 34 1 ) , and Senior Seminar ( Math
486 ) . Math 433 should be taken in the j u n io r year and Math 455 in t h e senior year. Statistics 34 1 may be taken either the j u n i or or
U1e sc n i ) [ year. Math 486 e:>.'1"
nds over two semesters beginning
in the fal l semester; May graduaLes begin t h i s capstone experi ence course in the fal l seme ·ter of the senior year, while
December graduat .s must beg i n this cou rse in th
fal l semester
of their j u n i o r yea r. Students maj o ri ng in mathematics are encouraged to include
work in computer emati
s
science since m a ny careers ap plying math
will req u i re computer experience. I t is also a good idea
to study one or more subjects out s id e o f mathematics ( perhaps lead ing to a mi nor) which make substantial use o f mathemat ics. 'Wbile many subjects are a p p rop riate, some of th e more common are as foL lovls: econ omics, bu si ness, physics, engineeri ng, chemistry, and b ioLogy.
BACHELOR OF ARTS MAJOR: M i n imum of 34 semester hours of mathema t ics cou rses nu mbered above I SO , i ncluding
151, 1 52 , 2 5 3 , 33 1 , 433, 455, 486 and M a th/Stat 34 1 . Required supp orti n g: omp uter Science 1 44, which should be taken in the eshman year. Physics 1 53 - 1 63 or Comp uter Science 375 or cOllom ics 345 is s t rongly reco mmended. ( M ath 203, 223, 230, and
446 may n o t be
counted toward the major. )
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE MAJOR: Students may either complete one of t h e co ncentrations Listed belcn-\' or satisfy t h e fol lowi nq general c riteria. Requ i red s u pporting courses fo r both
the general criteria and for the concentrations are: Com p u ter Science 1 44, Sta tistics 34 1 , and one of Physics 1 53- 1 63 o r Com p uter Science 375 o r Economics 345.
GENERAL CRITERIA.: At least 40 h o u rs of mathematics cou rses nu mbered ab ove 1 50, in cl ud i n g 253, 33 1 , 433, 455, 486 and a t lea, t one o f 4 4, 456 or Matl1/ 'ta t 342. ( Ma t h 203, 223, 230, a n d
446 m a y n o t b e c o u n ted toward t h e major.) CONCENTRATIONS: Actuarial:
and as
a
1 5 1 , 1 52, 253, 3 3 1 , 356, 433, 455, 486, Stat istics 342
tatistics 348. (Economics 345 is strongly recommended supp o r ting course).
his concen tration incl udes a m i n o r
i n s t a t i t ics. Applied Ma thema tics:
1 5 1 , 1 5 2, 253, 3 3 1 , 55 1 , 356, 433, 455,
456, and 486. Gradual<' School: l S I , 1 52, 253, 33 1 , 433, 434, 455, 456, 486 and on upfler division elect ive. Mathemll tics for Comp 1 i ter Science:
1 5 1 , 1 52, 245, 253, 3 3 1 , 433, 45 5, 486, Computer Science 348 and Com p u ter Science 475. l'vta t hemat ics for Physio: 1 5 1 , 1 52 , 253, 3 3 1 , 35 1 or 356, 433, 455, 4 56, 486, Physics 3 54 and Physics 356. Secondary Educa t ion: 1 5 1 , 1 52, 203, 245 , 253, 3 2 1 , 33 1 , 433 , 446, 455, 486. Abn requires completion of certificalion require ments in the School o f Education.
1 5 1 , 1 5 2, 253, 33 1 , 433, 455, 486, one upper division elective, Statist ics 342 and Statistics 348. This concentra t ion
Stat ist ics:
incl udes
a
m i n o r i n statistics.
BACHELOR OF ARTS IN EDUCATION: S e e School of Educa t ion s ec t i o n of this catalog.
MINOR IN MATHEMATICS: 20 semester h ours
[ mathemat ics
courses, including l S I , 1 52, 253 and 8 h o u rs o f upper division mathernat'ics courses excluding 446. S t rongly recom mended: Com puter Science 1 44 o r
1 1 0.
:;0 m m
M l N O R IN STATISTICS: S e e Statistics sec tion of t h is catalog. n
Course Offerings A grade of C or higher is strongly recommended in all prerequi
o c
site courses. A placement test a n d background su rvey are required before registering fo r beg i n n i n g mathematics courses if prerequisites have not been completed a t PLU.
m o
9 1 Intermediate Algebra A review of h i g h school algebra; solving linear a n d quadratic equ�t ions, factoring, s i m p l i fying expressio n, exponent and gra p h ing. Designed fo r st udents whose math emat ical prepara tion is i nadequate for Math I l l . Does n o t cou n t toward graduation requ irements. I ( 4 )
99 Directed Study i n Fundamental Mathematics Designed fo r stude n ts who need fu.rtheI help with the basics i n mathemat ics t o prepare them for higher l vel cou rses. Enroll ment by arrangement w i t h ins tructo r. Does not count toward graduation requ i rements. ( 1 -4 )
1 05 Mathematics o f Personal Finance Designed to help students identify mathematics with the world they l ive in. E m p hasi zes fi nancial transactions important to i n d ividuals and fa milies. To p i cs incl ude annuities, loans, i nsurance, interest and i nves t m e n t . D iscussions will take i n to account the time value of money. Prerequisite: ful fil l ment of the
PLU e n t ra nc e requirement
in mathematics ( two years college
preparatory mathematics ) . J (4)
1 07 Mathematical Explorations o n n ects c.on temporary mathematics and modern society w i th emph asis on numerical a n d logical reaso ning. P ro blem fo rmula tion and i n Lerprelat ion o f results will be emphasized more thall tech n ical proficiency. C o m p u ters or calculators will be used where? a p p ropriate. Designed to help students become aware of a p plications of matJ1emat ics, to enhance students' enjoyment of and self-confidence i n math e m a t ics, and to help students t h i n k c r i t ically about mathematics. Top ics will be selected by the i nstructor. Not in ten ded for majors in science or mathema t i cs or computer science. Pre.requisite: ful fi ll ment of t h e PLU entrance requirement in mat hematics ( two years college preparatory mathematics). I I I ( 4 )
1 1 1 CoDege Algebra A review of algebra emphasizing problem solving skills and a p plications to business problems T h is clas is appropriate as
1 40). Prereq u isites: 9 1 . I II ( 2 )
preparation for Math 1 28 or 1 1 2 (and then two years o f high school algebra
or
Math
1 1 2 Plane Trigonometry Trigo nometric and i n verse trigonometric flL llCt ions, id entit ies, gra p h i n g, solutio n of triangles; loga r i t h m i c and exponential fu nctions and other tools such a s complex numbers. For stu dents who are proficient in algebra but do not know trigonom d ry. Prerequisite: a t least two years o f high school algebra. I II ( 2 ) L 2S Linear Models and CaJcnlus, a n Introduction
Matrix uleo r}, and l inear p rogram m i ng, in troduction to d i ffe r ential and in tegral calculus. Concepts are d e velop ed stressing
applications. This course is primarily fo r b u s i ness majors, b ut is open to all students in terested i n business, econo mics, and behavioral science a p p l ications. Prereq uiSi tes: two years of h igh school algebra or Math I I I or equivalent. Cannot be taken fo r credit if Math 1 5 1 ( o r the equ iva lent) has been previously taken with a grade of C
or
higher. I II
(4)
m :;0 z C1
M A T H E M A T I C S Vl
1 40 Functions, Analytic Geometry and Probability P ro b l e m solv i n g a n d a n a l ytic
UJ u... u... o UJ Vl c:: :J o U
UJ u.J c:: UJ o
geome t ry are e m p ha s i ze d . T op i c s i n cl u de systems of equ a t i o ns, mat rices, induction, the b i n o m i a l th eu rem, and p roba bil it y ( i ncluding an i n t ro ducti o n to expected value and standard de v i a t i o n ) . Ad d i t i o n al top i cs may be se lecte d from inequalities, tr i gon om e tr y, com p l ex num b ers, a n d t h e the o r y of eq u ation s . This co u rse will also p r ep a re student for calculus a n d co m p ute r s c ie n c e. P re requ i s i t e s : I I I and 1 1 2 or eq u iv a l e n t high school material. I II (4) 1 5 1 lotroduction to Calculus Fill 1 tions, l i mits, de ri va t i
es and int g ra l s with applications. de r i va t ive s . P re re qu i s i te : Math anal)'Sis or pre calculU5 i n high s ch ool or M a t h 1 40 o r equ i val e n t . I I I (4)
Emp h a si s o n
152 Calculus 0 Continuation of 1 5 1 . Te ch n i q u e s a n d a p p l i cati o n s of i n t e gra ls, i m p rope r in tegTa l s, o rdi n a r y d i fferent i a l e q ua t i o n s and power series, w i th app l i c a t io n s . P re re q uisi te : 1 5 1 . I II (4) 1 99 Direc.ted Reading of t o p i c s selected to meet the individual's needs o r interests; p r i m aril y for stude n ts awa rd e d a d van c ed pl a ce me nt . Admission only b y departmental i nvitation. ( I - 2 ) Sup ervi s e d s t ud y
203 History o f Mathematics
A tudy in the vast adv nt u re of ideas that is m a the ma t ic s from ancient cultures to the 20th c e n t ur y. The vo lu t i o n of concepts of n u m be r, measurement, de mo ns t ra t i o n , and the various b ranches of m a thc mat i s i n the co n te, l!; of the varied cultures in wh ich they a rose. P re re qu i s i t e: lath l S I o r eq u i va l e n t o r con sent o f i nst ructor. Satisfies line 3 of nat ural scienceslrnathematics requ i re m e n t in the d istribu tive core. Satisfies m a t h e mati cs l computer science req u i re m e n t in option s I I and I I I of the Co l l e g e of rts and Sc ie nc es re qu i re m e n t . . all' II 1 996-97 (4) 223 Modern Elementary Mathematics
Co n c ep t s u nderlying t r a diti o n al c o m p u t ati o na l t ec h n i qu e s; a systematic an al ys i s of arithmetic; an i nt uitive a p p ro a ch to algebra and g eo m e t r y. I n te n ded for elementary te ach i n g majors. Pre req u i s i t e : consent of i n st ruc t o r. I II (4) 2 3 0 Matrix Algebra A su rvey of matrix a lgeb r a and deter m i n a n t s w i th a p p l icati ons,
such as l i near programming. A first l oo k at abstract methods i n cl udin g som ' tech ni que s of p roo f. P re re qui s i t e : 1 5 1 . I II (2) 245 Discrete Structures Provides the m at hema t i c al b ac kgro u n d necessary for upper d i vis i o n work i n computer science. Sets, re lat i ons, fu nctions combi.na torics, and graph theory and their relation to t o p ics in computer science. Te c hn i q ue for lo g i ca l re as o ning including
theorem, elemellts o f e x p e r i m e n t a l
d es ig n ( co n tro l, randomiza tion, blocki n g ) , s am p l i n g d i s tri b u t i o n s, p o i n t e s t im a tors ( b i as e ffic ie nc y, methods of m o m e n ts and maximum likelihood), confidence in tervals, hypothesis tests, re g re s sio n (if time (4)
p er m i ts ) . P re req u i s i te: 1 52. I
3 4 2 Probability and Statistic.a1 Tbeory Cont inuation of MathlStat 3 4 1 . Topic may i nc l ud e : joint, marginal, a n d conditional distributions, correlations, distribu tions o f functions of random variables, mo m e n t ge nera t ing fu n c t i o n s , C h eb )'sch e v 's i n e q u a l ity, convergence in p ro b a b i l ity and l imi t i n g d i s t r i b u t ions, i ntrod u c t ion to i n ference in regres s io n and one-way a nal ys is of var i an ce, i ntroduction to Bayesian a n d n o n - p a rametri c statistics, power test and likelihood rat i o t es ts. Pre req u i ite: 34 1 . a ll' 1 995-96 11 (4)
345 Computational Probability and Statistics An i n t ro d u c t io n to co n cepts from p robabil i t y and statistics and their re la t io n s h i p t o com p u t i ng . lopics i n c l u d e both discrete a n d c o n t i n u o u s d i s t ri but i o n s, d esc ri p t i ve statistics and re g res s io n , t oget he r w i t h the use of the computer for solving p ro b le ms i n these areas, and a ppl i cat i on o f these areas t o p ro b l e m s in com p u t i n g. 345 cannot be taken for c red i t after 34 1 . Pre req u is i t e s : 1 52 and eSCI 1 44. Recommended: l\1ATH 2 45 . II ( 2 )
348 Applied Regression Analysis and Anova Li near, m u l ti ple and nonlinear re g re ss io n , regr es s i o n d i agn o s tic s and violat.ions of m o d el as s u m p t i ons , a n a lys i s of variance, exper i me n t a l d esign i n cl u d i n g rancl o m l 7:atio n and blocking,
m u l t i p l e c o m p a r i so n s , analysis of covariance. Subst.antial use o f a statistical computer package and an e m p ha s is o n expl o ra to r y a n a l ys i s of data. P rereq u i s i t e: 34 1 or consent of instructor. all' 1 996-97 II ( 4) 3S I Differential Equations An i n t roduction to d i fferential equations e m p h a s i z i ng the a p p l i ed aspect. hrst a nd seco n d order, d i ffe re n t i a l eq uations,
bou ndary-va l ue and eige n alue p robl e ms , pOl.vc r sc r ic s o l u t ions, Il o nl i n<.: a r d i ffe re n t i a l equ ati o ns, n u merical methods, the L a Pla c e t ransform a t io n . Prc r equ i sit : 253. II all' 1 996-97 (4)
356 Nnmerical Analysis
and a p pli c a t io n in areas of so l u t i on of theory, i n t e r p o l a ti o n, approxima tio ns, numerical di fferentiation and integration, olution of d i fferential eq u a t i o n s , and Fourier transforms. P rere q u i si tes: 253 o r ( 1 52 and either 230 o r 33 1 ); CS I 1 44 or other compu te r l a n g u age . all' 1 995-96 II (4) Nu merical theory
n o n l i near equations, m a t ri x
381 Seminar in Problem Solving
An i n t rod u c t i o n to vectors, p a r t i a l d e r i v a t i ves, mu l t i p l e i n t e gra l s , a n d vector ana l ys i s. Prerequ isite: 1 52. I [I (4)
de sig n ed to improve a d va n ced problem s ol v in g skills in mathemat ics. A goal of t he course is participation in th e Putnam M a t hema t i cs o m p e t i t i o n . Students w i l l work o n p ro b l e m s from p a s t mathema tical co m p et i t ions a n d other sources; t h e y will present solutions to the group a n d discuss problem sol v i ng t ech n i q u es . PasslFail on ly. Student m a y take t h is cou rse more than onc Prerequisi te: 1 52 o r c on s e n t of instructor. I ( 1 )
321 Geometry
433, 434 AblJ-uact Algebra
methods o f q u a n tifi e d l ogi c , deductio n , in duction, and co ntr a
dicti n w il l be taught and ap p l i ed t h ro u gho ut the course. Prerequisite: 1 5 2. II (4)
253 MuJtivariable Calculus
a nd basic t he o ry in Euclidean, projective, and non -Euclidea n ge o m et r y. Prerequisite: 1 52 or con ent of instruct r. 1 (4) Fo undations of geo metr '
33 1 Linear Algebra
Vectors and ab st r a ct vector spaces, matrices, inner p r o duc t spaces, linear t ra n s� rma t io ns . Proofs will be e m p ha si zed. P rereq u is it e: 1 52 . I II (4) 34 1 Introduction to Mathematical Statistics Descript i on of data ( u n i va ri a te and b i va r i a te ) , i n t roduction to p robab i l i t y ( axioms, di s c ret e
and c o n t i n uo u s random variables, expectations), special d istributions (binomial, Poisson, normal, gam m a ) , statements o f law o f l a rge n umbers and central limit
T h is course i s
Topics from groups, rings, modules, Gelds, field extensions, and l inear a lg e b r a. P re re quisi te : 3 3 1 ; 433 I ( 4 ) ; 434 aly ] [ 1 995-96 (4) 446 Mathematics in the Secondary School
Methods a nd m a terials in secondary school ma t h tea c h i n g . Basic m a th e ma t i c a l c o n cepts ; p r i n c i ples of n u m ber o pe ra t i o n , rel a t i on , p ro o f, and p roblem s ol vin g in the context of arithmeti c, a l ge b r a , and ge o m et r y. Prerequisite: 2 5 3 or 33 1 or equivalent. 1 ( 3) 455, 456 Mathematical Analysis
Extended t rea tme n t of to p i cs introduced i n e le m ent a r y calculus. P rereq u i s ite : 253 and 433 ( with consent of i nstructor 433 may be taken concurrently) . 455 I (4); 456 1 1 (4)
M E D I C A L
T E C H N O L O G Y o m
Senior Seminar raI and writ ten pre entation by students of i n formation earned in i ndi v id ual research under the direction o f an assigned i n s tTuctor. Discussion of methods for commu n icating math emat ical knowledge will be included. Re quired of all senior mathematic majors seeking a B.A. or B.S. degree. The coursc lasts two semesters begi n n i ng in the fall semest e r; students gradua t i n g i.n May should start the co u rs e in the fall of their enior year and studen ts graduating i n December should b e g i n t he course in th e fal l of t h e i r junior year. !\ grade of In Progress ( l P ) will he given after the fi rst semester. Fi nal w r i t t e n a n d oral p resentations by the st udents will he g iv en in the spring seme. t 'r after which regular gra des will be assigned. Prerequ .isite: enior (or second semester j unior ) math major or consent of depar t mcnt chai r. I - I I (2)
486
490 Topics in Mathematics 'de t d topics from t h e li s t below or cu rrent i nterest. II ( 1 -4) <1 .
Comuillatoric5
Elementary counting me thods, inclusion-exclusion principle, rec urr n e e r ela t io n s , gen era t i n g fu nctions, in trod u c tio n to Polya counting theory and Ram�ey theo ry. Prerequisite: 1 52 and either 230 or 3 3 1 . b.
omplex Analysis
ompl x numbers, functions of a complex variable, con t o u r ,a uc h y rntegral Theorem, power series, resi dues . Prerequisite: 253. illteg ration, Co
DYII(Hlzical Sy
tenlS:
Ch a os a il e ! Fractals
The mathematical theory o f chaotic dynamical systems a n d fractal eomet ry. Top ics: bifurcation, q u a d ra t i c maps, strange altractor , Cantor sets , symbolic dyn a m ics, Sa rkovski i 's theorem, fra ctals , fractal d imension, Jul ia sets, rVlandelbro t set, itcra t-ed fu nction systems, escape t i m e' algo rithm, col lage theorem. Use of com puter graphics. Prereq u isite: 3 3 1 and consent of instructor. Recommended: 455. d. Graph Theory Paths, cycles, trees, planar graphs, Hamiltonian g raphs, colo r i ng, 4-color theorem, digraphs, applications. Prere4ui site: 1 52 and either 230 or 33 1 . e. Group Represclltat ions
I ntro d u c t i o n to groups, point groups, space groups, repre sentations of groups, applications to problems in physics a n d phy i al chemist ry. P r e re qu i si te : 33 1 . I I f. Nz z lIZ/1er Theory
Prime n u m bers, div isi bi lity, modLdar arithmetic, an introduc tion to Diophantine equa tions, applicat ions. Prerequisite: 1 52 . g . Opera t io lls Re,eczrciz O p t i m i z a t i o n problems, li near p rogra m m ing, networl flow analysis, s to c h a s t i c 010 leis, queueing t heo ry. P re req u i s i t e : 1 52 and eithtT 230 or ,) 3 1 . h . Pa rtial if feren tial Eq lla tions Sol u t i o ns an.d behavior o f LaPlace, wave and heat equations, Fourier s e r i s and integrals, LaPlace t Ta nsfo r m . Prerequ isite: 25 . II 1.
To p ology
Met ric spaces, topological pace�, con t inui ty, compactness, connecteuness, homotopy. Prerequisite: 253 or 33 1 .
) . TrallSform Methods
Transfo rm methods, i n cl u d. in g co n t i n uolls and discrete Fourier Transforms, f�l St Four ie r t ransforJl1�, ,lppl ications. Prerequisite: 1 5 2 a nd 33 1 .
9 1 , 492 lndependent Study 'rerequisite: COnse!1l of depa r t ment ch a i r. I II ( 1 -4) 597, 598
Graduate Research
Open to master's degree cand idates o n l )l. Prerequ isite: consent o f
department chair. I 1 1 ( 1 -4)
Medical Technology Medical Tech nology is a professional program in cli n ical laboratory sciences for which the u n iversity provides pre p rofessional preparat ion as well as a Bachelor of Science in Me d ica l Technology ( B.S.M.T. ) . This degree is customarily awarded a s a second baccalaureate degree in add ition t o a degree i ll either biology or chemistry after comp l etion o f o n e year o f c1in ical lraining i n a program accredited by the o mmittee on All ied Health Education and Accredi tation of the American Medical Association in addit ion to the ful fillment of p re-professional requirements. Upon com pletion of t h e combined academic and clinical program, the student is e l i g ible to take lhe medical technology certificate exa m i n a ti o n given by the Board of Registry of Medical Tech nologists of the American Society o f Clinical PatllOlogists. Although the m i n i m u m requirements for medical tech nology a re as o utli ned below, many of the clinical i.ntern s h ip programs require o r strongly recommend a baccal a u r . a te degree in b i o logy or in chemistry before admission to cli n ical training. Ther fore, a student should consider fi rst earning a bachelor's degree with either o f these majors. The minimum academic requirements for entry i n to clinical training as published by the National Ac redi ting Agency fo r Clin ical Laboratory Sciences ( NAACLS) are 1 6 semester hours each o f biology and chemistry a n d one course in college level mathematics or t h e equivalent. The bio logy courses must il1clude m icrobiology and immunol ogy. The chemistry must include at least one coure in organ i c chemistry or bio-chemistry. Both the biology and chemistry courses must be considered acceptable toward majors in rhose fields. The mathe m a t ics requirement must be met by co urses recognized as prerequisites for adm is sion to physics courses. I n addition to t hese specific req u i rements, the student must have acquired a minimum o f 90 semester h o u rs of academic credi t before admission to clinical training.
REQUIREMENTS FOR THE B.S.M.T. DEGREE: I . Biolo"y
13iolob'Y 1 6 1 , 1 62 , 323 - Principles of Biology I , I I , I I I B i ol ogy 328 - lVlicrobiology Biology 407 - Molecular Biology Biology 446 - lmmunology 2. Chemistry Che mist ry 1 1 5, 1 1 6 - General Ch em i s t ry Chemistry 3 2 1 - Analyt ical Ch e m i s t r y Chemistry 33 1 , 332, 333, 334 - Organic Chemistry 3 . Ma themat ics Mathemat i cs 1 40 - P unctioilS, Analytic Geomet ry, and Probabilit.y Very strong ly
recommended:
P hysics 1 25, 1 26 , 1 3 5 , 1 36 - Genera '! Physics
Also
recommended:
Biology 33 1 - Genetics Biology 346 - Cellular Physiology Biology 44 1 - Mammalian Phys i o logy h mistr)' 403 - Biochemistry The remainder of the requirement.s for a major i n biology or chem i st r y should a lso be fulfilled.
m m
II o c V>
o
z C\
M U S I C
a:::
Following i s the p rog ra m fo r all e n t e r i ng freshmen who
Music Th
i n ten d to
· tu dy of music is, in these t i m es of stress <md rapid
change, a type of i nves tment that can p rovide e n d u ri n g
o
satisfaction.
The staff and fac i J i ti U1
::J o u
o f Pa cific Luther, n Un iversity are
such that s t u den ts may p u rsue studies in many branches
a:::
f musi
grees a s well a s l ife l o n g
lea d i n g to acad m ic d
Arts, and t h e Bachelor of Music.
w o
PL a
music gradua tes find pl aces fo r t hemselves as
che rs o f music i n publ;c n d private s c h ool s and •
colleges, a n d as co nductors, composers, private teachers, and classroom teachers. A considerable nu mber c o n t rib u t e
greatly to church wors h ip as orga ni sts, cho i r d i rectors, o r full - t i m e m i n i sters. Some have fou n d satisfying careers i n m u s i c merchandisi ng, olhers in concert management. S t i l l o t hers, with em p h as is o n p er fo r ma n ce , a r e in opera a n d
on the concert stage, a s we l l
as
i n popu l a r e n tertainment,
vocally and i n stru men tal ly. Facili ties fo r e xp l o r i n g the musica l arts are outsta n d i ng. The Mmy Baker Russell M usic Cen ter, with its exqu isite Lagerquist Concert Hall, provides state- of-the-a rt fo cus to music study at 1>L . Media rich lassrooms and labs augment stud ios and ind ividual pra c t ice spaces. Pri ate study in keyboard is available in piano, orga n, a n d harpsi chorel. Oth r p r i v a t
study includes voice a n d all s tr i n g ,
w i n d , a nd p rcussion i nstru- ments, t a ugh t by r egu l a rl y
perfo r m i ng m usicians. Professional-quality experience i s ava il able t o qual i fied performers i n band, o rc h e st r a, choir, jazz, and chamber ensem bles. xpos u re to m u si ca l l i terature is
to be ga in ed not o nly
t h ro u g h i n tensive course work i n history a n d li ter ature,
but a l s o i n attendance at the large n u m b er of concerts a n
n ually p res e n te d I y t he performing orga nizations as well as by students, fa c ul t y, and guest a r t i s t s i n re c i tal. It must be e m phasi ze d t b at mu s ic m aj or s
form
but
a
pa rt of the m u lt i -face te d program of music a t PLU. All
students are e l i g i b l e to audition fo r the performing
organi zat ions and constitute perh a p s half of the mem berh ip. I n t roductory music
courses d u r i ng both the
regul a r , emesters are designed for ex p l ora t i on a n d self
ful fillment.
FACUlTY: Robbins, Cha ir; Bradley, Dahl, Farn er, F roh n maye r, Gard, rieshaber, Hoffm a n , M. Kirk, . Knapp, Kracht, ance,
Sparks, Vaught Fa rn er, Yo u t z; assisted by Agent, B o u gh t c n , C a mp o s , rook , by, Erickson, ieJd, Habedank, Harknes.'i, Ha rty, H il l , H l Io wa y, Housto n, I es t e r, B. Johnson, N. Kirk, S. Knapp, Mus<l, i er m a n , F. Peterso n , Pres Ie " Shap iro, Sussman, Terpenning, T i m me r m a n , Turner, Wa ll, W i lso n .
For i ntrod uc tory c o u rse to th e field of m u s i c, see the descrip t ions of Music 1 0 1 , 1 0 2, 1 0 3 , 1 04 , 1 05 , ] 06 , and 1 20. St u d e n t s i n t e n d i n g to major i n music s h o u ld begin the m aj o r music sequence in th first year. Failure to do so may mean an t!.-'ltra �eme$ter or ycar to co mp lete the program.
1 13
SPRING
22+ 22
M u si c a n d Cul t ur e : 1 20
4 4
Keyboarding: 1 2 1 , 1 2 2
I
H i story: 1 3 0
3
, These co u rses are prerequisite to Theory 124. Allfresh lllen should register for 1 1 1 and 1 1 3. A placement test will be givell during the first class lIlee/illg, illld, based on the test o utcome, students will be placed ill either 124, 1 13 or retained in 1 1 1 . 1
the National Associati o n of Schools of Music.
t
FAll
I I I,
Theory/Ear Trai n ing: 1 2 4, 1 26
t h e Bachelor o f M usic Ed u ca t io n, t h e Bac h el o r of Mus i c al The music p ro g r am is a c c redi t ed regionally and
a:::
in music:
Music Fundame n t a l s ' :
en j oy m e n t . Degree programs include t h e Bachelor of Arts,
n at io na l l y. Pacific Lut heran Un iversity is a full member of LJJ
m aj o r
COURSES:
HCllf-semester cou rs .
MUSIC MINOR: Ge1Zcrnl: 22 semester h o u rs , incl uding M us i c 1 20; o n e of the fo l lo w ing: Music 1 2 1 , 1 22 or 2 0 2 ( I cred i t ) ; 1 2 4, 1 2 6; 4 h o u rs of Pri\'ate Instruction ( M u s i c 202 - 2 1 9) ; 4 h o u r s of Ensemble ( Mu si c 360-384); one o f the fo l lo w i ng : Music 1 0 1 - 1 0 6, 1 3 0, 2 3 0 , 232; 1 -2 hour(s) of music e l ec t i ve ( s ) .
Specialized'· : 3 2 semester h ou rs , i n c l u d i n g courses req u i red in t h e
G n e r a l M i n o r (22 hours) p l us 4 a d d i t i on al h o u rs of Private Instruction ( M u s i c 40 1 -4 1 9) and o n e of the ,0ncent T a t i o n Mod u les (6 hou rs ) l is t e d lInder the Bachelor o f M u s i c i n Performance d e g re e (see Ii ting be.low). 'pellding ilpprovnl!,,11 1 995 Undergraduate Music Major Degrees: ENTRANCE AUDlTION: To be ad mi t t ed to a m u s ic major pro gram, prospective s t u de n t s must a u d i t io n for the m U 'ic fa cul ty. Music m aj o rs should fi l l out a declaration of m aj o r fo r m d u ri n g their first semester of enrollment in the program an I be assigned to a mu si c faeult y adviser. O nl y g rad e s of C- or higher in music c o u rs e s may be cou n te d toward a m u s i c major. Courses in which the s tu d e n t receives lower t h a n a C- must be repeated un less subst i t u te cou rse work is d u t ho ri ze d by the depa r t me n t . MUSIC CORE: T h e fol low i ng core is re q u i red in a l l music degret: programs: I!usic and C u l t u re : 1 20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .............. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 hours Key b oa rd i ng: 1 2 1 , 1 22 .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . 2 h o u rs ..
Th e o ry: 1 24 , 2 2 3
M us i
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.....
.
..
...
.....
. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6 h o urs
Hi s to ry : 1 30 , 230, 2 3 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . 9 hou rs
Ear Tra i n ing: 1 2 6, 2 2 5 , 2 2 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... 3 hours 24 h ou rs The Music core is fun d a m e n ta l to t.he pursuit of the m usic
major a nd s h o u l d be completed i n sequence i n the first fo ur eme ers of s t u dy. Musi
o re reqLl i rement� must be fu l fil led by may not be taken by means of
enrollment i n spec i fic courses and ind pendent st udy.
ENSEMBLE REQUIREM ENT: Music majors are re q u ired to pa rt i ipak e a c h semester in a m usic ensemble. KEYBOARD PROFICIENCY: Basic keyboard skiLls a re req uired in all m u s ic m aj o r s ( 1I . M . , R . M . E . , B. 1.A., B.A.). t t a i n ment of adequate ke yb oa rd kills is I ) adj udicated by th� Keyboard Proficiency Ju ry, administered faeh term and 2) for Bachelor of lusic and Bachleor of Music Educat. i o n srudents, a prereq u i s i te to their sophomore j uries (see below).
Con s ul t the M u s i c
S t u d e n t H:1l1db ok fo r de tai l s .
LANGUAGE REQUIREMENT: Vo c a l performa nce m aj o rs , ri! required to take at least one year of l a n g u a g e s t u d y in Fren ch or German (see depa r t m e n t handbook).
M U S I C o USIC MAJOR JURIES: St udents p u r s u i n g Bachelor of Music Baci1elor of Mus i c Education d eg ree s are required to pass ore and d egr e e re i t a l j u r ie s . Consult the IVlusic Student
Handbook fo r details.
BACHELOR O F ARTS MAJOR: Maxi mum of 44 semester ho u rs i nc l ud in g music core (24 hours ) , p l u s 4 hours of e ns em b l e; 6 hours (2 co ur s e s ) from 336, 337, a n d/or 338; 8 hour of private i nstru tion; 2 hours of e lective . Keyb o a rd p r o fic i ency req u i red . I n a d d i t i o n to requirements
Ii · ted
for the B.A.
above, c,1 n d idates
degree m ust meet Colle ge of Arts and Scimces requirement
BACHELOR O F MUSIC ED UCATION: Bachelor of 1usic Education: K- 1 2 Choral
K- 1 2 I nstrum ental
Musict - Core . . . . . . . ..... . . . . . .. ......... . . . . . . . . . . . .......................... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Music 370/3 71 1380 - Ll rge Ensemble .. . .... . .. 7 Music 3 8 1 - Cham ber Ensemble . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ................................ 1 Music 240'1 - Foundations of Music Ed uc a t i o n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........ 3 Music 245t - Percussio n/Bra.ss Laboratory . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . I Music 24 1 /24 2'1 - S t ring Laboratory . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Music 243/244'1 - Woodwind Laborato ry . . . . . .......... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2, 4 Music 246'1 - B r a ss Labo ra tor y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............. . . . . . . . . . ........ 1 ...........
( Band)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
lIsic
t
Music 248t - Guitar Laboratory
E d u ca t io n . . . . . . ........ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
. . . . . ..
.
. . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Mu sic 442t -
Methods in K-9 Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . ............ ...... 2 Music 443t - Methods and Materials fo r Sec o ndar y horal lu 'ie . ... . . . . . ... . . .. . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. 2 u s i c 445t - Advanced onducting . . .. . . . . . .. ... . . . . 2 usic 453'1 - Vocal Ped a go g y . . . . . . . . . .................. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... 2 .
.....
. . . ....
.... .
. . .
..
.....
.
.
. ..
.
...
.
. .. . . . . .
.
..
.....
.......... ...
Consew t ive fall/spring semesters. Half recital.
Music 2--/4-· -
.. .
TI1
Cl
Core . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . .. . ... . . . . . . ....... . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 370/37 1 / 380 - Large E n se m b l e . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... . . . . ................... 7 375/376 - Jazz Ensemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 240t - Fou ndations of Mu s i c Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 245t - Percussion/Brass bora tory . . . . .. . . ... ......... ........ . . . . . .. 1 24 1 1242'1 - 't ring La boraror y . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. 2 243/ 2 4'lt - Woodwind Laboratory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2, 4 246+ - Brass Laboratory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. I 326t - Orche tration .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ................... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 340 t - F u ndamentals ot Music Educat ion . . ... . . . . . .. . . . 2 345t - Ba si c o n ducr i ng . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .................. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 348t - Practicum in M u s i c Ed ucation . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... ................ L 2--/4-- - Private Instruction . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . 6 (6 sem. � ) .....
....
.
..
. .
.....
.
.....
..
.
.
.
................
. .
.
...
Music
.
.
.
. . .
..
...
...
.
.........
62 credits
E ns em bl e (see COI1(CIl/ra,jolls below) . . .. .. ..... . . . . . . .. . . . 8 M a k i n g Music ............................................................. 3 3 3 7 - A na l yz i n g Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... .... . . . . . . . . . . . .......... . . . . . . . . . 3
onducting . . . . . .. . . .
degree juries requ ired
. .......
B an d
. .. . . . . . .
3 . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . 2 .
.
*
..
.............
.
.
...
. .
.
.
........
.
..
....
.
. ...
..........
.
.
...
.
.
80 credits
COlJseCll{ive fa ll/spring semesters.
Concent Tations:
Illstrlllllelltal - ensemble: 370, 37 1 , 380; p r i va t e instruction:
including 420 ( fu ll rec i t a l ) ; module: 345, 358, 38 1 , elective ( I ) .
Orgll ll - e n se m b l e: including 3 8 1 ; p r i v at e i n s t ruction: i ncluding
harpsichord, 420 ( full rec ita l ) ; module: 345, 3 5 2 , 358; elect ive ( 2 ) . Pin /1o - ense mble: large
( 2 ) , 3 5 I ( 2 ) , 383 ( 2 ) ; p i an o elect ive ( 2 ) ;
p r ivate inst ruction: i n cl u d i n g harpsichord, 420 ( fu l l r e c i t a l ) ;
Prerequisite fo r s/tJCient teach ing.
Consecutive faTl/spring semesters.
.
Sophomore a n d degree juries required.
..
58 credits
_
Keyboll7'd p roficiency reqllired.
...
'lusic . . . .
.
.......
..
. .........
Keyboard profir iel 1cy re c l l/ ire d.
** Half recital.
8
. . ...... 8
Music 338 - Research ing Music . . . . . .. . . . ... ... . . 3 Music 390 or 3 9 1 - I n tens ive Performance S t u d y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Music - Concentration Module ( sec below) . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . 6 Music El ec t i ve s . . . . . . . . . ...... ... ...... . . . ........... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ........... . . . . . . . 5
•
Mu ic 4451' - Advanced
�
.
.
Music 444t - Method;' and Materials fo r School
'\'
. .
..... ..
Sophomore alld
..
Music - Private I n s t ru c t i o n (SCC COI1«'11 ,ra,ioI15 below) . .. . . . 24 (8 se.m.* )
Music 336 -
Music 420
...
coglla te field oll ts i de of m llsic, all academic
Mu ic
Music
Pr i nci p a l Instrument
Keyboard proficiellCY req uired.
Music -
Music
Pr iva te I ns t r u c t i on :
Music 336 - Making Music . .................... . ...................................... 3 Music 337 - Analyzing Musi ................... ...................................... 3 l j ,:l usic 338 - Res earc h i n g Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Music 390/39 1 - In tensive Perfo r m a nce S t u d y . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . 4 Music 490 - Caps to n e Project . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 !vI lIsic E l ec t i ves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Musici -
Music Music
24
.. . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Music - Core . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... . ........ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
K- 1 2 lnstrumeotal (Band Emphasis)
Music
..........
BACHELOR OF MUSIC IN P ERFORMANCE:"
Half recital.
Music
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . .
Music - Large Ensemble
minM or secolld major req uired.
ters.
. . .
m
n o c ;;0 V>
o
3
Prerequisite fo r studwt teaching.
"" *
t Prerequisite fo r st lldent teaching.
Music
. . .. . . .. .
BACHEWR OF MUSICAL ARTS:
Sopholllore and degree jllries required. "" COllseCllt ille fall/sp ri/lg sem
..
58 credits
•
Music - Core
58 credits
Keyboard proficiency required.
m
. .... . .. . ..... _. . . . . . 2
. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .
lvlusic 340'1 - Fundamentals of Music Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .......... 2 Music 3 42'1 - Materials in K·9 Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ...... 2 Mll ic345t - Basic Con d u c t in g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Music 348'1' - P racticum in Music E d u ca t i o n ........ ........................ I Music 4 2 1 1422t - dvaneed Keyboard S k i l ls I I I J . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Musi
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...
Sophomore and degree ju ries required.
1'"lusic 360·363 - La rge Ensemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . 7
Music 240- - Foundations of
.
.....
Music 454t - Methods and Materials for String Teachers
Music 204/404/420" - Pri\'ate Instruction: Voice ....... 6 (6 s e m ! )
Musi
...
Keyboard proficiency req uired.
Musier - ,ore
..........
M u - i 326'1 - Orchestration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
K-J2 Choral
Music
..........
.... ........
Music 445'1 - Advanced Conducting
Cons ult the School of Edllca t ion section of this ca talog.
Mu, ic
.
Music 420n
Bachelor of Music Education: K- 1 2 Instrumental ( O rchestral)
*""
.
Music 340'1 - Fundamentals of M us i c Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Music 345'1 - Basic C o n ou c t i n g . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Music 348'1 - Practicum in M us ic Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... 1 Music 2 - -/4· -/420** - Private I n s t r uc ti o o .................... 6 (6 sem.*)
(Option I , II, or I I I ) .
Bachelor of M u sic Education:
K- 1 2 Instrumental (Orchestral Emphasis)
module: 358, 430, 43 1 , 45 1 , 452, e l ec t i ve ( 1 ) .
Voice - ensemble: 360-363; private instruction: i nclud ing 420
( full reci t a l ) ; Illo dule: 3 5 3 , 358, 366, 453.
Compositioll - ensemble: large ( 4 ) ; private i n s t ru ct i o n : 3 2 7 ( 1 6 ) ,
pri ncipal i n s t r u m e n t ( 8 ) ; module: 3 4 5 , 'Iective (4 ) .
•
pendillg "ppro val fall 1995
z C\
M U S 1 C Vl
w
o LJ.J
::::J o u
Course Offe rings
1 22 Theory at the Keyboard II A continuation of 1 2 1 . I I ( I )
l O t Introduction to Music Introduction to musi l iterature with emphasis on l isten ing, L r uctu r e, p e ri od, and style. D esign ed to enhance the enjoyment a n d u n d e rs t and i ng of music. Not open to maj o rs . I ( 4)
1 24 Theory I An i nt ro d l l c tion to the workings of m usic, incl u ding co m m o n practice ha r mony, jazz th eo ry, a n d elementary formal a n a lys is. Prereq u isite: 1 1 3 o r conse n t of instructor. I I (3)
1 02 Understanding Music Through Melody I n t roduction to the musical arts t h rough e x pl or ati o n of melody as a priI:rlary mus ical i m pul se in a va ri e t y o( musical �tyles. Designed to e n ha nce the enjoyment an d u nd e rstan d ing of all musi t h rough increased se nsit i v i ty to m e lody. Not open to m a jors . II ( 4 )
1 26 Ear Training I Devel pment of aural skllls, including i n terval r ecogn i t i o n, sig h t s inging, rhythmic, m el o di c and harmonic dictation. Prerequisite: 1 1 3 or consent of ins tructor. I I ( I )
1 03 History o f Jazz
LJ.J
Survey of America's un i q u e art (arm: jazz. Emphasis on histo ry, l i s t e n i ng, structure, and style fro m early d evel o pment s th ro u gh recent t re nds . Meets C{ re I requirement i n a rts/literature, line I .
I l (4) o
t 04 Music lind Technology Survey of the i mpact of technology on t he musical arts, from the evolution of mus ical i nstrumen ts and the a c ou s t i c space th r ough the audiolvideo/computer technology o f today. Meets Core I requ i rement in arts/literature, l in e I . I ( 4 ) lOS The Arts o f Ch i na Exploration of a n u mb r of Chinese art forms, primarily m usic but also including cal l igr a p hy, p a i n t i ng , tai chi, poet ry, Beij ing opera, fil m and cuisine, by means of lec t u re/sem i n a rs , re hearsals, demonstra t ions, h ands-on worksh ps, films, games, and use l)f language. Meets fres h m an jan ua ry te rm, Core I Arts/Litera.ture re q u i rement (2. Core l: A. ! .) , and/or Cross Cliitural Perspective r e q u i re m e nt (6.B. ) a/y j (4) 1 06 Music of Scandinavia Survey of Scandinavian music from the Bronze Age to the
presen t , with primary focus o n the L1lusic of orway, Sweden, and D e n m a rk . I ncludes use o f Norwegian l a nguage to enhance und rstanding of Nordic culture. 0 prior Norwegian language or mus i c al training required. Meet s freshman Ja nuary term, Core I Art s/ Litera t u re requirement ( 2 . Core l : A. I . ), a n d/ or Cross ClIltural Perspective re q u i r ment (6.B. ) a/)' ('I) I I I Music Fundamentals I Beg i n n ing kills in re, d ing and notating music. Rudiments o f music theory: key sign t u res, clefs, a n d major scales. Requires n o previous mus ical e x pe rience a n d partially fu lfills the g e n e ral university requi rement in arts; may be combined with 1 1 3 in a s i n gl e semester to complete the gene ral un iv e rsi ty requirement i n arts. [ ( 2 )
1 ) 3 Music Fundamentals II A continuation of I J I . Minor scales, i n tervals, triad ' and dia tllnic 7th chords. Pa rtially fulfills the general u n i ve r s i ty requ ire ment i n arts; may be comb ined with I I I i n a s i ngle semeste.r to complete the general un iv e rsi ty req u i rement in a r ts . Prerequisite: I I I or consent of i nstructor. II ( 2 ) 1 20 Music a n d Culture I n t roduction to ethnomusicological considera tions of a va r iety of music traditions, fo cusing on cal),pso, European co u rt music, and h i n es e court mllsic. ExamiJ13tion thro ugh ll1dividual and group research and p re se n tat i on of so c i a l , economic, and re l igious aspects of music while d eve l o p in g research , critical thi nk i ng, and p re s en tation skills. Requ i res no p revioLLs m usic x.p rience and ful fills the ge n e r al un iversity requ i rement in a rts and di crsity; req u i red for music m a j o r s a n d m inors; prereq1.l i sit<: course for 1 24, 1 3 0. [ ( 4) 1 2 1 Theory at the Keyboard I An i ntrod uc t i on to keyboarding skills, including sight-reading,
group p erfo rm ance , and harmonization of simple
111
l ad i e s . I ( I )
1 30 H istory I ThE' evol u t io n o f We stern mu 'ic in the C la s s i c and Romantic eras. Prerequisite: 1 1 3, co-registration in J 24 or consent o f i n s t ructor.
II ( 3 )
2 0 I Class Piano Group i n st r u ctio n for b eg i n n i ng pianists. M a y be rep ea ted for cred it . I I I ( I ) 202 203 204 20S 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 2IS 216 217 218 219
Private Instruction: PilUlo ( 1 -4 ) Private Instruction: Organ ( 1 -4 ) Private lIod Class Instruction: Voice ( 1 -4) Private Instruction: ViolioNiola ( 1 -4) Private Instruction: CeUo/Bass ( 1 -4) Private Instructioo: Flute ( 1 -4) Private Instruction: Oboe/English Horn ( 1 -4) Private Instruction: Bassoon ( 1 -4 ) Private Instruction: Clarinet ( 1 -4) Private Instruction: Saxophone
( 1 -4 )
Private Instruction: Trwupet ( 1 -4) Private Instruction: French Horn ( 1 -4 ) Private Instruction: Trombone ( 1 -4) Private Instruction: Baritone/Tuba ( 1 -4) Private Instructiou: Percussion ( I -4) Privllte IUld Class Instruction: Guitar ( 1 04) Private Instruction: Harp ( 1 -4) Private Instruction: Harpsichord ( 1 -4 )
1 credit
Fall and Sp ri ng Semesters: One half-hour p r i v at e or two one hOll r cbss lesson per week ( 1 2 weeks) i n addition to d a il y p r a ct i ce . january: 1\\'0 4 5- m i n ute lessons per week in addition to d ai l y p r acti ce . Summer: 6 h o u rs of ins t r u c t ion TBA in additinn t o daily p r a c t i ce . Students in p iano, voice, a n d gu itar may be assigned to class i nstruction at tht: d iscretion of t he music fac u lty.
2-4 credits Fall and Spring Semesters. Two h a l f- h o u r Ie sons per week ( 1 2 weeks) i n addit ion to daily p ract ice . Sum mer: L 2 h o u rs of i n s t r uc t i on T B A in a dd i t i o n to d a i h pract ice. Special fee in addition to t u itiol1.
221 Keyboard Proficiency Development of ke ybo a rd l i tera y and skills r equ i s i te for ma j o r ing in mus ic. May be repeated for cr e dit . 1 U ( I ) 223 Theory II A co ntinuation of 1 24. Prereqllisite: 1 24 or consent of instructor.
I (3)
225 Ear Training II A continuation o f 1 26. Prerequ i s i te: 1 26 or consent of i nstructor. I (J) 226 EaT Training III A con t'inuation of 2 2 5 . Prerequ i s ite : 225 or co nsent of i ns t r uctor. II ( I )
M U S I C o m
230 History II
342
e evo l ution of Wes tern music from t h e early C h r istian era ro ugh the /I f id d l e Ages, Renaissa nce. and Baroque eras. Prer lu isite: 1 30 or consent o f inst ructor. 1 ( 3 ) '
232 1Wentieth-Century Music The evolution of Western art music in the twentiet h century in rc ponse to new theoret ical construct . new technolo gies, a n d popular a n d cross -cultural i n fl u ences. Prere q u isite: consent of i nstructor.
230 o r
II ( 3 )
240 Foundation. of Music Education
Study of s k i l l acquisit ion s, music concepts, a n d a n alyzing t h e
range of available resources, i n c l u d i n g e t h n i c music a n d comp uter a s s i s ted i n s t r u c t i o n . O ffered for s t ud e n ts preparing t o become music s pecia l i s ts ( music education majors only). Prere q u is i te: 240, 340. I ( 2 )
Basic Conducting I n tro duction to basic p a t terns, gestures. a n d conducting tec h n iques; ap p l icat i o n to appro p r iate vocal ancl i n strumental scores. I ( 2 ) 345
to the basics o f teaching m u s i c . i n cluding ph iloso ristics, and t h e n a t u re and organ i za t ion uf LUusical lear n in g. for students preparing to become mu si c specialists ( music education majors only). 1 ( 3 )
348
241-242 String Laboratory
349
I ntrod uction
phy. c o n te n t, student charact
Methods and materials
f teaching a n d playing string i nstru
me nts i n the public schools. aly I I I ( I , I )
243-244 Woodwind Laborat ory
Materials in K-9 Music
Practicum i n Music Education Field experienc� i ncluding observation a n d l i mi ted teaching i n t h e schools. Discussion a n d a n a ly�;is c o m p l e m e n ts field wo rk. Prerequisite: 340; reco mmen ded r LJ C C 25 1 or 253. I ( I )
Electronic Music Practicum Applica tion of electronic techn iques to compositional process. Assigned stud io time on a regular basis. Prerequisite: co nsent of i n s truc tor. ( 1 - 2 )
Methods and materials of teaching and playing woudwind
35 1
instru m e n t s in the p u b l i c schools. aly
instrumental solo l iterat ure from all periods. Spccial fee in a d d i ti o n t o t u i t i o n . (I)
I r r ( I, I)
245 Percussion/Brass Laboratory M et hods and materials uf teaching a n d playing percussion and
bra
i n truments i n t h e pub lic schools.
aly I ( I )
352 Organ Improvisation Basic techniques of
246 Brass Laboratory ontinuation aly
II ( l )
of brass instrument i n s t ructiun from Music 245.
Metho ds and materials
ublic schools. [ ( I )
Survey
of teaching and playing guitar in the
students create
and notate wnrks fo r s o l o . s m a l l and large repeated fo r additional credi t. Special fee in
ensem b l e s. May be
to t u ition. ( 1 -4 )
358 Early Music Laboratory'
from the
perfo r man ce practices, and period instruments. Rehearsal a n d performance augmented by l is te n i n g , Prerequisite: 230 or
research. and writing. consent o f i ns t ru c tor. aly I ( 1 )
360 Choir of the West A study of a wide variety
336 Making Music"
ContL nued study, dev e lop m ent and a p p l i ca t i o n of music s k i l l s t h r o u g h co m po s i ti o n, counterpo i n t , i m p ro v isation, conducting, rchestration. Prerequisite:
II (
2 2 3 , 2 2 5 , or consent of i n struc
o f choral literature and tech n i que
through rehearsal and performance o f both sacred a n d secular
m usi c. Auditions at the begi n n i n g of fal l s emester. ( 1 ) 36 1 University Chorale A s tu dy of chor al l i terature and tech n ique t h ro ugh rehears a l and performance o f both s a c red a n d secular music. Emp hasis
337 Analyzing Mosic' p p l iGl l i o n of theoretical knowledge toward devel o p i n g an'll)'ticaJ ski l l s i n a variet), o f m u s i c a l c u l t ures. styles, and genre. Prerequisite:
of solo vocal literature. a/y I I ( 2 )
Baroque period a nd earl ier, foc u sing on range of repertoire,
7 Compositio n
tor. a/y
improv isa tion, particula rly as re l ated to
(I)
Exploration of solo and small ensemble l i terature
A system a t i c a p p roach to contem porary musical com p o s i t i o n ;
and
hymn tunes. aly
353 Solo Vocal Literature
248 GWta.r Laboratory
a dd i t io n
Accompanying
Practice in accompan)'ing representative vocal and
223, 232, or co nse n t o f instructor. a/), I (3)
I n t r d u tion (() the m a i n research tools available for gathering i n formation about m u s ic Applications i n for m a l research, .
criti ism, program and l iner notes, and verbal prese n t a t ions e..\: plored. Prerequisite:
si ngi ng. Auditions at the begi n n i n g o f fal l semest er. 362 Univer
1 30. 223, or co n se nt of instructo r. aly n ( 3 )
ity Men's Chorus
study and performance o f repertoire fo r
363 University Singers The study and p e r fo r mance
o f repertoire fo r women's voices. (I)
Emp hasis on i n d i v i d u a l vocal and musical development.
340 Fu.ndamentals of Music Education
365 Chapel Choir
ffered spring semester for students planning to be music sp iali r., t b is course provides detailed plan n i ng of u r ri c u l a fo r vari o u ' m usic a l skills at d i fferent grade levels. Gr u p , i n d i v i d u a l ,
churc h music programs of a l i t ur g i c a l
and s m a l l gr u p in struction. sectionals a n d l a rge g r o u p ma nage ment alsu discus$cd. Eva l u a t ion. grading, written not ices, obj e t ives, goals, course goals, and I EP's fo r special education, ob- rvat ion of a class a t t wo
diffe ren t situatio ns, i n terviewing for a job, working w i t h parents, facuit,)'. a d m inistrat i o n , and ) m m u n i t y. Prerequisilt:: 240. I I ( 2 ) 1:1 1 Musk for Classroom Teachers procedures in teach ing e l e m e ntary school music as we l l as i n fu i ng the arts in the c u r ri dum. O ffered fo r s t u dents prepa ring fo r elementary classroom teac h i ng ( non mu s ic education majors) . II ( 2 ) Met hods and
-
(1)
men's voices. Emphasis on individual vocal and musical devel o p ment. ( 1 ) Th
338 Re.�earching Music'
on
i n d i v id ual vocal and m u s ical development t h rough choral
Repertoire experience with a p p ropriate literature fo r o ngo i ng
nature. Regular perfor mances fo r univ rsity chapel worship. Pa rticipation without
credit available.
(I)
3� Opera Workshop Produciton of ch amber
opera and opera scenes. Participation in of instru c tor. ( I )
a l l facets o f p roduct ion . P re re q u i s ite: consent 368 Choral Union
of m aj or wo rks in th e choral/orches as well as P LU studen ts; m e m b e rshp by a u d i t i o n . special fee in a d d i t i o n to tuition. ( I )
Rehearsal a n d perfo rmance
tral repertoire. Open to the co m m u n ity
m m
n o c
m
o m
z CI
M U S I C
u.J
o w.J V)
:::> o u
o
370 Wind Ensemble Stu d y J n d p e r forma n c e of selected w i nd and percussion l itera ture u s i n g various size ensembles. Memb er s h ip by audition. ( 1 )
37 1
Concert Band
S t u dy
of s lectcd band l i terture th r o u g h rehearsal and perfor ma nce. D esi g ned for the ge n e ral u n iversity student. Prerequisite: having played i n s t ru c t ion through at least j u n io r year of high school or consent of inst ructor. ( I )
lessons per week i n addit.ion to daily pr a c t i ce . Summer: 6 h o u rs of i ns t r uction TBA in a ddi t io n to daily p ra c t ice .
2-4 credits Fall and Spring S emesters. Two half-hour lessons per week ( 1 2 w eeks) in addition to daily practice. Sum mer: 1 2 hours of instruction TBA i n addition to daily practice. Special fee in addil'io/l to tuition.
375 University Jazz Ensemble Study of elected big band literature t h rough rehearsal and perfo rmance. Membership by audition. ( I )
427 Advanced Orchestration/Arranging Cont inued study of the a r t of orchestration or a r r a ngin g on an individual basis. Prerequ isite: 3 3 6 or consent of i nstructor. Special fee in addition to t u i t ion. ( 1 -2)
376 Jazz Laboratory Ensemble S tu dy of t he ba 'ic style of p l ay i n g jazz th ro u g h rehearsal and performance. Membership b y audition. ( I )
430 Piano Literature I · S tudy of representative p ia n o repertoire from t he 1 8th and early 1 9th centu ry. a / y I ( i )
378 Vocal Jazz .Ensemble S t u d y of selected vocal jazz l i terature th ro u g h rehearsal and perform a n ce. Membership by aud ition, co n cu .rr e nt re g is t r ati o n in 360, 36 1 , 362 or 363 requ ired. ( I )
43 1 History of Piano literature and Performance I I Study of representative piano rep e rt o i r e from the late 1 9th cen tury through the 20th century. a/y I I ( I )
380 University Symphony Orchestra S t u d y of selected orchestral l i t e ratu re t hrou g h rehearsal a n d p e rfo rm a n ce . Membership by a u d it i o n . ( I ) 381 Cbamber Ensemble Reading, rehearsal, and pe r fo r man ce of selected instrumental chamber music. Prereq uisi t e: consent of instructor. ( I ) Section A - String; Section B - Brass; Section C - Woodwind; ection D - Guitar 383 Two Piano En.semble
' T'ec h n iques and practice in the per fo r m ance of two - p i an o a nd p iano duet l iterat u re; includ . sight re adi ng and program planning. ( I ) 390 Intensive Performance Study: Ensemble Tour" Intensive study and re h e ars a l of yo ur re pe r t o i re ; o ff-c a m p us tour of major p erfo rm ance venues; sp e c i al fec [n ad d i t i o n to tuition. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. J (4) 39 1 Intensive Performance Study: Conservatory Experience' I n te n sive study and pra tice of solo rep ert o i re ; special fee i n addition t o tuition. P re requisi te: consent o f in truetor. J (4) -W I Private Inst ruction: Jazz ( 1 -4 ) -W2 Private I nstruction: Piano ( 1 -4 ) -W3 Private I nstruction: Organ ( 1 -4) -W4 Private Instruction: Voice ( 1 -4) 405 Private Instruction: ViollnNiola ( 1 -4 ) 4 06 Private I nstruction: CeDo/Bass ( 1 -4)
407 Private I nstruction: Flute ( 1 -4 ) -W8 Private I nstruction: Oboe/English 80m ( 1 -4 ) 409 Private I nstruction: Bassoon ( 1 -4) 4 1 0 Private Instruction: Clarinet ( 1 -4) 4 1 1 Private Instruction: Saxophone ( 1 -4 ) 4 1 2 Private Instruction: Trumpet ( 1 -4) 4 1 3 Private Instruction: French 80rn ( 1 -4) 414 Private Instruction: Trombone ( 1 -4 ) 4 1 5 Private I nstruction: Baritone/Tuba ( 1 -4) 416 Private In.struction: Percussion ( 1 -4) 417 Private Instruction: Guitar ( 1 -4 ) 4 1 8 Private Instruction: Harp ( 1 -4 ) 4 1 9 Private Instruction: Harpsichord ( 1 -4) 420 Private Instruction: Degree Recital ( 1 -4 ) 1 credit
Fall and Spring Semesters: One half-hour pri va t e lesson per week ( 1 2 weeks) in addition to daily practice. J a n u a ry : Two 45-minute
442 Methods in K-9 Music Orff-Schulwerk and Ko d a l y techn iques for upper elementary
and middle school children. O ffered for student p re p a r i n g to become music s p eci a lis ts ( music education majors only) . Prerequ isite: 342. I I ( 2 ) 443 Methods and Materials for Secondary Choral Music;: The o rg a ni z a t ion and a d m in is t ra tio n of the se co n d ar y , hool music curriculu m w i t h pa r t i c u la r attention to the ne e d s of t he choral progt·am. O rg a ni z a t i o n , m anag e m en t , t e a c h i n g m e th od s , re h e arsa l t e chn iq u es , a n d c ho r a l l i t er a t u re a p p rop r i at e for the various ag e and experience levels of students in grades 7- 1 2. II (2) 444 Methods a n d Materials for School Band Mnsie The orga n ization and ad m i n is t r a t ion of the secondary school music curriculum with par t i c u lar attention to the needs of the baud program. Organization, management, tea c h i n g methods, rehearsal tec h n iques, a nd wind-percussion literature appro priate for the various age and experience levels of students in grades 4-1 2 . P re r eq u i s it e; 340, 348. a (3) 445 Advanced Conducting Refi nement of p att e r n s , gestures, and conducting tech n iques; application to a p p rop r i a te vocal a n d in t r u m en ta l · cores. Prere qu isite: 345, Sec tion A-Inst ru men tal; S e c t io n B- horal. n (2) 45 1 Piano Pedagogy I Te a c h i n g te c h n i qu e s for prospective teachers of piano, including t e chn i q ue s for i n d iv id ua l and group ins t ru c tion . Methods and m at e r i al s from b eginning t o i ntermediate level. a/y I I ( l ) 452 Piano Pedagogy I I Tea c h i ng tech n i q u s for prospective teachers of p iano, including te ch n iqu es for i n d i vi d u al and g ro u p instruction. Methods and materials from intermediate to advanced levels. a/y I I ( I ) 453 Vocal Pedagogy Physiological, psychological, and pedagogical aspects of singLng.
a/y 1 ( 2 ) 454 Methods and Materials for String Teachers Methods and techn iqu of t e a c h i n g s t r ings to all ages and levels, from the be g i n n e r to the advJnced student. S pe c i a l e mp h as is on the ph ys i o logi c a l and p sy c h o lo gi c a l ap pro a c h to the instrument. Study of s tr ing pe d a go gy i n the classroom as well as individual instruction. Prerequisite: 340, 348 or consent of inst r u ctor. II (3) 490 Capstone Project� culminating p roject of substantial proporr ions which i n te g rat e s musical studies w i t h the cognate field. Special fee in addition to t u itio n . Pre req u i s i t e : consent of instructor. (4)
A
M U S I C o m
491 Independent Study rerequ isite: consent of instIu tor. May be repeated for addi 足 ional credit. ( 1 -4 )
560 Choir of the West A study o f cboral ensemble rehearsal techniques w i th empha 'i on score a nalysi s . ( 1 )
m
502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 51 1 512 513 514 515 516 517 5 18 5J9
561 University Chorale A study of choral ensemble rehearsal techniques with emphasis on vocal pedagogy in tl1e rehearsal. ( I )
n
Private Instruction: Piano ( 1 -4) Private Instruction: Organ ( 1 -4) Private Instruction: Voice ( 1 -4 ) Private Instruction: ViolinlViola ( 1 -4) Private In.struction: Cello/Bass ( 1 -4 ) Private Instruction: Flute ( 1 -4) Private Instruction: Oboe/English Horn ( 1 -4 ) Private Instruction: Bassoon ( 1 -4) Private In truction: Clarinet ( 1 -4) Private I nstruction: Saxophone ( 1 -4 ) Private Instruction: lhunpe.
( 1 -4 )
Private Instruction: french Horn ( 1 -4) Private Instruct ion: Trombone ( 1 -4) Private Instruction: Bari tone/Tuba ( 1 -4 ) Private Instruction: Percussion ( 1 -4) Private Instruction: Guitar
( 1 -4 )
Private Instruction: Harp ( 1 -4 ) Private Instruct ion: Harpsichord ( 1 -4)
520 Private Instruction: Conducting ( 1 -4) I credit F all and Spring Semesters: One half-hour private lesson per week
in add ition t daily p ractice. January: Two 45-min ule lessons per week in addition to daily practice. Surumer: 6.5 hours of in tmclion TBA i n addition to daily practice. 2-4 credits all and Spring Semesters. Two half-hour lessons per wee.k in
d J i t ion to daily practice. Summer: 1 3 hours of instruction TBA in addition tb daily p ra c ti c e.
Special fee in addition to tuitiol1.
565 Opera Workshop Production of chamber opera and opera scenes. Participation in all facets of production. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. ( 1 )
o
568 Choral Union Rehearsal and performance of major works in the choral! orchestral repertoire with emphasis on score analysis. Special fee in addition to t u i t ion. ( 1 )
m
570 Wmd Ensemble A study of band rehearsal techniques with emphasis on score analysis. ( I ) 575 University Jazz Ensemble A study of jazz ensemble rehearsal techn iques with emphasis on stylistic considera tions. ( [ ) 578 Vo,al Jazz Ensemble Study of vocal jazz. ensemble rehearsal techn iques with emphasis on stylistic considerations. Members h i p by a udit i o n ; concurrent registration in 560 or 56 1 required. ( 1 ) 580 University Symphony Orchestra A study of orchestra ensemble rehearsal techniques with emphasis on score analysis. ( I ) 58 1 Chamber Ensemble Analysis, rehearsal , and performance of selected instrumental chamber music. P rerequisite: co nsent of inst ructor. ( I ) , ection -String; Section B-Brass; Section C-Woodwind; Sec tion D-Earl)' Instruments; Section E-Gu itar; Section F-Percussi o n . 583 Contemporary Directions Ensemble Public and I, boratory performance of contemporary music. Emphasis on score analysis. ( I ) 583 Two-Piano Ensemble Performance of two-piano and p iano duet l iterature, including score analysis. ( 1 ) 584 Contemporary Arts Ensemble A Illulti-arts ensemble with emphasis on co mposition te h足 niques, repertoire, and performa nce. ( 1 ) 590 Graduate Seminar aly summer on ly. ( 1 -4 ) 596 Research in Music ( 1 -4) 599 Thesis ( 2-4)
, pendillg approval fall
527 Composition system, tic approach to contemporary music composition; tudents create, notate, and perform works or solo, small and la rge ensemble . . May be repeated for credit. ( [ -4 )
539 Topics i n Music History all' summe r only. ( 4 )
m
1 995
c :;0 V1
o
m
z C1
N A T U R A L
S C I E N C E S
VI
a::
Division of Natural Sciences
School of Nursing
D i vi s i on of Natrnal Sciences fulfills a two - fold p u r pose. 1t provides preparation for future science profess ion als and creates a critical scientific awareness vital to any well-educated i tizen. The d ivision offers strong programs in the sciences, mathemat ics, and engineering, providing both pre-prOD ssional preparation and u ndergraduate maj o rs. The study of natural science encourages all stude nts to expand tlleir horizons in the lib ral arts, and fosters a concern for the larger questions f human values. Facts p rovide a fOlU1dation fo r science, b u t the study of science includes more than learning facts. The science student learns to use available resourc s so that established facts and new observat ions related to any chosen problem can be obtained and i n terpreted. The science student learns to solve problem creat ively.
The chool of Nursing is a professional school which combines nursing science with a strong fo undation in the liberal arts and the humanities to prepare undergra d uate students for generalist nursing practice; buiJds upon undergraduate i1lu'sing educational experiences to prepare n urses fo r advanced practice in specific specialties; and responds to ongoing educat ion and tech nologi cal learning needs of practicing nu rses to remain cu rrent, competent practitioners o r to revise the focus of their practice. The school exemplifies the un i versi ty's mission of educating for service in an enviro n ment that encourages questioning, debate, diversity, l ifelong learn ing, and spirituality as vital elements in the h u man ques t for wholeness. Its conti n u u m o f educational programs employs dynamic learning oppor t u n i ties that challenge s t u dents to develop skills, attitudes, values, and roles which facilitate individuals, fa milies, and comm unities to meet their h e a l t h and wellness needs. Degree programs within the School of Nursing i nclude the Bachelor of Science in Nursing fo r basic nurs i n g students, licensed p ract ical n u rses, and registered n u rses, and the Master of Science in Nursing with Nursing Administration, Continuity of Care, and Nur s e Practitio n e r areas o f concentra t i o n . The Nurs Practitioner oncent ration focuses o n preparing Family, Women's Health, and Geriatric Nurse Practitioners. A progra m leading to Educational Staff Associate certification is available for school nurses t h rough the Center for Continued Nursing Lear n i ng. Course work is o ffered in collaboration with the School of Educat ion and the Office o f the Washington State Superintendent of Public Instruction. Workshops and short courses for nu rses and others involved in health care are o ffered through the Continuing ursing Education Program.
The o UJ VI a::
u
a::
o
FACUlTY: Ton n, Divisional Dean; faculty members of the Departments of Biology, Chem istry, Computer Science, Earth Sciences (Gcology) , Engineering, Ivlathematics, and Physics. As a division within the College of Arts and Sciences, the
Division of Natural Sciences offers major programs i n each department leading to B.A. and B.S. degrees, minor programs, and core courses which fulfill general u n iversity requirements. The departments provide supporti ng co ursc. for i nterdiscipli nary programs within the sciences and for other schools of the u n iversity. Th . B.S. in Medical Technology and M.A. dnd M.S. in Computer Sciences degree programs are also offered. Courses for B .A. i n Edu ation degrees with major and minors in the natural sciences discipli nes are available. Specific course offerings and degree requirements are l isted under: B iology Chemistry Computer Science Earth Sdellces (Geology)
Engineering Medical Tedmology Mathematica Pbyslcs
See also the sections of this catalog on Environme/lwl Studies and o n the Health Sciences (u nder Pre-professional ProgTams).
Course Offe rings The following courses a re offered u nder Natural Sciences. Other courses suitable for meeting the CORE I requirements i n Natural Scienc.es/Mathematics may be found in each of the listings for the departments in the d ivision. 204 History of Science A survey of the history of science from a n cient times to the present. I nclude areas of astro nomy, biology, medicine, physics, geology, chemistry, mathematics, and technology. Discussion of the relation o f science to the society o f the time. Laboratory demonstrations of ele cd experiments. a/y J 1 995-96 (4)
206 Descriptive Astronomy Stars and their e olution, galaxies and larger structures, cos mology, and the solar system. Emphasis on observational evidence. veni ng observing sessions. No prerequisite courses in science o r mathematics. Ful fi l l s Natural Sciences/Mathematics core requirement, l i ne 1 or 2. a/y 1 996-97 II (4)
FACULTY: Langa n , Dean; Pass and Schultz, Associate Dealls; Aikin, Allcn, Burns, Butcher, Cardwell, Corbett, Dyer, Fischer, Fitzgerald, Gaspar, Goodw in, Herman-Bertsch, Hinich, H u ghes, Jett, Klisch, Levinsoh n, Malo ney, L. Olson, Renaud, Robinson, Vancini, Wood; Assisted by Rinehart, Schaffler. UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS: The basic u ndergraduate p rogram is designed for students w ith no previous pI" paration i n n u rsing. Graduates who successfully complete the program
arc eligible to write the NCLEX examination for licensure as registered nurses. They are prepared for begin n i ng professional nursing positions in hospitals and other health agencies. A special sequence of study is available which awards cred i t and provides credit by exa m ination options for l icensed practical n u rses. There also is a sequence for registered n u rse students, graduates from d iploma or associate degree programs, who wish to earn the Bachelor of Science in Nursing degree. These u ndergraduate programs provide a fou ndation for graduate study in nursi ng. Under the direct supervision of its faculty members, the School uses hospitals, health agencies, and schools in the comm u n it)' as well as the PLU Wellness Center to provide optimal clin ical learning experiences fo r its students. The School of N u rsing is approved by the Washi.ngton State Nursing Com m ission and accredited by the National League for Nursing.
N U R S I N G
o ADMJSSION AND CONTI NUATION POUCIES:
ligh School Preparation: I t is strongly recommended that applicants comp let e a program in h igh school which i ncludes: Fng[ jsh, 4 years; mathematics, 2 years ( p referably algebra a n d geom e t ry); social s c i ences , 2 ye a r s ; one foreign lan gu a ge , 2 years, lab o ra tor y s c iences, 2 yea rs ( inc l u di ng ch e m is t ry) ; elect ives , 3 years. Pacific Lutheran Univer sity w komes applications from all studC-ll lS who have d mOI1s t rated ca pa c i tie s for success at the baccalaureate level. S t udents who present a p propri a te ac<\demic records and pe rs o na l qualit ies are <lCl m i t ted e i ther fal l or s p rin g s em e st e r. Ap p l i cation proce dure and other details are fo und elsewhere in this catal o g. (Students m u st be accepted by the u n i ve rs i t y before acceptance by the School o f N u rs i ng . ) ADMISSION TO mE UNIVERSITY:
ADMISSION TO THE SCHOOL OF NURSING:
S t u de nts seek ing ndm ission to the basic p rog ram , the LP N to BSN sequence, or the RN t o BSN seq u e nc e must make formal applicat ion to both the unive rsity and the Sch ool of Nursing. Basic s t u dents are admitted to the School of N urs i ng t o b eg in nursing courses each fall and sp r i n g semester. S t u dents enrolled i n the LPN or RN to BSN sequenc s genera.lly begin i n th e fal l on ly. Deadline for application is December 1 5 for LPN and RN stude nts . Both fuII time and p ar t - t i m e programs o f s t u dy are ava i lable. Appl i cat i o ns fo r adm ission t o the nursing major are ava ilable from the School o f ursing. A l l application materials i nclud ing official transcripts are reviewed by the School of ursing Adllllssion ' and Academic Progress 'ommittee and ranked according to stated adm iss i o n criteria. Students desiring ad m iss i o n to either fal l o r spring semester f the fol l owing academ ic year must submit their appL i catio n s b y larch I . The n umber of available spaces each semester in the School o f N u rsi n g is li mited; therefore, the selection of students fo r admission may be competit ive. Students desi ring to beg i n the n u r ing seq ue n c e in e ith e r fa ll or spring semester, and who have applied by the March 1 d e ad l i ne , are notified by Apr i l I . Students are <ldmi rted to the term of their choice i nsofa r as it is possible. Add i t ional applications from students wishing t o be considered for any remai ning pla ces i n the spring semester must be sub m i t ted by June 30 w i t h notification b y August 1 5. I f there are more applicants fo r the two seme s ters of the academic year than an be accommodated, qual ified candidates are placed on a waiting list for admission to the spring class i f spaces become available. I f vacancies occur for t h e fal l s e mester, tho e stud n who have been admi tted for pring but who requested fal l p lacement are given first priority. Late a p pl i cations (after J un e 30) are reviewed when n:ceived and, if the applicant is qualified, he o r she i s added to the wait i ng list. Persons o n the w a i ting l ist fo r the year who are not admitted because o f a lack o f space b u t who con tinue to desire admission t ) the n u rsing major, must request, in writing, that their applications be c o nside red fo r the following fa ll. All potent ial or pre-nursing students are urged to seek early academic advisement from the adm issions coord inator i ll the School o f N u rsing in order to e n roll for a p p ropria t e prerequ isi tes :lod avoid unnecessary loss of time. The chool of Nursing re serves t h e right of cu r ri c ul u m modification and revision as long as it does mlt h i llder students' progress toward g raduat i on. A D M I SSION CRITERIA"
M i n i m u m criteria for admission to the School of N u rsing include: . Ad m ission to Paci fic Lu theran Uni v er s i ty. A pp licants must have been admitted to Pacific Lutheran University before consideration o f their a pp lic a t i on to t h e ' c h ool o f Nursing. Admission to the un i ve rsi ty does not guarantee admission to the Sd100l of NuIsing. 2 . Completion, or pending satisfactory completion o f 26 s e mester credit hours o f specified p rerequis i te course work at
3. 4.
5.
6. 7. H.
9.
PLU, a community college or another accredited un iversity (comparable cou rse l isti n gs are available on request) including Psyc h o l o gy 1 0 1 ( Introduction to Psychology), Biology 205, 206 ( Human Anatomy and Physiology), and Chemistry 1 0 5 ( Chemistry of L i fe ) . RNs a n d P I S s h ou l d also have com p l eted Psychology 352 ( Development: Infancy to Matur ity) and Sociology 330 (The Family) if they plan to fulfi l l req uire ments for the n u rsing sequence w i t h i n the described time frame. A minimum grade of 2 .00 in each n ur s i ng prerequisite course. A cumulative g r ad e po i n t average of 2.5 or h igher. Co m p l etion of the u n i versity graduation math requirement ( i n termediate algebra at the college level with a g rade of C or h igh er ) . Physical health and emotional s tab i lity sufficient to meet the demands of n u rsi ng and provide safe patient ca re. Fluenc}' in s p eaki ng , r eadin g, and writing En gl i sh. Washi n gton State Patrol Criminal H istory clearance relative to Child/ Adult Abuse I n form a t ion Act as re q ui red of health care workers. Subm is,ion o f all documents to the School of Nursing by the designated deadlines.
When the n /lln ber oI q u a lified applica n ts exceeds the enrollment lilnits, the Iollowing jiletars (Ire used to priorit ize the admissiun decis io ns: cumulative grade point average, prerequisite science CPA , number uI prerequisite course rCll uirelllen/s completed, a nd admis sion date to the university. Although it docs not guara n tee admis sion, a grade point a verage of 2.50 in all college work a t tempted makes aile eligible to apply for adm ission to the School of Nu rs ing. Preference is given to applicallts who ell tered PLU (IS freshmen. Applicll nts who have chronic health conditions or disabilities which require alterations to the p ro ram of stlldy as approved by the Washington State Board of Nursing, or which p rev en t the practice of nursing with reasonable skill and safety, should be aware of the possibility that th ey ma)' not be eligible to sit fo r the NCLEX licensing exa l ll i n a t iolJ or obrain a license to prnct ice nursing. Questions should be addressed directly to the Wash ingtoll State Nursing Co m ll1ission Nu rse Practice l\t(anager at 206-586-8186. *
CONTINUATION POLICIES:
I . Completion of app roved CPR cl a s s - adult and pediatric before begi nning n u rs i ng c las ses with y early updates. 2. Completion of ap p roved fi rst aid course before be ginn i ng nu rsing classes (waived for RNs, LPNs, EivlTs, paramedics) . 3. Nursing courses a l l have prerequisites and m u s t be taken in sequence and/or concurrently as identified in the curricu lu m plan. 4. A m i n i mu m grade of 2.0 (C) mus t be achieved in a l l required nursing cou rses. A s t udent receiving a grade of less than 2.0 i n any course w h i c h is a p rerequ isite to another n u rsin g course may not c o n ti n ue i n the nu rs i ng sequence until the prere q u i site cou rse i repeated w i t h a gra de of 2.0 or above. ( O t her p oli c i e s rega rd i n g progression/con t i nuation can be fou nd in the Undergraduate Nursing Student Handbook.) 5. Nurs i n g majors may have no more t h a n 4 seme.ster credit hours of non- n u rsing courses to be completed at the t i me o f enrollment in the fin:!l semester of n ur s i n g co u rses. 6. I ncomplete grades i n n u rsing courses must be converted to a pa s si ng grade ( 2 . 0 or above) before the first day of class of the subsequent semester. 7. Students taking medical or other withdrawals from n urs i ng courses may re t u rn to the School of Nurs i ng in accordance with policies listed i n the Undergraduate ursing Student H and b ook on a s pace avail a bl e b a s i s. 8. The School of Nursing r ese r ve s the right to re.quest withdrawal of nu rs ing students who fai l to demonstrate academic or cli nical competence or who fa i l to maintain pro fe s s i o na l con duct. Unsafe practice constitute grounds fo r i m mediate dis missal from th e clin ical component.
n o c :;tJ
o
Z Q
N U R S I N G
19 Z LW
o LU VI cr: => o v
LU LW cr: LW o
HEAlTH: Nursing students are responsible for maintaining optimal health and are teachers of h ealth. Physical exam i nations, x-ray , and immunizations are required before admission to the program, and periodically thereafter, and are the responsibiljty of students. All students must carry personal health/accident Insurance.
ENGLISH PROFICIENCY: A certain level of English proficiency
is necessary for academic success in nursing as well as for patient safety. Stud nts who are identified by the university as needing the ESL sequence o f cou rses will be required to take the ESL courses before e ntrance to the School of Nursing or to take the TOEFL and score at least 550. All students for whom English is their second language must also take and pass the SPEAK test before admission to the n ursing major. The test is given through the I ntensive Engl ish Lan >uage I nstitute at the u n iversity for a nomi na.! cost to the student. The test consists of seven sections measuring p ronun ciation, grammar, and fluency. A minimum score of 2 . 2 ( o u t of a possible 3 ) in each of the four areas of pronunciation, grammar, fluency, and comprehensibility, and a minimum 2.0 in all the pronunciation sections is considered passing. S tudents scoring below these levels on pronunciation will be required to obtain additional coursework o r assistance before retaking the SPEAK. ESL students should also be aware that they may not be able to complete the program of study within the described time frame. Individual advising is available and is directed toward a, sisting students to be successful. NON-MAJOR ENROLLED IN NURSING COURSES: Students
who have not been admitted to the nursing major but who wish to enroll in nursing courses must obtain instructor permission. ADDITIONAL COSTS: In addition to regular u n iversity costs,
students must provide their own transportation between the u niversity campus and the clinical laboratory areas beginning wit.I1 the first nursing course. Public t ransportation is limited, so p rovision for p rivate transportation is essential. Students a rc required to carry p rofessional liability insurance in specified amounts d u ring all periods of clinical experience. Thi is avail able under a group plan at a nomi nal cost to the student. Health exam ination fees, student uniforms and equipment (wristwatch, scissors, stethoscope, BP cuff, and reflex hammer) are also the responsibility of the student. A Learning Resources Fee of $55 per semester is charged to cover practic and computer laboratory materials, equ ipment and supplies. The fee is identified w i th specific courses and is payable to the Business Office along with university tuition. S tandardized testing fees of approximately $35.00, payable d irectly to the School of Nursing, are assessed at the t ime of enrollment in the final semester of n ursing studies.
Fall Semester Biology 205 - Human Anatomy and Physiology . . 4 Psychology 1 0 1 I n troduction to Psychology . ..... .... ... ... 4 English 1 0 1 - Wrjting Requirement . . ........ . .. . . . . . ... 4 GUR*/Core 4 Physical Education 100 - Personal ized Fitness Program .. . ... I . .................
....
-
.
. .
..
.
.
.
..
. . . . . . .. . . . .
.
..
.
.
.
..
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ................................... ..
.
1 7 credits January-Term
4 credits
Freshman Experience Spring Semester
Chemistry 1 0 5 Chemistry of Life ........ . . .... ........... .. 4 GUR*/Core ( Religion ) . . . . . ...... .................... ... . . ... . . . . . . ......... 4 Biology 206 - Human Anatomy and Physiology .. . .. . . .. . .. ... 4 Critical Conversation . ... ... ......... ............................. . .... . . . . 2 Physical Education ............................ .............. .... .. . 1 ......
...
...
.
.
.
.
.
... ...
.
.
.
...
.
.
.
.
..
.
.
.
.....
....
.
..
. . . .
...
. .
.
.
.
.........
1 5 credits Second Year Foil S mester
Biology 2 0 1 - I n t roductory M icrobiology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........... . . .. /Core ...................................... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ................... 4 G Psychology 352 - Development: I n fancy to Maturity ...... .... 4 Nursing 2 1 2 - Introduction to Health Care ....... . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Nu rsing 25 1 - Commonalities in Nursing I . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . 2 Physical Education .... ........................... . . ...... ............ . . . ... 1 ..
.
.
.
.
...
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
...
..
..
.. .
.
.
.
.
.
..
...
.
1 7 cred its
Janllary- Term
4 credits
Elective or GUR* ( op tional) Spring Semester
. .. . Nur ing 232 Pharmacology in Nursing Nursing 252 Commonalities in N ursing n .. . .. . . u rsing 263 - Hea.lth Assessment .............................. . 1 ursing 273 - Pathophysiology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GUR·/Core .. . . . . . . . Physical Education .. ..... . . . . . . ........................ . . . . .....
-
-
.
..
.....
.
...
..
...
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
..
.
......
.
...........................................
...
.
.
...
...
...
.
....
.
.
.
. . . .
....
.
.
...
. ..
. . ... . 2 .2 . .2 . . . 3 . .. . 4 . . .. 1 .
. .
........ .
. . . ..
. .
.
.......
.....
.
..
. .
.
.
.
.
. ..
1 4 credits
.
..
.
.......
.
..............
. .
.
.
...... .
..
.
....
.
.
..
.
.
.
..
..
. .
.
.
Ja l/ l lary- Term
.
.
Spring ell/ester
.
...............
.......................
.
..
. .
.
. . . .
.
.
...
.
...
.........
.
.
.
-
Prerequisite courses may be taken at PLU or at most junior/ community colleges.
.
..
.
.
.
.
.....
...
...
.
. ..
.
.
.........
. . .
.
...
.
.
.
........
1 5 credits
..
.
.
.
.
..
.
.
.
.
............
....
..
.
.
...
B i logy 205, 206 (Anatomy and Physiology) . . ...... .. . . . . . 4, 4 J:\iology 20 1 ( Microbiology ) * . . . ......................................... 4 Chemistry 1 0 5 ( Chemistry of Life) . . .. . . . . . 4 Sociology 330 (The Family ) " ............... . . .. . . .. .... .. . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Psychology 1 0 1 ( I ntroduction to Psychology) . . ........... ....... . . . . 4 Psychology 352 (Development: I n fancy to Maturity) " . 4 I n termediate Algebra . . . . . . .4 ( i f two years college prep math not completed in high school with grade of C or higher) i30sic students corequisite - s e e curriculum plan. ..
.
-
CREOIT
COURSE .
ursing 3 2 2 - Psychosocial Nursing: Clinica l .. ........ . ...... . .. .. 2 Nursing 324 Psychosocial Nursing . . .... .................. . ...... . ..... . 4 Nursing 333 - Physiological Nursing I . . . . . .... .... ... 2 Nursing 342 - Physiological Nursing I: Clinical . ... ..... ... .. .... 3 Sociology 330 - The Family . . . . . ... . .... . . . .. ..... 4 .
P REREQUISITE COURSES TO NURSING MAJOR:
•
First Year - Pre Nursin g
Fall Semester
Prerequisite cour e to be completed before enrollment in the nursing sequence include:
.
mentation a rc designed to foster growth and to encourage initiative and self-direction on the part o f sr udents. In addition to n u rsing requirements, students are expected to meet univer sity requirements. Nursing courses must be taken concurrently and i n sequence as indicated in the sample curriculum, and, if enrolled full time, normally extend over six semesters. Part-time enrollment also is possible. For spring semester enrollment, the curriculum generally follows the fal l semester format with modifica tions as necessary to assure completion o f all prerequisite courses by the t ime they are needed.
Third Year
Programs of Study
..
BSN BASIC PROGRAM: The curriculum plan and its i mple
Elective or GUR* ( optional)
4 credits
Nursing 352 ursing in the Childbearing Years . . . ... . .... 2 Nursing 362 Nursing in t he Childbearing Yea.rs: Clinical ... . Nursing 372 u rsing of Children . . . . . . . ................................... u rsing of Children: Clinical . . . . ... . . . . . 2 ursing 382 Nu r 'ing 392 Nursing Research .......... ........................... .. .. . '2 G R·/Core . .. .. . . . . . 4 .
-
.
.
.
.....
-
.
-
..
. ...
-
.
...........
..
.
.
.
. .
.
.
..
.
-
...
.
.
. . . .
. . .
...........
.........
. . . .
....
.
.
.
..... ..
.
..
.
.... .
....
.
.
1 4 credits
N U R S I N G o The fo l l owi n g ACT/PEP'" standardized tests are a vai l a b l e and,
Fourth Year all Sel11est
i f successfully completed (45 or a b ove) , provide credit for the
r
Nursing 42 3 - Physiological Nursing 11
...........
.
......
. . . .. . .
. . ..
.......
3
Nur ing 433 - Physiol og ic a l Nursing I I : Clinical . ................. .... 3 Nw-siog 4 2 - Leadership in Nursing ................... . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . 2
ursing 474 - Nursing Synthesis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........................... . . . . . . 4 GUR·/Core . . ............................................... . . . . . . . . . ............ ............. 4 1 6 credits !an uary · T c!rI71
Elective or GU R* ( optional) ........ . . . . . . . . . ......................... 4 credits p l' i ng Semester
Nursing 436 - Commu nity Health Nu rsi n g: Famil ies ............. 3 Nursing 453 - Com m u n it y Health Nursing: Clin ical .............. 3 N ursing 472 - 1 sues and Trends i n u rsing ........... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Nursing 473 - Co m m u nity as .Iient ........ . . . . ............................. 3 1 1 credits *CUR
=
general un iversity requirement
A m i n i m u m of 1 2 8 semester credit hours is requi.red for the baccalaureate degree. The sequence of required nursing courses compri.ses 57 semester credit hour .
BSN SEQUENCE FOR LICENSED PRACTICAL NURSES: This sequence of study is d es igne d to p rovide c a re e r mob i l i ty for the exper i e n ce d licensed practical n u rse desiring the Bachelor of Science i n Nursing degree. The program allows students the opportun i ty to validate prior knowledge and clinical compe tence, ena bl i n g progression through the BSN curriculum within a twenty-four month period fo l l ow ing completion of prerequi site courses, when enrolled full-time. Part-time enrollment options also ar e available. Prospective students are encouraged to seek early advisement reduce time spent in completing prerequisites and fac i l i tate rogress. Some of the courses have special sections fo r enrolled LPNs. Also, efforts a re made to arra nge class times to accommo date schedules o f LPNs who a re working. Admission/Transfer: Admission to PL U is requi red before making formal application to the School of N u rsing. Students desiring a d m i ss i o n for t he fa l l semester o f the fo l l owing academic year m ust submit their appl ication by December 1 5 . Licensed practical nurses who began their h igher education a t other accredited colleges o r u n iversities m a y apply fo r admission with adva nced standing. A gr ad e po int average of 2.5 is required by the School of Nursing. The u n iversity gr a d u a ti o n math requirement ( two years of college prep math or an ap p rove d mat h C O Ul'S a t the bacca laurea te level) must be met before ad m is ion. uansfer Credit: A minimum grade o f C in college co urses is required for transfer of credit. Students who are admitted w i th j u n i o r standing (60 semester credit hours) will be required to take one religi o n course. A maximum of 64 semester (96 quarter) credit hours o f co mmuni t y college work is transferable. A qua r ter credit hour i the equivalent of two-thirds a s emes t e r c.redit hour. To qualify as degree candidates, students m us t take the final 32 semester hours in residence a t PLU. Advanced Placement: NON-IlIlrsi'lg: J\dvan� d placement may be available through
national slandard ized o r dep a r t m e n t a l examinations. Inquiries ..h uld b d i rected to the Office of Admission� or the department or s ch oo l offering the part icular subject. Nursing: LPNs may receive credit by examination fo r selected
student is individually counseled regarding the ppropriateness of seeking such credit. Eligibilit}· for the cl inical roficiency exam i n a t ion is de te rm i ned by the fa culty and is based on documentation o f 'ignificant work and/or student experience in tbe specific area. Exams must be successfully passed to rece ive the credit. c urses. Each
n u rsing course ( s ) indicated: 1 . F un d ame n ta ls of I u rsing - Exam #403 - see. #3 2. Commonalities in Nursing: Area B - Exam #478 - see #3 3. If xams #403 and/or #478 are successfully pa ssed, the LPN student is el igible to take a Nursing Clinical Proficien y Exam which will allow credit for ursing 25 ] ( Commonal ities in Nursing I) and Nursing 252 ( Commonalities in Nursing I I ) , r es p e c t iv e1 y
m
() o c
.
*ACT/PEP exams are offered at specific testillg sites throughout the state and country, i n clu ding PLU, 011 scheduled dates as well as by the m ilitary services. Pre-registration is reqllired. Swdy guides, testing dates, and registration p ackets a re available in the School of Nursing. LPN TO BSN PROGRAM OF STUDY: ( Full-Time Sequence) First Year Credit by Examination CREDITS Nursing 2 5 1 - Commonalit ies I - r e quir ed . . . . . . . . . . ...... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Nursing 252 - Commonalities II - potential . . . . . . . . . . ................... 2 (Complete du ri rlg
spring before beginning classes)
Fall Semester
Nu rsing 2 1 2 - l ntroduction to Health Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........... Nursing 263 - Health Assessment ................................... . . . . . . . . . . . Nursi ng 273 - Pa t h ophysiology . . . N u rsing 232 - Pharmacology in N UJs i n g . . . .. . . . . . . ................ . . . . . . . General University Requirement (GUR) ......
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... ...... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2 2 3 2
january- Term GUR ( i f needed)
......
. .
.. .........
....
....................
. . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4
Spring Semester Nursing 324 - Psychosocial Nursing ............................... ........... 4 Nursing 322 - Psychosocial Nursing: Clinical .......................... 2 Nursing 333 - Physiological Nursing 1 2 Nursing 342 - Physiological Nursi n g I: Clinical ....................... 3 GUR 4 .......... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . ......
. . . . ....... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . .
Summer Session GUR a.nd/or Sociology 330 - The f a m i l y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . . . . . 4
Second Year
Fall Semester N u rsing Nursing Nursing Nursing N U Jsing G UR
352 362 372 382 392
- Nursing in the Childbearing Years . . . . . ............... - Nursing in the Chll d b ea rin g Years: Clinical . . . . . - Nursing o f Children ............................................ - Nursing of Children: Cli nical ....................... . . . . . - Nursing Research . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . .......................
2 2 2 2 2
january- 7('rm GU R ( i f needed)
. ...
......... .
........... .....................
. . . . ... . ...
.
.
.
..............
4
Spring Semester N u rsing 423 - Physiological Nursing II . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .......... . . . . 3 u rs i ng 433 - Physi ol o g i c a l Nursing ll: Clinica l . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . ... 3 Nu rsin g 462 - Leadership i n Nursing ............. ........................... 2 ursing 474 - 'ursing Synthesis .............. ............. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Slimmer Session Nursing 436 - Commun ity Heal t h Nursing: ra m i lies ............. .. Nursing 453 - Community Health lursing: Clini cal Nursing 472 - Issues and Trends in Nursing ............................. Nursing 473 - Co m munity as Client ............ . ............................ ......
......
Pa rt-time p rograms of study are available a c co rd i ng to student need within the framework of the curricul um. An ap poi n t m en t should be m a de with the LPN-BSN Coordinator to d evel op an ind ividual ized plan for program co mpletion.
3 3 2 3
VI m
o ." ."
z C\
N U R S I N G VI
w u..
o w VI
� o u
o
BSN SEQUENCE FOR REGISTERED NURSES: Re gis te re d n u rses, gr a d u a tes from LN a n d s t a t e - a pp rove d associate degree and d iploma p rog rams, are e n co u ra ged to p ursue the Bachelor of S icnce i n u rs i n g a t P a ci fi c L u t. he ra n U n i v ers i ty S tu d e n t s desirin g admission for the fall semester o f t h e fo l l o w ing aca demic year must submit th e i r a p p l ica ti on by D ece mb e r 15. RN s t ud e n t s meet the same req u i rem e n t s as basic students. Mo ,t a re ad m i t t e d with advanced s t an d i n g hav i ng c o mpl eted academic course-work elsewhere. A n u mber o f the required n u rsi.ng courses have special sections for enrolled RN students, Schedules are arranged to accommodate the worki ng nurse with many cou rses b e i n g ta u ght in concent rated blocks o f time. Prospective students a re encou raged to seek e a rl y advise ment to r duce time spent i n c o m p l e t i n g p re re q u i s i te . and facilitate progress. O n c e gene ral u n i ve rs i t y req u i re m e n ts and p rerequisites have been met, the program mal' be co mp l e te d in 12 m ont hs with fu l l - t i m e enrollment. Various part-time o p t i on s arc available. Transfer Credit: Registered n u rses who b e g an t h ei r h i g h e r educat ion at other accredi ted colleges or u n ivers i ties may apply for transfer cred i t . A gra de point average of 2.5 is required by t h e School of N u rs i n g . A minimum gr a d e of C i n college cour�es is required for t ransfer o f cred i t . A maximum o f 64 semester (96 quarter) cred i t hours o f com m u n i t y college work is transferable. A quarter credit hour is t he e q u i va le n t of two-thirds o f J semester credi t hour. To q u a l ify a s de g ree candidates, students m ust take the final 32 sem e s te r hours in re s id e n c e at PLU. A tota l of 1 28 semes ter cred it hours are re q u i r e d for gr a d ua t i o n .
,
.
Advanced Placement: Non-llursillg: Advanced p lace m e n t may be available t h ro u g h n a ti o nal s t a n d a rd i ze d o r d e p ar t m e nt a l exa m inations. I n q u i r ie s
.
J
..........
.....
..
...
.
....
.................
c redi t s
322 - Psyc ho s o c ia l : Clinical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 u rs i n g 324 - Psych o s o ci a l : T heo ry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Nurs i ng 3 5 2 - N urs i n g in C h i l d bea r in g Yea rs . .. . 2 u r s i n g 362 - Nu rs i n g in Child bearing Years: Clinical ........... 2 ursing 372 - Nursing of h i l d ren . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 ursing 382 - N u rsing of ,hild re n : Theory . . . . .. . .. . . . ... ... . 2 ursing 333 - Physiological N urs i n g I . . ...... .... .... . .. . . . . . . 2 .. . 3 I ursing 342 - Physiological Nursing I: Clinical ursing 423 - Physiological Nursing II . .. . . . . . .3 u r s i ng 433 - P h ys io l ogic a l Nursing 1 l : Clinical' .... ..... 3 u r s i ng 474 - N u rs i n g Synthesis* . .. ... .. . ... . . . . . . 4 u rsing
.
. .
....
.
...
.
....
..
... .........
..
.
..
.......... .
..
...
.
...
.......
..
....
...
.
..
.....
.
.
. .. .
...
.....
....
........
...
.
..
....
....
.
29 c re d i ts a
registered n u rse to
..
.
.
..............
...
Exam N urs i n g 433 - Physiological Nursing I I : Cl i n i ca l Cl i nical Proficiency
January-Term GUR (if needed) . . .
...
..
..
... . . .. .. . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . .............
be eligifJlc for
credit by exa mination.
Other opportunities to ea r n credit by e x a m i na t i o n may be available on a n i n di v id ua l basis based o n p r i o r coursework and e per i e nce , but no m ore tban 30 credits mal' be ach ieved by this method.
The following ACT/ PEP standardized tests are available and, credi t for the nursing course
i f successfully c o m p let e d , provid as ind icated:
1 . H e a l t h Supp rt Area I I - Exam #577 - urs i n g 333/342 ( P h ys i o l ogi ca l ursi ng l: T he o r y a nd C l in ic a l ) 2. Mate rnal and Child N u rsin g ( B acc al a u rea t e Level) Exa m #457 - Nu rsi n g 352/362 ( N u rs i n g in th e Childbearing Years: T heo ry and Cli nical) and Nursing 372/382 ( l u rs i n g of Children: Theory and C l i n ica l )
4 credits
Sp r i ng Semester
N u rsing 392 - N u rs ing Research . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Nursing 43 - Community Hea l t h ursing . . . . . . . . . . . ...... ............. 3 N u r s i ng 453 - Co m m u n i t y Health u rs i n g : Clin ical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 R e l i g i o n or E l ec t i ve 2-4 ............................ . ....... . . ......... . . . . . . . . . . . ........
1 0 - 1 2 credits Com p lete
Portfolio (RN's with more t h a n I year of cli nical exp e r ie nce) Nursing 474 - Nursing Synthesis
Summer Session Nu rs i n g 462 - Le ade rs h i p in N u rs i n g ........................................ 2 Nur 'ing 472 - Issues and Tre n d s ..................... , .............. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 N u r s i n g 473 - Co m m un i t y as C l ient ........... .................. �
.........
'Milst h a ve had the eq uivalent of a t least olle ycar offull- time
clinical practice experience as
C�Dm
263 - Health As s ess m en t 2 , ur s i n g 273 - Pa t ho p hysi ol o g y . . . . . ....................... . . . . . . . . . . . " . . . . . . . . . 3 Nursing 2 1 2 - I n t roduction to Health Care . . . . . . .. . 2 Re l i g i o n or Sociology 3 3 0 - The Family . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . .............. 4 or Psych olo gy 352 - D e velo pmen t: I n fancy to Matu r i t y ..!.
N u rs i n g
_ _
RN stllden ts may earn credit by examination for tI,ese co"rses:
...
RN TO BSN PROGRAM OF STUDY: ( Full -Time Se q ue n c e ) full �m��
I I credits
.................
6
.
__ .
should be d i rect ed to the O ffice of Admissions and/or the department or school offering the particnlar subject. Nllrsing: These courses arc waived for regi ste red nurse students: u r iug 232 - P h armacology i n Nursing . . . . .2 ursing 25 1 - Commonalit ies ill N u rs i ng I . . . . . 2 N u rs i ng 252 - Commonalities in Nursin II � ...........
3. Psychiatric/Mental Health N u r s i n g - Exa m #503 Nu rsi ng 3 24/322 ( Ps ych osoc i al N ur s in g : T h eo ry a n d C l i ni c<l l ) 4. Adult N ursing - Exam #554 - Nursing 423 ( P hys i ol o g i cal Nursing I I : Theory) If Exam #554 is successfully p as sed , the RN st ude n t is eligible to take a N u r s i n g C l inical Proficiency Exam which will allow credit for urs i ng 433 (Physiological Nurs i n g II: C L i nical). Receipt o f credi t by exa m i n a t io n for Nursing 474 ( N u r s i n g Synthesis) i nvolves the d e velo p m e n t of a p ortfo l i o d o c u m e n t in g p re v i o ll s work exp er i e n c e which meets the course objectives. If a "Pass" grade or above (45 if A T/ PEP ) is not achieved on the des i g n a te d test or i f the R J stud e n t elects not to s e e k credit by e xa m i n a t i on , the s t u d e nt must enroll in the c o u rse as offered. ACT/PEP exams sho u l d be taken befo re b e gi n n i n g the RN s e qu en c e or, if such a p lan is not p os s i bl e, b e fo re t he s u b s e q u e n t cou rses for which they are prerequisite. The tests are a va i l a ble at a n u m b e r of test in g sites th ro u g hou t the s ta te a n d co u ntry including PLU with pre-registration req u i red Specific registra t i on materials, study guides, and tes t i n g dates are available from the School of Nursing. (The proficie ncy exam for N u rsi n g 433 a nd J e velopm en t o f the portfolio for N u rs i n g 474 will t a k e p l a ce at the designated time d u r i ng the program s e que n ce. )
7 credits Va r i o us p a r t - t i me opt ion s a re available and c a n be wo rked out on an i n d i v i d ual basis. I f students have less than the equivalent o f one year of fu ll - time w ork e xp er ien ce , N u rs i ng 433 a n d 474 are i n c l u d e d i n the program o f st u dy .
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN NURSING: Consult the graduate section of this catalog fo r details o f the p rogram leading to the degree of Master o f Science in Nursing and/or conta t the School of Nursing G raduate Program ( 5 3 5 -8872). SCHOOL NURSE CERTIFICATION: Contact tbe School of N urs i n g enter for Continued Nu rs i ng Lea r n i ng ( 5 3 5 - 7683). WORKSHOPS AND SHORT COURSES: C o n t a ct the School o f N ursing Ce n t er fo r Cont inued N u rs i n g Learning (535-7683) . The information contailled II(�rein refle cts a n accurate picture of the
programs ofstudy leadi llg to a Bachelor ofS ci e n c e in Nursing degree
from Pacific Lutheran Ull i l·e rsi ty at the time ofpublication. Ho we ve r,
the 'Illiversity reserves the right
to make necessary changes
cedures, polic i es, c alenda r, curriculum, and cos ts.
ill p ro
N U R S I N G
o m
ourse Offerings 12 Introduction to Health Care
Soc io-clIl turaJ, p olit ical , e o no L11 i c, ethical, and legal issues
i n llllencing contemporar health care. Focus on major health p ro bl e ms and health care delivery systems. Historical pe rspec
tives and trends in profe sional n ursing a n d n ursing education. Prereq1Jisite: Sophomore standing i n Nursing. ( 2 ) 232 Pharmacology i n Nursing
Fo use' on pharmacological principles o f the major drug clas s es u�i ntT a t e ms approach. Emphasis on pharmacokinetics, med1a n isms of action, undesirable effects, and nursing implica tion ·. Dis ussion o f client teaching and nursing responsibilities rega rd ing the ad m i n istration of medication. Prereq uisite: 2 5 1 . Pre- o r coreq ll i s i te : 273 o r cons n t o f ins tructor. ( 2 ) 25 1 Common.alities i n Nursing I
I n t rodu tion t the u se f the n ursing proces and psychomotor skills i n client care. pportu n it ies t o p ra c t i ce nursing kills in the nursing laboratory and elected clin ical settings. Prere q uisit es : BlOL 205-206, ' H EM 1 0 5, PSYC 10 I . Prereq u i s i te or corequisite : URS 2 1 2. ( 2 ) 252 Commonalities in Nursing n
Emphasis on the role of the professional nurse in implementa t i on o f the nursing process. Selected cl in ical experiences with a lu lt s in extended health care facilities. Prerequisite : S IOL 20 1 , PSY 352, URS 2 5 1 . Prior o r concurrent enrollment i n R S 232, 263, 2 7 3 . ( 2) 263 Health Assessment Health assess me n t of c h i ldr�n Jnd adults. Emp hasis on i n ter
viewing skill. Jnd physical, develop mental, and psyc h o so c ial s
sSl11 ent t�ch niques as part of the nursing process. Prerequi
-ite : BIOL 2 0 5 , 206, C H EM 1 05, N U R S 2 1 2, 25 1 . ( 2 ) 273 Pathophysiology
Pathophysiological concepts associated with human responses to real and pot n t iaJ t h reats to health. I m mune response, reaction to injury Jnd i n fection, pa i n , disturba nces of circulation a n d resp ir a t ion , neurological dysfu nction and abnormal cell growth a ' l i n ical m a n i festations of e lected disorders organ ized around framew rk of cat go r ie s o f human fu nct ioni ng. Open to non majors. Prer quisites: BIOL 20 1 , 205, 206. ( 3 ) 322 Psychosocial Nursing: Clinical
Clinical application of the nursing proc ss to promote optimal mental health for clients along the mental health-illness co ntinuum. Emphasis on i m p l em enting a variety of therapeutic techn iques a nd nursing i nterventions i ncluding th erapeutic c mmunicati n. Prerequisites: PSY 352, pr i o r or concurre n t enrollment in NURS 3 2 4 . ( 2 ) 324 Psych osocial Nursing
Use o f t he n u rsing p rocess i n the promotion of mental health fo r c l ie n ts a l o ng the mental h ea l th- i lln ess co ntinuum. A ho li s t i c
approad1 to und e r- t a nd i n g variety of n urs ing i n terventions a n d other cuntemporary t h e r peutic 111 0dal i t i s i n t h e tre, tment of clients with me n ta l healt h problems. I n t roduction to selected ncut and chronic psychiatr ic disorders. P I-ercquisites: 2 3 2 , 252, 2 6 3 , 2 7 3 , PSYC 352. (4) 3 3 3 Physiological Nursing I Basic i n terruptions in th bio-psychosocial pro esses with resultant health de i a tions. Focus , n 'elected pathophysiologic disorders of adults w i t h nursing int erventions t o facilitate a d a p tion a n d restoration to maxim um level of wel l n s. Holistic ppro a h t o meeting needs of clients and fa m i l ies. Teac h i n g and learning t rat gies [or health prom tio n , restoration, and maintenance. Prerequisites: 232, 252, 263, 273. ( 2 )
342 Physiological Nursing I : Clinical
C l i n ical application of concepts of pathophysiology and psychopathology to the care of adult clients in hosp ital settings. The n u rsing pro ess as framework fo r p rofess i on a l pra ct ic e . P re re qui s i te s : Prior or concurrent enrollment in 3 3 3 . ( 3 )
m m
352 Nursing i n the Childbearing Year
I ndividual and fa mily adaptations th roughout the pregnancy cycle. Physiological and psychosocial-cult ural aspects of childbearing. P rereq u isi tes: 322, 324, 333, 342; SOCI 3 30 ( 2 ) 362 Nursing i n th e Childbearing Years: Clinical
Clin ical application of maternal newborn theory and skills in hospital, li n ic, com m u n i ty, and h o m e environments. Prerequi sites: Prior or concurrent e n rollment in 352. ( 2) 372 Nursing of Children
ursing and health care of children from i n fancy through adolescence. Child hood needs, childbeari ng pract ices, and parental roles. Prerequisites: 322, 324, 3 3 3 , 3 4 2 , S O I 330. ( 2 ) 3 8 2 Nursing of Children: Clinical
Cli n ical app lication of p e d i at r ic theory and skills in acute, primary care, and com m u n it y facilities. Prereq uisites: Prior o r concurrent e n rollment i n 3 7 2 . ( 2 ) 392 Nursing Research
l n trodu t i o n t o the research p rocess and basic research skills. I n cludes pu rposes o f n u rsing research, problem identification, hy po th esis genera t ion and teo t i ng, research design, critique process and use o f resea rch in n ursing. Prerequisites: Have completed 3 rd semester of nursi ng sequence or w i t h co nsent of Admissions Committee. ( 2 ) 423 Physiological Nursing I I
Selected complex pathophys i o l o gi ca l disorders o f a life threaten ing or chronically disabling nature in adults. Nursing in terven tions based on understanding the bio- psycho-social disruptions and means of res tor i n g balance to a t tain optil1lal level of fu n ctio n i ng . Prerequisites: 322, 324, 333, 342, 352, 362, 372, 382, 392. ( 3 ) 433 Physiological Nursing I I : Clinical C l i n ical appl ication o f bio- psycho-social, cultural, and spiri tual concepts in the care of adult clients i n acute care settings. Use of the nursing process and emphasis on cognitive, i n terperso nal, and psychomotor/technological skills. Prerequisites: Prior or concu rren t e n rollment i n 423. ( 3 ) 436 Community Health Nursing: Families
Application of fa m ily theory and n u rsing models to the analysis of needs and care o f family cl ients in com munity setti ngs. Identi fication of major public health problems, levels o f preventi n, healt h seeking behaviors, health screen ing, and n u rsing manage men t o f h igh- risk families. Prereq uisites: 3 2 2 , 324, 333, 342, 352, 362, 372, 3 8 2 , 392, 423, 433, 474, SOCI 330. ( 3 ) 4.53 Community Health Nursing: Clinical
Clin ical application of profes sional and tech n i cal skllls in the car of fam i lies i n co m m u n it y health agencies. I mplementation o f complex n u r si n g i n terventions i n the home a n d ambulatory care setti ngs. Refinement of i n terviewing and case management skills. Oppo rtll n i r y fo r independent judgment and decision making. Prerequi i t es : Prior or concu rrent enrol l m ent in 436. ( 3 ) 462 Leadership i n Nursing Analysis of professional roles and fu nctions i n health care d livery systems. Evaluation of the impact of organizational structures on professional n u rsing practice. Leaders h ip and management styles, co n ce p ts of powe r and authori t y. Prerequi s i tes: 392 an d senior standing i n Nursing. ( 2 )
o c ;xl V1 m o m z Cl V1
N U R S I N G
o
Vl cr::: ::::l o
u
472 Issues and Trends in Nursing Analy is and eva l u a t i o n of tbe i m pac t of s e l ected socio economic, e t h ico-lcgal, a n d p o l i t i ca l aspects o n profe ss i on a l n u rs i n g pra c ti ce. Profess i on a l i s s ue s i nc l u d i n g e n tr y le ve l, c rede n tial ing , q u a l i t y assurance, eth ical decision-making and life- l o n g l ea rn i ng . P rerequ i s it es : 392 , 423 , 4 3 3 , 462, 474. ( 2 ) 473 Community a s Clie[ll (Clinical) Nu rs i ng s t rateg ie s for problem soilring in commu n i t y or p u bl ic health environments. Focus o n commu n i t y a sse ss me n t , hea l t h pl an n i n g, ap p l ica t i o n of the ch ange process, and h e a lt h educa tion for h i gh - ri sk groups. P rere q u i s i t e s : 462, 474, prior or concurrent enrollment i n 436, 453. ( 3 ) 474 Nursing Synthesis
Sy n th esis of crit ical t h i n k i ng , i n d e pe nden t j ud g men t , de c is io n maki ng , technical and le a d e rsh i p skills in t h e d el ive r y of h ea l th care in acute or c h ron ic s i t u a t jons. Prerequ isi tes: 3 9 2 , 4 2 3 , 4 33 , pr io r or c o ncu r re n t r egi s t rat i o n in 462. ( 4 ) o
491 , 942 Independent Study P rerequ i s i te : Permission of th e dean. ( 1 -4 ) 493 Internship Abroad 525 Models and Theories of Nursing Focus on the c u rrent st at e o f th e o ry d eve l op m en t in nursing. I n cludes t h e a n a lys i s a n d eva lu a t i o n o f n u rs i ng and related models and theories with discussion o Ctheir relevance to nurs i n g s c i e nce a nd p r actice . ( 3 ) 526 Nursing le.adership and Management Analysis of p r i n c i p l es and processes of management in an increasingly complex health ca.re c o n t ex t. Functions of plann ing, orga n izi n g , staffing, d i re ct i ng Jnd controlling, and selected iss ues i n health care - communication, d e l e g a t i o n , powe r, va l u e s , m a r ket i n g and str u c t ure - are exa m ined w i t h emphasis o n l ead e rsh i p s k i l l ac q u isit i o n . ( 3 )
527 Nursing Research An overview of the research process and its a ppl i ca t i o n to nursing p r ac tic e . E m p h a s i s o n evaluation of cur re n t research i n nursing. P re req u i si t e : 525. ( 3 ) 530 Continuity o f Care Nurse Specialist Role hKUS on co n t i n u i t y of care nurse speciali. t role development e m p hasizing subroles: ex pe rt practi t i o n e r, leader, consultant, educator, and researcher. I n - dept h study leads to d e vel opm e n t o f a ro l sp e c i fi c posi t ion d e s c ri p tion . P re req uis ite or c o n cur ren t witl1 525 or per m iss i o n of i n s t ru c t o r. ( 2 ) 53 1 Theoretical Foundations for Continuity o f Care C r i t i c a l a na lysis of n u rs i n g a n d o t her h ea l t h related theoret ical models u nd e r l y i n g advanced p ra c t i ce of the co n t i n u it y of c a re n urse spec ia l i s t . I n- d ep t h e xp l ora t io n of advan ed pra c tice i n c l ud i n g : nursi n g case-management, discha rge- plan n i ng, qual i r y assurance, and systems anal 'sis. Co n cep tual sy n t h e si s leads to a role specific, process-ori nt d practice fra m e wor k . P re re q u i s i te or concur re n t : 525, 530. ( 3 ) 532 Focnsed Study in Clinical Specialization I n-dep th s t ud y of the d em o gr ap h i c a n d e p id e mi olog i c trends; clin ical management and standards; and key a ge nci e s related to selected ch ronic conditions. Clinical expe r i e n ces include appli cat i o n 0 a d e fi n ed, process - or i e n t e d framework for p ract i ce i n care de l i ver y for chron ically ill cl i e n t /p at ie n t groups. Prerequ i s ite o r c oncurren t with 53 1 . ( 3 ) 533 Continuity o f Care Practicum Stude.nts apply a comprehensive cont i nu i t y of care model address i n g ac ess across a g en cy boundaries within the context of a client-oriented system. Cl i n ic a l experien ce s are focused on a p p l i ation o f a defined, proce ss- or ie nte d p ra c t i ce fra mewo r k
i nclu din g advanced assessment t o id e nt i fy needs and res o u rces client/patien t/family tea c h i ng for scl�ct patient group Prerequisi te: 5 3 2 , and may be concurrent with 534. ( 3 ) as well as
534 Progranl Development (or Continuity of Care OCllS on the sy n t h esis of th e o re ti c al mo de ls , cl i n i c a l par a met e rs, a nd prog ra m p l a n n i n g p ri n c i p l es. Stude n ts de ve l op a c o n t i n u i t y of c a r e program fo r a specific health care p o pu l a t i o n address i ng
access across agency boundaries within the context of a c l ie n t oriented system. Clinica l experiences include d evelopm e n t of the cont i nui ty o f care team . Prerequisite or co n c u r re nt with 533. ( 3 )
543 Health and CulturaUy Diverse Populations Comparative analysis of h e a l t h b e l ie fs a n d ca re p ra ct i c e s of weste rn and n o n · western c u l t ur e s w it h e mph a s i s on theoretical a n d prac t ic a l dimensions. Seminars focus o n cro ss - c u l t u ra l v iew of n u rsing con ce p ts an d p rofe ss i o n a l p ra c t ices as t h ey relate to values, be l i efs, a n d t e ch n iques . Exp l o r at i o n of transcultu ral c a r in g and c uri ng role behavior and process e s of socialization into those roles. I n cludes contem porary theoretical and research metbods for the st udy of n ursing ca re co mpo n e n t s. O p e n to gr a d u a t e students or senior undergraduate students in go od s ta n d i n g with consent of i n s tru c t o r. ( 2 ) 545 Life, Death, and Public Policy A n al ysis of hard life and d eat h dec isi o n s t ba t, i n c re as i ng l y, are m a kin g their way into t h e p ubl ic p o l icy a g e n d a . The aggregate consequences of the w i d e s pread a p p l i c a ti on o f bio m e d ical te ch n olog y will be exam ined i n cl ud i n g c r i t i c a l qu es t i o n s . Case st udies center around the n u rse's role in p u b l ic policy and deci sion m a k i n g . Topics i ncl u de p re n at a l i n terve n t ion, organ trans p l ant a ti on , eutha n a s i a , p reve n t i on a nd li fe s t y le cha nge , a n d s e t t i ng l i m i ts on medical care. O pe n to g ra d u a t e students or senior u n derg ra d u a t e students with consent of the inst ructor. ( 2 )
548 CurriculuDi Development for Nursing Ex a m in a tio n o f t he t h eo ry a n d p ra c tice of curricul u m d evel op ment aDd evaluation. Students function in the role of d facu l ty member to plan a cur r ic u l u m , d e vel o p i n d i v idual courses, and explo re methods for course and cur r i c u l u m evaluation. ( 2 )
549 Teachiug i n Schools o f Nursing ph ilosoph ical p r i n c i p l es of t h e teachi ngllea rning process. leac h i n g strategies a .ll d the process of self and student evaluations will be , nalyzed. Supe r v ised t-eaching exp e r i e n c e i ncl uded. ( 2 )
1 11eor ticaJ 311d
556 Financial Management for Health Care Providers Co n ce p t s and p r ocess s o f fi nan c i a l m a n a ge me n t for pl a n n i ng , control, a nd decision ma k i n g for managers in health care o rg a n i zat ions. I n t r duct ion to the l a ng u age of fi na n c i a l management and economics; business plan and budget p rep a ra t io n ; variance and trends analysis; issues of cost, q u a l i ty, a nd p rod u c t i v i t y. Computer experience. ( 3 ) 559 NurSing Administration Practicum Synthesize n u rs i n g and busi ness a d m i n i st r at i o n k n ow l ed ge th ro u g h cr i t ica l anal ysis , i nd e p en dent j udgment, and decisiQ n ma k i ng. Focus on role a nalysis, refi n e ment, Jnd th e o ry a ppl i c a tion i n a p r ac t ice sett ing. Prerequi.s ites: 526, BUSA 550. ( 5 ) 580 Advanced Pathophysiology Provides the fo un da t ion fo r cli nical j u d gmen t and c l i en t management based on the un d e rs ta n d i n g of pathogenic me c h anisms of d ise a se. Content i nc l ud es iJl te r p re t a ti o l1 of alterations from normal fu nction, and s i g ns and symptoms i ndi cati ve of i l l n ess . ( 3 )
581 Primary Care Focus on p ri mary health care c o nce p t s across the l i fe s pan . S t u de nts i n t eg ra te advanc d c r i t ical decision m a ki n g and wel l lless-il iness behavior con c e pt s w i t h ap p l ic a t i o n to l i festyle changes a n d commun icable and ch ronic disease processes ( e . g . , AIDS, STDs ) . ( 2)
P H I L O S O P H Y o
582 Advanced Family Health Assessment
., p lorali on of Lheories, concepts. ill1d advanced p ract i ce skills elevan t to co mpr hel1sive health assessment throughout th l i fe cycle. mphasis on clinical application of knowledge to primary rc o f the fa mi ly within a m u l ticultural environment. Seminar ( I hour) and clinical experiences (4 hours) required. Learning Resources Fee: $55. 5 )
583 Clinical Pharmacotherapeutics Pocus on pha rmacotherapeutic management of a variety of com
mon health problems and pregnancy. Legal a n d eth ical imp l ica tions rel ated to prescriptive resp<ll1sibilit ies within the scope of A RNP practice w i l l be i ncluded. Meets requirements for i n itial prescriptive a u thority in the State of Wash ington. ( 2 )
584 Family Nurse Practitioner I Application of theoretical knowledge for assessment and management of fa mily health problems. L arning experiences focus on selected episodic illnesses, c h ronic condil ions, and related health p roble ms lhroughout th life cycle. Emphasis on diagnostic reasoning and advanced assessment of i n d ividuals and fa m i J ie�. Knowledge fro m nursing theories. as well as biological and behavioraJ scien ces, arc integrated. eminar (I hour) and clinical experiences (5 hours) re q u ired Prerequisite: 582. (6) .
585 Family Nurse Practitioner
U
Theory a nd curren t res arch are applied to the com p rehensive assessmen t and managemen t o f acute ill ness and special prob lem. in fam i l y p r i m a ry care. Emphasis on diagnostic reason i ng skills in the con text of managing co mplex i l lness patterns and i n terruptions til normal family health. 'emi.nar ( 1 hour) and clin ical experienc s ( 7 hours) required. Prerequ isite: 584. ( 8 )
590 Role of the Nurse Practitioner
Seminars fo c u s on analysis of the Nurse Practi t ioner role within the i n t raprofessional a n d i n terpro fessional realms o f practice,
emphasizing collegial working rclationships to improve patient outcomes. S t udents define accou n tability and responsibility for decision making as Advanced Registered Nursing Practitioners ( A RNP ) . Course requirements include preparation of a paper for publication or major presentation. ( I )
592 Independent Study Opportun i ties for advanced study in selected top i c related to student's area of interest.
587 Women's Health Nurse Practitioner U
Theoretical knowledge and urrent research are appl ied to the adva nced assessment and management of women experiencing normal pregna ncy. Learning experiences focu s on health care n ds during the prenatal a n d postpartal periods emphasizing individual client and family needs a s well as the psychosocial adj ustment of begi nning and expa nding fa milies i n multiple care settings. Sem inar ( I hour) and clin ical experiences ( 7 h ours) required. P rerequisite: 586. ( 8 )
5 88 Gerontology Nurse Practi tioner I Students explore appl ication of theory to practice and demon ,trate kn wledge of n ormal physiological changes resulti ng from th aging process. Managemen t of, and interventions fo r, com mon clie.nt proble! s are exam i ned. Proficiency in advanced functional assessment of the geriatric client is expected. Sem inar ( 1 hour ) and cli nical experien ces (5 hours) required. Prereq u i site: 582. ( 6 )
589 Gerontology Nurse Practitioner U
Nul' ing management of geriatric cl ients t various phases along
the chro ni c i l l n ess trajectory. mphasis o n recogniz.ing. differen tiating, and u nderstanding the interr lations.hips of complex variables contribu t in g to d)'sfunc tiol1 in the aged. Selected heory and research data fro m nursing, biological, and behavral sciences rc applied. l i nical decision making and develop ment of nursing interventions during on-going i n teractions with client s and their significant others. Semi n a r ( l hour) and clinical experien ces (7 hours ) required. Prerequisite: '88. (8)
o c
597 Computer Application in Nursing Research
o
Use of selected software programs fo r computer analysis of data relevant to cl i n ical and n u rsing research problems. Seminars incl ude decision making regardjng statistical strategies appropri ate for analysis of problems and data management. Prerequisite: 527. Learning Resources Fee: $55. ( 1 )
Z
598 Scholarly Inquiry in Nursing Practice
G'l
I n dependent development of research to address a clinical nu rsing problem of in terest. Exploration of the iden t i fied p rob lem will include l iterature review. Students present and refine their proposals in scheduled semin ars. Includes SUb!llission of completed proposal a nd/or submission of a m a nuscript for p ub lication. (4) 599 Thesis
Application of the research process under the gu idance of a faculty co mmittee. May involve replication of a previous study, secondary analysis of research data, an evaluation research project, or an original investigation. ( 4 )
5 86 Women's Health Nurse Practitioner I
ocus on appli ation of theoretical knowledge for assessment n d management of women's hea lth. Lea rn i ng experiences emphasize women's health pro motion needs and routine gyne cologic conditions. Content includes the physi a l and psycho social d i mensions of women's health within a fJ 111 tly context across life span development. Semi nar ( l hour) and clinical e:l.'periences ( 5 hours) required. Prerequisite: 582. ( 6 )
!l
Philosophy Ph ilosophy is the parent aca d e m i c d i s c i pline that gav e birth to today's variety of arts and sciences. It examines basic issues i n all fields a nd e xp l o re s connec tions among
In philosophy the most fund am e ntal and en d u ri n g o f qu estio ns are addresse.d: How can h u m an s
d iverse areas of l i fe.
gain knowledge about their world? What l i m i ts are there to t h a t knowledge? What
is the ultimate nature of the u n i
verse? In particular, what i s t h e nature of t h e human
person, and what role or pu rpose is ours? How should we l i ve? Are there moral. aes the t ic and rel ig i o us values t h a t can be adopted rationally and llsed t o g u ide our decis ions? St udy i n p h i l osophy acqu a i n ts students with major rival views of the world, encourages them to think precisely and systematical ly. and h elps them to sec l i fe critically, appre ciatively, and whole. ,
FACULTY:
Nordby, Chair; Arbaugh, Arnold, Cooper 1cKen na,
Menzel, Reitan.
USES OF PHILOSOPHY: Courses in ph ilosophy meet the needs
of a va riety of students: ( 1 ) those who desire some k nowledge of philosophy as a basic elem nt in liberal education; (2) those who wish to pursue some special interest, for example. in ethics, science, religion, the history of thought, o r the ideas of particular persons; (3) those who wish to s u pport their work in other fields, for example, l iterature, history, religion, the sciences, education. or busiJles ; (4) those who plan to use a major in ph ilosophy as prepara tion for graduate or professional study in another fieJd, for example. theology, medicine, or law; and ( 5 ) those w h o p l a n to d o graduate work in ph ilosophy itself, usually with the intention of tea c h i n g in the fi e l d .
P H I L O S O P H Y
z cr::
o u.J Vl cr:: =:J o u
cr::
o
Un dergraduate tudy i n p h iloso phy does not train one speci fically for a first job. It does provide exposure to important perspectives, as well as basic skills in interpretation, critical thi nk ing and prob lem solving, research, analysis, and writing. These - usuaUy coupled w i th specialized t raining i n otber disciplines - fit one for a great variety of positions of vocational responsibility. In most careers, persons with the highest potential for a vancement are not those with the most specialized training, but those \ ith the perspective, flexibility and depth, and skills in thought and com mun ication provided by a l iberal study such as philosophy. SUPPORTING PROGRAMS IN PHllOSOPBY FOR OTHER FIELDS: Students using ph ilosophy to support primary
work in other fields may elect a minor or major or some other combination of courses o f interest. On approval of the depart ment, one course (4 ho urs) in another field of study may be used for the p hilosophy major if it h as a d i rect relationsh ip to the student's individual p h ilosophy p rogram. Both how p hiIosophy rel a tes to a variety of careers and what specific programs of study arc recol1lnlcnded to support work in other disciplines are described i n separate brochures ava ilable in the depar tmental office. These i nclude business, computer science, educat-ion, fine arts, health p rofessions, law and public pol icy, social work, social a nd natural sciences, and theological studies.
sources. Honors majors i n philosophy ar xpected to com plement their re gu l a r courses by reading and discussing 3-4 i mp ortant works under the personal supervision of depart ment faculty. The reading list should be obtained a t a n arly date from the d epartment chair. I t is best that the reading program not be concentrated into a si ngle semester, but pursued at <I leisurely pace over a n extended period. 4. At least a 3 . 3 grade point average in philosophy courses, including at least a B in 493.
Course Offe rings 100 Reasonin g
Development of reasoning skil1s and an appreciation fo r the diverse areas to which they a pply, for e:xa mple, i n religion, literature, science, and computer language. Stud e n t s learn how to ask dear questions, recogniz.e and evaluate assumptions and avoid errors o f reasoning i n arguments. Does not satisfy philo sophy core requirement. ( 2 ) 1 0 1 Philosophical Issues
Perennial ph ilosophical issues, systems, and th i n kers; the nature of knowledge, the fU llct ion of cienct', values, h u man nat u re and its social implications, religi�)l1 and knowledge o f God. Develop ment of critical and systematic philosophical thinking about all issues. (4)
A DISTINGUISHED PROGRAM: PLU's department o f
] 2 5 Moral Ph ilosophy
philosophy o ffers a distinctive course o f studies. T h e permanent faculty all hold the do torate, have studied at leading institu tions, and have participated in professional programs in the United States and Europe. All students, espe iaLly majors and m i nors, receive individual attention and assistance_
Major moral systems of Western civilization; in tensive examina tion of some contemporary moraJ theories; critical application to selected moral problems. (4)
UNIVERSITY CORE REQUIREMENT: The general u n iversity
core requirement of fou r hours in philosophy may be satisfled by any cou rse offered except 100 Reasoning, and 233 Forma.l Logic. A variety of 2-4 credit hour courses dealing with moral i ' ues, 226 Moral Problems, 323 Health Care Eth i cs, and 328 Philo sophical Isslles i n the Law, sati sfy t his requirement only if 2 2 5 Ethical Theory (2 hours) is also taken. The initial course in philosophy is c ustomarily 1 0 1 , 1 2 5 , or 225, though rarely are Lhese particular courses strictly a pr req uis ite for another course. 300-level c urses are especially suited fo r students with particu lar interest . Faculty consent may b e required for registration in some courses. MlNOR: 16 se m e s ter h ours o f approved p h ilosophy cou rses; for
tram fer students, at least 8 hours must be taken a l PLU. Students considering a m i n or should d iscuss their personal goals with dep artmen tal faculty. BACHEWR OF ARTS MAJOR: M i n i m u m o f 28 semester hours, including 2 3 3 Logic, 435 Advanced Seminar, and any twu of the
ourses in the history of philosophy sequence (33 1 Ancient Philosophy, 333 Modern Philosophy, 3 3 5 Contemporary Philosophy, and 336 Pragmatism and American P hilosophy) . On approval of the department, one course (4 hours ) in another field of study may be used for the philosopby major if it has a direct relationship to the student's individual p hilosophy program. Tra nsfer tuden ts will normally take 1 6 or more o f their 2 8 h o u rs at PL . Studen t s intending to major ill philosophy should formally declare this with the department chair and choose a departmental adviser. fo u r
HONORS MAJOR:
1 . 28 semester h o urs in phi losophy, including 2 3 3 Logic, at least two cou rses in the history of ph ilosophy ( 33 1 , 3 3 3 , 335, 336), 435 Advanced Semi nar, a n d 4 9 3 Honors Research Project. 2. An honors thesis ( p art of 493 ) , a major research paper u nder the sup ervision of one or more faculty members. 3. Completion of the departmental reading program of p rimary
225 Ethical Theory Examination of major moral y tcms of Western civilization and some contemporary ethical theories. M ust be taken concurrentl with o r before 226, 325, 328 o r 323, in order to usc those cou rses fo r the philosophy core requiremen t. May not take both 1 25 and 225 fo r credit. (2) 226 Moral Problems ritical a pplication of major historic and co ntempora .ry ethical theories to a broad range of selected moral problems. For p hilosophy core requirement only when paired with 2 2 - . ( 2 ) 233 Formal Logic
study of the principles o f argument a.nd proof using both natura l deduction and axiomatic approaches. An i n troduction to the use o f first o rder logic in ordinary reasoning and cognitive disciplines, and to the properties o f forma l systems such as CO Il si teney and completeness. Includes an introduct io n to inductive infer nce. Does not satisfy p h ilosophy core requirement. (4) A
3 2 3 Health Care Eth ics
10ral problems in health care relationships and delivery sys tems, considered in relation to fu nda mental eth ical lhemes and theories generally. Taught i n 1 - 2 huur units, i n division ' slIch as: A. ll1forllled Consent: Special setti ngs o f t herapy, resea rch, prisons, mental incompeten e . B. Choosil1g Death: Va luing l i fe, defining death, "extraordinary means," " killing" vs. " letting clie." C. IlljClIl/S al1d Children: Consent and valu ing l i fe in newborn care, pren ata l diagnosis, child research. D. D istrib u til1g Scarce. Reso llrces: Equal access rights, prevention/ treatment, life-style e ffects, etc. Not for phi losophy core requirement u nless paired with 225. ( 1 -4) 325 Business Ethics
A review of moral theories and perspectives of relevance to economic systems and business p ra c ti ces Examination of u nderlying values and assumptions, with a fOCllS upon specific business cases involving, e.g., employer-employee relations, advertising, workplace conflict, and environ mental and , ocial responsibilities. Prerequisite: 1 0 1 , 1 25, or 225/2 26. ( 2 ) .
P H Y S I C A L
E D U C A T I O N o m
328 Philosophlcal lss ues in the Law n ex am i n at i o n o f ph i l o s op h i cal issues in law u s i ng actual cases as wel l a ph ilosop h i c a l w ri t i n g s . Top ics i nclude contract law, sentencing p ra c t i ces , t o r t l i ab i l i t y, and various cri minal law defenses. P h i losophical th e m e s i nc lude natural law and legal positivism, and moral re a son i n g a b o u t i n d i v i d u al r i gh t s . Fo r p h i lo s o p h y core r e q u i re me n t only when p a i re d with 225. Pre- o r c o- req u i s i t e : one o t h e r co urse in phil sophy or l egal studies. (4) 331 Ancie.nt Philosophy The development of p h i l osophical thought a n d
method from the
Presocrati c p er i o d to i he end o f the fo u rth ce nt u r y A . D.
emphas is is g iven to
333
,
pe c ia l
the p h i l o so p h ies of Plato a nd Aristotle. ( 4 )
Modern Philosophy
The dev e lo pme n t of p h i l os o ph y from the sc'ven teen t h through the early n ineteenth c en t ur i es ; cont inental rationaUsm, B r it i s h e mpi ri c i s m , and German idea l i s m ; Descartes, S pi n o z a, Leibniz, Locke, Berk Icy, } fu me, Kant, F ic h t e, Schopenhauer, a n d Hegel. (4) 335 Contemporary Philosophy The development of p h i l o s o p hy from the l a t e n i neteen th century to the p re s e n t ; m<1)' include p ra g ma t i s m , empi r i c i s m , process ph i l o s o ph y, exi s te n t i a l i s m and an a l ys i s as d e v el o p e d by M il l ,
435 Advanced Seminar in Philosophy Top i c to be announced at t he time the course is o ffered, no rma .ll y some aspect of contemporary ph i l os o p hy. Prerequi s i te: co ns e n t of i n s tr u ct o r. May be re pe a t e d once fo r credit. (4)
336
Pragmatism and American Philosopby
338
Kierkegaard and Existenti alism
Modern cxisten tiali m, its main themes, a n d their relation to other p h ilo so ph i c a l trad i t i o ns; its impact on sllch fields a s t h eol o gy, l i terature, a n d p s ycholo gy. Life and thought of two key tlgures: Sorell Kierkegaard a n d f ea n-Pa u l S a r t re ; related thinkers i n c l ud i n g ietzsche, Heidegger, j a s p e rs , Tillich, Buber, Ca mus, and Marcel. (4)
340
493 Honors Research Project The w ri t i ng of an h ono rs thesi. and fi n al co m ple t io n of th e reading program in p r i m ar y s o u rc es re qu i r e d for t h e honors major, N e a r the end o f the semester, students will p rese n t their work to other philosophy majors and department faculty. Prerequis ite: consent of the d ep a rt m e n t . ( 4 ) 50 1 Teaching Philosophy t o Children An intensive w o r k s h o p for t ra i n ing teachers and p ros p ec tive teachers to i n t roduce r e a so n i n g skills a n d the cla rification o f ideas to elementary and middle school age ch ildre n . PJ rti ipants wilt be c oa ch e d in the co n d u c t o f c la ss ro o m philosophical discussion and w i l l p a rt icip a t e themselves in the sor t o f p h l l o so p h ical reflec t i o n that the c u rr ic ulw ll is d e s igne d to fo s te r. Not for p h i l o s op hy core requ irement. No p re req u i s i te s ; t e ac h i ng experience preferred. (Cross-referenced w i t h EDUC 50 I .) ( 2 -4)
he general character, fu n da men t a l concepts, methods, and sign i ficance of m od e r n science; some atten t i o n to s p ec i fi c areas f s ience: p h ysical , b io l o g i cal , s o c i a l ; the imp lication.s of sci e n ce and s cie n t i fi c met hodology for e t h i c a l , at'sthetic, a n d re li gi o u s val ues . ( 4 )
350
Philo ophr o f Religion
Classical and contemporary views of t ra d it i o n a l religious p ro b l e ms: the existence of G d, re l igi ou s experience, revelation, i m mo r t a l i t y, and o t h er s. Prereq u i s i te: One p re v io us phi losophy or re l igi on cou rse. ( 4 )
3S 1
Theory ofValoe
J'he n a tu r e of h u ma n val ues, co n te m p o ra r y discussion concern ing t h e subje l i ve or o bj e c t i ve , absolute or re l a t i ve, character of
su c h values as the good and t h e righ t, the beau t i fu l a n d t h e
holy; human know ledge of them; t h c h a ra c t er and use 0 the l a n g u a ge o f evalua·on. Prerequisite: 10 1 , 1 25 , or 225, or consent of instructor. (4) the origin o f val ues, their place in
a
lVorld o f fact,
352 Aesthetics nalysis of the ae:;thctic experience and its rela t i on s h i p to t h e fine arts, litera ture, science, a n d m o r a l i t y; the c r i t e r i a a n d concepts e m p lo ye d i n ar t i st i c t:xpre siem and aesthetic evalua tion.
(4)
School of Physical Education The un iversity's physical e d u c a t i o n p rogram
seeks to
ingra i n in each student a fU lld,lmenta l respect fo r the rol e
of physical activity in l ivi ng. I n s t r llction i s offered i n approximately 3 0 d i fferen t physica l education a c t i v i t i es, T h e activity program i s u n i quely cha racterized b y a t i mely
response to s t udent
i n terests in recrea t i onal opportunities avai.lable in the Pacific Northwest. The school's professional programs prepare prospective leaders fo r careers i n physical ed ucation, health, recre at ion, at hle tics, a n d t h erapeutics. A master' degree program pr v ides oppo r t u n i t ies fo r advanced study i n physical edu ation, sports administra t i o n , a n d exercise scie nce. utstanding modern sports facili ties i nclude a n all
400 meter track, an O lym pic- style s w i m m i n g ix l i gh ted t n n i s co u r ts, a n i ne- hole gol f course, two
weather
Philo ophr of Science
m
49 1, 492 Independent Reading and Research Prerequisite: departmental consent. ( 1 -4)
la m es , Dewey, Wh itehead , Sartre, Russell, Ayer, an d Wit tgenstein. Pr er eq u i s i t e : o ne p re v i o us p h i l o so p hy course. ( 4 ) An exam ination of p ragm a t is m , a major sc ho ol or American p h i l oso p hy. igures i n c lu de P ierce, James, Mead, wd D ew e y. Also considered will be those uch as Al a i n Loc e, Charlolle Perkins i l m an , and Jane Add am s , whose work is part of the prag ma t ist t radition, a n d those whose work challenged the evelopmcnt of p ra gm a t i s t thought ( Ro)lce, Santaya na, Ihitehca d ) . L i n ks w i t h cu rrent feminist a n d continl'n t a l t ho u g h t , a s w e l l a s fut ure possibilities fo r democr,ll i c theory. f rerequis ite: one p re v i ou s p h i losophy c o urs e or consent of instructor. ( 4 )
m
pool,
gym nas i u ms , racquelball and squash co u r ts, a fi t n ess cen ter, and an all-purpose astro - t u rf field house.
D. Olson, Dean; Chase, E v a n s , F i s h r, Hacker, mc e r, Savis, M. Se a l, F. Wes t e ri ng ; assi, kd by Ada c h i, Amidon, Ap p le ga t e , Benson, Boggs, Cinotto, Dawson, Fox, Pr e i t ag, Haroldson, J. j oh n s on , Lyo n s , 1.. Ma rsha l l , rvkCord, icholson, Po p p e n , Rice, Ryan, Weihle, cott vVestering, Susan We, t r i n g. FACULTY:
Hoseth, Kluge , Moore,
courses ( 1 00-259), i nc l u d i n g 1 00, arc required fo r graduation. Eight
UNIVERSITY REQUIREM ENT: Four o n e - ho u r
one-hour activity courses may be counted toward g ra du a t i on . Students are e n co u ra ge d to select a va r ie t y of
a c t iv i t ie s a t app ro
priate ·kill ieve l . . All p hysi ca l educa tion act ivity
cou rses J re
g raded on t h e basis of " A," "Pass," or "F ai l " and are taught co 'd u c a t io n al
basis.
0 11
a
o c ;:0 VI m
o
m
Z Q
VI
P H Y S I C A L
\.'J Z
o Lu
E D U C A T I O N
BACHELOR O F SCIENCE IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION (B.S.P.E.): 73-76 hours, i n d u d i n g co m p let i o n o f program core
P HYSICAL ED UCATION (K-12) SUPPORTING ENDORSEMENT: 1 8 h o urs, including Health Education 28 1 ;
requirements a n d one o f t h ree concentrations.
o n e course from among t h e followi ng: ( 2 8 5 , 286, or 2 8 7 ) ; 288,
Core Requirements: 3 3-46 h o urs i n cluding Chem istry 1 1 5, 1 [6;
322 (2 h o urs), 326, 3 28, 334.
Chemistry ( 1 04, 1 05 ) * ; Biology ( [ 6 1 , 1 6 2) � " 205, 206; Physical
HEALTH (4- 1 2) SUPPORTING ENDORSEMENT: 16 hours
Edu a t ion 277, 399 ( 8 hours), 480, 486, a n d Psychology 1 0 1 ' * .
,.. A lternate Chem istry requirement for Exercise Science Concentra t ion ami Health and Fillless Management COllcelltration.
Vl
No t re q uired for Health and
Fitlless Mallage mellt COllcentralioll.
n::
H
:::J
Exercise Science Concentration: 27 hours, includin g Physical
o u
Educa tion 326, 478; Health Education 292; Math 1 2 8 or [ 40 ;
Computer Sc i e nc e 2 2 0 ; Biology 323 or app roved a l ternate;
tor.
(*
a pp ro ved by t h e program coord i na
S tudents n o t p u rs u i ng an educat i o n endorsement will be
required to take 2 a d d i t i onal hours o f a p pro ve d electives to replace this course.)
RECREATION MINOR: 18 bours , includ i n g Recreation 287, Education 3 4 5 .
330, 399 (4 hours ) , 483, and Physical
PSI' hology 2 2 1 , 3 5 2 .
Health a n d Fitness Management Concentration: 43 h o u rs, including Phy ical E d ucation 288, 345, 380, 38 1 , 478, 484;
AQUATICS MINOR: [ 8 hours, i nd u d i n g Physical Educa t i o n 275, 3 3 1 , 399 (4 h u rs ) , Health Education 292, Business 28 1 ,
Health Education 28 1 , 325, 327, 425; Recreation 287, 330, 483;
plus 4 hours o f electives a pp roved b y t h e aquat ics d irector.
Computer
COACHING MINOR: 16 hours , including Physical Educa t i o n 3 34 , 3 4 5 , 4 1 0, a n d Health Education 28 1 . Electives: 8 h o u rs
icnce 220 a n d Business 305.
Pre-Therapy Concentration: 30 hours, including Health o
i ncluding Health Educa t io n 260 , 2 70 , 292, 2 95 ·, 32 1 , 323, 325, 3 2 7 , a n d 2 hours o f elect ives
Education 28 1 , 382; Biology 201 o r 323 o r a pp roved a l terna te; Math 1 2 8 or 1 40, S tatis tic� 23 1 ; Physics 1 2 5, [ 26, [ 3 5, 1 3 6,
a nd
Psychology 352 or 453.
i n cluding at least one course in coachi n g theory, from among the
following: Health Educa t io n 292 ( required for non-ed uca t io n majors); Physical Education 3 6 1 , 370, 3 7 1 , 3 7 2 , 3 7 4 , 3 7 8 and
[ n addition t o t h e requ irements l isted above, candidates for the
478. S u m m er cour es may
£ . S . I'. E. d e gre e must meet the fo reign language o p t io n requ i r e
approval of t h e dean.
ment as stated by the College ofArts alld Sciences.
be incl uded as electives with t h e
HEALTH AND FITNESS MANAGEMENT M INOR: [7 hours,
BACHELOR OF ARTS IN RECREATION (B.A. Rec;.):
includ i n g Physical Educat ion 288, 334, 345, 380, 38 1 , 399 ( 2 ) ,
66-69 h o u rs, including c o m p l tion o f program core requ i re ·
425, a n d Recreat i o n 3 3 0 .
m e n t s and o n e o f t h ree concentra tions. Core Requirements: 44 hours including Physical Educa t io n 277, 3 4 5 ; Recre,l t ion 2 8 7 , 330, 360, 399 ( 8 h o u r ), 483;
Bu iness 305; Psychology 10 1 , 352, and Comp uter Science 220 or approved a l ternate.
Adm.inistration Concentration: 2 2 b o urs , i n c l u d i n g Busi ness Education 3 3 1 , plus 8 h o urs of electives a p p ro ve d by p rogram coordina tor.
354, 370; C o m m un ication 3 3 0; Physical
Health and Fitness Management Concentration: 25 hours, including Physi cal Educa t io n 288, 3 3 4 , 380 , 38 1 , 4 7 8 , 484; Hea l t h Education 2 8 1 , 3 2 5 , 327, 4 2 5 , and
o m m unication 1 2 3 .
Programming Concentration: 2 4 hours, i ncluding Physical Education 285, 286, 288, 322 ( 2 hours ) , 326, 334, 3 8 1 , and 6 hours of electives approved by program coordinator. In a d d i t i o n to t he re qui re m e n ts listed
above, ca ndida tes ror the
B.A. Rec. degree m us t meet the fo reign language option require ment
as
stated by the
College ofArts and Sciences.
BACHELOR OF ARTS IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION (B.A.P.E.):
53 hours, including
Biology 205, 206; HeaLth Education 2 8 1 ;
Physical Ed ucation 277, 2 8 3 , 285, 286, 287, 288, 3 2 2 ( 4 h o u rs ) ,
326, 328, 345, 47 , 4 0 , 484, 486. I n addition to t h e req u iremen t s
l isted above, c. ndidates for the B . A . P.E. d eg re e , without teacher
DANCE MINOR: [ 9 hours, including Physical Educa t i o n 222, 230 or 232, 250, and 462. Electives: 14 hours from Physical
Educa tion 360, 40 1 , 49 1 , Theatre 3 5 6 , Music 245, 249. S u m m er cou rses may be i n cluded
as e l ec t i v es with the approval o f t h e
dance coordinator.
EXERCISE SCIENCE MINOR: 21 hours, i.nclu d i n g Biology 205, 206; P hysical Education 360/399 ( 2 hours), 478, 480, 486. Designed p ri ma rily fo r those with business backgrounds who mjgh t work in a fitness center. This program is not designed fo r educat ion majors.
SPORTS MEDICINE (Specialization): 26 h o u rs, i ncluding B i o l ogy 2 0 5 , 206; Health Education 260 a n d 270 or 327, 2H [ , 382; Physical Education 326, 345, 480, 486. Also required are
1 ,SOO hours of c l i n ical experience, which may include
a
practicum or i n terns n i p as required by N.A.T.A. Reco m mended: A teach i n g major with the Professional Educa t i o n Sequence a n d co mpletion of a l l requirements fo r t h e Provisional Ce rtificate.
SPORTS ADMINI STRATION (Specialization): 16 h o u rs , i ncluding Phy ieal Education 345, 399 ( 8 ho urs ) , 4 1 0, Health Education 2 9 2 ; plus 2 hours of approved electives. Students m u s t have a major in bus iness, commun ication, or economics.
cert ification, must m e e t the fo reign language option requi re me n ts as stated by the College
of Arts a /Id Sciences
and complete a
senior eminar (4 hours). All courses in major a n d m i n or fields used for t e <lc her cert ification must have grades of C or higher. Studenb wi. h i ng to r e cei ve
a Primary Endorsement in Physical Education K-1 2 (Teacher Certification) m u s t meet all require ments e s ta b Gshed by tbe School or Educa t ion f(l r tea her certifi
cation i n a d d i t ion t o the requirements listed above for the
B.A.P.E. At least one suppo r t i n g endorse m e n t i s strongly r com mended. Stud nls receiving
B.A. P. E . with certifi c a t i o n are not as 't3ted by t h e Co l i ge of Arts an d Sciences. All courses in major a n d minor lie-Ids llsed for leach r ce rtification must have grades o f C or higher. a
required to ful fi l l the o p tion req u i re m e n t
PHYSICAL EDUCATION (K- 12) CERTIfiCATION REQUIREMENTS: 33 hours, including English 1 0 1 ; Psychology 1 0 1 , A n t h ropology 1 02/2 [ 0, Special Educa tion 200, 480;
Education 262; Educational Psychology 26 1 , 36 1 ; Education 468; p l u s valid first aid card.
Course Offerings Courses in the School
of Physical Education are offered in t h e
fol lowing areas:
HEALTH EDUCATION 1 1 7 Childbirth and Beyond 260 Food and Health 270 Stress Without Distress 28 t Injury Prevention and Therapeutic Care 292 First Aid 295 School Health 32 1 Family Life and Sex Education 323 Emotional Health/Disease Prevention 325 Consumer Health 327 Substance Use and Abuse 360 Professional Practicum 382 Injury Prevention-Advanced 399 Internship
P H Y S I C A L
E D U C A T I O N
o m 425 1 1 561 59 1 597
Hewth PromotionlWellness Intervention Strategies Independent Study Graduate VVorksbops Professionw Practicum Independent Study Graduate Research
RECREATION 287 Teaching Methods: Recreation Activities 330 Recreation Programming and Leadership 360 Professionw Practkwn 399 Internship 483 Recreation Administration 491 Independent Study 501 Graduate Worksbops 56) Profes jonal Practicum 591 Independent Study 597 Graduate Research PHYSICAL EDUCATI ON 1 1 7 Movement and Mind 275 Water Safety Instruction 277 Foundations of Physical Education 283 Teaching Methods: Thmhling & Apparatus 285 Teaching Methods: Individual & Duw Sports 286 Teaching Methods: Team Sports 288 Teaching Methods: Weight Training 301 January on the Bill 308 Sports Motivation 3 10 Socioeconomic Influences on Health io America 3 1 5 Body Image 322 PhysicaJ Education in the Elementary School 26 Adapted Pbysical Activity 8 Curricu..lwn Development and Methods 3 1 Aquatics Management 334 Scientific Basis for Training 345 Administration of Sport Programs 360, 361 Professional Practicum, Coaching Practkum. 362 Heal ing Arts of the Mind and Body 370-379 Coaching Theory 380 Exercise Testing and Prescription 38 1 Foundations of Health Fitness Management 399 Internship 40 1 VVorkshop 4 1 0 Coaching-the Person and the Profession 462 Dance Production 478 Motor Learning and liuman Performance 480 Exercise Physiology 484 Measurement and Evaluation in PhysicaJ Education 486 Applied Biomechanics/Kinesiology 491 Independent Study 50 1 Graduate Workshops 5 1 0 Ethics in Physical Education and Athletics 5 1 2 Management of Sport Program 5 1 4 Sports Promotion 5 1 5 Advanced Studies in Athletic Training 5 16 Advanced Adapted Pbysicw Education in the Public Schools 520 Research Design 522 Psychology of Sport 1 523 Psychology of Sport n 530 Contemporary Issues in Physk.al Education 535 Health and Fitness in Contemporary Society 6 Health and Fitness Management o The Scientific Basis for Phrsical Activity 45 Motor DevelopDlÂŁnt and Learning 560 Project/Seminar 561 Professional Practicum 565 Analysis of Hwnan Movement 570 Sociology of Sport
591 Independent Study 597 Graduate Research 599 Internship 100 Personalized Fitness Programs To stimulate student i n terest in fu nctional personally designed programs of physical activity; �lssessment o f physiGd condition and skills; recommendation o f specific programs fo r maintaining and improving physical health. Should be taken as a freshman. [ II (1) 1 1 7 (HEED) Childbirth and Beyond Addresses issues and choices i n the following areas: pregnancy, labor and delivery, nutrition, anesthesia, VBAC, postpartum, circumcision, breast feeding, m idwifery, fam i ly planning, i n fant care and related topics. Fulfills freshman January term and Critical Conversat ions requirements. J (4) 1 17 (PHED) Movement and Mind A critical co nversations course which analyz s movement as a tool for language. Th first half of the cou rse discusses how movement in space, t ime, effo rt and energy peak t o the heart o f political, social, and emotional issues. Viewing d i fferent forms o f da nce which include modern dance, jazz dance, music videos, and cinema dance will be included in the course. The second half will be designed to understand how movement is connected to non-traditional healing therapies. Fulfills Critical Conversations requirement. [[ ( 2) ISO Adaptive Physical Activity An i n dividualized activity program des igned to meet the needs interests, l i mitations, and capacities of s t udents who have had restrictions placed o n their p hysical activity.
1 5 1 - 199 Individual and Dual Activities l S I ( Beginning Golf), 1 5 3 (Arch ery ) , I SS ( Bowling), 1 57 ( Personal Defense), 1 6 2 ( Beginning Ten n i s ) , 1 63 ( Beginning Badminton), 1 64 (Pickleball) , 1 6 5 ( Racquetball/Squash ) , 1 66 ( RacquetbaIl!P ickleba l l ) , J 67 ( Roller Skating), 1 68 ( Ice S ka ting) , 1 70 ( Skiiug), 1 7 1 ( Ca noeing), 1 7 2 ( Backpacking) , 1 73 ( Basic Mountain .ering), 1 74 ( Eq u i tatio n ) , 177 (\Neight Training), 1 7 8 ( Body Ton i ng), 1 80 ( B icycl ing) , 182 ( Low Impact Aero b ics ) , 1 83 (Power Aerobics), 1 84 ( Wa t e r Aerobi cs) , 1 86 ( Bencb Aerobi cs ) , 1 9 1 (Int rmediate Golf), 1 9 2 ( I n termediate Tennis), 1 93 ( Intermediate Badminton), 1 94 ( I n termediate Equitatio n ) , 1 9 5 ( In termediate Racquetball/Squash ) , 1 97 (Advanced Weight
Training).
200-219 A'Iuatics 200 ( In dividu a li z ed Swim Instructio n ) , 203 (Synchron ized Swim ming), 205 (Skin and Scuba Diving), 207 ( Basic Sailing), 2 1 0 ( i n termediate \vimming), 2 1 2 ( Conditioning w i m m i ng ) , 2 1 4 (Advanced Swi m m i n g ) , 2 1 7 (Lifeguard Tra .ining a n d ew tViethods ) . 2 1 8 ( Kayaking). 220-240 RhythDlS 220 (Movement Techn ique 1 ) , 2 2 1 (Tai Chi), 222 ( Jazz Dance Level l ) , 223 ( Yoga ) , 224 (Current Dance), 225 ( Ballroom Dance ) , 226 ( Folk and Social Dance), 227 ( L ine Dance), 230 ( I\ovelllent lech nique ll), 2 3 2 ( Jazz Da nce Level [ I ) , 234 ( Relaxation lechn iques) . 241 -259 Team Activities 24 1 (Basketball and Softball), 243 (Soccer and Volleybal l ) , 2 4 4 ( o-ed Volleyball ) , 245 ( Team Ha.ndb a l l ) , 2 4 7 ( Lacross e ) , 250 (Directed sports Participation), 2 5 9 ( Independent Study/ Activity) . 260 Food and Health A study of the basic requiremellts neccs ary to maintain p t imal health through wise food choices. 'C()pics include nutrients and their metabo lism, d ietary guidelines, food fJdism, lab l i n g , a d ditives, vegetarianism, obesity, nutrition-related diseases, nutrition during pregnancy, and n utrition fo r athletes. 1 [[ ( 1 )
m m
n o c ;;0 Vl m o m z C)
P H Y S I C A L
l'J z
o
E D U C A T I O N
270 Stress Without Distress
32 1 Family Life and Sex Education
Consideratio n of tress, what p e o p l e should know about s t ress,
A Stu d y of a n a tomy and p hys i olo g y, sexual roles, reproduction
how to reduce t h e harmful effect s o f st ress, and the re l ati o n sh i p
responsible re la t io ns h ips , respect fo r self 'l n d oth e rs, and
of i n c rea ed st res s to disease p ro b l e m s . II
physical and emot io n al well - be i ng. S t ress on responsible
(1)
de c i s i o n making co n cer n i n g se x u a l i ty by p ro vid i n g a cc u rate
275 Water Safety Inst ruction The \.meric a.n Red Cross vVa ter Safety Inst ructor's Co u rse.
Pre req u js i te: swim test required. 1I ( 2 ) VI
cr => o u
The rela t i o n s h i p of phys i c a l education to e d u c at i o n ; the biolo足
gical, s o c i ol o gi ca l , psychological, and mechanical p ri n c i p l e s un de rlyin g physical ed u c a t ion a n d a t h l et i c s. Should be t he i n i ti a l p ro fe ss i ona l course taken i n t h e S ch oo l of Ph ysi cal Edu cat ion .
II ( 2 )
w o
Preven t i o n , trea tment, and rehabi l i ta t i o n of all co mmon i n j u r i e s sustained in a t h let ics; p hys i cal the ra p)' by e m p loy m en t of electri足
cit)" massage, e.xe rcise, li ght, ice, and mechanical devices. I I I ( 2 )
283 Teaching Methods: Thmbling & Apparatus In ludes ski l l development, t each i n g op po r tu n i t i es , a n d sa fe t y tech n iques in tu mb l i n g a nd gy m na ,t i cs . The co u rse is de si g n ed
for K - 1 2 p re p a r a t io n . I ( 2 ) 285 Teaching Methods: Individual and Dual Sports Pl a n n i ng , tea chin g , a n d evalua t i n g these activitie ' : tennis,
ba d m i n t o n, track a nd field, b owl i ng , archery, g o l f, a n d fitness
activities. I ( 4 )
286 Teaching Methods: Team Sports P la n n ing, te a c h i n g, and evaluating these team activities:
b a ske t b a l l , socce r, vol ley b al l, ru gby, field ho c key, s o ftball, touch
foo tba l l , team handball. 1I (4)
287 Teaching Method: Recreation Activities P l a n n i ng, te ach i n g, a n d eval u a t i n g the fo l lo w i n g activities:
o u tdoor education, various recreational sports, and ro pe
skjp p i ng . II (4) Pla n n i ng teach i n g , sp o t t i n g, a nd s afe ty in te ac h in g weight
(I)
292 First Aid T h is course meets requirements fo r the America n Red Cross
Sta n d a rd First Aid and Persona l Safety. I [[ ( 2 )
295 School Health Health co n c ep ts which r e l a t e to the total school health program, i ncl ud i ng instruction, services, a n d e n v i ron m e n t ; re la t io n sh i p s between health and a l l levels of education. [ [ ( 2 ) 30 1 ,anuaY}' o n the HiD An i n tense xp er i e n ce of work o n Tacoma's H i l l top where students l e a r n first hand a bo u t poverty and do proj ects to con t ribute toward th e co mm un i ty. Fulf:ills the alternat ive l i n e in the Pers pe c t ive s on D i ve r s ity re qu ireme n t . J
(4)
308 Sports Motivation .o n ce p ts in c l ude : mod e ls of w i n n i n g , clos i ng the p ot e n ti a l
p erfo rm a n ce gap, b u i l d i ng winning a t t i t ud F u lfill s co ac h i ng minor r equ i re m e nt . J (4)
va ri e ty of pe rs o na l co pi ng skills and by
II ( 2 )
3 2 2 Physical Education in the Elementary School O rg a n i z a t i o n a n d a d m i n is t ra tion of a developmental p ro g ra m for gr a des K-6; seq u e n t i a l and p r og re s sive p rog r a m m i n g; la rge rep er to ire of activit ies. O bs ervat i o n
a nd lo r
p ra c ti c u m in p ub l i c
schools req u i red. I ( 2 ) ; J ( 2 ) ; II (4)
323 Emotional HealthlDisease Prevention To p i c s i n c l u de interpersonal commun icatio n , c o o p e ra t i o n , val u in g tech n iq u e s lead ing toward a heal t h ier li festyl e t h r o u gh
p re ve n tive med i c ine, a nd rel a t ed d isea se p ro b le ms. I I ( 2 )
325 Consumer Health i nfo rI l1a t io n about c o n s u m p t i on as it affects p e rso na l health. Exa m i na t ion of co ns u m i n g habits to acrueve gre a t e r control over tota l health status.
I (2)
326 Adapted Physical Activity E m ph a s ize the t he or y and p r a c t ice of a d a p t a t ion in teaching
s t ra t e g ie s , curriculum, and service d el i ver y fo r a l l pe. rso ns with psych omo tor p rob le ms , not just those labeled "dis bled." De vel 足 opme nt a l and fu nctional a pp roa c h e s to p rog ra m m i n g. I I ( 3 )
327 Substance Use and Abuse A s t udy of d rug use and abuse a n d t h e effect on th e h u m a n b od y and m i n d . I ( 2 )
328 Cu.rriculwn Development and Methods Cu rr i c ulum d evel op m e nt and general m e t hods in physical c d u 揃 cation. Devel o p i ng cur r ic ul um pla n n i ng a nd tea ch i Jl g techn i qu es
in
K-12
s e tt i ng s . 1 (4)
330 Recreation Programming and Leadership
288 Teaching Methods of Weigbt Training t ra i n i ng . I
a
curriculum m odel s.
277 Foundations of Physical Education
28J Injury Prevention and Therapeutic Care cr:
i n fo rm a tio n an d
e m p h a s i z i ng a p os i t i ve s el f- co nc e p t . Eva luation of school
, and set t i n g go a ls.
310 Sodoeconomic Influences on Health in America
Examines the p ri n c ipl es, p rocedu res, t ec h n i q u es, and str a te g ie s
e s se n t ial to program leisure serv i ce s s ucce s s fu l l y and to lead recreation experiences fo r d iverse p opulat i o n s in a v a r i ety of s et ti n gs P re req u isi te : 2 7 7 o r consent of instructor. I (4)
33 1 Aquatics Management To pics i ncl u d e tr a i n i ng a n d superv i s i n g pe rso n n el , fina nci n g,
p ro g ra mm i ng, pool ma i.n te n a nce and o p er a t io n , sWLm meet ma nagement, a nd sa fety and emergency p roce d ure s . S t u d y o f p oo l che m i s t ry, filter o p e rat i o ns, a n d m a i n tenance. Vis itat ion to l oca l p oo l s . ( 2 )
334 Scientific Basi for Training Presen t s physi ol o g i c and kineSiologic appl i ca ti o ns to p h y s i c al
t ra i n i n g. Top ics include the deve lo p me n t of mu scu l a r s trength and e n d u ra n ce, and t he rela t io ns.h i p of I lu t rit ion , e n v i ro n m en t , se , age, a n d ergoge n i c aids to athle t ic p e rfo rm a nc e. I (2)
345 Administration of Sports Programs Adm i n is t r a t i o n o f sports programs i n clu d ing b u d g et i n g, fac i l i ty develop ment, p ro mo tion, legal i m p l i c at ion s, and perso nnel
su p ervis i o n .
J (2)
J (4)
360, 361 Professional Practicum, Coaching Practicum tudents work u nder the s upe rv i s io n of a coach, teac he r, rec rea ti o n s u pe rvisor, or health c a re p ro v i d e r. P re req u i si te: de p a rt me n t a l a p p rov a l. I I I ( 2 )
315 Body Image
362 Healing Arts o f the Mind and Body
Ex a mi n at ion of the culture , social environment, and p ressures tha t create
a
h ea l th vu l ner a b i l it y w i t h th e Ame ri ca n p o p u l a ti o n .
To pic, i n clude: the co n n ect i on between womt' n a n d food,
cultural d e fin i ti o ns o f b e a u t y, e a ti ng d isorder, n u trition, and hi osocial factors affecting we ight co n t rol. Fulfills the a l t e rna t i ve l i nt: in the Pe rs p e c t ive s on D i ve rsi t y requ i re m e n t. J (4)
D e s igned to i n t ro d u ce a l ternative th e ra pies o f m i n d - b o d y
p rocesses. History, roots, p ract ice, and c ult u ral signi ficances o f several t h er a p i es a nd p ra c ti c es . FuLfi ll s the alternat ive l i n e in the Perspec tives on D i ve rsi ty re q u ire m e n t .
J (4)
P H Y S I C A L
E D U C A T I O N
o m
370-379 Coaching Theory .
niques, system ' , t r a i n i n g methods, stra tegy, and p s yc hol o g y coac h i ng;
70 ( Baske t b a l l ) , 3 7 l ( Foo t ball ) , 3 7 2
(Cross
ountr y/Track and fiel d ) , 374 ( S oc er), 378 (SoftbaIl/ Baseba l l ) .
I n illy (2)
478 Motor Learning and Hwnan Performance Provides basic t heories, research, and practical i m p l ications fo r motor learni ng, motor con t rol, and var i a b le s affecting skill a cq uis it i o n . I (4)
m
480 Exercise Physiology
380 Exercise Testing and Prescription
Scie n t ific basis for r ra i n i n g and physiological effect of exercise o n
n
Pr vides the theoretical and p r act ica l ba c k gr o u n d necessary
the h um a n b o dy. Lab req uired. Prereq u i, it e : B 1 0 L 205-206. I (4)
o
safely to conduct a vari e t y o f exercis asses�
t est i n g techn i q ue s used to
comp nents of physical fitness ( e. g . , cardiovascular and
muscular e nd u ra nc e , s t rength, fl exi b i l i ty, a n d b od y c omp os i
health and sy m p to m a t i c populations are included. Information will help s t uden ts to eva l uat e the res ults o f these asses sm e nt s o bj cc t i ely a.nd then to devel op safe and a cc u ra t e individualized exercise t rai n ing p rog ram s. [ [ ( 2 )
3 8 1 Foundations o f Health and Fitness Management Provides an werview of the fi t ness b lls i ness i n dustry and
considers related t h eor e t ica l and practical is su e . Discussion of th roles of medical and a l l ied health p rofess ionals, as weLl as various p u bl ic and p r iv a te a gen c ies a n d orga n iza t io ns involved
in health a nd l t ness. Current trends in the orga nization and
programs are i n clud e d. [
(2)
382 Injury Prevention-Advanced An adva nced stud y in the recognition and treatment of specific a t hle ti c
injur ies and vulnerable body structu res, with
mphasls
on evaluaLion, modal i t ies of tre a t ment, rehabilitation, and cunent i s su e . Prere qu i s i te: 28 ! . 1I ( 2 )
399 Internship Expe rien ces losely as s igned to tudc n t' s career a n d academic interests. Student i d ent i fi s p roblems to be resea r c he d , expe r i ces t o b e g , in ed, and rea d in g s pe r t a in i ng to t h i s i n terest. An p roved Ilrm or o rg a n i za tion is mlItually agreed u p o n by the st u d e n t a n d the coord i ua t o r of t h i s program. Monthly p rog ress rcports, eval uations by the su pe rviso r, and other measures o f
achievement a r c used t o determine t h e grade. Prerequ i s i t es: declaration of maj o r, at least sopho more s tat u s , and co m p l e t ion
of at least 1 0 h o u rs in the major. May be taken Educa t i < n ,
Health Educa t ion,
as
P h y s ic a l
or Recreation cred it. ( 2 -8)
40 1 Workshop Workshops in spe c i a l fields fo r varying periods.
c
Exa mines t h e p r i n c i p les, procedures, te c h n iqu es , a n d st ra t e g ie s essential to su ccessful a d m i n is t ra t i o n of leisure services,
t ion ) . Testing te ch n iqu es t h a t a d d l css the eva l u a t i o n needs of
acimin istr;J t i on of health and fi t ness
483 Recreation Administration
( 1 -4)
410 Coachinlr-'fhe Person and the Profession Pers o n a l and profess i o n a l requ is ite s of s uc c e ssfu l spo ts programs, i ncluding co a c h i n g styles, d eve J o p m en t of le a d e rs h ip qu a l iti e , rec r u it ill g methods, development of a p h il o so ph y of
ma J1agemen t , motivation, te a m b u i l d i ng, fi na ncial m a na gemen t ,
o
marketing and sales risk ma nagement a n d entrepreneurship.
-n
Prereq u is i tes : RECR 330, 360, PHED 345. I [ ( 4 )
-n m
484 Measurement and Evaluation in Physical Education The s e l e ct io n , construction, and i n terpretation of ev al ua t i o n t echniq u es related to the p h ys i ca l education program. Fulfi l l s Educat ion
467
z CI
certifica t i o n req u i rement. II ( 2 )
486 Applied BiomechanicslKinesiology O p p o r t unity to increase knowle d ge a n d u n d er s ta nd i n g about t he
h u man bo d y and how the basic l aws of mcchan ics are integrated in efficient m o t o r perfo rmance. I I ( 3 )
49 1 Independent Study Prerequ isi te: consent of t he dean. May be taken a s Phys i c a l Education, Hea l t h Education, o r Recreation credit. I ll S ( 1 - 4 )
501 Workshops .l r a d ua t e wo rks ho ps in special fields for va rying pe rio d s. May be taken as P hy s i c a l Educa t i o n , H e a l t h Educa t i o n , or Rec rea t i o n cred it. ( 1 -4 )
5 1 0 Ethics i n Physical Education and Athletics The study of ethics a n d e t h ical decision making in p hy s ical education a n d a t h l et i c s . ( 3 )
5 1 2 Management of Sports Programs Explore conce p t s in budgeti ng, s ch e d u l i n g , p e rso n n el , and facili ties i n physica l educatio n , a t h let ic, and fitness programs.
(3)
5 1 4 Sports Promotion D e sign e d fo r those i nte re ted in m a rke t i n g sports and athletic programs. C o m p reh en s ive s t r a t e gie s for a t t rac t i n g a nd re t a i n i n g s p o r ts p a rt ici p a n t s a n d p rogr. IDS a re i n cluded. ( 3 ) 515 Advanced Stndies i n Athletic 'fraioing A se rie s of a dva n ce d s e m i n a rs deal ing with s p e cific top i cs in
s ports
medicine, E m p h asis o n in - dep t h st u dy of theories,
a t h letics, o rga n i zat io n o f p re - l i n - l a n d pos t - season programs,
problems, pr a c t i ces, and tec h n iq u e s in the fi el d . ( 3 )
award ' stems, and program c v a l uatio n a l co nsideration of relatio nsh ips with sta fl� parents, pl a yers , fac u l t y, a d m i n i s t rat-ion, and media. Bu dg c r ing , pu rch a s e of eq u i p men t and maintenance, and facility planning and usa ge. II ( 2 )
516 Advanced Adapted Physical Education in PubUc Schools ,onsideration of mainstreamed students with d isa b i l i ties i n physical e du c a t io n with special e mp ha s is o n disab l i n g co n d i t ions, abilities, and c o n t ra - i nd ications of phy s ica l act iv i t y. ( 3 )
425 Health Promotion and WeUness Intervention Strategies Exa m i n. t ion of s t ra te g i e s fo r i m p roving the state of wellnes
520 Research Design The srudy of va r i o us resea rch de s ig n s and their i m p lica tions fo r physical education, a t hlet ics, a n d fi tn e ss . ( 3 )
t h r o ugh healt hier l i festyl
. Topics include the h o listic approach
to hea l t h, behavioral i n t e r ve ntion, n u t rition and we ig ht co n t rol strategies, health-r laled fit ness, slra tegies to i m p rove adherence to a fi t ness p ro gram ,
a nd the cost- ffcct iveness
of heal th p ro
grams in b us i nes and i n d u t ry. Incl udes comput erized assess
meIlts; appra i s a l s of h ea l t h risks; p rescri p t i o n s fo r n u t r i t ion, health, and activ'ity; and a monitoring system and weight management
program. ( 2 )
2 Dance Prodnction .n ad va n ce d h ore ogr a p h y course comb i n i n g choreograp hy, costume design, taging, and p u blicit y t e c h niqu es fo r prod u c i n g a m aj or dance concert. ( 2 )
(/) m
including o rga n i z a t i o nal excellence, n e two r k ing, p erso nn e l
52.2 Psychology of Sport I ["OCllS on psyc h o log i ca l skills in sport em p h a siz i n g physio logi cally based techniq ues, cocrnitively based tec h n iques ( co gn i t i ve restructuring, mental i magery, and attention con tro l ) , and behaviorally based te ch n iques ( goal -setting and m o d el i n g ) . ( 3 )
523 Psychology o f Sport U Focus on variolIs aspects of i n d ividual and group m o t ivati o n a l processes in s p o r t and exercise se tti n gs. To pics i n c l u d e participa tion motiva t i o n , i n t rinsic/extrinsic motivation, exercise adherence, ach ieveme n t behavior, and self-confidence. ( 3 )
530 Contemporary Issues i n Phy ical Education A h istorical and philosophical framework to s t u d y the cu rrent issues in the profession today. (3)
P H Y S I C S V1
535 Health and Fitne s in Contemporary Society a::
o w
Considers the i n fluences of contemporal"Y society
on lifestyJe
dloice. that i m pacl health an d fi t ne ss. m p has i . on di scu ssi o n of p r i n c i p l es and c o n cep ts associated with d e velo p i n g , i m p l e me n t i n g , and e valu a t i n g school programs that can provide tudents with a foundation for l ifel o n g health and fitness. Re q u i red fo r teacher c a ndida tes . ( 3 ) 536 Health Fitness Management
a::
o nside rs the organizational, administ rative, and educational issues wh ich are i mp o r t a n t in developing, imp lementing, Jnd evaluating health and fitness p rograms i n vJri()lI� ommunity setl lngs. ( 3 )
o u
L.U W a::
o
Physics is th
cien t i fi c study o f the ma terial u niverse at i ts
mos t fu ndamental
level: the mathemat ical descrip tion of
space and time, and the behavior of m a tter from the element a r y parlicl
to the w1 iverse a s a whole. A p hysicist
might study the i n ner workings of atoms and nuclei, the
V1 ::J
Physics
age of the u n iverse, the behavior o f h igh or the l i fe cycles o f stars from int erstellar gases to black holes. Physicists use high-energy accelerators to search fo r ize a nd
temperature superco n ductors,
540 The Scientific Basis for Physical Activity
quarks; t h ey design
ari ty of environmental and developmental variables on the physiological rcsp nnse to exercise and physical activ ity. Emphasi s on ways in w h ich teachers can apply the scient ific p r i n ci p l e s associated with ex rcise to enhance h uman p e r for m a n c e . ( 3 )
medicine and com m u n ications; they heat hydrogen gases
o nsiders the i n flue nce of a
54.5 Motor Development and Leacning Theoretical and p ra c t i ca l in (ormation on physical gro wt h as a fac tor accompanying motor develo pme nt, fu ndamenta l Illotor s k i l l a cq uis i t ion , and performance. Req u i red fo r teacher candid<ltes. ( 3 ) 560 Project/Seminar
The t u d e n ts will meet as a cIa
in a seminar format to present and defend individual projects. Prerequisite: 520. ( 3 ) 5
and work
561 Professional Practicum
practicum p ro v id es s t udents with o p po r t ll nit i e s to develop, their pro fes s iona l i n ter t. [n a dd iti o n to i n te ract i n g w i t h u n i ve rs i t y fa cul ty, students will work wi t h site sup e rv i sio n . ( 1 -2 ) The
i m p lement, and evaluate skills associated w i t h
565 Analysis o f Human Movement
Considers the i n fluence of a n a t o m ic a l and mechanical p ri nc i p l es and concepts o n the d evel o p m e nt of efficient movement. The a p p lication o f t h e s e principles to e n h a nce the m ove m en t e ffi ciency of participants in ph)'sicaJ act ivit), a n d s po rt s programs.
new
las
r
systems for applications i n
to temperatures h igh er than the su n's core in to deve! p nuclear fusion as
astrophysics to nuclear physics to opt ics and crystal structure, physic
nco mp asses
some of th most funda
mental a n d exc i t i n g ideas ever considered.
FACULTY: 'IJng, Chair; Clay, G reenwood, Lang, Mayer, Sabet i .
Physics
major o lTers a c h a l lenging program c m p h a > i ?: i n g a low stude n t - reacher ratio and the opportunit}1 to engage i n in d ' p e nd e n t research p roject . There arc two introductory course sequences, Co llege Physics and Ge ne ra l Ph),sics; the General P h ysics . eqllence i n co r p o rates c a l c u l u s , and is re qu i re d fo r the Bachelor of Science major.
The ph)'sics
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE MAJOR: 36 semester hours, 1 5 3, 1 54, 1 63, 1 64, 22 3, 33 1 , 33 2, 336, 354, 356, 42 1 , 422. 497 -49R may b e substitll ted fo r 4 2 1 -422 with consent o f the dep a rt me n t. Students p l a n n i n g to cont inue in a gra d uate physics degree p rogram are strongly urged to take 40 I and 406. Requ ired slIppo/·ting cou rsl's: 1\1[ath 1 5 1 , 1 52 , 253; Chemistry 1 1 5; either Engin e r i n g 333 or Ch e m i s t r y 3 4 1 .
(3)
A typ ical B. . ph ys i cs major pro g T3 m i .
570 Sociology o f Sport
Freshman
P h ysi cs 1 53, 1 63 Math 1 5 1 , 1 52
Sophomore
Physics 1 54, 1 64, 223 Math 253 Physics 354
Focuses on sport both as a social i n s t it u tion and as a s o c i a l i z i n g agent.
To p ic s include sport and economics, gen d e r,
race,
educat ion, po l i t ic s , and re li g ion . ( 3 ) 59 1 Independent Study
investiga tions i n to a reas of special i n te res t to t h e s t u d e n t wh ich a r e not covered by courses in t h e re gul a r g ra d ua te program. The types of projects undertaken v a r y in l e n g t h and content and are determined in consultation with a fa c u l ty adviser. ( 1 -4 ) Independent
the attempt
n energy res o urce. hom
Ju n i o r
a
follows:
Ph ),si cs 33 1 , 332, 336 Chemistry 1 1 5 Physics 356
Senior
Physics 40 1 , 406
Physics 4 2 1 , 422 Engineering 333 or C h e m is t ry 34 1
597 Graduate Research
Open to g m d uate students who m i n o r in the field of physical Prerequisite: con s e n t of the instructor. lay be t a ke n as Physical Education, He al t h Ed uc a t io n , or Recrea tion cred it.
BACHEWR OF ARTS MAJOR: 24 'el1lester h ou rs : 153 or 1 25 , 1 54 or 1 26, 1 6 o r 1 35 , 1 64 or 1 36, 2 2 3 , p l u s ten semester h o u rs in p hysics. Re qu ired s u p po r tin g cou rses: Math 1 5 1 , 1 52 .
( 1 -4)
MINOR: 22
eduCll t ion.
599 Internship ( 1 - 4 )
I 3
semester h o u rs, i n c lu di n g 1 53 o r 1 25, 1 5 4 o r 1 26, or 1 3 5 , 1 64 or 1 36; twelve add i t i o ll a l h o u rs, of which a t le a s t
eight
must be upper d iv i s i o n .
Applied PhYSics
a major i n Applied Phy si c s , wh ich includes a substantial s e l ec ti on of courses from e n g ine e rin g to p ro v i d e J challenging and highl)1 versat ile degree. AppL ied P h y s ics can lea to research or advanced study in s uch areas as robotics-with a p p l i ca ti on i n space e x p lor at io n or joint and limb prosthet ics; growth o f s i ngle-c rystal metals, wh i ch would be t hou s a n d s o f times stronger t h a n the best s te el s now available; mechanics of
Also available is
P H Y S I C S o m
material fa ilure, s u c h as metal fa tigue and fra ct ure; t u rbule nce i n uid now; p h o tovol ta i c cell research fo r s o l a r energy de v elo p e n t ; or a p p l ic a t i o ns o f fluid flow and t hermo d ynam i cs to the study o f pla n e t a r y a t mospher " a nd ocean curre nt . \V hil e many
program also p rov ides exce l lent p re para tion fo r graduate st u d y in ne a rl y a l l fields of e ng i ne ering ,
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE MAJOR IN APPLIED PHYSICS: 50-52 semester ho urs , P hys i c s 1 53, 1 54, 1 63 , 1 64, 223, 3 3 1 , 354, 356, 42 1 , 422: E n g i n ee ri n g 1 3 1 , 1 3 2 , 334 p l us fou r e ngin ee rL ng courses, one of which must be u pp e r d i vLsion, selected from 2 3 3 , 234, 333, 434, 24 - , 2 4 6 , 3 4 5 , 346, Phy s i cs 336 may be s ubst i t u te d fo r ngineering 234. Chemi t r y 3 4 1 may be s ub st it u t e d for E n g i n ee ri ng 333. Re qu i r e d su p p o rt ing courses: M a t h 1 5 1 , 1 5 2 , 253; Chcmi try 1 1 5; Com p ut e r S c i e n ce 240.
-n
(4)
m
336 Mechanics
I I (4)
m ined m u l t i pli er s . Comprehensive and i l l ustrative e x a mpl es from the fields of electromagnetism, waves, tran sp ort , vibra tions, a n d m ec h a n i c s . Prerequisites: 1 54 a n d
Qourse Offerings 125, 1 26 College Physics T hese cou rses provide an i n t roduction to the fu ndamental top i cs of physics. I t is a non - c a l cu l us sequence, i nvol v i n g o nl y the use of t rigo n o m et r y and college a l geb ra. Conc u rrent re gi st r at i on in
1 35, 1 36 i s requLre d . I II (4, 4 ) J3asic laborato ry xperill1cn t s are p e rfo r med in c o nj u nc t i o n with the College Phys ics s equen ce . Concu rrent regist ration in 1 2 5,
1 26 is requi red. I I I ( 1 , 1 )
153, 1 54 General Physics A calc u l u s - level su rvey o f the general fields of p hysi c s , including cia sical mecha ni cs, wave motion, electricity and m a g net ism, and op tics. Concu rre n t reg i strat io n i n 1 63 , 1 64 , Prerequi s i tes:
1 52 for 1 54.
I II
(4, 4 )
356 Mathematical Physics II B o u n dar y value p rob l ems , special fu nc tions , m a trices a n d tensors, probabi l i t y theory, eigenvalue problems, co m pl ex v a r i a b les, contour in te g ra t i o n , and their a p p l i ca tio n s to phy- ic s .
P re requ i s it e : 354, I (4)
401 Introduction to Quantum Mechanics
co nj u n c t ion
with
the General P h ysi cs sequence. Concu rrent re gi s tra ti on in 1 53,
1 54 is req u ired I I I ( l , 1 )
20S Musical Acoustics A study of musi al sOllnd usi ng ph ys i ca l m e thods; vibra t i n g systems, · m ple h a r m o n i c m o t i o n ; wave m o t i o n ; c o m p lex wa ve s ; ge n e ra t i o n in musical inst r u me nt s; p hysio lo gy of hea rin g;
arch i tectural acoustics; electronic reco r d i n g and re p ro duct i on , Labora t o r y a n d group hours. 0 p re req ui s i te courses in either maLhemati o r p hy sics are assllmed. aly f ! ( 4 )
223 Elementary Modern Physics selected t reatment of various p hysi c al p h e n o mena wh ich a re nadequat Iy d e s cr i b e d b)' classical m c t hods of ph ys i cs , I n terpre
tations whi h have bc('n d e ve lo p ed � r t hese p h e no me na since appr x i ma te ly 1 900 a re p re s e n ted at an el e me n t a r y l ev e l .
Va rious quantum mechanical systems and p h e nom e n a are studied in ord e r to demonstrate these ideas and tec h n iqu e s .
Co req u is ite : 356. aly
I (4)
406 Advanced Modern Physics Modern theories are used to describe t op i c s of contemporary i m p o rta n ce such as ato m i c and sub- atomic phenomenJ, plasmas, solid-state, and a s t rop h ysi c a l events. The ap pl i ca t io n of quantum mecha nical techn iques are used when a p p r op r i a t e.
P re re q uis i te : 40 1 . a/y II (4)
163, 1 64 General Pbysics Laboratory Basic l a b o ratory experiments are perfor med in
MATH 253, 11 ( 4)
The ideas a n d tec h n i qu e s of quan t u IU mech a n ic s are developed.
1.35, 1 36 College Physics Lnboratory
P re re q u isi t e : 1 54 . I (4)
See Engineering 334. II
I n t roduction to vector and tensor calculus, fu nc tions of a co m p l ex variable. Laplace and Fourier t ra ns for ms , and u n deter
Engineering 334, 434
wave
o
334 Materials Science
354 Mathematical Physics I
Science 240 33 1 , 42 1 , 422
for J 53 ; 1 53 and M ATH
333 Thermodynamics See Engineering 333. II (4)
345 Introduction to Electronics See Engineering 345, I (4)
C om pu t er
o
I I (4)
Hamilto n i a n fo rmulation of mechanics, Prerequisite: 1 54;
Chemis t ry l I S
MATH l S I
P rere q ui s i t e : 33 L
corequisite: 354 or consent of instructor. a/ y 1 99 5 - 96
356
Physics
c
bodies; moving coordi nate systems; Lagrange's equations and
Engineering 333
Senior
p ro p a gat i on of elec trom ag net i c waves is de velope d with pa rt i c u l a r emp h as i s o n their a pp lica t ion to physical o p t i c s .
m o t i o ns of sy s t e m s o f p a r t ic les ; dyn am i c s a n d statics of rigid
P hysics 1 54, 1 64, 223, 3 5 4 E ngin e ering 233, 2 3 4 P hy si c s
n
p rob l e ms; p a rti cl e motion in one, two, or t h ree dimensions;
P hy si c 1 53 , 1 6 3 Enginee r i n g 1 3 1 , 1 32 Math l S I , 1 5 2
Math 253 JUllior
Prerequ isites: 1 5 3, 1 54 and MATH 2 5 3 . 1 (4)
332 Electromagnetic Waves and Physical Optics P ro cee d i ng from Maxwell's equ a t ion s , t h e ge n e ra t i o n and
Fundamental mechan ics; a mathematical form ul at io n of ph ys ica l
l yp ical appl ied physics program is as fol l ows:
Sop h o lllore
Elec t rostati cs , d i pole fields, fields in d i el ec t r i c materials, electromagnetic induction, ma g n e t i c p ro p er t ie s of ma tter, i n co nj u nc t ion w i t h t h e de vel o pm e n t o f Maxwell's e qu a t i ons .
p p l ied Phy s ic s g ra du at es p u rsue professional
caree rs in indllstry i m med i a te l y a fter g r ad ua L ion fro m PLU, the
Freshman
33] Electromagnetic TheoTY
42 1 Advanced Lnboratory I elected ex pe r i m e n ts from both classical and modern p h y s ics are per for med u s i n g s t a te of t he art i n s t ru m en t at i o n , Co re q u i si t e: 33 1 . 1 ( 1 ) 422 Advanced Laboratory II Con t i n u a t i o n of 42 1 with emphasis on design and i mp l em en t a tion of a p roje ct u n d e r t h e guidance of t h e physics staff. P re re quis i t e : 4 2 1 . II ( I ) 434 Transport: Momentum, Energy, and Mass See Engineering 434, I I (4) 491 , 492 Independent Study ( 1 -4 ) 497, 498 Research ( 1 -4)
Z Q
P O L I T I C A L
S C I E N C E
Political Science u..J
o u..J Vl 0:: => o u
u..J
UJ o
Political science addresses one of the most d i fficult, yet fundamentally important h u m a n endeavors, the gover nance of peopl and societies. The student of polit ics seeks to u nderstand how governments are o rgallized and structured, how political processes are employed, a n d tbe relationship of structures and processes to societal purpo ·es. Recognizing that government and pol itical a c t ivity may embody and reflect the full range of human values, the study of p o l i t ics must endeavor to understand the real ities of poli tics w h i l e at the same time asking how well p o l i t i cal systems work, wha t purposes are and ought to be served, a n d what effects resu lt from political phenomena. Political s ience encourages a critical u nder tanding of government and politics i n t he belief t h a t a knowledgeable, i nterested, a nd aware citizenry is the roo t strength and necessity of a democratic society.
FACULTY: Kelleher, Chair; Atkinson, Dwyer-Shick, Olufs, Sp e n ce r; assisted by Bricker. The study of politicJl science helps to prepJre students for the exercise of their rights, duties, and opportun ities as c itizens by giving them a better understanding of American poli t i ca l processes and of al t ern a t ive ystems. Courses in political science exp lo re various topics in American government and politics, internation a l relations and foreign policy, compara tive go ern ment and area studies, political p h il os ophy and theo ry, and public policy and l aw. The department provid es pre- p rofes s i onal t rai n i n g leading to car ers in teachi n g , law, government, a n d relJted fields.
For the n n -major, po l i t i c a l science courses provide usefu l study for a n y s tud ent gen e ra l l y i n teresttd i n pu b li c a ffai rs a n d the workings of governme n t. Moreover, t h e st udy of pOlilics i s s u ppor t i ve of any discipline or professional p rogram whose substance becomes a matter of public pol icy. As such, political scie n ce complem e nt S ( l h fields a the natural sciences, sociology, busines. , education, and economics. The study of po l itics touches u po n other d isciplines, which inquire into h u m a n behavior and development, ranging from h istory a nd p h.ilosophy to psychology, communication, and cross- cultural stuJ.. i es. tudents o f p litical science have the opportunity to combine the ,lcademic s t u d y o f government and p o l itics w i th practic,ll experience by part icipation in one of the i n tern, h i p programs spons red by t h e d p M tm e n t. At present t h ese are available in p ub l i c a mi n i s t ra t ion, public law, and the l e gi s la t ive process. The Department of Political Science i s affi liated with several o rgan iza tions prov iding for a variety of student involvement. T hese organizations include the l'vlodel U n i ted Nat i ns, enter for the Study of Public Policy, and Political S i· n e Club. The dep a r tment further sponsors o r otherwise encourages active stud nl p a r t ici p a t i o n in political l i fe through class activities and through such campus organizations the Young Republicans and You n g Democrats. The political science faculty at Pacific Lutheran University share a breadth of experience in tea c h i n g Jnd research, in professional associations and conferences i n the n ited States and abroad, and in government decision m ak i n g fro m the local to the i n ternationJl level. There are n prerequisites for political science courses, except as noted. Prior consultation with the i nstructor of an)' advanced course is invited. Stud e nt s wishing to p ursue a major or m i n o r in political science are requested to declare the major or minor with the depar t me nt chair as soon as p o ss i bl e .
BACHELOR OR ARTS MAJOR: 6 s emes te r hours. 1 0 1 , 1 5 1, 325, 495 ( 1 6 sem e s t er hours ) . Distrib u t ional requirement: O n e course from each o f Group A Jnd Group B ( 8 semester hours ) . Gr o up A - American G o ve rn m e n t a n d Public Policy: 345, 354, 357, 36 1 , 363, 364, 368, 3 7 1 , 372, 373. Group B - I n ternational Relations, CompJrative Government, and Po l i t i cal Thought: 326, 3 3 1 , 338, 347, 38 1 , 384, 385, 386, 387. Electives: Minimum o f 1 2 s e mester hours selected from the Political Science curriculum, Major programs should be planned i n consult ati o n with a depa rtmental adviser. In some instances, an internshi p (450, 458, 464, or 47 1 ) may be substituted for 495; s t u d e n t s must plan this option with the a ppropriate fac u lt y intern superviso r, in consultation with the d e par t m e nta l chair. Required co u rses:
MINOR: M i ni mum of 20 s e m es te r hours includ ing 1 0 1 and 1 5 1 . Minor programs sho u ld be p l an ned i n co nsultation with a depa rtmental adviser. CONCURRENT ATTAINMENT: No more than 8 semester hours taken to satisfy other major or minor requirements may also be ap pli ed to the political science major. No more than 4 such semester hours may also be applied to the political science minor. RESIDENCY: A minimum of 1 2 s eme s t e r hours fo r the major and 8 se me s t er hours for the minor must be taken i n residence. MINOR IN PUBLIC AFFAIRS: 24 s emes ter hours, including 345 (required ) and 20 hours from pol it ical science, econ o m ics, sociology, and bu s i n es s or statistics. This minor offers an i n terdisciplinary study designed to support many major programs whose con tent has i m plica t i o n s fo r public affairs, and i s particularly use fu l to s tu d e n ts conte m plating careers in public service or graduate study in pu b l ic a d m i n istration, public affa i rs, and related programs. The Public Affair� minor incl ud es the following require men ts: I ) Political Science 345, G o ve rn me n l a nd Public Policy; 2) at least five additional course from three of the following groups (courses which , r ta ke n as part of a major progrJm may not also count toward the Public Affairs mi n o r ) : Political Science ( minimum of 8 hours i f this group is selected) 1 5 1 - American Government 354 - State and Local G o ve rn me n t 357 - American Bureaucracy 363 - Politics and the Media 364 - The Legislative Process Economics ( m i n i m u m o f 8 hours if this group is selected) 1 50 - Principles of Econom ics 32 1 - Labor Economics, Labor Relations, a n d H u m a n Resources 362 - Public Finance 3 7 1 - I ndustrial Org an i z a t io n and Public Po l i c y Sociology ( minimum of 4 hours if t h is group is s e le ct e d ) 240 - Social Problems a n d Policies 386 - qual i t and I n equality 4 1 2 - rime and De l i nq u en cy 472 - Is ues in Crime/Deviance Busi ness/Statistics (minimum of 4 h o u rs if this group is selected)
BUSA 2 8 1 - Fi na ncial Accounting STAT 2 3 1 - I n t roductory Statistics On ap p ro va l by the Public Affairs adviser, u p to 8 hours may be earned through participation in an internship program as a substitute for courses listed above (except Political Science 345). I n ternshi p opportun ities are offered through several depart ments and p rov ide students with actual work experience in state and local legislative and admi nistrat ive agencies. Students
P O L I T I C A L
interested in i n ternships are urged to cons u l t w i t h t h e i r academic dv is
rs
and with i nt e rn faculty advisers a t a n ea rly d a te.
o m
331 International Relations of the i n te rna t io n a l system highlighting pat terns in state in t er ac t io n. Provides s t ude n ts w i th the th e o reti
A s ys t e ma t ic anal)'sis
t u de n ts i n terested in the P u b l ic Affa i r m i nor - h o u ld d e cla re
t he minor in tbe De pa r t me nt of Pol i tical Science a n d con sult
w i t h the d ep ar tm e n t's P u b l i c Affa i rs
cal concepts needed to discern these pa tter ns a n d m a ke se nse o f
a dv i se r.
i n te rna ti onal events. ( 4 )
MAJOR I N LEGAL STUDIES: 3 2 semes te r h o urs . ror additional information, se� Legal Studies.
MINOR IN LEGAL STUDI ES: 20 seme ste r h o u rs . For ad d i t iona l i n formation, St'e Legill Si ridies.
338 American Foreign Policy The role of the Un i te d States in i n ternational affairs. An ana l ysis o f the major r. ctors in the fo r m u l a t ion and execut ion o f the U n i ted S ta t es fo reign p o l i cy a n d i ts impact on othe r powers. (4)
PRE-LAW: For in fo rma t io n, see Pre-pro[ess;ollal l'rogmms.
345 Government and Public Pollcy
BACHELOR OF ARTS IN EDUCATION: Po r i n formation, see
e m p hasis on substan tive p ro bl ems,
School
S C I E N C E
of Education.
Course Offe rings 101 Introduction to PoUtical Science An i n t ro d uction to t h e major co ncept's, theor ies, ideas, and fi elds
st udy r d a t ing to politics a n d g ove rn me n t al systems. Explores gove rn m e n tal structures and p n cesses, poli t i c a l power a n d a u t h ori t )l, co n a ie t , decision-making, p o l i c y, a n d s t a b ili ty and c. h a n ge . (4) of
of public p o l i cy, w i t h the d eve lop men t of pol ic y responses by political institutions, a n d the impacts of po l ic ies . S pecia l a tten t ion t o p o l icy at the American n a t i o n a l or sub national levels, in interna t ional p o l i tics, or from a comparative p erspec t i ve, as a n n o u nced by t he department. (4)
:;XJ z Cl
An c,"(a m i nation of the ways that politics and econom ics coinc ide. Topics include the deve l op men t o f ca p i taI ism , social ist
e xa mp l e s , a nd Prerequisite: 1 0 1 or ECON 1 50. (4)
ap p r oac h es , i n ternational issues, re gio na l methods of stu d y.
S pecial atten t ion to
i ntergovernmen tal re lations and the role of the nat iona l
to participat i o n , dec.i s i o n - m a k i ng, and p u b l ic po l icy in American n ation a l government.
government. (4)
170 Introduction 10 Legal Studies n examination of the n a t ure of law, judi cial p rocess, and pa rt ic i p an t rol s in the l e ga l system. Pa r t i c u l a r e m p hasis given to gal c u l t u re in c l u d i n g compa rative s ys tems, assessments of lega l Keds a n d l ega l services, the l eg a l p ro fess i on , philosophy of law, and j ud ic i a l dec i s i o n - making. (4)
357 American Bureaucracy An exami nation of the politics of bureaucracy as enco u n tered by c i t izens and e m p lo ye es. Topics include the growth o f b u re a u cr a cies, legal b ase s , fa ctors of l e ad e rs h i p a n d power, relations between p u bl ic a nd private o rg a n izat ions, and the relation between b ur e a u c r a cy and de m oc r acy. ( 4 )
2 1 0 Global Perspectives: The World in Cbange A survey of globaJ issues affec t i n g the h u m a n con d i t i o n ill a r apidl )' changing and increas i ngly i n terde pe nden t wo rld; r n d ern iza t io n and deve! )pment; eco n o m i c ch an ge and i n te r n a t ional trade; d i mi n i s h i n g resources; war a n d resolution; peace
3 6 1 Political Parties and Elections Study of party a nd electoral systems with par tic ula r e m p hasis on American p a r t ies a nd elec t i o n s . Exa m ination of pa rty roles in elec t io ns a nd government; p a r ty fi n a n cing; interest g ro u p s and p oliti ca l action co m m i t tees; a nd vOling behavior. ( 4 )
and justice; and c u l t ural di versi ty. These issues are exa m i ned i n a mult i-d isci pl i nary light u s i n g case s t u d ies drawn from n o n -
W st rn and Wes t e rn nations. Emphasis on the development of global perspec t ive w h ich recogn izes h u m a n com m o n a l ities as
a
well as di ve r s i t y in percep t io ns, va lue , a n d p ri or it i e s . ( C ross
refere nced w i t h
ANTH 2 1 0
and H I ST 2 l0 . ) ( 4 )
23 1 COlTent International Issues A u rvey course in i n te rn a t i o n a l re l a t io ns with em pha s is o n cu rrent events. Exa m i n a t io n o f ide ol ogy, econo mic reso u rces and developmen t , n a t ion a l r ival ries, m ilitary power, revo l u t i o n ary movements, population p ressures, a l l iance po l i t ics , a n d m u l t i -lateral ism. Rel a t i o n o f t h e s e fac tors to i n t er n atio na l relations theory. (4) 325 Political Thought A urvey of the l I rigin and evolution of major po l i t ical concepts in :I nden t , medic aI, and early
modern times. Such ideas as
state, ob l ig a t ion , authori t y, co mm u n i r y, la\\', and fr eedo m will be studied
developmentally. ( 4 )
326 Recent Political Thought A cri t ical ex. a m i n a t i o n of the major ideologies of the mo dern worl d ; d e moc racy, conserva t i s m , ca p i ta li sm, socialism, anarcho yndjcalism, co mmunism, ra cia l and poli tical el i t ism , natjonal ' m , l ibera l ism , C h ri s t i a n po l i tic al t h oug h t , a n d con temporary p rob le m s . (4)
:;XJ
T1 m
Governmental structures, proce ss es, and policy at th e state, local,
relating
c
o
347 Political Economy
and regi o n a l levels o f the A m e r ica n system.
pol i t ica l system and of i n s t i t utions, processes, and p ractices
o
An i nteg rated a p p roach to the n a t u re
354 State and Local Government
151 American Government of t h e co nstitutional fo undations of the American
A urvey
n
363 Politics and the Media of mass media in American government, po l iti cs , and po l i cy. Exa m ines media coverage in contexts o f news fo rma t iOll, expression, and effects. A tten t ion to p o l i t ical c u l tu re, public o p i ni o n, p o ll s and s u r veys, press freedom and responsibility, and gove rn m e n ta l regulation, secrecy, a nd manipulation. ( 4 )
The role
364 The Legislative Process
and p roce d ure of t h e Congress legislative bod ies i n t h e United State. ; . peci a l emphasis on the dyna mics o f conflict a n d c o m p ro m is e in the l e gi s l a t i ve arena i nc l u d i n g c i t i zen and i nterest gro u p p art i c ipat io n and lobbying. (4)
A stud y of theo r y, orga n izat ion, and o t h e r
368 The American Presidency
S tu d y of the nation's highest p o l i t ical office in terms of the roles of lead ersh ip, Pres i d e n t i a l decision-maki ng, powers and limitatio n s , a n d the i ntera c t io n of perso nality a n d insti t ut i o n . (4)
and expec tat ions of the office, s tyl es
371 Judicial Process An exam i na t i o n of l e ga l processes i n various adjudicatory se tt i n gs. Primary a t t e n t i o n given to judicial processes fo cu si ng on A m e ri ca n civil a n d cri m i na l law. Includes an exa m i n ation o f a d m i n is t rative law p rocesses among o t her q u a s i -j ud i cial fo rms o f conflict reso l u t i on . ( 4 ) 372 Constitutional Law The cons t i t u t ional basis of govern men t a l
powers in the Un i t ed States with special emphasis given to j u di c ia l review, separation o f powers, federalism, and i n ter. tat e com m er c . I ncl ude s a n
If)
P R E - P R O F E S S I O N A L
P R O G R A M S
l'J Z
exa m i nation o f the pol i t ical and constitutional restrict ions on
gove rnm en t a l power. (4) lJ.J
o lJ.J V\ Ct:: :J o u
lJ.J Ct:: l'J o
49 1 , 492 lndependent Reading and Research By d e pa rt m e n t consent o n l y. ( 1 -4)
373 Civil Liberties Con titut ional r i g ht s and liberties w i t h spe c ia l attention g i ve n to freedom of ex p ressi o n a n d a s so ci a tion . re l i g io us fr e e d o m . rig h t s l l1 cri minal p ro ced ure . d u e p ro ce s s and equal p ro te ct i on . (4)
495 Senior Seminar
374 Legal Studies Research I ntrod uction to va r io us methods wr i t i n g . Includes an e x ami na t i o n
50 1 Graduate Workshops Graduate Workshops in sp e c i a l fields or a reas [o r va ry i ng periods of t i m e. ( 1 -4 )
of l eg al a n a l ys ls. research. and of primary a n d s e co nda r y
s o u rces. automated and n o n - a u to m a t ed research systems. and research s tr a t e gi es fo r public policy issues. (4)
381 Comparative Legal Systems Study of legal sys te ms around the world as t h e y a ct u a l l y wor k w i t h l n t hei r re spec t ive p ol i tica l . economic. s o c i al . and c u l t u ra l contexts. Attention to d i s p ute defin ition and settlement, j u rid ica l p a r t i c i p a n t s and processes. and concepts of law a nd legal ac t iv it i e s . ( 4 ) 384 Communist Political Systems omparative ex a m ina t i o n of M a rxi s t political systems. p a r t i cu la rly the fo rmer U.S.S.R., eastern Eu ro p e, China. and Cuba. S pe c ial attention given to ideology and to the role o f th e ornmunist Par ty. (4) 385 Canadian Political System The go ve rn me n t and po l i ti cs o f Canada. w i t h sp ec ia l attention to federalism, na t i o n a l u n i ty, p o l i t i c al cult ure, and constitutional d ev elo p me n t . Conditions p e rm i t ti n g . the course will i n clude a fie l d trip t o Victoria. provincial c a p i t al of British olum bia. (4) 386 African Political Systems Co m p a ra t i ve examination of the p ol i t i ca l systems of A fr i ca . E x p o s i t i o n of p re - c o l o n ia l , colonial, and contemporary influ ences with s p eci a l attention to p ro b l e m s o f de c o l o n iza t i o n , nation-building, and d e ve l o p m e n t . ( 4 )
387 The Middle East Contrasts the history and a s p i r at i o n s of the Arab Nations w i th the re a l i ty of E u ro p ean dominance and its legacy, t h e fo rmation o f the present Arab states and I s r a el . Ev nts in the region are ex p l a ine d by exa m i n i ng five eparate b u t ove rl a p p i n g conflicts: superpower r iva l ry, Arabs v. Israelis. progressive v. traditional Arab states, va ri ou s i nterp re t a ti o n s of Islam, a n d a gi t n t i o n by n on -s t a t e actors. (4) 401 Workshops and Special Topics ( 1 -4)
431 Advanced International Relations El'Camines various th eo r i es of international conflict manageme nt. i n cl u d i n g in- d ep t h a n a ly s is of his to r ica .l examples. The d eve l op ment of international law and i n ternational g ov e rnmen ta l organizations are also considered. P re re qui si t e : 33 1 . (4) 450 Intern hip in Politics I n t erns h i p in the p o l i ti ca l dimensions of non -governmental org a ni z at i o n s . By d e p a r t m e n ta l consent only. (4- 1 2 )
458 I nternship i n Public Administratjon An in te rn s h i p with a government d ep art men t or agency. By d e pa rtm e n t a l consent o nly. (4- 1 2 ) 464 Internship in the Legislative Process An op p o r t u n i t y t o s t udy the p rocess from t he inside by wo r k i n g d i rectly wit h l eg isl a t ive p a rt ic i p a nts at the state or local level. By d partment c o n sen t o n l y. ( I nterns h i p s with the Wash i ngton State Le g i s l at ure are open on ly to j u n i o r s and seniors with a t least on year at P LU w ho have taken or take con u rr en tl y 364. ) ( 4 - 1 2) 47 1 Internship in Legal Studies A n i n t C? f I1s h i p with a p r i w te or publi sector agenC)' or office en gag e d in le ga l research, l itiga tion, or law enforcement. (4)
I n tensive study i n to topics. concepts, issues, and methods of
in qu i ry in p o l i ti c a l science. E m p h a sis on student re s ea rch, wr i t i ng, and pres e nta t i o n . By d e part m en t a l consent on ly. (4)
590 Graduate Seminar Selected t o p ics as annou nced. Prereq uisite: c o n se n t of the instructor. ( 1 - 4) 591 Directed Study ( 1 -4) 595 Graduate Readings I n dependent stu d y card re q ui red . (4) 598 Research Project (4) 599 Thesis (4)
Pre-professional Programs Health Sciences The D ivision of Natural
Sci enc e s h ea l t h s c ie n ce co m m i t tee
ad v i s es s t ud e n ts a sp iri n g to careers i n the health s c i e nces.
St ud en ts h av i ng such i nt eres ts a re en co u raged to obtain sciences adviser ea r ly in their p rogram. Summarized
p re-p ro fess i o n a l
a health b el ow are
req u ire me n t s fo r many h e al th science areas;
additional i n fo r m at io n is available through the health science
co m m i t te e . Cata l o g s and b ro ch u res fo r many schools and pro g ram s are available to students in the Rieke S c i e nc e C e n te r.
DENTISTRY, MEDICINE, AND VETERINARY MEDICINE: The overwhelming ma j ori ty of s tu d en t s entering the p ro fessional schools fo r t h e s e careers have earned baccalaureate d eg re e s , s ecu ri n g a broad ed ucational background in t h e process. This background i nclu d es a th o ro u g h p re par a t io n in the sc i e nc es as well as study in the social sciences and t he humanities. There are no pre-p rofessional m aj o rs at PLU; rather students sh o u l d select the maj o r which best matches their inte res t s and which b es t prepares t he m fo r altern a t ive careers. In a d d i t ion to th e gen er a l un iversity re q u i re m e n t s and the courses needed to c o mp l et e the student's major. the fo l l o w i n g are gen e ra l l y re q u i red for admission to the p ro fe ss i o na l p rog ra m : B i ol og y 1 6 [ . 1 62, 323; Ch em i s t r y l I S, 1 1 6, 3 3 1 and 3 3 2 ( w it h all laboratories); Mathema tics 1 40; P hy s ics 1 25 and 1 26 or Physics 1 53 a n d 1 54 ( w ith a p p ro p r i a t e laboratories ) . Check with J h e a l th science adviser fo r e xc e p t i o ns or fo r a d d i tions sugge st ed by sp ec i fi c p rofe ss i o n a l sc h o o l s . O PTOM ETRY: Although t wo years o f pre-optomet ry tudy is the minimum requ ire d, m o s t s t u d e n ts a ccep t e d by a s c h o o l of o p to m e tr y have c o m p l e t ed , t least three ye a rs o f u n d e rgra d u a t e work. A l a rg e percentage of students a cce pted by 'chools o f op to met ry have earned a baccalaureate deg ree . For those st u d e nt s who have not co m p l ete d a baccalaureate de g ree , com pletion of su ch a deg r ee must be done in conjunction with optometry p ro fes si on a l stud ies. The req u i re m en ts [or adm ission to t he schools of o p to me t ry vary. H wever. the b asi c science and m a t h em a t i c s requirements are g e ne ra l ly un iform and include: Biology 1 6 1 . 1 62, 323; Ch e m istry l I S . [ [ 6 ; o n e year of college mathematics, inc lu di n g calculus (at least through Mathematics 1 5 1 ) ; P hys i cs 1 25 and 1 26, or Physi 1 53 and 1 54 ( w i t h a pp ro p r i a t e laboratories). In ad d i t io n , each school of optometry has its own s p e c ifi c req u i re ments; check w i t h J h e a l t h s c i ence adv i se r.
P R E - P R O F E S S I O N A L
P R O G R A M S o
MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY: The u niversity provides academic reparation sui table fo r students who choose to enter schools of medical te h nology. Stu de nts may also prepare for post bachelor's degree t Ta i n i ng in s pec ialty programs leading to ertifica t i o n i n hematology o r clin ical chemistry. St udent may earn a llachclor of Science in Medical Technology ( n.S. M . T. ) customarily b y successful completion of p re- medical technology coursell'ork at PLU, the ful fill ment o f requirements for either a bio l o g y or chemist.ry major, and one year of clin ical training. The B.S.M .T. is usually earned as J second degree. The details of the degree program and the minimum requirement for admision i n to medical technology t rain i n g are described u nde r Medical Technology and can be ob tained from the health science adviser. PHARMACY: A l t h o u gh the p re-p h�Hmacy requirements fo r individual schools vary (check with a health science adviser), t h e fo l l o w i n g co u r s es ar e u s u a l ly required: one year of ge ne ra l ch emistry ; one year of o rga n i c chemistry, with l ab o r atory; co l l e ge level mathematics ( o ften including calculus ) ; o ne year of F n gl i s h co mp o s i tio n and l i terature. Other courses often required i n clude microbiology, ljuantitative analysis, and introductory courses in communica t i o n , economics, and pol it ical science. For example, the University of Washington School o f Pha rmacy has approved the fo ll owing courses as being equivalent to the first two years of its 5-year program leading to the Bachelor of Science degree in pharmacy: B i o logy 1 6 1 , I 2, 20 I, Chemistry 1 1 5, 1 1 6, 3 1 (with laboratory 3 3 3 ) , and 332 (with laboratory 334), English 1 0 1 and a e(.Ond course in w rit i ng, Mathematics 1 40 and 1 5 1 , Statistics 23 1 , e l e c t i ves from h umanities and social s ien ee Totol cred it. should not be les s than 60 semester hours . _
• .
HYSICAL THERAPY: Acceptance t o sch o o ls of physical erapy has become increasingly competitive in recent years, and students interested in physical therapy are strongly encou raged to meet with a health science adviser as early as possible to deter m i n e prerequisites fo r specific sch oo l s . Most p h ysi c al therapy programs a re master's degree programs. The refo re, p o te n t i al applicants should plan on co mpleting a baccalaureate deg r e e in conjunction with satisfying admission requ i rements. The requirements for admission to sc h ools of physical therapy vary. However the basic science and mathematics requirements are generally u n l lorm and include: Biology 1 6 1 , 1 62 , 3 2 3 ; 'hemistry 1 1 5, 1 1 6; Mathematics 140; Physics 1 25 and 1 2 6 (with lab ratories ) . (N te: there are a few schools which accept Chemistry 1 04- 1 OS and some that also req u i re hem is try 3 3 1 and 3 3 2 ) . In addition to the principles of biol o g y sequence, applica n t s mllst comp l e t e courses i n anatomy and physiology. Thi, admission r e q uire m e nt is met by eit her the co m bin a tion 205 and 206 or t h e combination 36 1 and 44 1 ; b i o l o g y majors sllOuld take 36 1 and 44 1 , the clear p r efe re n c e of se veral schools of p h ysic a l therapy. In addition to the cienee and mathematics req uirements, the various schools have specific science and hu manities requirements. C h e c k w i t h a h ea l t h science adviser regarding these req uirements.
Pre-Law Pre-law at PL
is an advising syst em , not a prescribed major or
curricu l u ID. A p r i m a r y reason for this approach i s that law
sc ho ols generally prefer individuals with a sound liberal educa
tion. The refore, regardless of thcir major, st u de n t � co nsidering applying to law school a re encouraged to pursue a b road range of i berlll arts cour e . Students a.rt' a dv i se d t o undertake work i n 1 1 ti1ropology, conom ics, English, history, p h i l o s o p hy, politi al scien ce, p s yc h ol o g y, n a t ural scien ces, s oc i o l og y, speech, and a ccou nt i. n g . I t i also recom mended t h a t studenb take one o r tl 0 cou rses, c h o sen i n consultation with the pre-law adviser, t hat will hel p them speci.fical ly to de ve l o p pers pecli ves on the nature of law and the legal p rofes si o n .
Students interested i n law should register at th e Pre-l.aw enter in the Department of Pol i tical Science. Information on the Law School Admission Tes t ( LSAT ) , a circulating library of law school c J t alog s , a newsletter, and other resou rce materials are available. I n addition, students should discuss their p rogram with the pre-law adviser in the Depart m e n t o f Pol i tical Science.
Theological Studies Pre-theological students should complete the requirements for
the Bachelor of Arts deg re e . Besides the general degree require ments, the Associat ion of T heo·lo gi c al schools recommends the following:
m m
n o c :;0 V1 m
o
English: l i terature, composition, s pe e c h , and related studies. At
least six semesters. History: ancient, modern European, and American. At least three
m
s e m es ters . Philosophy: orientation in history, content, and m ethods. At least
z
three s e m este rs . Natural Sciences: preferably ph ys i c s , chemistry, and b iology. At least two semesters. Social Sciences: psycho l og y, sociology, economics, political science, and education. At least six semesters, including at least one seme ter of psychology. Foreign La nguages - one O T more of the fo llowing: Latin, Greek, He b rew, G rman, French. Students who anticipate post graduate stud ies are u rged to undertake these disciplines as e arly as p o ssi b le ( a t least. four semesters). Religion: a thorough k now l e dge of Biblical content together ,vith an in troduction to major religious rraditions a nd theological p robl e m s i n the context o f the p r in ci p ,l l aspects of human culture as outlined above. At least three semesters. S tudents mayr well seek cou nsel fro m the seminary of their c hoic e .
CI
Of the p o s s i b l e majors, English, p h ilosophy, religion and the social scien ces are regarded as the most desirable. Other .n eas are, h o wever, accepted. A fa cu lt y adviser will assist students i n the selection of courses necessary to meet the requirements of the t heolog i ca l school of their choice. At the present time, increasing numbers of womcn are enrolling at selected Protestant se min a r i es i n p u rsuit of the Master of Divinity degree. Consult the Religion Department chair for fu rther information.
M ilitary Science (Army ROTC) The objectives of the Army ROTC ( Reserve Officer Training Co r p s ) are to prepare academically and physically quaJified college women and men for the rigor and challenge of serving as an officer in the United States Army - Active, National Guard, or Reserve. To that end, the program stresses service to country and commu nity t h rough an enhancement of leadership competencies which support Jnd bu ild on the concept of "service leadership." Army ROTC is o ffered to PL students on campus. The lower division courses are open to a l l students and do not require a mil itary commitment for non-scholarship students. The upper division courses are open to qualified students. ROTC is t raditionally a fou r-year program, b u t individuals with prior service and summer basic camp attendees may complete the program i n only two years. ormal l y, all students participate i n on ' class day per week ( two - three hours), three workshop ( l e a d e rs hip labs) per semester, and one overnight field t ra i n ing exercise per scm s te r. Physical fitness of all studen ts is monitored and req u ire d. Fi nancial assistance in the form of two a n d three-year scholarships is ava i l a ble to qualified applic a n t s . The sc h ol a rs h i ps pay 80% of t ui t io n and provide a book allowance as well as a monthly subsistence of � 1 00. Students i n npper d.ivi,ion courses not on scholarship receive $ 1 00 subsistence al lowance.
V1
P S Y C H O L O G Y
u..J u... u...
o L.U cr:
=> o u
u..J u..J
o
To be com missioned a student must complete the m il itary sci(�nce curriculum, incl udi n g successful completion o f a six week advanced camp during the slimmer befo re the senior year. Additional i n formation on th e Army ROTC program may be o b tain e d by w ri ti n g Army ROT , Pacific Luthera n University, Ta ma , WA 98447, or by ca l l i ng ( 206) 535-8740. FACULTY: Major Davis , Ca pt a i n H e n ry, Cap tai n H iggins.
The curriculum is des i gned to p repare students to become future leaders by developing their abi li ty to demonstrate acceptable h havior in each of the followi n g leadership dimensions: I n i t i a t ive, ral and Written Commun i cations, Judgment, Decisivenes , Sensitivity, Techn ical Competence, Planning and Organizi n g, Administrat ive Control, Delega tion, and Problem Analy s i s . Behaviora l development occu rs through course work in the areas of Professional Military Educa t io n , M il itary Knowl edge, and Mi litary S ki l l s . Prof, sional M il itary Education conrses are de s igned to develop the student's a bility to communicate app rop ria tel y in writing, to u nderstand the human aspects of command, and to become acquainted with the evolution of warfare and m i l i ta ry theory with a p articular emphasis on the place of m ili t ary insti tutions i n soci e ty. Courses meeting these reqllirements are t aught by o t her departments in the u niversity but are required to complete the ROTC program. M i l itary science courses provide a fou ndation i n such areas as leadership theory, ethics, rol e s and responsibilities o f the officer, and m ilitary operations. M i lita f )' ski J ls are developed during the condu c t of leadership workshops and field training exercises. Leadership development occurs both i n and out of the classroom by placing students in a var i ty of leadership posi tions. Oral presen tations and writing requirement are i n corpo rated i n a.Il classes as another means of developing desirable leadership behavior. The Basic Course con5ists of two to three hours of academi c i ns t ruction and military training p e r week each semester o f th e freshman and sop homore years. Students beginning the course as sophomores can compress the Basic Co urse by attending addi t ional academic i nstruction. There is no military commit ment for non-scholarship students in the Basic o u rse. The Advanced Co u rse consists of additional academic instruction and physical c ondi tioning plus a six-week advanced sum mer C1mp at For t Lewis, Washingto n . Students a r e furnished with u u i forms and necessary text books for M i litary Science courses.
resolution of ethical/value dilemmas. Also covers logistic and j usti ce systems and the i n teraction of speci a l staff and command functions. (3) A ma x imum of 24 semester hours earned in ROTC programs may be appl ied toward a baccala u rea t e degree at PLU. Students re c e i v ing more than 1 2 scmester hou rs of ROTC credit toward a PLU degree are requ i red to take one of the following: a . Philosophy 225 ( Ethical Theory) , 2 hours, and Military Eth ics ( Phllosophy) , 2 hours; b. Religion 365 ( Christian Moral Issues ) , 4 hours, c. I n tegrated Studies 2 2 1 ( The Ex p e r i e nce of War), 4 hours, or d. I ntegrated Studies 222 ( The Prosp e cts for Peace), 4 hours. NOTE:
Psychology Psychology is a scien ti fi c discipline that seeks to under stand h uman and nonhuman behavior. Psychology is also a pro fession that attempts to change behavior for the betterment of humankind. T h rough its curriculum, research activities, and use of com m u n i t y resources, the Department of Psychology prov ides students with a comprehensive and bala nced exposure to p sycho l ogy as a scientific d iscipline and profession. The maj or i n psychology ( a ) in troduces students to scientific methods of psychology, to theories a n d research findings from the core areas of psychology, and to th e h istory of psychology; ( b ) provides students with opportu n i ties to ex p l ore advanced topics i n scientific a n d profes sional psychology, conduct psychological research, and ga i n exposure to the p ra c t i ce of psychology i n co mmunity settings; ( c ) helps prepare s t udents for postgraduate work in p s ych ology o r in related professions, such as social work, education, medi i ne, law, a n d bus i ness. The maj o r is also an excellent ge n e ra l prepa ration fo r employment i n a variety of settings. The psychology program is designed to meet the needs of a variety o f students. To this end, two majors are o ffe re d: t he Bachelor of A r ts and the Bachelor of Scien ce. Either degree p r o v ides a solid fo undation i n psychology, a n d either can serve as preparation for postgraduate study
BASIC COURSE:
o r employment. H owever, for those students who intend
MS I l l , 1 1 2 Introduction to M ili tary Science
to p u rsue the Ph.D. i n psychology following graduation
An introduction to m ilitary science, roles of active and reserve u n i ts, ;lIld special programs associated with Army ROTC. De velopment of written and oral communication s k ills for th e m il i tary leader. ( 2 )
from PLU, the Bachelor of Science deg ree is likely to
M S 2 1 1 , 2 1 2 Introduction t o Leadership
the fields o f dentistry, medicine
An i nt roduction to leadership a nd military ethics and values. T h rough classroom simulations students are evaluated o n their potential as leaders a nd managers. ( 2 )
psychia try), public health, or veterinary medicine.
provide the strongest p re pa ra tion. The Bachelor of Science d e gr ee is also reco mmended as an excellent pre professional degree fo r those s t udents who plan to enter
(all b ranches, including
FACULTY: Ba ird, Chair; Adachi, Anderson, R.M. Brown,
ADVANCED COURSE:
Fuelling, H ansvick, Lejeune, Moon, Moritsugu, Nolph, Severtson.
MS 3 1 1, 3 1 2 Leadership and Management
BACHELOR OF ARTS MAJOR: 36 semcster hours in psychol
A , urvcy of leadership/management and motivational theories. An orientation on the competencies required for the small u n i t leader. Includes tactics, communications, and 1 3 n d navigation. (3) M S 4 1 1 , 4 1 2 Professionalism and Ethks
Covers Army values, ethics, and p rofe s s io na li sm , rcsponsib i l i t ies to subordinates, self, and cou n try, law of land warfare, a nd the
ogy including 1 0 1 ; 242; 493; one of 340, 342, 346, 348; OBe o f 350, 352, 3 54; plus 1 6 hours o f elective psychology cou rses. In addition to the 36 hou rs in psychology, Statistics 231 and accom pa nying lab taught by members of the psy hology depart ment are requ i red . BACHELOR OF SCIENCE MAJOR: 40 semester hours in psychology i ncluding 1 0 1 ; 242; 493; 340 or 342; 346 or 348; one of 3 4 1 , 343, 347, 349; one of 350, 352, 354; 48 1 ; plus 12 hours of el ec t i ve psychology courses. I n addition to the 40 hours in
P S Y C H O L O G Y o
yc h o lo gy, Statistics 23 1 a n d ac co m p a nying Idb t a u ght by ember t the p ychology dep a r t men t and at I as! 20 semester ours in mathemat ics and natural sc i e n ce are required. Of the 20 hours, at least 4 h ou rs must be i n mat h e ma t i cs and at least 8 hours in b io lo gy. Those stu de n t who, after g r a d ua t i n g from PLLJ, plan to enter schaab of dentistry, medicine, p ub l ic health, or veterinary me d i c in e s h o u l d note the speci fic pre - p ro fe 'ional mathematic and sci e nc e requirements in the a p p ro priat e ections ()f this catalog.
341 Experimental Research Laboratory in Neuropsychology Experiment. and demons trations related to neuropsychological p henom en a . Emphasis on methodology i n research on the brain a n d b eh av i or . Prerequisite: 340 ( o r co nc ur re nt enrollment in 340) . a/y ( 2 )
The m inor in p sych o l o g y
342 Learning: Research and Theory overview of t h e research data on h u m a n a n d an imal l ea rning, and of the theoretical a ttempts to understand those data. Pr e re quis i te : 1 0 1 , 242 (or e q u iv a le n t ) ; or consent of inst ructor. ( 4 )
MINOR: 20 semester hours, of which at l ea s t 8 h o urs mu.st be take n in residence. Statistics 23 1 (or equivalent) may be used as part o f t h e 20 hour requirement.
343 Experimental Research Laboratory in Learning Exper im e n ts and demonstrations rela ted to c o n ditioni ng and l earning in humans and a ni m a ls . E m p ha si s on methodology in learning research. Prerequ isite: 342 (or co nc u rre n t enrollment in 342 ) . a/y ( 2 )
is de s ig ne d to su p pl eme n t another major in the liberal arts or a degree program in a p ro fes s i o n a l school, such as business, education, or nursing.
Ps ych o l o g y l i D and I I I do not count toward the m aj or or minor. o urses at the 500 l eve l are p r i mari l y for g r a d u a te stu dents; however, they may be taken by advanced undergraduates who receive the d e pa r tment 's co n sent.
Course Offerings 101 Introduction to Psychology to the sc i e n t i fic study of behavior; sc i en t i fi c methods fo r s t ud yi ng the behavior o f l iv i ng orga nisms; t o p i cs such as mOL ivation, Learni.ng, e m ot i on , i n tell i genc e , p e rs o n a l ity, adju s t m e n t , and ocial behavior. I I I ( 4 ) An i ntro d u c t io n
1 10 Study Skill . te hniqucs for co l le ge s tud y. Note-making, s t u d y m thods, exa mi n a t i o n skills, t i me management, educational anning. las ' wo rk su p p leme n t ed by i ndividual counseli ng. \ , !l a y n o t be a p p l ied to core , l a n g uage , or ps),chology major or m i n or req u i rements.} I [I ( 4 )
Effec tive
I I I College Reading Improvement of colle e-Ievel re ad i n g skills. Pr evie w i n g , skim m ing, sca n n ing, rap id re a ding , critical read i ng , a n d study re ding. ( May not be a p p l i e d to core, l an gu a ge, o r p syc h o l ogy major or m i n o r req uirements) . I I I ( l )
22 1 The Psychology of Adjustment Prob lems in perso n a l adjLlstment in ever yd ay living. Prereq u isi te: [ 0 1 . 1 I I ( 2 ) 242 Advanced Statistics and Research Design A co n t i n u a t i o n of S tat i s t i cs 2 3 1 ,md a c co mp a ny i ng lab taught by m ember of the p s y c holog), depaJtmer1t. Top ics include si ngle and multi-factor ex pe r i m en t a l designs and a na lyses o f v< H i a nce, m ul ti p l e regression, quasi -experimen ts, surveys, c a se studies, archival research, smalI-N research, and no n - p a ra m e tri c statisti cal tec h n iques. Students will learn to use computer p rog rams to carry out � tat d ical analyses, and will have the o p p o rt u n it y t o design an d o n d u c t their own r careh study. Lecture 'l nd laboratory. Prerequisi t : TAT 23 1 and ac o m panylng lab ta�ught by members o f t h e psy hology depart ment or co n se n t o f i n s t ruc tor at least two months before the b eg i n n i n g of the se m e s t e r. (4) 325 Human SexuaUty Stud)' of tbe P ,),c h o l o gi cal , b i ol o g i cal , and cul t u ral components of h u m a n sexual and emotional behavior. ·li.)pics include sexual identity, t y p i cal a n d a ty p i c al sn.'l.Ial behavior, re p rod u ct io n , ourtship, and affection. Pre requ i s ite : l O l . (4) 40 Human Neuropsychology e study of brain-behavior re l at io nsh ip s. To pics i n cl u d e neuro a n at om i c al and neuro-physiological mechanisms u nde r l y i ng human behav ior; psychological effects of braln damage; p hysi o logical correlates of l a n g u a ge , ensory and mo to r functions, and e m o t i o n ; elec t ri ca l stimulation of the bra i n . Prereq uisite: [ 0 1 , 242 ( o r equivalent) ; or conse n t of instructor. ( 4 )
A c r i t i c al
346 Perception The stud)' of our interactions w i t h th e p hy s ic a l world and the n a tu re of our u n d e rstan d i n g of it. Includes such top i c s as col r v ision , dark adaptation, hearing music a n d speech, t as t e, smell, pain, and sensory p h ys i o l og y. Prerequisites: 1 0 1 , 2 4 2 (or eq ui v a l ent ) ; or consent of inst ructor. ( 4 ) 347 ExperimentaJ Research Laboratory in Perception Exp e r i me n t s a n d demonstrations of p er ce p tu a l events. Em p h as i s on m eth o d olog y in p e rcept io n research. Prerequisite: 346 (or concu rrent enrollment in 346 ) . a /y ( 2 )
348 Cognitive Processes o f human mental activity. Top ics i nclude attention, perception, consciousness, m e m ory, language, c o ncept ua l behavior, develo p mental aspects o f cogn i t i o n, ind ividual di ffer ences, a nd ap p l i c a t i ons . Prerequ isites: 1 0 1 , 242 ( o r equivalent); o r consent of instructor. (4)
The s t u d y
349 Experimental Research Laboratory in Cognition Exp er i men ts and demonstrations related to hu man cog n i t i on . Emp h a s is on me thod o lo gy in research on cognition. Prerequi site: 348 (or co n c u r ren t enrollment in 348 ) . a /y ( 2 ) 350 Personality Theories Strategies for the study of person a l it y t h eor i e s. Te c h n iq u es of measurement and i mp l i c at i on s for counseling a n d / o r psycho therapy. Prerequ isite: I O ! . (4) 352 Development: Infancy to Maturity P hys i c a l , intellectual, social, a nd e mo tio n a l growth from i n fan cy through adolescence to maturity. Prerequ isite: 1 0 1 . ( 4 ) 354 SoclaJ Psychology Research and theory conc e r n i ng the i nteraction between groups and the individual. Language, attitudes, aggression, l ea d ers h ip , person perception, a n d related t o p ics are examined and their r el a ti o n s h i p to var io us types o f social change and influences are di s cu ss ed . Prerequisite: 1 0 1 . ( 4 ) 395 Research Laboratory Exp e r ie n c e in � va l uat i ng and condu c t i n g research in a de s i g nated area of p s yc h o logy; may be o ffered fro111 time to time as an elecri\·e to accompany various 3DO-Ievel courses. Pre re q u i site: co nsent o f inst ructor. ( 2 ) 399 Internship A pra c t icllln experience in the com m u n i ty in the clinical , social, and/or experimental areas. Classroom foeu. on case Ilcept uali zation and presentation. Pre req uis i t e: s op h o mo re s t an d i n g pl u s one course i n psych ) l o gy and consent of the de partme n t . ( 1 -6 ) 401 Workshop Selected topics in ps),chology as a n noun ce d .
n o c
o
z C\ V)
P U B L I S H I N G
&
P R I N T I N G
A R T S
Vl
402, 403 lodependent S�dy A s u pe r vised readi ng. field, or research project of s p eci a l i llterest fo r adv a nce d undergraduate or graduate students. P rereq uisite : departm e n t al consent. ( I -4) o
440 Psychology of Language The stud}' of language as a means of commu nicat ion a n d struc t ured human behavior. Topics i n c l ude: b i o logical fo unda
Vl
cr: � o u
cr:
o
t ions of language, psycho l i nguistics, speech percep t ion a nd p ro d uc t i o n , sentence a n d d iscou rse co mprehension, nonverbal co m m u nication, language acquisition, bihngu a l i s m , language d isorders. Prerequisite: 1 0 ! .
(4)
442 Development in lofancy Psychological development from the prenatal period through the beginning of laJlguage ac qu isi t ion . Prerequisite: 3 5 2 . ( 2 ) 444 Adolescent Psychology Physical development, mental traits, social characteristics, and i nterests of adolescents; adjustments i n home, school and community. Prereq uis ite : 3 5 2 . ( 2 ) 450 Psychological Testing Su rvey of standard ized tests; methods o f develo p m e n t , standard
472 Psychology and Medicine An introduction to the field of health care psycho l ogy. Psycho social factors i n fluencing health (e.g., stressors, personali ty, behavior patte rn s ) . Psych oso c i a l impact of i ll n es s and its trea t m e n t . The role of psychologists in the health care system. Prere q u i s i te: 1 0 ! . ( 4 )
474 Psychology o f Women Exploration of psych olog ical issues p e r t i n e n t to \"omen. Includes such topics as sex d i ffe rences; psyc h o l og i c a l r a m i fica t ions of menarche, child be a r ing, menopause, sexual harassment, and rape; women's experiences w ith work a nd achievement, love and sex ua l ity, a n d psychological d i s o rders. Prerequisite: 1 0 ! . (4) 481 Psychology Research Seminar An advanced course providing students the o pportunity t o design and conduct ongo ing research and review cu rrent re search in p sychol o gy. D i rected toward helping s t u dents perfo rm research studies that may be su itable for s u b m ission to j o urnals or pre sen t a t i o n s at conferences. S t rongly recolll mended i n the junior year for st udents with an interest. i n graduate s t u d ies. To maxi m ize the effectiveness o f the course, s t u d e n ts arc encour
1 0 ] ' STAT 23 1 ( o r equiva l e n t ) ; o r consent of i nstructor. ( 4 )
aged to g ive advance co nsideration to a r eas a n d designs fo r po ss i b l e research. Prerequisi tes: 1 0 1 , 242 ( o r equivalen t ) , and consent o f instructor. ( 2 - 4 )
453 Abnormal Psychology
483 Seminar
ization; l i mitations and i n terpretations
of tests. Prerequisites:
Et io l ogy and t reatment of abnormal behavior. Emphasis on t reatment in com m u n ity-based
set t i ngs a n d i n s t i t u t ions.
P rerequ i � t e : 1 0 1 . ( 4 )
454 Community Psychology In terve n t i o n s tr a t egi s which focus primarily on comm u nities and social systems. Particular stress on alternatives to traditional clinical styles o f p romoting the well-being of c o m m u n ities. P re requ i s i t e: t o ! . (4) 456 Theories and Methods of Counseling and Psychotherapy I n trod uction to basic methods of c o uns e l ing a n d psychotherapy, a n d exa m i na t ion of the theories from which these methods derive. Prerequisi tes: 3 50, 450, 4 5 3 ,
or
454; or consent of
instructor. ( 4 )
461 Psychology o f Work Integra ting ca reer planning into t h e
study o f h u m a n behavior i n of p sy ch o l og i c a l p r i n c i ples to the i n d ividual opera t i ll g w i t h i n an organization context-including measuring and faci l ita t i n g job performance, worker motivation, human factors, a nd group processes. P re re qu is i te: 1 0 ! . (4) work settings. App l ication a n d ext en s i o n
Social psychological p ri n ciples a p plied to co nsumer a t t i t ude ments, influence
consent of i n s t r ucto r.
Prerequisite:
(2-4)
493 History and Systems of Psychology Historical development, contemporary forms, and basic a ss umpti o ns of the major psychological th e o r i es and t ra d it ions. Pre requ isi tes: 1 0 1 ; 242 ( o r eq u. ival e nt ) ; one o f 340, 342, 3 4 6 , 348; one o f 350, 3 5 2 , 354. ( 4 )
495 Research Laboratory Experience in evalu a t i n g and co n d u c ting research in a desig nated area o f psychology; may b e offered fro m time
to
time as an
el ect i ve
to accompany various 400-level courses. Prereq u i s i te : consent of instructor. ( 2 ) 510 Industrial/Organizational Psychology sett ings. Appl ications or extensions of ps ychologic al factors and p ri nciples to the p rob l e m s o f individu als operatillg within a n organizational context-i ncluding human relations kiLls, h lunan factors, individual a n d group differences, and ro le- related behaviors. ( 4 ) H u m a n behavio r in work
59 1 Directed Study ( 1 - 4 ) 598 Research Project ( 4 )
462 Consumer Psychology for m a t i o n a n d decision-making -e. g . ,
Selected topics in psychology as a n n ounced.
599 Thesis ( 4 )
pe rc ep t ion of advertise
o f reference groups and o p i n i o n leaders, and
lea rn i ng effects upon repeat p u rchasing. Emphasis on a u d ience, message, and media factors. Prerequisi te: 1 0 1 . ( 4 )
464 Environmental Psychology H u m a n behavior related to the physical env i ronment. Behavioral basis fo r desig ning environmen ts-i n c l u d i n g territorial
environmental attitudes and perceptions; a n d built and natural settings ranging from rooms to the wilderness. Pre req uisite : 10 l . ( 4 )
behavior;
stressors. Applications to
4 7 1 Psychology a n d the Law An introduction to the issues, research, p ro fes s i o na l a n d j ud i c i a l p ra ct ice s ge n e ra ted b y the growing m u tual i n fl uence between t h e l aw and psycholog}'. Psychological investigations of j u r o r selecti o n , eyew i t ness tes t i mo ny, a n d t h e j u ry process. Expert
Publishing and Printing Arts For more than twenty years Pac i fic Lutheran Un iversity's Depart me n t of English has offered a way to help students translate a "love of books" into an exciting professional career i n p ublishing. One of only a few such programs i n t h e country, t h i s distinc tive i n terd iscipl inary curriculum i n Publishing and Printing Arts ( PPA) i s h ighly respected by employers around the country because
it combines
prep rofessional skills and experience with the solid foundati o n of a l i beral a r ts education. This six-course
testi mony by psychologists rega rd ing the insanity d efe nse,
m i n o r is designed to give students with talent and i n terest
competence to stand trial, sen tencing. Effects of court r u l i ngs on the mental health system. Development of psychologica l career
head start i n to the world of publ ish ing and a broad variety
o p t ions. Prerequ isite: 1 0 ! . ( 4 )
of related professions.
in w r i t i ng, graphic design, com m u n ications, o r business
a
R E L I G I O N o m
The Publishing and Printing Arts program is an specially valua ble complement to majors concerned with a nguage a n d the w ritten word, majors such as English, languages, education, public relations, journali m, marketing, and graphi desi gn. B ut s tudents majoring in a \.vide spectrum of di scip li n es - fro m biology to mLl 'ic to rel igion - have discovered lh value of a publishing a nd prl ntiog arts minor, too. I t both help' to connect th m t publishing career oppor lLmitie s in tho c fields and provides a ri her understanding of th e co mpl . roles that written com mun icat ions of all sorts play in our liv s and in Ollr modern world.
Religion
m
Religion is an attempt to understand the meaning o f hllman e > istence. For Ch ristians meaning is revealed i n the love of God i n Jesus Christ. The Department of Religion sta nds within and affirms this >hristian context. In a un iversi ty setting this means the serious academic study of the Bible, of the bistory of the Christian tradition, of Christian theology, and of world religious traditions. Critical study calls for open a nd authentic dialogue with other reli gious t radi tions a nd seeks to understand a common h u m a n i ty as each tradition adds i ts unique con tributi o n . I t calls for a ritical yet constructive i n ter change with contemporary society. Fin al ly, it calls for a sharing of in sights with other d isciplines i n the wliversity as each sheds light on the human co ndition. To these ends the Department of Religion offers a wide range o f course.s and opportuni ties. Furthermore it all students, majors and non -majors a l i ke, to consider qu s t ions of mean ing, pu rpose, and value i n a society which all too often neglects these ques tions. FACUI::rY: Pet e rs e n , Chair; Govig, Haemig, Howell, Killen, Lundeen, Oakman, Pi l gr im, S tivers.
I n gram,
UNIVERSITY CORE REQmREMENTS; 8 sem' ter hours fo r s t u den t s entering as freshmen or ophomores. Four lower d iv is ion h o urs ·hall be tak
PUBLISHING AND PRINTING ARTS MINOR: 'hree c re cours S are required: ' ngl ish/ �()mmunicatjoo 3 1 1 - T he Book in Society English/Co m m u n i cation 3 1 2 - P u b l ishing Procedures < n g l ish/ Art 3 1 3 - The A r t o f th e Book I Book ill Soc iety i s a good place to start; it s u rve ys how the publis h i ng industry works and discusses su
h aspecL of book as censors h i p , bestsellers, a nd ch ildren's books. Art of the Book I is a studio course in t h e aesthetic a nd creative dimensions of book design and typography. Pub lishi11g Procedures is a workshop i n the fundamental teclLniques that professional p u b l ishers use in s e l e c t i ng , ed i t i ng, desi g n i n g, and market i n g books. These core c o u r ses are ero, s - l is t e d so t h a t students can choose w h a t kind of cred i t t. h e c.ourse w i l l earn for them. In addition t o this 1 2-hom core, students take t h ree elective cour es ( 1 2 h o u rs ) selecte.d from at k'lSt two of the fol lowing c u l t u re
categories: writi ng/ed it in g, marketing/ m a n agement, and
desin n/prod uction.
Wri t ing/Editillg: A l l E ngl ish includ i n g
w r i t L n g co u rses beyond 1 0 1 , 403; a p p ro ve d courses i n Com munica tion (283,
384, 480). [\I[ll rlceriflgIMa llagcmcl1t: App roved
courses in Business (202,
n
bd'ore t be end of the
BACHELOR OF ART S MAJOR: 3 0 semester hours with at least 4 hours i n each of t he three lines plus either 404 or 405. Tra nsfer majors will normally take 1 8 hours i n residence. Majors should plan their program early in consultation with departmental fa c ul t y. Closely related courses taught i n other depa rt m e n ts may be considered to ap pl.y toward the religion major in co nsultation with the chair of the department. MINOR: 1 6 semester hours
390, 4 3 8 ) .
the l i nes l i s ted above. Transfer m i nors must take
Com m u n ic a t i o n
courses i n Engl ish (3 1 4 ), ( 3 80), or Art (226, 326, 370, 396, 398,
426, 496). Up to
two courses (8 hours) can be counted toward both a
Publishin
and Prin ting Arts m inor and other requirements,
such a s generaJ u n iversi t y requ i rem ent·s,
another m i nor, o r a
major. To earn a m i n o r in P u b l i s h i n g and P rint i n g
Arts, students
1USt demonstrate word p rocessing computer skills a n d acquire
some form of practical experience in publishing-re l a ted work gained outside the classroom.
op ho mo re o ther
offerings i n the rel igion cu rriculum. Transfer students entering as j u n ior or se niors are req u i red to take 4 emester h o u rs of rel igion un less presenting 8 transfe r h o u rs of religion from other accredited college o r u n iversities. The Core I req u i re m e n t in Religious Studies (8 hou rs) sp c i fies t h a t 4 h o u rs must be taken from each of t\vo j i nes, as fol lows: I. Bibl ical S t u d i es - I I I , 1 1 2 , 2 1 1 , 2 1 2, 330, 3 3 1 , 332, 3 3 3 . 2. Christian Though t, H istory, a n d Experience - 1 2 1 , 2 2 1 , 2 2 2 , 223, 224, 225, 226, 2 27, 360, 36 1 , 362, 364, 3 6 5 , 366, 367, 368, 369. 3. I n tegrat ive and Comparative Re l ig io u s Studies - 1 3 1 , 1 32 , 1 33 , 23 1 , 232, 2 3 3 , 234, 237, 390, 3 9 1 , 392, 393 . J u n i o r a nd senior transfe r students need to complete only one course at PLU (4 hours) from l i n es I or 2.
3 0 , 307, 363, 3fi5, 467, 468) or Communication ( 3 8 1 , 385,
Des igll/Prodllctiol1: App roved
s
year. The second 4 h o u r may be sele ted from most o f the
with no
more than 8 h o u rs i n one of a t least 8 h o u rs
in residence.
Course Offerings I I I Biblical L iterature; Old and New Testaments a whole; su rvey of the story o f salvation; selected passages i n t e rIJ re t ed in contemporary contexts. (4)
The Bible as
1 1 2 The Bible and Culture a window onto the "strange new world" in the Bible. Bu ilds on social scientific s t u d ies of the Bible a s a document of Med iterranean a n tiqu i ty; shows the distinctiveness of b i b l ical culture and h ow a reader's own c u l t u re shapes an understa n d i n g o f t h e Bible. (4) Open,
m
II o c ;n V> m o -n -n m ;n z C\ V>
R E L I G I O N
l'J Z 0::: W u.. u..
o UJ VI ::::J o u
UJ 0::: l'J o
I I I The Christian Tradition The s t u dy of selected theological questions and fo rm ulati on s examined i n th ir social a n d h is to rica l context�. ( 4 )
1 3 1 T h e Religions of South Asia Hinduis m , B uddhi m, J;} i n i s m , and Sikhism - their origins a nd de el p me n t , . ' p an si o n , and co n te m p o ra ry iS5ues. E m p has i s on pr i m a ry sou rces i n translation. Fulfills the cross-cultural l in e i n the Pe rs p ec ti ve s o n D iversity requirem ent. (4) 132 The Religions of East Asia ConfuciJnism, Ta oism, Chi nese a n d Japanese B u d d h i s m , Shin to, a n d the "new re l ig io n s" o f Ja pan - t h ei r o rig i n s , development, and conte mp orar y issues. E m p h a s i s o n prim ary sources i n t ransl:Jtion. Fulf ills the cross-cultural l i n e i n the Perspect ives on D iversity req u i rement. (4)
1 33 The Religions of the West Judaism, Christianity, and Islam - their origins and develop ment , ex pa n s io n , and con temporary i ssu es . E m p h as i s on primary sources in t ranslat i o n . ( 4 ) 2 1 1 ReJigion and Literature of the Old Testament Literary, historica l, and theological dimensions of t h e Old Testament, including perspectives on contemporary issues. (4) 2 1 2 Religion and Literature of the New Testament Lit rary, historical, and t h eo l og i c al di mensions of the ew Testament, including p e rsp e c t ives on con t e mp o ra r y issues. (4) 221 Ancient Church History Origins, th ou g h t . and expansion of the Christian Church; rio e of the Papacy, expansion in Europe a n d the gro w t h of Christian involvement in c u l t ur e , t o t h e end of t h e Papacy o f Gregory I (604 ) . (4) 222 Modem Church History Begirllling w i t h t h e Pe a ce of Wes t ph a l ia ( 1 64 8 ) , i n teraction of t h e Christian fJi th with modern p o l i t ics, s i e n c e , and p h i l osop hy ; exp 'l n s ion in the worl.d, modem m ov e m e n t s . ( 4 ) 2 2 3 American Church History Major re l igi o u s themes in American h i s t o r y throu h the study \ f elected topics and periods. Explores r e l. ig i ou s for s th a t have shaped American c u l t ur e and t he m utual i nteraction of social c h a n ge and religious experience. (4) 224 The Lutheran Heritage Lutheranism as a movement within the c h u rc h cathol ic: Lts histo ry, d o c t ri n e, and wo rs h i p i n the context of m d a y's pl uralis tic a nd s ec u la r wo rld. (4) 225 Faith and Spirituality Reflection on various Christian l i festyles and their e x p ress io n a n d u mie.rstand ing of co m m i t m en t a nd d i sc i p l es h i p . This c o u rse cen te rs around the t he o l o g i ca l qu es t i o n : Wha t does it m e a n to be a follower of Jesus? (4) 226 Christian Ethics l n t rod uction to the p e rso n a l a n d social eth ical dimensions of Ch ristian l i fe and thought w i t h atte n t i o n to p rimary theological positions a nd specific p ro ble m areas. (4) 227 (247, 257) Chri tim Tbeology Su rvey of selected topics or movements in Christian th eo l og y designed to i n t roduce the themes a nd methodologies of the discipline. (vVhen l isted as 247, ful fills the ross - c u l t u ra l l i ne in the Pe rsp e cti ves o n Diversity requirement; when l is t e d as 257, fu lfill s the alternat ive line i n the Pe r sp e c ti v e s o n Diversity requi remcll L ) (4)
231 Myth, Ritual, and Symbol The nat u re of myth and its ex p res sio n thr ugh sy mb o l a nd r i t u a l . Attention given to p re-li terate mythology, Asian myth o l ogy, and Oc idental my t h o lo gy and the role the. e my t h o lo gi ca l traditions have played in the d evel opm e n t of modern e t h i cal , social, and religious values. ( 4 ) 232 The Buddhist Trad ition In troduction to the h i s to r y a n d p ractice of Buddhist tradi t i o n i n its South Asian, East Asia n , J n d Wes ter n cul t u ral contexts. E m p h a s i s 011 primary so u rce s i n translat ion. Fulfills the cross c u l t u r a l l i ne in the Pe rs p ec t i ves o n D ive rs i t y req u i rement. (4) 233 The Religion of China I n trod u c t io n to the major rel igious m o ve me n ts of C h i n a: ancestor rel igion; s i x Classical Schools; Confucian a n d Taoist traditions; Chinese Buddhism; Neo-Confllc iani m; i m p ac t o f re l i g io n on Chin a's encou nter with the Wes t . Emphasis on o r i g i na l sou rce in transb t i o n . Fu lfills the cross-cultural l ine in t.he Pe rs p ec t i ves o n D i ve rs ity req u i rem e n t . (4) 234 The R ligions of Japan I n t roduction to the re l igio u s t rad i t i o n s of J a pa n : a n c i e n t , medieval, a nd m o d e r n Shinto; Japanese B u d d h i s m ; t h e " n e w rel ig io n s" ; role o f religion in J a p a n 's e n c o u n te r wit.h the Wes t . Emphasis o n p rimary sources i n t ra nslation. F u l fi l l s the cross c ll i t u r a l l i n e in the Pe r s p ec t ive s on D i ve r si t y r eq u i re m e n t. (4) 237 Judaism } [ jstorical development of Juda ism's fa ith aud co m m i t m e n t from e. r1y B i b l i c a l t i mes to the prese n t . Includes in terpretation of the Hebrew Bible, rabbinic t h ou g h t, religious observances, medieval and modern movements, and jewish-Christian d ial og u e . F u l fills the cross-cult ural line in the Perspec rives on Diversity r eq u i re ment. (4) 330 Old Testament Studies Major areas of inquiry: the prophets, psalms, wisdom l i tera t u re , mythology, theology, or biblica l a r ch e o l o gy. (4) 33 1 New Te.stament Studies Major arcas of i n q u i r y : i n tert stamental, synoptic, Johannin e, or Pauline l i tera t u r e , or New Testament t h eo l o g y.
(4)
332 The Life of Jesus Hi · t o ri al survey of ".Life of jesus" research; fo rm and redaction criticism of the gospel trad i t i o n ; the re l i g io u s d i mensions of Jesus' l i fe and t h ou gh t. P rereq u i s i t e: one lower d i v i s i on course or consent of i n s t ructor. (4) 333 Biblical Studies Study of a sel ct Biblical t h e m e , book, or gro u p of books, s uc h as th eo di cy (Job), apocalyptic ( Da n i el , Revela t i o n ) , or methods of i n te r p retation. ( 2 ) 360 Studies i n Church Ministry The church in h um a n service: the co n g re ga t io n , the c h urch related coll eg e , contemporary c o n t e. ts o f wo r ld mission, and i n ter-church coop e r a t i o n . ( 4 ) 361 (34 1 , 35 1 ) Church History Studies Selected area of i n qui ry, such as American- Scand inavian church h i s t o r y, religious experience among American min o r i ty commu nities, a n d the ecu m e n ic a l move men t. (When l i s t e d as 34 1 . ful fills the cro s - c u l t u ral line i n the Pe rs p ec ti v s o n Di ve rs i t y req u i re me nt; when l isted as 3 5 1 , fulfills the alternative L i ne i n the P rs pe c t i ve s on D i ver s it y req u i reme n t . ) (4) 362 Luther
The man and his rimes, w i th major e mp h a s i s on his wr i t i n g and creat ive theology, such as the radical cent rality of the Gosp e l and fa i th , the Word and Scripture, the sacraments, chu r c h and state. (4)
S C A N D I N A V I A N
A R E A
S T U
D I E S
o m
364 (344-, 354) Theological Studies
405 Research Seminar in Religion
eJ ctt'd topic or movement w i t h i n Christian theology such as IOderslandings of
Fac u l ty - d i rected research and w r i t i n g project on a to pic chosen
od, t h e p roblem of evil, l ibera t i o n theology,
by st udents i n one o f the methodological d isciplines of religious
m
stud ies such as t heology, h i s torical studies, Bibl ical studies,
m
femi nist th ology, n a r rative t h eology, Christo logy, o r in ler re l i g io us d iJlo gue. (When listed as 3 44 , fu l fi l l s the cross-cu l t u ra l l i n e i n t h e Perspect ives o n D i versi t-y requirement; when lis ted as
e t h ics, h istory of re ligions, social scientific stud ies, o r p h iloso
354,
instructor.
fu lfi l l s the alterna t ive l i n e in t h e Perspectives on Diversity
req ui remen t . )
(4)
phy. l:o r majors and m i no rs, others with permission of t h e
(2)
o
49 1, 492 Independent Study
365 Christllll1 Moral Issues
I n tended fo r r ligion majors, advanced a nd graduate students;
In -dep t h exploration from the perspe tive of
h rist i a n eth ics
consent of the depa rtment is req u i red.
( 1 -4)
c :n V1
of se lecte d moral issues such as peace and violence, the environ
en
ment, se.. x u a l ity, pol i t ical and economic systems. h u nger, and
o
povert·y. (4)
366 The Arts and Christian Life
Scandi navian Area Studies
Rel ationship of C h r istian s p i r i t u u l i t y to a r t istic crea t ivity, i n d u d i n g literalure, a rchitecture, and fi l m s i n p o p u l a r
n
culture. (4)
-n m
Scand inavian Area Studies is a flexible program which
367 (347, 357) Major Religious Thinkers , Texts, and Genres
d raws on many university departments. I t o ffe rs a broad
z
I n -dep t h study of major figures. telr t s , or genre
perspective on Scandinavia past and present, while
Cl
developing llseful analytical and co mmun icative skills. The
V1
non-
in Christian and
h ristian rel isrious t radi t io ns, focusing especi a l ly on the
theology and rdigious t h o ught of these tn} d i t ions. F u l fi l l s either line 2
or
3 a. appropriate. Prerequisite:
( W h e n listed
as
c
nsent
f i n s t ructor.
university and the dynam ic profile of Scandinavia within
47, ful fi lls t he cross -cultural l i n e in the Per
,pect ives on Diversity requirement; when listed as 357, ful fi l l s the a l t e rnative line i n the Perspectives on Diversity requ iremen t.)
program reHeets both the Scandinavian heri tage of the
(4)
the world com munity today. SCANDINAVIAN STUDIES COMMITTEE: Tov e n ,
Chair &
Progra /'/"1 Director; M. Benton, Edis n, R. Je nsell, Reitan,
368 Feminist Theology Study of major t l, e m e s and issues in theology x,} m ined through
Ringd
q u e s t i o n s of gender. A15 i ncludes explora t i o n o f race, class. and c u l t ure i n r lation to gender questions. F u l fills the a lter n a t ive
Stu dents enrol led in the Sca ndinavian Area Studies program are
l i n e in the Perspcct"ives
011
Divcrs i t y requirem nt.
(4)
an
ga i n a ba ·ic u nderstanding of the
hi torical t h eme, theological p roblem, or e t h ical
issue. such as salvation by grace, gender questions, world hu nger. :a n n ot be combined with 3 3 .) to satisfy the general u n iversity core requ i rcmc n t i n rel igion. ( 2 )
390 Studies in Hislory o f Religions I istMical study of specific non-Ch ristian re ligions such as the t radit i o ns of India and C h i n a , Judaism, a nd I s l a m .
(4)
r i t ual in re lat ion to t h e i r S(lCial setti ngs with particular attention new
orms o f reli ion i n America. (Cross- referenced with
1 3 9 1 . ) (4)
A n t b ropolooy of re l igion; h u m a ni t y's concep ts of and re lation to t h
supem a t u r a l ; cxa m i n a t i o n o f personal and group
fu n c L i o n s that r e l i g io n s fulfi l l ; ' :- p lo ration of r i tuals, bel iefs, and
syste m s of morality in rel igions both "primi tive" a n d historical; o r igi ns of rel ig ion; scicnc "versus" religion; t h e n a t ur e of rea l i t y. ( C ross- referenced with ANTH
392). (4) a
r e l igious
ocial scientific viewpoint, e.g., heal ing and well-being,
(4)
who have taken a t least th ree cour
es
in rel igion.
(4)
404 Reading Seminar in Religion u rvey o f ignificant books in th
area of contemporary religiolls
tud ies, emphasizing recent books i n Biblical theo logy, 5y tem
a t ie
2
(4
hours in cross
hours in a senior project, and 8 hours of
electives) . A total of 40 semester h o u rs is required. With the
major p rogra m . No morc t h a n 8 semester ho u rs ma
be offered
to m eet both the Scand inavian Area Stud ies major and general u n iversity requirements or requirements fo r a second maj o r. Such cross-ap plication of cou rses must be app roved by the The cross - d isciplinary co urses lis ted below offer an oppo rtu n i ty to view the Scandi navian count ries in co mparisoll with other 1V0rld regions. They a re regular depart mental offeri ngs i n which s t uden ts enroLled i n t h e Scan d i navian Area Studies major
focus th e i r reading and work assignments to a sign i i1cant extent on Sca n d inavia. Students IlIust con s u l t w i t h t h e program
Scandinavia as part of their progra m. Study o p p o r t u n i t i es are a v a i l a ble at a variety of i nstitutions i n No rway. SVleden, and Denma rk. Approp riate coursework completed a b road should be
ele ted topics to be a n n o u nced. For majors, minors, and Priority to majors a nd m i n o rs.
consulta t i o n with the program d i rector discipl in'Hy course,
s u b m itted to the Scandinavian Studies d i rector fo r ap proval
403 Advanced Seminar i n Religion
studenls
Majors choose additional Sca ndinav ian and cross-di�c i p l i nary courses in accordance w i t h perso nal i nterests anJ goals and in
Swdents are encou raged, thougll /lot req uired, to study ill
Sciect e d p er i o d s within t h e life cycle con,idered from dCJth a n d dying.
literature.
d i rector concern ing registration fo r th ese COllfses.
393 Religion Ill1d the Stages o f Life and
gion, they also take 6 h o u rs
in Sca n d inav i a n cul t u ral h istory a nd 4 h o u rs ill Scandinavian
Scandinavian Studies d i re tor.
392 God, Magic, and Morals ship
orwe
h o u rs ) . '10
term, sum mer, and experimental courses may be i n c l u ded in the
Multi -cult ural inve ligation of rel igious experience, beli e f, and
o
r
(16
approval of the Sca n d i navian Studies d i rector, selected Janua ry
39 J Sociology o f Religion
to
expected to demonstrate the equ ivalent of two years of gian, Swedi h , or Danish language i n s t r uction
369 Christian Studies tudy of
hi, Vaught Farner.
nd h i storical t h eology, Ch ristian e t h ics, and dialogue
b e t ween Christianit), a nd t h e world religions. For majors and minors, others w i t h permission o f the i n s t ructor. (2)
towa.rd the major. Students i n te rested speci fically in Norweg ia n la nguage study are referred to the description of the Norwegian major under t h e Department of Languages. A l l core Scand i n a v i a n cou rses are taught out of t h is department.
S O C I A L
S C I E N C E S
SCANDlNAVlAN COURSES
o
La l/gllages: Nonvegian 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 - E le m e n t a ry No rweg i a n 20 1 , 202 - Intermediate Norwegian 3 5 1 - Conversation and Co mpositio n o rwegi a n 352 - dVJnced Conversation and Co m po si t ion
II ltural History: Scandinavian I SO - I n t roduction to Scandinavia Scandinavian 322 - ontemporary Scandinavia Scandinavian 323 - The Vikings Scandinavian 324 - The Emigrants
Vl
cr: => o u
o
Li teratllre:
Scandinavian 250 - Masterpieces of Scandinavian Literature Sca n d i n av ian 42 1 - Ibsen and Stri ndberg Sca n d inav ian 422 - Twen tieth- Century Scand inavian Literature
ciplinary major program that incorporates a global! i ntern ational approach in assessing both problems and solutions arising i n this age o f transition. The Chillese Studies Program, o ffered as both a major a n d a m i nor, is designed to provide s t udents a broad fo u ndation i n Chinese culture, language, a n d h istory, a n d provides a n opportunity t o focus o n t h e rel igious-philosophical world view and the economic structure o f China. S cial Sciences faculty also participate actively in other i nterdisc ipl i nary programs including Women's Stud ies, Cooperative Education, and Environmental Studi es. Also administered within the division, the Center fo r Economic Educa tion serves to raise the understa nding o f econom ic principles a m o n g teachers a n d students in the
CROSS-DISCIPLINARY COURSES SOM ETI MES APPLICABLE TO THE SCANDINAVIAN A REA STUDIES MAJOR: onsult with the program d i rector to determine
Pacific Nort hwest. The d ivision's graduate programs o ffe r
applicabil ity.
wiLhin the social sciences.
A n t h ropology 350 - Wo men J n d M e n in Wo rld Culrur s Economics 33 1 - I n ternational Economics Economics 3 8 1 - Comparative E cono m ic Systems English 33 1 - The Art of the Book I E n gl i s h 364 - Special To p i cs in Chi ldren's Literature Engl ish 381 - S tudie in Medieval Literature H i story 323 - The Middle Ages History 325 - Re for m a t i o n History 495 - Seminar: E u rope a n H istor P h i los op h y 338 - Kierkegaard and Existentialism Politi cal S c i e n c e 345 - Government and Public Policy Pol itical Science 347 - Political Economy Rel igion 223 - American Chu rch History Religion 224 - The Lutheran Tra d i t ion Rdigi on 361 - Church H i s t o r y S t u di es Sociology 330 - he Family
Course Offe ring 495 Senior Project A research paper, i n tern s h i p , or other app ro ve d p rojec t . For Scandinavian Area Studies majors. I I I (2)
concentrations in the fields of orga n izati nal systems, mar riage and fa m i ly therapy, and i n d ividual ized study
FACULTY: Smith, Divisional Deall; faculty members of the Departments o f Anthropol ogy, Eco n o m ics, History, Ma rr i a ge and Family Therapy, Po litical Science, Psychology, Sociology and Social Work, a nd programs in Legal S t ud i es , Global Studies, and C h i nese S t u d ies. As a division within the C ol l eg e of Arts and Sciences, the D iv i s i o n of Social Sciences o ffe rs programs in each cons t i t u e n t de p a r t m en t lead i ng to t h e B.A. degree. Add itional ly, a B.S. d eg re e i s o ffe red in psychology Jnd M . A . d egrees a re offered i n three graduate conce ntra t ions. Course offerings and d e g re e re q u i re m e n t s are listed under
Anthropology Economics History Marriage and FamUy Therapy
Political Science Psychology Sociology and Social Work See also sections specific to affiliated degrees and programs for Chinese S t u d i es , Graduate S tudies (Orga nizational Systems a n d I n dividual ized Study), G lobal Studies, and Legal Studies.
Course Offeri ngs
Division of Social Sciences The fa culty within the Division of Social Sciences seek to provide a challenging education i n the social ciences that r iti cal ly analyzes the past and the present socia l history a nd tructure s o f h u man beings, that is vibrant and relevant to the time and world in which we live, and that encou rages responsible c i tizenship fo r today and tomor足 row. Through cla sroom learn i ng and applied setti ngs such a
502 Social Science Theory An a n a lysi of social e x p l a na t i o n and th e social science fra me o f reference. ( 4 )
505 Sodal Science Research Methods Basic research concepts a p p l ied to laboratory, field, and bibl io足 graphic studies. Top i cs in clude fo rmulating resea rch qu es t i o n s , research designs, d a t a g a t hering tc ch n iq u s, analysis of data, and theory construction. Emphasis o n understanding and evaluating rather t h a n conducting research. (4)
superv ised in ternship s, students in the social scie nces
acqu i re an under tand in g of society while developing the analytical tooLs d iver
e
with which to provide so lu t io n s to a
range of so ial problems.
oused within t he Di vis ion of Social Scien ces are three in terdi sc ipl i nary programs: offer both major
The Legal Stlldi贈s Progra m
nd minor ar as of stu dy. It is a m u l t i 足
d isciplinary program designed t o study law as a body of knowledge within the context of a liberal arts education.
The Global Studies Program is
a
co m plementary i n terdis-
Social Work, See Sociology and Social Work immediately following.
S O C I O L O G Y
ociology and Social Work Sl c iology and social work, as d isti n c t disciplines, a re concerned with u nderst a n d i n g contem porary social issues, problem s, p ol i c ies , a nd sol ut ions. While sociology empha sizes research, int rpretation, and analysis, social work empha i zes i n tervention and practice. The discipli nes share an i nter ·t in human relationsh ips and experience, contemporary family life and family policies, eth n i c d ivers it y and race relations, poverty and social s t ratifica tion, problems of yo uth, and social j ustice and c o m m u n i t y o rga nizati o n . Bot h d iscipl i nes encourage h ands on l earning t h roug h field placements, int e rns hi ps , a nd service learning projecl . Students may major i n either sociology or s o c ia l work or minor i n socicllogy. Social work majors are encouraged Lo m inor in s oc iology and may double major in s oc i o l o g y and social work by special arra ngement. FACUIIY: McDade, Chair; Biblarz, jobst, Keller
(Social Wo rk
Program Directo r) , Leon-Guerrero, Smith, Szabo.
Sociology Sociology examines the p rocesses and structures which shape s o c i I groups of all sizes, i nduding friends, fa milies, workplaces,
and n a tions.
he study of sociology provides students with
u n i q ue in t e r p ret i ve toob for under tanding themselves and
others in a changing world. Sociology has broad appeal to those o are i nte re sted in developing pra c t i c a l skills and analy t ical ,d ents. Some of the pract ical pursuits enabled by sociological tTaiJling are in the areas of planni ng, p r g ra m development, (ou ll 'ding, research, criminal j llstice, employme nt and train ing, and marke t i n g . The ac ad emi c p repa ration is valuable to those i.nt rested in p u r s u i n g fllrther degrees in law, a d ministration, so ial work, theology, or the social sciences. The department's curriculum offers a wide variety of cou rses in sociolo gical analysis while permitting an optional concentra ti.on in tlle pecial ized areas of f, mily/gender or crime/deviance. The curricul u m is deliberately flexible to pe rm i t stude n ts to study i n d iv i d ua l subject areas, or to p ursue majors or minors in the field. Students majoring in business, nursing, education, and c m p u t e r �cien e tl n d the sociological mi.nor particularly useful Co r b road e n i n g their understanding of social rules and relation ships, programs and solutions, and con ti n ui t), and c han ge. The faculty is atk.nt ive to the individual need, of students in t ll ir efforts t'O PI' vide a c a d e m i c excellence to a d i ve r s 'tudcnt bo Iy. Faculry members have gained recognition for t he i r professional ac ti v iti " at the co Il l m u ni t )', regional, and national levels, a nd L ilvite student par-ticipation in these ac t ivi t i e s .
BACHELOR OF ARTS: Gellt'ral lvfajor: 40 semester h ou rs , i n cl u din g 1 0 1 , 240, 330, 396, )97, 499, plus 12 se m e st er hours i n sociology a p p roved by the dep artmen t at the 300 and 400 levels; a n d Statistics 23 l . Major with Conce n t ra t ion ill Fa mily/Ge nder: 40 semester hours i nclud i.ng 10 1 , 330, 3 96 , 397, 440, 499; plus 1 2 semester hours in SOCiology chosen in coI15u l t a t i o n with the department; and , tatistics 23 1 .
tfajor with COllcen tration
40 semester h o u rs eluding 1 0 1 , 336, 396, 397, 4 1 3, 499; plus 1 2 semester hours o f ill Crime/Devillllce:
oeiology chosen in consultatio n with t he d e p ar t m e n t ; and tntiSLic 23 1.
TE: l 0 I or consent of inst ructor are p rerequisite to all 300 and 400 level courses.
A N D
S O C I A L
W O R K
MINOR: 20 semester hours, including 1 0 1 and 1 6 semester hours of sociology chosen in consultation with the depart ment. Statistics 23 1 may be i ncluded in the minor. BACHELOR OF ARTS IN EDUCATION:
See School of Ed/.lCllti011.
TRANSFER STUDENT POUCY: The department accepts, for transfer credit from another college or university, only those courses equivalent to Sociology 1 0 1 (American S oc iety or I n t roduction to Sociology) and Sociology 240 (Social Problems). If a student wishes t o have courses beyond 1 0 1 and 240 taken at another institution considered fo r t ransfer to either t h e i r major o r minor req u i re ments, they must first meet with the dep a rt ment chair. The student should bring to this initial meeti ng the fol lowing:
1 . college/university tra nscripts 2. college catalogs
m
o
m
3 . course syllabi and other supporting materials
z
Declared majors/ minors will be r equire d to fill out one student
G)
peti t ion per transfer course.
Course Offe rings 101 American Society How does the i n d ividual relate to the group? Why do some people " have" power, prestige, or money while others "have not"? What con tributes t o social stability or social u n rest? What is ha ppe n i ng i n schools, fam ilies, and religion' In answering, we t u rn the sociological eye on American soc iety using concepts l ike these: life s tyl es , in teractions, groups, social structures, values, and change. (4)
202 SodoJ Issues Analysis of selected social problem and pol icy a reas with em p has i s on a r ticulating questions, listening for meaning in what others wri t e and say, seeing ideas and positions in context, a rgui ng , m o v in g to consensus, and living with conflict. To p ics vary and will be annou nced in each semester's t i m e sched ule. No p r c r e q u i ite. ( 2 ) 240 SocioJ Problems and Policies Factual a n d evaluative considerations in the defin ition, explana t i o n , and resolution of so c i a .l p rob le ms . Analysis and criticism o f curre n t a p p ro a ches to social problems focusing on logical procedures and fa llacies in thinking. Among issues to be included are mental health, p over ry , crime, fa m ily disorga niza tion, and work alienatio n . (4)
260 Relationsbjps A study of the rel a t io n shi p s of lovers, friends, enemies, a c q u ain tances, couples, and strangers, with particular attention to patterns and problems o f communication, personal iden t i ty and growth, and social networks and power. P r e r equ i s i te : 1 0 1 recommended. (4) 324 The Sociology of Sport An examinatio n of the institution of sport in North America. Top i cs include: s p o r t anel socia.lization; sport and p o l i ti cs ; vioLence in 'port; the s p 11:ing enterprise; role o f sport in aca demic institutions; worn n in sport; and the business o f sport. Pr req uis i t e : 1 0 1 or consent o f inst ructor. a/y (4)
326 Delinquency and Jllvenile Justice An examination of juvenile deLinquency in rel a t ion to fam i ly,
peer groups, commun ity and i nstit utional structure. Consider ation of process i n g of the delinquent by formal agen ies of con trol. P re re q u i s i k : 1 0 1 o r consent of instructor. a/y (4)
S O C I O L O G Y
u.J
a VI oc ::J a u
o
A N D
S O C I A L
W O R K
330 The Family An e ' a m i n ation o f th e institution of the family from historical, mult icultural , and c( nt e m p orar y perspec tives i n cl u di n g both micro and macro a n a l ys es of fa m il y l i fe. Conceptualiz ation of the fam i l y as a universal i nstitution with a ried fo rms and fu nctions sh ap ed by a va r ie ty of so cia l fo rces such as cultures, re lig i o ns, govemment , and economies. Includes a n exa m i n at i o n of i nter nal family d y n amics and interactions i n cl u d i ng family relation s h i p s , love, co n fl i c t . gender issues, comm u nication p a ttem s , au tho r i t y structures, and acts of intrafa m i lial abuse and violence. Prerequisite: 1 0 1 or PSYC 335 or consent o f instructor. (4) 334 Sociology of Youth An exa m i n a t ion of age and social st,t tus; a n a l ys is of social proc ses bearing upon the social i zation of chi l d ren and adol scent . The emergence o f " "}'outh cultures"; genera tional succession as a cultural p roblem. Prerequisite: 10 [ or consent of instructor. a/ y (4) 3 3 6 Deviauce A general i n t roduction to a variety of nonconforming, usu a ll y secretive, and illegal behavior, such as corporate crime, d rug dea l i n g , p ro s t itution , i n d ustr ia l s p y i ng, ch ild a bu se, and s u icide, with e m phasis on the co nflict of values and life-experiences within a society. Prerequisite: 1 0 1 or consent of i nstructor. (4) 35 1 Sociology of Law An exa mination of the social control of l aw a n d legal i nstitu tions; t h e i n fluence of culture and s ocia l organization on law, l egal change, a n d the a d m inistrat ion of j u s tice . I nclu des exa m p l es of how law functions with i n the major theoretical models. Pre re qui sit e : [ O J or consent of instructor. (4) 380 The Chauging Workplace Appro ach es work experiences and orga n i zational designs with so c iologi c al i nsights. Emphasis o n i ss u es l ike satisfaction, rewards, decision making, un em pl oyme nt, and effects on fa m i l i e �. Prerequisi te: 1 0 1 or conse n t o f i n s t ructor. (4)
386 Equality aud Inequality Exam ination of the n a t ure , origins, forms, and consequences of social equalities and inequalities. Focus on material circu m st a nces . l i festyles, a n d life c h a nges i n social classes, i ncl u d ing ra ial groups and other mi norities. Prerequisite: l O t or consent of instructor. a/y (4) 39 1 Sociology o f Religion An i nvestigation of the merican rel ig i o us scene with parLicular em ph as is on the new rel igio u s movements fea t ur i n g i nsider accounts, al on g with attention to soc ial settings and proces se s which t h e se new religions reflect and produce. Prerequisite: [ 0 1 , one previous rel i gi o n course, o r consent o f i nstr uctor. ( Cross referenced with REU 39 [ ) . a/y (4)
396 Major Theories An a nalys i s of the most famous and i n fluen tial so ci ol o g i ca l theories of the 1 9 th a nd 20th cen tu ries with attention to the clas,ic theories o f Marx, D u rkheim, and Weber, t o the recent multitude o f contemporary s ch oo l s, and t o the under lying patterns of thought w h i ch both u n i te a n d divide the sociological tradition. Requi red tor j u n i o r majors. Prerequisite: [ 0 1 , j u n ior de tared major/minor, or consent of instructor. (4) 397 Research Methods An overview of t he tech niques socio l og ists use to collect, organ iz�. and interpret i n formation. A variety of research designs will be d i scu s sed i ncluding s urvey. observa t i o n s, e:-.rperi ments, co n tent analysis, and historical ana lysis. S t u d e n ts will learn how to co n d u c t their own resea rch a n d how to be i n formed con sumers of od1ers' research . Required fo r j u n ior majors. P re r eq u isi te: 1 0 1 , j u n ior declared major/minor, or consent o f instructor. (4)
399 Internship Demonstration of the i m p l i ca t i o ns of sociology, combining on s i te work with in -class l ea r n i n g. The artfu l skill of using theory t o solve problems and of h a n dlin g the practicalities of wo rki ng in agencies a nd businesses. Placements: criminal jus t i c e system, private and p ublic social ser v i ce o r ga n iza t i on s, local and tate g ov er n mental agencies, busi nesses, and social research. Pre re qu i s i te : d ep ar t m e n tal consent. (J -4) 413 Crime and Society An exam i nation of criminal beh,lVior in contemporary society i n relation to social structure and the criminalixat ion process with p a r t ic ul ar attention to t h e issues of race, ge n d er, and cl a ss. P rerequisite: [ 0 [ , 336, or co nsent of inst ructor. (4) 4 1 6 Quantitative Data Applicat ions Co u rse em p has i s on a n a ly sis , i n terpretation, and prese n tarion of quantitative data. An advanced-level trea tment of s t ati s ti ca l method a n d tec h n i q ue s. 1ech n i q u c s i n clude: tabular a n a l ys i s , l o g l i near and regression mo d eli n g , factor a n aly s i s , a n d rel a te d topics. Us of comp uter statis tical packages. Lecture a n d laboratory prerequisites: Statist ics 23 [ , some intermediate k n owl edge o f computer statistical a na l ysi s preferred, or consent of inst ructor. a/y (4) 420 Advanced Research Methods Course in advanced m e th od ol og y and tech niques. Top ics include for mulation of research problem, stu y design, hyp o t h e es, s a m p l i n g , measurement, data collection, p rocessing. and analy sis. Consideration o f q u a n t i tat ive a n d q u al i tati ve methods. Students p a r t ic ip a te in ongoing research p roj ect. Lectu re a n d l abor a tory. Prerequisites: 397, STAT 23 [ , or consent of i n struc tor. a/y (4) 4 2 3 Psychoanalysis and Society A study of psychoanalytic t h eor y and a p p l ic a t ion to t h e under standing o f various a p ee t s of s ocie t y and soc i a l behavior, in cl u d i n g sex roles and the fami ly, deviant behavior, social change, art and literature, religion, and power. Prereq uisite: [ 0 1 , or PSYC 1 0 [ , o r consent of i n s t T u c t o r. ( 4 ) 434 Minority and Ethnic Families of t h e character of families and fa mil), l i fe o u t side the dominant mainstream i n America, i ncluding the realities of black, H ispanic, and Asian fa m i l ies , as well as workin g cl ass fam i l ies and fa mil ies in oLher �ocieties. E m p h a sis on s i m i lariti e s and d i ffere nc e among various kinds of fam il ies, on t he social cause of these characteris tics, and on the consequences of different t y pe s of family life fo r both the i ndividual a n d sociery as a whole. Prerequi sites: [0 I, 330, or consent of instrUL!or. (4) An ex a m in a ti o n
440 Sex, Gender, and Society
A n examination of the i m p a c t of sex and ge nder on personality formation, intellectual abi li ty a n d ach i e ve men t . labor force participation, fa mil), roles and responsibilities, a n d social behavior. Biological, psy h o l o g i c al, and sociological perspec tives will be used to exa m i n e the d i ffere nce s and s i milarit ies between women and men in contemporary society. Pre requi si te s : 1 0 1 , 330, o r consent o f i n s truc t o r. (4) 462 Suicide An ex a m i n a t i o n of the diffe rent aspects of suicide and suicidal behavior. Begins with a cro ss - c u l t u r al and historical overview, l oo king at variations and changes i n attitudes toward s uicide. Review of t h e scope of the problem a n d ca reful analysis o f theories that attempt t o explai n why p eo pl e co mmit suic ide. Exam ination of the i n fluence of the mass media a n d the gene p h e n o men on o f contagion. D iscllssions of i ntervention i n s u i c i d al behavioral a n d the q ues ti o n of the right t o suicide. Prerequi. ites: 1 0 1 and consent of i nstructor. (4)
S O C I O L O G Y
473 Topics in Sociology 'lected topics as a n n ou n ced by the de p a r t m en t . Prerequisite: e pa r t m nlal c ase n t . ( i -4) 49 1 Independent Study Readings or fie ld wo rk in s pec i fic areas or issues of s o c i o l ogy u ml e r s u p e r vi s io n of a faculty m em b e r. Prereq uisite: d epart mental consent. ( 1 -4)
499 Senior Seminar A recapitulation and i n tegr at i o n of themes from pr ev i o u s oci o l o gy cou rses w i t h additional re ad i n g s a n d discus i o n . Stu nts i nvestigate an i nd i v idual to pic, make formal presenta tions, and c o m ple te a s u bs ta nt ial resear h paper. P re re q u is i te : e ni o r �o c io l o g y major or minor a n d departmental consent. (4)
501 Graduate Workshops raduate workshop ' in s p e ci al fields or areas for varying peri o d s of t i me. ( ! -4) 514 Complex Organizations Ex mi n a t i o n of the n a tu re, origi ns, a n d structures of org a n iz a t i ons a nd burea ucracies. Classic and co n t em po ra ry theories of orga n i zat ions ar ' re v i e w ed a n d critiqued. The i n t1uence, power, and social responsibi l i t ies of large organizations are exa mined from h i st o r i ca l as well a s contemporary perspect ives. (4) 530 Group Dynamics: Theory and Practice Examination of c o n ce p t s and pr i nci p le s of human behavior i. n group . Top i cs include membership, le ad e rs h i p , au t ho r i t y, eo he siven es , g oals, norms, and processes. The application and u e of t h eo r y in applied se t t i n gs are explored. (4) 534 Sodology of Work H istorical and c r i t i ca l examination of theories and i ssue s related wo rk. fo us n int r, tion between s oc i e t y, the individual, no the wor kp l a ce . Exploration of t ch n i q u es of job en r i hment and n:design a l o n g with trends fo r the flll u re workplace. a/y (4) 55 ) Interventions Practicum I App l ic ati o n of organiz.ational change t h eo ry within an applied se t t i ng. E mp ha si s on identifying work s it u a t i o ns for change and de ve lo p i ng techniques for impleme.nting ch a n ge. ( 2 ) 552 Interventions PracticOlD I l Im pl mt! n t a ti ( n a n d a n a lys is of actual i n tervention w it h in a n orga n iz, lional system o r l a b ora to ry simulation with applied emphasis . Prerequisite: 55 1 . (2) 590 Graduate Seminar Select<:d t o p i c s a s a n n o u nc ed . Prerequisite: consent o f the i n s Lruc t o r. ( 1 - 4) 59 1 Directed Study ( 1 -4) 595 Graduate Readings In dependent s t u dy card required. ( 4 ) 598 Research Project (4) 599 Thesis (4)
Social Work Within
a
p rog ra m that is fi nnly based in the
l i be r a l arts, the
social work m'l jor is de 'igned t o prepare students [or beg i n n i n g p rofess i n a l so ial work pra c tic e.
ocia] work has both
a
h ea v i l y
mul tid i . c i pl i n a ry- ba s ed bod y uf k n ow l ed ge a nd its ow n con t inu
ollsly developing k n o w le d ge base. The co m ple xi t y of social iss u e s '111d so ci al p roblems that con fro nt th e m o dern - d ay social worker quire t his broad theoretical p ers p e ct i ve . Social worker are Invol 'ed in areas that are i n fluenced by pol i t i ca l , eco n om i c , cial, p yc h o l og i a1. and cul tural factors. To that end, the program srresses an u n d ers ta ndi ng of social science t he o r ies and met hods. T h e curriculum prov i de s a fo u nd at i o n fo r u n d e r s t a n d ing the i n te ra c t i o n of individual, fam i l y, and co mm unity sys-
A N D
S O C I A L
W O R K
tems, as the basis for ge n e ra l i s t practice. Students learn a multi
method approach to social work practice t h a t enables them to address a wide range uf individ ual, fa m i ly, group, and commu n i ty needs. , tudents enhance t heir commitment tu i n fo r m ed action to remove i n e q u i t i es based on race, ethn icity, culture, ge n d er, social class, sex ua l orienta t i o n , disability, a n d age. The social work faculty p lace a h i g h value on the i nt egr a tio n of academic an d e x p erie n t i a l lear n i n g . The p rogram provides numerous opportun i ties to learn i n community setti ngs. I n a dd i t i o n t o t h e senior level fi e l d experience, students a t the s o pho m ore and junior levels also are en oura ge d to explore t h e i r i n terest in and a p t i t u d e for social work through ex pe ri e nc es in comm u n i ty a ge n c i es . Social work majors are fo rtunate to have acce ss to a rich variety of social . ervice a genc ie s in Tacoma and Pierce County that p ro v i d e excellent field lea rn i n g sites for students. Students work with experienced, ca ri ng s upe rv i so rs who help make t he s e p la c e m ent s valuable lea rn i n g experiences. Social work m a jo rs should consult with a de p a r t m e n t a l adviser to plan their course of study. The fa c u lt y e n c ou ra ge stu de n ts to take advan tage of l ea rn i ng op p o r t u nit ie s that empba size multicultu ral awarene s and d i ve rsi ty. [n addition to specifi courses within t he Division of Social 'ciencrs, t h e Service Lea rn i ng Prog ra m a n d Study Abroad P ro gr a m a re be n efic i a l t o social work majurs.
The social work pro g ra m is ac c red ite d by the Cou n c i l on Social Work Education.
BACBEWR OF ARTS MAJOR: 40 sc m e ter hours, indmiing 275 , 3 07, 3 3 , 3 80, 385, 472, 473 , 475, 476, 477, a nd 484. he fol lowing courses arc req u i red for majors and may be taken to ful fi ll g neral u n iversity requirements: Sociology 1 0 1 or 240, P sy c h o l o g y 1 0 1 , tatistics 23 1 , B i o l og y I l l . A n t h ropology 1 02, a n d one course from the fo l l uw i n g : Econ m i c s 1 3 0, 1 5 1 , or 1 52 or Political Science 1 0 1 or 1 5 1 . ror students opting to com p l e t e Core II, t a t i s t i c and B io l o gy will co n t i n u e to be required. How ever, the other req ui re m e n t s may be met by sp ecific I n teg ra t ed Studie cour es , taken in consultation with the student's ad vis er.
Course Offe rings 275 lntroduction to Sodal Work, Social PoUcy, and Sodal Welfare 'fh i is the fi rst social policy course required of an social work majors. Ex plo r a t i o n of interdependence of social, cultural, po l i t i ca l , and economic factors in the h i s to r y, theory, and pr J c t i ce of soci, I weLf�rt', with special reference to the develop me n t of the 'odal work profession in re s po nse to social prob lems. E. ami n a t i o n of the relationship among the social welfare systems, the pro b l e m s and iss u es addressed by social s erv i ces, a n t! the role of the profes s iona l social worker i n service areas a nd e t t i n g u ch a aging, hild w e l far e , health and mental health, income mai ntenance a nd services to wo m e n and minoritie . The course may o ffer opportun i t ies to m e et with p r ac t i t i o n ers in the field a n d to understand t he diverse populations serv ed , and may req uire fi e l d activ ity. Prerequ isites: None. I I I (4) 307 Sodal Work Ethics and Values in a Diverse WOTld An exa m i n at i o n of the Code of th ies and the humanistic value system that u n de rl i e the pr a c t i ce of social work, such as client self-deter m i natiun, confident iality, social j us t i c e , the '.vorth, d ig nity, and u n i q uen es s o f a l l p e rsons, and a n ap p re c ia t i o n of the distinct char a c te r i s tic s of diverse and vulnerable popu la t i o n s . Students will have the oppor t u n it y to exam ine their own value choices and conflicts in rela tion to eth ical principles and theories. Prerequ isite: 275 for majors. May b e taken by non majors. I ( 4 )
n o c ;;0 m o
..,., ..,., m ;;0 z C>
'"
S T A T I S T I C S
\.'J Z
o
VI :=J o u
o
333 Interviewing and Interpersonal Helping Skills An introdu tory pra t ice course that provides opportu nity to learn basic interviewing and in terpersonal helping theory, skills, and techn iques through various experiential forms. Students learn about the i nterl'iewing process with individuals, groups, and families, and learn about human diver ity as it relates to the intt!rpersonal helping process. Prerequisite: 275 for majors. May be taken by non-majors. I 1 1 ( 4 )
380 Human Behavior and the Social Environment Exami nation o f the biological, psychological, cultural, and social i n fluences on human development. An ecological perspective for s tud ying the theory and development of i n d ividuals, families, groups, institutio ns, organ izations, and communities with implications fo r generalist social work practice. Special emphasis on gender, cthnicity, and other aspects o f human diversity. Im pact of social a n d economic forces on i n d ividuals and social systems as well as ways i n which systems enhance or hinder heal thy h uman development. Prerequisite: 275 for majors. May be taken by non-majors. II (4)
385 Social Welfare Policy An in-depth exa mination of soc ial welfare structure, functions, policy, and programs. The i n fluence of economic, political, and culrura l systems on social policy and the way i n which the values operating in these sy tems i mpact social policy. An exam ination of the i m pact of cultural values and administrative and organiza tional structures at various governmental leve!s on social policy implementation, especially as they affect services to vul nerable populations. Introduces students to applications of theoretical frameworks to "ocial work poli cy in such areas as income maintenance, health, mental health, child welfare, and housing and homelessne . Prereq uisite: 275. II ( 4 )
472 SociaJ Work Practice I A conce p t u a l framework of social work i ntervention covering the . common elements of generalist social work practice. Application of the ecological perspective with the problem-solving model. Provides students with foundation knowledge and skills for direct practice with i ndividuals, families, and groups. Assists students toward mastery in assessment, development of i n terventio n plans based on theory and assessment i n formation, goal setti ng skms, contracting, selection of appropriate i nterven tions, evaluation, and termi n a tion. Prerequisites: 275, 307, 3 33 , 380, 385. I ( 4 ) 473 Social Work Practice I I A conceptual framework based o n ethics and values consider ation. and requisite skills for social work practice with groups, organ.izations, and com m u n i ties. Emphasis on macropractice asse 'sment, i n tervention, and change strategies at the organiza tion, com munity, and larger system level. Prerequ isites: 275, 307, 333, 380, 385. II (4)
475 Field Experience I tudents are assigned to a social service agency and participate, under supervision, in the delive r y of social work services. Prerequisites: 275, 307, 3 3 3 , 380, 385; to be taken concurrently with 472; requ ires consent of instructor. I n (3)
476 Field Experience n Con tinuation of 475. Students receive more advanced field assignments in a social service agency setting. Must be taken concurrently with 477; must be taken concurrently with or subsequent to 473. I II ( 3 )
477 Field Expe rience Seminar In tegration of social work practiClIlTI experiences with p rior and concurrent social work courses. Students examine the evolution of their own personal style of social work practice, the theories and model(s) for practice which they have developed, and how
those are i n tegrated with their personal and p ro fessional experiences and prior coursework. The product of this final synthesis is p resented to the class and is open to others within the university community. Must be taken concurrently with 476 and 473. [ J ( 2 )
484 Social Work Research Problem fo rmation, data collection and analysis, a nd presenta tion o f research fi nd ings. Principles of research design, quantita t ive and qualitative methodologies, and cri tical examination of research findings. Evaluation research as well as use of research to evaluate one' own practice. Personal and profe ional ethics as they relate to research. Studen ts develop an awareness of the relevance of research to effective practice and to theory budding in social work. Prerequisite: 275. I (4) 490 Special Topics in Social Work Selected topics as an nounced by the department. Topics are relevant to current trends and issues in the field of social work. ( 2-4) 491 Independent Study Prerequisite: Consent o f instructor. ( 1 -8)
Statistics Statistics, a branch of appl ied mathemat ics, studies the methodology fo r the collection and analysis of data and the use of data to make i n ferences under cond i t ions of u ncertain ty. Statistics plays a fu ndamental role i n the social a n d natural sciences, as well as i n business, ind and government. Statist ical practice includes: collection, exploration, s u m marizatio n, and display of data; de ign of experiments a n d sampling surveys; drawing i n ferences and m a k i n g decisions based o n d a t a and assessing the uncert a i n ty o f s u c h i n ferences and decisions; and the co nstruction of mathemat ical models for analysis of random processes. Probability fo rms the conceptual fou n dation and math emati cal language fo r the i n ferential aspects of statistics. The statistics program is offered cooperatively b y the Depart ments of Eco nom ics, Mathema tics, Psychology, and Sociology. The program is admin istered by a n I n terdisci plinar y Statistics Com m i ttee headed b y the Statistics Program d i rector, who is appointed by the
d an o f the
Division of Social Sciences. The statistics m i nor i s a d m i n istered b y t h e Departmen t of Mathematics. Students interested in a statistics minor are encouraged to discuss course sele tion with a statistics faculty member fro m any d i scip line.
FACULTY: Selected faculty from the Departments o f Economics, M a thematics, P ychology, and Sociology. STATISTICS MINOR: A minimum of 1 6 semester hours to include Statis tics 34 1 , at least 8 llOur from among the other statistic courses, and Computer Science 1 1 0, 220, or 1 44. The s t a t istics courses cho e n [or a statistics minor 'Nill vary with the in terests of the student. Some typical programs leading to a statistics minor are listed below; a comp uter science course must be added to each list. For students il1feresled in m a .th emat ics, graduate or professional work in sta tistics, or an act uarial CClreer:
S ta t istics 34 1 , 342, 348
W O M E N ' S
S T U D I E S
For stude nts illterested ill economics or business: Statistics 2 1 , 34 1, 244 or S ta t is t i c s 34 1 , 342, 244 or
students i n terc. ted in other socwl sciellces: tati�tic. 23 1 , 34 1 ) 244 or StaListics
2 3 1 , 34 1 , 3 4 8 (P yc h o l ogy
students shou ld take de s ig n a te d sections of Sta t istics 23 1 . ) For s t l/den ts illferested ill natura l sciellces:
Sta t ist ics 34 1 , 342, 348 or S t a t i s t ics 23 1 , 34 1 ,
34 8
Course Offe rings 23 1 Introductory Statist ics Descripti c sta ti s t ics : measu res of central ten d e n cy and disper sion. lnfe re n t ial ta t i st i c s : general izations about populat ions [rom sam ples by p ara met ric and non parametri t c h n i q u£.'s . Methods covered w i l l i nclude esrimat i o n , hypothesis-tes t i ng,
corr -Ial ion a n a lysis, l i near reg res sio n , nd chi square analysis. I n cl u de s a req uired computer lab. Students should re gi ·ter � r the lab co rr esp o n di n 1 to their Icct ure s ec t io n . (May not be ta ken for credit after STAT 34 1 h as b e e n take n . ) I II (4)
s i mpl
244 Ecollowetrics ( ECON 244) f n t roduc t i o n t ) t h e met h od s a n d tools of econometrics as t h e basis fo r a p pl i ed research in economics. S p ec i fic a t io n , estima ti o n , and te st i ng in the cbssical l i near re gress i on m od el . Exten io n s of th m o del a n d a pp l i ca t i ons to the an alys is of econc mi c data. Prerequ isi te: STAT 23 1 or e q ui va len t . ( 4 ) 34 1 Introduction t o Mathematical Statistics (MATH 34 1 ) Description o f d a t a ( un ivariate a n d b i var i at e ) , i n t roduction to p r o ba b il ity (axioms, discrete and co n t i n uo u s random variables, elCpe t a t i o n s ) , special d i st r ib u tions ( b i n o m i a l , P o i sso n , normal, ga m m a ) , s t ate men t s of law of lar ge numbers and cen tra l limit
theorem,
eIe m en
of e.."'-perim enta J desig n ( co n t rol, ra ndom iza-
ion, blocki ng), s a m p li n g distributions, p oi n t estimators ( b ias, ·ffi ien y, methods of m o m en t s and maximum likelihood),
'on fidence i n t erva l s, hy po th esi s tests, regression ( i f time perm i t s ) . Prerequisite: MATH 1 5 2 . I (4)
343 Operation Research (ECON 343) Quant itative meth ods fo r decision problems. E m p ha s is on l in e a r p ro ' r a m m i ng a n d other d e t e r m i n istic models. Prerequi ite: or
equivalen t . II ( 2 )
3 48 Applied Regression and Analysis a n d Anova (MATH 348) L i near, multi ple and no n l i near regress ion, regress ion diagn o stics nd violations o f model assu mptiu ns, a n aly si s o f variance, exper iment al de ign i nc l u d i ng randomization, and b l o c ki n g , mu lt ip le c om p ariso n s , analysis of co a r i a nce. Substantial use of a stati s r ic al co m p u t e r pa c kage a n d all e mp ha s i s on cJCP l o r a t or y a n al ysi s of d a t a . Prerequis ite: 3 4 1 or co n se n t of i. n structor. a/y II
491
The Women's Studies m i nor is a multidisciplinary program that enriches the tra d i t i on al l iberal arts curriculum by adding new perspectives on women's l ives and acco mplish ments. Based on the study of women i n culture, society and h i story, the m i n or i ncorporates gender into other basic
342 Probability a n d Statistical Theory ( M ATH 342) Continuation of Math/St, t 34 1 . Top i cs may i n cl u de : j o i n t, marginal and co n d i t io n al di t r i b u ti on s , correlations, dist ribu t ions of fu n c t i o n s of r a n do m va riables, m o me n t gen e ra ti ng fu nct ions, hebyschev's inequality, conv rge n ee in p robability and li m i t in g distributions, i nt r o duc t io n to inference i n regres sion and o ne-way analysis of v a ri a nce, introd u c t io n to Bayesian a n d n o n - p a r'1l11etric statistics, power test and l i ke l i hood ratio tests. Prerequisite: MATH /S TAT j 4 1 . a/y II (4)
STAT 2 3 1
Women's Studies
(4 )
Independent Study ( 1 -4)
500 Applied Statistical AnalySis (EeON 500) ( W i l l n t co unt fo r tatis t i cs M inor) An in tensive i n t roduction to statist ical m e t ho ds fo r grad u a t e s t u de. n ts who have n o t l rev iou s l y taken I ntroductory Statistics. Em p ha s is on the p p L ic ati o n of infe re n t i a l s t a t is t i cs to con rete situations. To pics over d include measures of loca t i o n and v a r i at io n , probability, estimation, hyp o t h e s i test , and regressi o n . (4)
categories of analysis i nc l u d i ng the dynamics of so cial change, the creation and transm ission of culture and the arts, the legacy a n d cultural construction of our physical and i n tellectual characteristics, and the origins and nat u re of current theories and social issues. Wo men's Studies broad ns the education of both male a n d fe male students and
nhances their career preparation and profes-sional
oppor t u n i ties wherever the re is need to understand women and the new roles they are playing i n society.
FACULTY: Wo m en' s S t u dies Exe c u t i ve Co mm i t te e: Howell, Chair; D. Anderson, Ca m p b el l , LeI i s , McDade, McKenn , Szabo. MINO� 20 semester h o u rs, includ ing tlVO core cou rses
(4 h o u rs ) in Women's Stud ies ( WMST [ 0 1 a n d 490 ) ; t wo co urses from t h e approved list of depa rtmental core courses from two d i ffe rent d ivisions, or the I n teg r a ted St udies "Under· s t a nd .i n g Gender" sequence (8 h o u rs ) ; and two et e t ive courses
( 8 h o u rs )
from two d i lTeren t d i v is i o n s .
l . Wo m e n 's Studies Core Cou rses (req uired - 4 h o u rs) WMST 1 0 I - l nt rod uc t i o n to Wo men's Stud ies WMST 490 - Seminar in Wo men's St udies
2. Program Core Cou rses (8 hours) St udents choose two courses from t h e following program core
co u rs es which i n t rod u ce women's studies in res pe ct ive di ciplines. Selections must be fro m two d i ffe r ent divisions .
A n th rop o l o gy 350 - Wo men a n d Men i n World C u l t ur es ( 4 ) E n gli s h 2 3 2 - Women's L iterat u re (4) H is to ry 359 - H i story o f Wo m c n in the United St at es (4) Ps yc h olo g y 474 - Psychology of Wom e n ( 4 ) Religion 3 6 8 - Femin ist Th eo lo g), ( 4 ) So cio l ogy 440 - S x , G e nder, a n d S o cie t y (4)
W O M E N ' S
L.U
u..
o V) 0:::
::J o u
S T U D I E S
3 . Elective Courses (8 hours) Students choose two (or more) courses from the following options. Selections must be from two different divisions. a. d d i t ional course from approved program core courses. b . ourses from an approved l i s t publ ished in each semester's class schedule. c. Courses from any disci pline for which part of the course requirements can be fulf illed with a research paper on women or women's issue . This al lows the i n tegration of Women's Studies perspectives i n to courses which are not explicitly structured around those perspectives. Permission of the Women's Studies chair and consent of i nstructor required.
Course Offerings L.U
o
1 0 1 Introduction to Women's Studies An iDl roduction to Women's Studies as an academic d isci pline and a way of learning. This interdiscipli nary course explo res the richness and d iversity of women's l ives and experiences from a variety of perspectives, including the social sciences, humanit. ies, and arts. Open to all students. Serves as the fou ndation of the Wo men's Studies minor. No prerequisites. Fulfills alternative line in the Perspectives on Diversity requirement. ( 2 ) 490 Seminar i n Women's Studies
sem inar for students who will do either an internshi p or a r search project in Women's Studies. Students will discuss assigned readings, prepare class presentations, write summary reports, and i n teract with guest lecturers. (2) A
491 Independent Study: Undergraduate Readings
Reading in specific areas or issues of Women's Studies under the supervision of a faculty member. ( 1 -4)
G R A D U A T E
raduate Studies This section contains information about Pacific Lutheran University graduate programs. Cour e descriptions for graduate courses are included in the undergraduate section of the cataJog - within the specific depart ment or school
Tb Office of the
w
raduate Stu d ie coordinates
and in tegrates
rk of the s ch ool s a n d departments that provid e
The ge neral p u rpose of g rad u , te e d u c a t i o n is to f· u r t h e r the basic ohj e tives o f the u n i gradu te level i n s t r u ct i o n .
versity by providing graduate I vel academic and profes
pecific objectives are: ( I ) to of u n dersta nding of g r ad u a le stu den ts in the l i b eral arts; 2 ) to i n c re a s e st udents'
sional d egree pro grams. i ncre ase th
breadth a n d de p t h
k n o w l e dge of research being done i n their fi eld of
concen
trati 11 ; ( 3 ) t o develop st udents' a b i l i ties to do i n d epen dent tudy and research; nd ( 4 ) to e n ha nc e stud ents' professi l1al a b i lities.
MASTER'S DEGREES OFFERED The Master of Business Administration p ro g r a m enhances t h e mana geri, I ffect iveness of leaders in business, government, and non-pro fit organizJtions. I nd i v idu a l s of all educat i o n a l and working ba kg ro u nds are e nco u ra ge d to apply.
The Master of Arts in Co mp ute r Applications progra m .is les ign ed for ;tudents from the p h)' s i cal and s ocial sciences or usiness who wo ulcl l i ke to pursue advanced stud), i n comp uter science as it rel a tes to another field. The Master of S,ience in Computer Science program o ffers ex p e r i ence in co m p u t e r science for those i nterest d in that fi 'ld.
a d va nc e d s t u d ), a nd
The Master of Arts in Education m ee ts the needs of educators by o ffe r i ng six concentrations: I . The C/flSsroom Teochillg concentration provides advanced pr p a ra t ion in s ubje c t matter and p ro fe ss i on al education for 1'1 m en ta r y and eco n da r y classroom teachers. 2. Educational Admi nis tra tion is designed to prepare p rofes s io n als ro become e lem e n t ar), and secondar), scl1001 p rinc ip al s and program a d m i n i s t ra t o rs. Th e degree i s open to qualified pro fes io na ls not seeking principal's credentials, as wel l . 3. Edllcll tional Psychology i s designed to provide ad van ce d prep a r a t ion for teachers and school personnel. 4 . The Literacy EduCrll i ol·1 co n c e n t r a ti on prepares educators to enc o u ra ge l i teracy acq u is i t io n and d e ve l op m e nt a p p ro p riate to t·udents' needs and i n terests. The importance of c h i l d ren's literature, information literacy, and tec h n o l o gy are em p h a sized throughout, in both theory and practice. 5 . p ecial Educa tion seeks to expand the qu a l i fica t i o n s of pe rso n s who erve special needs children and youth i n a va r i et y of educa t io na l or rehabilitative s e tt i ngs . Some o f the ro l es and s e t t i ngs m i g h t include self-contained and resource room te.achers, s p ec i a l education consultants, support person nel, or coord i n a tors.
6. Initial Cert:ijica tio/1 is d signed t p re p a re quaLified teachers with e n do rse m e n t s in K-8 (Elementary Ed uca t i o n ) and 4 - 1 2 (Subject Matter Specific). Master of Science in Nursing p ro g r a m promotes learn i ng knOWledge a nd skills for n urse s in three con centrations: I . Nll rsillg Administra tion p repa r s nurses for l ea d e rs h ip a nd ad m i nis t r a t ive positions in the health care d eliver y s ys te m . 2. The Continu i ty of Care specializa t ion p repares nurses to guide e
to enhance profess iollul
S T U D I E S
and track c li en ts through a comprehensive a r ray of health, mental health, and so c ia J services spanning a ll le vc l s of i n te n s i t y of care. 3 . The Nu rse Practitioller concentration pre pa res n u rses as pri mary care p ro v id ers . Graduates enter int o p r i ma ry care practice as fa mi l y, women's health care, or ger o n to l o gy nurse practitioners. The Master of Physkal Education p ro gr a m is designed to p rov i de teachers with o pp o rt u n iti es fo r continuing c n i fi c a t i o n , to e nha n ce the profession a l credent i als o f i n d ividuals i n vo l ved with exercise and fitness programs, a n d to p ro v i d e preparation fo r Lhose wh o ad m i n i s te r s p o r t s p rogr a m s .
The Master of Arts in SociaJ Sciences p rogram has three concent rations: 1. Marriage alld Fa m ily Therapy is de sig n ed to d eve l o p p ro fe s sional skills and cli nical competence b)' means of a systems approach to fa mily therapy with a r i go ro Ll s practiclIm co m p o nen t The p ro g ra m is accredited by AAMFT. 2. Orgallizat iolll1/ 'YS tEI1IS is for st ude n ts who wish t o become more e ffective i n de a l i n g w i th pro bl e ms fa c l n g co mp l ex o rga n i z a t ion s by fo c Ll s i n g un a social sciences a p p roac h to o rga n i zat i o n a l th eor y, behavior, a nd change. 3 . Individlla lized Stllny a l lo w s students to iner ase their knowl edge base i n se vera l of the social sciences w hi l e fo c using on a sp ec i a l a rea o f i n te rest .
Admission Students seeking a dm i ss io n to any g ra d u a te program must h o l d a bach e l o r 's de g ree from an accredited co l l eg e or un i versi t y. A cumulat ive u nd e rg r adu a te g r a d e p o in t average o f at l e ast 3 . 0 (on a 4.0 sc al e ) is requi red for admission a s a reg u l a r status graduate student. hose students with an ave ra g e o f less than 3.0 may be gran ted p rov i sio n a l status and will not b e considered fo r admi sion to re g ul a r status u n t i l they have d e m o nst r a t e d the i r ab i l i ty to do gr ad u a te work by completing a min i m u m of eight sem es t e r hours of wo rk with a cumulative g rad e point average o f at lea st 3 . 0 . All application evaluations a r e based on scholastic qual ifica tions, a statement of pro fessional goal s , letters of recom menda tion, and p rep a r at i o n i n the proposed field of stu dy. Some grad uate p ro g ra m s rna)' also re q u i re autobiograph ical statements, pers on al in terviews, standard ized tests, or other evidence o f p r o fess io n a l accomplish men t. Listings for each p r og r am detail these additional admission requirements. The dean of g ra d ua te stud ies may deny admission i f appl icants' scholastic records a re undistinguished, i f prepara tion is judged i n ad eq u a t e as a fo undation for g rad u at e work, or if the p rograms are a l ready fil led to capacity. Admission decisions arc made by the dean of gr ad uate studies upon re comme n da t i o n b)' the graduate c o m m i tte e of the r es pe c t i ve academic unit. Students ap p ly i n g for a dm iss i o n to graduate study must submit a co m p l e ted app lication form, a sta te m ent of goals, a resume, and a non-refundable application fe e of $ 3 5 . 00. Appl icants m us t request from each pr evi o Ll s ly attended i n s t i t ution of h ighe r l earn i ng (undergraduate and graduate) an official t r a n s cr ipt to be sent by the i nsti tution directly to the Office o f Admissi( ns at P LU. F u rt h e r sup p o rt i n g evidence i n the fo r m of personal recom mendations are req ui red fro m those persons named by the ap p l ica n t on the a ppli ca t i o n form. Applicants t o all p ro gr a m s except initial certiflcation and Ma rriage and Fam ily T h e ra p y are e nco u r ag e d to submit their app l i ca t i o ns a t l ea s t three months before t he semester in which they w i s h t o enrolL Specific program a p p l ic at i o n deadlines are
z
G R A D U A T E
o « o z « I-
o
z « VI LLJ u o
S T U D I E S
as follows: I nitial ertification - the fi rs t Frid a y i n January; M ar riag e and Fam ily The ra py - January 10; Nurse Practitio ner
Ma rch 1 .
A ppl i ca ti o n packets are available from the Office of Admis sions, ( 206)535-7 1 5 1 . [ n s ummary, the following items must b e o n file i n the Office of Admissions before an applicant will b e considered for admission: I . The co m p l e t e d application for m . 2 . A - t atem e n t of professional and educat i onal goals. 3. A resume. 4. The $35.00 non-refundable application fee. 5 . An offi c i al transcript from each instituLion of h igh e r learning altended. All transcri p ts must be sent d i rectly to the Office of Admissions at P LU from the i nstitution providing the t r anscri p t . 6. Two recommendations. 7. TOEFL test scores for all i n ternational students (see interna tional studen t section for deta ils) . 8. Additionally, specific programs requi re the fo llowing: Master of B usiness Administration: GMAT score. Master of Arts in C om p u t er Ap p l ications and Master of Science in Computer Science: GRE score. Maste r of Arts in Educatjon : MAT or C RE score; personal interview with program director. Master of Physical Educat ion: GRE score. M aster of Arts in Social Sciences: Autobiographical statement fo r the Marriage and Fam i ly Therapy concentration; personal interviews for all concentrations. Master of Science in Nursing: GRE score; p e rsonal i n terview with program di rector. •
•
•
•
•
•
Please contact the Counseling a nd Testi n g Office at ( 206) 535-7206 for i n formation on the GMA'I� the MAT, a nd the G RE. All reco rd s become part of the applica n t 's official file and can be neither returned nor duplicated for any purpose. An offer of admission is good for one year in most programs. Ad mitted students who have not enrolled in any course work for one year afte r the semester they indicate they intend to begin their prog ram m u s t reapply.
Policies and Standards INTERVIEWING OF APPLICANTS: B efore admission to the
graduate program, it is advisable for an applicant to seek a n interview with the program director i n t h e subject area of i nterest. I n certain programs, a personal i n terview is a require men t as part of the application process. See sp ecifi c program rcquiremellts for details. CLASSIFI CATION OF STUDENTS: A st u dent may be admitted
to a g raduat e program with regular, p rovisi on al, or condi t ional student status, and may enroll as a full-time or half-time student. Regular - Those students a pp rove d unreservedly for adm ission to grad ua te tudy are grant e d regular status. An u ndergradu ate grade point average of 3 . 0 or higher is required for regula r status.
In some programs, all newly adm itted s t uden t s are assigned provisional status u n ti l certain program p re re quisit e s have b een met. Students who fail to qualify for regular status because of grade poin t average or insufficient academic background in their undergraduate work may be granted p rovisional sta t u s . ConditionClI - Students who have a p pl ied for graduate school before c om pleting their undergraduate work or who have otherwis n ot yet adequately prepared for g ra d u a t e study may be granted conditional acceptance. That is, acce p t a n ce may be co nditional upon successful completio n of the bachelor's
Provisio1"1al -
deg re e or upon com p l e t i on of specific prerequisites. Although the student is a c ce pted into tbe gm d uate program, work can not begin until the conditions of ace p t a nce have been met. C o n d i t ional acceptance will not be gran t ed to international students lacking adequate Englis h sk il ls . Non-mat riculated - S t uden t s holding the hachelor's degree who wish to p ursue course work with no i ntention o f qualify i ng for an advanced degr ee at P L.U are classified as non-matriculated students. Full-time - Graduate students enrolled for eight or more semester hours in fal l or spring semester are considered ful l - time. Half- time - Graduate students enrolled for at least fou r but less than e i ght semester hours in fall or spr ing s e mes t er are co n s i d e red half- t i me . CHANGE OF STUDENT STATUS: Student status will be
changed from provisional to regular after t h e fol lowing cond itions have been met: satisfactory fulfi l l ment of course deficiencies; satis factory completion o f eight semester hours of graduate work with a c u m u la tive grade p o i nt average of 3.0 or h ighe.r; or sa t isfactory completion of departmental or school requiremen ts . Student status will be changed from n o n-mat riculated to regular/provisional after the non-matriculated student completes the normal applica t i o n process and is accep ted i nto a reg u lar degree p ro g·ra m . C red j t earne d d uring non-matriculated classification m ay cou n t toward a graduate degree, but only as recommended by the faculty advisory committee and approved b y the dean of graduate studies after the student has been admitted t o a d egree p rogram . No such credit can b e counted that ca rr i e s a grade lower than B - . Student status will be changed from conditional to regula r/provisional a ft er the conditions of acceptance have been met and evidence ( transcripts, official test scores, etc . ) is in the s tudent's file. In a1.l cases, a letter indicating change o f status will be forwarded to the student, w i t h a copy to the adviser and/or program director. I NTERNATIONAL STUDENTS: Students from abroa d are su bject to al l t he requ i remen ts for admission established by the Office of Admissions. To allow a m p le time for visa and other d e parture p roced u r es, the applicant should have his or her a p p l ication and aLi sup porting documents o n file i n th e Office of Admissions no less than four months before a p roposed date o f entry. The following docum e n ts are necessary BEFORE an app lica t i o n can be p rocessed . 1 . Formal application for admission and statement of goals with the $35.00 n o n - refundable application fee ( which cannot be wa ived for any reaso n ) . 2. An official t r ans c rip t from each institution of higher learning attended. All transcripts must be sell t directly to the O ffice of Admissions at PLU from the instituti o n providing the transcript. 3 . Two letters of recommendation from school o fficials or persons of re co gni zed sta.nding. Applicants t ra nsfe rri n g from a n American co llege or u niversity should request their fo reign stu d ent advi s e r to send a recommendat iun. 4. D emon s t r a l-c d proficiency in the English language through attaining a m i n i m u m s co re o f 550 on the Test of English as a Foreign La nguage ( T EFl.) o r a minimum o f 8 5 o n t he written section and 85 on the oral section of t he M ich igan Test. Conditional accep tance will not be granted for interna tional students l a cking adequate Engl i sh language skills. 5. Official scores from specific t e s t s as requ i red for certai n p rograms or co n centrations. S e e i ndividual m a ter's p rograms for particulars.
International students are required to submit a $300.00 advance payment follow i ng a n offer o f adm ission. This payment is the student's ackn owl e dg m e n t o f acceptance, and is credited to the student's acco u n t to be applied to wa rd ex penses of the first term of enrollment. If circumsta nces ne c ess it ate cancellation of
G R A D U A T E
enroll m ent a n d th e Office of Graduate S t u d ies is notified in r it i n g tn i r ty days i n a d van ce of the a n t i cip at e d date of cnroll nen t, the 300.00 i l l be refu nded. An 1-20 form (Certi ficate of e l i g ib ilit y for Non-immigrant tude n t Status) will be issued on.ly after all docu m en ts have been r ce i ·ed, the a p p l ication has been reviewed , the student has been offered ad mission and accepted, a ce r L i fication o f fi n a n ce has been receiv ed, and the $300.00 advanced payment has been received. Certification from banks and embassies is permissible. .A fll1ancial statement form is a vai l ab l e from the Office of Ad m i ss i ons upon request. The 1 -20 form s h o uld b e taken to th e V.S. Consulate when req u esting a visa to come to the Uni ted State� for a graduate program. 1-20 forms issued by the Office of ,raduate Studies are for master's degree programs only and not fo r intensive E ngl is h lang uage study. International studcnts are required by immigration regu l a t io n s to enroll as full- time students (a minimum of eight credit hour� per semester). They are also requ i re d to have a p h ysi cal exami nation and to submit the appropriate medical forms to the uni vers ity's Health Service. Before enroll i ng for classes, all international students are required to have health and medical insura nce, which is obtained through the un iversity a fte r arrival on campus. International graduate students must also report to the Center For International Programs, ( 206) 535- 7 1 94, upon reg istration for purposes of immigration and university record kee p i n g . This must be d o n e at the time of registration (Tingelstad Hall, room 1 05 ) . FACULTY ADV1SING:
Upon adm ission each student will be a facul adviser re s po nsib le for assisting the student i n de tenn in i ng a program o f stud y. When a pp rop ri ate , the adv iser "ill chair the student's advisory commit tee. St ude n t s a re n co u r a ge d 10 m ee t with their a dvis ers early i n their programs.
a ss i g ned
HOURS REQUIRED FOR THE MASTER'S DEGREE: A m i n i m u m of 3 2
'em ester hours is req u i red . Individual programs may minimum numher of semester hours, depending upon prior preparation and spe c ifi c degre e require ments. Any p re req ui si te courses taken during the graduate program hall not co u n t toward fulfillment of g ra du a t e degree r equi re
m o re than the
requirements. TRANSFER OF CREDIT: G r ad u a t e work
from another i nsti t u accepted fo r tra ns fer upon pet it i on by the student and approval by th e program director and dean of graduate st ud i es. Eight se me s t e r hours may be transferable to a 32 semester h o u r progra m . [ n de gr e e programs req uiring work b eyon d 3 2 semester hours, more than eigh t semester hours may be tra nsferred. I n a n y case, t h e student IUust c o mp l e te at l eas t 2 4 semester hours o f the degree pr gram at Pilci fi c Lutheran Un ive rsi t y. tion may be
T I ME LIMIT: All
requirements for the master's degree, includ ing cre d i t earned before adm ission, must b e co mpl e t e d with i n seven years. The beven-year limit covers a l l courses applied to the maste r's d e g ree , redit transferred from another i nst it u t i o n , co mp rehensive exa m i n at ions, research, and fin al oral exam i na t. i o n . The eve n - yea r limit be g i ns with beginning date of the fi rst cou rsc applicable to t h e graduate deg ree . RESIDENCY REQUIREMENT: All candidates for the
master's
de gr ee m ust c om plete 24 semester hours of Pacific Lutheran University co urses. COURSES TAKEN ON A PASS-FAIL BAStS:
If a graduate where s t udents may elect a dter gra d e or the p ass- fa il optiOll, g rad uat e students must o p t for the letter grade. uden ' p ro gra m inc ludes
a
cour
e
S T U D I E S
COURSES ACCEPTABLE FOR GRADUATE CREDIT: All 500nu mh e red courses described i n this catalog a re g ra du a te level. In some graduate programs, a limi ted n u mber of 300-level and 400- level courses may be accepted for graduate c red i t. ( See Degree and CO llrse Offerings for graduate course d es cr i pt ion s. ) A max i m u m of 4 semester hours Qf conti n u i n g educa tion credit may be accepted toward a masler's degree. This appl ies to co n t i n u i n g educa t i o n credit taken at PLU or transferred from another u n ivers i ty. A l l courses accepted fo r the master's degree are su bject to the app roval of the program director and the dean o f gra d ua te st u d ies. GRADUATE CREDIT FOR SENIORS:
I f, d u r i ng the last semes ter o f t h e senior year. a candidate fo r a ba c c ala u reat e d e gre e fi nds it p o s s ib le to co m p lete all degree requirements with a registration of fewer than 1 6 s e m ester hours of u nd ergr ad uate credit, registration for graduate credi t is perm issi b le . However, t he total reg istration for u ndergraduate requirements and elec tive graduate c re d i t hall not exceed 16 se mes t e r h o u rs dur i n g the semester. A memorandum stating that all baccalaureate requi re m e n t s are bei ng met during the current semester must be s i gn e d by the app ro p r i a te d epar t men t chair or school dean and presented to the dean of graduate s t ud ie s at the t i me of such regis t r a tio n . This reg i s t r a t io n does not apply toward a h ighe r degree u n less it is later app roved by the st u d e nt 's adviser and/or advisory committee. PETITIONS: I t
is t he student's responsibility to formally p e t i tio n the dean o f graduate s tu d i es for transfer credit, change of program or adviser, or any exc e p t ion to policy. Pet i t ion forms may be obtai ned fro m advisers or from t h e Graduate Program oordinator in the Provost and Dean of Graduate S tud ie s' O ffi c e. STANDARDS OF WORK: The
minimum standard a ccept able th e m a s te r's degree is a grade point average of 3.0 in all g rad ua t e work. Graduate level cred it cannot be given for any class in which the grade earned is lower than a C- . A stude nt w h ose grade point average fal ls below 3.0 is subject to dismissal from the program. In such i n s t a n ce s, the recom mendation for dismissal or con ti nuance is made by the student's a dvi sor y committee a nd acted upon b)' the dean of graduate s t u d ies. fo r
ACADEMIC PROBATION: A
student pursuing the master's who fa ils to maintain a cumulative grade poi n t average of 3.0 may be p laced on academic probation. \Alhen such action is taken, the student will be n ot i fi e d by letter from the Office of the Provost and Dean o f Graduate S tu d i es . A g radu a te student on probation who fa ils to attajn a cum ulat ive g ra d e point average of 3.0 in the next term of enrollment may be dismissed from the program. degree
THESIS AND RESEARCH REQUIREMENTS:
Students are re qui re d to present evidence (}f a bi l ity t o d o i nd e p ende nt research. This can be d em on stra t e d in three ways. See each pro gram section for ex p L a n a t ion of research options wilhin each graduate program. The fi rst m e th od is a thesis. Tbose s t u de n t s writing theses must submit their original th eses co pie s fo r bi nd in g and m i c ro fi lm i n g by n i ve rs i ty Microfilms of An n Arbor, Michigan. [n add i t i o n , a UM l Disse rtation S e rv i ces publishLng fo rm (M Form) and an a b s t ra ct o f 1 50 word or less must be submitted w ith the pu bli s h i n g tee, to the Office of the Provost a ud D ea n of Graduate St udies, no later than t hr ee weeks before grad uat io n. Fees fo r m icrofil ming, publishing abst racts, a n d binding original th s e s for the permanent PLU l ib r ar y collection 3 re paid by students (s e e Tuition and Fees se ct i on) . The s eco n d method is a res earch pa pa. If a program requires or students may e.lect research paper o p t i on s , one o r i g i n al copy must be s ub m i t te d to t h e ffice of the Provost and Dean of Graduate Studies with an abstract of 1 50 words or less. Research
o »
o
G R A D U A T E
S T U D I E S
o
u Z <1: z
•
Register for thesis or re s ea rc h paper as required. Deadli ne: the last a cce p t a ble re gistr a t ion date is the semester in wh ich the s t udent expects to receive his or her degree.
•
Apply for
gndl.lation. F i le your a pp l icat i o n fo r g ra duatio n , and gown , and hood rental forms with either the Regis t r a r's O fhce or the Ofhee of Graduate Stud ies. ca p,
NOTE: If tI sl" d"" t fail5 to complete the necessary req1lirements for
gracJ'lRtion, the tlpp/ication for gradualiorr will not automat ically be
ti,e nex t commerrcement date. The student m llst make a second IIppliCll tion.
forwa rded to •
•
o z <1:
Take comprehensive written a nd/or o r a l exa m i n a t ioll u nd e r the direction of the major advi er or advisory cOlllmittee. Deadline: n o later than fou r weeks before commencement . Subm i t theses and research papers in final form to the Office of the Provost Jnd Dean of Graduate Studies. At this time the binding/microfi l m i ng fee must be paid. Deadlines are: Graduation Da.te
G rad Application Due
ThesIs Due
1995 Dec., 1 995/jan" 1996 MJlY, 1996 Augu.!it. 1996
June 2 3 , 1 995 October 1 3, 1 99 5 -cbruary 1 5 . 1 996 June 2 1 , 1 9':!6
August 4, 1 995 December I , 1 99 5 M a y 3 , 1 996 August 2, 1 996
August,
z o f-
NOTE: TI,e I hesis/researcJr pape r(s) " ' /lst be signed by tire lIIajor and Irm'e been read by th e entire committee liefore submissio " to tile Office of tile Provost (lnd Dean of Gradll<lte Studies.
adviser
papers will be m icrofilmed a t PLU and placed in the PLU library coUectjon. M icrofilming fees are paid by students. Theses dnd re. earch papers must be in the Office o f tbe
Prov st and Dean of G raduate Studies not l a t e r than three weeks before the end of t h e semester. All theses a n d pa p ers presented mu st be clea n, error-free, and follow the A PA Style Manual. Details are available from the Office of the Provost and D ea n of Graduate tud i e s Tbe t h ird method of fu l fi ll i ng rese a rch re q u ire me n ts in some p rograms is th r o u g h paper p resen tatio n s or c u lmina ting p roj e cts i n sp e c i fi c courses. These courses are designed to i n tegr a te the p ro g r a m material while pro m o t i n g i ndependent res ea rch and study. .
EXAMINATIONS: Written c o m prehen s ive e a m i n a t ion s and/or
oral examinations are required i n all grad u ate programs except the Master of Business Administration program. Procedures for t h ese exam inations vary for the different programs. Where appli cable, these exam i nations over the student's program o f studies are conducted unde r the d i rection of the major adviser a nd/or the student's advisory committee and normally will be scheduled no later than 3-6 weeks before commencement. In any case, t he final written comp r e h e ns i ve exa mination must be passed n o later than fou r weeks before commencement. The oral examination over the t h esi s or research is conducted u nder the direction of the student's adv is o ry committee and m u st be completed successfuUy n o l a l e r than t h r ee weeks before commencement. GRADUATION: All co u r ses must be completed, ex a m i n at i ons passed, and thesislre earch req u i re me n ts fulfilled in order to q ua l ify fo r g r a d uat ion . Graduate students must apply fo r
graduation by the beginning of the semester in which they are planning to gradua te. Application forms are available in the Registrar's O ffice Students planning to take part in commencement exercises m us t also fill o u t an order form for a cap, gown, a n d hood. .
RESPONSIBILITIES AND DEADLINES: I t is the responsib ility
of each graduate student to know and follow the procedures ca t a l o g and to abide by established deadlines. See i n d i vi d u a l master's programs and concentrations for specific degree requirem e nt s. pon acc e ptance , meet with the assigned adviser as soon as po ssi b l e to establ ish the program of study. o u t l i n ed in this
Tuition and Fees Tui t io n charges (or graduate students are determined by t he number of s e mester hours for which a student regist e r s a nd are based on a semester hour rate. Tuition per semester hour for 1 995-96 ................ . . . ........... $433. Thesis binding/microfilming (subject to change) .. . . . $ 1 00. Research paper or project microfilming . . . . . ... . $ 1 0.00 Graduation fee $30.00 Lib r a r y fee for u ncnrolled s t ud e n t s ( per semester) . . . . . . . . . . . . . $25.00 ......
...........
..
.
...
...
.....
..................................... . ............... ......... .........
Financial Aid Fi.nanc.ial assista nce for g r a d u a t e students is available in t h e forms of Perkins (as fu nd i n g p e rmit s ) and Stafford Student Loans, g r adua te assista n tsh ips, a n d scholarships. Students must be admitted to a graduate p r o g ra m before a loa n can be g r a n t e d . Applications a n d loan i n formation may be obtained from the Financial Aid O ffice, ( 206) 535-7 1 6 l . A limited number o f graduate assistant sh ips are available for full-time graduate students. Contact the Office of the Provost and Dean of Graduate Stud ies for appl ications and i nformation. The priority date for submission o f a pplications for the academic year begi nn i ng in September is April l .
G R A D U A T E
S T U D I E S
c
aster of Business Administration Jo se p h
. 1.cCann C I I , Ph.D., Dean, School of Business Jan Dempsey, M.B . . , Director of Gmdllal'e Programs, School of Business
PURPOSE: The M . B.A. program is centered on the skills a n d lulowledge required for professio nal management, providing a strong foundation for responsi ble l e adership in business, governme n t , and n on-profit organizations. Courses are tallght in the evening ollly in order to serve the working community. Although the m ajority of students attend part-time while working, those lnterested in full-time study are encouraged to apply. The dassr om environment is enhanced by a balance of full-anJ part-time students, a s well as students with diverse backgrounds. ADMISSION: tudents who hold bachelor's degrees in any field fr m accred ited un iversities or colleges and who have demon strated their ability or poten tial to do high quality academic work on a consistent basis are encou raged to apply for admission to the Master of Business Administration program. Consultation about the program is available from the School of I usiness director of graduate programs by calling ( 206) 535-7250 b e fo re filin g the application for admissio n . Pollowing notifi at ion of admi ion, students may begin studies any sem ter. Applications are accepted for courses begin n ing Sep tember, january, February, june, or july. All applicants are required to submit 'cores from the Graduate Management d mission Test ( i M AT ) before taking graduate-level business las e8 . , 0 be admi tted to the M.B. . program , a student must meet all three of the following criteria: l . a 2.75 cumulative grade point average in all college-level cour ework before application; 2. a score o f at least 470 on the Graduate M a nagement Admis sion Test ( GMAT) ; 3 . a formula score of at least 1 ,050, computed by mul tiplying the grade point average by 200 and adding that product to the GMAT s ore. NOTE: Exceptions will be evaluated individually, baud 0 11 a
presentatioll offactors i ndicati ng all
st.Tntiards,
a p romise of su
equivalence to ad",iss;on
ccess in graduate sclrool, anti potelll;al
cOlltrib u tiom to the educatio,JaI mission ofgraduate study.
THE GRADUATE M ANAGEMENT ADMISSION TEST: The Graduate Ma nagement Admission Tes t ( G M AT) is a test of ap titude rather than a test of busrness knowledge per se. The test is offered four ti mes per year a nd may be taken at PLU. Candi dates are e ' a mi ned in three major areas: verbal, mathematical, and analytical writing skills. A score is earned in each area, and candidates receive a total score, which runge between 200 and 800. The actual require.d score for a n individual depends on the clll1lulative grade point average (see admission criteri a ) . I nformation a n d advice regarding the GMAT may be obtained from the d i rector of graduate programs in the School of Business (206) 5 3 5 - 7250 or the Counseling and Testing Center (20 ) 5 3 5 - 7206. ADVISING: The director of graduate programs advises a l l M . B . A . students. U p o n acceptance to t h e M .B.A. program, a ogra m cOl1lpletion co n t ract is developed for each student. Ini ally, the progress chart contains i n formation on cou rses trans ferable for core course requirements and graduate courses taken a t other i nstitut ions, when applicable. The director o f graduate progTJmS should be contacted concern ing course transfers and assistance in planning the student's remaining course work.
M.B.A. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS (effective fall 1995): (48 semester bo urs) M.B.A. Core ( 34 semester hours ) OMA 5 0 0 - Executive Skills I : Effective Communications ( 2 ) ECO 500 - Executive Skills I I : Appl ied Statistics ( 4 ) ECON 50 1 - Analytical Methods for Decision Making ( 4 ) BUSA 503 - Understanding and M a naging Pinancial Resources (4) BUSA 504 - Legal a nd Ethical Environment of Business ( 4 ) BUSA 5 0 5 - Managing Effective Orga nizations ( 4 ) BUSA 506/507 - Managing the Value Creation Process ( 8 ) BUSA 5 0 9 - Business Strategy in a Global Context (4) M.B.A. lllectives ( 1 4 semester hours) Sel ct from the following: E ON 50 1 - Economic Policy Analysls (4) E ON 53 1 - International Economics a n d F in a n ce (4) BUSA 530 - Financing New Ven tu res ( 2 ) BUSA 5 3 5 - Financial Investments ( 4 ) BUSA 5 3 7 - Decision Models a n d Strategies for Financia l Managers ( 4 ) BUSA 5 4 2 - Management o f Change ( 2 ) BUSA 5 4 3 - Designin g Reward Systems ( 2 ) BUSA 5 4 5 - Con tinuous I mprovement Strategies ( 2 ) B U S A 549 - Contemporary Hu man Resource Management ( 2 ) BUSA 553 - Tran. national M a nagemen t ( 2 ) BUSA 558 - N e w Venture Management ( 2 ) B SA 560 - Global Marketi n g Management (4) B S A 566 - Developing New Products/Services ( 2 ) B S A 5 6 7 - Assessing Marketing Opportunities ( 4 ) BUSA 5 74 - Advanced Service and Manufacturing Delivery Systems ( 2 ) B SA 5 7 7 - Project Management (2) BU 590 - Seminar BUSA 59 1 - Independent S t udy
D E PARTM ENT O F C O MPUT E R S C I E N C E
Master of Arts Computer Applications Master of Science Computer Science Sheri j. Ton n , Ph.D. , Dean, Division of Na tural Sciences George Hauser, Ph.D., Chair, Department of Computer Science, and
Director of Graduate Program
PROGRAM OBJ ECTIVES: The Department of Computer Sci ence offers two graduate programs in computer science, the M.S. in Compu ter Science and the M.A. in Computer Applications. The M.S. i n Computer Science is designed for student whose i n terest is compu ter science o r computer engineering. he M . . in Computer Applications is of special i nterest to s t udents who wish to develop expertise i n compu ter science as it relates to < nather field, such as the natura l sciences, b usi ness, or t il e social sciences. This degree program allows students to study advanced applications of compu ters in their chosen field. Master's candidates may pa rticipate i n a variety of ongoing research p rojects with their faculty advisers. Among tbe areas of research are artificial intelligence systems, computer networking, computational complexi ty, parallel comp uti ng, pattern recogni tion, comp u ter graphics, software engineering, da tabase manage ment, graph tbeory, VSLl design and CAD systems, and theo ry of computing.
z m
n o � " C -I m
n m
z n m
G R A D U A T E
S T U D I E S
w
u Z
Unlike most of t h e o t h e r gr a d uate department a t
PLU, the
w
Department or Compllier Science offers its gradu a te and uppcr
u
s h o l l ld p!t1l1 accordil1gly. T h e gradua t e p rograms in compu ter science comp l e m en t
level courses primarily during the daytime h O ll rs alld stlldents
the und e rg r adu a t e R.A. and t h e accred ited B.S. p rog r a ms i n compu te r scien ce . FAClUTIES: All students have u n l i m ited access to the u n iversity
Computer C e nter's user [acilitie which include a VAX 4700 and
� o u
3400S which are t ime-shared via the campus fiber o p t i c 35 us e r- roo m terminals as well as to all student residence hall ro o m s . The cente r's Llser- rooms also contain 40 I B M PC m i c rocomputers, 2 0 M a c i n to s he s , as well as a p p ropriate p r i n t e r s and other p e riph e r a ls . The D ep a rt m e n t of Computer an AXP
network to
Science al�o ma i n t a i ns its o wn labo rato r y, which co n ta i ns NeXT wo r kstations , Macin tosh c o m p ut e rs , S U N workstations, a n d I B M P C s . A l l m a ch i n e s a r e o n the e t h ernet a nd , r e accessible t h r o u g h the campus network and have access to I NTERNET. PREREQUISITES AND REQUI REMENTS: Beyond the ge n era l admission requ i rements, the p rospective com p u t e r science master's student m ust have adequate p reparation i n c o m p u t er science. v h i le m o s t graduate students i n com p uter science have earned their bac c ala ur e a te d e gre e in computer 'cience, math ematics, or electrical eng-ineering, students from o t h e r academic area a re able to p u rsue gr a d uat e s t u d y in com p u ter science, altho ugh s o m e additional p reparation may be necessary. T h e prerequ i s i tes for admission to the grad uate p rogram con s is t s o f the e qu ival e n t of th e P LU co m p u t e r science core, which includes co urses in Pascal, data structu res, as s e mb l y l a ng u ag e ( CSC! 1 44, 270, 380), and d i gi ta l electron ics ( N G R 3 4 6 ) ; a m i n i m u m of e ig h t semester h o u rs o f calculus, a n d d is crete st ructures (MATH 245). Students lack i n g some p rerequi site(s) m a y be co n s i d e red for p r ov i s i ona l status. This allows t u dmts to fin i s h t h e prerequisites, which do not count to ward t he de g re e , a n d beg i n t heir g r ad u ate studies co ncur rent l y. The gen eral part of t h e Graduate R e co r d Fxam ( RE ) is also required. T h e g radua t e student m Llst complete at least 16 h o u rs i n courses numbered 5 1 0 or above. For those co u r ses s el ec t ed a nd app ro ved in the 330 -490 level, a 3.0 or h igher grade m llst be att,l i ned in each course appl icable for the degree. The cumulative grad e p o i n t average fo r a l l courses for the degre e must also be a 3 . 0 or above. N e a r th e c o m p l e t ion of all studies, a two-hour written comprehensive exam a n d o r a l defense o f the thesis i s requi red o f each thesis candidate. T h e n o n - th e s i s candidate must i nstead take 2 semester h o u rs of CSC! _,86 G raduate Seminar a n d a fo u r - h o u r '.v ritten com p rehensive ex�m. M.S. I N COMPUTER SCIENCE (THESIS OPTION): (32 semester hours) Requ ired Co u rses:
C 0 544 - Advanced O p er a t ing S yst e m s ( 2 )
SCI 570 - Mathematics o f Computer Science (4) e S C I 580 - M icroprocessor Development S ys t e m s (2) eSCI 593 - Thesis ( 6 ) Electi\les: 1 8 semester h o u rs to inell/de I . At least 2 a d d i t i o n a l semester h o u rs of eSCI courses n u m bered 5 1 0 or above, 2 . CSCI 444, Op e rati ng S ys tem s, and CS C I 375, Algorithms,
un less t a ken as a n undergraduate,
3. Any computer science courses n u mbered above CSC! 329 ( except eSCI 449 and 500-509), 4 . At most ) semester h o u r s fro m : a. MATH 345, Co m p utat i onal Prob a b i l i ty and S t at i s t i cs, J\'I AT H 346, Numerical Analysis; b. Courses i n ma themat ics, e n g ine e r i ng, or b u s iness n u m b e r e d above 320 with p r io r approval b y t he com m i t tee.
O ra l defense of thesis and s a tis fac t o r y pe rfor m a nce on a two hour w ritte n comp reh e n si ve examination a re also re qu ir e d. M .S. IN COMPUTER SCIENCE (NON-THESIS OPTION) :
(34. semester bours) Req u i rements a re the same as fo r the thesis option except in l ieu o f the thesis the candidate m ust ta ke 2 semester h o u rs o f CSCI 586 raduatc Design Seminal'. The elec tive credi t total is changed from 18 to 24 semester h o u rs with a t least 6 of these elective h o u rs i n CSCI c o u rse s n u mbered 5 1 0 or above. Students m u s t s uccessfully comp le t e a fo u r - h o u r writ te n comprehensive e xam i na t io n . M .A. IN COMPUTER APPLICATIONS (THESIS OPTION): (32 semester bours) Required Courses:
C ' C I 570 - Mathematics of C o mpu te r Science (4) CSCI 593 - Thesis (6) esC! 544 - Advanced Operating Sys te ms (2) QI CSCI 580 - M icrop rocessor D e vel o p m e n t S yst e m s ( 2 ) Electives: 2 0 semester haitI'S
to
include
J . eSCI 444 Op e ra tin g Sys t e ms , and CSCI 375 Algo rithms, un less taken as an u ndergraduate,
2. Any c omput e r science co u r ses n u mbered ab ove CSCI 329 ( e xc e p t CSCI 449 and 500-509) , 3 . A t most 6 semester hours from m a t h courses n u mbered a bove 320 wi t h p ri o r a p p roval by the co m m i tt ee , 4. 1 0 semester ho urs of e l e c t i ve credit in the field of app l i ca t ion w i t h p r i o r app ro va l by the committee. Oral defense of thesis a n d satisfactory p e rfo rm a n c e. o n a two hour w ri tten co m p re h e n s ive exa m i nation a re a l so required. A m i n i m u m o f 1 6 se m ester hours must be in g r a duat e - l e ve l cou rses induding any h o u rs i n the a p p l ica t io n a r ea . M.A. l N COMPUTER A PPLICATIONS (NON-THESIS OPTION): (34 semester bours) Re qu i re m en t s a re th e same as for the t hesis option except in l i e u o f t he thesis t h e GlI1d iclate must take 2 se.mester h o u rs of CSC! 586 G ra du a te Design Seminar. Tv,e nty-s i x s eme s t cr h o u rs of elective c r ed i t a re required. Of thi:; t o t al a t l ea s t 16 h o u rs i n CSCI courses m ust be n u m b e red 5 1 0 o r above. S t u dents must satisfactorily com p lete a fo ur-hour written co m p reh e n s i ve
exa m ination.
G R A D U A T E
S T U D I E S
required. Students not meeting some of tht:: : :c requirements may be gran ted provisional status.
aster of Arts in Education htl L. B rickell, Ph.D., Dean, School of bducation Leon Reisb.:rg, Ed . D., Associate Dellll, Sch ool ofEducat ion
PURPOSE: The purpose of t he graduate program in education is to pr vide qualified person. with opportunities to develop theil' skills in teaching or to prepare themselves for educational administrative ancl service positions that require advanced p reparation. The major fields of concentration are designed to provide maximu m flexibility in an experience-oriented environ meut. Graduate concen trations are offered in lassroom Teaching, Initial Cert ification, Educational Administration, Educational Psychology, Literacy Education, and Special Educat ion. Requirements for each con centration arc listed separately followin g t h is section. COORDINA.TING MASTER'S DEGREE AND CONTINUING CERTIFICATION PROGRAMS: Students holding an Init ial Certificate may coordinate the Master of Arts in Education degr ee with th > requirements for Continuing Cert i fication. lraduate students pursuing tht' Con tinuing Certificate should dis uss their programs with the certification adviser i n the School of Education. Students i ntending to work toward a master's degree must complete formal application for admission to the O ffice of Ad missions. ADMISSION: for regul a r admission, applicant must have com pleted a B.A. or B. S . degree from an accredited i nstitution of h igher education Jnd must submit recommendations and test scores from appropriate screen ing tests. Students may be re ij u ir ed to have a personal i n terview with. the director of graduate rograms before adm ission. (See in dividual concentraLions for tests and prerequisites specific to the concentration. ) Students odmitted provisionally must fullfill the following requirements in order to be granted regular status: A. Com pletion of 8 houl's of graduate course work with a minimum grade point average of 3.0. B. Courses should include: 1. A cou rse in their major, determined by the adviser 2. foundations course ( Education 585, 586, 5 8 7 or 589) 3 . ducation 544 4 . Other hours determined by the adviser to meet the eight hour requirement EXAMINATIONS: Students m ust take a comprehens ive written examination over course work. This examination is to be scbedu led through the student's adviser no later than two weeks before t he examination is given. Comprehensive examinations arl' usually given on the second Saturday of November, April, and July. Il oral exa mination over course work and/or research may be scheduled at the d iscretion of the student's advisory com mit te e n Lat r than three weeks before commencement.
Classroom Teaching {32 semester hoors} FACULTY COORDINATOR: Franklin Olson, Ed .D. CONCENTRATION OBJECTIVE: This program is designed to provide advanced prepa ration in subject matter and professional ed ucation for elementary and secondary teachers. REREQUISlTES: Beyond the general prerequisites, applicants ust hold a val id teaching certificate and should ordinarily have successfu l ly completed one year of teaching or related profes sional experience. A grade poin t average of at least 3.0 and Miller Analogies "Ii st, GRE or other adm ission test app roved by the faculty coordinator and completed i n t11e past 5 years are
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS AND CORE COURSES: ( 7-9 semester hours) EDUC 545 - Methods and Techn iques of Research (2) ( I t is strongly recommended that students complete EDUC 544 Research/Program Evaluations before enrollment i n EDUC 545.) ( 2 ) One of the folluwing: EDU 585 - Comparative Education ( 3 ) E D U C 5 8 6 - Sociology of Education ( 3 ) EDUC 5 8 7 - History o f Education ( 3 ) E D U C 589 - Philosophy of Education ( 3 ) One of the following: EDUC 598 - Studies in Education (2) EDUC 599 - Thesis ( 3-4)
CONCENTRATION REQUIREMENTS: ( 1 0- 1 8 semester hours) Courses are determi ned i n consultation with the major adviser. All courses accepted for the master's degree are subject to the approval of the candidate's adviser or the candidate's advisory committee. Courses may be selected from the following areas: Ed ucation, Educational Psychology, a nd Special Education. ACADEMIC SUPPORTING AREA: (8- 1 6 semester hours) In this concentration, no more than 16 semester hours may be applied from Educational Psychology or Special Educa tion. This requirement assumes a prerequ isite background in the support ing area. The cou rses shall be upper division or graduate level courses. Approval of courses to ful fill this requirement shall be obtained from the student's advisory committee. The student's supporting area may be chosen from o n e of the following: Language A r ts Art B iology Mathematics <l nd Computer Business Science Chemistry Music Physical Education Commun ication Physics Earth Science, Political Science Economics Educational Psychology Psychology Social Sciences English General Science Sociology History Special Education
Educational Administration (32 semester hours) FACULTY COORDINATOR: Myra Baughman, Ed.D. CONCENTRATION OBJECTIVE: This program is designed to prepare elemen tary and secondary school principals and program administrators. PREREQUISITES: Beyond the general prerequisites, applicants must hold a valid teaching or E.S.A. certificate and should ordinarily have successfully completed two years of teaching O l' related experience.- A grade point average of a least 3.0 and scores from either the M il l er Analogies Test, GRE or other admission test ap proved by the faculty coord inator and com pleted within the past 5 years are required for regular admission. " Candida tes for a ll adminislrlllive credentia l /1/I/st have completed 'hree years of reachirtg or related experiel1cc before isslla nce of 'he adfllillisl J'a tive Cl'edertiilli.
o z
G R A D U A T E z o I « U :::l o
S T U D I E S
GENERAl. REQUIREMENTS AND CORE COURSES: ( 7-9 s e m este r hours) EDU
545 - 1ethods and Techn i q u es of Research ( 2 )
O n e of t h e following: EDve 598 - Studies in E du ca t ion ( 2) E D V C 599 - Thesis ( 3 -4)
MAJOR AREA OF CONCENTRATION: ( 2 3 s e mes ter ho urs)
EDUC 544 - Research and P ro gra m Evaluatio n (2) EDUC 550 - Educational Admini, trative Theory ( 3 ) E DUC 5 5 1 - School Law ( 2 ) E D V e 5 5 2 - School finance ( 2 ) E D U C 553 - School/Community Relations ( 2) E D U C 5 5 5 - Curricul u m D eve lopmen t ( 2) eDUC 558 - Instructional Supervision ( 2 ) EDU 559 - Person nel Ma nage m ent ( 2) ED C 595 - I nte rn s h ip i n Ed ucational Ad ministrat ion (4) E D U C 596 - Graduate Seminar ( 2)
PROGRAM OPTIONS IN EDUCATIONAL ADMINISTRATION: I n terdisciplinary program o p t i o n s for a p pli ca n t s seeking d i ffering cred n t i al s must be determined at
t h e b eg in n i n g of the candidate's program i n co n s u l t a ti o n with an For instance, candidates ee kin g the M.A. in Ed uca t i o nal Administra t ion and principal's credential will take different o pt io n s from those taken by candidates s ee king th e d eg ree with o u t the cred n t i al . Like w ise, those with in terests i n business management or in administering and c o ord ina t ing special pro grams may choose options to their course of stud i es which will enhance their professional development i nterests. In all cases, the co u rs es must be cho s en and agreed upon in consu l ta tion with the candidate's adviser, and must meet the cred i t hour requiremen t.
advi er.
(33 semester hours)
FACULTY COORDINATOR! Gary M i n o e t t i , P h . D. CONCENTRATION OBJECTIVE: This p rogram is designed to
p rovi d e advanced preparation for teachers and school personnel. I t go al is to develo p skills necessary to address co n te m po rary
i' lies facing students, fam i lies, and the educational co m m u n i t y. PREREQUISITES: Beyond the general p re requ i s ites, appl ica n t from the M i l ler An alog i es test, GRE o r
must submit test s cores
ot h er admission test approved
b y t h e faculty co o rdina to r a n d w i t h i n t h e p a s t 5 years, a n d m u st h av e co m ple t ed one year of successful experience in schools. An in terview w i t h the fac ulty coord i na tor is also required. compl e t ed
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS AND CORE COURSES:
( 7- semester ho urs) EDUC 545 - Methods and Tech n i ques of Resean:h O l l e o r the .(cJllowillg:
EDUe 585 - Comparative Education ( 3 ) ED C 586 - S ciology of E d uca t i o n ( 3 ) EDUC 587 - History o f E d uca t io n ( 3 ) EDUe 5 8 9 - P hilosophy o f Educa t io n ( 3 ) O n e of the following: ED
BDU
C 598 - Studies i n E d uc a tio n (2)
599 - Thesis ( 3 -4 )
( 1 8 se m es te r hours)
and t h e I ndividual ( 2 ) (4) EPSY 578 - Behavioral Problems ( 4 ) Electives (8 hours): Electives are to be se l e c ted from graduate-level co u rse s in educational psychol ogy in consultation with the maj or adviser. All courses a c c e p te d for the mas te r 's degree are s ubj e ct t o t h e a p prova l of the studen t's advisory committee. EP$Y 5 1 2 - Group P ro
ess
E P S Y 5 3 5 - Foundation i n Guidance
Olle of the following: EDUC 585 - C ompara t iv e Education (3) EDU ; 586 - Sociology o f Education (3) EDU 587 - History of Education (3) E D V C 589 - Philosophy of Ed ucation (3)
Educational Psychology
CONCENTRATION REQUIREMENTS: Required Courses (10 hours):
(2)
ACADEM.IC SUPPORTING AREA: (8 semester h ou rs ) A m i n i m u m of 8 semester ho ur s in a s uppor t in g area is requ i red.
This requlremen t assumes a p rerequ i s i t e ba kground in the supporting area. The courses shall be u p pe r d iv ision or g rad u a t e level courses. Approval of courses to ful fill the re q u i rem en t shall be o b ta i ne d from the student's adv i sor y committee. Educational Psychology may not serve as the supporting area. The student's supporting area may be chosen [rom one of the following: Art Language Arts Biology Mat hematics and Computer Business
Science
Ch e mis t ry Commun ication Earth Scien es Eco n o m i cs Educational Psychology E ngl is h General Science
Mu ic P hys ica l Edu c a t io n P hysics Pol it ical Sc ie n ce Psychology Social S c ienc es S o c iology
History
Special Education
literacy Education
(35 Semester Hours)
FACUlIY COORD INATOR: Jail Lewis, Ph. D. CONCENTRATION OBJECTIVE: The l i teracy education p rogram reflects cu rre n t thought a n d practice w here lan g u age and literacy are viewed as tools for learning across the curricu lum. The pri n cip a l goa l is to prepare educato rs-speci fically
classroom teachers, school librarians, a nd reading specialis t s- to encour;lge l iteracy ac q u i s i t i on and development appropriate to s t udents' needs and interests. The importance of children's l i terature, information l iteracy, and technology ,viti-lin lit e ra cy tasks is emphasized thro ughou t both theory and practice. The collabora tion among classroom teachers, school l ibrarians, and reading specialists emphasized within this program i s i nt e gra l to the underlying p hilosophy. PR EREQUISITES: Be yo nd t h e general p re re quis i te s , applicants must h ol d a va li d teach ing or ESA c�rtificate, have co m plete d u nd erg rad u a te edu ca ti o n
in the t e a chlug of reading and completed two years o f t e ach ing or related experience. A grade point average of 3.0 and submission o f test scores on t h e M iller An a logies Test, GRE o r o t h e r ad mission test a p p rove d by the faculty coordinator and co m p l eted within the past five years are req uired for re g u l a r admissio n . t u denls not meeting t hese requirements may be gra n ted p rov isio na .1 s t a tus . CO U Les
the teaching o f la ngu age arts and h ave s uccess ful ly
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS AND CORE COURSES:
( 1 3- 1 5 seme ter hours) EDUC 505 - L%ue in Literacy Educat i o n (2) EDUC 544 - Research Jnd Program Evaluation ( 2 ) E D U C 5 4 5 - Methods and Tech n iques o f Research ( 2) E D U C 5 5 5 - Curriculum Development (2) O n e of the fo llowing:
EDUC 5 85 - Comparative Education ( 3 ) ED e 5 8 6 - S o c iol ogy o f Education ( 3 ) ED 587 - H i s t ory o f Ed u catio n ( 3 ) E D e 589 - P h i los o ph y of Education ( 3 )
G R A D U A T E
S T U D I E S
m
o
nile
of t ile following: 598
ED U
-
Stud ies in Educat i o n ( 2 )
EDU C 599 - The. is (3-4)
EDUC 528
-
'c
urricu.lum ( 2 ) , and
ne of t he following: E D U 456 - Storytelling ( 2 ) C 526 - Top i cs in Children's lilerature (2) EDUC 529 - Ado lesce nt l ite ratu re i n t h e Secondary urricu lulU ( 2 ) O ption 1 : School library Media!LLRS Endo.rsement sem e . ter hours )
D U e 506 - Fo u n dations of Sch o ol Li b ra ry Media Ce nter Management (2)
ED
C
07 - Prin ciples o f I n fo r m a t i o n O rgan i z a tio n , Retrieval,
a nd Service
IIDUC
08 - Principles o f Bibl iograp hic Analysis and Con t ro l ( 2 ) - Fo u n dations of Collection Development ( 2 )
537
ED
(2)
509
�
-
Media a n d Te chnology fo r School library Med ia
Specialists ( 2 )
E
C 5 38 - Stra tegies fo r Whole Li teracy I n s truction ( K - I 2) ( 2 )
Ql Option 2: Language and Literacy ( Reading Endorsement)
(il
semester hours)
EDU
5 1 0 - Th e Ac q u isition and Development o f Language and
Litera y
51 1
EDU
(2) -
Strategies fo r Language/Lit eracy Dev el o pme nt i n
lassrooms ( 2 ) E D U C 538
-
Strategies for Whole Literacy In s t r uction ( K - I 2 ) ( 2 )
U C 5 3 0 - Ch i l d wl' · Wri t i ng ( 2 )
, , _
C/S P E D 5 1 3 - Lan gua ge/Literacy Deve l opment: Assessment
and I n struction (4)
Ql Option 3: Language and LiteTacy (Classroom Option)
12
semester h o u rs)
EDUC 5 10 Li teracy
-
The Acquisition and Develupment of Language and
(2)
EDUC 538 - , trate gies fo r Who l e Lite racy I ns tructio n ( K - J 2) ( 2 ) EDU IS P D 5 1 3 - Language/Literacy Development: Ass ess ment
PillS: A m i n i m u m of 4 semester hours from education course o eri ngs de ided in consultation with the maj o r adviser.
selllest(Lr
education. These electives muy includ
but are not l im i ted to
fro m :
5
years. Students not meet ing these requirements may be
3. Have co mpleted
a
m i n i m u m o f 12 semester hours o f app roved
course work in special education with a grade po i nt average o f a t least 3 . 0 . CORE COURSES AND RESEARCH REQUIREMENTS:
( 7-9 s emeste r
hours)
EDUC 545 - Methods and Tech n i ques of Research (2)
One of the following:
EDU
585 - Co m p a r a ti ve Education ( 3 )
EDU
586 - Sociology o f Ed ucation
E D U C 587 - Hi story
EDU
(3) of Education (3)
589 - Ph ilosophy 01 Ed ucation ( 3 )
One of t h e following research options: EDUC 598 EDU
-
Studies i n Education ( 2 )
599 - Thesis ( 3 - 4)
CONCENTRATION REQUI REMENTS: ( m i n i mum of
18
semester hours)
K- 1 2 Special Education S P ' D 530 - Current Is su es i n Assessment Procedures ( 2 ) Three of t h e fo llo wing: SPED 5 3 3 - Current Issues i n Develo p mental Disabilities SPED 534 - Current Issues ill Behavior Disorders
SPED 5 3 5
-
Current Issues i n Lea rn i ng Disabili ties (2)
SPED 537
-
Current Issues in Language Disorders ( 2 )
S P E D 538
-
Current Issues in Early Chil d h ood Special
Education
(2)
(2)
(2)
A m i n i m u m o f 1 0 semester hours o f electives are t o be selected from a p p rop r i a te Special Educat i o n courses in con s u l t a t ion with m a j o r adviser. Early Childhood Special Education P-3 S P E D 492 - Methods or teaching E a rly Childhood S pecial
En gl i sh
Co mmuni ca tion
Co m p uters in Education
du ation
S P ED 5 3 8 - Current Issues in Early C h i ldhood Special Education ( 2 )
A minimwn of 10 semester hours of electives in Early Childhood/ Specia l Edum tioll may be chosell frOIl! the following: S P E D 490 - Early Lea r n i n g Experiences fo r Special Nee d s Children ( 2 )
A n th ropo l o gy Special
past
SPED 54 1 - Ass es s me nt of I n fa n ts a nd Pre choolers ( 2 )
hours)
Elect ives decided in consultation with adviser to support lit er acy cou rses
app roved by the fa c u l ty coordinator and co m pl eted w i t h i n the
S P E D 540 - E a r l y In tervention Pro grams ( 2 )
ACADEMIC SUPPORTJNG AREA: of
--I
Ed ucation ( 2 )
a n d Instruction (4)
(minimum
»
4 . Complete a n i n terv i ew w i t h t h e faculty coordi nators.
INFORMATION AND LITERACY:
•
n
of co ncen tration.
granted p rovisiona l status.
ED
( 12
g raduate-l evel field experience i n a d d i t i o n to the requi red a rea
scores on M i l l e r Analogies Test, GRE or ot he r admission test
m ester h o u n ; )
Child ren's Litera ture i n K - 8
c
2. Have a grade po i n t average of at least 3.0 and submit test
CHILDREN'S! ADOLESCENT LITERATURE RRQUffiEMENTS: (4
meeting t b i s requirement must com p let e an ap p roved
P sych ol o gy
S P E D 5 0 1 - Wo rkshops i n Education/Special Edu c at ion SPED 537
-
(2)
�ur re nt I s - u es in Language Disorders ( 2 )
S P E D 5 3 9 - A d m i n istration o f Early Childh ood Special Education Programs (2)
Special Education
S PED 595 - I nt e rn sh ip (4)
(33 semester bours)
FACULTY COORDINATOR: Hclmi C. Owens, Ed . D. CONCENTRATION OB J ECTrvE: The g r ad u.a te concen tration i n 'pea, I edu ation is de i ned to p rov ide a d v a n c ed p repa r a ti on for persons who
serv{'
children
ne! youth w i t h speciaJ needs in
ed uca tional and reh a b i l i tative settings. Two separ te a reas of spe ial i z il L i on
a re
offered: K- I 2 and early
a t i o n . Both conce n t ra tions c o n t a i n
a
hild hood
s
p ec ia l edu-
tore of required courses
nd el e ct i\' es t h a t allow i n d ividual ization of content and fo cus.
Other appropriate electives are to be selected i n consultation with major adviser. ACADEMIC SUPPORTING AREA: Stu den ts must take 8 hours from
a
( 8 - 1 6 se m e ste r hours)
s u p p o rting a rea. Courses
must be u p p e r div i s i o n or g ra d uate level. Special Educat ion majors freq uen tl y sclc t 'upporting a reas from the fo l l o w in g: Art ,omm u n ication
Mathemat ics Music
Ed ucation
Physi cal Education
PREREQUISITES: Beyond the generJl prerequis i te�, applicant s
E d uc at i o n a l Psy c h ol ogy
Psych ology
must m ee t t h e fol low ing requirements:
English
Social Sciences
1 . Have one uccessfu l year of teac hing or related pr o fesSi on al
Language Arts
Socio l ogy
experience with special needs ind ividuals. Students not
Other supportillg o reas are available.
o z
G R A D U A T E
S T U D I E S
z VI 0:::
M.A. with Initial Certification
Procrram i s lim ited and admi ssion t o t h e program is competitive. Applica tion and admission p ro ced u res include:
DI RECTOR: C. D o u gl a . Lamoreaux, Ph.D.
l. Completed application wilt consist of the followi ng:
The;- M.A. with Initial Certification Program is designed fo r qua l i fi e d candidates who po ssess a baccalaureate d e gre e in th e l iberal a rts and seek a career of service as teachers. C o u rs e work leads to the M a st er of Arts in Educa t io n : lass room Teach ing d e g re e and I n it ia l Washington State Teaching Certificate with endorsement · in g ra des K-8 ( E le m e n t a r y Ed ucation) and g r a des 4 - 1 2 ( Subject Matter Specifi ) . andida tes co mp l et e an intern ship in grades 5-8. F u l J - t im e stude nts e n t e ri n g the program may expect t o com p l e t e a l l requirements in l4 mont hs ( full-time studen t load). A strong emphasis i n the program is p laced o n develo p i n g the skil ls necessary for the i n t e g ra tion of curriculum across grade levels w i t h specific attention to th e mi d dl e l ev e l ( gr ade s 5 - 8 ) . The program is disti nguished by a cti ve and early involvement in the schools and by membership with a cohort group o f peers. S tu dents e n tering the program in the s a me term will progress through courses an d prac t i c a to ge th er, which allows them to share i nsig hts and exper i ence s . Because of the involvement i n public school programs, students should b e able t o take courses and p ar t ic i pa te in practica during the day. CONCENTRATION OBJECTIVE: The primary aim of t h e program is to educate teachers who are ready to assume a va ri e ty of roles in 2 1 st century schools. Faculty work with students to develop understandings and ski l l - for their fu nc t i o ns as leaders, i nq u i rer s , and curriculum/instructional special ists. Co u rs e work in the program is designed around sp ec ific themes that se rve as a fo cus fo r i n d ividual and group pr oj ec ts and i ntersect with the functions of tea ch ers as leaders, inquirers, and curricul u m/ i nstructional specialists. PROGRAM OVERVIEW: Stud e n ts enroUed i n the M.A. w i t h initial Certification Program begin stud ies in mid-June and c o mp l et e program requirements the follow i ng August. In add i tion t o course work req ui re d for initial cert ification, students co m p let e an inquiry project c ul m ina t ing i n a t h es is as well a s com p rehensive ex am i na ti o ns that allow M.A. candidates to demonst rate ma st ery o f leadership, curriculum, and instruc t ional skills . The i n q u i ry project, an empirical study grounded in the i n ternship experience, is designed to assist M.A. candidates in becoming familiar with the p u rposes, theories, and processes of educa tional i nquiry. The in tent is to p ro vi d e the opportunity for p rogram participan ts t o exp lo re an educational topic i n a sys tematic W;]y in order to enrich their understa nding of the top i c, and general ly, the s t rengt hs and l im i ta t i o ns of educat ional i n qu iry. n i mp o r t ant p rogram component is the c o m p l e t ion of a yea r- lo n g i n terns h i p in a publ ic school. Fo r the i ntern e xp er i encc, students are clustered at sites selected by the u n iv er sit y a s rep resen tative o f programs reflecting specific a t te nt i o n to curre n t trends in m iddle level education. PREREQUISITES: For regular ,1dmissio n, appli ca nts must have completed a bacca l a u. rea t e degree from a r e gi on al l y accredited ins titution of h igher education. A minimum grade point average of 3.0 J n d offtcial scores from the Graduate Record Exam ( R ' ), Miller Analogies 'Jest ( M AT ) , or other admission exa mination approved by the director are required. p p lic nn ts ar i nv i ted to meet with the program dire tor before submitting the c o mp l et ed app l i c ati o n i n o rder to c la ri f)' questions about the program and a d m iss io ns procedures. ADMISSION PROCEDURES: I n terested candidates should submit ap pl i c at i on to PL 's raduate Studies P ro gr am s. Applications are ava i lable from the O ffi ce of Admissions. Deadline (or receipt of complete d applications i the first Friday of January. Enrollment i n the M.A. with I nitial Certifica t i o n
a. Graduate Application Form i ncluding: Two recommendations w ith at least one academic r e fe rence S ta tem e n t of Goals Re su me b. Two School of Education Suppl e m e n tal Forms i ncluding: Self-Assessment: co u rs e work a n d e xp e r i ent i a l background Q u es t i o nn a i re c. Trans c r i pt s frol11 a l l colleges a t ten d ed d. Official copies of GRE or MAT scores Applications will be reviewed by a co m m i tt e e i n the School o f Education. Se lecte d a pplican ts w i l l b e i nvited to the campus for a group interview where they will also complete a writing sample. Applicants w i l l be n o t i fi ed of the co mmi ttee's decision. Accepted applicants will return a confirmation card and nonrefundable $300 de po s it . •
•
•
•
•
2.
3. 4. 5.
REQUIRED COURSES: Program requirements include SLlccess ful c om pl e tion of the following courses:
WUC 5 I l - S t r ateg i e s for Language/Li teracy Development ( 2 ) E D U 544 - Research a n d Program Evaluation ( 2 ) E D U 556 - S econ d a r y and Middle Sc hoo l Curriculum ( 3 ) EDUC 560 - Practicum ( 2 ) EDUC 562 - Schools a n d So cie t )' ( 3 ) E D U 563 - I n tegrating Seminar ( 3-4) EDU 564 - The Arts, M i nd, and Body ( 2 ) EDUC 565 - T h e A r t a nd Practice o f Tea ch i ng ( 6 ) EDU 568 - I n t erns h i p ( 6 ) EDUC 5 9 9 - Thesis ( 3 ) EPSY 560 - Commun ication in the Sch ool s (3) EPSY 5 6 6 - Advanced Cog nition, Development, a n d Learning ( 3 ) EP�i'Y 583 - Current Issues in Exceptionality (2-4) �
J
S C HOOL OF N U RS I N G
Master of Science in Nursing Dorothy Detlor Langan, Ph.D., R.N., Dean, School of Nursing Cleo M assi co t te Pass, D.S.N., R.N., Associate Dean, Gradllate Nursillg Educa tion
P U RPOSE: The pu r pos e of the grad uate program in nursing is to prepare pro fess io na l nurses as advanced practitioners, leaders, and scholars. Th e cu.rriculum consists of a common core and : o n t i n u i t y of Care, N ur s i n g Admi n i s tra t io n , and Nurse Pra c ti tioner Concen trations. The Nurse P rac t it i o ne r conce ntration has three pathways le a d in g to p re p a ra t i o n as a Fam ily Nurse Practitioner, vVom('n 's H ea lt h Care urse Practitio ner, or erontology Nurse Practitioner. Tbe graduate program is designed to fa c i l i ta te pa rt - t i m e o r ful l - t i m e st u dy, to the greatest extent p o ss i ble. OIITSCS are scheduled ill lare uftcrnoon Clnd evening h o u rs to accolllmodate
Il u rses
who are employed.
PREREQUISITES: Completion o f a basic course i n descriptive and inferential statistics is required before e nr o l l me n t i n N U RS 527. If students do not hav fundamental computer skills, (l course in basic computer usc is recommended. A minimum of one year of substantial c l i n i c al practice, within the last two years as a registered nurse is strongly advised.
G R A D U A T E
pplicants for adm ission to the Master of Science
ADMI SSION:
Nursing programs w i l l :
(1)
hold (or be eligible for and in tbe
rocess of ohta L n i ng) a current Ii ense to prJct ice as a registered
S T U D I E S
Continuity of Care Concentration (23 semester hours)
n urs e in the t a t e of Washi ngton; ( 2 ) hold a baccalaureate nur ing degree from a a t i o n a l League fo r Nu rs i n g accredited progra m ; ( 3 ) sub m i t evide nce of a m i n i m u m cu m ul a t i ve u ndergraduate grade point a vera ge of 3.0 ( o n a 4.0 scale) a n d
As students progress through this process-oriented curriculum,
o fficial t ra nscripts fo r all college/un iversity c o u r es/programs
Graduates occupy positions in p r i mary, seco ndary,
completed; (4) submit acceptable scores from the Graduate
ambulatory hea l th care systems.
Record Examination (GRE), taken w i t h i n five years o f appl ica tion for admission; and (5) complete a preadmission interview w i t h t h associate dean of the graduate program and/or faculty member( - ) as designated,
( 6)
complete Washington State Patrol
c l ea ra n c e fo rm.
The a p p licat i{)n deadline for the is March I fo r
urse Pract itioner pathway
ent ry intu the following S ep te m ber c las s .
assessme"t of a" i"dividual's file for demo"stra/io/l of equ il'ale n ce to a dmissi o n require mel/ts, a"dlor (j po ten t ia l for slIccessf,,1 completion ofgradllate sl/.Idy.
NOTE: Exceptions to the above
a
criteria are b sed on
they ga i n skills as nurse specialists to assume leadership ro l es in prov i d i ng care, a n d develop i ng program models to fac i l it a te
clients' transi tions through and among heal t h care systems.
tertia ry, and
NURS 530 - Co n t i n u ity of Care Nurse Specialist Role
NURS 53 1 N U RS N
(2)
- Theoretical Foundations fo r Con t i n u it y o f Care
532 - Focused Study i n C l i n ical S pec i a l iza t i o n ( 3 )
(3)
RS 5 3 3 - Co n t in u i t y of Carc PracticuJl1 ( 3 ) U RS
5 34
- Program Develop ment for ContL n u i t y of Care
El ecti ve/ Su pport Course ( s )
(3)
(4)
5 9 7 - Computer Applications i n Nursing ( I ) 598 - Scholarly I nq u i ry i n Nursing Pract ice ( 4 ) ilL N U RS 5 9 9 - Thesis (4)
NUR N
RS
ADVISrNG: The associate dean o f graduate n ur s i n g educa t io n o r a n appo i n ted faCld t y member w i l l serve as adviser to .111 s t u de n ts . I n formation regard i n g program p l a n n Lng a n d transfer cr el it w i l l b provided. When a thesis chair j selected, program g u id a n ce will be assumed by that fac u l t y m e m be r.
PROGRAM REQUl REM £NTS: Granting a n exemption from onc or more program req u i r men ts is ull llsu a l . Stude n t s reques tin g uch e x.e m p t io n assume re ponsibi l i ty for sub m i t t ing a file for review by t h e , chool of u fs in g Graduate P rog ram o m m i t lee thaI
c l e a r l y documents e q u ivalence of the course(s)
o ffered by the School. Ed r en rol l m e n t in cli n ical practica, students must provide li uen ce of:
. Cu rrent i m m u n Lza t io n and health status as required by t he Sch o l
of
Nursing ( i n addit ion to t h e genera l u n iversity
req u i rcm e n t )
2 . urrent CPR certification 3 . u r re n t professional l ia b i l i t y insurance i n sp eci fied a m o u n t s 4. C u rre n t p rson a l hea l t h in�ura nce i n effect 5. Wa s h i ngton State Patrol clearance
M.S.N. Core Requirements (9 emester hours) CORE REQUi REMENTS: Srudents are req u ired to co m pl e t e a 0 n u rs i ng cou rses for a total of 9 semester hours. Th . core cou rses provide t he base fo r co n t i n uing study of advanced n l l fsing pract ice i n t h e concentratiun a reas. common core
Requ ired Core Courses (9 semester h o u rs )
525 - lodels and Theories of N u rs i n g ( 3 ) NURS 5 2 6 - Nursing Le a de rs h i p ,] nd Manage m e n t ( 3 ) N I S 527 - u rs i n g Research ( 3 ) N
RS
AREAS OF CONCENTRATION: RequLred courses for each a rea of concentration arc listed below. Before enrollment i n clinical pra t i e a in the Co n t i n u i ty of Care a nd Nurse Pract itioner areas o f conce n t ra t ion, i n i t i a l healt h as demonstrated or verified.
sment skills must be
Nursing Administration Concentration (23 semester hours) Students arc p repared for leadersh i p and a d m i n istrative p o s i t ions i n t h e health care delivery system. Req u i red
n u rs ing and support
courses i n t h i s concent ra tion area are based on program ch a n ges in the 1 994-1 995 a n d 1 995- 1 996 academic years. B SA 505 - Managing Effect ive Organ izations (4) U R S 556 - Financial Managcment for H ea l t h Care Provid ers ( 3 ) U RS 5 5 9 - Nursing Adm i n istration Practicum (5) I3U A 542 - Management of Cha nge (2) B SA 545 - Con t inuous Improvement St rategies (2) Elective/Support
Course(s) (2)
597 - Computer Applicati LlS i n N urs i n g ( I ) Nurs 598 - S c h o l arl y I n q u i r y i n Nursing P r a c t i c e ( 4 ) Q[ N U RS 599 - Thesis (4) Nurs
z C\
G R A D U A T E
S T U D I E S
z o
Nurse Practitioner Concentration (27 semester hours) Students gain skills essential for functioning i n the role of pri mary c a re p rovider through successful completion of one of three pathways. raduates will be prepared to enter i n to primary carc practice as family, Women's Health Care, or G e ro nt ology Nurse Pract itioners. <l: u > J:
FOUNDATION SEQUENCE: ( 1 3 semester hours) N U RS 580 - Advanced Pathophysiology ( 3 ) N U RS 58 1 - Primary Care ( 2 ) U RS 5 8 2 - Advanced r a m i ly Health Assessment ( 5 ) N URS 583 - Clin ical Pharmacotherapeutics ( 2 ) U RS 5 9 0 - Role o f t h e urse Practit ioner ( 1 ) Family Nurse Practitioner: ( 1 4 semester hours) N U RS 584 - Family Nurse Practitioner I (6) NURS 5 8 5 - family Nurse Pract itioner 1 1 (8) Women's Health Care Nurse Practitioner: ( 1 4 sem. hours) NURS 5 8 6 - Women's Health Care Nurse Practitioner 1 (6) N U R S 587 - Women's Health Care Nurse Practit ioner II (8) Gerontology Nurse Practitioner: ( 14 semester hours) NU R S 588 - Gerontology Nurse Practi t ioner 1 (6) NURS 589 - Gerontology urse Practitioner II (8)
S C H O O L O F P H Y S I C AL E D U C ATI O N
Master of Physical Education David Iv! . Olson, Ph.D. , Dean, School of Physical Education Anthony J. Evans, Ph.D., D i re c tor of Graduate Progra ms PURPOSE: The purposes o f the graduate p rogram in physical education a re three-fold: 1 . to provide opport u n i t ies for con t i n u i n g certification for teachers; 2 . to enhance the p reparation of those involved with exercise a n d (·ttness programs i n various settings; 3 . to p rovide fo r the preparation of those administering sports programs. To serve the working com m u n i ty, co u rses are taught in t h e evening and
during the
S l i m m er.
ADMISSION: Bey o nd the general admission standards for graduate educaiion at PLU it is expected that the applicant will have a n undergraduate degree in physical education or a related field. If the degree is outside this discipline, each transcript will be evaluated by the program d i recto r who will p ropose courses to alleviate deficiencic . No more than 8 semester hours of transfer able graduate credi t w l l l be accepted toward the required 34 cn:: d its of the maste r 's program, and those credits must have a cumulative grade point average of 3 . 0. A max i m u m of 4 hours i n courses t i tled " w o rk s hop " or "continuing education" m a y b e accepted. To b e a ccepte d i n to the M a s te r of Physical Education program, a n applicant must meet all o f the following criteria: 1 . A m i n i mu m 3.0 cumulative u ndergraduate grade point aver age is required fo r regular accep tance i n to the progra m . Stu dents with a grade point average lower than 3.0 may be con side.red for provisional status under the following con d itions: a. Satisfactory completion o f up to 1 2 semester hours of course work with a m i n i m u m 3.0 grade point average. b. Review by a screening committee who will then make final recom mendations for o r against acceptance i n to the program with regular status. 2. Applicants must have completed a n undergraduate degree in physical education. If the u ndergraduate degree has been awarded in another area, the program d irector will e.valuate
and propose a ny needed p rerequ isite courses. Such students may be considered for p rovisional status. This allows student to fi nish the p rerequisites, which do not count toward the degree, and begin their graduate studies concurrently. 3 . Results of the appl icant's score on the general exa m ination section of tbe G RE must be on file i n the O ffice of Admissions. One year of teaching or related professi o n a l experience is recom mended. ADVISING: The d i rector of graduate programs in physical education will b e the p r i mary adviser for all graduate students in the p rogram. Other faculty will act as secondary advisers a nd research project advisers. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: (34 semester hours minimum) This is a non- thesis program. Resear h e "perience will be achieved specifica rIy in PHEO 5 6 0 and in other courses. Core Cou rses: (12 semester h o u rs) These courses or their equivalents will be requ i red by a l l students i n this p rogram. PHED 5 1 0 - Ethics in Physical Education and Athletics 0 ) P H E D 5 2 0 - Research Design ( 3 ) P H E D 530 - .. o n temporary Issues i n Physical Education ( 3 ) PH E D 560 - Project/Se m i n a r ( 3 ) Electives:
(22 semester h O l l rs)
Selected from the following with adviser's approval. Graduate cour,es i n education, busi ness, or communication may also be selected with graduate d i rector's approval. PHEO 501 - Wo r ks ho p s i n Physical Education and oaching ( 1 -4) PH D 5 1 2 - Management of Sports Programs ( 3 ) PI-IED 5 1 4 - Sports Promotion ( 3 ) PH ED 5 1 5 - Advanced Stud ies in Athletic Tra ining ( 3 ) PHED 5 1 6 - Advanced Adapted Physical Edm:ation in the Public Schools ( 3 ) P H E D 522 - Psychology of Sport 1 ( 3 ) P H FD 5 2 3 - Psychology o f Sport Il ( 3 ) PHED 535 - Health a n d fitness in Contemporary S o c ie ty ( 3 ) P H ED 536 - Heal t h a n d Fit.ness Management ( 3 ) P H E D 5 4 0 - The Scientific Bas i s for Physical Activity ( 3 ) PHED 545 - Motor Development and Learn i ng ( 3 ) [,H ED 5 6 1 - Professional Practicum ( 1 - 2 ) P H E D 565 - Analysis o f H uman Movement ( 3 ) PHED 570 - Sociolob'Y of S p o r t ( 3 ) PH - 0 5 9 1 - I ndependent Study ( 1 -4) P H - D 599 - I n ternship (4-8) H E D 50 I - Health Courses (2-8) Specific courses i n othcr d isciplines may be recommended by the graduate d i rector to insure preparation in appropriate areas. These will be selected with approval and cooperation of other u ni ts and may i nclude, but not be l i m i ted t o : B USA 50 1 - Fundamentals of Accounting and Finance ( 4 ) BUSA 5 0 2 - Fundamentals of i'v1 anagemcnt and Marketing ( 4 ) BUS A 505 - Management U s c of Computers ( 4 ) B USA 5 5 0 - Orga n izational Behavior a nd Enviro n ment ( 4 ) B USA 5 5 4 - Plan ned Orga nizat ional Change ( 4 ) B U S A 5 7 0 - Marketing Management Seminar ( 4 ) C O M A 435 - Orga n izational Com m u n ications (4) COMA 450 - Workshop i n Effective Public Speaking ( 2 ) ECON 5 0 0 - Applied Statistical Analysis ( 4 )
G R A D U A T E
I V I S I O N OF S O C I A L S C I E N C ES
• • •
aster of Arts Individual ized Study Marriage & Fami ly Therapy Organ izationa l Systems
Earl S m i th, Ph.D.,
Deall, Division of Social Sciellces
discipline of anth ropolo gy, economics, h istory, marriage and a m i ly therapy, political science, psychol ogy, social work, and ioIogy, o ffers t h
Ma ·tn o f Arts in Social Sc iences with
concentrat ions i n Marr iage and -amily Thera py, Orga nizational Systems,
n d I n dividualized Stud , .
he concentrations in t h e Master of Arts in Social Sciences p rogram empha size m u l t i disc i p l i nary approac hes to lea rn i n g and d i rect ap p l i cati ons t o p u b l i c and p rofess ional life. Courses p rov ide co ncepts and skills that may be a p p l ied in a variety of
p u b l i c and priva te-sector settings.
Co// rses are scheduled late afternoo ll and evenillg in order to serve the working community. ADMlSSrONS: Applications for admission i n t o the program will be valuated accord i ng to th � 1I0wing criteria: undergraduate a aJe rn i c performance during th last two years of the studenL's haccala ureaLe program, work experience pertinent to the snl dent's competence fo r the spec ial ized p rogram the student seeks t ) pursue, a statement of educational and profess ional goals, and t wo letters of reco m mendation t hat are pertinent to the student's rea of intaest and academic a b i l i t ies. A personal i n terview is ' q u i red fo r all a p p licants. Special information rega rd ing a d m ission requirements is l isted un der each concentrat ion's pr requ i s ites.
GENERAL PREREQUISITES: Applicants must have completed a B. A. or B.S. degree with at least
20 semester hours of cred i t in
the so -ia! scie nces, which must include the specific prerequisites listed fo r the. conce n t ration the applicant wishes to p u rsue.
ADVISING:
pon admi s i on, each student is assigned an
ad ise r with whom the student plans a graduate p rogram. Before beg i n n i n g the research proje
-t
or the is, the student shall request
the fa cult y co ord i nator of the concentration in which he or she is enrolled to a p p o i n t an advisory committee of th ree fac u l t y members, o n e of w h o m is t h e studen t's regu lar adviser. The student consults with the advisory co mmi tt<:e dur i ng research and s u b m i ts the results of research to the commi ttee, which will evaluate the studen t's work.
REQUI REMENTS: In the Organiza t ional Systems and Indiv i d u a liLed ' t udy concentrations, S S C I
502 Social Science Theory and
SS I 50. , odal cience Research Methods must be among the first five cour es completed, exclusive of prerequisite require ment '. These st udents must complete a candidacy p roposal upon completion of 20 seme ter hours of course work. The candidacy
proposal req u i res a student to demonstrat the ability size l h
[0
synthe
theoretical and methodological knowledge acqu i red in
th core cours
s
Individualized Study (36 semester hours) FACULTY COORDrNATOR: Earl Smit h, P h . D. CONCENTRATION OBJECTIVE: The Individual ized Study program in the social scie nces is designed fo r ind ividuals who want to pursue their own per onaI educational goals, prepare fo r fu rth r graduate study, or prepare fo r careers or career advance
z
ment in a variety of fields, ranging fro m public service to social
n
science research.
PURPO E: The Divi s i o n o f Social Sciences, which includes the
o
S T U D I E S
b y t h e p repara t i o n of a fo rmal research p roject
or th 'is p r o p o sal . The research project or thesis propo al w i l l examine a substa nt i v e t o p i c a p p ropriate t o t h e student's d gree program. Marriage and Fam i ly Therapy students follow a specified urse of study Ii ted in thal concentration's cction. Students ho elect to write a thesis are subject to cand idacy proposal r qui relllents.
In addition to disciplin ary st udy, students may also design i n terdisc i p l i n ary programs in concert with ava i lable fa culty i n terests and expertise. Current in terd isciplinary areas i n clude i n ternational stud ies, I gal studies, l i beral stud ies, and women's studies.
PREREQUISITES: The studen t's program co m m i ttee will assess whether the 20 semester hours in social science provide the necessary background fo r the i n d ividual theme the student wishes to pursue.
CORE COURSES AND RESEARCH REQUIREM ENT: ( 1 2 semester h o u rs) SSCI 502 - Social Science Theory (4) SSCI 505 - Socia l Science Research Methods (4) SSCI
598
Q[ S
- Research Project (4) 1 599 - Thesis (4)
CONCENTRATION REQUIREME
S: (24 semester hours)
Cou rses will be chosen I n co nsultation with the adviser. A program must include a least eight semester h o u rs in each of two separate social science d isciplines. Upon approval of the adviser, a student may tak up to eight semester hours in a field or fields ou tside the social sciences.
Marriage and Family Therapy (45 semester hours) FACULTY COORDINATOR: Ch ryl L. Storm, Ph.D. C NCENTRATION OBJ ECTIVE: The primary ohjective of t he Marriage and Family Therapy concentration is to t ra i n i n d ividu als to be competent i n the schola rs h i p and clin ical practice of marriage and fa m i l y therapy. The co ncentration emp hasizes academic study, rigorous evaluation, and direct supervision of one's cl i n ical competence.
ACCREDITATION - AAMFI': The p rogram is fuIJy accredited by the
omm ission o n Accreditation fo r Marriage and Family
Therapy Educa t ion of the American Assoc i a t i o n o f Marriage and Family Therapy (AAMFT) and also com pl ies with Wa shing ton State certification requirements fo r marriage and fa mily therapists.
PREREQUISITES: Beyond the general prerequisites fo r all social sciences graduate programs, the fol lowing courses or cou rse equivalents are required before a d mi ssion as a regular status student: Abnormal Psychology Counsel ing MethodslInterviewing Human Development Theories o f Therapy/Perso n a l i ty Theories A personal i n terview with the p rogram fa culty is req u i red. A
comprehens ive autobiographical statement ( max i m u m eight doubl
spaced types pages) must accompany th
appli cation in
place of the requ i red goals statement. The statement should address the fo llowing quest ions:
\. What significa n t life events have most i n fluenced yo u r present development an d yo u r desire to be a fa m i l y therapist' 2. What are your professional career goals a fter completing yo u r degree?
l/)
G R A D U A T E
S T U D I E S
Vl
u z w
u
3 . What are your s t re n gth s that w i l l h el p you achieve yo ur professional goals? 4. What do you consider to b e areas for p erso n a l g ro w th that may need the most attention dur i ng your t-ra i n ing as a therapist at Pac i fi c Lutheran University? APPUCATION DEADLINES: For Fall A p p lication file co m p l e ted in Office of Admissions: J a nu a r y 1 0 I nte rview N ot i fi c a t i on : February 1 0 Te nt a t i ve in terview date: To be Announced • •
u o Vl
•
ADVANCE DEPOSIT: Accepted applicants must make a $300.00 advance p ay me n t to confirm their acceptance of a n o ffe r of a d m i ss ion within t h ree weeks of their acceptance date. CONCENTRATION REQUIREMENTS: (45 semester h o urs ) S5 1 505 - Social Science Res ea rc h Methods ( 4 ) M F T H 5 0 0 - H u m a n Development (4) M FTH 503 - Systems Approach to M a r r iage a n d F a m i ly Therapy (4) MFTH 504 - Family D e velo p m e n t (4) MFTH 507 - Comparat ive M a r ri a g e and Family T he ra p y (4) M FT H 5 1 0 - Human S x u a L i ty and Sex T h c ra p y ( 2 ) v ( [FTH 5 1 1 - Psycho 0 i a l Patholog)': Rel at i o n s h i p t o M a rr i age a n d Family Th rapy (4) (v[ FTH 5 1 2 - Pr o fess i ona l S t u d i e s i n Ma rriage and Family Therapy ( 3 ) MFTH 5 19 - Practicum I ( 2 ) M FTH 520 - T h e o ry ! ( 2 ) M FTH 5 2 1 - Practicum I I ( 2 ) M FrH 522 - Theory I I ( 2 ) M FT H 5 2 3 - Pra ticum III ( 2 ) M rTH 5 24 - Theory I I I ( 2 ) MFTH 5 2 5 - Practicum IV ( 4 ) Elect ive: M FTH 599 - Thesis ( 4 )
Organizational Systems (40 semester hoUl's) FACU1TY COORDINATOR: Earl Smith, Ph.D. CONCENTRAl'lON OBJECTIVE: The r ganiz a t i o n al Syslcms concentr:ltion e m ph a sizes orga n izational th eo ry, b e havi o r, an d chan ge, as well as how i nd i v i d u a l s fnnction and behave i n o rgani zational se t t i n g s . T h e program enables students to become more ffcct ive professionally in ap ply i n g social science a p p roa c h es to issues of o rg a n i za t i o n a l effectiveness and the problems fa c i n g co m plex orga nizat ions. CORE COURSES AND RESEARCH REQUI REMENTS: ( J 2 semester hours) SSC! 502 - Social Science Theory (4) SSCI 505 - Social Science Research Methods (4) SSCI 598 - Research Proj ect (4) Q[ SSCI 599 - Thesis (4) CONCENTRATION REQUIREMENTS: (28 semester h o u rs ) BUSA 505 - Managing Effective Organizations (4) PSYC 510 - I ndustrial/Organizational Psychology (4) SO ! 5 1 4 - Complex Organizations (4) SOC! 530 - Group Dynamics: T he o r y and Practice (4) SOC! 534 - Sociology of Work (4) SOCI 55 1 - Interventions Prac ticum I ( 2 ) SOC! 5 5 2 - Interventions P ract i cu m I I ( 2 ) 4
additional hours selected from the followillg:
BUSA 54 2 - M an a ge m ent of Ch an ge (2) B U S A 5 4 3 - D esigni n g Reward Systems ( 2 ) BUSA 545 - Con t i n u o us I m p r o ve m e n t S t ra t e gi e s ( 2 ) B U S A 5 4 9 - Contemporary H u m a n Resource Management ( 2 )
B O A R D
Joliet, I I .
97709- 1 1 5 1 ,
corpor�t io n whose purpose is to maintain a C h ri.twn i n s t i t u t ion of higher learn i n g . \,vith
(fLeA) on Ja n u a ry I , PLU Corporation was recon s t i t u ted.
Church i ll America
The corporation meets annually 0 1 1 the f>LU campus to ele t regents a n d to conduct other business. The corporation consists of 37 re
gents a.nd 1 2 5 delega tes from the six synods of Region I of the E angelical Lutheran Church in merica. The Board o f Regents includes eIghteen representatives from the Alumni A soc iation, i x bishops from the synods of
1 , cUld the un iversity pres ident.
The p o l i cy-making a n d governing body o f t h e u niversity is t h e Board of I{(gents. On t h e basis of reco mmen d a t i o ns m a d e by t h e prtlSi dent, it charts a course for the development of
total progrum of the u n iversity and s t rives
to pro ide es ential fu nds. The stu dent body and the fa ulry have n o n - voting represe n t a tives who meet with the board. OFFICERS hairman
Mr. Theodore
L Johnson, 20803 Marine
9H405, ELeA Mr. Wayne P. Save rud,
3 1 5 J st Ave. E, Kalispell, MT 5990 1 , HeA
Mr. Donald M. Wick, 505 Road 38, Pasco, WA 9930 1 ,
£LeA
Bis ho p Robert Keller, 3 2 6 Shore Road,
inc
.VA 99026 Bishop DonaJd D. M a ier, 766 B John St., Seattle, WA 9H 1 09 Bishop Donald Parsons, 1 836 W. Northern
Blvd., Anchorage, AK 995 1 7-3343 Bishop Mark Ramseth, 24 I 5 1 3th Ave. S., Great Pall. , MT 59405 Bishop Paul SWllnson. l80 1 . Gantenbein, Lights
Portland, OR 97207
. , Tacoma,
98444
Dr. RenaJd D. Grewenow. 17 Scarhorough
Dr., Lake Oswego, O R 97034, HOI Mr. James Hoshagen, 2920 84th Ave. Ct. E., Pu)'a llup, WI\ ( 8 3 7 1 , AIL/lIllli (Secretary) Mrs. Anne LOllg, 1 7520 SE 60th, Issaquah, WA 98027, areA M.r. WaJlace G. MdGJl ney. 600 dair Circle, l -iutcJl i nso n , KS 67502, Regent-at-Large Mr. DonaJd Morken, 8 1 - 228th 5E, Issaquah, WA 9 8 02 7 . l?egl.'ll t.a t.Large
Rev. RidulI'd E, Mueller, 1 305 Webster Forest ebs ter l;roves, MO 63 1 1 9 , /(egellt-M·
Large
P.O. Box M1' 5 9 1 1 4 , EL A Rev, David Steen, 2 7 1 7 Rain tree Ct. 51', Ol)'mpi..., \VA 9850 1 , HeA Dr. Cb ri sty UI1e.land, 1 5424 9th Me. 'W, Se-dtt le, WA 9 1 66, EL eA ( ice hair) Ill. Geo rge Weh mann , Box 5 3 9 , Idaho Fal ls, ID 83 4 0 2 .053 9, BLCA Mr. Arthur M. Peterson, KAO, 30558 . B i l l i ngs,
1 993- 1 996 TERM
Mr. Tho ma s R. Anderson, P.O. Box CS2259,
9840 1 , Regent-at-Large
)
Rev. Wi Jo Kang, Dubuque, I A
Dr. Ryan A . LaHu rd . M i n n eapolis, M Rev, John K, Luoma, Yo u ngstown,
OH
NY
Rev. Nancy Anderson Millevill , Snyder, Ms. Maxine O' Kelly, B u r l i ngto n , N C
FL
Ms. Chkkie J. Olsen. P o m p a n o Beach, Rev, Karen Parker, Englewood,
CO
Rev. H . Fredrick Rei�'Z, J r.• Cambridge, Ms. Mary Ellen Schmider, Moorhead, Ms. Mary Ann Shealy,
-LA
MN
'cwberry, SC
Mr. Adolph Streng, Jr., Mesquite,
lX
Regw t-at-Large 1 5 3 Dome Road, Fairbanks, AK 99709, FLCA
5 9 1 0 5,
Dr. James Unglaube, D i rector fo r Col leges and Univers it ies
Mr, Ro bert HOWBTd,
Mr, Frank Jennings, 25637 Marine View Dr. S., Kent, WA 98032, HCA (ChairmCln) Dr, John Oakley, 1 8 1 3 1 42nd 51. SE, M i l l Creek,
WA 980 1 2 , ELeA
Mr. Jon Olson. 1 0 3 3 7 No r ma n dy Crest, Eden
5 5 34 7, Alul/lni 62J I 1 96 t h S.w., Lynwood, WA 98 03 0 , £LCA Mrs, Jane Russell, P.o. Box 1 6 16, Tacoma, WA 9 8 40 I, Reg�lll-a t-Large Dr. Otto Stevens. N. 7 1 1 0 C. S t . , Spokane, Prai rie, MN
Dr. Richard Rouse,
OR
97035,
BLeA
Admi nistrative Offices P RES I D ENT Loren J. Anderson, President
Roberta Marsh, Assista n t to the President Admissions La ura Polcyn, Dean of Admissions David Gunovich , Director o f Admissions and I ew S t u d e n t Registration
Camille E liason,
ssocia te D i rector
Kathleen North, Associate D i rector
Lisa Dean-Erlonder. As 'istant D i rector
and Un i,'ersi t ies, Division for Education, Evangelical Lutheran Church i n America, 8765 W. Higgins Rd., Chicago,
I L 606 3 1
ADVISORY - PLU Dr, Jan Brazzell, Vice Pres i d e n t fo r Development a n d University Relations Dr. William Frame, Vice President fo r Fill a n ce a n d Operations Clfe,lSurer) Dr. Paul Menzel, Provost and Dean of Graduate Stu dies
Dr. S. Erving Seve. rtson, Vice President fo r Stud... n t L i fe
L 992- 1995 TERM
Ms. Gladyst ine Dodge. Teaneck,
Rev, W. Robert Sorenson, Executive D i rector
L994- 1 997 TERM
Mrs. Connye Dager, 1 50 Norris, Billings, MT
Dr. James Unglanhe, D i rector for Col leges
M i l e Falls,
MI'. S. Richard Froililnd, Hendricks, MN Mr. Carl Fynboe, Fox I s l a nd
Ms. Kat hryn Swanson, Thousand Oaks, CA
ADVISORY
Lore n J. Anderson, President, PL , Taco m a , WA 98447, P I .U
r.
O F F I C E S
Ms. M ar y M. Mohr, Decorah, IA
View Or. S.w., Seattle, WA 98 1 66, Aillmlli
Oswego,
-OFFICIO
'I':!coma, WA
Steilacoom, WA 98388
Dr. Donald Wilson, 1 3 874 Ta)'Ior's Crest, Lake
Mr. James Uushagen, eeretary
Cl.,
3 8 06 West ELeA
Dr., Taco m a , WA 98406,
WA 99208, ELCA
Dr. Christy Ulldand. Vice Chair
W
'oundvie\
Rev, Barry Regge, 524 S. I , Tacoma, WA
the fo rmation of the Evangel ical lutheran
Bishop David WoJd, 420 1 2 1 st St.
1 1 5 1 , Beml, O R
Mrs. Linda 'BVil11 S0ll , 506 Main St.,
Pacific Llltheran Un iversi t y, [ n c . , a Wash i ngton
Mr. FI'llDk Jennings-.
ELCA
Dr. Cynthia Wilson Edwards,
rile univ rsitr is owned and operated by
the
A D M I N I S T R A T I V E
043 5 , Regellt-at Large
Mr, Neil R. Bryant, P.O. Box
OWNER H I P. SUPPORT, GOVERNMENT:
Re gio n
R E G E N T S
MI'. Jerold Armstrong, 958 Western Ave.,
he Board of egents
1 988, the
O F
Kari Leppell, Adm issions Counselor Brian Hall, Admissions Counselor Donald Lofton, Admissions Counselor Monica Ricarte, Admissions Counselor ClllllpllS Ministry Nancy Connor, Campu
Pastor
Dennis Scpper, Ca mpus Pastor
Fillnllci£ll Aid and SdJOla rsh ips
Kay S oh i s , Director o f Financial Aid and Scho larsb ips Mark Duris,
ssociate D i rector
Joan Riley, As ista n t D i rector for I n formation Management
Dr, Patricia O'Connell Killen, Religion,
Lisa McCullough, Financial Aid Counselor
Dr. Philip Nordquist, H i s tory, FaCIl i ty
Lurie
fa cu lt y
Monique Pecchia, F i n a ncial Aid Counselor
St aab. l ' i n a n cial Aid Counselor
Dr. FranklIn Olson, Educa tion, FaCIlity Ms. Nikki Plaid, l'resiJent, AS P LU, Stude n t
ACADEMlC AFFAIRS
Mr. Tom Brown, Executive Vice President,
Offi ce of tile Provust
ASI'L , Stlltiellt
Ms. Robert
Mar h, Assistant to rhe Pre ' i d e n t
Dr. Laura Polcyn, D e a n of Admissions
Dr. Cristina del Rosario, D i rector, M u l t iEthnic Resource Center C H U RCH OFFICIALS Evangelical Lutherall Church ill AlllcriCil
Chilstrom, 8765 W. Rd., Cbicago, I I 6063 1
Bishop He.rbert W. Higgins
Kathy J. Magnus, Vice - P resident Rev. Lowell G, Almen, Secretary Mr. Ri
hard L M AuUffe. Tr asurcr
Divisoll for Eduwtioll of the Eval lgelical Lllthc({1IJ Chl/rch ill America Rev aul H . Andrews, Columbus, O H Rev. Stephen Paul Bouman, Bogota, N J Mr. Kitk Downey, Will iamsport, ,m M r, Kenneth A. Ericksrut, Eugene, OR Re v. S. Philip Froiland, Waverly, IA
Paul T. Menzel, Provost and Dean of Graduate S tud ies
David C. Yagow, Associate Provost Special AcadellJic Prograllls
Judith W, Carr, Dean
Office of International Programs Ann Kelleher. D i rector Janel Moore.
As istant Director, Coordinator Programs
of Overseas S t udy
Charry Benston, Acl ministrat ive Associate, I n terna t i o n a l Group :1I1d Vis i t i n g Scholars Program Coordinator David Ger r y, Coord in ator of I n ternational S t udent Sen'ic s Divisoll of 1-['I/1/(/ IIiti"5
Keith J. Cooper, Dean Susan Young, Ad m in i s t r a t i ve As. ista n l
A D M I N I S T R A T I V E
Division
O F F I C E S
of Nil/ llraL Sciellces
Patricia Roundy. D irec to r. AURA Program
Sheri J. TODD, Dean Tencnce Nicksic, Labora tor )' S upervisor, Chemi try
D
d m i n is t rative Associate
, chool of the A rts Linda M iUer, Ad m i n istra tiv ' A�sociate, Music Maxine Pomeroy, Ma n ager o f Music
Janette Dempsey. D i rector of Graduate Programs
Susan Martensen. Co or di nato r o f External R ·lation.> oo rd i na to r of Undergraduate
Programs
Catherine Prall. P rogra m M a nager, Center for Exceu ive D evelop men t Sc/lOol of
John
Leon Reisberg,
s s o ci a te Dean
Faye Anderson, Director o f C orpo ra te and Foun dati o n Relations
David G. Aubrey, Executive D i re cto r for Major G ifts D evelop meu t
Tom Baler.
ssoci a te D i rector fo r O pera t ions
David BerntKJI, D i rector of Develo p ment Lauralee Hagen. Director o f A l u m n i and
Charitable
' u rsing Lea rn i n g
Coo rd i na to r Ruth Scham er, Learn i ng Resou rces Center , u rd i nator
Larry MlirshaU, As s ist a n t D i rector of Ath letics Fa c i l ities
Nick Dawson. Sports I n formation D i rector
SIl5ll1I J. McDonald. S up e rviso r of R.eference Services
De.an Driskell. A sso c iat e Director o f
I nformat ion Robert Holden, Di re ctor of Audio Services
Ser\>ices
Jeanine Barndt, S u perviso r of Te c hn i cal s
Services
and Coordinator of Automated S )' ste.ms Sevices L ib ra ria n
Kerstin Ringdahl, Archivist and Curator o f 'ollections
Res�(] (c/J a ",1 Assessmellt
Larry W. Nelson, D i rector
M a nage r
of De ve l opmen t
Director
Roger Johnson. D irector of Progra m m i n g a n d Operations
Nancy Knudsen, Associ a te D i rector of D e velo pme nt for Listener Support
Michael Marcotte, Associate P rogram cws Director
Registrar
Leann Dahl. Evaluator
Michele Piccozzl, Ev aluat o r Academic Advisillg/Retclltioll Di rector, Aca d em i c Advisin g
William V. Frame. Vice President-Finance a n d O perati o n s
Vicky Winters, Admin istrative Assistant
Business Office Janet Rutledge. D irec tor of B udget a n d Fiscal A ffa i rs Diana Seeley, Director of Ad ministrative Services
Services
Gary Minetti, D i rector/Psyc h o logist Alene K1ein. Associate Director; Coord i na tor, Services for Students w i t h Disabili ties; Coord i na tor, Tes t i n g Services
Seiichi Adachi, Cou nselor
Ann Miller. D irector! N urs e Practioner
Sue Mkrtchian. P hys ic ia n's Assistant Diane Painter. Senior Cert i fi ed M ed i cal Assist a nt Sherwin Ferguson. Co o rd i n a t u r. He a l th Ed uca t i on
tvfESA
Brenda Sharon Walker, D i rec tor, MESA P rogra m M,dli-Ethllic Resource Cellter ( 1RC)
Cristina del fINANCE AND OPERATIONS
Proje c ts
Uilloah Creigh. Scheduler
COllnse/i'·'g " " d Testing
Health Services and
Mary Pieper. S p e ci a l Assistant for Policy
J?egist:rar
RicJuuod Seeger.
Mel Baer. D i rector
D i rector a n d
Edu ation
Michael Qualsoe. Ge neral Manager, S t udent
Ada Van Doren. Consu l t ing Psych ia tris t
Martin J. Neeb, General
Music
Heike Phelps. General M anager, Cooperative
Laura Majovski, Ps ychol og i st
Joseph Cohn. Asso c iate Program Director and
Sharon G. Chase. Supervisor of Distrihutive
Sheila M. Conner, Ass is t a n t
erv i ces
David Christian, Chief En g inee r
In truction Lib r a ria n
John D. Kawula. Reference Librarian
Beth Ahlstrom. D i rector
EOlptoynlcnt Progra ms
Publications Des ign
Kenneth Dunmire. D i rector of Photo
Ma rke ting
Gail Egbers. Reference/Bibliographic
a n d Dean
Cn, ter for Careers a n d Employment
Co mmunications
KPLU-FM
L ibrary
President
J. Tim Allen, Super vi so r
Pub l i c Relations
Scott Westering, Staff Assistant
Chutes T. Nelson. Regis t ra r
Muk Janssen, D i recto r of'ieiccommunica
Lori Harrell, S u perv iso r
University Communications
Janet Prichard. D i rector of Publications and
Gary Nicholson, Athlctic Tra i n e r
institcltiullai
ct i ng D i rector of Comp uti ng
a n d Te.leco m m u n ication Serv ices
Walt Huston, Director
Coordinator
Kirk Isakson. D ire c to r o f Television Services
Craig McCord. Staff Assist a n t
Media
ResolJ rCeS (OrJprrluod JoluJly j" AClItk"u("-�JTu.j" "1Il1 Futdmt curd Opt'HltllPll,)
Campus Safety
Dorothy Werner. Research a nd G r a n ts
Unda Emoll, A sso c i a t e Director or News and
James Johnson, D i re ctor o f Aqua t ics
Virginia Gilmore,
( Residence H a l l s )
Anne Christianson, A d m i n i strat ive Associate
David Christian, Di re tor of Engineeri ng
David M. Olson, Dean; D i rector of Athletics
S up erv isor of Media
(GoLf Course)
Su pe rvi s o r
lnforl}lation
l
U n iversity Prin ting
a l ion a l l d
Athletic Departmellt
Layne Nordgren ,
Pat Dudley, Custodial
S. Erving Severtson. Vice
Teresa Baumgarten. Associa te D i rector of
C ordinator
H.
Office of S t, /{/c l t Life
state Plan ni ng
PauJ Porter. Di re c to r o f Un iversity
Michael Benson, A t h leti
Gary Cinotto, Ass i s t a n t Director
STUDENT LIFE
Campaigns a n d Schol a rs h i p Support
Polly Lorenz, Ad m issi o n s a n d Rec r u i t m e n t
EdH
Services)
Angie Zurcher, Assistant D i rector ( [lookstore )
tion,
James Van Beek. D i re c to r of Ca p ital
nd e rgrad uate )
School of Physical
R 'idential L i fe
Erin McGinnis, A ss is ta n t D i t'ector (Food
Chris Sanders,
P a re n t Re l a t io ns
Annual Giving
Patsy Maloney, D L rec tor, Center fo r Co n tin ued
Special
and
Relations
Edgar Larson, Executive D i rector for
Carolyn SchuJtz, Associate D ean
Servic
Jeffrey Jordan, D i re c to r of Auxi li a ry Services
Vice President for
Mary Ellen Kearney. A s soci a te Director of
Cleo Pas , Asso i a te Dean (Gradu a te) '
F. Brazzell.
Mana gement
Dorothy Langan. Dean
(
Re so urce Servi ce s
A uxiliary Services
Progra m A d m i n istration and Scholarship
Dean
,,,,-jllg
'c!lOol of
Alvarita ADen. Act i n g Director of Human
Sharon I. Harrison, .ssocia te D i rec tor for
Edllcatioll
L Brickell,
Human Reso urce Services
lone S. Crandall. D i re cto r
D e velopm at a n d Universit
Joseph E. McCann III, Dean
'
Services! I'd i li l ies and Ground:. Ma n ager
Ed u ca ti o n Co u n c i l Heike Phelps, G e n e r a l Ma. na g er
Jan
Bllsilless
Magne Myrmo,
Frank Felcyn, D i rector, P la n t Services David Wehmboefer. D i rec tor o f Stage
DEVELOP MENT
Per fo rm a nce a n d O u t reach
Trudy Hale, Acco untant Plara Services
Center for Public Sen'ice
Christopher H. Spicer, Dean
S hool of
A ss ista nce
Arthur Martins.on, Chair, C oopera ti ve
n
Marie Wutzkc,
Wanda Wentworth, D i rector, A cadem ic
Coopera tive Educatioll
lJivisioll o( Social . 'ciet/res
Earl Smith,
' t udent Loans
Academic I\ssistallce
Anita Wahler, Administrative Assistant
Alirul Urbanec, Manager of St uden t Acco u n ts!
Rosario,
D i rector
Residential Life
Jeffrey Jordan, D i rector, Au., i l i a r y Servi�es Thomas Huelsbeck. Assistant D i rector Shane Daetwiler. Coordinator, Student
Co nd uct/ S ta ff Tra i ning! Alternative Housing
University Center Rick Eastman, D i rec tor, Conference Serv ices Jennifer Schoen. A s ., istan t Director/Student Activities
Lisa Upchurch, Coord inator, S t u dent Activities Pro gr a m
F A C U L T Y
•
he Faculty
1 968 ;
town College, 1 946; B.D.,
McCormick S m i nary, 1 95 1 ; M.A., Columbia Univer sity-U ni on Theological Semina ry"
York. 1 957;
Ed.D., Teacher;
ew
ol l ege . Columbia
University, 1 960. Barbara Ahna, 1 98 7-, Assistant Professor of Bllsiness; B.A., University of Oklahoma, 1 967; niversity of Puget Sound S c hoo l of Law,
J.D. ,
1 964; P h . D. ,
University
M . A .• Ph.D., I nd i a n a Univers it)" 1 9 7 1 ,
gy; B . A. , Boston Un iversity, 1 974;
M.A . • Hunter College, 1 982; Ph.D . • City
of New York,
Professor of Nurs ing; B.S.N., Univers i t y of Maryla nd . 1 969; M.N., Un iversity of Wash ingto n , 1 9 85.
1 979. Rachid Benkbalti, 1 987-, Associole Professor
Howard K. Butcber, 1 993-, Assistant Professor
oj'lvlothemotics;
of Nursing;
Maitrise, Diplomc
D'Etudes
B.S., Lebanon
B.S.I
University o f Pau, France, 1 98 1 , 1 98 3 . 1 986.
M.S.N., U n ivers it y of Toronto, 1 986; P h . D. ,
.•
Megan Benton, 1 986-, Assistant Professor of
Univers i t y of S o u t h Carolina. 1 994 .
Eng/ish; B.A . . Pacific Lutheran Un iversity,
lack Cady, 1 987-, A djl lll ct Professo r of El1glish;
1 976; M . A ., The College of Wi ll i a m and M a ry,
B.S., University of Louisville, 1 96 1 .
1 98 1 ; Ed . S . , Un iversity of Alabama, 1 984.
Thomas J . CampbeU, 1 984-, A sso ciate
Paul F. Benton,
Professor of Eng l ish ; B.S .• P h . D., Un iversity of
1 96 9-,
Associate Professor of
P rincet o n
Oregon. 1 968. 1 98 1 ;
M.A.,
Ellg/ish; B . A . ( Economics), B.A. ( E ngl i s h ) ,
B.A., Ca r l e ton College,
Un iversity of Was h i ngton, 1 969, 1 970; M . A . .
o f M i n nesota, 1 976.
P h . D. ,
U nivcr:.ity of Ca l i fo rn i a , Davis,
Deborah
University
1 96b; Ph.D.,
f Wa hin gton, 1 9 79.
Merrily J. AlIen, 1982- 1988, 1 99 1 -, Associate Pro e.sor of NIl rsillg; B.S .
of
a' h i n gt on,
J 959,
of San D iego , 1 990.
Dana D. Anderson,
M . N ., Univers i t y
.•
1 984; D.N . . . University
1 984- ,
Associote Professor
of Psychology; B.A. , A n t i oc h Cullege. 1 9 7 1 ; M . A . • P h . D . , O h i o Stat University.
1974,
1 98 1 .
Geo.rge E. Arbau.gh, 1 955) , Professo r of Philosophy, Regency Profe 'sor, 1 979-80; B.A.,
ugLlstana College. Rock ]Sla D d ,
1 955; M.A.,
h . D., University of Iowa. 1 9 58, 1 959.
niversity, 1 9 70.
John T. Carlson, 1 975-, Profess o r o/ B iu logy;
niversit)' o f M i n neso t a . 1 973, 1 977.
lli% gy; B.S., J u n i a ta College, 1 962; /I·1 .A.,
F.
Berman, 1 995-, Visiting I\ssistan t
Ph.D., Purdue Un iversity, 1 99 1 .
Washington, 1 9 94.
E. Wayne Carp, 1 986-, Assoc ia te Professor History; B.A., M.A., P h . D. , Un iversity o f
t lack
R. Bermingham, 1 983-. Associate Pro
Clark
of Politiml Science; B.A.,
n iv c rsi ty of Pugd
Cal i for n i a , Be r k el ey, 1 972. 1 9 73, 1 98 1 . Judith W. Carr, 1 979-, Dean for Special
orthridge, 1 9 72, 1 973; Ph.D ..
University o f
Eli
aliforn ia, Santa Barbara, 1 979.
Berniker, 1 982-, Associate Professor of
Busilless;
B.S . . Wa yne
St ate University. 1 96 1 ;
P h . D . , University o f Ca l i fo r n i a . Los Angeles. 1 98 5 .
Academic Progra ms (lnd Summer Studies; B.S., University o f Washington. 1 974. Gary A . Cbase, 1 970-, /lssocio/e Professor of Physica l Edllca lion; B.S., M . S . , Washington
M.S. (Co m p u t er Science), Ph.D . . U n i ve rs i t y o f
State Univers ity, 1 962, 1 964. Marie Cburney, 1 974-, A sso c ia te Professor of Edllcatioll; B.A., B.S., Western Was h i ngton U n i versity. 1 96 1 , 1 964; M . Ed., E d . D. , U n ive rs ity of Florida, 1 966, 1 970. Edwin G. Clausen, 1983- , Asso c ia te Profes sor
of Histo ry; B.A .• University o f California,
Orego n , 1 9M I , 1 984. 1 9 89.
1 972.
RaydeU C. Bradley, 1 992-, Assisttll'It Professor
California, Santa Barbara, 1 9 72, 1 979.
Brian N.R. Baird, 1 986-87, 1 988-, Assoriatp
of Mllsic; 13.M.E .• M . A., State
Keith A. Clay, 1 995-, Visiting Assistant
Professor of Psychology;
Un iversity of U t a h.
1 977; M . . . , Ph. ] ). , Un ivcr it)' of Wyo m i n g. 1 980, 1 984. ' D.
of B .. irt�ss; B.S .. M.B.A .• Ariwna State
nivcr ity. 1 96 3 . 1 965; M.A., P h . D . • University
o f Pennsylvania, 1 9 7 1 . 1 973. ' Stephen E. Barndt, 1 9 78-, Professor of
B usi ness; B.S., Washington State University, 1 957;
M . B.A .•
P h. D. • Ohio State University,
Riverside, 1 970; M.A., Ph.D., Univers i t y of
ortheast
Missouri
niversity, 1 98 1 , 1 986; D.M.A. cand.,
n i vers it y of Was hington. Jan
lua.rt Bancroft, 1 96 7-68, 1 971-. Professor
P.
of
Pacific Lutheran University, 1 970; Ph.D. ,
Sou n d , 1 965; P h . D. , University o f Maryland.
B.S.,
1 982;
University,
M i n nesota, Morris. 1 9715; M.S. ( Mathematics),
&
B u t l e r University.
fessor of H istolY ; B.A .• M.A . . California State
Minnesota, 1 99 1 , 1 995.
Lewis
College, 1 9M5; M.A . . Ph.D., University o f
Profess or of E nglis h; B.A., Mount Holyoke
College, 1 97 1 ; M.A.,
David M. Atkinson, 1 976-, Associate Professor
B.A . •
Professor of Phi losopllY;
Susan Brown Carlton, 1 9 9 1 -, Assistollt
University, 1 990; M.S., Universit)' of
Arturo Biblarz, 1 9 77-. Professor oj'Sociology;
1 9 95-, V,siting AssiSlallt
1 966; Ph.D. , University
Professor of Comptlter Scierrcr; B . S. . Ya le
B . A. . M.A . . Ph.D .• University of Ca lifornia, Los A n gel es , 1. 955, 1 960, 1 968. Kenneth D. Blaha, 1 98 9-, Associote Professor ofCampLIter Scierlce; B.A .. University o r'
Derus G. ArnoJd,
Port l a n d State
U n iversity, 1 976.
Cbarles A Bergman, 1 977-, Proj'essor of
G . Alexander, 1971-, P rofesso r of
Valley College, 1 977;
Tho m as Jefferson Uniwrsit)" 1 979;
Approfond ies. Doctorat de l'Un iversite.
Univ�rsity, 1 97 1 , 1 9 7 1 , 1 978. Angeli
1 986.
Pamela K. Burns, 1 994, Clini[{]/ AssistCl nt
E. Aikin, 1 974-, Assis t'lI1l Professor of NJm irrg; B.S.N., B.A . . \ l l1.A., Pacific Lutheran
S b irley
BrazzeU,
1 992-,
P rofessor of Physic ;
B.S., The
F.vergreen Stat�
Col lege, 1 984; M . S . , P h . D., University of
Vice Presidellt for
Development and Ull ive rsi ty Reiotions; B. A . ,
Univer i t y of Alab ama . 1 9 78; M . A . , Ph.D., I ndiana Universit)" 1 98 1 , 1 984.
\Vashington, 1 9
J.
1 995.
Keith J. Cooper, 1 984 -, Associate Professor of Philosophy; Deon, Divisioll of Hlimanities;
B . A. , Gordon College, 1 976; M . T. S . Gordo n ·
lohn L. Brickell, 1 992-, Associate Professor of
Conwell The ol og i ca l Seminary, 1 979; M . A . ,
Education;
P h . D. , Univers i t y o f Wis onsi n , Madison,
Dean, Sch o ol oj' ct/lIctllioll;
B.A.,
M.A., California State U niversity, 'resno,
1 98 1 , 1 988.
1 96 5 , 1 969; Ph.D . • University o f O regon, 1 97 3 .
Cynthia Lou Corbett, 1 995-, Visiting Assis tant Professo r of Nursi ng; B.A., Carroll College,
1 967, 1 97 1 .
lames E . Brink, 1 970-, Professo r of Comp u ter
J. Tboddeus Barnowe, 1 977-, Professor of
Science; A.B .• Hope Col lege, 1965; M . S.,
BUSlll css; B.A., niversit)' of San Franc i sco, 1 91>6; 'I.A., Ph.D . • Univer s i t y of Michiga n .
I o wa State Universit)'. 1 967. 1 970. R. Micbael Brown, 1 982-, Associate Professor
Dennis L. Cox, 1 972-. A . ociat" P rofesso r of
1 97 1 . 1 973.
ofPsycll0logy; B . A . , Seattle University,
Art; B . A . , Paciflc Lutheran UnivC[si ty, 1 967;
Michael
D. Bartanen,
COllllrltlllimlioll; B . A . ,
1 979-, Professor of
M.A., vVestern
Was h i ngton University. 1 9 74. 1 976; P h . D .. niversity of ' o u thern • •
D ako ta ,
English; I3.A., W h i tworth College, 1 965; P h . D.,
1 978.
•
niversity of South
Sciellces; B . S . , Was h i ngt on State Universit)',
Ol/lISelor, COll nsciing and Testing
B. . , Jam
of Anth rop%
State
Steven R. Benham, 1982-, Professor oj' forth
Seiichi Adachi, 1 967-, A ssoci a te Professor of
Services;
n i vers i t y of Northern Iowa, 1 96 1 ; M .A . ,
Elizabetb E. B rusco, 1 988-, Associate Professor
B.A..
n i versi t )' o f Kansas, 1 975.
Loun I. Anderson, 1 992-, President; !l.A., Concordia Coile ge , loorhead, 1 967; M.A., M ich iga n State niver'ity, 1 968; Ph.D., UniVCf';l y of M i higan, 1 9 7 1 . Psyc hology;
William Becvar, 1 973-, Professor of Theo tre;
a l i fornia. 1 91l 1 .
Kenneth E. Batker, 1 966- , Professor of Mc.lthe mlllics; B . A., Wa rtburg Col lege.
1 95 7;
1\'1 . A . ,
Ph.D., University o f Colorado. 1 96 1 , 1 97 1 .
yra J . Baughman,
1 970-. Professo r of EdtlC{/
ion; B.A .• Pacific Lu the r an U niversity, 1 %2;
M.P.d .• Western Washi ngton University, 1 969; Ed.D . • Univers i ty of Ncbr" 'a, L i n co l n . 1 975.
M . S c.,
Ph.D. ,
1 967;
niversity of CalgMY, 1 972; Ph.D., U n i ·
vers i t y o f I orth Caroli.na, C h a p el Hill, 1 974. Roberta
•
Brown, 1 979-, A ssociotc 1)rolessor
oj'Larlgllogcs (Fre nch ) ; B.A., Stanford U n iver·
1 985; M . N . , Whitworth
Coll ege , 1 989; Ph.D.
cand . , Loyo l a Un ive r it )'.
M.E
. , Wa s h ingto n State Universiry, 1 9 72.
Micbele A. Crayton, 1 977-, Profes so r of
Bi o logy; B . S . . 1\'1 .S., University o f Missouri.
Kansas City, 1 967, 1 969; P h . D., Oregon State
s i t y, 1 967; M.A., U n ive r i t )' of Oregon. 1 969;
U niversity, 1 974.
P h . D. • Un ivers ity or Ca l ifo rn i a , Los Angeles,
David P. Dahl, 1 96 9-, Professor
1 98 1 . Christopber R. Browning,
1 9 74-,
oj'iv111 ic; B.A
Pacific Lutheran Un iversity, 1 960; Professor of
.•
As ociate·
s h i p , American Guild of O rg a n i�t s . 1 96 1 ;
n, 1 962.
Histo ry; A . B . , Oberl i n Co llege, 1 967; M . A . ,
M.A . • University o f Wash i ngt
P h . D. . U n ivers i t y of Wisconsin, M d iso n,
Patricia L. Dolan, 1 99·)-. Ass;st"" t Professur of
1 96R, 1 9 75. Stanley L. Brue, 1 971-, Professor
of Rconomics;
B.A., Augustana College. Sioux Falls, 1 967; Ph.D . . Universi t), of Nebraska, 1 97 1 .
B io logy; B.A . . M.A., State
Un ive r si t y
of
New
York at Bu ffalo, 1 976, 1 982; Ph . D . , Kenl State University, 1 990.
F A C U L T Y
t Mimael B. Dollinger,
1 98 1 -, Professor of
1 963; M.S., 1 96 8 .
P h . D, U n ivers i t y o f I l l i n o i s ,
1 965, •
ics), O regon Sta t e Un ive rsi t y,
1 966,
1 96 9 ; M.S.,
Mathematics; M . S . , Un i ve rs i t y of O rego n , 1 974.
of Legal Studies;
A.lVI .,
Ph.D., University o f
Pe n n s yl van ia, 1 969, 1 979; J . D . , U n ivc rs i .t y o f
Puget Sound School of Law,
1 986.
Roberta E. Dyer, 1 995-, Clit'l ical
fessor 0/ Nursing;
Pro
[I.F.A., B . S . ,
1 974 ;
C o n necticut, 1 969,
Larry A. Edison,
1 98 2-,
ni ve rs i ty o f
Professor of Computer
Professor of Physica l
Diane M. Harney, 1 992-,
Beatrice Geller, 1984-. Associate Profess or of
Com m l / n ication; B.S., Indiana University, 1 98 4 ;
Ph.D., U n ivers ity o f Roch es ter, 1 988.
University of Maryland,
o f Wash i ngto n ,
Uni ersi ty of M ic.higan, 1 974.
n i ve rs i t y o f
Univer ity. 1 949, 1 9 5 1 ; P h . D. ,
C a r o l i n a , 1 958.
Bruce W. Finnie, 1 989-, Ass;stant
Professor of
tana Co ll ege, Siou x Fa l l s ,
n ivl'[s i t ), of Nebraska, 1 975.
t Leslee A. Fisher, 1 992-, Assistclnt Professor of
Janet L. Herman-Bertsch, 1 984-, A ssistan t Profess o r o(Nursing; B.S.N., Uni ve rs i t ), o f
Ca l i fo rn ia , San
•
1 992.
John O. Herzog, 1 967-, Professor of Ma th £"
Sheila D. Goodwin, 1 987-, Assist/lilt Professor
1 957; M .A . , Ph.D., Unive rs ity of
nwtics; B .A . , Concordia College, M oo r h ead,
1 959, 1 963.
Stewart D. Govig, 1 958-60, 1 96 1 -, Professor
Religion; B . A . , 5 t . Ol a f C o J l ege, 1 948; M . D iv., Luther T heo logi ca l Se m inary, 1 95 2 ; M.Th., Princeton Theological Se m i n ary, 1 954; Ph .D., New York University, 1 966. !l.S., U n i ve rs i t y of Wa s h i n g to n ,
Professor
Uni versi t y o f Portland,
1 976; M . S . N . , Ya l e U n iversity,
1 980.
Mus;c; B.A., Un i ve rsit y of M i n nes ota ,
Li/Jrary; [I.S. i n Ed., Concord ia Teachers
Col lege, Seward, 1 950; M . A. l . . S . , Un ive rs i ty o f
Denver, 1 95 3 ; 1 9 70 .
B . S . N . , Wash i ngto n
Teresa L. Ford, 1 993-, Assista,jt Professo r of &lufa/ioll; IL\., Wh i t m a n Coil 'ge, 1 9 8 3 ; /v! . F d . , P h . D. , Wa sh ingto n S ta te n i ve rsi ty, 1 98R , 1 9 9 3 .
Robert L Gulntann, 1 984-87, 1 992-, Associate Professor of Engilleering; B . S . , M.S.,
WIll i am V. Frame, 1 993-, Vice Pres idel l t for
CoDeen M. Hacker, 1 979-,
lice (/lid Opcmtiolls; !l.A., M . A . , U n i ve rs i t y 1 962 , 1964; Ph.D., U n i vers i t y of
1 97 1 ;
of Physical Edu((Ition;
1 979; Ph.D., Un i vers ity
or Music; B.A., U n ive rs it ), of O rego n,
1 960;
M . M. , New Engl a n d Conservatory o f Music, 1 963.
Associ"re Professo r of
B . A . , 'ett ys b u r g Col lege, 1 9 79; n Un i v e r si ty, 1 �8 5 .
Phys icnl Education; Moorh"ad, 1 966 ;
of Oregon, 1992.
Mary Jane Haemig, 1 993-, ASSlstO l l t Professor
C on c ord i a Col lege,
South Dakota State
1 9 77.
Profess o r of
l1eligion; B . S . , Colkge o f 'Nilliam and M a ry,
1 9T; M.Div .. T h . M . , Southcl\stcrn Bap ti s t Theological Se m i n ary,
1 98 2 ,
Cla rem o nt Grdduate S c hoo l,
1 984; M . A . , Ph.D.,
1 ':1 86, 1 9 9 0 .
t Wei Hua, 1 988-, Assa iate Professor of Langll ages
(Chin ese); B . A . , ati o n al T1 iwan Un i ve rs i t y, 1 97 7 ; M . A . , P h . D. , n ive r s it), of a l i forn ia , Berkeley, 1 9 8 0, I �9 1 .
1 9 77; / . 0 . , Harvard Law Sch o o l ,
Univers i t y of Wash i n gto n , 1 974, 1 98 0 .
B.A.,
M.S.,
Nancy R. HoweU, 1 990-, Associate
of Religioll; B . A . , U n iver i t y o f M i n n eso t a ,
1 9 8 1 ; M.T. S . , Th.D. cu n d . , I Iarva J·d D i vi n it y School, 1 9 8 1 . John S. "aUam, 1 990-, Associate PI'ofessu r of Art; B.A., Seattle U n i ve rs i ty, 1 970; td.A., Ph.D.,
1 967;
University, 1 967; Ed.D., U n ivcrs i ty o f O rego n ,
Associate Professor !l. . , Lock H a ven S ta t e
Washington, 1 969.
Associate Professor
Paul E. Hosetb, 1 968-, Professor of Neultlr alld
tatt' U n ivers ity, 1 970, 1 972, 1 976.
Co l le ge , 1 97 8 ; M.S., Univer it y of Ar i zo n a ,
1 975-,
Music; B.M., Northwestern Un ivers i t y.
M .M .A. , Yale Un iversit y School o f lvlusic, 1 97 1 .
M .A . , P h . D. ,
of Hawaii,
Associate Professor
David L. Hoffma.n, of
Un i versi ty o f Wisconsin, M a d ison, 1 9 7 3 , 1 977.
P h . D. , I owa
Un i ve rs i ty, 1 974;
I n d i a n a Un iversi t y, 1 983 .
1 96�;
Gregory E. Guldin, 1 979-, Professo r of ew York,
S tate
M . N . , Uni ve r s i ty of Wash i ngton , 1 ')78; D.N.S.,
1 99 0.
U n i ve rsi ty of
P h . D. , U n i ve rs it y o f I ll i n o i s ,
Anne M. IIirsch, 1 983-, 1 J rofesso r of Nu rsing;
M.A., P h . D . , Un ive rsi ty o f Wash i ngto n , 1 97 1 ,
A n t h rupology; B . A . , Brooklyn College, Cit),
of
College,
1 957; v l I.A., Un.iversity of Nt'braska, 1 959.
1 <)72;
Dum:an Foley, 1 986-, l\ssociate Professo r of Earth Scie1lces; B . A . , Antioch college, 1 9 7 1 ; M .S . , Ph.D., O h io State Universit y, 1 9 73 , 1 978.
William Jewell
" John W. Heussman, 1 976-, Di rector of t.he
-Wtlliam G. Greenwood, 1 98 1 -, Projcssor vf Phys ics;
Nebraska,
Margaret Herzog, 1 980-, A djunct Prolesso r Mathema tics; !l.A.,
of
Kale Grieshaber, 1984-, Associate Proles., or of
Shannon Fitzgerald, 1 992-, Assistant
Fra n c i sco, 1 975; M . S . N . ,
U n iversity o f Washi ngton, 1 98 1 .
1 97 1 ; M .F.A. , Un i ve rsi t y of Wis co ns i n ,
1 9 78.
�"cmisrly; P h . D . , Bra
P h . D. , Un ive rs i ty of Was h i ngton, 1 97 8 .
1 9 76, 1 9 90; M . E d . ,
M.S., Ph.D., O rego n S t a te Un .ive rs i ty, 1 974,
1 9 80, 1 982; P h .D. , Unive rs it y o f
Craig B. Fryble, 1 986-,
Ivt . B . A . , Wash i ng to n S t a t e Univers i ty, 1 9 6 5 ;
Profess o r
PI,),sicai Education; U.S. , M . S .. Unive rs i t y o f
MinI J. Frohnmayer, 1 980-,
Business; H.A., The C o l lege of Idaho, 1 96 3 ;
1 976.
Mi
Fill
Larry P. Hegstad, 1 979-, A ssociate Professor
1 98 3 ; ivI . S . N . , Wa y n e State Un iversity, 1 987.
(Sp n llish); B.A., M . A . , Florida State
of
1 969; M . A . , U niver s it y of Wash i ngton, 1 973.
Sen'ices
ofNursing; B . S . N . , Uni\'nsity of M ichi ga'n ,
; � Louise Sand Faye, 1 969-, Professor of
Un i ve rs i t y of O rego n , 1 980;
NlIrsing; [I.S . N . , P'1cific Lutheran Un ive rs i t y.
M a diso n, 1 9 7 6 .
B.M., Oberlin C o ll ege, 1 96 8 ; M . M . ,
M.S.,
"Ludla V. Hefty, 1 973-, Assistal1l Professor
of Art; B . A . , Northeastern I l li n o i s Un ive rs i t y,
'!usic, 1 97 1 .
B.S. . ,
1 9 7 1 , 1 972;
Lawrence B. Gold, 1 984-, Associate Professor
Richard A . Farner, 1 976-, Asso ciute Professor
B.S. ( Pbys ic s) , U.S. (Com
1 962-, Professo r of Chemistry; B.A., DePauw U n ivers i t y. 1954;
Western Was h i ngto n U n i ve r s i t y, 1 98 2 .
M . M . , New En gl a nd Conservator)' o f
"rs il lg;
of Co mpu te r Science;
of Education; B . A . , B.Mus., Ph.D. cand.,
Profess o r of Nlu s ic; B . M . , ·temple U n i versi t y,
of
U n i ve rs i t y o f Was h i ng t o n , 1 986.
George Hauser, Jr., 1 987-, Associate Professo r p ut e r Science), Was h i ngton State U n ivers i ty,
U n i ve rs i ty
California, Be rkeley,
9
P h . D . , C o r nel l Un iversity, 1 972; M.S. E . E . ,
Professor of
Eilene K. Glasgow, 1 990-, ;\ssistant
Kathleen A. Vaught Farner, 1 978-, Associate
Donald C . Haueisen, 1 977-8.7, 1 990-, Professor
of Engineerillg; B.A. , College of Wo o s t er, 1 67;
1 967; M . A . , P h . D. , University of Missouri,
M.L.S.,
M i nnesota, 1 978.
higan,
*
Libra rian; B.S., Un i ve rs ity of Florid." 1 958;
Professor of Ellgfish;
Ass;stallt Profess or of
P u r d u e Universi ty, 1 9'12 .
egas, 1 9 8 0 .
1 989-, Assistant
Virginia K. Gilmore, 1 988-, Media
U n i versi ty, 1 968; Ph.D., Un i ve rs it y o f
Business; B.S., Au gu
Professol of Edl/ca tion;
1 97 7.
M . S . , Florida State Un ivcrsit)" 1 987; P h . D . ,
B.F.A., New York U n i ve rsi t y, 1 9 74, M .F.A . ,
A.M., Ph.D., Harvard U n i ve rs i t y, 1 ':156, 1 959.
B.A., Houghton Co llege, 1 964; M.A., Alfred
J 970; Ph.D.,
1 970.
1 985, 1 989.
O rego n , 1 968, 1 969, 1 972.
orth
Universi ty, 1 97 1 ; M.A., P h . D . , Un ivers it y of
Wi nd s o r, 1 9 75,
William P. Giddings,
Edumtion; B.S., M.S., P h . D . , U n ive rs i ty of
L twgl/age.s
Professo r of Psyd/O/og}'; BA., Southwest State
Pro/essor of Hiolog),; B . S . , M . S . , P h . D . , Purdue n i vers i ty, 1 962, 1 964, 1 968-,
BI/ sin ess ; B . A . , Texas Christian U n ive rsit y,
1 97 3 .
Audrey S. Eyler, 1 98 1-,
1 962; A . M . , University of Chicago, 1 970.
linical
niversity, 1 975, 1 97 8 .
Unive rsi t y o f Nevada, L a s
M . A . L. S . , U n ive rs i ty of Denver,
Lutheran Univer
sity, 1 955; B.D., Luther Th eolo gi ca l Seminary,
Emo r y
Unda K. Gibson,
1 992-, Reference/Bibliographic
Anthony J . Evans, 1 988-,
of Social Work; BA., Pacific
B.S., Un iversity o f Nebraska, 1 96 7 ; M . A . , U n ivers ity o f South Dakot;t, 1 9 7 2 ; E d . D . ,
IlIStrllctioll Lib rar ian ; B.A., M i d l a n d Lutheran
1 9 73;
" ' Vernon R. Hanson, 1 970-, Associate Professo r
'ol lege , 1 96 2 ; M . M . ,
Kent P. Gerlach, 1 980-,
M . S . N . , U n i ve rs i t y o f
M . S . , S tan ford U n ive rs i t y, 1 965, 1 98 2 .
Milsic;
a l i forniJ, I r v i n e , 1 974.
Professor of
Rocheste r In:;titute o f 1i:chnology, 1 979.
B . A . , W h i t m a n College, 1 95 8 ; P h . D. ,
L. Egbers,
Associate
1 968; !VI .S.,
Christine L. Hansvick, 1 979-, Associate
Art; ssista l l t
O k l a h o m a , 1 980.
of
B.S., Oregon State U n i ve rs i t y,
Ass;,lllnt Professor of Nll rs i ng; B.S.N ., M . , ' . ,
Arthur Gee,
Associate Professor
B.A., \>Vestem M i ch iga n
Un iversi t y, 1 967;
Roger Gard, 1 974-.
Patricia H. Gaspar, 1 987-88, 1 991-,
Assistan t Professo r of
SUSftD Dwyer-Shidc., 1 984-,
1 968;
U n ivers i , of U ta h , 1 970; Ph.D., U n iv e rsity o f
Univcrsity o f Wisco n s i n , M i lwaukee, 1 972.
P h . D., U n i vers i t y of O re go n , 1 9 7 1 , 1 9 77. Cel.ine A. Dorner, 1 984-,
College,
U n i ve r s i ty, 1 986; M . S . , P h . D. , Au b u r n
Ml/sic; B. A. , I . u t h er
Ilv/a/hemat ics; B . S . ( P hys i cs ) , B.S. ( Mathemat
Gail
David H. H.ansen, 1 974-, Professo r of B io log),;
U n iversity, 1 9 8 9, 1 99 3 .
Brywn C. Dorner, 1 980-, Associate Professo r of
Sciellce;
Sarah Fuelling, 1 994-, Visiting A ssist/lil t
Profmor of Psycl/Ology; B.A., M ississippi S t a te
Matlzematics; B . A . , U n ive rs i t y o f Ro c hester,
•
David R . Huelsbeck, 1 989-. Associate Profess or of A llthropology; B . A . , U n i Madison, 1 9 7 4 ;
Un i versi ty,
'rsity of Wi s co n s i n ,
M . A . , P h . D. , 1 980, 1 9 8 3 .
Washington
State
F A C U L T Y
HllestiS, 1 96 1 -, Profe.ssor of �/"·mj5 t,.v: B.S., U n iversity of California, akeley, 1 956; Ph.D., U n i ve rsi ty of Califo rn ia,
sity
Davi.s, 1 960.
Mary Ann Kluge, 1 985-.
Patricia Hughes, 1 9 92-, A ssist a ll t Frofess o r 0/
Phys ical Educa tion;
M.ary
· !..a mence D.
Mlrsill!!,;
B.S.N. , Universi t y of Alabama, 1\-L .N .. Univcrs ity of
Birmingham, 1 9 74;
Texas, San An tonio, Georgia, 1 992.
B. . ,
h a p man Colle ge, 1 9 6 1 ; T h . M . , School
of Theology a t
Diane B. MacDonold, 1 987-, Associ"te
B.M . • M .A.,
Pacific Lutheran U n i ve rs i t y, I 'J54, a l i fornia,
P h . D . , Un iversity o f Was h ington. 1 982.
Profess o r of ( Fren dl ) ; B.A . . Princeton University,
Oregoll, 1 993. Renee M. Lang, 1 994-, Vis iti ng A ss ista n l Professo r of Pllysics; B.S . • M . S . , Montana State
1 983, 1 989 .
University. 1 982, 1 9R 5 ; D.Sci., Darmstadt
Robert J. J ensen, 1 96 8- . Associate Profess o r of Econo ,,"cs;
B.A..
ana College, 1 964; l"I . A .•
niversity o f Nehraska, 1 967. Kathleen
Nursing;
F. lett,
1 995-. Assistlll1t Professor of
. , M . S . N . , P h . ] ). , Univers ity of
B.S.
lorida, 1 975, 1 984, 1 994. 'chard J. Jobst. 1 967-. A ss o ci a te
Tec h n ical Un iversity. Germa ny, 1 9 92. •
Dorothy M. Langan, 1 989-,
Professor of Nllrsing; Dean. School of Nu rsi "g; B.S., Whit
worth ColI�ge, 1 9 6 1 ; M.S . • Un iversity l a n d . 1 97 3 ; Douglas
Professo r of
o f Mary
P h . D. • Gonzaga U n i versity,
1 98 4 .
W. Lee, 1 992-, A sso ci a t e Professor of
I-l is tory; B . A . • Lewis and Clark College, 1 967;
Sociology; B.A., University of 5Jn I'ranci.sco,
M . A ., U n iversi ty o f M ich igan, 1 969; P h . D.,
1 964; ,\'I . A . , Un iversity of Califo r n i a . Davis,
U n i ersity of C a l i fo rn i a , Santa Barbara, 1 97 9 ;
1 967.
J.D . • Nort hwestern School of Law,
Richard P. Jones, 1 96 9-. A ssocia te Professor o( EngiiJll; B.A., Harvard University, I %4; M . A .•
Paula H . Leitz, 1 989- 1 990. 1 994-. Vis it i llg
M.F.A . . Un.iversity of Massachusetts. 1 9 69. John
D. Kawula. 1 994 -, Refcre/lce l.ibrarian;
A ss is t a n t
Professo r 0/ Eduwtioll;
1 988.
B.A.,
University o f California, Davis, 1 97 1 ;
M.A . • 1 976;
Cali fornia State U n iversity, Sacramento,
1 981-, Director of COII B.S.N., S i mmons
C o l l ege, 1 958; M . Ed . • Ed.D . • Seattle Un iversity.
1. Main,
1 971-. P rofesso r of Biology;
B.S.Ed., M . S .Ed .• Chadron State Col.lege, 1 965, 1 966; P h . D .• Uni"ers i t )' of Was h ington. 1 9 70.
1. Moloney,
Nurs i ng; Director,
l.<lllgt lilges
1 974; M . A . • P h . D . , University o f Cal i fornia.
Cynthia Mahoney,
t il w ing Nu rs i ng EduCiltion;
C. Douglas Lamoreaux, 1 994-, Associate
Mark K. Jensen, 1 989-. Assistallt
Berkeley,
••
Patsy
Ph.D., University o f
1 9 80,
1 98 2 , 1 988 .
1 984. 1 995.
College, 1 969, 1 978;
Assista"t
B.S., M .S., P h . D . •
Massa chusetts Institute o f 'Technology,
1 973, 1 98 5 .
Professo r of Edtlcati,,,,; B.A., M . E d . , Linfield
61.
of Engineering;
John
M.A.,
1
Professor
Uni ersity o f Was h i ngton, 1 987. B.A . •
Pr o
Loyola Univer
I no.
Lallra A. Mac Ginitie, 1 993-.
Maria Luisa R. Lacabe, 1 992-,
1 9 RO.
P h . D., Iowa State University,
Law School,
Beth M . Kraig, 1 989-. Associale Professo r of
M.A., Western Washington University, A.M . , University of Chicago, 1 9 84; P h . D.,
1 969.
s i t y, Chicago, 1 970, 1 974; J . D. • John Marshall
M . E A . . D.M.I\ . • University
Visitil/g AssistClll I' Professor of J.al/gllages (Spa"ish);
1 957;
fessor of Business; B.A., M.B.A.,
Professor of
L Jansen, 1 980-, Professor of El lglish; B . . , .alifomia LLltheran University, 1 \172; MJ\., P h . D . , University of Washington, 1 973,
"Jo Ann S. Jensen, 1 967, Professor of Rio logy;
1 96 1 .
logical Semi nary, New Yo rk.
1 98 1 ;
1 9 7 7 ; · M . A . , Univcrsity of S o u t h ern
Chicago ) , 1 960; S.T. M . , P h . D . . Union Theo
H. Knapp, 1 959-. Professor oI Music; B.S .. M.S . • hi lliard School of Mu s i c , 1 949, 1 950; Ed. D., Te a c h ers College. Col u m b i a Univers i t y,
1 97 9 ;
Sharon
A . B . . M.A.,
Scminary ( LLltheran School of Theology at
Assistant Professor of
U.S., U n i versity o f Rho de
History; B.A . . S a n francisco State Un iversity,
l a remont, 1 9 64; P h . D. ,
laremont Graduate School, 1 968. •
Island, 1 9 52; M . D iv., Au gu s t a na Theological
of Iowa, 1 963, 1 9 6 5 . 1 967. 1 974. •
B.A., Augustana College, Rock
of Religion;
Island, 1 9 77; M .S., University o f Oregoll, 1 9 78.
lvII/sic;
1 984; P h . D. , Un iversi t ), of Wash i ngton, 1 992.
of Rdigio11;
'Lyman T. Lundeen, 1 988-89, 1 990-. Professor
1 9 76.
Jerry Kracht. I 967-{58, 1 969-,
1 982; I'\'I .S., Univers ity of Oregon,
Paw O. Ingram, 1 9 75-, Professo r
o r America, 1 966,
Professo r of
t h o l ic Univer
1 97 3 .
of
COlllmtillicntiol'l; B.A., Western Wash i ngto n Uni ve r s i ty,
1 986-, Associate
Calvin
1 9 80; Ed.D., U n iversity o f
Edwanl ' , Inch, 1 986-, Assoc ia t e Professor
Lou Klisch,
Nursi"g; B.S . N . , M . S . N., The
1 994, Assistant
Profess o ,. of
Cetlter Jor Continued Nu rsi l 1g
niversitl' of Maf)'iand, 1 974; M.A .. M.S.N., Catholic U n i versity of
Learning; B.S.N..
A.merica, 1 984; Ed.D., Universi ty of Southern C a L i fornia, 1 994. Lisa Marcus, 1 995-, Assi stan t
P rofessor of
Engl is h; B.A . • University o f Wisco nsin.
Madison. 1 986; M.A . •
Ph.D., Rntgers U n i ver
s i t y. 1 989 . 1 99 5 . Denuis J . Martin, 1 975-, Pro fessor of Biology;
B.S., I l l i nois State U n i vcrsit)"
1 969; M . S . ,
U n i versity o f N e w Mexico. 1 97 1 ; P h . D. • Utah State Un iversity, 1 975. Dennis M. Martin, 1 976-. Ass o ci a te
of Englis";
Professor
B.S . • Edinboro State College. 1 %4 ;
M.A . • P u rd ue University. 1 966; P h . D..
U ni versity o f Cal i fornia, Los Angdes, 1 973.
Profess or of His t ory; B.A., Pacific Lutheran U n i versit)"
Arthur D. Martinson, 1 966-.
1 957; M.A., P h . D .• Washington State Univer
sity, 1 % 1 . 1 966.
B.A., Trent University. 1 974; M . L . . Emory
Ph.D., U n iversity o f Wa shington, 1 9 8 8 .
Marilyn A. Masson. 1 995-. Visi ting A.ssista n t
Un iversity, 1 9 7 5 .
Jerome P. Le JellDe, 1972-, Associate Professor
Professo r ofAntlt ropology; B.A., Texas A
Keneher, 1 981 -. Associate Professor of PolitlClJI SciCllce; B . . , I lope Coll ege, 1 96 4 ; M. 1\ . . Northeastern University, 1 966; Ph.D.,
of Psycholog),;
Ann
nivers i t y o f Denver. 1 9 73. JoDee G. KeUer,
Social WO " k;
1 989-. Assistalll Professo r of
hicago.
(J( I l l i n ois. Chicaao. David
A.M . • I 'J7<i; P h . D. • Univers i t y
B.A., I-lope Co l l ege. 1 9 74 ;
University o f
B.A., Gonzaga Universit),. 1 964;
M . A . • Ph.D., U n iversi t y o f Vic((Jria. 1 970, 1 974.
Anna Y. Leon-Guerrero,
Profes or a/S Ki% g),;
1 993-. Assistant
B.A., Pacific Uiliversity,
1 9 8 3 ; M.A . • P h . D. , University
Los An g eks, 1 9 8 8 . 1 9 9 3 .
Jerrold }.erllOl, 1 973-, Professo r of Biology; B . A . , Luther College. 1 96 3 ;
1 98 7 .
T. Keyes, I % 9-, Professo r oIA,t; U.F.A. •
Un iversity o f Arizona, 1 964; M . A . • O h io State n i vcrsi ty, 1 966.
o f Californ.ia.
M, S., University of
\Yisco n s i n , Madison, 1 96 5 ; P h . D .• No rthwest ern Un i ve rs i ty. 1 9 73. Marilyn A. Levinsohn, 1 992-, Ass ocia te Professor oI Nu,.sillg;
U.S.N . • M . P.H., Univers ity
E. Kibbey, 1 988-. Assis t",.,t Proli'ss o r of Ulisiness; B.S., M . A .• O h i o 'itllte Univ � rsity, 1 965, I %8; M .S . , P h. D., Portland State
of M i n nesota, 1 968, 1 978.
U n i vl! rsi ty. 1 9 8 7 , 1 99 .
of Edllcatioll;
Patricia O'Connei l KiUen, 1 989-. Associate
1 9 76; M AT.. l.ewis and Clark College, 1 979;
Professor of }{i'ligion; B.A .. Gonzaga
Ph.D..
" Richard
n ivers i t )',
1 974; M . . , P h . D .. S t a n ford U n i ver s i ty, 1987.
1 976.
M.arta ' . Kirk , 1 9' 2-. A.ssistal/t Professor of
5.1\'1., Peabody ConstTvatory o f Music, 1 987; M. M . , Unive.rs i r )' o f Massachusetts, 1 99 2 .
Music;
ttbew J. Klassen, 1 995-. Visiti"g Assistant
rolesso r of Ma tllClilal ics; B.S., P h . D.. ni e.rsity of A.rizona. 1 986. 1 <)<) 3 .
!..a ura F. Klein, 1 979-. Profess o r o fAI/thmpol ogy; B.A., M.A . . Ph.D., New York Univer it)', 1 \lO8 , 1 970, 1 9 75 . .
Jan Patricia
Lewis, 1 98 9-, Associate Professor B . A .• Oregon State University.
niversi t y o f Orego n.
1 989.
JohnA. Lindbo, 1 994-. Assistallt
Professo,. of
Biology; B.S., PacifiC Lutheran University. 1 9 8 6 ; P h . n. , Oregon S t a t e Uniwl·sity. 1 993. Joanne M. Li�sky) 1 995-, IlIslrllC/or of CO""lIl1l1imtioll; B.A., niver,it), of Nevada, Reno, 1 9S 5 ; M.A . . o uthwest M i ssouri State U n i versity, 1 993; P h . D . cand., University o f Wa s h i n gt o n . Brian E. Lowe" 1 96 8-. Profcssor of fort It Scietlct!s; B.S., Univcrsit), of London. 1 9 5 7 ; M .S . . Queens Un iversity, 1 9 6 3 ; Ph .D., U n i ver
sity
of Wa s h i ngton,
1 9 72.
&M
Un ivcrsity, 1 98 2 ; M . S . , Florida State Univer sity, 1 989; P h . D . , University o f Texas, Austin, 1 993.
1. Mathers, 1 964-66. 1 968-, A sso cia te Professor of Edlleatioll; B . A .• M .A . • Central Was h i ngton Uni versity, 1 9 53. 1 96 I ; M . A . • Pacific Lutheran Univcrsiry, 1 9 74; Ed.D.,
"Marjorie
Seattle U n i versity, 1 9 80. Dixie Matthias, 1 975-, A djllllct Profess or
Biology;
of
B.S. , Pacific Lutheran Univers i t y. 1 962;
M.S., University of Wa s h i ngton, 1 96 5 . tShannoD K. Mayer,
1 993-, Assista"t Professor
of Pllysics; B . S . , Pacific Lutheran University. 1 9 87; M.S., Oregon State University. 1 98 9 .
Joseph E . McCann, I I I , 1 992-, Business;
Professor o(
De(lIJ, School of Bus;" ess; B . A . ,
M.B.A., Univers i t y
"f Washi ngton, 1 968. 1 975;
M . A., P h . D . , The Wharton Schoo l . Un iversity
of Pen nsylva nia, 1 980.
Katherine M. McDade, 1 98 9-, Associate Pro
fe,·sor a/ Sociology; B.S., Duquesne 1 966; M .S., P h . D . • Univers ity
n i versity.
of O rego n ,
1 978,
1 9 85.
Susan J. McDonald, 1 975-,
l.ilJrary Rel�rerl(e
Services;
Supervisor of
B.A., M . L.S.,
Universi ty or Wa shington, 1 969. 1 970. Richard McGinnis, 1 972-. Professo r
.
of Bi o logy;
B.S .• Padfic Lutheran Un ivers i t y, 1 ':>63; P h . D .. University of ' o u thcrll C a l i fornia, 1 974.
F A C U L T Y
LoDette L. McGraw, 1 9 95-, AssistalH ProJessor of £dllcotioll; B.S., Ea s t e r n Montan;1 College, 1 96 1 ;
M.A., Was h i ngton
State Un iversi t y,
Suzanne Rahn, 198J-, A ssocia te
Psychology; B.A., Gto rge Wa�h i ngton Univer
En lis h; B.A . , S c ri pps College,
Jon J. Nordby, 1 Y77-, Associate ProJessor of
Judith Ramaglia, 1 982-, flssista n t Professor of
g
o i ty; 1 964 ; P h . D . , C o rn e l l Un iversity, 1 97 1 .
1 9 8 3 ; P h . D. , Sta n fnrd Univ e rsi t y, 1 9 9 1 .
ProJessor oj
Jesse D. Noiph, 1 968-, A ssoci a te ProJessor of
1 966; P h. D. ,
Uni,-ersity of Washington, 1 985.
Ilrin McKenna, 1 992- , Assistc m t ProJe�so r oj
Ph i losop hy; B . A . , St. O la f CoUege, 1 970; M . A . ,
Philosophy; B . A . , Cla remon t McKenna College,
BlIsiness; A . B . , S m i t h College, 1 966; M . A. ,
P h . D . , U n iv er si ty of Massachusetts, 1 9 7 5 , 1 9 7 7 .
U n iversi ty of Colorado, 1 96 8 ; P h . D . , Univer
1 98 7 ; M . A., Ph.D., Purdue Un ive rs i ty, 1 990,
Philip A. Nordquist, 1 963-, Professor oj
1 99 2 .
Hist o ry; B . A . ,
David E . McNabb, 1 979-,
e
1 960, 1 964.
Fullerton, 1 965; M . A . , Un i vers i ty of Washin g
Rachel
ton, 1 968; Ph.D., Orego n S t ate U n ivers i ty,
Madison, 1 97 8 ; M . Phi!., Ph.D., Geo rge
Paul T. Menzel, 1 97 1 -, ProJessor oj Ph i losop h)';
1 964; B.D., Yale
1 967; P h . D. , Va n derh ilt
Un iversi ty,
'Douglas E . Oakman,
P h . D. , U n iversi ty of Ore go n , 1 967, 1 970.
Chip E. Miller,
1 99 1 -, Assistant
M . Di v. , C h r s i t S�mjllary-Semincx, 1 979; P h . D. , Grad ua te T heo l o g ic a l U n io n , B e rkel e y, 1 986.
1 980,
M.S., I nd ia na Univcr i t y, 1 9 65; P h . D . , Univer· sity of New V I [cxico, 1 98 1 .
1 987; Ph . D. , Univers i t y o f
David M . Olson, 1 968-, Profc5sor oj Physi ca l
Wa shi ngton , 1 990. Gary L. Minetti, 1 970-, Assoc ia te
Professor oj
Education, Di recto r oj COI.I/'lselillg alld Tes t i llg
e
Lutheran Un ive rs i ty, 1 967;
Ph.D., University of Wa s h i n gto n , 1 976.
1 95 1 ;
M . Ecl" Ed. D.,
Un ive rsi t y of
ol ora do,
Professor oj
oj Nll rsing;
B . S . N . , M . N . , Ph.D., Un ive r s it y o f Wash i ng tOil, B.A., Whitman C o l l e ge, 1 97 1 ;
M . A . , P h . I l. , Columbia
Bradford L Moore,
n iversity, 1 98 3 , 1 98 5 .
1 959, 1 964, 1 986 . 'Dick W. Olu{s, / 982-, Associate
ton, 1 9 7 4 ; M . A . , P h . D . , Pe n n sylva n ia State
oj Physiwl Education; B . S . , Portland S ta te
DeIwi Owens, 1 985-, ProJessor of Educatioll;
1 9 78.
B.A.,
ProJessor of Busilless; B . B.A . ,
n ivers i t y of
B.S.,
sity, 1978; Ph.D. , Uni vers ity o f Ed i n b urgh,
Memphis
ta t e
niver
i t y, 1 966;
M .S.,
Ph.D., S o u t hern Illi nois U n i ve rs i t y,
1 993; C.P.A., S ta t e of Wa s h i n gt o n , 1 972.
Cleo M. Pass, 1 990-,
Psychology; B . A . , Un iversity o f H awai i, 1 97 1 ;
Professor ofNursillg; B.S.,
Pace University, 1 975; M . A . , M.Ed . , Teach e rs
M . A . , Ph.D., University o f Rochester, 1 974,
Coi lege, CoLumbia University, 1 9 76, 1 977;
1 97 7 .
D.S.N., Uni ver s l l ), of Al aba ma , 1 983.
Darlean A . Mosher, 1 984-, Associate ProJessor
John E. Petersen, 1 96 7-, ProJessor oj Relig io n;
n.s., I nd i a n a Central U n ivers i ty, 1 966; M.S., Eastern I l li n ois Universi ty, 1 9 8 1 ; P h . D., S o u t he r n I l l i n o is U n ivers i ty,
oj EdllCllIiOll;
Carbondale, 1984. Robert L. Mulder, 1 98 7-, Professor oj Education; B•
.
B.A., S t.
Gerald M. Myers, 1 982 -, Associate PmJessor oj
Husiness;
B.S., University o f Massac hu set ts,
Mathemcztics;
M .S., Western Wash i n gton Un i versit )" 1 967; 'Norris A. Peterson, 1 98 1 -, ProJessor
Eeo r/ o lll ies; B.A.,
Music; n . M . E., M.A., West 'Iexas
State Un i ve r
Charles T. Nelson, 1 967-, R egis t ra r; B.S.,
Oak ta Stare Col lege, 1 963; M . A . , Adams S t a t e
Co l lege, 1 964. Gregol'Y D. Nel·son, 1 9 92-, Assista n t ProJessor EduCll t ion; B .
. , Rice Un iver s i t y, 1 973; M.A.,
P h . D . , Un ive rsity o f \ a s h i n gto n , 1 98 7 , 1 99 1 .
Borton L. Nesset, 1 967-, Associate ProJess o r oj Chez"i try; B.A . , S I . Olaf College, 1 95 7 ; I'/I .S., P h . D. , Pu rdue U n ivers i t y, 1 960, 1 962.
Pacific Lutheran Uniwrs i ty,
U n iver s i ty o f University o f
Karl R . Rickabaugh, 1 9 75-, ProJessor oj Edu· . , Un iver s i ty o f Ut a h , 1 970, 1 97 5 .
David P. Robbins, 1969-, ProJessor ofM l Is ic;
B.M.,
I"I . M . , Un ive rs i ty of M ich iga n, 1 96 8 ,
Marylou V. Robinson, 1 Y93-, Ciinicnl
J
Assis ta n t Pro esso r oJ
Nu rsing; B . S . N . , Univer
sit)' of Ma ryl a n d , 1 9 74; M.S.N., Catholic U n ive rsit y o f Ameri c a, 1 9 8 1 . Moshe Rosenfeld, 1 986-, ProJesso r oj Com p uter Science; M . Sc., P h . D. , Hebrew Univers i t )t
of Jerusalem, 1 963, 1 967.
s
Clifford G. Rowe, / 980-, ProJe so r oj COIll I I I l I l'licatiol/; B . A . , Pacific University, 1 958; Roya R. Sabeti, 1 995-, Visiting Assista n t ProJessor of Physi cs
azul
E"gincerillg: B . S . , M . S . ,
1 99 1 .
Jacqueline
c. Savis,
s
/ 995-, Visiting Assistant
Education; B.A.,
Un i versi ty of M i n ne s o ta, 1 988; M . E d . , Florida
State Un i ve rs i t y, 1 992; P h . D. , Universit)·
of
Vi rgi n ia , 1 99 5 . ' Carolyn W. Schultz, 1 974-79, 1 982-. ProJessor M.A., Pacific Lutheran University, 1 974; Ed.D., Seattle U nive rs i t y, 1 98 2 . John T. Scrnggs, 1 993-, Visiting A ss is
tll n t
B.S., United St3tes Naval
s i ty of Was h ington, 1 993. David O. Seal, 1 977-. Associate Professo r oj S t . O l a f College,
1 968;
. 1-.'1 . ,
Maureen
E. McGill Seal,
1 977-, Associ a te
ProJessor oj Plzysi({ll Educa ti o n; B.F.A., Un iver\i t y o f Utah, 1 974; M.A., Wes tern Was h i ngton University, 1 977.
Princeton Theo l o gica l Scmin'lry, 1 966, 1 97 1 .
Adv is ing; B . A . , M . A . , P h . D . , Un i versi ty o f
Dellll of rlmissions; M . B.A., Pacific Lutheran n ivers it )', 1 979; E d . D., eattlc University, 1 986.
Richard A. Seeger, 1 9 7.3-, Director, Academic
Laura J. Polcyn, 1 975-,
Wa s h i ngton,
B.B.A.,
F. Thomas Sepic, 1 979-, ProJessor vIBllsiness;
1 974,
" Barbara Poulschock, 1 976-, Assistant Professo r oj Music; B.M., Pacific I .u t he r a n U n iv(Ts i t y, 1 97 7 . •
M .S.,
B.A., Wartburg College, 1 956; B.D., Wa r t bur g
T h eo l o g ical Sem ina ry, 1 960; T h . M . , P h . D . ,
Univers ity. 1 992.
Con necticut, 1 972; Colorado, 1 9 R 4 .
P h . D . , Un ive rsi ty o f Ch i cago, 1 969, 1 97 7 .
Walter E. Pilgrim, 1 9 7 1 -, ProJessor oj Ji e lig io / /;
s i ty, 1 977, 1 982; D.M .A., A rizo na State
U.S.,
ProJessor oj Nu rs ing;
English ; B.A.,
of
1 975; Ph.D., Un i ve rsi t y o f M i n n eso t a , 1 98 1 .
n ive rs it y of fowa , 1 983.
B u ffa lo, 1 993.
Acad e my, 1 983; M . B . A . , Ph . D . can d . , Univer
B . S . , I owa State Univers ity, 1 960;
P h . D. , U n i ve r s i ty o f K,l nsas, 1 973.
L. Richard Nance, 1 992-, Assistallt ProJessor oj
New Yo r k at
MicheUe T. Renaud, 1 994-, Clinical Assistant
ProJesso r of Business;
' Gary D. Peterson, 1 967-, Professor of
1 965; M . S . , U n i versity of MLsou r i , Col u m b i a , 1 975; Ph.D.,
O l a f College, 1 958; n.D., Luther
Theological S e m i n a ry, 1 963; M.A., Ph.D., New
, C a l v i n Col lege, 1 969; M .A . ,
Rochester, 1 988; P h. D. , State Unive rs i ty o f
oj Nursitlg; B.S.N., Un iv e rsi t y of Ill i n o is , 1 968;
Yo rk U n i ve rs i ty, 1 965, 1 9 70.
P h . D . , M i h iga n S ta te U n ive rsity, 1 9 7 2 , 1 983.
ProJesso r oj Philosoph)'; B.A., U n ive ,. :i t y o f
ProJesso r oj Phy i ca l
Carbondale, 1 968, 1 974.
ProJessor oj
Eric H. Reitan, 1 993-, Visiting Assistnrzt
P h . D . , Un i v�rsity o f M i ss o u r i , 1 984, 1 98 5 ,
William E . Parker, 1 970-, P roJesso r of Tlzmtrc;
Wa sh i n gto n , 1 963; M.S., Gol d e n Gate U n ive r
John N. Morlt.sugu, 1 975-,
M . A . , Ed . D . , Uni ers ity o f Northern
Colorado, 1 972, 1 97 3 , 1 97 5 .
, Visiting Assistant
d.D.,
M .S.J., No rt hwes t er n University, 1 963.
niversit y, 1 976, 1 979.
Uni ve rs i t y, 1 9 74; M . S . , Un i ve rsi t y of Oregon , Harold D. Moreland, 1 99 "
Professo r of
Politicnl Scierzce; B . A . , Unive rs i ty o f Washing
1 9 8 0-, Associate ProJessor
Ed., Un ivers i t y o f lex as, 1 9 7 1 ;
1 969.
n i versi t y o f Neb raska , 1 9 7 1 .
Linda N. Olson, 1 967-, ProJesso r
. Christine Moon, 1 989-, Associate ProJessor oj
Psychology;
Franklin C. Olson, 1 97 1 -,
Fd.D.,
1 953, 1 96 2 .
B.S.
Edllcation;
M . S., Ph.
B.A., Concordia Co l leg e , of M inne
1 958; M .S., Oregon State Un i ve rs i t y, 1 964;
tion; B.A., Concordia College, M oorh ea d ,
Leon E . Reisberg, 1 98 / -, ProJes;or 0/
Director ojA t h l£tics;
Edu ca t ion; B.S., Uni ve rs it), o f 'outh Dakota,
" Richard D. Moe, 1 965-, Professor oj Edu ca
Pacinc Lu th e ra n Univers i t y,
1 9 79; Ph.D., U n ive r s ity o f Was h i n gt o n, 1 98 8 .
cation; B . S . , Montana State University, 1 963;
sota, 1 957; P h . D . . U n ivers i ty of Iowa, 1966. •
Econo m i cs; B.A.,
Edllcation; Dean, School oj Physiml Edllca tion; Moo rh ead , 1 956; M . A . , U n ive rsi t ),
Se r vic s; B.S. , Was hi ngton State Un ive rsity, 1 960; M . A . , Pacifi
ProJc5sor of PII)'sica/
Ed u ca t i o ll; B . S . , O rego n S tat e U n ivers i t y, 1 95 8 ;
P rofess o r oj
Busilless; B . A . , M . B.A., M .A . , Un i ver si t y of Kansas, 1 976,
/ 988-, Associa te ProJes 10\ ,I, 1 975;
' Sara A. Officer, 1967-,
Mark A. Reiman, 1 988-, Associate ProJessor of
U n ive rs ity o f Ka nsa s , 1 9 8 1 .
sor oj R el ig ion; B.A., U n iversi ty of
N. Christian Meyer, Jr., 1 970-, Professor oj
1 9 8 2.
sity o f Was hi n gt o n, •
M . Ed . , Un ive r s i ty o f Arkansas, 1 97 2 ;
Wa s hi n gt oll U n ive rsit y, 1 986, 1 99 4 .
n ive rsi t y, 1 97 1 .
Mathe m a t ics; B . A . , Reed College, 1 966; M . A . ,
A. Nugent, 1 99 / -. Assistant Professor n.A., U n i ve rs i t y of Wisconsin,
of Economics;
1 98 1 .
College o f Wooster,
U n ive rsi ty,
1 956; M . A . , P h . D., Univers ity o f Was h ingto n,
ProJessor oj
B us in ss; B.A., Cal i fo rn ia State Un iversity,
Provost lind Dean oj Gra d u a te Stlldies; B.A.,
Pacific Lutheran
1 968, 1974.
B . S . B.A., Denver University, 1 964; M . B . A . ,
Seattle U n ivers i ty, 1 972; P h . D . , Un iversi t ), o f Washington, 1 979.
S. Erving Severtson, 1 .966-83, 1 986-, Vice
James R. Predmore, 1 977-, Associate ProJessor oj Lallgu(/ge (Spll //ish); B.A., Swa rt h m o re Colkge, 1 96 7 ; M .A . , M i d d lehury College, 1 969; P h . D., U n ive rs i t y of Wash i n g ton ,
1 966,
1 '1 77.
Pres i de n t and Dean Jar St udent
LiJe, ProJessor
oj Psychology; B.A . , Pac i fi c Lutheran Univer
s it y, 1 9 5 5 ; B . D. , Luther T h e o lo g i a l Sem i n a ry, 1 959; M .A . , U n iversi t), of Wyo m i n g, 1960;
F A C U L T Y
Ph . D., U n ivers i t y of
t,l h , 1 966; Di pl o ma te in
merican Iloard of
lilllcal Psy" h ology.
'0
ro� -sional Psy holo S Y, [ 977 . Earl
'ic'ien res; B . A . , State of New Yo rk. 1 9 7 2 ; M . A . , P h . D., o f Con ncc t icut, 1 9 74, 1 984.
DC'lIn, D ivision of Soc iii I Univers it '
' RocheUe I!. Sn«, 1 981-, Associmc
LallglwgilS M a ryland,
Professor of
laSSIes); B.A ., Un ivers ity of 1 969; M . A . , P h . I ). , Un ivers ity
(
of
Wash ingto n , 1 972, 1 98 1 . Richard A . Sp8.l'ks, 1 983-, As soc i are
o/Mllsic;
S.M.,
P rofessor
M.A., Un iversity ot' Was h j ng
ton, 1 976, 1 980.
M.A., Un iversit y o f
Polit ical Scielt(;e; B . A . ,
Arizona. 1 96 3 , 1 968; P h . D. , Washingto n, 1 977.
U n i vers i t v'
of
'Olml l l / l J lealiol l; Deal!, School of the A rl ';
BA.,
niver,; ry o f Virgln i a , 1 970; M . A " P h . D . , s , 1 91' 5 , 1 978.
Prufessor 0/ ami Engineerillg; B.A.,
Glenn A. Van Wybe, 1 9 79-, Associate Professor of B l I siness;
nive rsit ), of S outh Dakota.
l>.A.,
1 96 8 ; M . D iv., \<\estm inster Theological
Sem inary, 1 9 74;
David
M.A.,
Illvcrsity of Iowa,
niversity of Washi ngton, 199 I .
1. Vinje,
1 970-, Professor of Econollli!:s;
B.S., North Dakota State Un i versit y, 1 96 2 ;
M .S.,
P h . D. ,
1 975; P h . D. . Utah Statc
U n iversity, 1 97 8 .
B.I\.,
L Stivers,
U n ive rsi t y of Wisconsin,
Yo le
n iversity, 1 9 62 ; M . D iv., Union
Theological Seminary, Col u m b i<\
U n ivers it y,
New York,
1 969; Ph.D.,
1 97 3 .
Cheryl Lee Siorm, 1 985-, Associate P rofess o r
of Mar riage and Fa m ily Therapy; B.A.,
o f Minnesota, 1 972; M . A . i l l Ed . • of Sl. Thomas. 1 977; P h . D . , Purdue
U n iversity
a ollege , . nive r s i t y.
1 98 2 .
ol ieBc, 1 952; M . A .• P h . D . • U n iversit y of
1 l i n nc.s o ta , 1 956, 1 967.
a
U niversity
Cal i forn ia , Los Angeles, 1 96 4 , 1 967.
n iversity of lvl i nnesota,
Ph . D. ,
B,S .• M.A.,
1 9(5,
1 970, 1 972;
M.A., University of I l l i n oi s , 1 97 1 .
Fonest West«ing, 1 972-. Professor of P/lys ica i l;ducation;
B.S.,
Un iversity of
Nebraska,
Omaha, 1 95 2 ; A . M . , Ed.D., University of Northern Colorad o, 1 960, 1 9 66. ' 'Jill M. Whitman, 1 988-, J),soeiale P ro/essor of
EMlh Sciences; B.A.,
D i eg o,
1 98 9 .
1 985-, Associale ProF'ssor of &illcatiolt; B.A., U n i ve rsit y o f Pu get Sou n d , 1 969; M . Ed., Western Was h i ng
ton
U nivers it y.
1 979; Ph.D., Univers i t y
Tamara R. Williams, 1 994-, Associale Pro
Univcrsit)', 1 98 1 ; P h .D., University of
1 % 3 ; M , S .W., Hunter College, City
1 968;
of
Was h i n gton, 1 98 5 .
Uni v e r s ity, 1 979;
n i versit y, nivers i ty
M.Ed., E d . D . , Columbia
Un iver :; i t)' Teachers College, 1 989, 1 9 90.
of Physi cs;
Kwong-Tin Tang, 1 967-, Professor
M i c h i gan , 1 989 . Sylvia H. Wood,
M.A.,
Pennsylvan ia State
1 993-, Assistallt Professor of
T'lrsing; B.S . • . , Murray State Universi ty, 1 972;
M.S.N., U n ivers it y of Kentuc k)',
1 9 78.
I3.S., M .A. , Univers i t y of Was hi n gton. 1 95 8 , 1 9S9; Ph.D., Co l um b ia University, 1 965 .
Dane W. Wu, 1 994-, Assistallt Professor of
Barbara Temple-Thurston, 1 990-, Associale
( C h i n a ) , 1 98 2 , 1 985; M.S., J o h n Carroll
B.A., ni wrsit y of Wit · M ' s. Ed . , Ph.D. • S o ut h e rn
Professor ofFIlKlisft; watersrand, 1 9 7 1 ; I l l i nois
nivers i l Y. 1 9 79, 1 98 5 .
Steven D . Th.rasber. BlIsiness;
R.n.
1 980-,
" M .B .
. , University o f
M ichigan, 1 96 3 , 1 9M ; P h . D . .
orthwestern
n ivcrsit y, 1 974. Walter L. Tomsic, 1 9 70-, Associn r �
Professor of
Art; B.S . E., rkansas State U n i versi ty, M.F. . , U lli,'e r, i t y of Colorado, 1 % 7.
1965;
heri J. TODD, 1 979-, Professor of Chelllistry;
Dealt, Di"j iOIl of Nat L/ ral Scien : B.S., Oregon tate U n i versity. 1 97 1 ; P h . ])., Nort h
western U n iversity, 1 976.
1 96 7-, Associllle P rofessor of , "guage.> ( orwegi<l ll); B.A., U nivers i ty of Oslo, 1 964; M . A . , U n i ver i t y of Was h i ngto n , 1 967, dUD T. Toven,
Visiting Assi,rallt B.S., U n i ers it y o r
Karen M. Travis, 1 995-, Professor Puget
ofLcollolnics;
Mathematics;
B.S. ,
M .S . , Xiamen University
University. 1 99 1 ; P h . D. ,
U n ive r s i ty
of
Wisco nsi n , IVlilwaukee, 1 994. Weihe Xu. 1 994-, Visiting Assistant Professor of
Professor of
ound, 1 986; M.A., Ph.D.,
niversit), o f
. , U n iversi t y of M ichigan,
86.
73; B.S.,
I�egellcy Professor,
1 972-
nivers ity o f O re gon. 1 94 8 ; M.S.,
Lallgrwges (Ch illese); B . A . ,
U nive rs it y ( Ch i na ) ,
J n j i ng
onnal
1 9711; M . A . ( E nglish and
A merican Lirerature), M.A. ( C h i nese and
Comparative Literat u re ) , Ph,D. c a n d . , Wash i ngton
n iversi t y, 1 9 89. 1 9 90 .
William F. Yager, 1 987-, A » o cia te Professor of Bt/siness; B.S. M .E. , nivers i ty of California. Berkeley. 1 96 1 ; l'v! . B. A . , Har�ard Univcrs'i t)" 1 963; Ph . D . ,
U n iver, i ty of Oregon ,
199 1 .
David C. Yagow. 1 976-, A ssociate Provost; B.A . ,
C o n co rdia Senior College, Fo rt W,lyn c. 1 '165; M . D iv. • Concordia Semin ary, S t . Lou is, 1 '169.
Suzl1DJJ e Y. Yerian. 1 995-, Assistant Profess or
of Educalion; B.A., George M aso n Un iversity, 1 973; B . S . , M . A .T., U n i versit y of Al a ska, Fairbanks. 1 98 2 , 1 9�6; Ph.D., U n ive rs i t y o f Washington , 1 9 95.
1 965; C.P. A . , State o f
Leave,
1 995-96
•
Sabbatical
••
Phased RelirClllettt Program
t
Leave ofAIJscllce, 1 995-96
HONORARY FACULTY Nancy J, Connor, 1 995-, Campus Past or ; B.S. i n Ed . • Minot
S tate College,
Trin i ty l.uthe.ran
Dennis G, Sepper, 1 995-,
13.1\., Univers i t y
1 976; M . D i . ,
cminary, 1 9 80. ampl/s Pas/or;
o f M ich igan , 1 9 76 ;
Tri n i r y Lutheran
S elll i na ry,
1 98 0 .
M . D iv. ,
Middlebury College,
<I
of New York,
of
fessor of Ln nguages (Spa nish); B.A . , Queen's
St. J o h n's
1 980; M.M . • D.M .
1 98 2 , 1
uf M i n ncsot a ,
' Donald R. Wentwortb. 1 972-, ProfC5sor of
Alexander G. Szabo, 1 994-, Assistant Professor
Soci(ll Work; B.I\.,
Un ive r s i t y,
Wash ington.
Gffgory J. Williams,
State
S ta te
M ad is on , 1 989.
C(,lIege, S i ou x Un iversi ty of Wisconsin,
U ni versity of C a l i fornia, San
B . A . , Bemidji
Fa m ily Thempy; B.A ., Wash in g 1 966; M .S.W., Califo rn ia S tate University. Fresno. 1 968; Ph.D., Purdue Univer si y, 1 980. Gregory L Youtz, 1 984-, A ssoc i ate Profmor of NIl/sic; B.A ., B.M., Un ivers ity of Wash i n gt on , to n
Colum b i a University, 1 949; P h . D . , Un ive rsit y
FaJls, 1 9 H4; P h . D.,
Duane D . Swank:, 1 970-, Professor of
ulIlgutlges (Gcrma tt!;
Charles D. York, 1 98 1 -, Associa te Professor of
Citemistry; B . A . , Aug ust an a
eftemislry; B.S.,
Rodney N. Swensun, 1 968-, Professor of
1 96 5 ; Ph.D.,
Col u m bia Un iversity, 1 972.
Professor ofBusiness;
1 97R; M.S., University uf Miami, 1 9H 1; Ph. D. ,
Was h i n g to n State U n i versit)" 1 964 ; P h . D . , Montana S tale U n i versity, [ 969; M.O.A.. Pacific l.utheran U ni versit y. 1 982.
U n ivcrsity, 1 962;
" Dwlgbt ), Zulauf, 1 94 9-5 3, 1 959-85, 1 9 90-,
1 96 4 ,
Dean A. Waldow, 1 9 92 -, Assistant Professo r of
Economics alld Eelllca.tioll; 1 973-, Professor of Religi on;
M .S., Tsinghua U n i vers i ty, Marriage and
Au s ti n . 1 99 1 .
Ll I1glwges (Germall); Il.A., M . A . ,
Robat
and Physics; B.S., Tll n gh ai
Professo r of TIming; B.S., M . S . , U n ive rsit y of C olorado, I ':166; P h .D., Universi t y o f TeX'as,
Paul M. Webster, 1 969-, Ass oci te Professor
of U t ah ,
1 967 , 1 969.
'Cbang-U Yiu, 1 973-, Professor of M.l IitclIla lics
Ber .. ley, 1 '169.
COli/pliler Science U n i v 'rsity
Edu(.(ltioll; A.B . • M.L-S., Indiana Un ivers ity,
Margaret A. Vancini, 1 99 1 -, Associate
Richard J, Spillman, 1 98 1 -,
West e r n Was h i ng t oll University, 1 97 1 ; M .A.,
•
Cathleen L. Yener, 1 986-, Assistallt Professor of
1 988-, )\ssociate Pro
1 970,
Christopber H. Spicer, 1 978-, Professor of
of '!}.
n.
s i t y, 1 958; Ph.n., University o f California,
1 977; Ph.D.,
Wallace H . Spen�r, 1 974-, Assislant Professor
Univer. ity
epb W, Upton,
fessor 0/ Engineering; B.S., Princeton Un ivcr
milh, 1 992-, Professor of Sociology;
U n l v ersi ty
Wa s hi n gton , 1 990, 1 9 9 5 .
ADMINISTRATIVE FACULTY ASSOCIATES Sheila
B.A . ,
M.. Conner, 1 995-, Assistal,t RegistrM; Lu t hera n Un iversi t y, 1 985; M . A . ,
Pacific
I n d iana U n ivers ity o f Pennsylvania, 1 99 1 . lone S. Crandall, 1 9 93-, 1 irector,
Cell tel' for
Pllblic Service; B.A., Smith College, 1 9 64; M . A . , Columbia University, 1 96 8 .
Cristina del Rosario, 1 978-, Director of Multi [tlinic Resou rce Center; B.A., M .A . , Pacific Lutheran Universi ty, 1 9 75, 1 986; Ed.D . • Un i versity of
Wa s hi n gton,
1 994.
Camille Eliason, 1982-, Associate lJean of Adm issions; B.A. E., M . A . in E d . , Paci fic Lutheran University, 1 959, 1 96 8 . Lauralee Hagen, 1 978-, Direclor of A l u m n i alld Parelll Relations; B . A . E . , M.A. in E d . , Pacific Lutheran
U n iversit y,
1 975, 1978.
Kirk Isakson, 1 977-. Director of Television
Services; B.A., Washington State U niversity, 1 974.
Jeff Jordan, 1 989-, Director for Residential Life anel At/xiliary Services; B . A . , H o u g h ton
C ol l eg e , 1 9R 3 ; M. S ., State Un ive rsi ty of New
York at Buffalo, 1 9 8 5 .
Alene 1. Klein, 1 978-, Associale Director, CO l l l lseli ng and Testillg Services; E d . , Pacific Lut heran
U n ivers ity,
B.S.
.,
M.A. in
1 975, 1 978;
Ed.D., Sea t t l e U n i versity, 1 9R7. Roberta J. Marsb, 1 9 79-, Assista llt to the
President; B.A., Pacific Lut heran Univers i ty, 1985.
Manager, KPLU·J'M; B . A . , M . D iv .• Concordia S em i n a ry, St. Lou i s, 1 9 5 5 , 1 95 R ; t"LA . , S t . Louis Univer s i ty, 1 959; P h . D .• North we s te rn Un ive rsi t y, Martin J . Neeb, 1981-, GelJeral
1967.
Larr y W. Nelson. 1 988-, f)irector a/lllslitu tiollal Research and Assessmellt; Il.A. i n Ed.,
F A C U L T Y
M.Ed., Western
Washi ngton Universit}',
1968,
D irector of COlllmunica B.P.A., Cleveland Institute of Art, 1 969;
Paul Porter, 1 9 74-, tiolls;
Burton T. Ostenson, 1 94 7-77,
Earrll
Sciences
Arne K. Pederson, 1 956-89, EriuCCl tion
1 973.
M.F.A., Roch�ster Institute of Tech no log}" 1 ':17 1 .
Patricia E. Roundy, 1 986-,
Prog ra m ; B.A.,
Bucknell,
D ire {/" o r,
A URA
niversi ry, 1 97 2 ;
M . A . , P h . D . , U n iversit}' of Pittsburgh, 1 974, 1 979.
Janel L. Rutledge, 1 982-, Director of Blidget
(lnd Fiscal Affa i rs;
B.Il.A., M . Il.A., Paci.fic
Lutheran University, 1 9 82, 1 99 1 .
Wanda M. Wentworth, 1 980-, Director,
Academic Assisftl llcC Prog ra m ; Il.A., Univers it y
of M i n nesota, 1 973;
M.A.,
Pacific Lutheran
niversity, 1 979.
Paul M. Reigstad, 1 947-48, 1 958-90, El lg lish
Lois F. Rhoades,
1 980-91,
Nursing
William O. Rieke, 1 975- 92, President
Kelmer Nelson Roe, 1 947-67, Religi oll
Greek
Eldon L. Schafer, 1 97,1- 9 1 ,
alld
Business
Work
Ernst C. Schwidder, 1 967-9 1 , A rt Maurice Skones, 1 964-83, 1 992, Music
Lynn S. Stein, 1 96 1 -8 1 , Educa t io n
1 973-91, Nursillg
Doris G. Stucke, 1 96 7-83, Musi Ilg
Frederick L. Tobiason, 1 966-91, Chem is t ry Ann K. Tremaine, 1 972- 9 1 , Music Lenora B. Weirick, 1 973-80, 1 982-87, Nursing
EMERITI Harry S. Adams, 1 94 7-93, Physics CII.arles D. Anderson,
1 95 9- 91,
Chelllistry
Luther W. Bekemeier, 1 976-92, Vice
President for Development
Miri m Ruth Beckman, 1 964-73, Reference
Margaret Wickstrom, Director,
Foreign
1 95 1-78,
Religioll,
St lldellts and Special
Progrnuls
Jane Williamson, 1 964-90, Educa t ion Yukie Yumibe, 1 980-92, Nursing
Librarian
Grace Blomquist, 1 939-76, Ellglish
Roy E. Carlson, 1 962-83, Physical Edllcation Kenneth E. Christopherson, 1 958- 9 1 , Rdigi oll
Irene O. Creso, 1 955-71 , Biology J.E. Danielson, 1 960-69, Director of Admissions
Carrol E. DeBower, 1 964-68, 1 970-- 9 1 ,
Edl l w tio ll
Emmc.l E. Eklund , 1 964-82, Loleta G. Espeseth,
I<eligion 1 964-89, ,'ssociate
Donald
1 95 - 91, Political Science
Re, istrnr R. Farmer,
Ralph D. Geh.rke, 1 97 -90, ReligIOn Gordon O. Gilbertson, 1 954-84, Music \V'ill iliID H. G ilbertson, 1 968-91, Social Work Lucille Giroux, 1 960-92, President's
Associate
1 97 1 -9 1, Educatioll
·Pe;rry B. Hendricks, Jr., 1 9 73-87, Vice
President for Finall(C and Ope rat ions Curtis Eo Huber, 1 964-9 I, Ph ilosop hy Lucille M. Johnson, 1 953-89, Ellgl ish Kenneth A. Johnston, 1 964-93, Edt/felt ion Richard P. Jungkuntz, 1 970-119, Religioll; Provos t
Gundar J. King, 1 9 0-91 ,
IJllsiliess
Administrdliol1
Lars R. Kltdeson, 1 956-9 1, Art
Davia R. Knutson,
1 979- 91 , Religi o ll
Anth.ony J. Lauer, 1 969-91,
Ildmillistmtion Gene C. Lundgaard,
Educatioll
Business
1 958-91, Physical
Gunnar Johannes MaImin, 1937-69, ivfusic, Lari", and Norwegian
1 982-94, Nursillg ,. Meyer, 1 969-94, Mllsic
D. Moira Mansell, Lawren
ElIglish judy D oenges Langllages G. L eon C u r t is
Ray Steven
Dally
S h aron
K athy Shel ley-Ogle
Ka therine Hanson
Suzanne Toczyski
Philosophy Re ligio n Lora Gross
Ambrose Moyo
Dona ld Little
Tony Nugent
Edward Long
Jack O live
Gregory Love
David Yagow
Biology
Heather
Sdence So rensen
Comp l/te,. i nd y Earth
Scicllces
David Torchia
1 963- 75, Eduwtioll
for CllIIrcil Relatiolls Eric NordholDl, 1 955- 9 1 ,
COllllllunication
alld Thea t re
Nornes, 1 959-6 1 ,
1 965-9 1 , Physics
W. Dwight Oberboltur, 1 969-95, Sociology
Phys ics
Roya Sabeti
George Stoner
His t o ry Robert Ericksen Polit ical SciCrice Ilricke r
l'�ter Grosvenor
Patty Hegstad S. Douglas N ugent
Psychology e n n is Kel ly
Laura Majol'sk i
6- Ma,.riage a l l d Fa m ily
Thaapy
Nancy Herhold
1"cresa ;vlcDowell
Ted Johnstone
Robert Vincent
Ronald Lewis Sociology B o n n i e Berry
COll1 l11111limtioll Gild Theatre Holden
Amy Luinstra Ken Morrison
K i r k Isakson
iYfu s i c Il e t t y Agent
BarTY johnson
B e r i t h BaLlard
Ned Kirk
B rya n B o ug h t e n William Bullock
Sa n d ra K nap p uzanne Montgomery
L",e Anne Campos
Renjamin Musa
Gar)' Crooks
Douglas Nierman
Michael Delos
Fran ci n e Peterson
john Depalatis
Gordon Port h
Zart Dambou r ia n Eby Richard P ressley Susan Erickson H i la r y h el d
Ilernard Shapiro Marian Sussman
Kathryn Habedank
Rae Terpenning
Ove Hanson
Way ne T i m merman
David Harkness
Rex Turner
Jane H a r t y J ea n n i e H i l l
S tepheo
james Holloway
Bruce Wil�on
Wal l
j o h n Wetherington
School of Business
C. F re de rick
Matthaei
Patricia
Pabst
School of Education Ann Botkin Diane Ilreene Carrol Dellower
Mary K ral i k
C l i ff Laycock Douglas Mandt
jim ELlingson
Gwen
!' le tcher
Evelyn McNeal
J ud ith
Hyde n
Cynthia Petersen
Ken .ne th Kee ne r
Al ene K lein
Gary M i netti E. J ane
Petersen
Lewis Pu t n a m
Donna Knudson
VVe n d y Ramsaur
Mary K ra l i k
Ral ph Ved rOs
Col leen Kryszak
janet
Daniel Kryszak
Wi l liam Yo u n g
Weis
Cris t i na d el R o s a r i o
C r a i g McCord
john A m i do n
Gary I
j i m Applegate
K rista
Gene Boggs
Deb Papacek
Mark D u ris
jerry
1>,11argarete Fre i tag
Thomas Phelps
Social Wo rk
Harvey J. Neufeld, 1 96 5- 94, Vice Presidcllt
Donald Lacky
Ecollomics
Katharine Monroe, 1 96 7-75, Frellch Gunnulf Myrbo, 1 970-93, Pililosopily
Mathema tics
Al1thropology
J. Arnold
Kathryn Wol d
R e i d 07aki
Sci A d a c h i
Ro)'a Sabe t i
D ivision of Social Sciences H u m a Haque
Susan Watts
Sl:hool o f Physical Education
Engineering Boomer
Suza n n e N i ckeson
ShermllD
Kath leen V I IcKain
S u m i ko M a e n o G i l l
Marlen F. Miller, 1 970--95, full/olllies
Alice J. NapJus,
Bro nlV)'n Pughe
B a r ba r a
Doyle
janeallne I lusto n
Divi.�ion of Natural Sciences
Fern A. Gough, 1 97 1 - 95, Nursil1g
Marlis M. Jianson,
1 994-95
Division of Humanities
Thomas Bi ttner
M. Josephine Fletcher, 1 963-91, &lumtioll
Executive
PART-TIM E LECTURERS
Beaton
joshua D o yle
Robert
Adlllinistra t ioll
D. Stiggelbout,
Mary jane
P h i L l i p Franck
John A. Schiller, 1 958-9 I , Sociology/Social
Joan
School of the Arts A rt
icholson sb o r ne
Poppen
l.i-l. i Q i n
Tim Jacobson
M i ke Rice
Sta cy jeffers
D on ald Ryan
Edwin Keener
Scott Wcstering
Charles Lyo n s
Susan Weslering
G U I D E L I N E S
uidelines FAM I LY BDUCATION RIGHTS AND PRIVACY ACT Pacific Luth ran Ulli ersity compli e!) with the Family Education Rig ht s and Privacy Act of 1 974. Inquiries c on ce rn i ng the , pplic ation o f this act and publi - hed regulations to t his univer sity may be re fe rred to the Ad min istrative Associate to the Vice President and Dean for Student Life, Room [ 30, Hauge Adm i n is tr'ltion Building , p�lciric Lutheran Un ivers i ty, tel e phone 5357 1 9 1 . or the Family Education Rights and Privacy Office, Department of ' ducation, 330 lndependence venue S.E., Wa h in gto n . ,, 2020 1 ( te l p hone ( 2 0 2 ) 245-0233 l . A n important aspect o f th e F E RPA law i s Pacific Lutheran U n iversity's defi niti >n o f "d i rectory i n formation": studen t's name, address, telephone l is ting, date and place of birth, major
Inquiries concerning the application of said acts and pub lis he d regulations to this university may be referred to : I . The D i re c t o r of Person nel, Pacific Lutheran University,
2.
3.
4.
5. 6.
te lep hone 5 3 5 - 7 1 85, for mat ters relating to employment p l ici es and p r act ice s, promotions, fringe benefits, training, and grievan ce proced ures for staff employed b y the unive rs ity. The Associate Provost, Room [04, Hauge Administration Bu ilding, Pacific Lutheran n ive rs i t y, t el e ph on e 5 3 5 - 7 1 26, fo r matt rTs rel a t ing to student adm issions, curriculum, and financial a id. Thc Student Life O ffice, Room 130, Hauge Admi nistration Bu ilding, Pacific Lut heran University, telephone 5 3 5 -7 1 9 1 , for matters regarding administrative policies relating to students and student services. The Director of Counseling and Test i ng Ser v ices, Room 1 06, Ramst a d Hall, I acific Lutheran Un iver s it y, telephone 5357206, for matters rel a t i n g to the application of Section 504 of the Rehabil itat io n Act. The D i recto r of the M u l t i - E th n ic Resource Center, Uni versity Center, Paci fi c Lutheran University, t el e phon e 535- 7 1 95 , for m atters relatin g to th e student grievance procedure. 01' the Assistant Secretary fo r Civil Righ t s, U.S. Department of Education, Switzer B uilding , 330 C t reet S.W., Wa shi ngton , D.C. 20202.
POLICY ON RACIAL HARASSM ENT In keeping with its Statement of Objectives, Pacific Lutheran Univ e rs i ty w i l l not tolera te any conduct by fac ulty, s taff, or students that constitutes ra cial hara sment or discrimination. Pacifi Lutheran University is an educational co mmunity w h ere strong e m p ha s i s i ' p la c ed 011 self-awa reness and con side r ation for the \Veil-being and feelings of others. While there e xist s an at mos p h e re for fre ed om of cxpres ion, il must always he in conj u nction wi th a responsibility to observe the rights o f one another, I n such a s ett ing, there is no pl ace for conduct that diminishes, uses, or a buses another persoll. For these reasons, harassment o f any kind is unacceptabl at the u nive rs i ty. Wherev r and whenever racist or insen 'itive remarks are heard or inap pro p ri a te action witnessed, we should each deem it o u r d uty t o pro test a n d t o inform the offender a b o u t the reasons fo r our disapproval.
fields of study, partic i p a t i o n in official ly recogn ized activities a n d sports, weight a n d height f members of athletic teams, dates of a t tendance, deg rees and award s received and/or to be received , dnd most recen t previous ed ucational agency or i nstitution atteuded. Pacific Lutheran U n. iver s i ty may d isclose directory information u nless an "eligible s tu d en t " ( 1 8 years or over) or a parent ( i f the student i u n der 1 8 ye ar s of age ) gives notice on the appropriate PLU fo rm to the Office of the Vice President a nd Dean for tudent Life restricting the. disclosure of the d i rectory i nforma tion, a s it per ta ins to said student, by the last day of reg ist ration for Z1ny give n academic term at this u niversity.
POLICY ON NON-DISCRIMINATION Pacifi c lutheran Un i ver s ity does not discri minate on the basis of SC,', race, ( Teed , co lor, nat i o na l o rigin, age, or di sabli n g condi t ion in the educational p ro gra m s or a ctivities which it operates, and is req u i red by T i tl e IX of the Education Amendments of 1 972 and the regulations adopted pursuant thereto, by Title VI and Title VII of the Civil Right s Act of 1 964, and by Section 504 of the Rehab i litation Act of 1 973 not to discriminate in such a nner. The requirements not to discriminate in educational rograms and activities extends to employm e nt therein and to a d m is s i on ther e to.
Filing A Grievance \Vhile every effort will be made to resolve problems on an i n formal basis, form a l gr ieva nce procedu res exist which allow both parties a n opportu nity to pursue a resolution should the i n formal procedure prove u nsuccessful. Copies of formal p rocedures are available in the offices of t h e u n i ve rsit y grievance facilitators. Anyone who believes he/she has been the objec t of racial harassment or any other form o f racial discrimination, or a ny person who has observed behavior or cond uct he/she believes to be racial harassment or discrimination, should s o advise one of the u nivers ity grievance facilitators: Cristina del Rosario ( Multi Ethnic Resource Cen ter, Ext. 7 1 9 5 ) , or Mary Pieper (Personnel O ffic e , Ext. 7 1 85 ) , within 3 0 calendar days of the all e ge occur rence(s). [f you cannot reach a facilitator, plea se call 535-7 1 86 o r extension 7 [ 86 a n d leave a message. Your discu ss ion or call will be strictly confid en tial and d oes not com m i t you to fu rther action. Failure to report incide nt(s) and llie gri e vance s i nhibits the u n ive rsi t y 's ability to e nforce its poliC)'. Disciplinary Action Behavior or conduct which interferes with the deLivef)' o f ed ucational or other ser v i ces and which i s emotionally o r physically debilitating t o t h e v ictim can re s ul t in disciplinar), action i ncludin g the pos i b il i ty of suspension or termination of employment or e x p ulsion from PLU. An)' fo rm of rep ris al , actual or i mplied, wh e the r academic o r related to employme n t , is a an aggravation of the prohibited behavior and will be construed as evidence of cu l p a b ility.
G U I D E L I N E S
xamples o f behavior o r conduct which may be construed as racial harassment are: •
observed behavior or condu c t he/she believes to be gender
Overt racislII - racially m o t ivated agg ressions, o r the use of racist symbols such a s the swastika or b u r n i ng crosses, i n t e n d e d si n a le O ll t, t h reaten, a n d p rovoke confl ict or a confro n t a t i o n
t
with •
an
individual o r a g r o u p of i n d ividuals o n campus.
Discrimillation
-
confidential a nd does not co m m i t you to further action. Failure
Disparagil1g comments - inappropriate labels, jokes, or i n n uendo which u n fa i r l y classify o r c r i ticize others on the basis of their racc, color, n a t i o n al a n d e t h n ic origin and which are i n tended to and/or have the effect of i n fl i ct i ng emotional injury o n an individual o r g ro u p o f individuals.
States S u p reme Court in
a case
procedures a r e available i n the offices o f the u n ivers i t y gTievance
c a l l e d Chaplinsky v. New
f<l c i l i t a tors.
injury o r tend to incite a n immed iate breach o f the peace."
INCLUSIVE LANGUAGE
U n der certain c i rc u m s t a n ces, racial a nd e t h n i c epit hets, s l u rs, and insults might faU within thi, d e fi n i t i o n o f "figh t i n g words" and may be s u bject to sanction. 0
uch that these a n d
other s i m i larly i na p p ro p riate conduct o r behavior w i l l not be
I n cl us i ve language avoids stereotypes o r biases such as those
and w i l l not tolerate a ny p ract i ce o r be havio r by facu .lty, s ta ff, or stud e n t s that consritutes sexua l harassmen t/d iscri m L n a t i o n .
S ' u a l haras men t/d iscri m in ation is defi ned
a.s
STUDENT RJGHT-TO-KNOW AND CAMPUS SECURITY ACT
sexual natu re, where submission to o r rejeclion of such
condu t has the purpose o r effect o f u n reasonably inte rfering
The Stude n t Right-To - K now and Ca mpus Security Act , P u b l i c
with , n i nd ividual's performance, or creat i n g an i n timidati ng,
Law
hostile, or offensive employment, educa t io n a l , or campus
d ure$ to c u r rent and prospective students and emp loyees.
explicit term o r condition o f his/her e m ployment o r education, s
a
basis fo r employme n t or educat i o n a l decisions a ffec t i n g such educat i on al commu n i t y where strong emphasi
xists an atmosphere o f freedom
o f expression, it must al ways be in conj u nction w i t h a responsi bility t o observe the rights o f one anothe r. I n such a setting, there is no place for conduct that d i m inishes, uses, or abuses another person. For these reasons, harassment or discrimination of any kind is u n acceptable a t the un iversity. Pri m a r y respons i b i l i t y for m a i n ta i n i n g high standards o f conduct resides especia l l y wi th fa c u lty and s u p e rvisors, since they exercise si g n i fi ca n t authority a n d power over o thers. A fa c u l t y member who e n ters i n t o a n a m orous re l a t i onsh i p w i t h s tucl c n l' ( o r a su pervisor I\l i t h an employee) where
a
a
profeSsional
power d i fferential exists, must realize that i f a char e o f $')(ual haras ment is subsequently lodged, i t wiLl be exceedingly difficult to establisb
J
defense o f m ut ual conse n t .
A ny violation of t h i s policy shall result in discipl i n a ry action i ncluding the poss i b i l i t y of suspension, termination of e m ploy men t , o r eJ'p uJsion from PLU. Any form o f reprisal, actual or i mpl ied, whether academic o r related to employment, is a n aggravat i o n of the prohib ited behavior a n d w i l l b e construed as evid e nce of c u l p a b i l i ty.
reports i ns t i t u t i o n a l secu r i t y p o l i ie and crime statist ics. t h ro ugh the Office of Adm issions and O ffice of Student Life.
is
p l a ced o n s e l f-awareness and consideration for the lives a n d feelings o f others. Wh ile t h e r
Pursuant to that req u i rement, Pacinc Lutheran Un ivers i t y has developed a Campus Safe t y & Crime Preve n t i o n G u i de that Current copies of the report a re available to i n terested persons
i nd iv i d ual s. an
10 1 -542, provides that i n s t i t ut ions o f higher e d u ca t i on
d isclose i n formation a b o u t campus s a fe t y policies a n d proce
environ me n t . Sexual ha rassm e n t/discr i m i nation has occurred when a n individ u a l submits to such conduct as an implicit o r w h e n s u b mission to or r jection of s u c h condu t is used ,
n a t i o n a l i t y, rel igion, fa m i ly, a n d status. I n cl u sive language d i rects our a t t e n t i o n to the nuances o f social reference a n d calls us to add ress all individuals with respe.ct.
unwelcome
adva n ces, requests, and o ther verbal o r physical conduct
PLU is
which provides
based o n ge nder, race, physical a b i l i t y, sexual o r i e n t a t i o n , class,
wilh federal law, Pacific L u the ran Un iversity explicitly fo rbids
or
1 98 9 ) ,
have o ften been m isrepresented i n o r left o u t o f discourse.
I n keep i n g with its Statement of Objectives and in co mpliance
a
Evangelical Lutheran C h u rch in America ( "Guideli nes [o r examp les of la nguage that i n cludes a n d affirms groups which
POLICY ON SEXUAL HARASSMENT
o
con t e m porary language use. One set of guidel i nes is that o f the I n clusive Use of the English Language,"
tolerated on our campus.
se. ual
trators t o em ploy a.nd augment t h e inclusive language guideli nes cultural conditions which have made such guidel ines i n t egral to
under the F i rst Amendment, which guarantees freedom of
i
P LU suppo rts the efforts of faculty, students, sta ff, and ad m i n is of t h e i r professions o r discipli nes, and to reflect upon the
the above examples may be arguably protected speech
speech; nevertheless, the PLU commun ity
Every effo r t w i l l be made to resolve p roblems on an i n formal basis outside the fo r m a l grievance procedure. I f i n fo r m a l pro both p a r t ies a n oppo r t u n i t y to pursue a reso l u t i o n . Copies o f
U n i ted
H a m p h ire as the words "which by their very u tterance i n fl i c t
Some
to report incident(s) a n d file grievances i n h ibits the u n iversity's a b i l ity to e n force its p o l icy.
ced u res are unsuccessfu l , fo r m a l proced u res exist whjch allow
Fighting words - used in a face-t o - face e n co u n ter a mong individuals, "fig h t i ng words" have been defi ned by th
u.niv rsity grievance fac i l i ta to r , Cristina del Rosario ( M u l ti Ethnic Resource Cen ter), or Mary Pieper ( Personnel Office, Ext. you ca n n o t reach a fac i l i tator, p lease
basis o f their race or e th n ic/cultural background.
•
discr i m i nation or sexu a l h a rass men l should so advise one of the
7 1 85) w i t h i n 30 calendar days of the alleged occurrence(s). If call 535-7 1 86 or extension 7 1 86 and leave a message. You r discussion or call will be strictly
any act which i n terferes w i th the del ivery of
n o r m a l services to st ud ems , taff, o r fac u l ty members on the •
Anyone who believes he/she has been the object of gender d is c r i m i nation o r sexual harassment, o r any person who has
I N D E X
o
ndex
1 20
Dent i st ry 1 28
1 65
Discrimination Policy
A Academi
Center 7 2J
II, i la nce
J\eadem i c Hon est y catkmi
O rgan iza t ion
28
eademie Probation 24
(i
T(' d i t a l io n
A
A tlvities 20 Ad m i n istra t ive Offices 1 57 Admis ions lnfo r m.1tion 9 Advance I Placement
El i gi b i l i t y fm A ct ivi t ies 24 Ellioll Press R
In om ple t ' Grade, 2J I n d Ividualized Major �O
Emeri t i Facult y 1 64
In onnal S t u d y 2 5
Elllploynl('nt. St u den t 2 1
I n fornlation. General 6
Engineering
I n formation Sc ience
I n tegrated
I nte rn<1 t i o n <11 Stucients � St u d e n ts 1 0
exa m i nat ions) Depar tme n tal
R Racial Harassment I 5
R a d i o Station ( K P LU-FM) 8 Read i ng M i n o r 63
Recre a t i o n 1 20
Progr, ms 9 2
I n tens i ve Iin g li sh Insti tute 82
83
Refunds 1 9
La n guage
Regents. Board o f 1 57 Regi'trat ion 22
Study
25
A broad
Requirements fo r Entrance 9
I n ternational Students 9
Resi d nCe Halls 1 9
8S
Exercise Science 1 2 0
I n ternational Trade
{\dull> (/\
Expenses (see Costs) 1 6
I n terpersonal �ol1lmunication 49
F Fa cul t),
J a pa nese 97
RAJ
10
Ad an e Paymen t > 1 7
22 Afternoon Cia Ant h ropology dvi i n !;
P a r t - T i m e Lec t u rer
Aquatk' I'vl i nor 1 20
Army ROTC 1 2Y rt 3 2 rts ,
chool of
A rb a n d
164
L
Family Student Housing 2 0
ciences,
Languages
20
J\sso iated Students
A t tendance, Cias, 23
Loans
B
Law
fliology 3 -
M i Llor 64
Board of Regents 1 5 7
Foreign S t u d y Opportunities 9 2
Bl oadca IlOg 49
French 9 6
of 38
G
a m pu, M i n istry 1 9 C a mp us Rc.soll rcc�
"a r�ers and
t ; (:,l1crai Un ivers i t y Requirements
7
"c n t � r for P u b l i c Service
h a l l en
e
Ge o logy ( Ea rt h S ci e nc e s )
Employment 1 1
German 97
7
Global St udies
Exams 24
1 57
lassificalioll o f S t lll'le n t C")�ics Pro g r a m
48
�
Co ac h i ng M in o r 1 20 Coa l i l ion for Active Lea rn i n g 7
Board 'ksts 1 0 Col lege o r Art. a n d Sci,'nces Col lege
4H
Communication '1'1 mlll ut i ng Students, Services 2 1 enter 7
Computer S ience Com put er
3
F n gilleerin g 76
ooperative Ed u cation 56 ore Req u i remen t > 26
Core 1 I 90
Costs: Tuition, Special Fees. Room
and
M�als 16
'Ie ti ng Services 2 I by E, ;lIllination Programs 2 4
Cou ns'l i ng alld
C edit
S po r t s Spo r ts
S tat ist ics 1 40
Student Government 20 Student Life O llice 1 9
29
Mal"l'iagc and bm i ly T hera p y 99
St uclcn t Services 2 1
Mathema tics 1 00 Meal Costs 1 7 Mt'lii 31 Te ch n ology IvIedi ine 1 28
S u mmer Sch o lars 8
Master's D eg rees Offe red
26
28
S t udy
T Teacher Educa t ion/Certification 6 1 Teleco m m u n ications 7
M i n ors Available 29
Test i ng Service 2 1
Mis ion Statement 6
Music 1 04 1 u l t i -E t h n ic Resource Center
Theatre 49
20
Nu mber i ng of Cours�s 29 u rsi ng. School of 1 1 0
o
Health I nsurance 2 1 Heal th
Sciellces 1 2H
OptClmctry 1 28
lkllti,t r), 1 2H
1'.>kdical -It-chnolng), Ivledi",ne 1 21:1
1 29
Optol11dry 1 1R P harm a c )'
1 2�
P h ys i ca l TherJpy f l i s t o ry H6
O rien ta tio n 1 9
Ownershi p and Support 1 5 7
p
Pass/Fail Co urse s a n d O pt i on 23
1 2l)
Veteri na r y ,Vkci iClne 1 28
�
H istoq' o f the Ull iver i ty h
o
Theol gical Studies Prugram 1 29 Transfer St uden ts 9
Tu ition
N
� orweginl1 97
H .... ",sml'll t .
!'aym nt Plans 1 8 Pharmac), 1 29 Philosophy 1 1 7 Physical EducaLion. School of 1 1 9 Phy,;c,,1 Therapy 1 29
Session R
Sy mbo l s for Cou rses 29
i on-D isc r i m i n a t ion Policy 1 6 5
"acial 1 6 5 Sexual 1 66 l leJ l t h �ervicc, 2 \ H ealt h M i nor 1 20 H a r.lSslIlS' l l t ,
Abroad 92
Su m me r
103
I a tura l Sciences, D ivision of 1 1 0
H
d m i n istration 1 10
Medicine I lO
M
M i nority Student Services 2 0
143
G reck 9A Crievancc Procedures 2 1 'L1est of lhe Un ivcrs ir y 25 GuidellllC> 1�5
24
Special Education 73
Middle College 8
G raduation Req u i rements 26-27
h i nc e St u dies 47
Com pu ter
84
Graduate Studies
Chinese 96
Chu r,-h Ofncia l,
57
Gracie. 23
"hemi,try 44
Spanish 98
London Program 93
Majors Ava ilable
Frc h m a n Registration 12 Freshman Year Program 26
!t:ndar 5
Sociology L l7
Degrees 2 7
Requ i remen ts 9, 2 5
Bookstore' 2 1 Bu s iness, School
S o cia l Work 1 39
Limitations on Bac ala u rea te
Foreign Langu a ge
21
Social Sciences. Division of 1 36
pecial ist
Lib r ary Service, 6
Food Se rvice 2 1
[�oard <l n d Room I n format ion 1 7
129
Legal StuJics 99
Voca t io n al Rehabilitation 1 6
64
Sexual H a rass m e n t 1 66
Sicknc" Insurance S i gn Language 98
Learn i ng Reso u rce
13
etcrans Affairs 1 6
ijache l o r's Degrees Offered 28
School Nurs��
lasse" 8
16
Scholarship
Scholarships 1 3
�5
l.atin 96
Grants I S
Aud i t i ng ,ou rses 25
(andinavian Area Studies 1 35
Schedu li ng Services 2 1
Late Afternoon and Even i n g
A p p l icat i o n Procedure I I G i t Assistance 1 3
ol lege nf 48
Run n i ng Start 1 0
S
K K P LU - FM, Public Radio 8
F i nancial Aid I I
35
Room Costs 1 7
Journal ism 49
Pamil)' Ed uca t io n Ri g h ts an d Pr iva c y Act 1 65
A r N t' �oc it, t y 2 4
Rights a n d Respo n s ib i l it ies 1 8
Ja nua ry Term 26
Fa cu l l )' Emeriti 164
30
Residential Life 1 9 Rere n t io n or Freshmen 8
1 59
Fa c u l t y Associates 1 6 3
es 8
Rel igi on 1 33 Requirements for Degrees 26
92
Undergraduate Re-en try for Adult StUllent Programs 20
C
Publishing and Printing A rts 1 3 2
53
c a n d i n a v i a n Ar a S t u d ies 1 35
Even i n g Classes 8
Adult Program -Accelerated
Psychology 1 30 Public Affa i rs Minor 1 26
Global S t u d ies ProgTOm 8 4
E n vi ro n s 2 1
Tra n.,fer S t u d e n t s 9
Privacy Act
St ud ies Program 90
I n ternational
Env i r o n m en tal S t u d ies Progra m
Re - e n t r y of F o r m e r
64 165 P r ob at io n , Academic 2 4 P ro je ct Advance 8
8�
I n ternational Baccalaureate 1 0
( f ELl ) 8 2 Ent ra n ce Req u i re men ts (see l\ti ll1issions)
Ea rl )' Ac t i o n Policy 9
Pre-Law 1 29
T h co lo g ic a l S t udies 1 29
Principal's Crede n t ials
I nsurance 2 1
c iencc 76
En g lish as a Second La n gu a ge
d m ission Policy 9
Early
H u m a n i t ies. Division o f
75
1 28
H ealth Sciences 1 2 8
fl r m y ROTC 1 2 9
89
Housi ng 1 9
E ngl i sh 78
Ap pl"ation Procedure 9
Prl'- Professional Programs
E d u ca t io na l Psychology 7 2
Engineering
Oppor t u n i t ies 10
Political Science 1 26
Honor Societies 24
H o nors Program 61
Elec t r ic a l Engineering 7 0
A e i d en t Insurance 2 1
G rad uat ion Honors 24
Honors 90
Education. School of
Acces' i h il it y 1 9
Policies, Institutional 1 65
I n d ividualized Major for Special
E E.conom ics 5�
Academ ic Structure 21\
Physics 1 24
24
Honors a t En tra nce 24
Undergradua te Fellowships 24
Dropping CI.15SCS 2 2 Earth Sciences 57
Ac](i mic Procedures 22
•
Honors
Dance
16
U Univ 'rsi t")' Pa s tors 1 9
V Veterans Affairs 1 6 Veteri na r y Medicine 1 2 8 V is it i n g Classes 2 5
Vo cat i o n al Reha b i l itation Volu n teer Center 20
16
W Withd rawal from a
ourse 2 2
Withdrawal from t h e Un iversity 2 2 Women's _enter 20 Women's Studies 1 4 1 Work.Study 1 5 Wri t i ng Center
W r i t i ng
26
7
C A M P U S
M A P
u:i
�
� '" --------� �
121 st Street S.
=
5
Wheeler SlTeet S.
p
u:i
'" " iii � "'"
,
5
EJ 1 25th Street S. IracII
a..lI - --
• • • • 42
N
s
1 27th Slreet S.
M a ry Baker Russel l Music Ce nt e r . . . . . . . . . 1 9
Campus Map
Math Building ....................... . . . .... . .. . ..... . 3 9
Building Legend
Mortvedt L i b r a ry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . 1 4
Adm i n is t r a t. i o n B u i ld i n g
M em o r i a l G y m n a s ium . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 6
.........
. .. . . . . ..... . . 1 3
Names Fitness Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . ... 36a
. . . . . . . ..... 2
esvig Al u m ni , nter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
... ......... . ....... . . ....... . . 3 2
Olson Aud i toriulll . . . ......... .. .... .. . . . . . . . . .... . . 34
Columbia C e n ter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........... .. . . . . . . . . 40 Delta Hall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 East Campus . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 7 Ea. t vo l d Chapel /Auditorium .. . 24 Eve rg reen Court . . . . . . . ..... ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Faculty H o u se . . . . ....................................... 3 FamiJy S t u de n t Housing . . . 42 Foss H a l l 27 Haavik House . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Harstad Hall . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Ha uge Administration B u i l d in g . . . . . . . . . . . 1 3
Ordal Hall . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . 11 Park Ave n u e House ............... . .................. [ P Aucger Hall .. ........ ........... . . . . . . .. . . . . 3 7
Health Center . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... 5
Swimming Pool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 5
Hi nderlie Hall .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 H ong Hall ............................................... 2 1
Tr i n i t y House . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 1 6
Human Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 0
Tri n ity Lutheran Church ....................... 1 5
I ngra m H a l l . ........ . ................... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0
University C e n ter
K n o r r House . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
University
Kreidler Hall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
\\'arehouse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 2
Blomqu ist House
Campus Mail
......
.
...
.
.
....
.
.....
.
. .. .
....
...
..
.
.
.
..
...
. . .....
.
....
...
.....
..........
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . .. ....... . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
..
..
.
.
...
..
.....
.
.
....
.
...
..
.
.
.
. .
.
..
.
.
..
.
...
..
..
.
....
....
.
.
...
. . .
Ramstad Hall . . . . . . .... . .. . . . ..... . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Ricke Scie n ce Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Rosso House . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . 18 Scandinavian Cultural Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 9 Stuen Hall . . . . . . . . ... . . .. . . . .. . . . ... .. . .. . .. . ..... . .. . . . 1 2 .
..
...
...
..
.....
.
.
Tingelslad Hall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 1
..
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
P r i n t i n g & P u b li ca t i ons
\"io m c n's Cen te r
.
...........
Ramsay House ....... . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . .... . . .. . .. 9
Xav i e r
.
...
Piano House ............. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 3
Mailroom . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 2 .
.
Physical Plant ................................... . . . . . . 3 1
Lee House . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 .
. .
...... 32
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 Hall ..... . . . .... . . . .... . . . ....... . ... . . . .. . . ... . . 2 2 .
Parking
o o 6.
Staff/Student Par k i n g
Visitor Pa rking Handicap Parking
Regular visitor parking is i n d icated on Reser ved p ar k i n g slots may be used by visitors d u r i n g non-working hours ( 5 p m-7a m ) , and on weekends ( so me 24 h r. e xce p t i o ns are i n d icated by signs) . I f yo u plan an extended visit, you may obtain a temporary perm i t fr o m ampus Safety ( Harstad Hall ) . the map.
PACIFIC
IjJIHERAN UNIVERSITY Tacoma,
W A 98447
Office of Admissions
I -HOO-274-6758 206/535-7 1 5 1 Fax: 206/ S35-R320
PACIFIC LUTHERAN U ] \f E R "lfY
TO LOCATE PLU Pacific L u t h eran U n iversity is located
7 m i les sou t h of
downtown Tacoma, Washington. Take exit 1 27 off I n terstate 5 a n d head east on H ighwa)' 5 1 2 . Co n t i n u e on 5 1 2 fo r approximately t w o m i Jes to Pacific Ave n u c ( Pa r k l a n J - S p a. n a way ex i t ) . T u rn r i g h t ( so u t h ) on Pacific Avenue to 1 2 1 s t S t reet. Turn right o n 1 2 1 st . The Office of A d m i ss i o n s is i n the H a u ge Adm i n istration B u i l d i n g near the i n tcrsection o f 1 2 1 5t and Yakima.
Printed Augu\t
1995